Samavayangasuttam

Author(s): Ashok Kumar Singh
Publisher: B L Institute of Indology
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/006941/1

Page #1

Pañcamagaṇaharabhayavamsirisuhammasāmiviraiyam cauttham Angam
Samavayangasuttam
A Jaina Canonical Text
(Text with English translation, variant readings, notes and appendix)
211
PARERE

Copants
www
Translated & Edited by Dr. Ashok Kumar Singh
stafay
23
LEHERCHAND
MANDATART
सारभूष
INSTITUTE OF
ANTEN
BHOGILAL LEHERCHAND INSTITUTE OF INDOLOGY
DELHI

Page #2

About the Book
The 'Samavāyanga-sutta' is the fourth in the series of the twelve most authentic and the earliest Canonical texts (angas composed in the Ardhmāgadhi Prakrit. It is usually dated in the 5 to 4 c. BCE. 'Samavāya' means la group' 'an aggregate' or a 'cluster' of items, subjects or concepts usually associated with each other through certain common characteristics. The text is named as such because it follows the pattern of enlisting the subjects and themes related to Jain doctrine in a group form following numerical order in ascending manner. i.e. starting with 1 and going upto 100 in a regular way and then beyond in a faster pace, upto one crore. These subjects are then dealt with in a detailed and substantial manner unfolding their characteristics, a process during which important psychological and ontological aspects of Jain doctrine as well its cosmological beliefs come to fore. The text is thus an invaluable source of deriving information on various aspects of Jain philosophy and belief system. It is the first ever English translation of the text embellished with critical and supplementary notes which is being issued for the sake of reaching a wider Jain and NonJain readership, especially researchers and scholars.
Rs. 1500/
Jan Education International
www.jameliorary.org

Page #3

Pañcama-gaṇahara-bhayavam-siri-suhamma-sāmi-viraiyam-cauttham angam
Samavāyangasuttam
A Jaina Cononical Text

Page #4

Page #5

B. L. Series No. 20
Pañcamaganaharabhayavamsirisuhammasāmiviraiyam cauttham Angam
Samavāyangasuttam
A Jạina Canonical Text (Text with English translation, variant readings,
notes and appendix)
Translated & Edited by Dr. Ashok Kumar Singh
TI
19000
Te of
LEHERCW
BHOGILAL LEHERCHAND INSTITUTE OF INDOLOGY
DELHI

Page #6

First Edition:: Delhi, 2012
Bhogilal Leherchand Institute of Indology
Published by
Bhogilal Leherchand Institute of Indology 20th KM, G.T. Karnal Road, Delhi - 110 036 www.blinstitute.org
E-mail: director@blinstitute.org Tel: 011-27202065, 27206630
Laser Setting by Computer Section:
Bhogial Leherchand Institute of Indology
Printed by Shrut Ratnakar
104, Sarap Building, Opp., Navjivan Press Ashram Road, Ahmedabad-380 014.
Distributed by
Motilal Banarasidass Publishers Pvt. Ltd
41-UA, Bungalow Road, Jawahar Nagar,
Delhi 110 007.

Page #7

समवायाङ्गसूत्र (मूल, अंग्रेजी अनुवाद, पाठान्तर, टिप्पणी एवं परिशिष्ट सहित)
SAMAVĀYANGASŪTRA (Text with English translation, variant readings, notes and appendix)

Page #8

Page #9

भो. ल. ग्रन्थमाला क्र. २०
पंचमगणहरभयवंसिरिसुहम्मसामिविरइयं चउत्थं अंगं
समवायंगसुत्तं (मूल, अंग्रेजी अनुवाद, पाठान्तर, टिप्पणी एवं परिशिष्ट सहित)
अनुवादक एवं सम्पादक . डॉ. अशोक कुमार सिंह
O0PM
GILAL
WITUTE OF
भोगीलाल लहेरचन्द भारतीय संस्कृति मंदिर
दिल्ली

Page #10

Page #11

Publisher's Note
The B. L. Institute of Indology, Delhi has immense pleasure in publishing the English translation of Samvāyāngasūtra in its Silver Jubilee Year 2009.
Dr. Ashok Kumar Singh, Associate Professor, has very carefully prepared this English translation of the ancient Ardamāgadhi text Samvāyāngasūtra, as accurate as possible. For this volume, he wrote a learned preface and introduction and appexed four appendices to add the further value to the work. On the occasion of the publication of this volume we congratulate and express our best compliments to the translator and editor.
Our sincere thanks are due to eminent scholars of Indology Prof. S. R. Banerjee & Prof. Piotr Balcerowicz, Poland. Both have been closely associted with this project. Prof. S. R. Banerjee at the initial stage and Prof. Piotr was generous in going through the draft of English translation and suggesting to include the text in the project. In fact the present final shape of this volume is the incorporation of his precious suggestions.
For the text of this volume our sincere obligation is also due to Mahavira Jaina Vidyalaya, Mumbai and its erudite editor Rev. Muni Jambuvijayaji.
It will be perfectly in place here to say some words about how the BLII was founded on the eve of its Silver Jubilee Year. The late Revered Jain Ach. Vijay Vailabh Surishwarji Maharaj is well-known throughout India for his humanism, his concern for the upliftment of the human race and his disciplined way of life.
To commemorate the teachings of the great visionary Ach. a beautiful memorial (Smarak Complex) with a magnificent shrine has come up on the outskirts of Delhi. The Smarak is the brain-child of the late Mahattara Vidushi Sadhvisri Mrigavatiji, herself a great scholar of Jaina Canons and a true disciple of Ach. Vijay Vailabh Surishwarji Maharaj.
The Bhogilal Leherchand Institute of Indology (BLII) was started through

Page #12

the munificent donations provided by the trusts of the Bhogilal Leherchand family and through Ātma Vallabh Jaina Smarak Shikshan Nidhi to sponsor and promote research in Indology and other aspects of Indian culture, objectives dear to Revered Acharyasriji. Ach. Vijay Vallabhji Maharaj was advised by his guru in his last sermon:
"Temples to God have been built. Now you must build temples to Sarasvati."
The academic programme of the Institute is to initiate, organise and give a fillip to research in Indological subjects in general and Jainology in particular.
Our thanks are also due to Sri Rajkumarji, General Secretary of Sri Atma Vallabh Jaina Smarak Shikshan Nidhi, for the keen interest shown in this publication.
We also thank to the staff of the BLII, for their assistance and cooperation in various ways, especially to Mr. Laxmi Kant, Computer Operator, BLII who has very sincerely accomplished the task of in corporating proof correction and type-setting. We wish that the work receives appreciation of scholars and proves incentive to the translator for bringing out similar works in future.
Jitendra B. Shah Vice-Chairman, BLII

Page #13

Preface
It is gratifying that Jaina canonical literature attracted the attention of scholars golbally. Since the publication of authentic translations of four canons, namely Ācārārga, Sūtrakstānga, Uttarādhyayana and Kalpasūtra, in the Sacred Books of the East Series and of few others outside, a number of commendable efforts have been made by Jaina Institutions, academic as well as religious, by scholars in India and abroad, to bring out the English translations of the Svetambara Ardhamagadhi canons. With the result that few of these like Ācārānga, Uttarādhyayana, Kalpasūtra and Daśavaikālika have more than one English translations. But texts such as Samavāyānga, Prajñāpanā are still waiting for the favour of scholars in this regard.
Prior to my arrival at BLII, this Institute has already undertaken the project of English translation of third Angasūtra Sthānānga, therefore, with the permission of the management I took the projet of translating this fourth Anga text, Samavāyāngasūtra. Because in content and style it bears close similarity with the third Anga. Both texts are encyclopaedic nature and are suppliment to each other. Though categories here exceed ten and continue by progression up to hundred and then far exceed hundred. Immediately following, but without any logical connection with this, is a detailed table of contents and extent of all the twelve Ārgas; then all sorts of statements which cannot be united into one class and which deal partly with doctrine, partly with hagiology and, if we may use the expression, history or legend.
Initially, at the pattern of SBE Series, it was intended to bring out only the English translation of this work and the text of Madhukar Muni edition published from Byavar was made as the base for the purpose. Subsequently, in the light of the suggestion of the Aademic Council of BLII, notes on translation was included in the original scheme. For including text with variant readings in the present project i.e. the text of critical edition of Mahavira Jaina Vidyalaya, Mumbai, Institue as well as the translator, is very much obliged to

Page #14

Prof. Piotr Balcerowicz, Poland. Ultimately, Introduction, three appendicesGāthā Index, Classified Index of Proper Names, Glossary of Technical Terms, in addition to Bibliography and Word Index, present the composit whole of this project of the present edition.
The introduction, in brief, commences with the meaning of Agama, Śruta and other terms used to connote this genre of sacred literature. The relation between Pūrva and Dvādaśāngi, date of composition of Ardhamāgadhi canons, abridgement in Jaina canons and subject-matter of Samavāyānga is dealt herein. The information on the editions of Samavāyānga brought out till date also is given here. The text and variant readings of Mahavira Jaina Vidyalaya edition, published in the Jaina Āgama Series, edited by Pūjya Muni Jambūvijayaji, is reproduced in this volume, verbatum. Word index, also is based on that of this edition. For Classified Index of Proper Names the model given in the Ladnun Edition of Samavão has been adopted and changed according to the readings of Mahavira Jain Vidyalaya edition. For notes on the translation the editions of Byavar, Rajasthan and Ladnun editions have been utilized. The system of transliteration given in the Sanskrit-English Dictionary of Monier Williams has been adopted.
Now, I may take this opportunity to express my sincere thanks to various persons who in various ways have helped me during the course of this project. First of all I offer my deep sense of gratitude to my guru Respected Prof. Suresh Chandra Pandey, Former Head, Sanskrit Department of Allahabad University, who inspired me for the study of Jaina Iterature by suggesting me to take a Jaina text for research. I can not find suitable words to express my gratefulness to Prof. Jitendra B. Shah, Director, L. D. Institute of Indology and Vice Chairman of BLII, in whom since 1984 I have found a well wisher. In fact, I solely owe to him for my arrival at BLII.
I will always be indebted to Prof. M. A. Dhaky, a profound scholar of international repute whose unparalled kowledge of Jaina religion, literature, art and architecture, makes him a natural role model for those in this area. I have the fortune to interact with his writings and in person from the very start

Page #15

of my career. His blessings have always been with me. I express my deep sense of gratitude to Prof. Satya Ranjan Banerije, Quondam Professor at Kolkata Uiversity, a great Savant of Prakrit and Jaina Studies, who was assotiated with this project from its inception. He has enriched this project by his invaluable suggestions, during his stay at BLII for Summer School of Prakrit and as the member of the Academic Council of BLII.
I am greatly indebted to Prof. Piotr Balcerowicz, an athority on Indological Studies, who has been kind enough to go through the draft of the English translation, inspite of his extremely tight schedule and give valuable suggestions, both regarding the pattern as well as format.
I take it as my honour to express my gratefulness to the honourable members of BL II management, patron Mr. Pratapbhai Bhogilal, Chairman Mr. Nirmal Bhogilal, President Mr. Rajkumar Jain, Vice Chairmen Mr. Narendra Prakash Jain and Prof. J. B. Shah, Treasurer Mr. Deven Yashwant, Deputy - Vice Chairman Group Capt. V. K. Jain and Members Dr. Dhanesh Jain and Mr. D. K. Jain for their interst shown in this project. Especially, Mr. N. P. Jain and Mr. J. B. Shah have made their constant sincere efforts in accelerating the completion of this project. I express my heart felt gratitude to both of them.
. Dr. Balaji Ganorkar, Director, BLII has sustained my enthusiasm in this work. He has extended his kind cooperation to me in every act pertaining to this project. I express my sincere indebtedness to him for the good he has done to me. His immediate predecessors also deserve my sincere thanks for extending their full cooperation, during their tenure. I am extremely grateful to Prof. J. P. Vidyalankar for his personal interest taken in ensuring the smooth progress of the project at initial stage.
My sincere thanks are due to my colleagues of BLII Mr. Abhayanad Pathak, Dr. Mohan Pandey, Mr. Arjun Yadav, staff of the Library, Mr. P. S. Ganesan, Mrs. Anita Gupta, Office Staff and Mrs. Munni, Arvind menial staff, for their readiness to help and making the atmosphere congenial for such works.

Page #16

I consider myself fortunate enough to have a colleague like Mr. Laxmi Kant, the Computer Operator, his dedication added by never ending zeal, is a boon to any institution. Heart felt thanks are due to him, for tenacious task of type-setting & composition.
Text entry was done by Mr. Shyam Sunder Bhardwaj, Sampla, Rohtak I record my sincere thanks to him.
My sincere thanks are due to the Jainendra Press, Delhi for their speedy and excellent printing
At the time of completion of this project I will like to record the moral support received from my friends - Ajit Kumar Singh, Advocate, Allahabad, Mr. Ajit Jain, Delhi, Prof. Mukul Raj Mehta, B. H. U., Varanasi and Dr. Dinanath Sharma, Gujarat University, Ahmedabad. My wife Smt. Meera, son Siddharth Anand, nephews Vinod, Brijesh and dauthers-Sujata, Aditi and Madhvi also deserve mention at the time of completion of this work for all their support.
- Dr. Ashok Kumar Singh
B. L. Institute of Indology, Delhi110036 Guru purnima, July 6, 2009

Page #17

Introduction
The scriptures or canons, English equivalent for āgama or śruta, are officially recognized sets of sacred texts, pertaining to any religious, philosophical, scientific and other systems. Lexically, the term canon connotes: (a) authentic laws of religion, spirituality, thoughts and behaviours, (b) a list or collection of authoritative books or writings, containing the above laws'. Webster's Encyclopaedic Unabridged Dictionary, mentions its meanings as: (i) an ecclesiastical rule or law enacted by a council or other competent authority, (ii) the body of ecclesiastical law etc. According to Oxford English Dictionarys, this term denotes any set of sacred books. Thus, canons are the basic literature of a system — religious, philosophical, scientific and others, regulating their working, following and progress.
Etymologically, the term śruta stands, in general, for reading, teaching and preservation of learning by successive and traditional teacher-taught hearings and memorised communications, in olden days. Its derivative meaning referred only the heard words and their meanings but comprehended other methods also, leading to knowledge and ultimately, all the instrumental causes leading to produce śruta4. However, in Jaina tradition, it stands for the knowledge, dealing with the spiritual and moral upliftment of living beings. The term āgama, a specific and later form of śruta, denoting form of general knowledge, implies valid and consistent one, imparted by the direct knower.
:. Besides, śruta and āgama, a number of other words are mentioned in Jaina texts. Anuyogadvārasūtras and Tattvārthādhigamasūtraó, mention ten and eight, respectively: With three in common, thus, total fifteen. The term śāstra, also frequently used, makes the total sixteen, connoting all-purpose utilitarian meaning implying: (i) those containing rules governing the society and individuals and (ii) those preserving the culture of the community. The synonyms for śruta and āgama may be put as follows:

Page #18

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
viii
śruta: heard from the attained or his disciples.
upadeśa: instructions to learn about good or bad.
āgama: traditional doctrines or sacred canons containing them.
sūtra: abbreviated indicators, aphorisms or sacred collections.
grantha: treatises of sermons, collections, connecting or stringing together of sermons.
siddhanta: tenets or established truths.
6.
7.
śāsana: authentic controlling instructions on disciplines.
8.
ājñā: commandments.
9.
vācanā: sermons in the form of spoken words. 10. prajñāpanā: communication of sermons. jinavacana: precepts of the Jinas.
11.
12. pravacana: special sermons.
13. aptavacana: instructions of the attained.
14.
aitihya: traditional preachings.
15. āmnāya: sacred traditions.
16
śāstra: teaching, awakening and discipline about constraints and preservation of culture".

The great Jaina scholars Revered Muni Punyavijaya and Pt. Dalsukh Malvania also deliberated, in detail, on the meaning and synonyms of the word 'agama' as occurred in canonical literature. To quote their words, "From the use of the word 'agama' in the scriptures at various places we gather that the intention there is to convey the meaning jñāna (knowledge) by the term 'agama'. 'Agamettā aṇavejjā" is translated into Sanskrit as jñātvā ājñāpayet' i.e. 'may order after having known'.
Ach. Bhadrabahu says that 'pravacana', 'sūtra' and 'artha' are synonyms9. But how 'sūtra' and 'artha' can be synonymous with 'pravacana' because 'pravacana' constitutes the genus while sutra and artha constitute its

Page #19

species and also because sūtra and artha are not mutually identical. Jinabhadrało solves the difficulty by suggesting that even sūtra and artha could be considered to be synonymous with pravacana' if we view genus and its species mutually identical. Thus, Jaina literature contains a number of terms prevalent for the sacred literature of Jainas.
Relation Between Pūrva & Destivāda: The Samavāyāngsūtra deals elaborately with the sections and sub-sections of twelfth Anga canon Drstivāda. Pūrva, here is enumerated as its third of five sections, others being Parikarma, Sūtra, Anuyoga and Cālikā in respective order. The content of this twelfth Anga is also described in Sthānāngasūtra (c.3rd cent. B.C.), Nandīsūtra of Devavācaka (c. mid 5th cent. ), Tattvārthavārtika of Akalanka, Dhavalā of Virasena, Jaidhavalā of Jayasena and Angaprajñapti'l. Against the background that Drștivāda is taken to be extinct and Pūrva represented the literature prior to Mahavira era, this description becomes significant. The relation between pūrva literature and Angas in general and twelfth Anga Drstivāda, in particular has been haunting the scholars since long and last word on it has yet to come. Some considered Pūrva literature as explicitly denoting the literature prior to Mahavira while to some it formed the part of 12h Anga Destivāda. To them, the fourteen Pūrvas formed the part of twelfth Anga Drstivāda and belonged to Sudharmā. In consequence of this the six patriarchs viz. Prabhava, Sayyambhava, Yaśobhadra, Sambhūtivijaya, Bhadrabāhu and Sthūlabhadra had the epithet of śrutekvalin or caturdasapūrvi (knower of fourteen Pūrvas).
The following seven patriarchs: Mahāgiri, Suhastī to Vajra knew only ten Pūrvas. As tradition maintains that with Sthūlabhadra, the knowledge of the last four Pūrvas (11-14) ceased to exist, hence Mahāgiri etc. are called daśapūrvi. In Anuyogadvāra there is also mention of the navapūrvi, a grade lower than daśapūrvī alongwith daśapūrvī and caturdasapūrvī. From that point the knowledge of the Pūrva decreased gradually and ultimately, in the time of Devarddhigani, 980 years after Vira (463 AD); only one Pūrva remained.
On the basis of mention in the Samavāyānga etc. the content of the whole Drștivāda including the fourteen pūrvas, Drstivāda appears to be still

Page #20

X
extant at the time of these texts and moreover, to be still intact, since there is no mention of any imperfection.
Abridegment in Canons
13
The tradition to abridge the text was in vogue due to learning of śruta by heart and facilitate the scribing. Pt. Bechardas Doshi13 observed, "The traditional Jaina monks considered the tendency to write and get written as sinful activities. They, nevertheless, adopted this path as an exception to safeguard the scriptures. The less writing, the better. They adopted a method to reduce the sinful activity to the least for the safeguard of the scriptures. With the help of two novel words 'vannao' and 'java' they could abridge thousands of gāthās, hundreds of sentences and their beginning was shortened as well as no deficiency occurred in understanding the meaning of the scripture."
Three reasons- the system to learn the śruta by heart, convenience by the scribe and intention to write briefly- are probable causes leading to the abridgement of the text. It undoubtedly caused no deficiency in the meaning, but it marred the charm of the text. The monks, having learnt the whole canonical literature by heart, can make out the antecedents and precedent referred to by the words 'vannao' and 'java' but the class of monks learning with the help of the manuscripts cannot do. The text, having the references of 'vannao' and 'java' has not proved much beneficial to them.
According to Pt. Bechardas Doshi, the text abridgement was done by Devarddhigani Kṣamāśramaņa. He writes "Devarddhigani Kṣamāśramaṇa while putting the agamas into writing, kept some important points in mind. Wherever he found similar reading, he avoided the later one by using the words, e.g. jaha uvavāie, jaha pannavanãe etc. to denote the omitted text. When some statement occurred repeatedly in a text, he used the word 'jāva' and wrote the last word of it refraining from the repetition.
Modern scholars held the view that the process of abridgement might have been started by Devarddhigani, but it developed in the later period. In the specimens, available at present, the abridged text is not uniform. A sūtra

Page #21

th
has been abridged in one specimen but written in its full version in the other. The commentators also mentioned it in many places. Date of Composition of Ardhamāgadhī Literature
Ardhamāgadhī canons are, undoubtedly, the earliest of the Prakrit extant literature. First part of Ācārānga is prior to the earliest of the Prakrit canons and dates back approximately to c. 5"-4" cent. BC. Ācārānga, composed in Upanisadic style is voice of Lord Mahavira, itself. Description in it is bereft of any element of exaggeration and supernatural element. Thus, certainly the lower limit of composition ofāgamas is c. 5"-4" cent. BC.
However, the whole of Ardhamāgadhī literature was neither composed in a spur of moment nor by a single man. The present form of Ardhamāgadhi canons was assumed during the last redaction held at Valabhi (V.N.S.980). To conclude on this basis that Ardhamāgadhī canons were composed after c. 55" cent. A.D. will be quite misleading. The visible vividity in subject matter, language and style of extant canons, is clear evidence that editing has not interfered with the individuality and originality of the texts.
Ardhamāgadhī canons are replete with interpolations creaped into later . on, but are distinguishable and may be easily identified. On account of
interpolations it will not be proper to consider respective works as posterior. :: Another factor, working against the antiquity of Ardhamāgadhī canons, is the visible effect of Mahārāstrī on their languages but the scribes and commentators were responsible to a greater extent for this. Therefore, the effect of Mahārāstrī on Ardhamāgadhī must not be taken as the ground of posteriority of the Ardhamāgadhi canons.
· Ardhamāgadhi canons contain cultural milieu of different periods. In fact, to determine the date of a particular text or that of a specific portion of a particular text, the cultural data, philosophical content, language and style, etc. all the aspects must be carefully considered. Clues regarding the subject-matter of Ardhamāgadhi canons can be had from the Sthānānga, Samavāyānga, Nandīsūtra. Nandīcūrņi and Tattvārthabhāsya among

Page #22

xii
Śvetāmbara texts, while from the commentaries of Tattvärthasutra, Dhavala and Jayadhavalā among Digambara commentaries.
Samavāyāngasūtra
Nomenclature & Content: The fourth Anga of the 'Dvādaśāngi, 'samavāya', 'association, group, consists of very heterogeneous theme. The substances, soul-non-soul etc, have been put into divisions or brought down properly in this canon, therefore, the title 'samavão'. This text treats of the similarity of the soul etc. (jīvādi) substances hence, called the 'samavão'.
According toNandisūtra1s it deals with the description of soul-nonsoul (jiva-ajiva), universe-non-universe (loka-aloka) and (jina doctrine (svasamaya) as well as heretic doctrine(parasamaya), the evolution of number beginning from one to hundred and the account of the Dvadaśängi. It is remarkable that both the texts Samavānga and Nandi mention the increase one by one (ekottarika vṛddhi) up to hundred, but surprisingly omit the multiincreasing (anekottarika vṛddhi). But Abhayadevasūri1 mentioned the ekottaravṛddhi alongwith anekottaravṛddhi. Evidently, he discussed on the basis of available text of Samavāyānga.
The title suggesting the treatment of topics arranged in samavāyas in numerical order, herein, represents only its portion, though a major one. The whole text may, broadly, be divided into two groups: (A) topics arranged in samavāyas according to numerals and (B) those treated outside samavāyas. The former may be, further, sub-divided into (i) the theme associated with numerals one to hundred and placed in samavayas, increasing in successive order and (ii) that associated with multi- increasing numerals and not arranged in samavāyas. The sūtras outside samavāyas may further be classified into three groups: (i) on the the subject-matter of the twelve Anga texts Acārānga, etc. (ii) on various Jaina tenets and (iii) related with the sixty-three great men of Jaina tradition, e.g governors (kulakaras), Seers (Tirthankaras), universal monarchs (cakravartins), Baladevas, Vasudevas, Prativāsudevas etc.
The topics treated in samavayas from one up to hundred, placed in a particular samavāya, mostly represent the actual respective number but at times

Page #23

the topics associated with thousand, lac, palyopama, sāgaropama, etc. corresponding to that samavāya are also found. For example, samavāya one contains topics associated with numeral one thousand, one lac, one palyopama(pit simile) and one sāgaropama also besides one soul, one sin etc. The topics associated with multi- increasing numerals begin with one hundred fifty and proceed up to one sägaropama (ocean-simile) kotākoți (one crore multiplied by one crore). The numerals in this section increase by fifty up to five hundred i.e. 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450 and 5,00. It increases by hundred up to eleven hundred i.e. 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 and 1100. The numerals from one thousand to ten thousand increase by one thousand i.e. 1000, 2,000, 3,000, 4,000, 5,000, 6,000, 7,000, 8,000, 9,000 and 10,000. While those with one lac onward up to ten lac increase by one lac. Only two topics related with the numeral one crore and one kotākoți sāgaropama are placed herein.
Albrecht Weber" commented on the theme of the third part of this text.According to him, "This third part is without doubt to be regarded as an appendix to the first part, and the whole as a supplement to the third Anga. It is a compendium of everything worth knowing a perfect treasure-house of the most important information which is of the greatest value for our understanding of the siddhānta. Of special significance are, in the first place, the statements of literary and historical content in 1-100, in reference to the extent and division of the separate angas, etc. (statements which were doubtless the principal cause of the addition of the full treatment of this subject); the mention of various celebrated arhats of the past together with the number of their teachers (this was the cause of the addition of the concluding part); and the frequent reference to the lunar and naksatra computation of time and to the quinquennial yugam. The references to the yugam are exactly in the manner of the jyotisa, vedānga, etc, being the beginning of the series of the naksatras.
Schubring also made his observation on the content of this text, specially on its third part. According to him, The last third part of Samavāyānga is an appendix and in general describes the Dvādaśangi Ganipițaka. In the

Page #24

xiy
second appendix the qualities of all beings are described in question-answer form. A third appendix in common Gathās, shows the dates of the spiritual and temporal heroes..
Before proceeding to present the content of Samavāyānga, in the light of above scheme of exposition, a few words about its content will be in order. Its present content, in general, according to Padmbhūsana Pt. Dalsukh Malvania" may be grouped as:
(i) Path of liberation, (ii) Reality, (iii) Cosmology, (iv) Great persons, (v) Jina Order (vi) Literature and (vii) miscellaneous, along with further subclassifications. Ach. Mahāprajña20 classified the subject-matter of this text into thirty three groups: -- 1. Canons 2. Karma
3. Art 4. Time
5. Governor 6. Kriyāvāda 7. Universe 8. Unit of measurement 9. Direct disciples 10. Knowledge 11. Animal & plant 12. Great meni 13. Deity & paradises 14. Matter
15. Ponds and lakes 16. Forests
17. Hell & hellish being 18. Mountains : 19. Liberatable souls 20. Human beings 21. Death types 22. Path of liberation 23. King
24. Colouring 25. Body
26. Jina Order 27. Utksepa of Samavāya 28. Niksepa of Samavāya 29. Emanation 30. Oceans & Rivers 31. Spiritual practices 32. Hindrances to 33. Astral bodies.
Sadhana Beginning of the text
Anga four begins, after prefacing the customary introduction-suyam me āyusam, teņam bhagavatā evamakkhātam. In reference to the authorship of Mahavira:iha khalu samaņeņam bhagavatā Mahāvīreņam then follows the regular varņaka with about forty attributes. Afterward ime duvālasamge ganipidage pannatte, tam jahā i. e. the names of the twelve anga texts. The

Page #25

XV
treatment proper of the fourth anga text Samavāyāya commences with these words— tattha ņam je se cautthe amge samavāe tti āhite tassa ņam ayamatthe, tamjahā.
Here it is noteworthy that the account of life-span of different gods manifested in specific celestial abodes, the interval in breathing in or breathing forth of specific gods, interval in their feeling of hunger, and the sequence of the next re birth in which the liberatable souls are to be liberated is treated at the end of all the first 33 samavāyās. To avoid repetition the summary of above mentioned portions is excluded from the introduction of the subject matter. For specimens the relevant matter of the first two samāvāyas is presented here.Samavāya 1. The longevity of those divinities, manifested as gods, in the celestial abodes Sāgara, Susāgara, Sāgarakānta, Bhava, Manu, Mānuşottara and Lokahita, is expounded, at the most, one ocean- simile (sāgaropama). Those gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every fortnight. Those gods feel hunger after one thousand years. Among those, the fit to be liberated Dsouls few will get salvation, will become enlightened, will be released, will be emancipated and will annihilate the entire miseries (will become free from the world cycle) in the next birth itself.
Samavāya 2. The longevity, of those divinities, manifested as gods, in the celestial abodes, Subha, śubhakānta, Subhavarna, Subhagandha, śubhaleśya, śubhasparśa and Saudharmāvatarsaka, at the most, is expounded as two oceansimiles (sāgaropama). Those gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every two fortnights. These gods feel hunger after two thousand years. Among the fit to be liberated souls some will get salvation, will become enlightened, will be released, will be emancipated and will annihilate the entire miseries (will become free from the world cycle) in the second rebirth itself.
In following pages a summary of the topics dealt in the text has been given
1.
1[3] Soul; non-soul; sinful activity; non-sinful activity; activity; nonactivity; universe; non-universe; medium of motion; medium of rest;

Page #26

xvi
merit; demerit; bondage; liberation; influx; stoppage; feeling and dissociation, 1[4] extension of, island of Jambūdvīpa; infernal abode Apratishāna; celestial abode Pālaka; Sarvārthasiddha, 1[5] constellations with one star, 1 [6] life-span of, infernal beings on the earth Gem-lustre; Lustre of pebbles; demon gods; mansion gods; rational five sensed beings of birds, animals and sub-human state; rational foetus born men; interstitial gods; astral gods; gods in the paradise Saudharma, Isāna. 2[1] Species, of harmful activities; aggregates; bondage, 2[2] constellations with two stars, 2]3) life-span of some, infernal beings on Gemlustre; Lustre of pebbles; demon gods; mansion gods; rational five sensed beings of birds, animals and sub-human state; rational foetus born men; interstitial; astral; gods in Saudharma; Isāna; Sanatkumāra and Māhendra.
2.
3.
3[1] Types of, harmful activities; control; thorn; appreciation; violation, 3[2] constellations with three stars, 3[3] life-span of some, infernal beings on the Gem-lustre; Lustre of pebbles; Lustre of sand; demon gods; rational five-sensed birds; animals and sub-human beings; rational foetus born men; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Išāna; Sanatkumāra and Māhendra. 4[1] Types of passions; meditations; irrelevant talks; instincts; bondages measurement of a gavyuti; 4[2] constellations with four stars, 4[3] lifespan of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Sand-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; īśāna; Sanatkumāra and Māhendra.
4.
5.
5[1] Types of activities; great vows; objects of senses; influx doors; stoppage doors; means of eradication (of karmic matter); circumspection; extensive substances; objects of senses; influx doors; stoppage doors; means of dissociation, 5[2] constellations with five stars, 5[3] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Sand-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Išāna; Sanatkumāra and Māhendra. 6[1] Types of aura; groups of soul; external austerities; internal austerities;
6.

Page #27

xvii
emanations of the non-omniscient; determinate perceptions of material object, 6[2] constellations with six stars, 6[3] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Sand-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma, Išāna, Sanatkumāra, Māhendra.
7.
7[1] Cases of fear, types of emanations, height of Mahāvīra, names of mountains, bordering or bounding the region and seven regions of the island of Jambūdvīpa, species of karma experienced by one with annihilated delusion, 7[2] constellations with seven stars, group of constellations with east, south; west and north facing doors, life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Sand-lustre; Mud-lustre; demon gods; gods in paradises Saudharma; īśāna; Sanatkumāra; Māhendra and Brahmaloka.
8[1] Cases of pride; species of matrices of creed (pravacanamātā); height of the holy trees of the interstitial deities; Jambū or Sudarśana tree; Kūţaśālmalī; fortification surrounding the island of Jambūdvīpa; moments of emanations by the omniscient; direct-disciples of Seer Pārsva, 8[2] constellations making occultation or conjunction with moon, 8[3] lifespan of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Mud-lustre; demon gods; gods in paradises Saudharma; īśāna and Brahmaloka.
9.
9[1] Means of shielding celibacy; cases of not fortifying the senses against non- celibacy,chapters of the first book of Ācārānga, height of Seer Pārsva, 9[2] constellations with nine stars,constellations forming conjunct with the moon from the north side, distance of movement of stars from the Gem-lustre, size of the fishes entering Jambūdvīpa, number of cities : on the each arm of the eastern door Vijaya, height of assembly Sudharmā of interstitial gods, sub-species of belief obscuring karma, 9[3] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Mud-lustre; gods in paradises Saudharma; Išāna and Brahmaloka.
10. 101] Monk's righteousness; means of mind concentration, extension of

Page #28

xviii
mountain Mandara, height of Seer Aristanemi;Vāsudeva Krsna; Baladeva Rāma, 10[2]names of knowledge boosting constellations, divine trees in the land of enjoyment, 10[3] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gemlustre; number of infernal dwellings on Mud-lustre; life-span of some, infernal beings on Mud-lustre; Smoke-lustre; demon gods; mansion gods; gross plant kingdoms; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Išāna; Brahmaloka and Lāntaka.
al
11. 11[1] Vows of house-holders, 11[2] distance between the universe and
jyotiscakra; distance of movement of astral bodies from the mountain Mandara; direct-disciples of Mahāvīra, constellation with eleven stars; Graiveyaka abodes of the gods of the lower Graiveyaka, extension at the base of mountain Mandara, 11[3] life-span of some infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna.
12. 12[1] Twelve particular ascetic vows interdining etc. of monks, extension
of capital Vijaya, manifestation of Baladeva Rāma as a god, extension of, peak of mountain Mandara; surrounding wall of Jambūdvīpa, duration of the shortest night and day, location and names of the earth Īşatprāgbhārā, 12[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on the Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; iśāna and Läntaka.
13. 13[1] Cases of harmful activities, horizontal tiers of the abodes in
Saudharma and īśāna, extension of, celestial abodes Saudharmāvatansaka and Iśānāvataňsaka, species of the class of five-sensed aqua animals and plants, sections of Prāņāyu Pūrva; tendencies of womb born five-sensed sub human beings, orbit of sun, 13 [2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma; Išāna and Lantaka.
14. 14[1] Collections of living beings, names of Pūrvas, sections of Agrāyaṇi
pūrva, number of monks of Mahāvīra; spiritual stages, length of bow

Page #29

xix
strings of Bharata and Airāvata regions, gems of universal monarchs, rivers of Jambūdvīpa terminating into Lavaņa Ocean, 14[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma; īśāna; Lāntaka and Mahāśukra.
15. 15[1] Extreme tormenter deities, height of Seer Nami, covering and
manifesting of moon by planet Dragon's head, 15[2] constellations making conjunction with moon, length of a specific day and night each in months of Caitra and Asoja, sections of Vidyānupravāda Pūrva, tendencies of human beings, 15 [3] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; īśāna and Mahāśukra.
16. 16[1] Chapters of Sūtrakstānga, sub-species of passions, names of
mountain Meru, 16[2] monks of Seer Pārsva, sections of Ātmapravāda Pūrva, extension of spherical capitals Camaracañcā and Balicañcā; increase in the measure of water in the Lavana ocean, life-span of some infernal beings on the earth Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma; īśāna and Mahāśukra.
17. 17[1] Non-restraint or lack of asceticism, restraint or discipline,height of
Mārusottara mountain; height of mountain dwellings of Vellandhara and Anuvellandhära, kings of snake prince gods, height of the loftiest wave of the Lavaná ocean, direction of monks with power of moving in sky, height of Tigiñchakūta and Rucakendra, types of death,species of karma bound by the soul with subtle passion, 17[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in
Saudharma; īśāna; Mahāśukra and Sahasrāra. 18. 18[1] Types of celibacy, monks of Seer Aristanemi, measures to safe
guard the ascetic conduct, syllables in aggregate of Ācārārgasūtra with appendices, writing modes of Brāhmī script, sections of the Astināstipravāda Pūrva, thickness of Smoke-lustre, the longest night and day in

Page #30

month of Pausa and Āsādha, 18[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Smoke-lustre; Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in paradises Saudharma; Išāna; Mahāśukra; Sahasrāra and Anata.
19. 19[1] Chapters of Jñātādharmakathā, distance of two suns from the island
of Jambūdvīpa, rising and setting of great planet Uranus, fragments of divisions of the continent of Jambūdvīpa, Seers having adopted monk hood from the house-hold, 19[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Dark lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma; Išāna; Mahāśukra, Sahasrāra, Prānata.
20. 20[1] Sources of mind-distractions of monks and nuns, height of Seer
Munisuvrata, thickness of Ghanodadhi (Cloud oceans, gods with similar rank of lord of gods of the paradise Prāṇata, duration of bondage of hermaphrodite libido, chapters of the Pratyākhyāna Pūrva, span in aggregate of the ascending and descending half-cycles, 20[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Dark lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma; īśāna; Prānata and Āraņa.
21. 21[1] Blemishes on the conduct of monks, existence of sub-species of
deluding karma in the soul having attained the stage of unprecedented degree of purity, span of, the fifth spoke penury and sixth extreme penury of the descending half-cycle; span of the first spoke extreme penury and second penury of the ascending half-cycle, 21[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in the
paradises Saudharma; Išāna; Āraña and Acyuta. 22. 22[1] Types of afflictions, nature of aphorisms of twelfth Anga Drsţivāda,
transformation of matter, 22 [2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Dark-lustre; Thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Išāna; Acyuta and in lower of the lowest paradise Graiveyaka.
23. 23[1] Chapters of Sūtrakstānga, 23 [2] moment of realization of all

Page #31

xxi
comprehensive indeterminate as well as determinate knowledge by twenty-three Seers, Seers of Bharat region, knowing the eleven Anga scriptures in their previous birth, Rşabha, the knower of fourteen Pūrvas, Seers as territorial rulers in their previous births, 23[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Iśāna; Acyuta and in lower of the middle Graiveyaka paradise.
24. 24[1] Names of the Seers of the present descending half-cycle, length of
bow-strings of Kșulla Himavanta, mountains with peak (śikhari), paradises with lord of gods, length of man's shadow produced by sun during northward course, extension of major rivers, Gangā and Sindhu, Raktā and Raktavatī, at the place of their origin, 24[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Išāna;Acyuta and in lower of the upper Graiveyaka paradise.
25. 25[1] Practical accessories of the five vows of the first and the last Seers,
height of, Seer Malli; all the major Vaitādhya mountains, depth of major Vaitādhya mountains below the surface, infernal dwellings on the second earth, chapters with appendices of Ācārānga, sub-species of physiquemaking karma bound by the soul with wrong faith etc., origin of great rivers Gangā, Sindhu, Raktā, Raktavatī, sections of the fourteenth Pūrva Lokabindusāra, 25[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Išāna; in lower of the middle Graiveyaka paradise.
26. 26[1] Sum of lectures of three canonical texts: Daśā, Kalpa and Vyavahāra,
sub-species of the deluding karma, 26[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; īśāna and in middle of the middle Graiveyaka paradise.
27. 27[1] Virtues of mendicants, constellations causing months etc. in the
continent of Jambūdvīpa,nights and days in astral months; thickness of

Page #32

xxii
the base of abodes of the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, sub-species of deluding karma bound by a soul, free from the bondage of right-belief producing karma, length of man-shadow caused by sun, on seventh day of bright half of the month Śrāvana, 27[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on the earth Gem-lustre; Thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in the paradises Saudharma; Išāna and in middle of the upper Graiveyaka paradise.
28. 28[1]Types of Ācāraprakalpa, existence of sub-species of the deluding
karmas in souls capable of liberation; number of celestial abodes in iśāna, sub-species of physique making karma bound by the soul, fated to be born in the divine state of existence; predestined to be born in infernal state of existence, 28[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma; īśāna and in upper of the lower Graiveyaka.
29. 29[1] Examples of heretic scriptures, number of days and nights in months
Ā§ādha etc., muhūrtas (30“ part of a day) in a lunar day, sub- species of karma bound by a soul fated to be manifested as a god of celestial abode, 29[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Thick Dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma; Išāna and in middle of the topmost three Graiveyakas.
30. 30[1] Sources of deluding karma, salvation of elder monk Manditaputra;
number of muhūrtas in each day and night, nomenclatures of thirty muhūrtas, height of Seer Ara; gods with similar rank of lord of gods of paradise Sahasrāra; age of initiation of Seer Pārśva; Mahāvīra, 30[2] dwellings of hellish beings on the earth Gem-lustre; life-span of some; infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Thick dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in paradises Saudharma and īsāna.
31. 31[1] Qualities of the salvated beings, peripherence of Meru, distance of
the visibility of sun to the man of Bharat region; days of intercalary

Page #33

xxiii
month; solar month, 31[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gemlustre; Thick dark-lustre; demon gods in paradises Saudharma; Īśāna; Vijaya etc.
32. 32[1]Auspicious activities; number of, lords of gods (Indra); omniscients of Seer Kunthu; celestial abodes in Saudharma, constellation with thirtytwo stars, types of dramatic representations, 32[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; Thick dark-lustre; demon gods; gods in Saudharma and Īsāna..
33. 33[1]Impertinences to the preceptors etc., palaces of each gateway of capital Camaracañcă, extension of Mahāvideha region, distance of visibility of sun to man, 33[2] life-span of some, infernal beings on Gem-lustre; in Kāla etc. infernal dwellings; on Thick Dark-lustre; life-span of some, demon gods; gods in paradises Saudharma; Īśāna; Vijaya etc., 33[3] lifespan of gods in celestial abode Sarvārthasiddha.
34. Supernatural attainments of the enlightened souls, provinces of the victory of universal monarchs, dwellings of demon king lord Camara, sum of infernal dwellings on Gem-lustre etc. four earths.
35. Supernatural attainments of the true speech, height of Seer Kunthu; Vasudeva Datta; Baladeva Nandana; places of preserving the carcass of Seers, sum of infernal dwellings on the second and fourth earths.
36. Lectures of Uttarādhyayanasūtra, height of assembly Sudharma of demon god Camara,number of nuns of Lord Mahāvīra, length of shadow of man caused by sun on a particular day during months of Caitra and Aśvina.
37. Direct disciples and groups(ganas) of Seer Kunthu, length of bow-strings of regions Haimavata and Hiranyavata, height of the walls of capitals Vijaya etc.; lectures in the first section of minor Vimānapravibhakti, length of shadow of man caused by sun on a particular day during month Kärttika.

Page #34

XXIV
38. Number of nuns of Seer Pārśva, peripherence of bow-sticks of the bow
strings of regions Haimavata and Airanyavata, height of the second stratum of Meru, lectures in the second section of minor Vimānapravibhakti.
39. Number of, clairvoyants of Seer Nami; mountains bounding the human
region; sum of, infernal dwellings on five earths; sub-species of knowledge-obscuring deluding, status and age determining karmas.
40. Number of nuns of Seer Aristanemi, height of, peaks of Meru; Seer śānti;
number of mansion dwellings of the snake king Bhūtānanda, lectures in fourth section of the minor Vimānapravibhakti and number of celestial abodes in the paradise Mahāśukra.s
41. Number of nuns of Seer Nami, sum of dwellings on four earths and
lectures in the first section of major Vimānapravibhakti.
42. Span of Mahāvīra as a monk, distance between the eastern edge of
Jambūdvīpa and western edge of Gostūbha etc., number of moons and suns in ocean Kāloda, life-span of reptiles born without copulation, subspecies of physique making karma, number of snakes bearing the Lavana ocean, lectures in second section of major Vimānapravibhakti and sum
of duration of fifth and sixth spokes of descending half cycle. 43. Chapters of Karmavipākasūtra, sum of infernal abodes on first, fourth
and fifth earths, distance between the eastern edges of Jambüdvīpa and dwelling mountain Gostūbha etc, and lectures in third section in major
Vimānapravibhakti. 44. Chapters of Rsibhāṣita, generations of men liberated in post-Seer Vimala
era, mansion dwellings of lord Dharaṇa and lectures in fourth section of major Vimānapravibhakti.
45. Extension of, human region; hell Sīmāntaka; abode ştu and earth
Īsatprāgbhārā, height of Seer Dharma; distance of Meru from the internal shores of the Lavana ocean and duration of combination of constellations

Page #35

XXV
of two and half region with moon and lectures in fifth section of major Vimānapravibhakti.
46. Mātska alphabets of Brāhmi script and mansion dwellings of lord
Prabhañjana.
47. Distance of visibility of sun to the man of Bharata region, duration of elder
monk Agnibhūti as a householder.
48. Portal cities of universal monarchs, groups, direct-disciples of Seer Dharma
and extension of solar orbit.
49. Observance of seven-seven days mendicant modal stage, span of
attainment of youth in Devakuru, Uttarakuru, life span of three sensed
beings. 50. Number of nuns of Seer Muni Suvrata; height of, Seer Anantanātha;
Vāsudeva Purușottama, extension of Vaitādhya mountains, celestial abodes in the paradise Lāntaka, length of Timisra and Khandakaprapāta caves, extension of Kāñcanaka mountains.
51. Sum of lectures in nine chapters of brahmacarya (Ācārānga), pillars of
assembly Sudharmā of Camara, etc, age of Baladeva Suprabha, sum of sub-species of faith obscuring and physique making karma.
52. Nomenclatures of deluding karma, distance between, eastern edge of
Gostūbha and western edge of Vadavāmukha; southern edge of Dakabhāsa and northern edge of Ketuka; western edge of Sarkha and eastern of Jūpaka; northern edge of Dakaseema and southern edge of Iśvara; sum of sub-species of knowledge obscuring, physique making, obstructive karmas; sum of celestial abodes in paradises Saudharma, Sanatkumāra and Māhendra. .
53. Length of bow-strings of, Devakuru, Uttarakuru; mountains Mahāhima
vanţa, Rukmi, monks of Mahāvīra manifested as gods in five Anuttara

Page #36

celestial abodes, life-span of reptile (uraparisarpa) beings born without
copulation. 54. Number of Seers etc. born in Bharat and Airavata regions during each
ascending and descending half cycles; answers of fifty-four questions delivered by Mahāvīra, groups, direct-disciples of Seer Ananta.
55. Life-span of Seer Malli, stretch between western edge of Meru and eastern
edge of Vijayadvāra, chapters of virtuous and sinful fruitions, infernal dwellings in first, second earths; sum of sub-species of knowledge
obscuring, physique making and age determining karma... 56. Constellations making conjunct with two moons in Jambūdvīpa; groups,
direct- disciples of Seer Vimal.
57. The totoal of chapters of Ācāra, Sūtraksta and Sthāna, excluding
Ācāracūlikā; distance between western edge of dwelling mountain Gostūbha and middle of the great hell Vadavāmukha etc.; clairvoyants of Seer Malli; length of bow-sticks of bow-strings of Mahāhimavanta and Rūkmī mountains.
58. Sum of, hellish abodes on first, second and fifth earths; sub-species of
knowledge obscuring, feeling producing, age determining, physique making and obstructive karma; distance between western edge of dwelling mountain Gostūbha and middle of great hell Vadavāmukha.
59. Nights and days in a season of Lunar year; span of Seer Sambhava as a
house hold; clairvoyants of Seer Malli.
60. Time taken by sun in passing through one circle; number of snakes bearing
the water of waves of the Lavana Ocean; height of Seer Vimal; gods with similar rank of, Bali; Brahma; sum of abodes of paradise Saudharma and īśāna.
61. Seasonal months in a pentad-year cycle of the lunar year; height of first

Page #37

xxvii
horizontal stratum of mount Meru; fraction of lunar circle.
62. Total of full moon days; moonless nights in pentad-year cycle of lunar
year; groups; direct- disciples of Seer Vāsupūjya; daily increase in moon of bright fortnight; daily decrease in moon of dark fortnight; abodes in each direction of first row of first horizontal stratum in paradises
Saudharma, īśāna; stratums/tiers of abodes of all Vaimānika gods. 63. Age of initiation of Seer Rsabha; attainment of youth in region Harivarsa,
Ramyakvarsa; sun-risings on mount Nişadha, Nīlavanta. 64. Observance of eight eight-days mendicant modal stage; abodes of demon
gods; gods with similar rank of lord Camara; extension of Dadhimukha mountains; sum of celestial abodes of paradises Saudharma, īśāna and Brahmaloka; necklaces of pearl and diamond of universal monarchs.
65. Solar circles of Jambūdvīpa; age of initiation of elder monk Mauryaputra;
celestial abodes of paradise Saudharmāvatansaka
66. Moons, suns in northern, southern half of the human region; groups,
direct- disciples.of Seer Śreyānsa; duration of sensory knowledge. 67. Astral months in a pentad year cycle; arms-length of Haimavata, Airāvata
region; distance between eastern edges of mount Meru and continent Gautama; extension of peripheries of all constellations.
68. Territories, capitals of universal monarchs in Dhātakī region; Seers etc.
in Dhātakī, Puşkaravara region; monks of Seer Vimalanātha;
69. Sum of regions; mountains, bordering the regions in human region;
distance between western ends of mount Meru and continent Gautama;
aggregate of sub-species of seven types of karma. 70. Observance of rainy season by Mahāvīra; salvation of Seer Pārsva; height
of Seer Vāsupūjya; interval between duration of coming into effect of karma-particle of deluding karma and duration of endurance of karma

Page #38

xxviii
particle without effect; gods with similar rank of Māhendra. 71. Movement of sun; sections of Vidyānuvāda pūrva, age of initiation of Seer
Ajita; universal monarch Sagara. 72. Dwellings of eagle prince gods; snakes bearing the outer shores of Lavana
Ocean; age of salvation of Mahāvīra; age of initiation of elder monik Acalabhrātā; number of suns and moons in internal half of Puskara island; towns of each universal monarch; arts and sciences; life-span of five-sensed
birds and animals born without copulation. 73. Length of the bowstrings of regions Harivarşa, Ramyakvarşa; age of
salvation of Baladeva Vijaya.
74. Age of salvation of elder monk, direct-disciple Agnibhūti; course of great
rivers Sītodā, Sītā; sum of infernal dwellings of six earths. 75. Omniscients of Seer Suvidhi-Puspadanta; age of initiation of, Seer Šītala;
Seer śānti. 76. Dwellings of lightning prince etc. gods. 77. Conferring kinghood to prince Bharat; initiation of kings of Anga dynasty;
gods in family of Lokāntika gods Gardatoya and Tuşita; lavas in a muhūrta.
78. Number of abodes of eagle prince, continent prince gods under the
domain of Lokapāla Vaiśramana; age of salvation of elder monk Akampita; decreasing and increasing the day space and night space (respectively] by sun.
79. Distance between bottom edges of great hell Vaļavāmukha and Gem
lustre; distance between the very middle of Dark-lustre and bottom edge of Cloud Ocean (Ghanodadhi); distance between doors of Jambūdvīpa.
80. Height of, Seer śreyānsa; Vāsudeva Tripistha; Baladeva Acala; reign of
Vāsudeva Tripistha; thickness of horizontal stratum Ayubahula; gods with

Page #39

xxix
similar rank of lord Iśāna; sun-rise in north direction.
81. Observance of nine nine-day mendicant vows; telepaths of Seer Kunthu;
sections of Vyākhyāprajñapti.
82. Entering and leaving the zodiacal sign by sun in Jambūdvīpa; carrying
away of foetus of Mahāvīra; distance between top edges of mountain Mahāhimavanta and bottom edge of stratum Saugandhika etc.
83. Carrying away of foetus of Mahāvīra; groups, direct-disciples of Seer
Šītala; salvation of elder monk Manditaputra; age of initiation of Seer Rsabha; attainment of omniscience by emperor Bharat.
84. Number of hellish abodes; age of salvation of, Seer Rşabha; Bharat,
Bāhubali; Brāhmī; Sundarī; Seer Śreyānsa and Vāsudeva Tripistha; number of gods with similar rank of lord Sakra; height of, outer Meru mountains of Jambūdvīpa; Añjanaka mountains, perimeter of the bow-sticks of the bow-strings of the Harivarsa and Ramyakvarşa regions; distance between top and bottom edge of horizontal stratum Pañkabahula of Jambūdvīpa; sum of padas in Vyākhyāprajñapti; number of, dwellings of snake prince; Prakīrņaka texts; species of birth; multiplications of beginning from number units pūrva etc. to the highest Sīrsaprahelikā; groups, direct
disciples; monks of Seer Rsabha; abodes of Vaimānika gods. 85. Sections with appendices of Ācārānga; height of peaks of both Meru
mountains of Dhātakī region; spherical mountain of continent Rucaka; distance between bottom edges of (divine) forest/park Nandana and
horizontal stratum Saugandhika. 86. Groups, direct-disciples of Seer Suvidhi Puspadanta; disputants of Seer
Supārsva; distance between edges of middle of Sugar lustre and bottom of second Cloud Ocean.
87. Distance between ends, eastern of mount Meru and western of dwelling
mountain Gostūpa; southern of Meru and northern of dwelling mountain

Page #40

XXX
Dakabhāsa etc.; sum of sub-species of six types of karma; distance between top of mountain Mahāhimavanta and bottom of horizontal stratum
Saugandhika, etc. 88. Total planets in family of each moon and sun; type of sūtras in second.
section of Drstivāda; distance between ends, eastern of mount Meru and western of dwelling mountain Gostūpa; movement of sun.
89. Period of salvation of, Seer Rsabha; Mahāvīra; domain of universal
monarch Hariseņa; nuns of Seer Säntinātha.
90. Height of Seer Sitala; groups, direct-disciples of, Seer Ajita; Seer śānti,
conquering of provinces by Vāsudeva Svayambhū; distance between top
of peaks of Vaitādhya mountains and bottom of stratum Saugandhika. 91. Vows of service; peripherence of ocean Kāloda; clairvoyants of Seer
Kunthu; sub-species of six types of karma. 92. Number of vows; age of salvation of elder monk; distance between middle
of mount Meru and western end of dwelling mountain Gostūpa.
93. Groups, direct- disciples of Seer Candraprabha; knower of fourteen pūrvas
of Seer śāntinātha; movement of sun. 94. Length of bowstrings of Nişadha, Nīlavanta; clairvoyants of Seer Kunthu. 95. Groups, direct-disciples of Seer Supārsva; location of great nether pots:
Submarine fire, etc.; places of increase and decrease in depth and height
in the Ocean of Salt; age of salvation of Seer Kunthu. 96. Villages in territory of each universal monarch; dwellings of wind prince
gods; measure of unit of length danda, bow, nālikā, yuga, akşa, mūšala; length of shadow of first muhūrta.
97. Distance between ends, eastern of Meru and western of dwelling mountain
Gostūpa etc.; sum of sub-species of eight types of karma; age of initiation of king Harisena.

Page #41

Xxxi
98. Distance between ends, top of forest Nandana and bottom of forest
Pāņduka; western of Meru and eastern of dwelling Gostūpa; length of back of bow (shaped) southern Bharat region; increase and decrease in night and day caused by sun; sum of stars of nineteen constellations.
99. Height of Meru; distance between ends, western and eastern, northern
and southern, of forest Nandana; extension of first, second, third orbits of sun; distance between ends, bottom of horizontal stratum Añjana and top of celestial abodes of Interstitial Bhaumeyaka gods of Gem-lustre.
100. Observance of ten ten-day modal vow of mendicants; constellation with
hundred stars; height.of Seer Suvidhi Puspadanta; age of salvation of Seer Pārsva; height of, major Vaitāļhya; Kșulla Himavanta; Sikharī; Kancanaka mountains.
101. Height of Seer Candraprabha; abodes on paradises Āraņa and Acyuta.
102. Height of, Seer Supārsva; all Mahāhimavanta; Rukmi; Kāñcanaka
mountains in Jambūdvīpa.
103. Height of, Seer Padmaprabha; celestial abodes of Demon gods.
104. Height of Sumati; age of initiation of Seer Aristanemi; height of walls of
abodes of celestial gods; knower of fourteen pūrvas of Mahāvīra;
occupancy of soul-particles, of one attaining salvation with this body. 105. Knower of fourteen pūrvas of Pārsva order; height of Seer Abhinandana.
106. Height of, Seer Sambhava; Nişadha, Nīlavanta mountains, depth of,
Nişadha, Nīlavanta; region, sum of abodes of Āņata, Prāṇata; disputants
of Mahāvīra. 107. Height of, Seer Ajita; universal monarch Sagara. 108. Height and depth of vakşaskāra mountains near rivers Sītā, Sītodā;
extension of varşadhara mountains; height of Seer Rşabha; universal

Page #42

xxxii
monarch Bharat; height and depth of some vakşaskāra mountains, near Meru mountain; height of vaksaskāra mountains; extension, at the base, of vakşaskāra mountains; height of Nandana mountains; extension, at the base, of Nandana mountains; height of abodes, in paradises Saudharma and īsāna.
109. Height of abodes in paradises Sanatkumāra; Māhendra; distance between
top and base of ksulla Himavanta, Shikharī mountains; disputants of Seer Pārsva; height of governor Abhicandra; number of persons taking initiation with Seer Vasupujya.
110. Height of abodes in paradises, Brahma, Lāntaka; omniscients of Mahāvīra;
monks of Mahāvīra with supernatural attainments; age of salvation of Seer Aristanemi; distance between top end and base of Mahāhimavanta, Rukmiņī mountains.
111. Height of abodes in paradises Mahāśukra, Sahasrāra; location of abodes
of interstitial gods; monks of Mahāvīra likely to be liberated; distance of movement of sun over Gem-lustre; disputants of Seer Aristanemi.
112. Height of abodes in paradises, Ānata etc.; distance between peak and
bottom end of Nişadha, Nīlavanta; height of governor Vimalavāhana; distance from Gem- lustre of movement of stars; distance between peaktop of Nişadha and middle of first horizontal stratum of Gem-lustre.
113. Height of, abodes of paradise Graiveyaka; Yamaka mountains; extension,
at the base of Yamaka mountains; height of all the spherical Vaitādhya mountains; height of peaks of, Hari, Harissaha, Bala; age of salvation of Seer Aristanemi; victors of Seer Pāróva; age of disciples of Seer Pārśva
attaining salvation; length of, lake Padma, Pundarīka. 114. Height of abodes of Anuttaraupapātika gods; monks of Seer Pārśva with
supernatural attainments. 115. Length of, lakes Mahāpadma and Mahāpundarīka.

Page #43

xxxiii
116. Distance between ends of horizontal stratums, top of Vajra and bottom of
Lohitākṣa.
117. Length of lakes Tigiñcha and Keśarī. 118. Distance of the farthest ends of Meru in four directions, from region Rucaka.
119. Number of abodes i
lise Sahasrāra..
120. Distance between ends of layers Ratna and Pulaka.
121. Extension of, mount Harivarşa and Ramyaka.
122. Space-length of bow-string of sea of southern Bharat region; clairvoyants
of Seer Ajit. 123. Extension of mount Meru.
124. Extension of Jambūdvīpa.
125. Extension of Ocean Lavaņa.
126. Lay-women of Seer Pārsva.
127. Extension of continent of Dhātaki. 128. Distance between eastern and western ends of Lavaņa Ocean.
129. Age of initiation of universal monarch Bharat.
130. Distance between ends of vedikās of, eastern of Jambūdvīpa and western
of Dhātakī province. 131. Abodes in the paradise Māhendra. 132. clairvoyants. of the Order of Seer Ajit.
133. Descending of Vāsudeva in hell.

Page #44

xxxiy
134. Mahāvīra's sixth re-birth, prior to present birth as Seer.
135. Interval between periods of Rşabha and Mahāvīra.
136-148. (Subject-matter of all Anga texts-basket of scripture (gaạipitaka)).
Ācāra-136, Sūtrakrta-137, Sthāna-138, Samavāya-139, Vyākhyāprajñapti140, Jñātādharmakathā-141, Upāsakadaśā-142, Antaksddaśā-143, Anuttaraupapātikadašā-144, Praśnavyākarana-145, Vipākasūtra-146 [and] Drstivāda--- sections, sub-sections, theme dealt in Destivāda-147148.
149. Types of aggregates; sub-types of, aggregate of non-living; formless non
living beings; types of, deities manifested in Anuttaraupapātika heavenly abodes; hellish beings etc.; number and area of hellish abodes on Gemlustre; shape of hellish abodes; thickness of seven earths; number of, hellish dwellings on seven earths; abodes of demon gods; abodes in different paradises; abodes, area covered by abodes on earth Thick dark lustre; shape of hellish dwellings.
150. Number, location; shape of abodes of demon gods on Gem lustre; abodes
of earth-bodied living beings up to those of human beings; number, area, shape of, dwellings of interstitial gods on Gem lustre; abodes of celestial gods; dwellings of Astral gods on Gem-lustre; abodes of different paradises.
151. Life span of, developed, undeveloped hellish beings; gods of paradises
Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta, Aparājita and Sarvārthasiddha. 152. Types of, bodies; gross body, body accommodation of gross body; types
of, protean body; translocation body; body length of translocation body; species of the luminous body; body length of Graiveyaka gods; inquisition doors of clairvoyance.
153. Species of clairvoyance; doors of feeling; species of aura.

Page #45

XXXV
154. Species of bondage of, age-determining karma; age-determining karma
of hellish beings, etc.; interval period of birth of, hellish beings; animal; human; gods; salvated beings etc.; hellish beings etc. on Gem-lustre; number of drags in which hellish beings drag the life-span impregnated with kind or class, form and name.
155. Form of bone-joints; bone-joints of hellish beings; nature of structures of
Asurakumāra gods up to that of Sanatkumāra; nature of structure of, earthbodied up to five-sensed beings born without copulation; animal beings; womb born animals; human beings; human beings born without copulation; lack of structure in bodies of demon, interstitial, astral and celestial gods; species of body-shape; body-shape of, hellish beings; demon gods; earth-bodied; fire bodied; water-bodied, air-bodied; plant-kingdom; two sensed; three sensed; four-sensed; five-sensed animals born without copulation; womb born animals; human beings born without copulation;
womb born human beings; demon, interstitial, astral and celestial gods. 156. Species of gender characteristics; gender characteristics of, hellish beings;
demon gods up to Sanatkumāra; earth-bodied; fire bodied; water-bodied, air-bodied; plant-kingdom; two sensed, three sensed, four-sensed; fivesensed animals born without copulation; womb born animals; human beings born without copulation; womb born human beings; demon, interstitial, astral, celestial gods.
157. Governors in Bhārata region of Jambūdvīpa, in past ascending half-cycle;
in past descending half cycle; governors and their wives in present descending half cycle; names of, fathers; mothers; Seers; previous births; description of bearing of palanquins; place of setting off for initiation; observance of specific fast at the time of initiation; maiden alms donors; period of receipt of alms; names, of scared (caitya) trees; height of sacred trees; names of, first disciples; first woman disciples[in continent of Jambūdvīpa, in Bhārata province, in this very descending half cycle).

Page #46

XXXvi
158. Names of, universal monarchs' fathers; mothers; universal monarchs;
wives; names of, fathers of baladevas and vāsudevas; mothers of vāsudevas; mothers of baladevas; daśāramandalas; vāsudevas; baladevas of the corresponding period and province; previous births, religious teachers; expectation, for places for future, causes for making the expectation for future, enemies of Vāsudevas; salvation of Baladevas.
Seers of Airāvata region of Jambūdvīpa, in descending half cycle; governors in Bhārata region of Jambūdvīpa, in coming ascending half cycle; names of, governors; Seers in Bhārata region of continent of Jambūdvīpa, in coming ascending half cycle; names of previous birth, mention of fathers; mothers; first-disciples; first woman-disciples, maiden alms donors; twentyfour scared trees; twelve universal monarchs in Bhārata region of Jambūdvīpa, in coming ascending half cycle; fathers, mothers and wives of these (future) universal monarchs; fathers; mothers; families; names of previous birth; religious teachers; places of future expectation; causes of making expectation for future; enemies; of baladevas, vāsudevas in Bhārat province in Jambūdvīpa, in the coming ascending half-cycle; names of Seers; fathers; mothers; wives; in Airāvata region of Jambūdvīpa, in the coming ascending half-cycle, fathers; mothers; dasāramandalas, enemies; names of previous births; religious teachers; places of expectation for future; causes of expectation for future; manifestation in Airāvata in future of baladevas and vāsudevas.
159. Lineage of, governors; Seers; universal monarchs; daśāras; direct-disciples;
sages; yatis; monks.
Editions of Samavāyāngasūtra 1. Text with Sanskrit commentaries of Abhayadevasūri and Megharajagani,
ed. Rsi Nanakacand, Rai Dhanapat Singh Bahadur Agama Sangraha No.
4, Murshidabad, 1880, p. 245. 2. Text with comm. of Abhayadevasūri, ed. Sagaranandsuri, Āgamodaya

Page #47

Xxxvii
Samiti, Surat 1918, p. 160./Rep. 2nd ed. Mafatlal Jhavercand, Ahmedabad
1938. 3. Text with Hindi tr. of Amolaka Rsi, Sukhadeva Sahai Jwala Prasad Jauhari,
Hyderabad 1919, p. 324. 4. Text with Gujarati. tr. of the comm. of Abhayadevasuri, tr. Haribhai Jetha
Lal, ed. Kunvaraji Anandji, Jaina Dharma Prasaraka Sabha, Bhavnagar
1938, pp. 22, 311. 5. Gujarati tr. & ed. Pt. Dalsukhbhai Malvania, Punjabhai Jaina Text S. No.
23, Gujrat Vidyapeeth, Ahmedabad 1955, pp. 32,984. [Tr. of both texts: Sthānānga and Samavāyānga jointly arranged subject-wise). Text with Hindi tr. Kanhaiya Lal “Kamal', Āgama Anuyoga Publication,
Delhi 1967, p. 500. 7. Text ed. “Pupphabhikkhu', Sūtrāgama Publication Committee, Gurgaon
Cantt 1953, p. 316. [In: Süttāgama, Pt. one containing 4 Angas). 8. Hindi tr. 'Pupphabhikkhu', Sūtrāgama Publication committee, Gurgaon
Cantt 1971, pp. 428-506. [In: Arthāgama, Vol. I, Containing 4 Angas). 9. Text with Sanskrit commentary Bhāvabodhini, Gujarati and Hindi
translation of Muni Ghasilal, Akhila Bharatiya Śvetambara Sthānakavāsī
Jaina Sastroddhāraka Samiti, Rajkot 1962, p. 48, 1154. 10. Text ed. Jinendra Vijayagani, Harsa Puspāmrta Jaina Text Series, In: Vol.
1/4 of Āgama Sudhā Sindhu, Lakhabavala, Saurastra, 1974, pp. 459
557. 11. (Samavão)ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1974, pp.
827-906. In: Angasuttāņi I, containing 4 Anga texts., Rep. 2nd ed.,
Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1992. 12. Text, ed. Ratan Lal Dosi, Akhila Bharatiya Śvetambara Sthānakavāsī
Sangh, Sailana (with Hindi trans, and notes]." 13. Text with Hindi tr.& notes, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 8,
Agama Publication Committee, Byavar 1982, pp. 104, 259. [Index of

Page #48

gāthās and proper names].
14. Samavão, Text with Sanskrit rendering, Hindi tr. and notes, ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1984, p. 32, 436,
15. Text ed. Jambuvijaya, Jaina Agama S. No. 3, Mahāvīra Jaina Vidyalaya, Mumbai 1985, pp. 325-480. [with index of text gāthās, index of words, etc.]
xxxviii
16. Text with comm. of Abhayadeva, ed. Sagaranandsūri, re-ed. Muni Jambuvijaya, Lala Sundar Lal Jaina Agama Granthamālā, No. 2, M.L.B.D., Varanasi, 1965, pp. 8-148. [Appendices: variant readings, index of text, gāthās, of gāthās quoted in Abhayadeva. comm. indicating its original texts. Manuscripts. Buh. IV. No. 216; Chani. No. 72; DA. 4 (16; 17; 29; 30; 33. Jesal. No. 819; JG. p. 4; Pet. I. No. 348; IV. No. 1362; Weber. II. Nos. 1785; 1786.
Comm.
1.
Tīkā (AD1063) by Abhayadevasūri, pupil of Jineśvarasuri of the Kharataragaccha, in Granthagras 3575, Mss. Buh. IV. No. 216; Chani. No. 72; DA. 4 (16; 17; 29; 30; 33). Jesal. No. 819; JG. p. 4; Pet. I. No. 348; IV. No. 1362; Weber. II. Nos. 1785; 1786.
2. Vrtti by Megharaja Vācaka, Mss. Punjab. No.2780.
3. Paryāya. Mss. Kap. No. 82-86.
References
1. Longman's Dictionary of Contemporary English, ed. Proctor, Paul, Longman, England 1981.
2. Webster's Encyclopaedic Unabridged Dictionary Gramercy Books, New York, Revised 2 ed. 1994. p. 144, 898.
3. Oxford English Dictionary, Oxford University Press, Mumbai1990, p.163. 4. Doshi, Pt. Bechardas, Jaina Sahitya Kä Brhad Itihasa, vol. 1, Parshvanath Vidyapeeth, Varanasi 1996., p. 66.
5. Anuyogadvārasūtra, In: Navasuttāņi, vol.5, Ladnun1987, sūtra 51.

Page #49

Xxxix
6. Jain, Dr. N. L, Scientific Contents in Prakrit Canons, Varanasi, 1996, p.29. 7. Višeşāvaśyakabhāsya, Jinabhadrgani Kșamāśramana, L. D. Institute of
Indology, Ahmedabad, gāthā 789. 8. Ācārānga, ed. Muni Punyavijayaji, 1/5/4. 9. Egathiyāṇi tinni u pavayaņasuttam taheva attho .--Avaśyakaniryukti, Āch.
Bhadrabāhu, Lakhabaval 1999, gāthā 126. 10. Višeşāvaśyakabhāsya, Jinabhadrgani, op. cit. Indology, Ahmedabad, gātā
1368-1375. 11. Jain, Dr. S. L. In. Pt. Dalsukh Malvania Felicitation Volume I, Parshvanath
Vidyapeeth, Varanasi 1996. pp. 60-61. 12. Anuyogadvara, op. cit., Ladnun 1987, sūtra 285. 13. Doshi, Bechardasa, Jaina Sāhitya, p.66. 14. Ibid, p. 66. 15. Nandīsūtra, Mumbai, sūtra 90. 16. Ekottarikā ............ anekottarikā ca - comm. on sūtra 140, Āgama śruta
Prakashan, Ahmedabad 1999. 17. Weber, A., Sacred Literature of the Jains, Jain Bhavan, Kolkata 1999, p.46 18. Schubring, W. The Doctrine of the Jainas, p. 88. 19. Sthānānga and Samavāyānga, Ahmedabad 1955. 20. Samavão, ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Ladnun 1992, intro. pp. 19-32.

Page #50

Page #51

Content
Publisher's note Preface Introduction System of transliteration
· Samavāyāngsūtra Text & Translation
Samvāya 1 to 100 Multy Increasing Group 101 to 135
The basket of Twelve Anga Scriptures 136 to 148 Miscellaneous 149 to 156 Great Men 157-159
1-239 240-253 254-294 295-318 319-351
Appendices :
Appendix 1: Appendix 2: Appendix 3:
Gāthā Index Classified Index of Proper Names Glosary of Technical Terms
Bibliography Word Index

Page #52

System of Translitertion
VOWELS
اور
377†
ā
+
+
CONSONANTS क् ा प p 4 khu % ph ग् gob. घ gh . भ ... bh ङ्ग
म् .. m च् c. . य y
छ. chr ज्jल 1
झ् jha व् : ञ्
श्
فر در هر ير لكر
उu
6 . .
ऐ
4.
ai
ओ
ير لكر
for his
। 7
० au
م
for t
.
स्
ठ् ड् द
हh
م
kş
ور
در
th th
.
هر امر عر إدر
dh

Page #53

॥ समवायंगसुत्तं ॥
॥ ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
1
[1] सुयं मे 2 आउ ! तेणं भगवता एवमक्खातं -
says
[Lord Sudharma, the fifth apostle (Ganadhara) of Lord Mahāvīra : to his disciple Jambū] I have heard, O Long lived one! the Venerable (Mahāvīra) has preached thus -
*
[2] * 'इह खलु समणेणं भगवता महावीरेणं आदिकरेणं तित्थकरेणं सयंसंबुद्धेणं 'पुरिसोत्तमेणं पुरिससीहेणं 'पुरिसवरपुंडरीएणं पुरिसवरगंधहत्थिणा 'लोगोत्तमेणं लोगनाहेणं लोगहितेणं 7 लोगपईवेणं लोगपज्जोयगरेणं अभयदएणं चक्खुदएणं मग्गदएणं सरणदएणं जीवदएणं धम्मदएणं धम्मदेसएणं धम्मणायगेणं धम्मसारहिणा धम्मवरचाउरंतचक्कवट्टिणा अप्पडिहतवरणाणदंसणधरेणं विअट्टच्छउमेणं जिणेणं 'जाणएणं तिन्नेणं तारएणं बुद्धेणं बोहणं मुत्तेणं मोयगेणं सव्वण्णुणा सव्वदरिसिणा सिवमयलमरुयमणंतमक्खयमव्वाबाहमपुणरावत्तयं 10
1. ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।। नमो सुयदेवयाए - जे० । अत्रेदमवधेयम् - अस्य समवायाङ्गसूत्रस्य संशोधनेऽस्माभिः खं० जे० हे १, २, ला १, २ इति षड् हस्तलिखिताः प्रतय उपयुक्ताः ।।
2. आउसंतेणं अटीपा० । आवसंतेणं अटीपा० । आमुसंतेणं अटीपा० ॥
3. ** अटी • कृतां समये एतच्ह्निान्तर्गतः पाठो वाचनान्तरे नासीत् । “यदाख्यातं तदधुनोच्यते - एगे आया इत्यादि। कस्याञ्चिद् वाचनायामपरमपि सम्बन्धसूत्रमुपलभ्यते, यथा-इह खलु समणेणं भगवया इत्यादि । तामेव च वाचनां बृहत्तरत्वाद् व्याख्यास्यामः । इदं च द्वितीयसूत्रं संग्रहरूपप्रथमसूत्रस्यैव प्रञ्चरूपमवसेयम्।” - अटी० ॥
4. सोत्तिमेणं जे० । सुत्तमेणं मु०॥
5. पोंड खं० ॥
6. लोगोत्तिमेणं जे० ॥
7. लोगपतीवेणं खं० जे० ॥
8. जावएणं हे १ लासं० १ मु० । रागादिजयश्चास्य रागादिस्वरूपतज्जयोपायज्ञानपूर्वक एव भवतीत्येतदस्याहजानाति छाद्मस्थिकज्ञानचतुष्टयेनेति ज्ञायक:, तेन - अटी० ॥

9. मोयणं जे० ॥
10. वित्तिसिद्धि मु० । “अपुनरावर्तकम् " - अटी० ॥

Page #54

Samavāyāngasūtra
सिद्धिगतिणामधेयं ठाणं संपाविउकामेणं इमे दुवालसंगे गणिपिडगे 11पण्णत्ते, तंजहा12आयारे १, सूयगडे २, ठाणे ३, 13समवाए ४, विवाहपण्णत्ती ५, 14णायाधम्मकहाओ ६, उवासगदसातो ७, अंतगडदसातो ८, अणुत्तरोववातियदसातो ९,15पण्हावागरणाई १०, विवागसुते ११, दिट्ठिवाए १२॥
• During that period, at that time, the Ascetic Venerable Mahavira, the first author of Ācārānga etc., the ford maker, self-enlightened, the excellent among men, the lion among men, the excellent white lotus among men, the excellent elephant among men; excellent in the universe, lord of the universe, benefactor of the universe, beacon-light of the universe, illuminator of the universe, bestower of fearlessness, vision-opener, bestower of refuse, bestower of enlightment, bestower of righteousness: preacher of righteousness, commander of religion, guide of religion, universal ruler over four directions in excellent religion, possessor of the uninterrupted and excellent knowledge and faith, free from blemishes, victor, omniscient enlightened, preacher of the doctrines, the liberated, the liberator, all knowing, all perceiving, intent on attaining the sphere of the liberated-souls, which is benign, fixed, disease free, endless, non decaying, uninterrupted, and where from there is no returning back to mundane existence, and fork-tile the assembly of the great congregation; has expounded these twele basket of scriptures, namely: 1. Ācāra, 2. Sūtraksta, 3. Sthāna, 4. Samavāya, 5. Vyākhyāprajñapti, 6. Jñātādharmakathā, 7. Upāsakadaśā, 8. Antakyddaśā, 9. Anuttaraupapātikadašā, 10. Prasnavyākarana, 11. Vipākasutra [and] 12. Drstivada. तत्थ णं जे से चउत्थे अंगे समवाए त्ति आहिते तस्स णं 16अयमद्वे, तंजहा-* There in, the Samavāya, instructed as fourth Anga, means like this, for example-* [3] एके आता, एके अणाया। एगे दंडे, एगे अदंडे। एगा किरिया, एगा अकिरिया। एगे 11. पण्णत्ते नास्ति खं०॥ 12. आयारो १ सूतगडो २ खमू०। आयारे १ सूतगडे २ खंसं०॥ 13. समवाते खं०॥ 14. णायधम्म जे० हे २॥ 15. रणाति १० जे०। रणं १० मु०॥ 16. मढे पन्नत्ते तंजहा मु०॥

Page #55

Samavāya one
3
लोए, एगे अलोए। एगे धम्मे, एगे अधम्मे। एगे पुण्णे, 17एगे पावे। एगे बंधे, एगे मोक्खे। एगे आसवे, एगे संवरे। एगा वेयणा, एगा णिज्जरा।
The soulA (living being) is one; non- soul (non-living being) is one. Sinful activity (danda) is one; non-sinful activity (adanda) is one. Activity (kriyā) is one; non-activity (akriyā) is one. The universe is one; non-universe (the space beyond the universe) is one. [Medium of] motion is one; [medium of] rest is one. Merit is one; demerit is one. Bondage is one; liberation is one. Influx[of karmic matter] is one; stoppage [of karmic matter] is one. Feeling/ is one and dissociation is one.
[4] 16जंबुद्दीवे दीवे एगंजोयणसयसहस्सं 19आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। अपइट्ठाणे 20णरते एगं जोयणसयसहस्सं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। पालए जाणविमाणे एगं जोयणसयसहस्सं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। सव्वट्ठसिद्धे महाविमाणे एगंजोयणसयसहस्सं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते।
The continent of Jambūdvīpa is expounded as extending in length and breadth as one lac yojana. The infernal abode Apratishāna is expounded as extending in length and breadth as one lac yojana. The chariot pālaka [of the celestial abode Saudharma] is expounded as extending in length and breadth as one lac yojana. The great chariot sarvārthasiddhi (“perfected in every aim') is expounded as extending in length and breadth as one lac yojana. [5] अदाणक्खत्ते एंगतारे पण्णत्ते। चित्ताणक्खत्ते एगतारे पण्णत्ते। सातिणक्खत्ते एगतारे पण्णत्ते।
The constellation Orionis (Ardrā) is expounded as having one står. The constellation Virginis (Citrā) is expounded as having one star. The constellation Bootis (Svāti) is expounded as having one star.
17. एगे अपुण्णे जे०। “पुण्यं शुभं कर्म, पापमशुभं कर्म"-अटी०॥ 18 "जम्बू इत्यादि सूत्रासप्तकमाश्रयविशेषाणां तथा इमीसे णमित्यादि सूत्राष्टादशकमाश्रयिणां स्थित्यादिधर्माणां प्रतिपादनपरं सुबोधम्"-अटी०। 19. चकवालविक्खंभेणं जे० अटीपा०। "इह सूत्रे आयामविक्खंभेणं ति क्वचित् पाठो दृश्यते, कचित्तु चक्कवालविक्खंभेणं ति, तत्र प्रथमः संभवति अन्यत्रापि तथा श्रवणात्, सुगमश्व। द्वितीयस्त्वेवं व्याख्येयःचक्रवालविष्कम्भेण वृत्तव्यासेन"-अटी०॥ 20. नरए मु०॥

Page #56

Samavāyāngasūtra
[6] 21इमीसे रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए 22अत्थेगतियाणं णेरइयाणं एगं 23पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। 24इमीसे रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए णेरइयाणं उक्कोसेणं एगं सागरोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। दोच्चाए णं पुढवीए णेरतियाणं जहण्णेणं एगं सागरोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं 25अत्थेगतियाणं एगं पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एगं 26साहियं सागरोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। 27असुरकुमारिंदवज्जियाणं भोमेज्जाणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं एगं पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असंखेज्जवासाउयसण्णिपंचिंदियतिरिक्खजोणियाणं अत्थेगतियाणं एगं पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असंखेज्जवासाउयगब्भवक्कंतिय सन्निमणुयाणं 2 अत्थेगतियाणं एगं पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
वाणमंतराणं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एगं पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। जोइसियाणं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एगं पलिओवमं वाससयसहस्समब्भहियं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मे कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं एगं पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मे कप्पे 30अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं एगं सागरोवर्म ठिती पण्णत्ता। ईसाणे कप्पे 31देवाणं जहण्णेणं सातिरेगं [32एगं] पलितोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
21., 24. इमीसे णं रयण मु० अटी०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३२७ टि० २॥ 22. अत्रेदमवधेयम्-हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु अत्र 'अत्यंगतियाणं' इति पदं वर्तते, किन्तु त्रयस्त्रिंशत्स्थानकं यावदीदृशानि सूत्राणि सन्ति, तत्र तत् क्वचिद् वर्तते, क्वचिन्न वर्तते, अतो वक्ष्यमाणेषु सूत्रेषु यत्र 'अत्थेगतियाणं' इति पदं हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु वर्तते तत्रैवास्माभिर्मूले तत् स्थापितं नान्यत्र। किञ्च, वक्ष्यमाणसूत्रेषु क्वचित् . 'नेरइयाणं अत्यंगतियाणं' इति पाठोऽपि हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु दृश्यते, अतो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु यत्र तथा पाठो लभ्यते तत्र तथास्माभिरत्र निर्देक्ष्यते इति ध्येयम्॥ . 23. पलिओवमं खं० विना। इतः परमग्रे मु० मध्ये सर्वत्र पलिओवमं इति पाठः। जे० मध्ये क्वचित् पलितोवमं क्वचिच्च पलिओवमं इति पाठः॥ 25. अत्रेदमवधेयम्-हस्तलखितादर्शेषु अत्र 'अत्थेगतियाणं' इति पदं वर्तते, किन्तु त्रयस्त्रिंशत्स्थानक यावदीदृशानि सूत्राणि सन्ति, तत्र तत् क्वचिद् वर्तते, क्वचिद् न वर्तते, अतो वक्ष्यमाणेषु सूत्रेषु यत्र 'अत्थेगतियाणं' इति पदं हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु वर्तते तत्र क्वचिच्चावश्यकं मत्वान्यत्रापि अस्माभिर्मूले तत् स्थापितं न तु सर्वत्र। किञ्च, वक्ष्यमाणसूत्रेषु 'अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं' इत्यपि पाठो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु क्वचिद् दृश्यते, अतो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु यत्र यथा पाठो दृश्यते तत्र तथास्माभिरत्र निर्देक्ष्यते। अपि च, इदृशेषु सूत्रेषु बहुषु स्थलेषु हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु पाठसंक्षेपः कृतोऽस्ति, केवलं संक्षिप्ताः संकेता वर्तन्ते, अतः संकेतानुसारेण आवश्यकपाठं पूरयित्वा पाठोऽत्र निर्देक्ष्यते इति ध्येयम्॥ 26. साहितं खं०॥
.. 27. असुरिंद अटी०। “असुरिंदवजियाणं त्ति चमरबलिवर्जितानां भोमेजाणं ति भवनवासिनाम्....तेषां चैकं पल्योपमं मध्यमा स्थितिः"-अटी०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३३० पं० १ टि० १॥ 28. “यमणुयाणं खं० हेमू० १ ला २। जेमू० मध्ये ** एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो नास्ति। 29. मु० विना जेमू० जेसं० खं० हे १ ला २ मध्ये अत्थेगतियाणं इति पाठो नास्ति। हे २ ला १ मध्ये तु एगतियाणं इति पाठः। 30. देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं जे० ला १ अटी० विना॥ 31. जहण्णेणं देवाणं साति' जे० हे २॥ 32. एगं नास्ति मु० विना॥

Page #57

Samavāya one
ईसाणे कप्पे देवाणं 33अत्थेगतियाणं एगं सागरोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On this (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā) some of infernal beings' longevity is expounded as one pit-simile (palyopama). On this earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā) some of infernal beings' longevity, at the most, is expounded as one ocean-simile (sāgaropama). On the second earth (lustre of pebblesSarkarāprabhā) some of infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded as one ocean-simile (sāgaropama). Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as one pit-simile (palyopama). Demon (Asurakumāra) gods’ longevity, at the most, is expounded over one ocean-simile (sāgaropama). Barring demon gods (Asurakumāra), (other) mansion (Bhavanavāsī) gods' ongevity, is expounded as one pit-simile (palyopama). The longevity, of some rational (sañ ñī) five sensed beings of birds, animals and sub-human state, possessing the age of innumerable years, is expounded as one pit-simile (palyopama). The longevity, of the foetus born rational men, possessing the age of innumerable years, is expounded as one pit-simile (palyopama).
The sub-terrenean (Vāņavyantara) gods' longevity is expounded, at the most, as one pit-simile (palyopama). The Stellar or Astral (Jyotiska) gods? longevity is expounded, at the most, as hundred thousand years over to one pit-simile (palyopama). In this paradise, Saudharma, gods' longevity, at least, is expounded as one ocean-simile (sāgaropama). In the paradise (kalpa) Saudharma, some gods' longevity, at least, is expounded one pit-simile (palyopama). In the paradise Saudharma, some gods longevity is expounded one ocean-simile (sāgaropama). In the paradise īsāna some gods’longevity is expounded, at least, over one pit-simile (palyopama). In the paradise Isāna, some gods' longevity is expounded as one ocean-simile (sāgaropama).
[7] 'जे देवा सागरं सुसागरं सागरकंतं 34भवं मणुं 35माणुसुत्तरं लोगहियं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एगं सागरोवमं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा एगस्स
33. QUE ANT TO go forniti Mui Tri Hile HIT WHO II 34. PIP AT 211 35. har stor PARTS TO "HIGHTERY"-37&toll

Page #58

Samavāyāngasūtra
36अद्धमासस्स आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा णीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं एगस्स 37वाससहस्सस्स आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति।
The longevity of those divinities, manifested as gods, in the celestial abodes Sāgara, Susāgara, Sāgarakānta, Bhava, Manu, Mānusottara and Lokahita, is expounded, at the most, one ocean-simile (sāgaropama). Those gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhaleB [once) in every fortnight. Those gods feel hunger after one thousand years. [8] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे एगेणं भवग्गहणेणं सिन्झिस्संति बुझिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिणिव्वाइस्संति सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करिस्संति।
Among those, the fit to be liberated Psouls few will get salvation, will become enlightened, will be released, will be emancipated and will annihilate the entire miseries (will become free from the world cycle) in the next birth itself.
36. "37efur 'n sfat :"-37cto 11 37. FR HTET MOTTO authE tapet '31' sta sta:"-3710 11 38. uffroafareifa toll
Notes A In the aphorism 'Eke ātā' soul has been categorized as one from generic view-point (Sangraha naya).The characteristic of soul is consciousness (cetanā). From the view-point of consciousness all the souls in this universe are similar. Hence, it has been expounded that the soul is one. All the other seventeen non-soul (ajīva) etc. may also be expounded as one with respect to generic view-point.
A western scholar Kornelius Krumpelmann, however differs with above opinion. According to him "eka ātmā" does not mean "soul is one", because he doesn't take "eka" as a predicative adjective. In accordance with the name of the chapter, i.e. eka-sthānam, and the general character of our text, as well as with those numerous expressions in the Sthānānga, in which we find the cardinal numbers employed attributively, we should interpret "eka" as conveying the

Page #59

Samavāya one
sense of "ekasmin sthāne" — in place "one". If we leave out the adjective "eka", the term "ātman" alone serves its purpose. He opines that the cardinal number was added only to ensure the formal uniformity of the text. Presumably, it was also intended as an aid to learn the text by heart. If one thinks it inevitable to translate "eka" in the sutras "eka atamā". I see no better solution than to render them as "one: soul", and so on'. B. Abhayadevasūri2, the commentator mentioned that the exhaling or inhaling, of the specific class of deities is related to their life-span. he same is the case with the feeling of their hunger. C. Though siddha, buddha, mukta and parinirvsta are synonymous yet have different connotations:
Siddha- having attained supernatural powers, buddha-having attained omniscience, mukta, having ot rid of karma-particles,
parinivsta- state of eterna peace being entirely free from defilements caused by karmas. D. The term 'bhavasiddhika'4 stands for the souls, worthy of liberation. The liberation, being possible only in the state (gati)of human being therefore, soul implies only human being, herein.
1. Krumpelmann, Kornelius, The Sthānāngasūtra: An Encyclopaedic Text of the Śvetmbara
Canon, In: International Journal of Jaina Studies, Hindi Granth Karyalaya, Mumbai 2008,
Vol.1-3, p. 29. 2. Jassa Jai sāgarovamāim thii tassa tattiehim pakkhehim. ūsāso devānam vāsasahassehim
āhāro.-- Ibid. p. 5. 3. Ibid. p. 5. 4. bhavasiddhikāh-bhavyāḥ & Abhayadevasūri, Sthānāngasūtram and Samavāyāngasūtram,
MLBD, Delhi, p. 5.

Page #60

2[1] 'दो दंडा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- अट्ठादंडे चेव, अणट्ठादंडे 'चेव। दुवे रासी पण्णत्ता, तं जहा-जीवरासी चेव, अजीवरासी चेव। दुविहे बंधणे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-रागबंधणे चेव, 'दोसबंधणे चेव।
[Harmful] activities (danda) are expounded as two, namely: purposeful and purposeless. Aggregates (rāśi) are expounded as two, namely: aggregates of soul and aggregates of non-soul. Bondages are expounded as two-fold, namely: bondage of attachment (rāga) and bondage of aversion (dvesa). . 2[2] 'पुव्वाफग्गुणीणक्खत्ते दुतारे पण्णत्ते। उत्तराफग्गुणीणक्खत्ते दुतारे पण्णत्ते।'पुव्वाभताणक्खत्ते दुतारे पण्णत्ते। उत्तराभद्दवताणक्खत्ते दुतारे पण्णत्ते।
The constellation Leonia (Pūrvāphālgunī) is expounded as having two stars. The constellation Leonia (Uttarāphālgunī) is expounded as having two stars. The constellation Pegasus (Pūrvābhādrapadā) is expounded as having two stars. The constellation Pegasus (Uttarābhādrapadā) is expounded as having two stars. 2[3] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं णेरतियाणं दो पलितोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। दोच्चाए पुढवीएणं अत्थेगतियाणं णेरतियाणं दो सागरोवमाति10 ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं दो पलितोवमाति11 ठिती पण्णत्ता। 12असुरिंदवज्जियाणं भोमेज्जाणं
1. "दो दंडेत्यादि सुगममा द्विस्थानकसमाप्तेः। नवरमिह दण्ड-राशि-बन्धनार्थं सूत्राणां त्रयम्, नक्षत्रार्थ चतुष्टयम्, स्थित्यर्थं त्रयोदशकम्, उच्छ्वासाद्यर्थं त्रयम्"-अटी०॥ 2. चेव नास्ति खं० हे १॥ 3. चेव नास्ति खं०॥ 4. रोस जे०॥ 5. पुवफ जे०॥ 6. दुत्तारे खं०। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 7. पुवभ हे १॥ 8. वया खं० विना। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 9. णं नास्ति हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 10. 'माइं खं० विना। इतः परमग्रे जे० मध्ये क्वचित् “मातिं क्वचिच्च माइं इति पाठः।। मु० मध्ये तु सर्वत्र 'माइं इति पाठः॥ 11. ठिती नास्ति जे०॥ 12. असुरकुमारिंद मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३२८ पं० ४ टि० ३॥

Page #61

Samavāya two
देवाणं उक्कोसेणं 1 देसूणातिं दो पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता।असंखेज्जवासाउयसण्णि14पंचिंदियतिरिक्खजोणियाणं अत्थेगतियाणं दो पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असंखेज्जवासाउय सण्णिमणुस्साणं16 अत्थेगतियाणं दो पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मे कप्पे 17अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं दो पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ईसाणे कप्पे देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं दो पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मे कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं दो सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ईसाणे कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं साहियातिं दो सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सणंकुमारे कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं दो सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता।माहिंदे कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं साहियातिं दो सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता।.
____On this [first] earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabha), some infernal beings' longevity, is expounded as two pit-similes (palyopama). On the second earth (lustre of pebbles-Sarkarā prabhā), some of infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded as two pit-similes (palyopama). Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as two pit-similes (palyopama). Barring, the lord of demon gods (Asurakumārendra), (other) mansion (Bhavanavāsī) gods' longevity, is expounded, at the most, little less than two pit-similes (palyopama). The longevity, of some rational five-sensed 1 birds, animals and sub-human beings, possessing the age of innumerable years, is expounded as two pit-similes (palyopama). The longevity, of rational five-sensed men, possessing the age of innumerable years, is expounded as two pit-similes (palyopama).The longevity, of some divinities of the paradise Saudharma, is expounded as two pit-similes (palyopama). The longevity, of some divinities, of the paradise īsāna, is expounded as two pit-similes (palyopama). The longevity, of some gods of the paradise Saudharma, at the most, is expounded as two ocean-similes (sāgaropama). The longevity, of some divinities of the paradise (Isāna), at the most, is expounded over two ocean-similes (sāgaropama). The longevity, of some divinities, of the paradise Sanatkumāra, at least, is expounded as two ocean-similes (sāgaropama). The longevity, of some divinities, of the paradise
13. देसूणाइं दो पलिओवमाइं ख० जे० विना।। 14. सण्णी जे०॥ 15. “यगब्भवक्कंतियसण्णि ' खंसं०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३२८ पं०८॥. 16. “माणुस्साणं अत्यंगइयाणं देवाणं (च) दो मु०॥ 17. अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं हे २ मु०॥

Page #62

10
.
..
Samavāyāngasūtra
Māhendra, at least, is expounded over two ocean-similes (sāgaropama). 2[4] जे देवा सुभं सुभकतं सुभवण्णं सुभगंधं सुभलेसं सुभफासं सोहम्मवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं दो सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तेणं देवा दोण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं दोहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति।
The longevity, of those divinities, manifested as gods, in the celestial abodes, Subha, śubhakānta, śubhavarna, śubhagandha, Subhaleśya, Subhasparsa and Saudharmāvatarisaka, at the most, is expounded as two oceansimiles (sāgaropama). Those gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every two fortnights. These gods feel hunger after two thousand years. 2[5] अत्यंगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे दोहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति बुझिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करिस्संति।।
. Among the fit to be liberated souls some will get salvation, will become enlightened, will be released, will be emancipated and will annihilate the entire miseries (will become free from the world cycle) in the second rebirth itself.
18. परिनिव्वुतिस्संति हे २ मु० विना। परिणिव्युसिस्संति जे०॥
Notes A. Danda has two meanings: violence and harmful activities. Violence again is two-fold:(a) artha-activities of violence done with purpose, (b) anarthaactivities of violence done without purpose. B. The longevity, expounded, here refers to that of mansion gods Nāgakumāra of North direction.
1. Abhayadevasūri, Sthānārgasūtram and Samavāyāngasūtram, MLBD, Delhi, p. 6.

Page #63

3[1] 'तओ दंडा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-मणदंडे 2 वयदंडे कायदंडे | 'तओ गुत्तीओ पण्णत्ताओ, तंजहा - मणगुत्ती वयगुत्ती कायगुत्ती । तओ सल्ला पण्णता, तंजहा - मायासल्ले णं नियाणसल्ले णं मिच्छादंसणसल्ले णं । तओ गारवा पण्णता, तंजहा - इड्डीगारवे' रसगारवे” सायागारवे'। तओ विराहणाओ' पण्णता, तंजहा - नाणंविराहणा दंसणविराहणा चरित्तविराहणा ।
Three Harmful activities (danda) are expounded, namely: mental harmful activity, vocal harmful activity [and] physical harmful activity. Three controls (gupti) are expounded, namely : control of mind, control of speech [and] control of body. Three thorns (salya ) are expounded, namely: thorn of deceit, thorn of expectation of future [and] thorn of wrong faith. Three appreciations (gaurava) aré expounded, namely: appreciation of prosperity, appreciation of taste [and] appreciation of pleasure. Three violations '(virādhanā) are expounded, namely: violation of knowledge, violation of faith and violation of conduct.
3 [2] मिगसिंरणक्खत्ते तितारे पण्णत्ते । * पुस्सणक्खत्ते तितारे पण्णत्ते ।* जेट्ठाणक्खत्ते. तितारे पण्णत्ते | 11 अभीइणक्खत्ते तितारे पण्णत्ते । 12 सवणणक्खत्ते तितारे पण्णत्ते । अस्सिणिणक्खत्ते तितारे पण्णत्ते । 13 भरणिणक्खत्ते तितारे पण्णत्ते ।
The constellation Orionis (Mrgasira) is expounded as having three stars. The constellation Cancri (Pusya) is expounded as having three stars. The constellation Scorpio (Jyeṣṭhā) is expounded as having three stars. The
1. तयो खं० ॥
2. वतिदंडे खं० ॥
3. ततो तीतो खं० ॥
4. वतिगुत्ती खं० ॥
5. ततो खं० ॥
6-8. गारवे णं मु० ।।
9. हणतो पं० खं० । 'हणा पं० मु० ॥
10. पुस्से जे० । पूस' हे २ । ** एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो खं० मध्ये नास्ति ।।
11. अभीयण जे० ॥
12. समणण' जे० हे १ ला २ ॥
13. भरणीण मु० ॥

Page #64

12
Samavāyāngasūtra
constellation Lyrae (Abhijita) is expounded as having three stars. The constellation Aquilae (Śravaņa) is expounded as having three stars. The constellation Arietis (Aśvinī) is expounded as having three stars. The constellation Arietis (Bharaṇī) is expounded as having three stars. 3[3] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्यंगतियाणं णेरतियाणं तिणि पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। दोच्चाए णं पुढवीए रतियाणं उक्कोसेणं तिण्णि सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तच्चाए णं पुढवीए णेरतियाणं जहण्णेणं तिण्णि सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं तिण्णि पलितोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असंखेज्जवासाउ4यसण्णिपंचिंदियतिरिक्खजोणियाणं उक्कोसेणं तिण्णि पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असंखेज्जवासाउयसण्णिगब्भवक्कंतियमणुस्साणं उक्कोसेणं तिण्णि पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं तिण्णि पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सणंकुमार-माहिदेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं तिण्णि सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। .
On the [first] earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as three pit-similes. On the second earth (Lustre of pebbles), some infernal beings' longevity, at the most, is expounded as three ocean-similes. On the third earth [Lustre of sand] the infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded as three ocean-similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as three pit-similes. The longevity, at the most, of some rational five-sensed birds, animals and sub-human beings'existence, possessing innumerable year's age, is expounded as three pit-similes. The longevity, at the most, of the rational foetus born men, with the innumerable years' age, is expounded as three pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, of the paradises Saudharma and īśāna is expounded as three pit similes. Some divinities' longevity, of the paradises Sanatkumāra and Māhendra, is expounded as three ocean-similes.
3[4] जे देवा आभंकरं पभंकरं आभंकरपभंकरं चंदं चंदावत्तं चंदप्पभं चंदकंतं चंदवण्णं 1चंदलेसं चंदझयं 16चंदरूवं चंदसिंगं चंदसिटुं चंदकूडं चंदुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते
14. “साउसण्णि ' जे०॥ दृश्यतां पृ० ३२८ पं०८॥ 15. चंदलेस्सं खं०॥ 16. चंदरूवं नास्ति जे० मु० हे १, २ ला २ अटी०॥

Page #65

Samavāya three
उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं तिणि सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा तिण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं तिहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति। . .
The longevity, of the divinities manifested in the celestial abodes, Ābhan kara, Prabhankara, Abhankara-Prabhankara, Candra, Candravartta, Candraprabha, Candrakānta, Candravarna, Candraleśya, Candradhvaja, Chandrarūpa, Candrasrriga, Candrasrsta, Candrakuta and Candrottarāvataisaka, isexpounded, at the most, three ocean-similes (sāgaropama). Those gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale Conce] in every three fortnights. They feel hunger after three thousand years.
3[5] 17संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे तिहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति 18जाव सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करिस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will get salvation, up to will annihilate the entire miseries, in the [subsequent] third birth.
17. संति एगतिया खं०॥ . 18. बुझिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सव्व मु०॥
Notes . A. Danda here means harmful activities or evil tendencies which mar the conduct etc. of soul. . B. The longevity of five-sened plants and animal kingdoms and human beings taking birth in Devakuru and Uttarakuru region has been expounded in this aphorism as innumerable years-.
1. Abhayadevasūri, Sthānāngasūtram and Samavāyāngasūtram, p. 6.:

Page #66

4[1] चत्तारि कसाया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-कोहकसाए माणकसाए मायाकसाए लोभकसाए।
चत्तारि झाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-1अट्टे झाणे, रुद्दे झाणे, धम्मे झाणे, सुक्के झाणे। चत्तारि विगहातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा-इत्थिकहा भत्तकहा रायकहा देसकहा। . . चत्तारि सण्णा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-आहारसण्णा भयसण्णा मेहुणसण्णा परिग्गहसण्णा। चउविहे बंधे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-पगडिबंधे ठितिबंधे अणुभावबंधे पदेसबंधे। चउगाउए जोयणे पण्णत्ते।
Four passions are expounded, namely: passion.of anger, passion of pride, passion of deceit and passion of greed. Four meditations are expounded, namely: mournful meditation (ārta), cruel meditation (raudra), moral meditation (dharma) and pure meditation (śukla). Four irrelevant talks (vikathā) are expounded, namely: talks [pertaining to] women, talks [pertaining to] devotees, talks [pertaining to] king and talks [pertaining to] folk. Four instincts (sañjñā) are expounded, namely: food instinct, fear instinct, copulation instinct [and] possession instinct. Four-fold bondages are expounded, namely: nature of bondage, duration of bondage, intensity of bondage [and] space of bondage. Four gavyutis' are expounded as one yojana (eight miles). 4[2] +अणुराहाणक्खत्ते 'चउतारे पण्णत्ते। . पुव्वासाढणक्खत्ते'चउतारे पण्णत्ते।
उत्तरासाढणक्खत्ते चउतारे पण्णत्ते।
The constellation Anurādhā (Scorpio) is expounded as having four stars. The constellation Purvāsādhā (Sagittarius) is expounded as having four stars. The constellation Uttarāsādhā (Sagittarius) is expounded as having four stars. 4[3] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए 'अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं चत्तारि पलितोवमातिं ठिती 1. अट्टामाणे रुद्दज्झाणे धम्मज्झाणे सुझण्झाणे मु०॥ अट्टे झाणे धम्मे सुक्ने रुहे जे०॥ 2. ठीति' खं०॥ 3. अणुभाग खं० मु० अटी० विना। पएसबंधे अणुभाव (भाग-हे १ ला)बंधे खं० हे १ ला २॥ 4. राह खंसं० ला १ मु० विना॥ 5., 7. 'तारे खं०॥ 6.,8. “साढा मु०॥ 9. गतीयाणं जे०॥

Page #67

Samavāya four
पण्णत्ता।
तच्चाए णं पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं चत्तारि सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं चत्तारि 10पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं चत्तारि पलितोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सणंकुमार-माहिदेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं चत्तारि सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as four pit-similes (palyopama). On the third earth (Sand-lustre) some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as four Ocean-similes (sāgaropama). Some Demon deities' longevity is expounded as four pit-similes (palyopama). Some divinities’longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna, is expounded four pit-similes (palyopama). Some divinities’ longevity, in the paradises Sanatkumāra and Māhendra, is expounded as four ocean-similes (sāgaropama). 4[4] जे देवा किंढिं सुकिटुिं 1 किट्ठियावत्तं किट्ठिप्पभं किट्ठिजुत्तं किट्ठिवण्णं किट्ठिलेसं किट्ठिज्झयं किट्ठिसिंगं किट्ठिसिटुं किट्ठिकूडं किट्ठत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं चत्तारि सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा चउण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। 12तेसि णं देवाणं चउहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पज्जति।
___The longevity, of the divinities manifested in celestial abodes, Krsti, Sukrsti, Krsti-Avarta, Krstiprabha, Krstiyukta, Krstivarna, Krstilesya Krstidhavaja, Krsti sriga, Krsisrsta, Krsikuta and Krsti -uttarāvatarisaka, is expounded four ocean-similes (sāgaropama). These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every four fortnights and feel hunger after four thousand years. 4[5] अत्थेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे चउहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will get salvation, up to will annihilate the entire miseries, in the [subsequent] fourth birth.
10. 'माहिं खं०॥ 11. यावण्णं खं। 12. तेसिं देवाणं खं० मु०॥

Page #68

Samavāyāngasūtra
Notes 1. Gāuya (gavyūti) occurred at several places in canonical texts. It is equal to two miles . Four gavyūtis are equal to four x 2 miles i.e. eight miles or one yojana. The land measuring two thousand bows (dhanu”) is also equal to one gavyūti.
1. An Illustrated Ardhamāgadhi Dictionary, Delhi, vol. 2, p. 616. 2. It is equal to the mesure of faur arms or ninety-six fingre breadths.
Ardhamāgadhi Dictionary, Delhi, vol.3, p. 234.
An Illustrated

Page #69

5[1] 1पंच किरियातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा-काइया' अहिगरणिया पाओसिया पारितावणिया पाणातिवातकिरिया। पंच महव्वया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-सव्वातो पाणातिवातातो वेरमणं, सव्वातो मुसावायातो 'वेरमणं, 'सव्वातो जाव परिग्गहाओ वेरमणं।
'पंच कामगुणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- सद्दा रूवा रसा गंधा फासा। पंच आसवदारा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- मिच्छत्तं अविरति पमाए कसाए जोगा। 10पंच संवरदारा पण्णत्ता, तंजहासम्मत्तं विरति 11अप्पमादो अकसायया अजोगया। पंच निज्जरट्ठाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहापाणातिवातातो वेरमणं, मुसावायातो वेरमणं, अदिण्णादाणातो वेरमणं, मेहुणातो वेरमणं, परिग्गहातो वेरमणं। 12पंच समितीतो पण्णत्ताओ, तंजहा-इरियासमिती भासासमिती एसणासमिती 13आयाणभंडनिक्खेवणासमिती उच्चार-पासवण-14खेल-सिंघाण-जल्लपारिद्वावणिया समिती।
15पंच अत्थिकाया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- धम्मत्थिकाए अधम्मत्थिकाए आगासत्थिकाए 16जीवत्थिकाए पोग्गलत्थिकाए।
Five activities (kriyā) are expounded, namely: corporeal (kāyika), instrumental (adhikaranika), malicial (prādvesika), tormenting (pāritāpanika) and vitality depriving (prānātipātka). Five great vows are expounded, namely: 1. स्थानाने सू० ४१९॥ 2. कातिया खं० जे०। 3. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ३८९॥ 4. वेरमणं नास्ति खं० जे० हे २॥ 5. सव्वाओ अदत्तादाणाओ वेरमणं सव्वाओ मेहुणाओ वेरमणं सव्वाओ परिग्गहाओ मु०॥ 6. वेरमणं नास्ति खं० जे० हे २॥ 7. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ३९०॥ 8. दृश्यतां स्थानाले सू० ४१८॥ 9. मिच्छत्त अविरति(त.जे०) खं० जे० हे १ ला २ मिच्छत्तं अविरता ला १। मिच्छत्तं अविरति(अविरई-मु०) पमाया कसाया जोगा हे २ मु०॥ 10. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ४१८॥ 11. अप्पमत्तदा हे २। अप्पमत्तया अकसाया मु०॥ 12. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू०.४५७॥ 13. भंडमत्तनिक्खेव० मु० अटी०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३३९, ३७४।“आदाने ग्रहणे भाण्डमात्राया उपकरणपरिच्छेदस्य निक्षेपणेऽवस्थापने समितिः सुप्रत्युपेक्षितादिसांगत्येन प्रवृत्तिश्चतुर्थी, तथा उच्चारस्य पुरीषस्य प्रश्रवणस्य मूत्रस्य खेलस्य निष्ठीवनस्य सिंघानस्य नासिकाश्लेष्मणो जल्लस्य देहमलस्य परिष्ठापनायां परित्यागे समितिः स्थण्डिलादिदोषपरिहारतः प्रवृत्तिरिति पञ्चमी" -अटी०॥ 14. सिंघा० पंच अत्थि हे २ मु० विना। 15. स्थानाङ्गे सू० ४४१॥ 16. जीव पोग्गलत्थिकाए मु० विना॥

Page #70

18
.
Samavāyāngasūtra
complete abstinence from deprivation of life, complete abstinence from false utterance, up to complete abstinence from staking the not given, complete abstinence from copulation, complete abstinence) from possession.
Five objects of senses (lit. 'qualities [that engender] desire') are expounded, namely: sound, colour, taste, smell and touch. Five influx doors are expounded, namely: Wrong belief, non-abstinence, non-vigilance, passion and activity (yoga). Five stoppage doors are expounded, namely: right belief, abstinence, vigilance, non-passions and non-activity. Five means of eradication [of karmic matter] (nirjarā) are expounded, namely: abstinence from deprivation of life, abstinence from false utterance, abstinence from taking what has not been given, abstinence from sex indulgence and abstinence from possession. Five kinds of circumspection (samiti) are expounded, namely: circumspection in walking, circumspection in speech, circumspection in alms begging, circumspection in lifting and laying down articles and circumspection in laying down excrements, urine, spittle, bodily dirt and snot.
Five extensive substances (astikāya) are expounded, namely: extensive substance of medium of motion (dharmāstikāya), extensive substance of medium of rest (adharmāstikāva), extensive substance of space (ākāśāstikāya), extensive substance of soul (jīvāstikāya) and extensive substance of matter (pudgalāstikāya). 5[2] 17dfeui-chantvarant quuifti 18gui care arah Teal quuete 19 pet for at पंचतारे पण्णत्ते। 20विसाहानक्खत्ते पंचतारे पण्णत्ते। धणिट्ठानक्खत्ते पंचतारे पण्णत्ते।
The constellation Taurus (Rohini) is expounded as having five stars. The constellation Punarvasu is expounded as having five stars. The constellation Curvy (Hasta) is expounded as having five stars. The constellation Libra (Višākha) is expounded as having five stars. The constellation Delphiniums (Dhanisthā) is expounded as having five stars.
17. FEINS TO 802.11 18. guianet Holl 19. Freyr 9011 20. Ho fan-fHIET Pfahre(E7-) enfurgiuerent to go a 8,711

Page #71

Samavāya five
19
5[3] 21इमीसे रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्यंगतियाणं नेरइयाणं पंच पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तच्चाए णं पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं पंच सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं पंच पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं पंच पलितोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सणंकुमार-माहिंदेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं पंच सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता।।
On the earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), some hellish beings' longevity is expounded five pit-similes. On the third earth (Sand-lustre) hellish beings' longevity is expounded five ocean-similes. Some Demon deities' longevity is expounded five pit-similes. The longevity of some divinities in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna is expounded five pit-similes. The longevity of some divinities in the paradises Sanatkumāra and Māhendra is expounded five ocean-similes.
5[4] जे देवा वायं सुवायं वातावत्तं वातप्पभं वातकंतं वातवण्णं वातलेसं वातज्झयं वातसिंगं वातसिटुं वातकूडं वाउत्तरवेंडसगं सूरं सुसूरं सूरावत्तं सूरप्पभं सूरकंतं सूरवण्णं सूरलेसं सूरज्झयं सूरसिंगं सूरसिटुं सूरकूडं सुरुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं पंच सागरोवमातिं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा पंचण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं पंचहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति।
The longevity of those divinities manifested in [specific] celestial abodes, Vāta, Suvāta, Vātāvarta, Vātaprabha, Vātakānta, Vātavarņa, Vātalesya, Vātadhvaja, Vātaśmnga, Vātasrsa, Vātakūa, Vātottarāvatāňsaka, Sūra, Susūra, Sūrāvarta, Suraprabha, Surakanta, Suravarna, Suralesya, Suradhvaja, Surasriga, Surasrsa, Sūrakūa, Sūrottarāvatarsaka is expounded as five ocean-similes (sāgaropama). Some divinities breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every five fortnights. These divinities feel hunger after five thousand years. 5[5] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा (22जे) पंचहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will get salvation, up to will annihilate [the entire miseries] in the subsequent fifth birth. 21. इमीसे णं रय मु० ॥ 22. जे नास्ति मु० विना।

Page #72

6[1] 'छल्लेसातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा- कण्हलेसा नीललेसा काउलेसा तेउलेसा पम्हलेसा सुक्कलेसा। छज्जीवनिकाया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- पुढवीकाए आउकाए तेउकाए वाउकाए वणस्सतिकाए तसकाए। छविहे बाहिरे तवोकम्मे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- अणसणे 'ओमोदरिया वित्तीसंखेवो रसपरिच्चातो कायकिलेसे संलीणया। छविहे अब्भंतरए तवोकम्मे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- पायच्छित्तं "विणओ वेयावच्चं सज्झाओ झाणं उस्सग्गो। 'छ छाउमत्थिया 'समुग्घाया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- वेयणासमुग्धाते 10कसायसमुग्धाते मारणंतियसमुग्धाते वेउब्वियसमुग्धाते तेयससमुग्घाते आहारसमुग्घाते। छबिहे 11अत्थोग्गहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- सोतेंदियअत्थोग्गहे 12चक्खुइंदियअत्थोग्गहे घाणिंदियअत्थोग्गहे जिभिदियअत्थोग्गहे फासिंदियअत्थोग्गहे नोइंदियअत्थोग्गहे।
___Six auras (lesyā) are expounded, namely: black aura, blue aura, grey [the colour of brinjal flower] aura, yellow [the colour of the rising sun] aura, lotus-pink aura and pure or white aura. Six groups (nikāya) of 'soul are expounded, namely: earth-bodied, water-bodied, fire-bodied, air-bodied, plantbodied [and] mobile bodied. Six external austerities are expounded, namely: fasting [for one or more days], eating less [than hunger], reduction of greed [towards alms], giving up delicacies, [subjecting oneself to] physical affliction and residing (for spiritual benefit] in a lonely place. The six internal austerities are expounded, namely: atonement, veneration, service, study, meditation [and] renunciation.
1. छल्लेस्सा पं० तं० खं०। छ लेसाओ पण्णत्ता तंजहा मु०। . 2. छ जीव मु०॥ 3. पुढविकाइया आउ तेउ वाउ वणस्सति तसकाए खं० हे १ ला २॥ 4. ऊणोयरिया मु०॥ 5. "किलेसं जे०। किलेसो मु०॥ 6. अब्भंतरते तवो' खं०। अभिंतरे तवो मु०॥ 7. विणतो खं०॥ 8. छाउमत्थिया छ समु० खं०॥ 9. 'ग्घातया जे०॥ 10. कसात० मारणस० वेउब्विय तेयस० आहारसमुग्याते खं०। कसाय० मारणंति० वेउब्धिय। २ तेयास० आहारसमुग्घाए जे०। जे० अनुसारेण तेयासमुग्घाते इति पाठो भाति, दृश्यतां पृ० ३३७ टि० ६॥ 11. अत्थुग्गहे मु०। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 12. चक्खु० घाण जिब्भ० फास० नोतिंदिय० कत्तिया' खं० जे० हे २॥

Page #73

Samavāya six
Six emanations (samudghāta-expansion of special units of the soul) of the nonomniscient (chadmastha) are expounded, namely: distressal emanation, passional emanation, emanation [at the time] of approaching death, transformational emanation, luminous emanation [and] translocational emanation. Six determinate perceptions (avagraha) of the material object (artha) are expounded, namely: tactile determinate perception of the material object, gustatory determinate perception of the material object, olfactory determinate perception of the material object, visual determinate perception of the material object, auditory determinate perception of the material object and quasi-sensory (mental) determinate perception of the material object.
6 [2] 13 कत्तियानक्खत्ते 14 छतारे पण्णत्ते । असिलेसानक्खत्ते 15 छतारे पण्णत्ते ।
The constellation Taurus (Kṛttikā) is expounded as having six stars. The constellation Hydrae (Asleṣā) is expounded as having six stars.
6[3] इमीसे 16 17 रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरतियाणं छ पलिओ माई ठिती पण । तच्च पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरतियाणं 20छ सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं 21छ पलितोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं 22छ पलितोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । सणकुमार- माहिंदेसु कप्पेसु अत्येगतियाणं देवाणं छ सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता ।
21
· On the (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as six pit-similes. On the third earth (Sand-lustreBālukāprabhā), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as six ocean
13. कित्तिया T॥
14., 15. छत्तारे खं० जे० ॥
16. णं नास्ति खं० जे० ॥
17 प्पभाते जे० ॥
18. छ पलि० खं० हे २ । छप्पलि तोवमा० जे० ।
19. णं नास्ति खं० ।
20. छस्सागरोवमा० जे० । छ सागरोवमा० खं० ॥
21., 22. छप्पलि' जे० ।
23. छस्सा' जे० ॥

Page #74

22
Samavāyāngasūtra
similes. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as six pitsimiles. Some divinities' longevity in the paradises Saudharma and Īsāna is expounded as six ocean-similes. Some divinities' longevity in the paradises Sanatkumāra and Mahendra is expounded as six-ocean-similes.
6[4] जे देवा सयंभुं 24 सयंभुरमणं घोसं सुघोसं महाघोसं किद्विघोसं वीरं सुवीरं 25 वीरगतं वीरसेणियं वीरावत्तं वीरप्पभं वीरकंतं वीरवण्णं वीरलेसं वीरज्झयं वीरसिंगं 26 वीरसिट्टं वीरकूडं वीरुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेंसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं 27छ सागरोवमाइं ठिती . पण्णत्ता । ते णं देवा छण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा । तेसि णं देवाणं छहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति ।
The longevity of the divinities, manifested in celestial abodes, Svayambhū, Svayambhūramana, Ghosa, Sughosa, Mahāghosa, Krstighosa, Vira, Suvira, Viragata, Viraśrenika, Virāvarta, Viraprabha, Virakānta, Viravarna, Viradhvaja, Virasṛnga, Virasṛṣṭa, Virakūta and Virottarāvatansaka, is expounded as six ocean-similes. These divinities breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every six-fort night and feel hunger after six thousand year.
6[5] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे छहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति 28 जाव अंतं करेस्संति । Among the fit to be liberated souls some will get salvation, up to will annihilate [the entire miseries] in the sixth re-birth.
24. सयंभु मु०॥
25. वीरंगयं जे० । वीरगयं खं० ॥
26. वीरसिद्धं जे० ॥
27. छस्सा' जे० ॥
28. जाव सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं मु० । जाव अंतं करेंति जे० ॥

Page #75

7[1] सत्त भयट्ठाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- इहलोगभए परलोगभए आदाणभए अकम्हाभए आजीवभए मरणभए असिलोगभए। सत्त समुग्घाता पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- वेयणासमुग्घाते कसायसमुग्घाते मारणंतियसमुग्घाते वेउब्वियसमुग्घाते तेयससमुग्घाते आहारसमुग्घाते केवलिसमुग्घाते। समणे भगवं महावीरे सत्त रयणीतो उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। सत्त वासहरपव्वया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- चुल्लहिमवंते महाहिमवंते निसढे नीलवंते रुप्पी सिहरी मंदरे। सत्त वासा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- भरहे हेमवते हरिवासे महाविदेहे परम्मए हेरण्णवते 'एरावते। खीणमोहे णं भगवं मोहणिज्जवज्जातो सत्त'कम्मपगतीओ वेदेति।
The seven cases (sthāna) of fear are expounded, namely: mundane fear, otherworldly fear, fear of [property etc. being] taken away, unreal or accidental fear, fear [related to] lively hood, fear of death [and] fear of defame. The seven emanations (samudghāta) are expounded, namely: distressal emanation, passional emanation, emanation (at the time) of approaching death, transformational emanátion, luminous emanation, translocational emanation and soul-point emanation [at the time of salvation]. The vertical height of Venerable Ascetic lord Mahavira was seven arm's length. [In this continent of Jambudvipa] the seven mountains, bordering or bounding the region (varsa) are expounded, namely: Ksulla Himavanta, Mahāhimavanta, Nisadha, Nilavanta, Rukmi, Sikhari and Mandara (Sumeru mountain). In this continent of the Jambūdvīpa seven regions, are expounded, namely: Bharata, Haimavata, Harivarsa, Mahāvideha, Ramyak, Airanyavata and Airāvata. The Venerable, delusion having annihilated, experiences [the manifestation of] (remaining) seven species of karma, excluding (delusion). 1. कसास० मारणंतियस० वेउव्विय० तेयस. आहार० केवलिसमुग्घाते खं०। तुला स्थानाङ्गे सू० ५८६। दृश्यतामधस्तनं टिप्पणम्॥ . 2. वेउब्धियांस० तेयासमु आहार० केवलिसमुग्याते जे०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणं तथा पृ० ३३६ टि०७। जे० अनुसारेण तेयासमुग्धाते इति पाठोऽभिप्रेतो भाति॥ 3. इहेव जंबुद्दीवे दीवे त्तस मु०॥ , 4. रम्मते खं०॥ 5. एरवए मु०॥ 6. खीणमोहेणं भगवया मु०॥ 7. पगडीओ हे १ मु०॥ 8. वेएई मु १०॥ .

Page #76

Samavāyāngasūtra
7[2] महानक्खत्ते सत्ततारे पण्णत्ते। : 10पाठान्तरेण 11अभियाईया सत्त नक्खत्ता’ कत्तियादीया सत्त नक्खत्ता पुव्वदारिया पण्णत्ता। महादीया सत्त नक्खत्ता दाहिणदारिया पण्णत्ता। अणुराहाइया सत्त नक्खत्ता अवरदारिया पण्णत्ता। धणिट्ठाइया सत्त नक्खत्ता उत्तरदारिया पण्णत्ता।
__The constellation Lynx (Maghā) is expounded as having seven stars. The Taurus or Bull (Krttikā) etc. seven constellations are expounded as having east-facing doors. [Lyrae (Abhijita) etc. seven constellations are expounded as having east-facing doors]. The Lynx (Maghā) etc. seven constellations are expounded as having south-facing doors. The Scorpio (Anurādhā) etc. seven constellations are expounded as having west-facing doors. Dolphin (Dhanisthā) etc. seven constellations are expounded as having north-facing doors.
इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं सत्त पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तच्चाए णं पुढवीए नेरइयाणं उक्कोसेणं सत्त सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। चउत्थीए णं पुढवीए नेरइयाणं जहण्णेणं सत्त सागरोवमाई. ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं "देवाणं अत्यंगतियाणं सत्त पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं 1 देवाणं सत्त पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सणंकुमारे कप्पे 14अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं सत्त सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। माहिद कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं सातिरेगाइं सत्त सागरावमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। बंभलोए कप्पे 16देवाणं जहण्णेणं सत्तं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Ratnaprabhā, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as seven pit-similes. On the third earth (Sand-lustre Bālukāprabhā),
9. तुला - स्थानाने सू० ५८९॥ 10. * * एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो जे० मध्ये नास्ति। कत्तियाइआ सत्त नक्खत्ता पुष्वदारिआ प० [पाठान्तरेण अभियाई (इ-मु०) या सत्त नक्खत्ता] मु०॥ 11. "तथा अभिजिदादीनि सप्त नक्षत्राणि पूर्वद्वारिकाणि पूर्वदिशि येषु गच्छतः शुभं भवति..... सिद्धान्तमतम्। इह तु कृत्तिकादीनि सप्त सप्त पूर्वद्वारिकादीनि भणितानि, चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्तौ तु बहुतराणि मतानि दर्शितानीहार्थ इति"-अटी०। दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ५८९॥ 12. देवाणं नास्ति मु० विना॥ 13. देवाणं नास्ति खं० मु० विना। 14. अत्थे० सत्त सागरोवमा उ० वमा० जे० खं० हे १ला २ जे०॥ 15. देवाणं नास्ति मु० विना॥ 16. देवाणं जहण्णेणं साहियाणं (साहिय-हे १, ला १, २) सत्त साग खं० हे १ ला १, २। देवाणं सत्त साहिया साग' मु० ॥

Page #77

Samavāya seven
25
some infernal beings' longevity, at the most, is expounded as seven oceansimiles. On the fourth earth [Mud-lustre-Pankaprabhā] some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded as seven ocean-similes. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods’ longevity is expounded seven pit-similes. In the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna, some gods' longevity is expounded as seven pit-similes. In the paradise, Sanatkumāra some divinities' longevity, at the most, is expounded as seven ocean-similes. In the paradise Māhendra, some divinities' longevity, at the most, is expounded over seven ocean-similes. In the paradise Brahmaloka, some divinities' longevity, at least, is expounded as seven oceansimiles.
7[3] जे देवा समं समप्पभं महापभं पभासं भासरं विमलं कंचणकूडं सणंकुमारवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं सत्त सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तेणं देवा सत्तण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं सत्तहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति।
The longevity of those gods manifested in celestial abodes Sama, Samaprabha, Mahāprabha, Prabhāsa, Bhāsura, Vimala, Kancanakuta and Sanatkumārāvatarsaka, is expounded, at the most, over seven ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every seven fortnight and feel hunger after seven thousand years. 7[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा *जे सत्तहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति बुज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries by taking the [next] seventh birth.
*जे णं हे
।

Page #78

8[1] 'अट्ठ मयट्ठाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-जातिमए कुलमए बलमए रूवमए तवमए सुतमए लाभमए इस्सरियमए।
__Eight places of pride (mada) are expounded, namely: race pride, family pride, physical strength pride, charm pride, penance pride, learning pride, attainment pride [and] prosperity pride
अट्ठ पवयणमाताओ पण्णत्ताओ, तंजहा-इरियासमिई भासासमिई एसणासमिई आयाणभंडनिक्खेवणासमिई उच्चार-पासवण-खेल-सिंघाण-जल्लपरिट्ठावणिया समिई मणगुत्ती 'वतिगुत्ती कायगुत्ती। ____Eight matrices of precepts (pravacanamātās) are expounded, namely: measurement in walking, measurement in speech, measurement in collecting alms, measurement in lifting and measurement in laying down articles and measurement in laying down excrements, urine, spittle, bodily dirt and snot, control of mind, control of speech [and] control of body.
वाणमंतराणं देवाणं चेतियरुक्खा अट्ठ जोयणाई उडुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। 'जंबू णं सुदंसणा अट्ठ जोयणाई उड्उच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। कूडसामली णं गरुलावासे अट्ठ जोयणाई उड्ड उच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ते। 'जंबुद्दीविया णं जगती अट्ठ जोयणाई उडुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता।
The vertical height of the holy (caitya) trees of the interstitial (vāņavyantara) deities is expounded as eight yojana. The vertical height of the Rose-apple (Jambu) or Sudarsana tree is expounded as eight yojana. The vertical height, of the tree Kūţaśālmalī, an abode of yaksa Garuda [located in Devakuru region) is expounded as eight yojana. The vertical height of the
1. तुला स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६०६॥ 2. इस्सरित्तमए जे०॥ 3. हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु पास० इति संक्षिप्तः सूत्रपाठो वर्तते, अतोऽवशिष्टः पाठोऽस्माभिः अटी० अनुसारेण पूर्णतां नीतः। स्थानाङ्ग [सू०७११] सूत्रानुसारेण तु पासवणखेलसिंघाणगपरिद्वावणियासमिती इति पाठोऽप्यत्र भवेत्। दृश्यतां पृ० ३३४ पं० ११ टि० ११, स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६०३ टि० १॥ 4. वयगुत्ती मु० हे २॥ 5.,6. तुला-स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६३५॥ 7. जंबुद्दीवस्स णं मु०॥ तुला-स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६४२।।

Page #79

Samavāya eight
fortification surrounding (jagatī) the continent of Jambūdvīpa is expounded eightyojana.
अट्ठसमइए केवलिसमुग्घाते पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- पढमे समए दडं करेति, बीए समए कवाडं करेति, ततिए समए मंथं करेति, चउत्थे समए मंथंतराइं पूरेति, पंचमे समए मंथंतराइं पडिसाहरति, छटे समए मंथं पडिसाहरति, सत्तमे समए कवाडं पडिसाहरति, अट्ठमे समए दंडं पंडिसाहरति, ततो पच्छा सरीरत्थे भवति।
__Emanations (samudghāta) by the omniscient, are expounded as ofeight moment, namely: in first instant turning (the soul-points into the form of] stick, in second instant turning (the soul-points into the form of] door, in third instant turning (the soul-points into the form of] churning rod, in fourth instant filling [the soul-points] into the churning rod's dots, in fifth instant retracting [the soul-points] into churning rod's dots, in sixth instant [the soul-points] retracting the form of this rod, in seventh instant retracting the form of the door [and]in eighth instant retracting the form of the stick, (in respective order). Then their (soul-points) take the form of the body. [The process of the soul-points precedes the salvation.].
पासस्स णं अरहतो पुरिसादाणीयस्स अट्ठ गणा अट्ठ गणहरा होत्था, तंजहा___10सुभे य सुभघोसे य वसिढे बंभयारि य।
सोमें 11सिरिधरे चेव, वीरभद्दे जसे इ य॥१॥ The honourable Seer Pārsva had eight groups (gana) and eight directdisciples (ganadhara), namely: Subha, Subhaghosa, Vasistha, Brahmacāri, Soma, Śrīdhara and Virabhadra and Yaśa. 1. 8[2] 12अट्ठ नक्खत्ता चंदेणं सद्धिं पमई जोगं जोएंति, तंजहा-कत्तिया १, रोहिणी २, पुणव्वसू ३, महा ४, चित्ता ५, विसाहा ६, अणुराहा ७, जेट्ठा ८।
8. सामइए मु०॥ तुला-स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६५२॥ 9. दाणि मु० हे २॥ 10. सुंभे य सुंभघोसे य हे २ मु० अटी० विना। दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६१८ टि० १६॥ 11. असुरवदे जे०। 12. तुला स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६५६॥

Page #80

28
Samavāyāngasūtra
The eight constellations making occultation or conjunction (pramarda), with moon are, namely: Taurus or Bull (Krttikā), Taurus (Rohini), Geminorum (Punarvasu), Leonis (Maghā ), Virgo (Citrā), Libra or Balance (Viśākhā), Scorpio (Anurādhā ) and Scorpio (Jyeşhā).
8[3] 13इमीसे णं रयणप्पहाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं अट्ठ पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। चउत्थीए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं अट्ठ सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं अट्ठ पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं अट्ठ पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। बंभलोए कप्पे अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं अट्ठ सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as eight pit-similes. On the fourth earth (Mud lustre Parkaprabhā) some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as eight ocean-similes. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods’longevity is expounded as eight pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna is expounded as eight pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at the most, in the paradise, Brahmaloka, is expounded as eight ocean-similes.
8[4] जे देवा अच्चिं अच्चिमालिं वइरोयणं पभंकरं चंदाभं सुराभं सुपतिट्ठाभं अग्गिच्चाभं रिद्वाभं अरुणाभं अरुणुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताए उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं अट्ठ सागरोवमाई ठिती पणत्ता। ते णं देवा अट्ठण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं अट्ठहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे सपुष्पज्जति।
The longevity of the gods manifested in celestial abodes, Arci, Arcimāli, Vairocana, Prabharkara, Candrābha, Sūrābha, Supratisthābha, Agni-Arcyābha, Rsthābha, Aruņābha and Anuttarāvatarsaka, is expounded as eight oceansimiles. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale (once) in every eight fortnight and feel hunger after eight thousand years.
13. मु० मध्येऽयं पाठः। सर्वेषु हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु तु इत आरभ्य 'इमीसे णं रयण अत्थे अट्ठ पलि चउत्थि (चउत्थे जे०, चउत्थीए पुढवीए हे २) अत्थे अट्ठ साग असुरकुमा अट्ट पलितो सोहम्मीसाणे अट्ठ पलितोव बंभलोए कप्पे अट्ठ सागरो' ईदृशः संक्षिप्तः पाठः वर्तते।

Page #81

Samavāya eight
8[5] 147ufaret saftfasen fra Bigli sia a taifai
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will liberate, will annihilate [the entire miseries (will become free from the world cycle) by taking the [next] eighth re-birth.
14. “या जीवा अट्ठहिं वा जाव अंतं करेस्संति ला २। “या जीवा जे अट्ठहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति बुज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करिस्संति मु०॥
Notes
Emanation by Omniscient
When the physique-making, status determining and feeling producing karmas of an omniscient are comparatively more than the remaining age determining karma, he activates the process of Kevali samudghāta in order to equalize them. During the first instant (samaya) he expands the space-points of his soul in stick-shape having the width of his body and covering the whole expanse of universe in length. During the second instant he expands it in all directions in door-shape. During the third instant he expands it in the shape of a churning-stick. During the fourth instant he fills up all the empty space and envelopes the whole lokākāśa with the space-points of his soul. During the fifth to seventh instants he starts shrinking in reverse order. During the eighth all the space-points retract into his body.
1. An Illustrated Anyogadvārasūtra, Delhi, Sūtra 108.

Page #82

9[1] नव बंभचेरगुत्तीओ पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा- नो इत्थीपसुपंडगसंसत्ताणि सेज्जासणाणि सेवित्ता भवति १, 'नो इत्थीणं कहं कहित्ता भवइ २, नो इत्थीणं ठाणाइं सेवित्ता भवति ३, नो इत्थीणं इंदियाइं मणोहराई मणोरमाइं 'आलोएत्तानिज्झाएत्ता [भवति] ४, नो पणीयरसभोई ५,'नो पाण-भोयणस्स अइमायं आहारइत्ता ६, नो इत्थीणं पुव्वरयाई पुव्वकीलिआइंसुमरइत्ता भवइ ७, नो सदाणुवाती नो रूवाणुवाती नो गंधाणुवाती नो रसाणुवाती नो फासाणुवाती नो सिलोगाणुवाती ८, नो सायासोक्खपडिबद्धे यावि भवति ९। ..
Nine (means of] shielding celibacy are expounded, namely: 1. not using the bed and seat frequented by women, cattle or eunuchs, 2. not telling the talk of women, 3. not being at the service of women folk, 4. not looking at or closely observing or pondering over the charming and beautiful limbs of women, 5. not consuming juicy food, 6. not eating and drinking food and drink, in excess, 7. not recalling the past sexual pleasure and past amusements [enjoyed] with women, 8. not following sounds, not following forms, not following odours, not following tastes, not following touches, not following praise, [conducive to sex desire) and 9: not sticking to the pleasure arising out of pleasure feeling karma.
नव बंभचेरअगुत्तीओ पण्णत्ताओ, तंजहा- १.10इत्थीपसुपंडग"संसत्ताणं सेज्जासणाणं 1. नो इत्थीकहं खं० हे १ ला २॥णो इत्थीठाणाति सेवित्ता भवति णो इत्थीणं कह कहित्ता भवइ जे०। तुला-स्थानाने सू० ६६३॥ 2. गणाई मु० अटी०। “नो स्त्रीगणान् स्त्रीसमुदायान् सेवयिता उपासयिता भवतीति तृतीया"-अटी०। दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे पृ० २६७ पं० १० टि० ७॥ 3. इंदियाणि हे २ मु०॥ 4. आलोयत्ता जे०॥ 5. णिज्झाइत्ता णो इत्थीणं पुष्वरयातिं पुष्वकीलियातिं सुमरइत्ता णो पणीयस्स पाणभोयणस्स अतिमातं आहारं आहातित्ता णो सदा जे०॥ 6. भवति मु० विना नास्ति ।। 7. नो पणीयस्स पाणभोअणस्स अतिमात आहारतित्ता ला १॥ 8. अइमायाए मु०। दृश्यतां टि० ५। “अतिमात्रम्-अप्रमाणं यथा भवत्येवमाहारकः सदा भवतीति षष्ठी"-अटी०। “अतिमातमाहारते सता भवति"-स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६६३॥ 9. “नो सातसौख्यप्रतिबद्धश्चापि भवति..... इति नवमी। इदं च व्याख्यानं वाचनाद्वयानुसारेण कृतम्, प्रत्येकवाचनयोरेवंविधसूत्राभावादिति"-अटी० ॥ 10. इत्थि जे० हे २॥ 11. संसत्ताई सेज्जासणाई खं०॥

Page #83

Samavāya nine
सेवाया जाव सायासोक्खपडिबद्धे यावि भवति ।
Nine [cases of] not fortifying the senses against non-celibacy are expounded, namely : using the bed and seat, frequented by women, cattle or eunuchs up to [telling the talk of women, being at the service of women folk, looking at or closely observing or pondering over the charming and beautiful limbs of women, consuming juicy food, eating and drinking food and drink, in excess, recalling the past sexual pleasure and past amusements [enjoyed] with women, following the sounds, following the forms, following the odours, following the tastes, following the touches, following the praise, [conducive to sex desire and] sticking to the pleasure arising out of pleasure feeling karma.
12 नव बंभचेरा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
सत्थपरिण्णा लोगविजओ 14 सीओसणिज्जं सम्मत्तं ।
15 आवंती धुतं विमोहायणं उवहाणसुतं 17 महपरिण्णा ॥२॥
पासे णं अरहा 18 [ पुरिसादाणीए ] नव रयणीओ उड्डउच्चत्तेणं होत्था ।
Nine chapters of the brahmacarya (first book of the Acārānga) are expounded, namely: comprehension of weapons (śastraparijñā), subjugation of the world (lokavijaya), hot and cold (sitosniya), righteousness (samyaktva), essence of the world (āvanti ), advanced asceticism (dhūta), emancipation (vimoha), excellence of righteousness (upadhānaśruta) and the great comprehension (mahāparijñā). 2.
The vertical height of [the honourable] Seer Pārśva was nine arms (ratni).
9 [2] अभीजिणक्खत्ते साइरेगे णव मुहुत्ते चंदेणं सद्धिं जोगं जोएंति । " अभीजियाइया णं
12 तुला-स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६६२॥
13. विजतो खं० हे १ ॥
14. 'सणिज्ज समत्तं जे० ॥ -
15. आवंति धुत मु० ॥
16. सुतं हे २॥
17. महा' जेसं हे २॥
18. पुरिसादाणीए इति पाठोऽयं मु० मध्ये स्थानाङ्गे च वर्तते । तुला - स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६९० ।। 19. तुला-स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६६९ ।।
31

Page #84

Samavāyāngasūtra
णव णक्खत्ता चंदस्स उत्तरेणं जोगं जोएंति, तंजहा- अभीजि, सवणो, जाव भरणी।
The constellation Lyrae (Abhijita) forms conjunct with the moon for over nine instants. Abhijita etc. ninea constellations form conjunct with the moon from the north side, namely: Abhijita, Aquilae (Śravaņa) up to Arietis (Bharani).
20इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए बहुसमरमणिज्जातो भूमिभागातो नव जोयणसते उड्ढे अबाहाते उवरिल्ले तारारूवे चारं चरति।जंबुद्दीवेणं दीवेणवजोयणिया मच्छा पविसिंसु वा ३। विजयस्स णं दारस्स एगमेगाए बाहाए णव णव भोमा पण्णत्ता। वाणमंतराणं देवाणं सभाओ सुधम्माओ णव जोयणाई उड्ढउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ताओ।
The stars move at the uninterrupted [distance of] nine hundred yojana above the very level and beautiful plain on this earth Gem-lustre. In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, fishes of nine hundred yojana size, entered or enter or will enter. On the each arm of [the eastern] door Vijaya nine citiesB (bhauma) are expounded. The vertical height, of the assembly Sudharmā of sub-terrenean or interstitial (Vanavyantara) gods, is expounded as nineyojana.
22दसणावरणिज्जस्स णं कम्मस्स णव उत्तरपगडीओ पण्णत्ताओं, तंजहा-णिहा पयला णिहाणिहा पयलापयला 23थीणगिद्धी चक्खुदंसणावरणे अचक्खुदंसणावरणे ओहिदंसणावरणे केवलदंसणावरणे।
Nine sub-species (uttarapraksti) of the belief obscuring (darśanāvaraniya) karma is expounded, namely: sleep, drowsiness, deep sleep, deep drowsiness, somnambulism, ocular belief obscuring, non-visual belief obscuring, clairvoyant belief obscuring and perfect apprehension obscuring [karma]. 9[3] 24इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं नव पलिओवमाइं ठिती
20. तुला-स्थानाले सू० ६७०॥ 21. स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६७१॥ 22. स्थानाङ्गे सू० ६६८॥ 23. थिणद्धी मु०॥ 24. इत आरभ्य 'इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थे णव पलि चउत्थिय (चउत्थी अहे २) णव साग
असुरकुमारा णव पलिओवमा सोहम्मीसाणेसु णव पलिओव बंभलोय क णव साग' ईदृशः संक्षिप्तः पाठो . हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु विद्यते॥

Page #85

Samavāya nine
.
..
33
पण्णत्ता। चउत्थीए पुढवीए अत्यंगतियाणं नेरइयाणं नव सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं नव पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं नव पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। बंभलोए कप्पे अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं नव सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as nine pit-similes. On the fourthearth [Mud-lustre-Pankaprabhā] some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as nine ocean-similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as nine pit-similes. In the paradises Saudharma and īśāna some divinities' longevity is expounded as nine pit-similes. In the paradise Brahmaloka, some divinities' longevity is expounded as nine ocean-similes
9[4] जे देवा पम्हं सुपम्हं पम्हावत्तं पम्हप्पभं पम्हकंतं पम्हवण्णं पम्हलेसं जाव पम्हुत्तरवडेंसगं सुज्जं सुसुज्जं 26सुज्जावत्तं.”सुज्जकंतं जाव सुज्जुत्तरवडेंसगं रुतिल्लं रुतिल्लावत्तं 28रुतिल्लप्पभं जाव 29रुतिल्लुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं [उक्कोसेणं नव सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा नवण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं नवहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारढे सपुष्पज्जति।
__ The gods manifested in celestial abodes, Paksma, Supaksma, Paksmavarta, Paksmaprabha, Paksmakanta, Paksmavarna, Pksmalesya up to . [Paksmadhvaja, Paksmasrnga, Paksmasrsa, Paksmakuta,] Paksmottarāvataisaka Sūrya, Şusūrya, Sūryāvarta, Sūryaprabha, Sūryakānta up to [Sūryavarņa, Suryalesya, Suryādhvaja, Suryasriga, Suryasrsa, Suryakuta,] Suryottarāvatansaka, Rucira, Rucirāvarta, Ruciraprabha, [Rucirakānta, Ruciravarna, Ruciralesya, Ruciradhvaja, Rucirasriga, Rucirasrsa, Rucirakua and] up to Rucirottarāvatansaka is expounded nine ocean-similes. These gods breathe in
25. 'जाव' शब्देन पम्हज्झयं पम्हसिंगं पम्हसिट्ठ पम्हकूडं इति ग्राह्यम्। दृश्यतां पृ० ३३२ पं० ४। लेसं पम्हज्झयं पम्हसिंगं पम्हसिटुं पम्हकूडं पमहुत्तर मु०॥ 26. सुज्जवित्तं मु०॥ 27. दृश्यतां पृ० ३३२ पं० ४। कंतं सुज्जवण्णं सुज्जलेसं सुज्जज्झयं सुज्झसिंगं सुज्झसिटुं सुज्जकूडं सुज्जुत्तर मु०॥ 28. दृश्यतां पृ० ३३२ पं० ४। 'प्पभं रुइल्लकंतं रुइलवण्णं रुइल्ललेसं रुइल्लज्झयं रुइल्लसिंगं रुइल्लसिटुं रुइलकूडं रुइल्लुत्तर मु०॥ 29. रुइलुत्तर खं०॥

Page #86

Samavāyāngasūtra
or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every nine fortnights. These gods feel hunger after nine thousand years. 9[5] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे नवहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाण30मंतं करेस्संति॥
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries by taking the ninth re-birth.
30. UT SHRI TOT
Notes 1. Samavāyāngasūtra as well as Sthānāngasūtra' mention nine constellations as making conjuct with the moon but Süryaprajñapti?and Jambūdvīpaprajñapti mention twelve ones as making conjuct with the moon. According to Ach. Mahāprajña“, it indicated existence of another tradition in this regard. 2. Bhauma according to Abhaydevasűri is interpreted as city by some Ācāryas while as a particular place by some.
1. Sthänāngasūtra, Argasuttāni, vol. 1. Ladnun, 9/16. 2. Süryaprajñapti, Uvangasuttāni, vol. 4. part 2, Ladnun, 10/75. 3. Jambūdvīpaprajñapti, Ibid, 7/128. 4. Samavão, Ladnun, p.43. 5. Nagarānītyeke višistasthānānītyanye-Abhayadevasūri, Sthānārgasūtram Samavāyānga
sūtram, MLBD, p. 16.

Page #87

10
10[1] दसविहे समणधम्मे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- खंती १, मुत्ती २, अज्जवे ३, मद्दवे ४, लाघवे ५, सच्चे ६, संजमे ७, तवे ८, चियाते ९, बंभचेरवासे १०।
.. Monk's righteousness (Framanadharma) is expounded as ten-fold, namely: (i) forgiveness, (ii) liberation, (iii) straight forwardness, (iv) humility, (v) lightness, (vi) truth, (vii) restraint, (viii) penance, (ix) renunciation [and] (x) observance of celibacy.
दस चित्तसमाहिट्ठाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-धम्मचिंता वा से असमुप्पण्णपुव्वा समुप्पज्जेज्जा सव्वं धम्मं जाणित्तए १, सुमिणदसणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुब्वे समुप्पज्जेज्जा 'अहातच्चं सुमिणं पासित्तए २, सण्णिनाणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुल्वे समुप्पज्जेजा पुव्वभवे सुमरित्तए ३, देवदंसणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुब्वे समुप्पज्जेज्जा दिव्वं देविड्डिं दिव्वं देवजुतिं दिव्वं देवाणुभावं पासित्तए ४, ओहिनाणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुल्वे समुप्पज्जेज्जा ओहिणा लोगं जाणित्तए ५, ओहिदंसणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुव्वे समुष्पज्जेज्जा ओहिणा लोगं पासित्तए ६, मणपज्जवनाणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुव्वे समुप्पज्जेज्जा मणोगए भावे जाणित्तए ७, केवलनाणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुवे समुप्पज्जेज्जा केवलं लोग जाणित्तए ८, केवलदंसणे वा से असमुप्पण्णपुव्वे समुप्पज्जेज्जा केवलं लोयं पासित्तए ९, केवलिमरणं वा मरेज्जा सव्वदुक्खप्पहाणाए १०।
Ten means of mind concentration (citta-samādhi) are expounded, namely: 1. religious meditation or that unprecedented [desire] born to know the whole religion, 2. dreaming or that unprecedented dreaming conforming the reality (yathātąthya), 3. knowledge of the rational five sensed being or that unprecedented knowledge recollecting the past life, 4. beholding the god or to behold that unprecedented divine attainments of gods, divine lustres of gods, divine powers of gods, 5. origin of unprecedented clairvoyance knowledge or that universe (matter) knowing clairvoyance, 6. origin of unprecedented clairvoyance belief or that universe (matter) perceiving clairvoyance, 7. origin
1. जहा' हे २। 2. सुज्जाणं खं० हे १ ला २। सुजाणं अटीपा० । “स्वप्नं स्वप्नफलमुपचारात्, तं द्रष्टुं ज्ञातुम्..... । क्वचित् सुजाणं ति पाठः, तत्रावितथमवश्यंभावि सुयानं सुगतिं द्रष्टुं ज्ञातुं सुज्ञानं वा भाविशुभार्थपरिच्छेदं संवेदितुमिति"-अटी०॥ 3. केवल हे २ विना। "केवलिमरणं वा प्रियेत कुर्यात् इत्यर्थः, किमर्थम् ? अत आह-सर्वदुःखप्रहाणा येति"-अटी०॥

Page #88

36
Samavāyāngasūtra
of unprecedented telepathy or that knowing the modes of the minds of the two and half continent and sea's rational beings' of fives-sensed [beings] and of [beings] acquired completion, 8. origin of unprecedented perfect knowledge or that whole (kevala) universe knowing (knowledge), 9. origin of unprecedented perfect belief or that whole (kevala) universe perceiving (belief), 10. death in stage of perfect knowledge or death for annihilation of the entire miseries.
'मंदरे णं पव्वते मूले 'दस जोयणसहस्साई विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। 6अहा णं अरिट्ठनेमी दस धणूइं उड्ढउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। 'कण्हे णं वासुदेवे दस धणूई उडेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। रामे णं बलदेवे दस धणूई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था।
The mountain Mandara's extension, at the base, is expounded as ten thousand yojana. The vertical height of Seer Arişanemi was ten bows. The vertical height of Vāsudeva Kršņa was ten bows. The vertical height of Baladeva Rāma was ten bows.
10[2] दस नक्खत्ता नाणविद्धिकरा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
मिगसिर अद्दा पूसो, तिण्णि य 1"पुव्वाइं मूलमस्सेसा। हत्थो चित्ता य तहा, दस 11विद्धिकराइं नाणस्स॥३॥
Ten constellations', are expounded as boosters of the knowledge, namely: Mrgasira, Ārdrā, Pusya, three Pūrvas (-phālgunī, -āsādha, -Bhādrapada), Mūla, Āśleşā, Hasta and Citrā— these ten are the boosters of knowledge. 3.
4. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ७१९॥ 5. दह खं० जे० हे १ ला २॥ 6. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ७३५॥ 7. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ७३५॥ 8. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ७८१॥ 9. वुद्धि मु०। 10. पुव्वा य मु०॥ 11. बुद्धि जे० मु०। बुडि हे २ ला १॥

Page #89

Samavāya ten
37
12अकम्मभूमियाणं मणुयाणं 1 दसविहा रुक्खा उवभोगत्तात्ते उवत्थिया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
मत्तंगया य भिंगा, तुडियंगा दीव जोइ चित्तंगा। चित्तरसा मणियंगा, गेहागारा 14अनियणा य॥४॥
In the land of enjoyment (akarmabhūmi), ten varieties of [divine) trees, available for the consumption of human beings, are expounded, namely: producing sweet juice (madyāngaka), producing vessels (bhriga), producing musical notes (turyānga), emitting like lamp light (deepa),emitting light (iyoti), producing vivid coloured flowers (citrānga), yielding edibles of multiple taste (citrarasa), producing ornaments (mani-anga), sheltering from cold and heat like houses (gehākāra) and nudity removing tree by procuring dresses (anagnānga). 4. 10[3] 15इमीसे (ण) रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्यंगतियाणं नेरइयाणं जहण्णेणं दस वाससहस्साइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं दस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। चउत्थीए पुढवीए दस निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। चउत्थीए पुढवीए नेरइयाणं) उक्कोसेणं दस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। 16पंचमाए पुढवीए नेरइयाणं] जहण्णेणं दस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं दस वाससहस्साइंठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरिंदवज्जाणं भामेज्जाणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं दस वाससहस्साइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं दस पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। बादरवणप्फतिकाइयाणं उक्कोसेणं दस वाससहस्साई ठिती पण्णत्ता। वाणमंतराणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं दस वाससहस्साई ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं दस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। बंभलोए कप्पे
12. 'भूमयाणं जे० हे २ T । “अकर्मभूमि(म-हे०)कानां भोगभूमिजन्मनाम्"-अटी०॥ 13. दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ७६६॥ . 14. अणिगिणा मु०। अणिगणा जे० ला १। अनगिणा हे २ T। “अणियण (अणिगिण-मु०) त्ति अनग्नत्वं सवस्त्रत्वम्, तद्धेतुत्वादनग्ना इति"-अटी०॥ 15. इत आरभ्य 'इमीसे रयण अत्थे जहण्णेणं दस वाससहस्सातिं ठिती पं इमीसे णं रयण अत्थे दस पलि चउत्थीए पुढवीए दस निरयावाससतसहस्सा पं चउत्थीए पुढवीए उ दस ...... वाससहस्सातिं असुरिंदवज्जाणं भोमेज्जाणं देवाणं दस वाससह ज असुरकुमार अत्थे दस पलितो बादरवणप्फतिकातियाणं उ दस वाससह वाणमंतराणं जह दस वास सोहम्मीसाणेसु क अत्थे दस पलितो बंभलोए कप्पे देवाणं उ दस साग लंतए कप्पे देवाणं जह दस साग' ईदृशः संक्षिप्तः पाठो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु विद्यते। 16. पंचमीए मु०॥

Page #90

Samavāyāngasūtra
देवाणं उक्कोसेणं दस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । लंतए कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं दस सागरोवमाई
ठिती पण्णत्ता ।
38
On this very earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded as ten thousand years. On this very earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as ten pit-similes. On the fourth earth ten lac dwellings [of infernal beings] are expounded. On the fourth earth, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as ten ocean-similes. On the fifth earth, some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded ten ocean-similes. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded, at least, ten thousand years. Barring, king of Asurakumāra gods, (other) mansion (Bhavanavāsī) gods' longevity, at least, is expounded as ten thousand years. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as ten pit-similes. Gross plant kingdom's (bādara vanaspatikāya) longevity, at the most, is expounded as ten thousand years. Sub-terranean or interstitial (Vāṇavyantara) gods' longevity, at least, is expounded as ten thousand years. Some divinities' longevity in the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna is expounded as ten pit-similes. In the paradise Brahmaloka, some divinities' longevity, at the most, is expounded as ten oceansimiles. In the paradise Lāntaka some divinities' longevity, at least, is expounded as ten ocean-similes.
10[4] जे देवा घोसं सुघोसं महाघोसं नंदिघोसं सुस्सरं मणोरमं रम्मं रम्मगं रमणिज्जं 17 मंगलावतिं 18बंभलोगवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं दस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । ते णं देवा दसण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा । तेसि णं देवाणं दसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति ।
The longevity, of the gods, manifested in celestial abodes, Ghoșa, Sughosa, Mahaghosa, Nandighosa, Susvara, Manorama, Ramya, Ramyaka, Ramaniya, Mangalävarta and Brahmalokāvatansaka, at the most, is expounded as ten ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every ten fortnights and feel hunger after ten thousand years.
17. सुसरं जे मु० ॥
18. मंगलावत्तं हे २ मु० ॥

Page #91

Samavāya ten
39
10[5] 1937remifret wafer THAT IT CHRË HAUTEUITE 205119 pateifatil
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will liberate, will become enlightened, will be released, will be emancipated and will annihilate the entire miseries (will become free from the world cycle) by taking the [next] tenth birth.
19. DARI TOTII 20. manfaren gol Eguni ço P30 do 2011
Notes 1. In Sthānāngasūtra' also these ten knowledge enhancing constellations are mentioned. It implies that if studies are commenced when any of these constellations are in conjuction with the moon it helps enhancing knowledge.
1. Angasuttāņi vol.1, Ladnun, 10/170. 2. Sthānāngasūtram & Samavāngasūtram, Abhaydevasūri, MLBD, comm. on sūtra 10, p. 16.

Page #92

11 11[1] एक्कारस उवासगपडिमातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा- दंसणसावए १, कतव्वयकम्मे २, सामातियकडे ३, पोसहोववासणिरते ४, दिया बंभयारी, रत्तिं परिमाणकडे ५, दिआ वि राओ वि बंभयारी, असिणाती, विअडभोती, मोलिकडे ६, सचित्तपरिणाते ७, आरंभपरिणाते ८, पेसपरिण्णाते ९, उद्दिट्ठभत्तपरिण्णाते १०, समणभूते यावि भवति समणाउसो ११। ।
The vows of house-holders (upāsaka pratimā) are expounded as eleven, namely: (i) adopting right faith (darśanaśrāvaka), (ii) practising the minor vows (krtavratakarma), (iii) observing the vow of equanimity (sāmāyikaksta), (iv) fasting combined with the self observance for four months on particular dates (pausadhopavāsanirata), (v) practising celibacy in day time and rationing the nights (of coition) (divābrahmacāri rātriparimāṇaksta), (vi) sticking to celibacy also in day and also at night (divā brahmacāri-rātri brahmacāri), not taking bath (asnāyi), eating during the day time only (vikatabhojī), not fastening the loose end of the lower garment (dhoti) (maulikrta), (vii) giving up green vegetables (sacitta parijñāta), (viii) occupational withdrawal (ārambhaparijñāta), (ix) servant effort errands (presyaparijñāta), (x) renouncing specific food prepared for himself (uddistaparijñāta) and (xi) mendicant novice (śramaṇabhūta). O long-lived monk! thus manifests. 11[2] 'लोगंताओ णं 'एक्कारसहिं एक्कारेहिं जोयणसतेहिं अबाहाए जोतिसंते पण्णत्ते।
1. हे २ मु० विना-राति परिमाण' ला १। राति परिमाण जे०। राति परमाण खं० हे १ ला २। “रत्तिं ति (राति त्ति-हे०) रात्रौ, किमत आह-परिमाणं स्त्रीणां तद्भोगानां वा प्रमाणं कृतं येन स परिमाणकृत इति"-अटी०॥ 2. अणिसाती अटीपा० जे०। असिणाती जेसं०। अणिस्सातो(ती) ला १ । “असिणाइ त्ति अस्नायी स्नानपरिवर्जकः, क्वचित् पठ्यते-अनिसाइ त्ति न निशायामत्तीति अनिशादी"-अटी०॥ 3. "पुस्तकान्तरे त्वेवं वाचना-दसणसावए प्रथमा, कयवयकम्मे द्वितीया, कयसामाइए तृतीया, पोसहोववासनिरये चतुर्थी, राइभत्तपरिण्णए पञ्चमी ..... प्रेष्यारम्भपरिज्ञात इति दशमी, उद्दिष्टभक्तवर्जकः श्रमणभूतथैकादशीति"-अटी०॥ 4. "तथा जम्बूद्वीपे द्वीपे मन्दरस्य पर्वस्य एकादश एगविंसे त्ति एकविंशतियोजनाधिकानि एकादश- खं० योजनशतानि अबाहाए ..... इति चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रेऽष्टादशे प्राभृते॥ 5. अटी० अनुसारेण एक्कारस एक्कारे जोयणसते इति पाठः। एक्कारसएहिं मु०॥ 6. जोतिसपज्जते खं० हे १ ला २। दृश्यतां टि० १॥

Page #93

Samavāya eleven
जंबुद्दीवे 'दीवे मंदरस्स पव्वतस्स एक्कारसहिं एक्कवीसेहिं जोयणसतेहिं [अबाहाए] जोतिसे चारं चरति।समणस्स णं भगवतो महावीरस्स एक्कारस गणहरा होत्था, तंजहा-इंदभूती अग्गिभूती वायुभूती वियत्ते सुहम्मे मंडिते मोरियपुत्ते अकंपिते अयलभाया मेतज्जे पभासे।
__ मूलनक्खत्ते एक्कारसतारे पण्णत्ते। हेट्ठिमगेवेज्जगाणं देवाणं एक्कारसुत्तरं 11वेज्जविमाणसतं भवति त्ति मक्खायं। मंदरे णं पव्वते धरणितलाओ सिहरतले एक्कारसभागपरिहीणे उच्चतेणं पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted [distance] between the edges of the universe and the system of heavenly orbs (jyotişcakra) is expounded [to be] one thousand one hundred eleven yojana. In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, the heavenly bodies move at the uninterrupted [distance) of one thousand one hundred twenty yojana from the mountain Mandara. The Venerable Ascetic Mahavira had eleven direct-disciples, namely: Indrabhūti, Agnibhūti, Vāyubhūti, Vyakta, Sudharma, Mandita, Mauryaputra, Akampita, Acalabhrātā, Metārya and Prabhāsa.
The constellation Mūla is expounded as having eleven stars. One hundred eleven Graiveyaka abodes (vimāna) are said to be of the gods of the lower Graiveyaka. The extension, at the peak of mountain Mandara“, is expounded to decrease by eleventh part in (relation to) height than its earth
base.
11[3] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एक्कारस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।2पंचमाए पुढवीए [अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं] एक्कारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं एक्कारस पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु [अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं] एक्कारस पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as eleven pit-similes. On the fifth earth [Smoke-lustre] some
7. दीवे नास्ति हे २ मु० विना॥ 8. एक्कारे एगविंसे जोयणसते अबाहाए जोतिसे चारं चरति इति अटी० सम्मतः पाठः, चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रेऽपि 9. अगणिभूती हे १॥ 10. गेविज्जाणं हे १ ला २। 11. "विमाणसयं भवति त्ति मक्खायं ति, इह मकारस्यागमिकत्वादयमर्थः - विमानशतं भवतीति कृत्वा आख्यातं प्ररूपितं भगवता अन्यैश्च केवलिभिरिति सुधर्मस्वामिवचनम्"-अटी०॥ 12. पंचमीए मु०॥

Page #94

42
Samavāyāngasūtra
infernal beings' longevity, is expounded as eleven ocean-similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as eleven pit-similes. Some diviniti's longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded as eleven pit- similes.
11[4] लंतए कप्पे अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं एक्कारस सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।जे देवा बंभं सुबंभं बंभावत्तं बंभप्पभं बंभकंतं बंभवण्णं बंभलेसं बंभज्झयं बंभसिंग बंभसिटुं बंभकूडं बंभुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं [उक्कोसेणं] एक्कारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा एकारसण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं एक्कारसण्हं वाससहस्साणं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति।
In the paradise Lāntaka some divinities' longevity, is expounded as eleven ocean-similes. The longevity, of the gods, manifested in celestial abodes, Brahma, Subrahma, Brahmāvarta, Brahmaprabha, Brahmakānta, Brahmayarna, Brahmalesya, Brahmadhvaja, Brahmasriga, Brahmasrsta, Brahmakuta and Brahmottarāvatarsaka, is expounded as eleven ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every ten fortnights. These gods feel hunger after ten thousand year.
11[5] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे एक्कारसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं 14सिज्झिस्संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries by taking the [next] eleventh births.
13. पम्हं सुपम्हं वम्हावत्तं पम्हपभं पम्हकंतं पम्हवण्णं पम्हलेसं पम्हज्झयं खं० हे १ ला २। “ब्रह्मादीनि द्वादश विमाननामानि"-अटी० ॥ 14. सिज्झिहिरह-खं०)-ति जाब सव्व खं० जे० ला सिज्झिास्संति बुझिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सब मु०॥
Notes
1. The extension, at the peak of mountain Mandara', is expounded to decrease by eleventh part in (relation to) height than its earth base. This aphorism implies that the ratio between the increase of height and decrease of

Page #95

Samavāya eleven
43
extension is 11:1. Thus at the height of 99,000 yojan of Meru mountain, the decrease in extension will be 99,000 divided by eleven (99,000 + 11) i.e. 9,000 yojan. Therefore the extension at the peak, which is 10, 000 yojan at the base, will be (10,000--9,000 ) one thousand yojan.
1. Avaśyakacūrņi, p. 334-339.

Page #96

12 12[1] बारस भिक्खुपडिमातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा- मासिया भिक्खुपडिमा, दोमासिया (भिक्खुपडिमा), तेमासिया (भिक्खुपडिमा), 'चाउम्मासिया (भिक्खुपडिमा), पंचमासिया (भिक्खुपडिमा), छम्मासिया (भिक्खुपडिमा), सत्तमासिया (भिक्खुपडिमा), पढमा सत्तरातिंदिया भिक्खुपडिमा, दोच्चा सत्तरातिंदिया भिक्खुपडिमा, तच्चा सत्तरातिंदिया भिक्खुपडिमा, अहोरातिया भिक्खुपडिमा, एक्करातिया भिक्खुपडिमा।
___The twelve mendicant model stages (bhiksupratima) are expounded, namely: monthly (māsiki), bi-monthly (dvi-māsikī), tri-monthly (trai- māsiki), four monthly (catur-māsiki), five monthly (pafica-māsiki), six. monthly (sadmāsiki), seven monthly (sapta-māsiki), first seven night and days (prathamā saptarātridivā), second seven night and days (dvitīyā saptarātridivā ) ascetic vow, third seven night and days (trtīyā saptarātridivā), one day and night (ahorātridivā) and one night (ekarātriki).
दुवालसविहे संभोगे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- . उवहि सुय भत्तपाणे अंजलीपग्गहे ति य। "दायणे य निकाए य, अब्भुट्ठाणे ति यावरे॥५॥ , कितिकम्मस्स य करणे, वेयावच्चकरणे ति य। समोसरण सन्निसेज्जा य, 1°कहाते य पबंधणे॥६॥
Interdining etc. (sambhoga) are expounded as twelve-fold, namely: pertaining to exchange of implements (upadhi), combined study of scriptures
1. चउम्मा हे २ ला २। चउमा जे० मु०॥ 2. अहोरातिंदिया जे०॥ 3. "उवहीत्यादि रूपकद्वयम्"-अटी०॥ 4. पाणंजली खं० हे १ ला २॥ 5. ति या खं० हे १ ला २।त्ति य हे २ ला १। "अंजलीपग्गहे इ यत्ति इह इतिशब्दा उपदर्शनार्थाः, चकाराः समुच्चयार्थाः"-अटी०॥ 6. दातणे हे २ मु० विना॥ 7. त्ति जे० हे १ ला २ विना ॥ 8. कियक' हे २। किअक' मु०॥ 9. समोसरणे हे १ ला २। समोसरणं मु०। “समोसरणं ति जिनस्नपनरथानुयानपटयात्रादि यत्र बहवः साध
वो मिलन्ति तत् समवसरणम्-अटी०॥ 10. कहाए य पबंधणे त्ति कथा वादादिका पञ्चधा, तस्याः प्रबन्धनं प्रबन्धेन करणं कथाप्रबन्धनम् ..... इति रूपकद्वयस्य संक्षेपार्थः, विस्तरार्थस्तु निशीथपञ्चमोद्देशकभाष्यादवसेय इति"-अटी०॥

Page #97

Samavāya twelve
45
(śruta), sharing food and drink (bhaktapāna), showing mutual respect (añjalipragraha), sending disciples for study to another monk (dāna), art of inviting (nikācana), getting up in respect (abhyutthāna), saluting each other (krtakarma), attending the ill (vaiyāvrtyakarana), going to the latter's religious lecture (samavasarana), occupying the common seat (sannisadya) and (narrating religious stories (kathā-prabandhana). 5-6.
11दुवालसावत्ते कितिकम्मे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा12दुओणयं जहाजायं किंतिकम्मं 13बारसावयं। चउसिरं 14तिगुत्तं, दुपवेसं 15एगनिक्खमणं॥७॥
The obeisance to preceptors etc. (krtikarma) are expounded as twelve, namely: bending the head twice (dvyavanata), as born (yathājāta), kệtikarma, twelve āvartas, catuhsiras (act of bowing one's heads four times in salutation to preceptors), three controls (gupti) and dvipraveśa (entering the limit of a preceptor twice at the time of saluting him), ekaniskramana (going or stepping at once with avagraha at the time of salutation or worship).7.
विजया णं रायधाणी दुवालस 16जोयणसहस्साइं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता। रामेणं बलदेवे दुवालस वाससताई सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता "देवत्ति गए। मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स चूलिया मूले दुवालस जोयणाई विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता। जंबुद्दीवस्स णं दीवस्स 18वेतिया मूले दुवालस जोयणाई विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता। सव्वजहणिया राती दुवालसमुहुत्तिया पण्णत्ता। एवं दिवसो वि णायव्वो। सव्वट्ठसिद्धस्स णं महाविमाणस्स उवरिल्लातो थूभियग्गातो दुवालस जोयणाई उड्डे 11. दुवालसावइए जे०। “दुवालसावते (सायते- जे०) किइकम्मे त्ति द्वादशावर्ते कृतिकर्म वन्दनकं प्रज्ञप्तम्, द्वादशावर्ततामेवास्यानुवदन् शेषांश्च तद्धर्मानभिधित्सू रूपकमाह-दुओणएत्यादि"-अटी०॥ 12. गाथेयमावश्यकनिर्युक्तौ अपि वर्तते. १२१६॥ 13. हे २ मु० विना “सायतं खं० जे० हे १ ला २। सावत्तं ला १। “बारसावयं (साययं-जे० हे०) ति द्वादशावर्ताः ..... यस्मिंस्तद् द्वादशावर्तम्"-अटी०॥ 14. तिगुत्तं च दु' मु०। तिहि गुत्तं अटी०, तिसुद्धं अटीपा० । “तिहि गुत्तं ति तिसृभिर्गुप्तिभिर्गुप्तम्, पाठान्तरेऽपि (पाठान्तरे तु-हे०) तिसृभिः शुद्धं गुप्तिभिरेवेति"-अटी०॥ 15. "क्ख वणं जे०॥ 16. णसयसहस्साइं मु०॥ दृश्यतां जीवाजीवाभिगमे सू० १३४॥ 17. देवत्तं मु०। “देवत्ति गए (देवत्तिं गय जे० ख०, देवत्तं गए-मु०) त्ति देवत्वं पञ्चमदेवलोक (के०-मु०) देवत्वं गतः" -अटी०॥ 18. वेइया मु०॥

Page #98

46
19 उप्पतित्ता 20 ईसिंपब्भारा नामं पुढवी पण्णत्ता ।
The extension (length and breadth) of the capital Vijaya is expounded as twelve-lac yojana. The Baladeva Rāma, having passed' the total longevity of twelve hundred years, attained godhood. The extension, of the summit (culikā) of mountain Mandara, is expounded as twelve yojana, at the base. The. extension of the surrounding wall (vedika) of the continent of Jambudvipa is expounded as twelve yojana, at its base. [Duration of] the shortest night is expounded as twelve muhūrta' (12 X 48 minutes ). Likewise [duration of the shortest] day also is to be known2. The earth, namely Iṣatprāgbhārā is expounded [to be located] twelve yojana above from the upper top of the great celestial abode Sarvārthasiddha.
21 ईसिंपब्भाराए णं पुढवीए दुवालस नामधेज्जा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा - ईसि 22 त्ति वा ईसिप भार ति वा 23 तणू ति वा 24 तणुयतरि त्ति वा 25 सिद्धी ति वा सिद्धालए 20 ति वा मुत्ती ति वा मुत्तालए ति वा बंभे ति वा 27 बंभवडेंसगे त्ति वा लोकपडिपूरणे त्ति वा लोगग्गचूलिआ ति
वा ।
Twelve names of this earth Iṣatprāgbhārā are expounded, namely: Iṣat, Iṣatprāgbhārā Tanu, Tanutari, Siddhi Siddhālaya, Mukti or Muktālaya or Brahma or Brahmavatansaka, Lokapratipūraṇa or Lokāgraculikā.
Samavāyāngasūtra
12[2] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइआणं बारस पलिओ माई ठी पण्णत्ता। 28 पंचमा पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं बारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं बारस पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता । सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु
19. उप्पतिता खं० हे २। उप्पड़आ मु० । उप्पित्तिता हे १ ला २ ॥
20. ईसि खं० जे० T विना । तुला - प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे सू० २११ ।। 21. ईसि जे० T विना ॥
22. इत आरभ्य T मध्ये सर्वत्र 'ति' इति 'इ' इति वा पाठः ।।
23. वा तणूयतरिति वा सिद्धि ति वा जे० ।
24. तणुयरुत्ति हे १ ला २ ॥
25. सिद्धि त्ति हे २ ला १ मु०॥
26. त्ति हे २ मु० ॥
27. 'वडंसिगे त्ति जे० । 'विडेंसगे ति ला १ । वडेंसे त्ति खं० हे १, २ ला २ ॥
28. पंचमी मु० ॥

Page #99

Samavaya twelve
अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं बारस पनिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । लंतए कप्पे अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं बारस सागरोवमाइंठिती पण्णत्ता ।
On the earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as twelve pit-similes. On the fifth earth (Smoke - lustre), some infernal beings’ longevity is expounded as twelve ocean-similes (sāgaropama). Some demon gods' (Asurakumāra) longevity is expounded as twelve pit- similes. Some divinities' longevity, in paradises Saudharma and Iśāna, is expounded as twelve pit-similes. In paradise Lantaka, some god's longevity is expounded twelve ocean-similes.
47
12[3] जे देवा महिंद महिंदज्झयं कंबुं कबुग्गीवं पुंखं सुपुंखं महापुंखं पुंडं सुपुंडं महापुंडं नरिंदं 22 नरिंदोकंतं नरिंदुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसिं णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं बारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । ते णं देवा बारसहं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा । तेसि णं देवाणं बारसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पज्जति ।
The longevity, of the gods manifested in the celestial abodes Mahendra, Māhendradhvaja, Kambu, Kambugrīva, Purkha, Supurkha, Mahāpurkha, Punda, Supunda, Mahāpunda, Narendra, Narendrakānta, Narendrottarāvatansaka, is expounded as twelve ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in twelve fortnights. These gods feel desire · for food in twelve thousand years.
12[4] 3°अत्थेगतिया भवसिद्धिआ जीवा जे बारसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं 31 सिज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करेस्संति ।
Among the fit to be liberated souls some will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries by taking the [next] twelfth re-birth.
29. नरिंदकंते हे २ मु० ॥
30. संतेगइआ मु० ॥
31. स्संति बुज्झिस्संति मुच्चिस्वंति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं मु०॥
Notes
1.
According to Suryaprajñapti1 when the two suns move on the innermost diurnal orbit on Summer solstice day, the day (daylight) is of eighteen

Page #100

48
Samavāyāngasūtra
muhūrtas (1 muhūrta = 48 minutes) and the night of twelve muhūrtas. On the first ahoratra (day and night) of the new samvatsara (year), the (two) suns move on the second to the innermost mandala. When the two suns move on the second to the innermost mandala, the day is of ' 18 -4 = 17 muhūrtas and the night of 12 04 , muhūrtas. Abahyadevasūri also mentioned this fact.
61
1. Süryaprajñapti,Uvargasuttāni, vol.4, pt. 2, Ladnun, 1.4.3. 2. sarva jaghanyā rātriruttarāyanaparyantāhorātrasya rātrih, să ca dvādaśamauhūrtikācatur
vinsatighatikāpramāna-Sarvajaghanyo dvādaśamauhürtika evetyarthah, sa ca dakşināyana paryantadivasa iti.- Samavāyāngavrtti, In: Sthānāngasūtram and Samavāyangasūtram, MLBD, comm. on sūtra 12, p. 17.

Page #101

13
13 [1] तेरस किरियाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- अट्ठादंडे, अणट्ठादंडे, हिंसादंडे, अकम्हादंडे, 'दिट्ठिविपरियासियादंडे, मुसावायवत्तिए, अदिन्नादाणवत्तिए, 2 अब्भ(ज्झ१) त्थिए, माणवत्तिए, मित्तदोसवत्तिए, मायावत्तिए, लोभवत्तिए, इरिआवहिए णामं तेरसमे ।
The thirteen cases of the harmful activities are expounded, namely: (i) intentional(in personal interest) activity, (ii) non-intentional (without personal interest) activity, (iii) activity injurious [to beings], (iv) accidental activity, (v) activity by over sight, (vi) activity by hoaxing others through untruthfulness, (vii) activity [related with] taking the not given, (viii) activity incurred by evil mental disposition, (ix) activity ensuing through pride, (x) activity accruing through maltreating a friend, (xi) activity ensuing through deceit, (xii) activity ensuing through greed and (xiii) thirteenth namely walking etc (īryāpathika) routine activity.
सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु तेरस विमाणपत्थडा पण्णत्ता | सोहम्मवडेंसगे णं विमाणे जं अद्धतरेस जोयणसतसहस्साइं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते । एवं ईसाणवडेंसगे वि । जलयरपंचेंदियतिरिक्खजोणियाणं अद्धतेरस जातिकुलकोडीजोणिपमुहसतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता । पाणाउस्स णं पुव्वस तेरस वत्थू पण्णत्ता ।
Thirteen tiers (prastata) of the abodes are expounded in the paradises, Saudharma and Iśāna. The extension of celestial abode Saudharmavatansaka is expounded as thirteen and half lac yojana. Likewise, the extension of celestial abode Iśanavatansaka also [expounded thirteen and half lac yojana]. The species of the class of states (yoni) of the five-sensed aqua animals and plants are expounded as thirteen and half lac. The sections (vastu) of [the twelfth] Pūrva Prāṇāyu are expounded as thirteen.
गब्भवति अपंचेंदिअतिरिक्खजोणिआणं तेरसविहे पओगे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा - सच्चमणपओगे मोसमणपओगे 'सच्चामोसमणपओगे असच्चामोसमणपओगे सच्चवतिपओगे मोसवतिपओगे 'सच्चामोसवतिपओंगे असच्चामोसवतिपओगे ओरालिय' सरीरकायपओगे ओरा1. दिट्ठी खं० ॥
2. अज्झथिए मु० ॥
3. सच्चमोस' खं० ॥
4. सच्चमोसवति० असच्यमोसवइ खं० ॥
5. 'मिस' खं० हे १ ला २ ॥

Page #102

Samavāyāngasūtra
लियमीससरीरकायपओगे वेउव्यियअसरीरकायपओगे वेउब्बियमीससरीरकायपओगे 'कम्मसरीरकायपओगे। सूरमंडले जोयणेणं तेरसहिं एक्कसट्ठिभागेहिं जोयणस्स ऊणे पण्णत्ते।
The tendencies (prayoga) of the uterus born five-sensed sub human beings' are expounded as thirteen-fold, namely: (i) true mind tendency, (ii). false mind tendency, (iii) true false mind tendency, (iv) untrue false mind tendency, (v) true speech tendency, (vi) false speech tendency, (vii) true false speech tendency, (viii) untrue false speech tendency, (ix) physical body tendency, (x) physical body mixed with other bodies tendency, (xii) fluid body tendency, (xii) fluid body mixed with other bodies tendency and (xiii) karmic body tendency. The orbit of sun (sūryamandala) is expounded as thirteen fractions less to sixty-one parts of a yojana (1-13/61)= 48/61yojana. 13[2] 'इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं तेरस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। पंचमाए णं पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एक्कारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं तेरस पलिओमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं तेरस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। लतए कप्पे अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं तेरस सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as thirteen pit-similes. On the fifth earth [Smoke-lustre] some infernal beings' longevity, is expounded as thirteen ocean-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna, is expounded as thirteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradise Lāntaka, is expounded as thirteen ocean-similes. 13[3] जे देवा वज्ज सुवज्ज वजावत्तं वजप्पभं वजकंतं वज्जवण्णं वजलेसं वजज्झयं वजसिंगं 'वजसिटुं वजकूडं वजुतरवडेंसगं वरं 10वइरावत्तं जाव वइरुत्तरवडेंसगं लोगं लोगावत्तं लोगप्पभं जाव लोगुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं
6. दृश्यतां पृ० ३५४ पं० १४ टि० ११॥ 7. इमीसे रय मु० विना॥ 8. वज्जरुयं हे २ ला १ विना॥ वज्जरूवं मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३३२ पं०४॥ 9. वज्जसिवं खं० हे १ ला २॥ 10. दृश्यतां पृ० ३३२ पं० ३, पृ० ३३३ पं० १३, पृ० ३३५ पं० १०॥ वत्तं वइरप्यभं वइरकंतं वइरवण्णं वइरलेसं वइररूवं वइरसिंगं वइरसिटुं वइरकूडं वइरुत्तरवडिंसंगं लोगं लोगावत्तं लोगप्पभं लोगकंतं लोगवण्णं लोगलेसं लोगरूवं लोगसिंगं लोगसिटुं लोगकूडं लोगुत्तरवडिंसगं मु०॥

Page #103

Samavāya thirteen
51
तेरस सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा तेरसहिं अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं तेरसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पजति।
The longevity of gods, manifested in celestial abodes Vajra, Suvajra, Vajrāvarta, Vajraprabha, Vajrakānta, Vajravarņa, Vajraleśya, Vajradhvaja, Vajraśrnga, Vajrakūta, Vajrottarāvatansaka, Vaira, Vairāvarta, up to [Vairaprabha, Vairakānta, Vairavarna, Vairalesya, Vairarūpa, Vairaśrnga, Vairasrsa, Vairakūa and Vairottarāvatarsaka, Loka, Lokāvarta, Lokaprabha, Lokakānta, Lokavarna, Lokaleśya, Lokarūpa, Lokaśrnga, Lokasssa, Lokakūa and] Lokottarāvatansaka, is expounded as thirteen ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale (once] in every thirteen fortnights and feel hunger after thirteen thousand years. : 13[4] 11.37petuaren Haftlerer vital et defe qarul folostrifa ya सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, up to will annihilate the entire miseries in the [subsequent] thirteenth re-birth.
11. Fid-1531 yoll
Notes A. There are three sources of activity in a being — mind, speech and body. Numerous categories of activities from a variety of of angles are discussed in Jaina canons. This three important classification of kriya are : thirteen types mentioned in Sūtrakstānga", seventy two types mentioned in Sthānāngasūtra", and twenty five types mentioned in Tattavārthsūtra'. Besides some descriptions of activities are also available in Prajñāpanāsūtra".
1. Sūtrakstānga, Ladnun, 2/2/2. 2.' Sthānāngasūtra, Ladnun, 2/2-37. 3. Tattavārthsūtra, 6/6. 4. Prajñāpanāsūtra, Ladnun, pada 22.

Page #104

14 14[1] चोइस भूयग्गामा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- सुहुमा अपजत्तया, सुहुमा पजत्तया, बादरा अपजत्तया', बादरा पजत्तया, 'बेइंदिया अपजत्तया, बेइंदिया पज्जतया, तेइंदिया अपजत्तया, 'तेइंदिया पजत्तया, चउरिंदिया अपजत्तया, चउरिंदिया पजत्तया, पंचिंदिया असन्निअपजत्तया, पंचिंदिया असन्निपजत्तया, पंचिंदिया सन्निअपजत्तया, पंचिंदिया सन्निपजत्तया।
The collections (grāma] of living beings (bhūta) are expounded as fourteen, namely: (i) subtle- undeveloped [one-sensed], (ii) subtle-developed [one-sensed], (iii) gross undeveloped [one-sensed], (iv) gross developed [onesensed], (v) undeveloped two-sensed, (vi) developed two-sensed, (vii) undeveloped three-sensed, (viii) developed three-sensed, (ix) undeveloped four-sensed, (x) developed four-sensed, (xi) undeveloped five-sensed not blessed with reason, (xii) developed five-sensed not blessed with reason, (xiii) undeveloped five-sensed blessed with reason [and] (xiv) developed five-sensed blessed with reason.
चोइस पुव्वा पण्णत्ता, तंजहाउप्यायपुव्वमग्गेणियं च ततियं च वीरियं पुव्वं। अत्थीणत्थिपवायं तत्तो नाणप्पवायं च॥८॥ सच्चप्पवायपुव्वं तत्तो आयप्पवायपुव्वं च। कम्मप्पवायपुव्वं पच्चक्खाणं भवे नवमं॥९॥ विजाअणुप्पवायं अवंझ पाणाउ बारसं पुव्वं। तत्तो किरियविसालं पुव्वं तह बिंदुसारं च॥१०॥
Pūrvas are expounded as fourteen, namely: (i) Utpādapūrva, (ii) Agrāyaṇīya (pūrva), (iii) third Vīrya (pravāda] pūrva, (iv) Asti-năstipravāda, (v) Jñānapravāda, (vi) Satyapravādapūrva, (vii) Atmapravādapūrva, (viii) Karmapravādapūrva, (ix) ninth Pratyākhyāna, (x) Vidyānupravāda, (xi) Abandhya (pūrva) (xii) Twelve prāņāvāyapūrva, (xiii) Kriyāvisālapūrva and (xiv) Lokabindusārapūrva. 8-10.
1. 'तगा जे०। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ . 2. बेंदिया खं० ला २॥ एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 3. तेंदिया खं० हे १॥ 4. तेंदिया हे २ ला २॥ 5. अवज्झ जे० ला १। अबंभ हे १ ला २। अबंझ हे २॥

Page #105

Samavaya fourteen
'अग्गेणीयस्स णं पुव्वस्स चोद्दस वत्थू पण्णत्ता । समणस्स णं भगवतो महावीरस्स चोद्दस समणसाहस्सीओ उक्कोसिया समणसंपदा होत्था ।
The sections (vastu) of the [second] Agrāyaṇīpūrva are expounded as fourteen. The [Order of] Venerable Ascetic Mahavira had the excellent treasure of fourteen thousand monks.
कम्मविसोहिमग्गणं पडुच्च चोद्दस जीवद्वाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- मिच्छदिट्ठी, सासायणसम्मदिट्ठी, सम्मामिच्छदिट्ठी, 7 अविरतसम्मद्दिट्ठी, विरताविरतसम्मदिट्ठी, पमत्तसंजते, अप्पमत्तसंजते, 'नियट्टि, अनियट्टिबायरे, सुहुमसंपराए " उवसांमए वा "खमए वा, उवसंतमोहे, खीणमोहे, सजोगी केवली, 12 अजोगी केवली ।
53
The [spiritual] stages (sthāna) of soul, owing to the means (mārgnā) of the purification of karma, are expounded as fourteen, namely: [the stage of] (i) complete heterodoxy (mithyātvadrsti), (ii) taste of right faith (sāsvādana samyagdrsti), (iii) mixed faith (samyagmithyādrsti), (iv) non-abstinent right faith (avirata samyagdrsti), (v) partial abstinence (viratāvirata), (vi) complete self-discipline with negligence (pramattasamyata), (vii) complete self-discipline sans negligence (apramatta samyata), (viii) attaining unprecedented spiritual fervour (nivṛttibādara), (ix) attaining spiritual fervour in which gross passions can still attack(anivrttibādara ), (x) subtle greed passion-suppressed or annihilated (sūkşma samparāya-upaśānta or ksapaka), (xi) suppressed conduct deluding passion (upaśāntamoha), (xii) annihilated conduct deluding karma (ksīnamoha), (xiii) omniscient with three-fold activity (sayogikevali) and (xiv) omniscient without three-fold activity (ayogikevali).
भररवयाओ णं जीवाओ चोद्दस चोद्दस जोयणसहस्साइं चत्तारि य 13 एक्कुत्तरे जोयणसते
6. अग्गेयणस्स जे० ॥
7. अविरयसम्मद्दिट्ठी नास्ति खंमू० हे १ ला २ ॥
8. विरयाविरए पम मु० । “विरताविरतो देशविरतः श्रावक इत्यर्थः " - अटी० ॥
9. निअट्टिबायरे मु० । 'नियट्टि त्ति इह क्षपकश्रेणिमुपशमश्रेणिं वा प्रतिपन्नो जीवः क्षीणदर्शनसप्तक उपशान्तदर्शन सप्तको वा निवृत्तिबादर उच्यते " - अटी० ॥
10. उवसमए TI
11. खवए वा मु० । खमए वा नास्ति जे० हे २॥
12. अजोगि खं० हे १ ला २ ।।
13. एकुत्तरे हे २ ॥

Page #106

54
Samavāyāngasūtra
छच्च एकूणवीसइभागे जोयणस्स आयामेणं पण्णत्ते।
The length, of bow-strings (jiva) of [the regions] Bharata and Airāvata, is expounded as fourteen thousand four hundred one and šix by nineteen yojana (14401-6/19).
एगमेगस्स णं रण्णो चाउरंतचक्कवट्टिस्स चोद्दस रयणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- इत्थीरयणे सेणावतिरयणे गाहावतिरयणे पुरोहितरयणे "वड्डइरयणे आसरयणे हत्थिरयणे असिरयणे दंडरयणे चक्करयणे छत्तरयणे चम्मरयणे मणिरयणे कागणिरयणे।
The gems, of each Universal monarchs of the four directions, are expounded as fourteen, namely: (i) principal queen (strī-ratna), (ii) (army) general (senāpati-ratna), (iii) patriarch (gāthāpati-ratna), (iv) priest (purohitaratna), (v) carpenter (vardhaki-ratna), (vi) [excellent] horse (asva-ratna), (vii) [excellent] elephant (hasti-ratna), (viii) sword (asi-ratna), (ix) gem in the stick form (danda-ratna), (x) wheel (cakra-ratna), (xi) umbrella (chatra-ratna), . (xii) leather (carma-ratna), (xiii) jewel (marti-ratna) [and] (xiv) cowrie (kākiniratna).
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे चोइस महानदीओ पुव्वावरेणं "लवणं समुदं 1 समप्येति, तंजहागंगा सिंधू रोहिया रोहियंसा हरी हरिकता सीता सीतोदा णरकता णारिकता सुवण्णकूला रुप्पकूला रत्ता रत्तवती।
In the continent of Jambūdvīpa fourteen great rivers discharge themselves into the Ocean Lavana (from the eastern and western directions), namely: Gangā, Sindhu, Rohitā, Rohitānsā, Hari, Harikāntā, Sītā, Sitodā, Narakāntā Nārīkāntā, Suvarnakūlā, Rūpyakülā, Raktā [and] Raktavatī. 14[2] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं चोद्दस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। पंचमाए णं पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं चोद्दस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं चोइस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु
14. एकूणवीसे भागे हे २ मु०। एकूणवीस भागे T॥ 15. वेयड्डइ जे०॥ 16. कागिणि मु०॥ 17. लवणसमुदं हे २ ला १॥ 18. समुप्पेंति हे २ T। समुप्पंति हे १ ला २॥

Page #107

Samavāya fourteen
55
अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं चोद्दस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। लंतए कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं चोद्दस सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। महासुक्के कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं चोद्दस सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā) some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as fourteen pit-similes. On the fifth earth (Smoke lustre -Dhūmaprabhā] some infernal beings' longevity, is expounded as fourteen ocean-similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as fourteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded as fourteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradise Lāntaka is expounded as fourteen ocean-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in the paradise Mahāśukra, is expounded fourteen oceansimiles.
14[3] जे देवा सिरिकंतं सिरिमहिअं सिरिसोमणसं लंतयं काविट्ठ 19महिंदं 20महिंदोकतं महिंदुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताए उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं चोद्दस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा चोद्दसहिं अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं चोद्दसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पजति।
__ The longevity, at the most, of the gods, manifested in celestial abodes Śrīkānta, śrīmahita, Śrīsaumanasa, Lāntaka, Kāpistha, Mahendra, Mahendrakānta and Mahendrottarāvatarsaka, is expounded as fourteen ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every fourteen fortnights and feel hunger after fourteen thousand years.
14[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा 1जे चोइसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झि-22संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the fourteenth re-births.
19: महिंदं नास्ति मु०। “श्रीकान्तमित्यादीन्यष्टौ विमानानीति"-अटी०॥ 20. महिंदकंतं मु०। महिदोक्तं हे २॥ 21. जे नास्ति मु० विना॥ 22. संति बुझिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सब मु०॥

Page #108

15 15[1] पण्णरस परमाहम्मिया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
अंबे अंबरिसी चेव, 'सामे सबले त्ति यावरे। रुद्दोवरुद्द काले य, महाकाले त्ति यावरे॥११॥ असिपत्ते धणु कुम्भे वालुए वेयरणी ति य। खरस्सरे महाघोसे एते पण्णरसाहिया॥१२॥ णमी णं अरहा पण्णरस धणूई उच्उच्चत्तेणं होत्था।
The fifteen tormentors (extremely unjust deities) are expounded, namely: (i) Amba, (ii) Ambarsi (iii) Syāma, (iv) Sabala, (v) Rudra, (vi) Uparudra, (vii) Kāla (viii) Mahākāla (ix) Asipatra, (x) Dhanu, (xi) Kumbha, (xii) Valuka (xiii) Vaitarani, (xiv) Kharasvara and (xiv) Mahāghosa- [these fifteen].11-12.
The vertical height of the Seer Nami was fifteen bows.
धुवराहू णं बहुलपक्खस्स 'पाडिवयं पन्नरसतिभागं पन्नरसतिभागेणं चंदस्स लेसं आवरेत्ता णं चिट्ठति, तंजहा- पढमाए पढमं 'भागं जाव पन्नरसेसु पन्नरसमं भाग। तं चेव सुक्कपक्खस्स उवदंसे'माणे उवदंसेमाणे चिट्ठति, तंजहा- पढमाए पढम भागं जाव पन्नर सेसु
1. मासे खं०। सासे हे १॥ 2. वावरे जे०॥ 3. निच्चराहू लासं० १ ला २ T 4. जे० विना-पाडिवते खं० ला १ हे २। पडिवाते हे १ ला २। पडिवए मु०। “पाडिवयं ति प्रतिपदं प्रथमतिथिमादौ कृत्वेति वाक्यशेष:"-अटी०॥ 5. पन्नरसभागं पन्नरसभागेणं मु०। “पञ्चदशभागं पञ्चदशभागेनेति वीप्सायां द्विवचनादि यथा 'पदं पदेन गच्छति' इत्यादिषु"-अटी०॥ 6. लेस्सं खं० T॥ 7. भागं बीआए दुभागं तइयाए तिभागं चउत्थीए चउभागं पञ्चमीए पञ्चभागं छट्ठीए छभागं सत्तमीए सत्तभागं अट्ठमीए अट्ठभागं नवमीए नवभागं दसमीए दसभागं एक्कारसीए एक्कारसभागं बारसीए बारसभागं तेरसीए तेरसभागं घउद्दसीए चउद्दसभागं पन्नरसेसु पन्नरसभागं मु०॥ “अनेन क्रमेण यावत् पन्नरसेसु त्ति पञ्चदशसु दिनेषु पञ्चदशं पञ्चदशं भागमावृत्य तिष्ठति"-अटी०।। 8. “स्स य उव हे २ मु०॥ 9. 'माणे २ चि ला १ जे० विना। "माणे चि जे० ला १। “उपदर्शयन्नुपदर्शयन् पञ्चदशभागतः स्वयमपसरणतः प्रकटयन् प्रकटयन् तिष्ठति"-अटी०॥ 10. रसभागं मु०॥

Page #109

Samavāya fifteen
57
पन्नरसमं भागं।
[The planet] Dragon's head (Rāhu) covers moon's one-fifteenth splendour [each day] beginning from the first day of the dark half, namely: the first part [out of fifteen on the day of] the first (pratipada) up to [the second part [of fifteen] on the second day, the third part on the third day, the fourth part on the fourth day, fifth part on the fifth day, sixth part on the sixth day, seventh part on the seventh day, eighth part on the eighth day, ninth part on the ninth day, tenth part on the tenth day, eleventh part on the eleventh day, twelfth part on the twelfth day, thirteenth part on the thirteenth day, fourteenth part on the fourteenth day and] the fifteenth part on (the day of] the fifteenth (moonless night). This very Dragon's head manifests in the bright half of the moon, one-fifteenth splendour (each day] commencing from the bright half of first day, namely: the first part (out of the fifteen) on [the day of] first up to the fifteenth part on the day of] the fifteenth (full moon night).
15[2] छण्णक्खत्ता पन्नरसमुहुत्तसंजुत्ता पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
सतभिसय भरणि अद्दा, 11असिलेसा साइ 12तह य जेट्ठा य। एते छण्णक्खत्ता, पण्णरसमुहुत्तसंजुत्ता॥१३॥
Six constellations, namely: (i) Aquarri (Satabhisaka), (ii) Arietis (Bharani), (iii) Orionis (Ardrā), (iv) Hydrae (Aslesa) (v) Bootis (Svati) and (vi) Scorpii (Jyesthā), make conjunction with moon for fifteen muhūrtas. 13.
चेत्तासोएस13 मासेसु पन्नरसमुहुत्तो दिवसो भवति, 14सइ पण्णरसमुहुत्ता राती भवति। 15अणुप्पवायस्स णं पुवस्स पन्नरस वत्थू पण्णत्ता।
A [particular) day, in months Caitra and Asoja, has fifteen muhūrtas
11. असलेसा हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 12. तध व जेट्ठा य जे०। तहा जेट्ठा मु०॥ 13. सुणं मासेसु मु०॥"तथा चेत्तासोएसु मासेसु त्ति स्थूलन्यायमाश्रित्य चैत्रेऽश्वयुज़ि च मासे पञ्चदशमुहूर्तो दिवसो भवति रात्रिश्च"-अटी०॥ 14. सई जे० हे १ ला २। सई नास्ति ला १। एवं चेव मासेसु पण्ण' हे २ T। एवं चेत्तमासेसु पण्ण' मु०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 15. विज्जाअणु मु०॥

Page #110

Samavāyāngasútra
(15x48 minutes = 12 hours). Likewise, a [particular] night, in months Caitra and Asoja, has fifteen muhurtas (12 hours). The sections (vastu) of (the tenth) Vidyānupravāda Pūrva are expounded as fifteen.
मणसाणं पण्णरसविहे पओगे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-सच्चमणपओगे, 16एवं मोसमणपओगे, सच्चामोसमणपओगे, असच्चामोसमणपओगे, 17एवं सच्चवतीपओगे, मोसवतीपओगे, सच्चामोसवतीपओगे, असच्चामोसवतीपओगे, ओरालियसरीरकायपओगे, ओरालियमीससरीरकायपओगे, वेउब्वियसरीरकायपओगे, वेउब्वियमीससरीकायपओगे, आहारयसरीरकायप्पओगे, आहारयमीससरीरकायप्पओगे 1 कम्मयसरीरकायपओगे।
The tendencies (prayoga) of human beings are expounded as fifteen, namely: (i) true mind tendency, (ii) false mind tendency, (iii) true-false mind tendency, (iv) untrue-false mind tendency, (v) true speech tendency, (vi) false speech tendency, (vii) true-false speech tendency, (viii) untrue-false speech tendency, (ix) physical body tendency, (x) physical body mixed with other bodies tendency, (xii) fluid body tendency, (xii) fluid body mixed with other bodies tendency and (xiii) translocation body tendency, (xiv) translocation body mixed with other bodies tendency and (xv) karmic body mixed with other bodies tendency.
15[3] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए [अत्यंगतियाणं नेरइयाणं] पण्णरस पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। पंचमाए णं पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं पण्णरस सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं पण्णरस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्यंगतियाणं देवाणं पण्णरस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। महासुक्के कप्पे अत्थगतियाणं देवाणं पण्णरस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem lustre (Ratnaprabhā) some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as fifteen-pit similes. On the fifth earth (-Smoke-lustre) some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as fifteen ocean similes. Some
16. एवं नास्ति मु०। “एवं मोस सच्चा(च्च खं० हे १ ला २)-मोस असच्चामोस एवं वती ओरालियसरीरकायपओए ओरालियमीससरीर वेउव्विय वेउव्वियमीस आहारय आहारयमीस कम्मयसरीरकायपओगे' इति हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु पाठः। 17. एवं नास्ति मु०॥ 18. कम्मसरीर जे०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३५० पं० १५॥

Page #111

Samavāya fifteen
59
Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as fifteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded fifteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradise Mahāśukra, is expounded fifteen ocean-similes. 15[4] जे देवा णंदं सुणंदं णंदावत्तं णंदप्पभं णंदकंतं णंदवण्णं 1°णंदलेसंजाव णंदत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताए उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं पण्णरस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तेणं देवा पण्णरसण्हं अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं पण्णरसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारटे समुप्पजति।
__The longevity, at the most, of gods, manifested in celestial abodes Nanda, Sunanda, Nandāvarta, Nandaprabha, Nandakānta, Nandavarņa, Nandaleśya, up to Nandottarāvatarsaka, is expounded as fifteen ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every fifteen fortnights and feel hunger after fifteen thousand years. 15[5] अत्थेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे पन्नरसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करिस्संति।
Among the souls capable of Release, the few will liberate, will annihilate [the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the [subsequent] fifteenth . re-births. .
19. पृ० २३२ पं० ४। णंदलेसं णंदज्झयं णंदसिंगं णंदसिटुं णंदकूडं णंदुत्तर मु०॥ 20. स्संति बुज्झिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं मु०॥
Notes Jainas had conceived two kinds of dragon head: dhruva rāhu and parva rāhu. Dhruva rāhu covers moon (with darkness) 1/ 15th part of the lunar circle per lunar day in the lunar dark half, i.e, first 1/15th part on first lunar day... fifteenth, 1/15th part on fifteenth lunar day. At the ending moments (of moonless night or new-moon day), the moon is totally covered (with darkness)1. Abhayadevasūri? also has mentioned this fact.
In the lunar bright half (dhruva) rāhu withdraws darkness from moon at the same rate i.e. 1/15th part (of the lunar circle per lunar day) from first

Page #112

Samavāyāngasūtra
lunar day upto fifteenth lunar day till moon is perfectly uncovered. On other times, moon is partially covered or uncovered.
Parva rāhu covers (moon and sun) at least oncé) in six months and excellently moon (once) in forty-two months and sun (once) in forty-eight year. This is explicitly stated in Bhagavatīsūtra’ also.
Thus it appears plausible that dhruva rāhu as implied in Jaina texts, seems to denote the shadow which covers moon with darkness in fifteen lunar days of the lunar disc per lunar day and removes the darkness at the same rate in the lunar bright half. Likewise parva rāhu as implied in Jaina texts, denotes the shadow which covers moon and sun with darkness during their eclipses respectively.
1. Sūryaparajñapti, Ladnun, 20/3. 2. MLBD, Delhi, p. 28. 3. Bhagavati, Ladnun, 12/123-124.

Page #113

16 16[1] सोलस य गाहासोलसगा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- समए १, वेयालिए २, उवसग्गपरिण्णा ३, इत्थिपरिण्णा ४, निरयविभत्ती ५, महावीरथुई ६, कुसीलपरिभासिए ७, वीरिए ८, धम्मे ९, समाही १०, मग्गे ११, समोसरणे १२, 'अहातहिए १३, गंथे १४, जमतीते १५, गाहा १६।
The verse sixteen' (gāthā sodaśaka) are expounded as sixteen, namely: (i) the doctrine (samaya), (ii) the destruction of Karma (vaitālīya), (iii) knowledge of troubles (upasarga parijñā), (iv) knowledge of women (strī parijñā), (v) description of hell (narakavibhakti), (vi) Mahavira's eulogy (Mahavirastuti), (vii) description of the wicked (kusilaparibhāsita), (viii) virile (virya), (ix) (Dharma), (x) (Samādhi) (xi), (mārga) (xii) (samavasarana) (xiii) (yathātathya), (xiv), (grantha), (xv) (yamakīya) and (xvi) (gāthā).
सोलस कसाया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-अणंताणुबंधी कोहे, एवं माणे, माया, लोभे। अपच्चक्खाणकसाए कोहे, एवं माणे, माया, लोभे। पच्चक्खाणावरणे कोहे, एवं माणे, माया, लोभे। संजलणे कोहे, एवं माणे, माया, लोभे।
__Passions are expounded as sixteen, namely: (i) life- long duration's (anantānubandhi) anger, (ii) likewise [life- long duration's] pride, (iii) deceit, (iv) greed, (v) non-renunciation hindering (apratyākhyānī) anger, (vi) likewise (non-renunciation hindering) pride, (vii) deceit, (viii) greed, (ix) renunciation hindering (pratyākhyāni) anger, (x) like wise [renunciation hindering] pride, (xi) deceit, (xii) greed, (xiii) flaming up (samjvalana) anger, (xiv) likewise [flaming up] pride, (xv) deceit and (xvi) greed. ..
मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स सोलस नामधेजा पण्णत्ता, तंजहामंदर १ मेरु २ मणोरम ३ सुदंसण ४ सयंपभे ५ गिरिराया ६।
रयणुच्चय ७ पियदंसण ८ मज्झे लोगस्स ९ नाभी १० य॥१४॥ 1 आहात मु०। आहत्त जे०। “अहातहिए त्ति यथा वस्तु तथा प्रतिपाद्यते यत्र तद् यथातथिकम्"-अटी०॥ 2. "प्राक्तनपञ्चदशाध्ययनार्थस्य गाभाद् गाथा गाधा वा तत्प्रतिष्ठाभूतत्वादिति"-अटी०॥ 3. कोहे अणंताणुबंधी माणे अणंताणुबंधी माया अणंताणुबंधी लोभे अपच्चक्खाणकसाए कोहे अपच्चक्खाणकसाए माणे अपच्चक्खाणकसाए माया अपच्चक्खाणकसाए लोभे पच्चक्खाणावरणे कोहे पच्चक्खाणावरणे माणे पच्चक्खाणावरणा माया पच्चक्खाणावरणे लोभे संजलणे कोहे संजलणे माणे संजलणे माया संजलणे लोभे मु०॥ 4. मंदरे मेरू मणोरमे सुदंसणे जे० । “मेरुनामसूत्रे गाथा श्लोकश्च"-अटी०॥

Page #114

62
अथे ११ सूरियावत् १२ सूरियावरणे १३ ति य । उत्तरे य १४ दिसाई य १५ वडेंसे १६ इ य सोलसे ॥ १५ ॥
Sixteen names of the mountain Meru are expounded, namely: (i) Mandara, (ii) Meru, (iii) Manorama, (iv) Sudarsana, (v) Svayamprabhā, (vi) Girirāja, (vii) Ratnoccaya, (viii) Priyadarsana, (ix) Lokamadhya, (x) Lokanābhi, (xi) Artha, (xii) Suryāvarta, (xiii) Sūryavarana, (xiv) Uttara, (xv) Diśādi and (xvi) Avatamsa.14-15.
Samavāyāngasútra
16[2] पासस्स णं अरहतो पुरिसादाणीयस्य सोलस समणसाहस्सीओ उक्कोसिया समणसंपदा होत्था। आयप्पवायस्स णं पुव्वस्स सोलस वत्थू पण्णत्ता । चमर-बलीणं ? ओवांरियालेणे सोलस जोयणसहस्साइं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते । लवणे णं समुद्दे सोलस जोयणसहस्साइं उस्सेहपरिवुड्डीए पण्णत्ते।
The honourable Seer Pārsva's excellent treasure of monks was sixteen thousand. The sections (vastu) of [the seventh] ātmapravāda Pūrva are expounded as sixteen. The extension of circular (avatārikālayana) [capitals] Camaracañcă and Balicañca is expounded sixteen thousand yojana. The increase, in the measure of water, in the Ocean Lavana is expounded as sixteen thousand yojana.
इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं सोलस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। पंचमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं सोलस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं सोलस पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता । सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं सोलस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । महासुक्के कप्पे अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं सोलस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता ।
On this [first] earth Gem-lustre some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as sixteen pit-similes. On the fifth earth [Smoke-lustre] some infernal beings' life span, is expounded as sixteen ocean-similes. Some Demon

5. त्ति मु० ॥ 6. ईय जे० ॥
7. उवारिया मु० । उवातिया' जे० । “ओवारियालेण(णे-मु०) त्ति चमरचञ्चा-बलिचञ्चाभिधानराजधान्योर्मध्यभागे तद्भवनयोर्मध्योन्नतावतरत्पार्श्वपीठरूपे आ (अ जे०) वतारिकलयने षोडश योजनसहस्त्राणि " - अटी० ॥

Page #115

Samavāya sixteen
(Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded sixteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna is expounded as sixteen pitsimiles. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradise, Mahāśukra, is expounded sixteen ocean-similes.
16[3] जे देवा आवत्तं वियावत्तं नंदियावत्तं महाणंदियावत्तं अंकुसं अंकुसपलंबं भदं सुभद्दं महाभद्दं सव्वओभद्दं भद्दुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं सोलस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता । ते णं देवा 'सोलसण्हं अद्धमासाणं 10 आणमंति वा पाणमंतवा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा । तेसि णं देवाणं सोलसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पज्जति ।
63
The longevity, at the most, of the gods, manifested in celestial abodes, Avarta, Vyāvarta, Nandyāvarta, Mahānandyāvarta, Arkuśa, Ankuśapralamba, Bhadra, Subhadra, Mahābhadra, Sarvatobhadra and Bhadrottarāvatansaka, is expounded sixteen ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale once in every sixteen fortnights and feel hunger after sixteen thousand years.
16[4] संगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे सोलसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करेस्संति ।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the [subsequent] sixteenth re-births.
8. पालंबं खं० ॥ 9. सोलसहिं मु० ॥
10. आणमंति वा ४ आहारे जाव अंतं करेंति (करेस्संति हे २ जेसं०) मु० विना ॥ आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा उस्ससंति वा नीससंति वा, तेसि णं देवाणं सोलसवाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जइ, संतेगइया भवसिद्धिआ जीवा जे सोलसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति बुज्झिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करिस्संति मु०॥

Page #116

17 17[1] सत्तरसविहे असंजमे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-'पुढविकाइयअसंजमे आउकाइयअसंजमे तेउकाइयअसंजमे वाउकाइयअसंजमे वणस्सइकाइयअसंजमे बेइंदियअसंजमे तेइंदियअसंजमे चउरिंदियअसंजमे पंचिंदियअसंजमे अजीवकायअसंजमे पेहाअसंजमे उपहाअसंजमें अवहट्टअसंजमे अपमजणाअसंजमे मणअसंजमे वतिअसंजमे कायअसंजमे।
Non-restraint or lack of asceticism (asamyama) is expounded as seventeen-fold, namely: (i) earth-bodied non-restraint, (ii) water-bodied nonrestraint, (iii) fire-bodied non-restraint, (iv) air-bodied non-restraint, (v) plant kingdom non-restraint, (vi) two-sensed non-restraint, (vii) three-sensed nonrestraint, (viii) four-sensed non-restraint, (ix) five-sensed non-restraint, (x) nonliving being non-restraint, (xi) non-restraint in inspection [of bed or seat], (xii) non-restraint in negligence [in performing auspicious and abstaining from inauspicious activity], (xiii) non-restraint in laying down of excreta etc., (xiv) non-restraint of non-cleansing, (xv) non-restraint of mind, (xvi) non-restraint of speech and (xvii) non-restraint of body.
सत्तरसविहे संजमे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-'पुढवीकायसंजमे एवं जाव कायसंजमे।
Restraint or discipline (samyama) is expounded as seventeen-fold, namely: (i) earth-bodied restraint up to [(ii) water-bodied restraint, (iii) firebodied restraint, (iv) air-bodied restraint, (v) plant kingdom restraint, (vi) twosensed restraint, (vii) three-sensed restraint, (viii) four-sensed restraint, (ix) five-sensed restraint, (x) non-soul restraint, (xi) careful inspection (of bed or seat) restraint, (xii) negligence (in performing auspicious and abstaining from inauspicious activity), (xiii) laying down of excreta etc. in proper manner, (xiv) cleansing, (xv) mind, (xvi) speech and (xvii)] restraint of body.
1 कायअसं ला १ मु०। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 2. बेंदिय' खं० ला १॥ 3. मणसा० वति० खं० जे० हे १ ला २॥ 4. संजमे आउकायसंजमे तेउकायसंजमेवाउकायसंजमे वणस्सइकायसंजमे बेइंदिअसंजमे तेइंदिअसंजमे घउरिंदिअसंजमे पंधिंदिअसंजमे अजीवकायसंजमे पेहासंजमे उवेहासंजमे अवहट्टसंजमे पमज्जणासंजमे मणसंजमे वइसंजमे कायसंजमे मु०॥

Page #117

Samavāya seventeen
65
माणुसुत्तरेणं पव्वते सत्तरस एक्कवीसे जोयणसते उडुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ते। सव्वेसि पिणं वेलंधर-अणुवेलंधरणागराईणं आवासपव्वया सत्तरस एकवीसाइं जोयणसयाइं उड्डूंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। लवणे णं समुद्दे सत्तरस जोयणसहस्साइं सव्वग्गेणं पण्णत्ते।
The height of Mānuşottara mountain is expounded as seventeen hundred twenty one yojana. The height, of the mountain dwellings of all the Vellandhara and Anuvellandhara kings of Nāgakumāra deities, is expounded as one thousand seven hundred twenty one yojana. The height of the loftiest wave of the Ocean Lavaņa is expounded as seventeen thousand yojana.
- इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए बहुसमरमणिजातो भूमिभागातो सातिरेगाइं सत्तरस 'जोयणसहस्साई उड्डे उप्पतित्ता ततो पच्छा चारणाणं तिरियं गती पवत्तती। चमरस्स णं असुरिंदस्स असुररण्णो तिगिंछिकूडे उप्पातपव्वते सत्तरस एकवीसाइं 'जोयणसयाई उहुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ते। बलिस्स णं असुरिंदस्स असुररण्णो रुयगिंदे उप्पातपव्वते सत्तरस जोयणसयाई 'सातिरेगाई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ते। .
. [During their travel to the continent of Nandisvara, Rucaka etc.] the direction, of monks with sky-moving power (carana) after flying a little over seventeen thousand yojana above this very attractive and very level plain of the earth Gem-lustre, becomes diagonal. The vertical height of Tiginchakita, the ascending mountain of the Camara, the lord of demi gods (Asurakumāra), is expounded as one thousand seven hundred twenty one yojana. The vertical height of Rucakendra, the ascending mountain of Bali, the lord of demi gods (Asurakumāra), is expounded as one thousand seven hundred twenty one yojana.
सत्तरसविहे मरणे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- आवीइमरणे ओहिमरणे 10आयंतियमरणे
5. आवासयप जे०॥ 6. जोयणाति उहुंजे०॥ 7. जोणयातिं उच्चत्तेणं खं० हे १ ला २ लामू १॥ 8. सत्तरस एकवीसाइं जोयणसयाइं इंउच्चत्तेणं मु०॥ 9. सातिरेगेणं उड्डे जे०॥ 10. हे २ मु० विना अंतितमरणे जे०। अतितंमरणे खं०। अतिमरणे हे १ ला २। अंतंत्यमरणे ला १। "आयंतियमरणे त्ति आत्यन्तिकमरणम्-अटी०॥

Page #118

Samavāyāngasūtra
11वलातमरणे वसट्टमरणे अंतोसल्लमरणे तब्भवमरणे बालमरणे पंडितमरणे बालपंडितमरणे छउमत्थमरणे केवलिमरणे वेहासमरणे 12गद्धपट्ठमरणे भत्तपच्चक्खाणमरणे इंगिणिमरणे पाओवगमणमरणे।
Seventeen-fold death is expounded, namely: (i) instant death, (ii) death with [the bondage of] current birth's [longevity for next birth], (iii) final death [in present state], (iv) death [owing to] starvation, (v) death owing to over indulgence [in sensual objects], (vi) death with desire for sense enjoyments etc. rankling in the heart for future, (vii) death with [the bondage of] same state of being for re-birth, (viii) death of ignorant, (ix) peaceful death, (x) death in partial renouncement state, (xi) death in imperfect knowledge state, (xii) death of omniscient[in state of non-activity], (xiii) death by hanging, (xiv) death caused by piercing of beaks of vultures etc., (xv) death through food's gradual renunciation, (xvi) death by fast unto death [and] (xvii) death by remaining motionless like a tree.
सुहुमसंपराए णं भगवं 13सुहुमसंपरायभावे वट्टमाणे सत्तरस कम्मपगडीओ णिबंधति, तंजहा-14आभिणिबोहियणाणावरणे, एवं सुतोहि-मण-केवल(णाणावरणे)। चक्खुदंसणावरणं, एवं अचक्खु-ओही-केवलदसणावरणं। सायावेयणिजं, जसोकित्तिनाम, उच्चागोतं। दाणंतराइयं, एवं लाभ-भोग-उवभोग-वीरियअंतराइयं।
The Venerable with subtle passion, while in the state of subtle passion, binds only seventeen species of karma, namely: (i) sensory knowledge obscuring, (ii) scriptural knowledge obscuring, (iii) clairvoyance obscuring, (iv) transcendental perception obscuring, (v) omniscience obscuring, (vi) visual indeterminate cognition obscuring, (vii) non-visual indeterminate cognition
11. वलाक' जे०॥ 12. हे २ विना-गद्धपढमरणे जे०। गिद्धपिट्ठमरणे मु०। गिद्धमरणे खं०। गिद्धिमरणे हे १ ला २। गिद्धयमरणे ला १। “गृध्रस्पृष्टम्, अथवा .... गृध्रपृष्ठम्'-अटी०॥ 13. 'रागभावे खं०। 14. वरणे एवं सुतोहिमणकेवल(लि-खं० हे १ ला २) चक्खुदंसणावरणं (णे-हे २ ला १) एवं अचक्षुओहीकेवलदसणावरणं मु० विना। वरणे सुयणाणावरणे ओहिणाणावरणे मणपज्जवणाणावरणे केवलणाणावरणे चक्खुदंसणावरणे अचक्खुदंसणावरणे ओहीदंसणावरणे केवलदंसणावरणे मु०॥ 15. रायं लाभंतरायं भोगंतरायं उवभोगंतरायं वीरियअंतरायं मु०॥

Page #119

Samavāya seventeen
67
obscuring, (viii) clairvoyance indeterminate cognition obscuring, (ix) omniscience indeterminate cognition obscuring, (x) producing pleasure feeling, (xi) granting honour and glory, (xii) high family surroundings, (xiii) obstructive in dispensing alms, (xiv) obstructive in gain, (xv) obstructing the enjoyment of objects which can be enjoyed only once, (xvi) obstruting the enjoyment of objects which can be enjoyed more than once [and] (xvii), obstructing will power. 17[2] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं सत्तरस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। पंचमाए पुढवीए नेरइयाणं उक्कोसेणं सत्तरस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। छट्ठीए पुढवीए नरेइयाणं जहण्णेणं सत्तरस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं सत्तरस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं सत्तरस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।महासुक्के कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं सत्तरस सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। सहस्सारे कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं सत्तरस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the fifth earth (Smoke lustre) some infernal beings' longevity, at the most, is expounded seventeen ocean-similes. On the sixth earth [Dark lustre) some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded seventeen ocean similes. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded seventeen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna, is expounded seventeen pit-similes. Divinities' longevity, in the paradise Mahā sukra is. expounded seventeen ocean-similes. Divinities' longevity, in the paradise Sahasrāra, is expounded seventeen ocean-similes. 17[3] जे देवा सामाणं सुसामाणं महासामाणं पउमं महापउमं कुमुदं महाकुमुदं नलिणं महाणलिणं पोंडरीयं सुक्कं महासुक्कं सीहं 16सीहोकतं सीहवियं भावियं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं सत्तरस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा सत्तरसहिं अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं सत्तरसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारटे समुप्पजति।
___ The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in celestial abodes, Sāmāna, Susāmāna, Mahāsāmāna, Padma, Mahāpadma, Kumuda, Mahā
16. सीहकंतं मु०॥

Page #120

68
Samavāyāngasūtra
kumuda, Nalina, Mahānalina, Paundarīka, Mahāpaundarīka, śukra, Mahāśukra, Sinha, Sinhakānta, Sinhabīja and Bhāvita, is expounded seventeen ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every seventeen fortnights and feel hunger after seventeen thousand years. ' 17[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे सत्तरसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं 17सिज्झिस्संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the souls capable of Salvation, the few will liberate, will become enlightened, will be released, will be emancipated and will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the (subsequent] seventeenth re-births.
17. frugifer to fofossiler glosnite gremitat offelskrifer war goll

Page #121

18 18[1] अट्ठारसविहे बंभे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- ओरालिए कामभोगे णेव सयं मणेणं सेवइ, नो वि अण्णं मणेणं सेवावेइ, मणेणं सेवंतं पि अण्णं न समणुजाणइ, ओरालिए कामभोगे णेव सयं वायाए सेवति, 'नो वि अण्णं वायाए सेवावेइ, वायाए 'सेवतं पि अण्णं न समणुजाणइ, ओरालिए कामभोगे णेव सयं कायेणं सेवइ,'णो वि अण्णं कारणं सेवावेइ, कारणं सेवंतं पि अण्णं न समणुजाणति, दिव्वे कामभोगे णेव सयं मणेणं 'सेवति, तह चेव णव आलावगा। अरहतो णं अरिट्ठनेमिस्स 10अट्ठारस समणसाहस्सीओ उक्कोसिया समणसंपदा होत्था।
The celibacy (brahmacarya) is expounded as eighteen fold, namely: (i) not enjoying the mental sensuality of physical body himself, (ii) not making others enjoy the mental sensuality of physical body, (iii) not consenting the mental sensual enjoyment relating to physical body of others, (iv) not given to the vocal sensual enjoyment relating to physical body himself, (v) not making others enjoy the vocal sensual enjoyment relating to physical body, (vi) not consenting the vocal sensual enjoyment relating to physical body of others, (vii) not given himself to the bodily sensual enjoyment, (viii) not making others enjoy the corporal sensuality of physical body, (ix) not consenting the bodily sensual enjoyment relating to the physical body of others, (x) not mentally enjoying the divine sensuality himself, like wise all the remaining to be desecribed.[(xi) not making others mentally enjoy the divine sensuality, (xii) not consenting the mental enjoyment of divine sensuality by other, (xiii) not given himself to the vocal enjoyment of divine sensuality, (xiv) not making others vocally enjoy the divine sensuality, (XV) not consenting vocal enjoyment
1. सेवइ जाव काएणं सेवंति पि अण्णं ण समणुजाणाति जे०॥ 2. मु० विना-सेवंते वि अण्णे खं० हे १, २ ला १, २।। 3., 6., 8. 'जाणाइ मु०॥ .. 4. नोवि य अण्णं खं० हे १ ला १, २॥ 5. सेवंते पि अन्नं खं हे १, २॥ 7. णो वि यऽण्णं मु०॥ 9. सेवति णो वि अण्णं मणेणं सेवावेइ, मणेणं सेवंतं पि अण्णं न समणुजाणाइ, दिव्वे कामभोगे णेव सयं वायाए सेवइ, णो वि अण्णं वायाए सेवावेइ, वायाए सेवंतं पि अण्णं न समणुजाणाइ, दिव्वे कामभेगे णेव सयं काएणं सेवइ, णो वि अण्णं कारणं सेवावेइ, काएण सेवंतं पि अण्णं न समणुजाणाइ मु०॥ 10. अट्ठादस जे०॥

Page #122

Samavāyāngasūtra
the divine sensuality of others, (xvi) not enjoying the divine sensuality himself bodily, (xvii) not making others bodily enjoy the divine sensuality and (xviii) not consenting the bodily enjoyment of divine sensuality by others. Seer Aristanemi had excellent treasure of eighteen thousand monks.
समणेणं भगवता महावीरेणं समणाणं णिग्गंथाणं सखुडुयवियत्ताणं अट्ठारस ठाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
12वयछक्क ६ कायछक्कं १२, अकप्यो १३ गिहिभायणं १४। पलियंक १५ निसिज्जा य, १६ सिणाणं १७ सोभवजणं १८ ॥१६॥ आयारस्स णं भगवतो सचूलियागस्स अट्ठारस पयसहस्साई पयग्गेणं पण्णताई।
The eighteen measures (sthāna) [to preserve the ascetic conduct] are expounded by the Venerable Ascetic Mahavira for knotless monks, including infant ones (ksudraka) to the elder ones (vyakta), namely: (1-6)[observing] six vows, (7-12) [protecting] six-fold bodies, (13) abstaining (varjana) from improper [food, clothes etc.], (14) (abstaining from) house-holders' utensils, (15) (abstaining from) bedding, (16) (abstaining from) sitting [on the bed frequented by women], (17) (abstaining from) bath and (18) (abstaining from) adornment of body..16.
Eighteen thousand syllables (pada)(in aggregate) are expounded of Venerable Ācārānga (sūtra] with appendices (cūlikā).
14बंभीए णं लिवीए अट्ठारसविहे लेखविहाणे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- बंभी जवणालिया
11. "सखुड्डगवियत्ताणं ति सह क्षुदकैर्व्यक्तैश्च ये ते सक्षुद्रव्यक्ताः, तेषाम्। तत्र क्षुद्रका वयसा श्रुतेन चाव्यक्ताः, व्यक्तास्तु ये वयः श्रुताभ्यां परिणताः" -अटी०॥ 12. 'छक्कं मु०, दशवै०६।८॥ 13. प्रतिपाठाः-'गेणं पं० बंभीए णं लिवीए जे० खं० विना। गेणं। पं। भाए णं लिवीए जे०। ग्गेणं बंभीए णं लिवीए खं०॥ 14. तुला-"बंभीए णं लिवीए अट्ठारसविहे लेक्खविहाणे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- बंभी १ जवणालिया २ दोसापुरिया ३ खरोट्ठी ४ पुक्खरसारिया ५ भोगवईया ६ पहराईयाओ य (पहराईया-मु०) ७. अंतक्खरिया ८ अक्खरपुट्ठिया ९ वेणइया १० णिण्हइया ११ अंकलिवी १२ गणितलिवी १३ गंधव्वलिवी १४ आयंसलिवी १५ माहेसरी १६ दामिली १७ पोलिंदी १८" इति प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे सू० १०७॥ 15. जवणा भिलिया दासऊरिया जे०। जवणालिया। दासाऊरिया हे २।जवणी २ लियादोसा ३ ऊरिया मु०॥

Page #123

Samavāya eighteen
71
दासऊरिया 6खरोट्ठिया' पुक्खरसाविया पहाराइया "उच्चतरिया 20अक्खरपुट्ठिया भोगवयता 21वेयणतिया णिण्हइया अंकलिवि 22गणियलिवि 23गंधव्वलिवि 24आदंसलिवी 25माहेसरलिवि 26दमिडलिवि 27पोलिंदि (लिवि)।
Eighteen writing modes of Brāhmī script are expounded namely: (i) Brāhmi, (ii) Yāvanī, (iii) Dosopakārikā, (iv) Kharostrikā (v) Puskara-Śāvikā, (vi) Prabhārājikā, (vii) Uccattarikā, (viii) Akşaraprsthikā, (ix) Bhogavatikā, (x) Vainakiyā, (xi) Nihnavika, (xii) Anka script, (xiii) Ganita script, (xiv) Gandharva script, (xv) Adarsa script, (xvi) Mahesvari script, (xvii) Dravidi script and (xviii) Polindi [script].
अत्थिणत्थिप्पवायस्स णं पुव्वस्स अट्ठारस वत्थू पण्णत्ता। धूमप्पभा णं पुढवी अट्ठारसुत्तरं जोयणसयसहस्सं बाहल्लेणं पण्णत्ता। पोसासाढेसु णं मासेसु 2 सइ उक्कोसेणं अट्ठारसमुहुत्ते दिवसे भवति, 29सइ उक्कोसेणं अट्ठारस मुहुत्ता 3राती (1भवइ)।
Eighteen sections (vastus) of the [fourth] Astināstipravāda Pūrva are expounded. The thickness of (fifth) earth Smoke-lustre (Dhūmaprabhā) is expounded as one lac eighteen thousand yojana. In month of Pausa and Āsādha (respectively) once the longest night consists of eighteen muhūrtas [and also]
16. खरोट्टिआ मु०॥ 17 या क्खरसाविया जे० ला १ विना। या खरसाहिया हे २ T॥ 18. पहराइया T॥ 19. वु (व T) च्चत्तरिया जे० T॥ 20. अक्खरवुद्धिया जे०॥ 21. प्रतिषु पाठाः-वेयणतिया खं०। वेयणणिया ।वेयणविया हे १ ला वेणाइया जे०। वेणइया ला १। वेणतिया मु०। वेणणिया हे २॥ 22. गणियलिवि नास्ति खं०।। 23. लिवी १५ भयलिवी आदंसलिवी १६ मु०॥ 24. आदंसलिवि आदंसलिवि खं०॥ 25. “सरीलिवी १७ मु०॥ 26. दामिदलिवि खं० हे १। दामिललिवी T। दामिलिवी १८ मु०। 27. जे० विना-बोलिंदि खं० हे १ ला १, २। वालिंदिलिवी हे २। वोलिंदिलिवी १९ मु०॥ 28., 29. सई मु० अटी०।-"सई ति सकृदेकदा"-अटी० ॥ 30. रयणी जे० ला १॥ 31. भवइ नास्ति मु० विना॥

Page #124

Samavāyāngasūtra
once the longest day consists of eighteen muhūrtas.
18[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं अट्ठारस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। छट्ठीए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं अट्ठारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं अट्ठारस पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं अट्ठारस पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। सहस्सारे कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं अट्ठारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।आणए कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं अट्ठारस सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On this [first] earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā) some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as eighteen pit-similes (palyopama). Some infernal beings' longevity, on the sixth earth (dark lustre) is expounded as eighteen pit similes. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded, eighteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded eighteen pit-similes. Divinities' longevity, at the most, in the paradise, Sahasrāra, is expounded eighteen ocean-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in the paradise Ānata, is expounded eighteen ocean-similes. 18[3] जे देवा कालं सुकालं महाकालं अंजणं रिलु सालं समाणं दुमं महादुमं विसालं सुसालं पउमं पउमगुम्मं कुमुदं कुमुदगुम्मं नलिणं नलिणगुम्मं पुंडरीयं पुंडरीयगुम्मं सहस्सारवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं [उक्कोसेणं ?] अट्ठारस "सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा अट्ठारसहिं अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा । तेसि णं देवाणं अट्ठारसहिं वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पजति।
_The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in celestial abodes Kāla, Sukāla, Mahākāla, Añjana, Rista, Sāla, Samāna, Druma, Mahādruma, Viśāla, Susala, Padma, Pdmagulma, Kumuda, Kumudagulma, Nalina, Nalinagulma, Pundarīka, Pundarikagulma and Sahasrārāvatansaka, is expounded as eighteen ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every eighteen fortnights and feel hunger after eighteen thousand years.
32. 'सागरो अट्ठारसहिं अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा ४। अट्ठारस आहार। संतेगतिया जाव अंतं करेस्संति' इति हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु पाठः॥

Page #125

Samavāya eighteen
73
18[4] 33संतेगतिया [भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे अट्ठारसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति] जाव अंतं करेस्संति।
__ [Among the fit to be liberated ones], the few [will liberate] up to will end [the world cycle] in the [subsequent] eighteen re-births.
33. “गइआ भवसिद्धिया जे अट्ठारसहिं भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति बुझिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करिस्संति मु०॥

Page #126

19 19[1] 'एकूणवीसं णायज्झयणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
उक्खित्तणाए १ संघाडे २, अंडे ३ कुम्मे य ४ सेलये ५ । तुंबे य ६ रोहिणी ७ 'मल्ली ८, मागंदी ९, चंदिमा ति य १० ॥१७॥ दावद्दवे १ उदगणाते १२ मंडुक्के १३ तेतली १४ इय। नंदिफले १५ अवरकंका १६ आइण्णे १७ सुसमा ति य १८ ॥१८॥ अवरे य पुंडरीए णाए एगूणवीसइमे १९ ।
Nineteen chapters (adhyayana) of Jñātā (dharmakathā] åre expounded, namely: (i) the raised up's illustration (utksipta jnata), (ii) the couple (sanghāta), (iii) [peacock's] egg (anda), (iv) the tortoise (kurma), (v) [the king] sailaka, (vi) the gourd (tumba), (vii) the Rohini, (viii) the Malli, (ix) the (sons of) Mākandī, (x) the moon (candrimā), .17. (xi) the (tree) dāvadrava, (xii) The Illustration of (ditch) Water (Udakajñāta), (xiii) The frog (mandūka), (xiv) The (minister) Tetali, (xv) The Nandiphala, (xvi) [The capital] Aparakankā, (xvii) [The horse of] Akirna [breed], (xviii) Sunsumā [a specie of crocodile), 18. and (xix) The Description of White Lotus (Pundarīka Jñāta).
जंबूद्दीवे णं दीवे सूरिया उक्कोसेणं'एगूणवीसं जोयणसताइं उड्डमहो तवंति। सुक्केणं
1. एकूण खं० हे १ ला २॥ 2. "उक्खित्तेत्यादि सार्धं रूपकद्वयम्”-अटी०॥ अस्य तुला आवश्यकसूत्रचूर्णी आवश्यकसूत्रवृत्तिषु च विस्तरेण द्रष्टव्या। प्रतिक्रमणग्रन्थत्रयीमध्ये मुद्रितायां दिगम्बराचार्यप्रभाचन्द्रविरचितायां प्रतिक्रमणसूत्रटीकायां त्वीदृशः पाठो व्याख्या चोपलभ्येते- “एऊणविसाए णाहाज्झयणेसु एकोनविंशतिनाथाध्ययनेषु, तद्यथा
उक्कोडणाग-कुम्मंडय-रोहिणी-सिस्स-तुंब-संघादे। मादंगिमल्लि-चंदिम-तावद्देवय-तिक-तलाय-किण्णे (य)॥१॥ सुसुकेय अवरकंके गंदीफलमुदगणाहमंडूके।
एत्तो य पुंडरीगो णाहज्झाणाणि उगुवीसं॥२॥ 3. सेलते खं०॥ 4. मल्ले जे०॥ 5. याइण्णे जे०। आतिण्णे खं०। आतिन्ने सुसुमा हे २। आतिण्णे सुंसुमा ला २॥ 6. एक्कूणविंसतिमे खं०। एकूणविंशतिमे हे १ ला २। एगूणवीसमे मु०॥ 7. अत्रेदं ध्येयम्- “एगूण' स्थाने हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु प्रत्यन्तरेषु एकूण' इति एकूण इति च पाठान्तरेऽपि उपलभ्येते॥ 8. वीस जे० मु०॥ 9. जे० ला १ विना- तवयंति खसं० हे २ मु०। तवयंमि खंमू०। तवयम्मि हे २ ला २॥

Page #127

Samavāya nineteen
10महग्गहे अवरेणं 11उदिए समाणे एगूणवीसं णक्खत्ताइं समं चारं चरित्ता अवरेणं अत्थमणं उवागच्छति। जंबुद्दीवस्स णं दीवस्स कलाओ एगूणवीसं छेयणाओ पण्णत्ताओ। एगूणवीसं तित्थयरा 12अगारमज्झावसित्ता मुंडे 13 भवित्ता णं अगाराओ अणगारियं पव्वइया।
In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, (two) suns heat (illuminate), at the most, one thousand nine hundred yojana above and below. The great planet Uranus (Sukra), after rising in the west [and] making conjunction with nineteen constellations, sets [also] in the west. Nineteen fragments (chedanaka) of divisions (kalā) of the continent of Jambūdvīpa is expounded. The nineteen Seers having lived as house-holders, tearing off their hairs, adopted houselessness (initiated into monk hood) from the house-hold.
19[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एगूणवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। छट्ठीए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एगूणवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं एगूणवीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं एगूणवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। आणयकप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एगूणवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। पाणए 14कप्पे देवाणं जहणणेणं एगूणवीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā) some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as nineteen pit-similes. Some hellish beings' longevity on the sixth earth (Dark-lustre) is expounded as nineteen ocean-similes. Some Demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as nineteen pit-similes. Some divinities’longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna, is expounded as nineteen pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at the most, in the paradise, Anata, is expounded nineteen ocean- similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in the paradise Prānata, is expounded nineteen ocean-similes.
10. 'ग्गहे णं अ हे २ T॥ 11. उतीए जे० खं०॥ 12. अगारमज्झे वसित्ता हे २। अंगारवासमझे वसित्ता मु०। “अगारमज्झावसित्त त्ति अगारं गेहम् अधि आधिक्येन चिरकालं राज्यपरिपालनतः आ मर्यादया नीत्या वसित्वा उषित्वा तत्र वासं विधायेति अध्योष्य प्रव्रजिता:"-अटी०॥ 13. हे २ मु० विना-भवित्ता अगाराओ अणगारियं जे०। भवित्ताणं अणगारियं खं० हे १ ला २। भवित्ता अणगारियं ला १॥ 14. कप्पे अ० जह० जे० ला १ विना । अतो जे० ला १ विना अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं इति पाठः॥

Page #128

Samavāyāngasūtra
19[3] जे देवा आणतं पाणतं णतं विणतं घणं सुसिरं इंदं इंदोकतं इंदुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एगूणवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा एगूणवीसाए अद्धमासाणं 15आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं एगूणवीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पजति।
The longevity, at the most, ofthose gods, manifested in celestial abodes Anata, Prānata, Nata, Vinata, Ghana, Susira, Indra, Indrakanta and Indrottarāvatarsaka, is expounded as nineteen ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale once in every nineteen fortnights and feel hunger after nineteen thousand years.
19[4] अत्थेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे एगूणवीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव साव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the souls capable of salvation, the few will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the [subsequent] nineteenth re-births.
15 आणमंति वा ४ एगूणवीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारटे। अत्थेगतिया भव' मु विना। आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा उस्ससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसिं णं देवाणं एगूणवीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारटे समुप्पज्जइ। संतेगइआ भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे एगूणवीसाए भवग्गहणेहि सिज्झिस्संति बुज्झिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सब मु०॥

Page #129

20
20[1] वीसं असमाहिट्ठाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- दवदवचार यावि भवति १, अपमज्जितचारि यावि भवति २, दुप्पमज्जितचारि यावि भवति ३, अतिरित्तसेज्जासणिए ४, रातिणियपरिभासी ५, 1थेरोवघातिए ६, भूओवघातिए ७, संजलणे ८, कोधणे ९, अपिट्ठिमंसिए १०, अभिक्खणं
अभिक्खणं ओधारइत्ता भवति ११, णवाणं अधिकरणाणं अणुप्पण्णाणं उप्पाएत्ता भवति १२, पोराणाणं अधिकरणाणं 'खामितविओसवियाणं पुणो 'उदीरेत्ता भवति १३, ससरक्खपाणिपाए १४, अकालसज्झायकारए यावि भवति १५, कलहकरे १६, सद्दकरे १७, झंझकरे १८, सूरप्पमाणभोई १९, एसणाऽसमिते यावि भवति २०।
___Twenty sources (sthāna) of mind-distractions (asamādhi) [of monks and nuns] are expounded, namely: (i) plodding in haste, (ii) not disposed to cleanse vessels, ground etc. (by whisk broom of woollen tuffs), (iii) walking without brushing the ground in right manner (by whisk broom of woollen tuffs), (iv) possessing additional beddings, (v) reproving the elder/superior monks, (vi) humiliating the elder/superior monks (by finding fault with), (vii) causing injury to the beings (one-sensed), (viii) smouldering, (ix) flying into rage, (x) backbiting, (xi) making unqualified (not restricted speech, (xii)causing irrupt new conflicts or dissentions, (xiii) causing arise, the old acquitted or subsided dissentions, (xiv) remain with dusty hands and feet, (xv) studying [scriptures]at improper time, (xvi) given to quarrelling, (xvii) a booster, (xviii) causing dissensions [in the sect by intrigues), (xix) frequent eating from morning till evening and (xx) lax in alms begging.
- मुणिसुव्वते णं अरहा वीसं धणूई उडेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। सव्वे वि णं घणोदही वीसं जोयणसहस्साई बाहल्लेणं पण्णत्ता। पाणयस्स णं देविंदस्स देवरण्णो वीसं सामाणियसाहस्सीओ पण्णत्ताओ। णपुंसय-वेयणिजस्स णं कम्मस्स वीसं सागरोवमकोडाकोडीओ
1. थेरोवघाए भूओवधाते खं०॥ . 2. संजलणकोधणे जे०॥ 3. जे० खसं० विना-पिढिमंसए खंमू० हे १, २ ला १, २॥ 4. “समियाणं हे १ ला २। 5. पुणोदी जे० विना। पुणो उदीरत्ता जे०॥ 6. वि अणं मु०॥

Page #130

78
.
Samavāyāngasūtra
ल पण्णत्ता
'बंधओ बंधट्ठिती पण्णत्ता। पच्चक्खाणस्स णं पुव्वस्स वीसं वत्थू पण्णत्ता। उसप्पिणिओसप्पिणिमंडले वीसं सागरोवमकोडाकोडीओ काले पण्णत्ते।
The height of Munisuvrata was twenty bows. Thickness of all the Ghanodadhi oceans (with frozen water] is expounded twenty yojana. Twenty thousand gods, with similar position (sāmānika) of the lord of gods (devendra), king of gods (devarāja) of [paradise] Pranata, are expounded. The duration of bondage of hermaphrodite libido (napunsakavedanīya) deluding karma is expounded as one crore multiplied by crore ocean simile periods (kotākoțisāgaropama). Twenty chapters (vastus) of the [ninth] Pratyākhyāna Pūrva are expounded. The span [in aggregate] of the ascending and descending halfcycles is expounded twenty crore multiplied by one crore ocean-simile (kotākoți-sāgaropama). 20[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं वीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। छट्ठीए पुढवीए अत्यंगतियाणं नेरइयाणं वीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं वीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं वीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। पाणते कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं वीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। आरणे कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं वीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as twenty pit similes. On the sixth earth (Dark lustre), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as twenty pit simileş. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as twenty pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna, is expounded as twenty pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at the most, in the paradise Prāṇata, is expounded as twenty ocean-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in the paradise Arana, is expounded as twentyocean-similes.
7. बंधओ नास्ति खं० हे २ लासं० १॥ “बन्धतो बन्धसमायादारभ्य बन्धस्थितिः स्थितिबन्ध इत्यर्थः" -अटी०॥ 8. ओसण्णिी ओसप्पिणीमं खं० ला २। ओसप्पिणीउस्सपिणीमं 'ला १। उस्सप्पिणीओस्सप्पिणीम मु०॥

Page #131

Samavāya twenty
...
79
20[3] जे देवा 'सातं 10विसातं 11सुविसायं सिद्धत्थं उप्पलं 12रुतिलं तिगिच्छं दिसासोवत्थियं वद्धमाणयं पलंबं पुष्पं सुपुष्पं पुप्फावत्तं पुप्फपभं पुष्फकंतं पुष्फवण्णं पुष्फलेसं पुष्पज्झयं पुप्फसिंगं 13पुप्फसिटुं पुष्फकूडं पुप्फुत्तरवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं वीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा वीसाए अद्धमासेहि आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा।तेसि णं देवाणं वीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पजति।
The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in celestial abodes Sāta, Visāta, Suvisāta, Siddhartha, Utpala, Rutila, Tigincha, Diśāsauvastika,Vardhamānaka, Pralamba, Puspa, Supuspa, Puspāvarta, Puspaprabha, Puspakānta, Puspavarna, Puspalesya, Puspadhvaja, Puspasriga, Puspasrsta, Puspakūta and Puspottarāvatanska is expounded as twenty ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every twenty fortnights and feel hunger after twenty thousand years. 20[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे वीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं 14सिज्झिस्संति [जाव सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate up [to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle)] in [subsequent] twentieth re-births.
9. सायं मु०॥ 10. विसायं हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 11. सुविसरं खं०॥ 12. भित्तिलं रुइलं ति T। भित्तिलं तिगिच्छं दिसासोवत्थियं पलंबं रुइलं पुप्फ मु०॥ 13. "सिद्धं पुप्फुत्तरवडिसगं मु०॥ 14. “स्संति बुझिस्संति मुधिस्संति परिणिवाइसंति सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करिस्संति मु०॥

Page #132

21 21[1] एक्कवीसं सबला पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- हत्थकम्मं करेमाणे सबले १, मेहुणं पडिसेवमाणे सबले २, रातीभोयणं भुंजमाणे ('सबले) ३, आहाकम्मं भुंजमाणे(सबले) ४, सागारियं पिंडं भुंजमाणे (°सबले) ५, 'उद्देसियं 'कीतमाहट्ट जाव अभिक्खणं अभिक्खणं सीतोदयवियडवग्धारियपाणिणा असणं वा पाणं वा खाइमं वा साइमं वा पडिगाहित्ता भुंजमाणे सबले।
Twenty-one blemishes (sabala) [on the monk's conduct] are expounded, namely: (i) blemish of recourse to masturbation, (ii) blemish of sexual enjoyment, (iii) [blemish of] taking food at night, (iv) [blemish of] taking food etc. intentionally prepared for the monk, (v) [blemish of] taking food prepared by one having offered shelter to the monk, (vi) blemish of taking food etc. intentionally prepared; or purchased or borrowed up to [(vii) blemish of taking the food articles having renounced, repeatedly, (viii) blemish of going from one group (gana) to another during six month,(ix) blemish of entering thrice into naval deep water within one month, (x) blemish of resorting to deceit thrice within one month, (xi) blemish of taking food cooked for a king, (xii) blemish of causing deliberate injury to beings, (xiii) blemish of intentional false speech, (xiv) blemish of deliberately taking the not given, (xv) blemish of making shelter, seat, and adopt posture for meditation on the animate earth, deliberately, (xvi) blemish of deliberately making shelter, bed and seat on the animate earth, the sentient stone slab, on the insect residing woods and other places of the like, (xvii) blemish of deliberately making shelter, bed and seat on the soul occupied, sentient, having seeds, green vegetables, ant-moles, fungus, water, soil, cow web places and the like, (xviii) blemish of intentionally eating roots, bulbous ones, barks, tender leaves, flowers, fruits or green vegetables, (xix) blemish of intentionally plunging ten times into naval deep water, during an year, (xx) blemish of intentionally, resorting to deceit and]
1- 3. सबले नास्ति मु० विना॥ 4. जे० मु० विना-उद्देसित कीत खं०। उद्दिसिय कीय' हे १ ला २। उद्देसिय कीय' हे २ ला १॥ 5. कीयं आहड दिज्जमाणं भुंजमाणे सबले, अभिक्खणं पडियाइक्खेत्ता गं भुंजमाणे सबले, अंतो छहं मासाणं गणाओ गणं संकममाणे सबले......। 6. "विग्धारि जे० ॥

Page #133

Samavāya twenty-one
81
(xxi) blemish of frequently taking the food, drink, sweet-meats, dried fruits, etc., with cold water, wet hands, intentionally.
णियट्टिबादरस्स णं खवितसत्तयस्स 'मोहणिज्जस्स एक्कवीसं कम्मंसा संतकम्म पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-अपच्चक्खाणकसाए 10कोहे, एवं माणे माया लोभे। पच्चक्खाणकसाए कोहे, एवं माणे माया लोभे। संजलणे कोधे, एवं माणे माया लोभे। इत्थिवेदे, 11पुमवेदे, णपुंसयवेदे, हासे, अरति, रति, भय, सोके दुगुंछा। ..
The existence of twenty-one sub-species of the deluding karma is expounded (in the soul] having attained the stage of unprecedented degree of purity (nivsttibādarasampradāya) [and] already having annihilated its (deluding one's) seven species, namely: (i) non-renunciation hindering passion of anger, (ii) likewise [non-renunciation hindering passion of] pride, (iii) deceit, (iv) greed, (v) renunciation hindering passion of anger, (vi) likewise (renunciation hindering passion of} pride, (vii)) deceit, (viii) greed, (ix) likewise flaming up passion of anger, (x) likewise [ flaming up passion of] pride, (xi) deceit (xii) greed, (xiii) male libido, (xiv) female,libido, (xv) hermaphrodite libido, (xvi) laughing, (xvii) disliking, (xviii) liking, (xix) fear, (xx) sorrow [and] (xxi) disgust. ::
एक्कमेक्काए णं ओसप्पिणीए पंचम-12छट्ठीतो समातो 1 एक्कवीसं एक्कवीसं वाससहस्साई कालेणं पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा- दूसमा, दूसमदूसमा य।
7. "स्स कम्मस्स एकवीस मु०॥ 8. कम्मंसा नास्ति खं० लासं १॥ 9. "कम्मा खं० हे २ मु०। "मोहनीयस्य कर्मण एकविंशतिः कर्माशा अप्रत्याख्यानादिकषायद्वादशकनोकषायनवकरूपा उत्तरप्रकृतयः सत्कर्म सत्तावस्थं कर्म प्रज्ञप्तमिति"-अटी०॥ 10. कोहे अपच्चक्खाणकसाए माणे अपच्चक्खाणकसाए माया अपच्चक्खाणकसाए लोभे, पच्चक्खाणावरणकसाए कोहे पच्चक्खाणावरणकसाए माणे पच्चक्खाणावरणकसाए माया पच्चक्खाणावरणकसाए लोभे इत्थिवेदे पुंवेदे णपुंवेदे हासे अरतिरतिभयसोगदुगुंछा। एक्कमेक्काए णं ओसप्पिणीए पंचमछट्ठाओ समाओ एक्कवीसं एकवीसं वाससहस्साइं कालेणं प० तं० दूसमा दूसमदूसमा, एगमेगाए णं उस्सप्पिणीए पढमबितिआओ समाओ एकवीसं एकवीसं वाससहस्साई कालेणं प० तं० दूसमदूसमाए दूसमाए य मु०॥ 11. पुंवेदे हे १ ला २॥ 12. 'छट्ठातो ला १॥ 13. 'वीसं वाससहस्साई खं० जे०॥

Page #134

82
Samavāyāngasūtra
The span of each of the fifth and sixth spokes, namely: Penury (duşamā) [and] Extreme Penury (dusamā - dusamā) [respectively] of the deseending halfcycle is expounded twenty one thousand years.
एगमेगाए णं उस्सप्पिणीए पढम-बितियातो समातो एक्कवीसं एक्कवीसं वाससहस्साई कालेणं पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा-दूसमदूसमा, दूसमा य।
[Likewise) the span of each of the first and second spokes, namely: Extreme Penury (dusamā-dusamā) and Penury (dusamā) [respectively] of he ascending half-cycle is expounded twenty one thousand years. 21[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एक्कवीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। छट्ठीए पुढवीए अत्यंगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एक्कवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं एक्कवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं एक्कवीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। आरणे कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एक्कवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अच्चुते कप्पे देवाणं जहण्णेणं एक्कवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as twenty-one pit similes. On the sixth earth [Dark lustre), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as twenty-one pit similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' life span is expounded twenty-one pitsimiles. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and Isāna, is expounded as twenty-one pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at the most, in the paradise Arana, is expounded as twenty ocean-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in the paradise Acyuta, is expounded as twenty ocean-similes. 21[3] जे देवा सिरिवच्छं 1सिरिदामगंडं मल्लं 16किटुिं 1"चावोण्णतं 18आरणवडेंसगं विमाणं
14. सोहम्मीसाणे य एकवीसं इतिहस्तलिखितादर्शेषु संक्षिप्तः पाठः।। दृश्यतां पृ० ८ पं० ५, पृ० ९ पं० २१॥ 15. 'दामकंडं मु०। “श्रीवत्सं श्रीदामकाण्डं माल्यं कृष्टि चापोन्नतं आरणावतंसकं चेति षड् विमानानीति" -अटी०॥ 16. किट्ठ खं हे १, २ ला २। किडे मु०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 17. वाचोण्णतं खं। चावाणतं जे०॥ 18. अरण्णवडिंसगं मु०॥

Page #135

Samavāya twenty-one
83
देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एक्कवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा एकवीसाए अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं एक्कवीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति।
The longevity, at the most of those gods, manifested in celestial abodes, Śrīvatsa, Śrīdāmakānda, Malla, Krsta, Caponnata and Āraṇāvatarsaka, is expounded as twenty-one ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every twenty-one fortnights and feel hunger after twenty-one thousand years. 21[4] संतेगतिया 19भवसिद्धिया [जीवा जे एक्कवीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव [सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं] करेस्संति॥
Among the fit to be liberated ones, [the few will liberate, up to will annihilate [the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the [subsequent twenty first re-births).
19. सिद्धिआ जीवा जे एकवीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति बुझिस्संति मुच्चिस्संति परिनिव्वाइस्संति सव्वदुक्खोणमंतं करिस्संति मु०॥

Page #136

22
22[1] बावीसं परीसहा.पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- दिगिंछापरीसहे १, पिवासापरीसहे २, सीतपरीसहे ३, उसिणपरीसहे ४, 'दंसमसगफासपरीसहे ५, अचेलपरीसहे ६, अरनिपरीसहे ७, इत्थिपरीसहे ८, चरियापरीसहे ९, णिसीहियापरीसहे १०, सेज्जापरीसहे ११, अक्कोसपरीसहे १२, वधपरीसहे १३, जायणपरीसहे १४, अलाभपरीसहे १५, रोगपरीसहे १६, 'तणपरीसहे १७, 'जल्लपरीसहे १८, सक्कारपुरकारपरीसहे १९, 'अण्णाणपरीसहे २०, दंसणपरीसहे २१, पण्णापरीसहे २२।
Afflictions (parisaha) are expounded as twenty two, namely: (i) affliction of hunger, (ii) affliction of thirst, (iii) affliction of cold, (iv) affliction of hot, (v) affliction of stinging flies etc., (vi) affliction of nudity, (vii) affliction of uncomfortable surroundings, (viii) affliction of women, (ix) affliction of moving, (x) affliction of inconvenient place of meditation, (xi) affliction of hard bed, (xii) affliction of abusive language, (xiii) affliction of ill-treatment, (xiv) affliction of begging, (xv) affliction of failure in receiving alms, (xvi) affliction of disease, (xvii) affliction of contact of thorny shrubs, (xviii) affliction of dirt on body, (xix) affliction of respectful or disrespectful treatment, (xx) affliction of lack of knowledge (xxi) affliction of religious doubts and (xxii) affliction of pride of knowledge.
दिद्विवायस्स णं 'बावीसं सत्ताई छिन्नछेयणयियाई ससमयसुत्तपरिवाडीए, बावीसं सुत्ताई'अच्छिन्नछेयणयियाइं आजीवियसुत्तपरिवाडीए, बावीसं सुत्ताइं तिकणइयाइं तेरासियसुत्तपरिवाडीए बावीसं सुत्ताई 1 चउक्कण्इयाई ससमयसुत्तपरिवाडीए।
1. “गपरी' मु०॥ 2. 'णाप मु०॥ 3. तणफासप मु०। “तृणस्पर्शः संस्तारकाभावे तृणेषु शयानस्य"-अटी०॥ 4. 'लज्ज जे०॥ . . 5. णाणप' अटी०, अण्णाणप' अटीपा० । “ज्ञानं सामान्येन मत्यादि, क्वचिदज्ञानमिति श्रूयते २०, दर्शनं सम्यग्दर्शनम् .....२१, प्रज्ञा स्वयं विमर्शपूर्वको वस्तुपरिच्छेदो मतिज्ञानविशेषभूत इति २२"-अटी०॥ . 6. पण्णापरीसहे नास्ति जे० ला १। पण्णापरीसहे २० अण्णाणपरीसहे २१ दंसणपरीसहे २२ हे २ मु०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 7. तुला-नन्दीसूत्रे सू० १०८॥ 8. णई जे० मु० विना। 9. 'पाई खं० हे २॥ 10. 'णयातिं जे० हे १ ला १, २॥ 11. समय जे० हे १ ला २ मु०। “स्वसमयेत्यादि तथैवेति"-अटी० ॥

Page #137

85
Samavāya twenty-two
The (twelfth Anga) Drstivāda's twenty two aphorisms (sūtra), [thorough in import) independent of other verses (chinnachedanayika)[are) conform to the Jina (sva-samaya) tradition, twenty two aphorisms, dependent on other (aphorisms) (achinna chedanayika) [for their comprehension are] in tune with Ajivaka (Gośāla's) tradition, the twenty two aphorisms (propounding] the triplicate view-point (trik-nayika) [substantial, modal and mixed] agree with the tradition of trairāśika (classifying all things into three categories [world, non-world and world-non-world] [and] twenty-two aphorisms follow the Jina tradition, advocating the four stand-points (catuskanayika)[class view (sangraha), practical (vyavahāra), straight-thread (rjusūtra) and verbal (Sabda)].
- 12बावीसतिविधे पोग्गलपरिणामे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-13कालयवण्णपरिणामे, नीलवण्णपरिणामे, लोहियवण्णपरिणामे, हालिहवण्णपरिणामे, 14सुक्किलवण्णपरिणामे। सुन्भिगंधपरिणामे, एवं दुब्भिगंधे वि। तित्तरसपरिणामे, एवं पंच वि रसा। कक्खडफासपरिणामे, मउयफासपरिणामे, गुरुफासपरिणामे, लहुफासपरिणामे, सीतफासपरिणामे, उसिणफासपरिणामे, णिद्धफासपरिणामे, लुक्खफासपरिणामे, 16गरुयलहुयपरिणामे, अगरुयलहुयपरिणामे।
The transformation of matter is expounded as twenty-two fold, namely: (i) black coloured transformation (ii) blue coloured transformation, (iii) red coloured transformation, (iv) yellow coloured transformation, (v) white coļoured transformation, (vi) transformation with pleasant odour, (vii) likewise with unpleasant odour also, viii) transformation with bitter taste, (ix)-(xii) likewise (transformation) with all the five [sour, astringent, acidic,
12. बावीसविहे मु०॥ 13. कालवण्ण मु०॥ . 14. सुक्किाल हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 15. णामे, दुब्भिगंधपरिणामे तित्तरसपरिणामे कडुयरसपरिणामे कसायरसपरिणामे अंबिलरसपरिणामे महुररसपरिणामे कक्खड मु०॥ 16. गरुयलहुयपरिणामे नास्ति खं०। गुरुलहुअगुरुलहुयपरिणामे हे २। अंगुरुलहुफासपरिणामे गुरुलहुफासपरिणामे मु०। “परिणामो धर्मः पुद्गलपरिणामः, स च वर्णपञ्चक-गन्धद्वय-रसपञ्चक-स्पर्शाष्टकभेदाद् विंशतिधा तथा गुरुलघु अगुरुलघु इति भेदद्वयक्षेपाद् द्वाविंशतिः, तत्र गुरुलघु द्रव्यं यत् तिर्यग्गामि वाय्वादि, अगुरुलघु यत् स्थिरं सिद्धिक्षेत्रं घण्टाकारव्यवस्थितज्योतिष्कविमानादीति"-अटी०॥

Page #138

86
Samavāyāngasūtra
sweet] taste also, (xiii) transformation with hard touch, (xiv) transformation with soft touch, (xv) transformation with heavy touch, (xvi) transformation with light touch, (xvii) transformation with cold touch; (xviii) transformation with hot touch, (xix) transformation with cohesive touch, (xx) transformation with dry touch, (xxi) transformation with heavy-light touch [and] (xxii) transformation with neither heavy nor light touch.
22[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं बावीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। छट्ठीए पुढवीए णेरइयाणं उक्कोसेणं बावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।”अहेसत्तमाए णं पुढवीए नेरइयाणं जहणणेणं बावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं बावीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। 1 सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं बावीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अच्चुते कप्पे देवाणं उक्कोसेणं बावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। हेट्ठिमहेट्ठिमगेवेजाणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं बावीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded twenty-twopit-similes. On the sixth earth (Dark-lustre), some infernal beings' longevity, at the most, is expounded twenty-two ocean similes. On the lower seventh earth (Great dark-lustre), some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded twenty-two ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded twenty-two pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna is expounded twenty-two pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at the most, in the paradise Acyuta, is expounded twenty-two ocean-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in lower of the lowest paradise Graiveyaka, is expounded twenty-two ocean-similes.
22[3] जे देवा महितं 20विस्सुतं विमलं पभासं वणमालं अच्चुतवडेंसगं विमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं [उक्कोसेणं] बावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते22 णं देवा बावीसं
17. णं नास्ति जे०॥ 18. प्रतिषु पाठाः-सोहम्मीसाणे य बावीसं खं० जे०। सोहम्मीसाणे अ बावीसं हे २ ला १। सोहम्मीसाणे बावीसं हे १ ला २। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्यंगतियाणं देवाणं बावीसं मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ५७ टि० ५॥ 19. 'ज्जगाणं मु०॥ 20. विस्मृतं खं०। विस्तृतं हे १ ला २। विसुतं हे २॥ 21. पभातं जे० ला १॥ 22. तेसि णं देवाणं बावीसं अद्ध जाव सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करेस्संति मु० विना॥

Page #139

Samavāya twenty-two
87
अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं बावीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पजति।
The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in celestial abodes Mahita, Viśruta, Vimala, Prabhāsa, Vanamāla and Acyutāvatarsaka, is expounded twenty-two ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every twenty-two fortnights and feel hunger after twenty two thousand years. 22[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे बावीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति॥
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the [subsequent] twenty- second re-birth.

Page #140

23 23[1] तेवीसं 'सूयगडज्झयणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- समए १, वेतालिए २, उवसग्गपरिण्णा ३, थीपरिण्णा ४, नरयविभत्ती ५, महावीरथुई ६, कुसीलपरिभासिते ७, बीरिए ८, धम्मे ९, समाही १०, मग्गे ११, समोसरणे १२, आहत्तहिए १३, गंथे १४, जमतीते १५, गाथा १६, पुंडरीए १७, 'किरियट्ठाणे १८, आहारपरिण्णा १९, पच्चक्खाणकिरिया २०, अणगारसुतं २१, अद्दइज्जं २२, 'णालंदतिजं २३।
Twenty-three chapters (adhyayana) of Sūtrakstānga are expounded, namely: (i) The doctrine (samaya), (ii) The destruction of Karma (vaitālīya), (iii) The knowledge of afflictions (upasarga parijñā), (iv) The knowledge of women (stri-parijna), (v) The depiction of hell (naraka-vibhakti), (vi) The Eulogy of Mahavira (Mahāvira suti), (vii) The description of wicked (kuśīla paribhāsita), (viii) On exertion (virya), (ix) The Virtues (dharma), (x) equanimous state (samādhi), (xi) The Path (mārga), (xii) The Holy Assembly (samavasarana), (xiii) The Real truth (yathātathya), (xiv) The knots (grantha), (xv) Theyamakas, (xvi) The verses (gatha), (xvii) The White Lotus (pundarika), xviii) On Activity (kriyāsthāna), (xix) The Knowledge of Food (āhāra parijñā), (xx) Renunciation of Activity (apratyākhyāna kriyā), (xxi) The Rules for Monks (anagārasruta), (xxii) The Ardraka [and] (xxiii) The Nalandiya.
1. दृश्यतां सूत्रकृताङ्गे पृ० ११८ टि० १८। सूत्रकृताङ्गप्रस्तावना पृ० ३ टि० ३॥ प्रतिक्रमणग्रन्थत्रयीमध्ये मुद्रितायां दिगम्बराचार्यप्रभाचन्द्रविरचिताया प्रतिक्रमणटीकायां त्वित्थं सूत्रकृताध्ययनानि वर्णितानि - "तेवीसाए सुहयडज्झाणेस, सूत्रकृतं द्वितीयमङ्गम, तस्याध्ययनानि त्रयोविंशतिः गाथा -
समए वेदालिंझे एत्तो उवसग्ग इत्थिपरिणामे। णिरयंतर वीरथुदी कुसीलपरिभासिए विरिए ॥१॥ धम्मो य अग्गमग्गे समोवसरणं तिकालगंथहिदे। आदा तदित्थगाथा पुंडरिको किरियठाणे य ॥२॥ आहारयपरिणामे पच्चक्खाणाणगारगुणकित्ति।
सुद अत्था णालंदे सुदयडज्माणाणि तेवीसं॥३॥ 2. सरिणे जे०। सरिते खं०। सरिए हे १ ला २॥ 3. आधत्तधिए खमू० ला १। अहात्तधिए खंसं०। अधत्तधिए जे०। अधितधेए हे १ ला २॥ 4. किरियट्ठाणा खं०।किरियाठाणा मु०॥ 5. अपच्च खं० विना। सूत्रकृताङ्गेऽपि ‘पच्चक्खाणकिरिया' इत्येव नाम दृश्यते॥ 6. दृश्यतां सूत्रकृताङ्गे पृ० २१७ टि० १॥ 7. 'दइज्जं मु०॥

Page #141

Samavāya twenty-three
23[2] जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे भारहे वासे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए 'तेवीसाए जिणाणं सूरुग्गमणमुहुत्तंसि केवलवरनाणदंसणे समुप्पण्णे।
In this continent of Jambūdvīpa, in Bhārat region, in descending halfcycle twenty-three Seers attained all - comprehensive determinate as well as all-comprehensive indeterminate cognition, at sunrise, in an instant (muhūrta).
___ जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए तेवीसं तित्थकरा पुत्वभवे एक्कारसंगिणो होत्था, तंजहा- अजित संभव 10अभिणंदण जाव पासो वद्धमाणो य। उसभे णं अरहा कोसलिए चोइसपुवी होत्था।
In this continent of Jambūdvīpa in descending half-cycle twenty-three Seers, namely: Ajita, Sambhava, Abhinandana, Sumati up to Pārsvanātha and Vardhamāna, were the knower of eleven Anga scriptures in their previous birth. The Seer Rsabha, of the country Kausala, was the knower of the fourteen Pūrvas [in his previous birth]. '
- जंबहीवे णं दीवे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए तेवीसं तित्थकरा पुव्वभवे मंडलियरायाणो होत्था, तंजहा-अजित 11संभव जाव वद्धमाणो या उसभेणं अरहा कोसलिए चक्कवट्टी होत्था।
In this continent of Jambūdvīpa in descending half-cycle twenty-three Seers, namely: Ajita, Sambhava, Abhinandana, Sumati up to Pārsvanātha and Vardhamāna, were territorial rulers (mandalika) in their previous births. The Seer Rşabha was Universal monarch (cakravarti) in his previous birth.
इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाण तेवीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाएं णं पुढवीए 12अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं तेवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं तेवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। 13सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं तेवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। हेट्ठिममज्झिमगेवेजाणं 8. दीवेणं भा' खं०। दीवे णं भ जे०॥ 9. तेवीसं जि जे०॥ 10. “दण सुमई जाव मु०॥ 11. संभव अभिणंदण जाव पासो वद्धमाणो य मु०॥ 12. अत्थे० इति हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु संक्षिप्तः पाठः॥ 13. सोहम्मीसाणे २३ पलितो० इति हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु संक्षिप्तः पाठः।सोहम्मीसाणाणं देवाणं अत्यंगइयाणं तेवीसं पलिओवमाई ठिई पण्णत्ता मु०॥

Page #142

Samavāyāngasūtra
देवाणं जहण्णेणं तेवीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as twenty-three-pit similes. On the lower seventhearth [Thick dark lustre), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded as twenty-three oceansimiles. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as twentythree pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity in the paradises Saudharma and Īśāna is expounded as twenty-three pit-similes. Some divinities' life span in [paradise] lower of the middle Graiveyaka is expounded twenty-three oceansimiles, at least. .
23[3] जे देवा 'हेट्ठिमहेट्ठिमगेवेजयविमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं तेवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा तेवीसाए 15अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं तेवीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारटे समुष्पजति।
The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in celestial abode lower Graiveyaka, is expounded twenty-three ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale Conce) in every twenty-three fortnight and feel hunger after twenty three thousand years. 23[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया [जीवा जे तेवीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति] जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति॥
Among the fit to be liberated ones, [the few will liberate in the [subsequent] twenty third re-birth] up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle).
14. हेट्ठिमगेवे मु०॥ 15. अद्धमासाणं मु०॥

Page #143

24 24[1] चउवीसं देवाहिदेवा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- उसभ अजित जाव वद्धमाणे।
Twenty-four lords of gods (Devādhideva) are expounded, namely: Rsabha, Ajita up to [Sambhava, Abhinandana, Sumati, Padmaprabha, Supārsva, Candraprabha, Suvidhi [Puspadanta], Sitala, Sreyansa, Vasupujya, Vimala, Ananta, Dharma, śānti, Kunthu, Ara, Malli, Munisuvrata, Nami, Nemi, Pārsva and] Vardhamāna.
चुल्लहिमवंत-सिहरीणं वासहरपव्वयाणं जीवाओ चउवीसं चउवीसं जायणसहस्साई णव बत्तीसे जोयणसते एगं च अट्ठत्तीसभागं जोयणस्स किंचिविसेसाहिताओ आयामेणं पण्णत्ताओ।
The length, of bow-strings (jīvā) of the mountains, bordering the region (varsadhara) Ksulla Himavanta and Sikhari (having peak), is expounded twenty four thousand nine hundred thirty two and a little over one-thirty eighth yojana.
___ चउवीसं देवट्ठाणा सइंदया पण्णत्ता। सेसौ अहमिंदा अणिंदा अपुरोहिता। उत्तरायणगते णं सूरिए चउवीसंगुलिए पोरिसीछायं णिव्वत्तइत्ता णं णियट्ठति।
___The twenty-four.paradises (devasthāna) are expounded having lord of gods (Indra), [while] the remaining ones [fourteen paradises] are [expounded] having gods [treating themselves as] 'I am Indra' (Ahamindra), not having lord of gods (Indra) and puritans. On (its) northward course, the sun, producing a man's (paurusi) shadow of the twenty-four fingerbreadth's length, moves [from the inner most orbit and comes to the second orbit].
*गंगा-सिंधूओ णं महाणदीओपवहे सातिरेगे चउवीसं कोसे वित्थारेणं पण्णत्तातो।
1. अजित-संभव-अभिणंदण-सुमइ-पउमप्पह-सुपास-चंदप्पह-सुविधि-सीअल सिज्जंस-वासुपुज्ज-विमलअणंत-धम्म-संति-कुंथु-अर-मल्ली मुणिसुव्वय-नमि-नेमी-पास-वद्धमाणा मु०॥ 2. अद्वत्तीसभागं जे०। अट्ठत्तीसइभागे मु०। अट्ठवीसइभागं खं०॥ 3 पोरिसीयछायं निवत्तइत्ता जे०॥ 4. सिंधुओ खं० ॥ .. 5. पवाहे मु०। “प्रवह इति यतः स्थानान्नदी प्रवहति ......न पुनर्योऽन्यत्र प्रवहशब्देन मकरमुखप्रणालनिर्गमः प्रातकुण्डनिर्गमो वा विवक्षितः" -अटी० ॥

Page #144

Samavāyāngasūtra
रित्त-रत्तवतीओ णं महाणदीओ'पवहे सातिरेगे चउवीसं कोसे वित्थारेणं पण्णत्तातो।
The well-known rivers, Gangā and Sindhu, at the place of their origin (pravāha), are expounded a little over forty-eight miles (twenty-four kosa), in extent. Likewise, the well-known rivers, Raktā and Raktavatī, at the place of their origin (pravāha), are expounded a little over forty-eight mile (twentyfour kosa), in extent.
24[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं णेरइयाणं चउवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं चउवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं चउवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं चउवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। हेट्ठिमउवरिमगेवेजाणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं चउवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। . .
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), some infernal beings' longevity, is expounded twenty-three pit-similes. On the lower seventh earth [Thick dark-lustre], some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded twenty-four ocean-similes. Some demon (Asura-kumāra) gods' longevity is expounded twenty-four pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and Isana, is expounded twenty-four pit-similes. The divinities' longevity, at least, in [the paradise] lower of the upper Graiveyaka, is expounded twenty-four ocean-similes.
24[3] जे देवा हेट्ठिममज्झिमगेवेजयविमाणेसु देवत्ताए उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं चउवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तेणं देवा चउवीसाए अद्धमासाणं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा णीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं चउवीसाए वाससहस्साणं आहारढे समुप्पजति।
___The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in celestial abode, lower of the middle Graiveyaka, is expounded twenty-four ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every twentyfour fortnights and feel hunger after twenty four thousand years.
6. रत्तारत्तवतीओ हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 7. पवाहे मु०॥

Page #145

Samavāya twenty-four
93
24[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे चउवीसाए भवग्महणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव [सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति]। .
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate (up to will annihilate the entire miseries] in the [subsequent] twenty-fourth re-birth.

Page #146

१६
25[1] 'पुरिमपच्छिमताणं तित्थगराणं पंचजामस्स पणुवीसं भावणाओ पण्णत्ताओ, तंजहाइरियासमिति, मणगुत्ती, वइगुत्ती, आलोयभायणभोयणं, आदाणभंडनिक्खेवणासमिति ५, अणुवीतिभासणया, कोहविवेगे, लोभविवेगे, भयविवेगे, हासविवेगे१०, उग्गहअणुण्णवणता; उग्गहसीमजाणणता, सयमेव उग्गहअणुगेण्हणता, साहम्मियउग्गहं अणुण्णविय' परिभुंजणता, साहारणभत्तपाणं अणुण्णविय परिभुंजणता १५, इत्थी-पसु-पंडगसंसत्तसयणासणवजणता, इत्थीकहविवजणया, इत्थीए इंदियाणमालोयणवजणता, 'पुव्वरत-पुवकीलियाणं अणणुसरणता, पणीताहारविवजणता २०, सोइंदियरागोवरती, एवं पंच वि इंदिया २५।
of the five vows (paficayāma) of Seer, the first (Rsabha) and the last (Mahavira), twenty-five practical accessories (bhāvanā) are expounded, namely: [pertaining to the vow of non-violence] (i) carefulness in walking, (ii) control over mind, (iii) control over speech, (iv) accepting food and drink after inspection, (v) carefulness in receiving/ laying utensil etc. articles, [pertaining to the vow of truth] (i) careful speech, (ii) abandonment of anger, (iii) abandonment of greed, (iv) abandonment of fear, (v) abandonment of laughing, [pertaining to the vow of non-stealing] (i) begging permission for shelter, (ii) fixing limit of shelter, (iii) for shelter by oneself; (iv) shelter from a co-religionist, (v) eating and drinking properly procured eatables as per permission, (pertaining to the vow of celibacy] (i) abstaining from using of bed etc. frequented by women, animals and eunuchs, (ii) abstaining from the
1. “मगाणं मु०॥ 2. पणवीसं मु०॥ 3. “समिती खंसं०। समिई मु०॥ 4. आलोयणभायणजे हे २ ला १। “आलोकभाजनभोजनम् आलोकनपूर्वे भाजने पात्रे भोजनम्"-अटी०॥ 5. भंडमत्तनिक्खे मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३३४ टि० ११॥ 6. उग्गहं खं० जे० ला १ विना। "उग्गहमिति अवग्रहस्यानुग्रहणता"- अटी०॥ 7. पणविपरि जे०॥ 8. पडिभुं खं० मु०॥ 9. पुयरतकीलियाणं जे०॥ 10. वरई चक्खिंदियरागोवरई पाणिंदियरागोवरई जिभिदियरागोवरई फासिंदियरागोवरई मु०। "श्रोत्रेन्द्रियरागो- परत्यादिकाः पञ्चमस्य। अयमभिप्रायः यो यत्र सजति तस्य तत् परिग्रहेऽवतरति। ततश्च शब्दादौ रागं कुर्वता ते परिगृहीता भवन्तीति परिग्रहविरतिविराधिता भवति, अन्यथा त्वाराधितेति। वाचनान्तरे त्वेता आवश्यकानुसारेण दृश्यन्ते"-अटी०॥

Page #147

Samavāya twenty-five
95
passionate talk about women, (iii) abstaining from looking at charming organs of women, (iv) abstaining from recalling the enjoyments experienced earlier, (v) abstaining from taking delicious food, [pertaining to avow of nonpossession] (i) abandonment of attachment [towards the object of] sense of hearing, (ii) abandonment of attachment [to the object of] sense of eye, (iii) abandonment of attachment [to the object of] sense of smell, (iv) abandonment of attachment (to the object of] sense of taste (v) and abandonment of attachment [to the object of] sense of touch, likewise [of the rest of the ]five sense organs also [to be described].
मल्ली णं अरहा पणुवीसं 11धणूतिं उड्डूंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। सव्वे वि णं दीहवेयड्वपव्वया पणुवीसं पणुवीसंजोयणाणि 12उड्डउच्चत्तेणं, पणुवीसं पणुवीसं गाउयाणि उव्वेधेणं पण्णत्ता। दोच्चाए णं पुढवीए पणुवीसं णिरयावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।आयारस्स णं भगवतो सचूलियायस्स पणुवीसं 14अज्झीणा पण्णत्ता।
The height of Seer Malli was twenty-five bows. The vertical height of all the major Vaitādhya mountains is expounded twenty five thousand yojana. [Their] depth (below the surface) is expounded twenty five thousand gavyūti. Of the second earth twenty-five lac infernal dwellings are expounded. Twentyfive chapters (adhyayana) including appendices (sacūlikā) of the Venerable Acārānga are expounded, [namely: (i) weapon's comprehension (sastraparijñā); (ii) subjugation of the world (lokavijaya), (iii) hot and cold (sītoşna), (iv) righteousness (samyaktva), (v) essence of the world (lokasāra), (vi) advanced asceticism (dhūta), (vii) emancipation (vimoha), (viti) excellence of righteousness (upadhānaśruta), (ix) great comprehension (maha. parijñā), (x) alms begging (pindaisana), (xi) begging of seat (sayyā), (xii) walking (iryā) (xiii)
11. धणूणि हे १ ला २॥धणूइ ला १। धणु मु०॥ 12. 'तेणं पण्णत्ता प हे २ ला १.मु०॥ 13. उवेधेणं जे०॥ . 14. अज्झयणा हे २ ला १॥"अज्झयणा पं० सं० सत्थपरिण्णा १ लोगविजओ २ सीओसणीअ ३ सम्मत्तं ४। आवंति ५ धुय ६ विमोह ७ उवहाणसुयं ८ महपरिण्णा ९ ॥१॥ पिंडेसण १० सिज्जिरिया ११-१२ भासज्झयणा य १३ वत्थ १४ पाएसा १५। उग्गहपडिमा १६ सत्तिक्कसत्तया २३ भावण २४ विमुत्ती २५॥२॥ निसीहज्झयणं पणु(ण-मुोवीसइमं ला १ मु०॥

Page #148

96
Samavāyāngasūtra
modes of speech (bhāsādhyayana), (xiv) begging of clothes (vastraisanā), (xv) begging for a bowl. (pātraisanā), (xvi) regulation of possession (avagrahapratimā), (xvii)-(xxiii) seven-ones (saptaikaka), (xxiv)reflections (bhāvanā) and (xxv) emancipation (vimukti). Last (vimukti) with Nisitha-adhyayana is twenty fifth.
मिच्छादिट्ठिविगलिंदिए णं अपजत्तए संकिलिट्ठपरिणामे णामस्स कम्मस्स पणुवीसं उत्तरपगडीओ णिबंधति, तंजहा-तिरियगतिणाम, वियलिंदियजातिणाम, ओरालियसरीरणाम, तेयगसरीरणाम, 16कम्मगसरीरणाम, हुंडसंठाणणाम, ओरलियसरीरंगोवंगणामं, "सेवठ्ठसंघयणणाम, वण्णनामं गंधणाम, रसणाम, फासणाम, तिरियाणुपुविणाम, 18अगरुलहुणाम, उवघातणाम, तसणाम, बादरणामं, अपज्जत्तयणामं, पत्तेयसरीरणामं, अथिरणामं, असुभणाम, दुभगणामं, अणादेजणाम, 19अजसोकित्तीणाम, निम्माणणामं २५।
The soul, with distressed state, undeveloped, wrong faith, deficient sensed, binds the twenty-five sub-species of physique-making (nāma) karma, namely: (i) sub-human being's state of existence physique-making (ii) deficient sensed physique-making, (iii) gross physical body physique-making, (iv) fire body.physique-making, (v) karmic body physique-making, (vi) unsymmetrical body physique-making, (vii) the main and secondary parts of the gross physical body physique-making, (viii) quite weak joints physique-making, (ix) giving colour physique-making, (x) odour physique-making, (xi) taste physiquemaking, (xii) touch physique-making, (xiii) birth in animal state after death physique-making, (xiv) neither heavy nor light physique-making, (xv) selfannihilation physique-making, (xvi) mobile body physique-making, (xvii) gross body physique-making, (xviii) undeveloped organs physique-making, (xix) individual body physique-making, (xx) flexible limbs physique-making, (xxi) ugly limbs (below the naval) physique-making, (xxii) unsympathetic physique
15. 'तए णं सं खं० हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 16. कम्मणसरीरनामं हुंडगसंठाण मु०॥ 17. छेवट्ठ' मु०॥ 18. प्रतिषु पाठा:-अगरुअलहुनाम खं०। अगरुयलहुयणामं जे०। अगरुयलहुणामं हे १ ला २। अगुरुलहुनामं T हे २ मु०। अगरुलहुनामं ला १। तुला-पृ० ३७८ पं० ८ टि० ८॥ 19. "कित्ति जे० मु०॥

Page #149

Samavāya twenty-five
97
making, (xxiii) unsuggestive physique-making, (xxiv) dishonour and shame physique-making and (xxv) formation of the body physique-making.
गंगा-सिंधूओ णं महाणदीओ पणुवीसं गाउयाणि पुहत्तेणं दुहतो 20घडमुहपवत्तिएणं मुत्तावलिहारसंठितेणं पवातेणं 21 पवडंति।
The well-known rivers Gangā and Sindhu fall from both sides through an abyss or gorge (prapāta) of the shape of diamond necklace (muktāvalihāra), entering the pitcher (ghata) of twenty-five gavyutis' dimension [and passing through an underground channel].
___ रत्ता-रत्तवतीओ णं महाणदीओ पणुवीसं गाउयाणि 22पुहत्तेणं जाव पवातेणं पवडंति। लोगबिंदुसारस्स णं पुव्वस्स पणुवीसं वत्थू पण्णत्ता।
[Likewise) the well-known rivers Raktā and Raktavati also fall from both sides through an abyss or gorge of the shape of diamond necklace (muktāvalihāra), [entering the pitcher] of twenty-five gavyutis dimension [and passing through an underground channel] of the shape of the mouth of crocodile (makaramukha). The sections (vāstu), of [the fourteenth] Pūrva, lokabindusāra, are expounded as twenty-five. 25[2] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं पणुवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं पणुवीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं पणुवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्गतियाणं देवाणं पणुवीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। मज्झिमहेट्ठिमगेवेजाणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं पणुवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On this (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded twenty-five pit-simile. On the lower seventh earth, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded twenty-five ocean-similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded as twenty-five pit-similes.
20. पवित्ति जे० मु०। “घडमुहपवत्तिएणं ति घटमुखादिव पञ्चविंशतिक्रोशपृथुलजिह्वकात् मकरमुखप्रणालात् प्रवृत्तेन"-अटी०॥.. 21. पडंति मु०॥ 22. पोहत्तेणे जे० विना । पुहुत्तेणं मकरमुहपवित्तिएणं मुत्तावलिहारसंठिएणं पवातेण पडति मु०॥

Page #150

Samavāyāngasūtra
Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded twenty-five pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at the most, in the middle of lower Graiveyaka paradise, is expounded twenty-five ocean-similes. 25[3] जे देवा हेट्ठिमउवरिमगेवेजगविमाणेस देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं [उक्कोसेणं] पणुवीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा पणुवीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं पणुवीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति।
__ The longevity, [at the most] of those gods, manifested in the lower of upper Graiveyaka paradise, is expounded twenty-five ocean-similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) every twenty-five fortnight and feel hunger after twenty five thousand year. 25[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे पणुवीसाए [भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति] जाव अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, will annihilate [the entire miseries or will end the [world cycle) in the [subsequent] twenty fifth re-birth.

Page #151

26 26[1] छब्बीसं दस-कप्प-ववहाराणं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- दस दसाणं, छ कप्पस्स, दस ववहारस्स।
The twenty-six lectures (uddesanakāla) [in aggregate] are expounded of [three canonical texts] Daśā [śrutaskandha), Kalpa (sūtra] and Vyavahāra (sūtra], namely: ten of Daśā, six of Kalpa and ten of Vyavahāra. अभवसिद्धियाणं जीवाणं 'मोहणिजस्स कम्मस्स छव्वीसं कम्मंसा संतकम्मा पण्णत्ता, तंजहामिच्छत्तमोहणिज, सोलस कसाया, इत्थीवेदे, पुरिसवेदे, नपुंसकवेदे, हासं, अरति, रति, भयं, सोगो, दुगुंछा।
___ The twenty-six sub-species, of the deluding karma, are expounded to be existent in the souls non capable of release (abhavyasiddhajiva), namely: (i) wrong faith deluding, (ii)-(xvii) sixteen passions, (xviii) female libido, (xix) male libido, (xx) hermaphrodite libido (xxi) laughing, (xxii) disliking, (xxiii) liking (xxiv) fear, (xxv) sorrow and (xxvi) disgust. 26[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं छब्बीसं पलिओवमाइंठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं छव्वीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं छव्वीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं छव्वीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। मज्झिममज्झिमगेवेजयाणं देवाणं जहएणेणं छव्वीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), some infernal beings' longevity is expounded twenty-six pit-similes. On the lower seventhearth [Great or thick dark lustre), some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded twenty-six ocean-similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded twenty-six pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity in the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna is expounded twenty-six pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in middle of the middle Graiveyaka paradise, is expounded twenty-six ocean-similes.
1. तुला- पृ० ३६६ पं०३ टि०४, पृ० ३७६ पं० ११, पृ० ३७७ पं०१८॥ 2.मज्झिमगेवे खं०॥

Page #152

100
Samavāyāngasūtra
26[3] जे देवा मज्झिमहेट्ठिमगेवेजयविमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं छव्वीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा छव्वीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। [तेसि णं देवाणं छव्वीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पजति।
The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in middle of the lower Graiveyaka paradise, is expounded twenty-six ocean simile (sāgaropama). These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every twenty-six fortnights and feel hunger after twenty six thousand year. 26[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे छब्बीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate; will annihilate [the entire miseries] in the [subsequent] twenty-sixth re-birth.
3.मज्झिमगेवे खं०॥

Page #153

27 27[1] सत्तावीसं अणगारगुणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-पाणातिवातवेरमणे, एवं पंच वि।सोतिंदियनिग्गहे जाव फासिंदियनिग्गहे। कोधविवेगे जाव लोभविवेगे। भावसच्चे, करणसच्चे, जोगसच्चे, खमा, विरागता, मणसमाहरणता, वतिसमाहरणता, कायसमाहरणता, णाणसंपण्णया, दंसणसंपण्णया, चरित्तसंपण्णया, वेयणअधियासणता, मारणंतियअहियासणया।
Twenty-seven virtues (guna) of mendicants are expounded, namely: (i) abstaining from injury to vitality, like wise [abstaining from rest of] the five also [to be described]. i.e. [(ii) abstaining from falsehood, (iii) abstaining from taking the not given, (iv) abstaining from sexual contact, (v) abstaining from possession,] (vi) controlling the sense of hearing up to [(vii) controlling the sense of sight, (viii) controlling the sense of smell, (ix) controlling the sense of taste,] (x) controlling the sense of touch, (xi) abandonment of anger up to [(xii) abandonment of pride, (xiii) abandonment of deceit,] (xiv) abandonment of greed, (xv) ponder over the highest goal, (xvi) correctness in action, (xvii) regulating the process of mind, (xviii) forgiveness, (xix) detachment, (xx) abstaining from mental sin, (xxi) abstaining from vocal sin, (xxii) abstaining from physical sin, (xxiii) attaining knowledge, (xxiv) attaining faith, (xxv) attaining conduct, (xxvi) enduring a feeling of hunger and death and (xxvii) enduring the pain of death.
जंबुद्दीवे दीवे अभिइवज्जेहिं सत्तावीसाए णक्खत्तेहिं संववहारे वट्टति। एगमेगे णं णक्खत्तमासे सत्ताधीसं रातिंदियाइं रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु विमाणपुढवी सत्तावीसं जोयणसताई बाहल्लेणं पण्णत्ता।
The twenty-seven constellations, excluding Lyrae (Abhijita) cause months etc. in the continent of Jambūdvīpa. Twenty-seven nights and days are expounded in each of the lunar sidereal revolution (nakṣatra) months. The
1. पाणाइवायाओ वेरमणं मुसावायाओ वेरमणं अदिन्नादाणाओ वेरमणं मेहुणाओ वेरमणं परिग्गहाओ वेरमणं सोइंदियनिग्गहे चक्खिदियनिग्गहे घोणिदियनिग्गहे जिभिदियनिग्गहे फासिंदियनिग्गहे कोहविवेगे माणविवेगे मायाविवेगे लोभविवेगे मु०॥ 2. “समन्नाह' अटी०पा०। “मनोवाक्कायानां समाहरणता, पाठान्तरतः समन्वाहरणता अकुशलानां निरोधास्त्रयः"-अटी०॥ 3. सत्तावीसाहिं राइंदियाहिं राइंदियग्गेणं मु०॥

Page #154

102
Samavāyāngasūtra
thickness, of the earth of the mansions of the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded twenty seven thousand yojana.
वेयगसम्मत्तबंधोवरयस्स ‘णं मोहणिजस्स कम्मस्स सत्तावीसं उत्तरपगडीओ संतकम्मंसा पण्णत्ता। सावणसुद्धसत्तमीए णं सूरिए सत्तावीसंगुलियं पोरिसिच्छायं णिवत्तइत्ता णं दिवसखेत्तं 'निवड्ढेमाणे रयणिखेत्तं अभिणिवड्ढेमाणे चारं चरति।
(Soul), bereft of the bondage of right-belief producing (vedakasamyaktva-a sub- species of the deluding karma) binds its (deluding karma's) twenty-seven sub-species. The sun returns, decreasing the day-space and increasing night-space, on seventh day of bright half of the Śrāvaņa, with its man-shadow (paurusī-chāyā), of twenty-seven-finger breadths.
27[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं सत्तावीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं सत्तावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं सत्तावीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं सत्तावीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। मज्झिमउवरिमगेवेजयाणं देवाणं सत्तावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On the (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded twenty-seven pit similes. On the lower seventh earth, some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded twenty-seven ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded twenty-seven pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and fśāna, is expounded twenty-seven pit-similes. Life span of deities, at the most, in the middle of the upper Graiveyaka paradise, is expounded twenty-seven ocean-similes. 27[3] जे देवा मज्झिममज्झिमगेवेजयविमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं
4. णं नास्ति जे०। 5. तुला-पृ० ३६६ पं० टि० ४, पृ० ३७५ पं० ६, पृ० ३७७ पं० १८॥ 6. “सत्तमीसु णं मु०॥ 7. नियट्टमाणे मु०। 8. अभिनिव्वड्ढेमाणे खं०। अभिनिवट्टमाणे मु०॥ 9. गेवेज्जाणं खं० जे०॥ 10. मज्झिमगे हे १, ला १, २ मु०॥

Page #155

Samavāya twenty-seven
103
सत्तावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा सत्तावीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं सत्तावीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पजति।
The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in celestial abodes, is expounded twenty-seven ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every twenty-seven fortnight and feel hunger after twenty seven thousand year.
27[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे सत्तावीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to bę liberated ones, the few will liberate up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the [subsequent] twenty-seventh re-births.

Page #156

28 28[1] अट्ठावीसतिविहे आयारपकप्पे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- मासिया आरोवणा, सपंचरायमासिया आरोवणा, सदसरातमासिया आरोवणा, सपण्णरसरात मासियाआरोक्शा, सवीसतिरायमासिया आरोवणा, सपंचवीसरातमासिया आरोवणा, एवं चेव दोमासिया आरोवणा, सपंचरातदोमासिया आरोवणा, एवं तेमासिया आरोवणा, चउमासिया आरोवणा, 'उग्घातिया आरोवणा, अणुग्घातिया आरोवणा, कसिणा आरोवणा, अकसिणा आरोवणा। 'इत्ताव ताव आयारपकप्पे, इत्ताव ताव आयरियव्वे।
Ācāraprakalpas are expounded as twenty-eight fold, namely: (i) adding another course of expiation by one month to the former one (māsikī āropaņā), (ii) adding another course of expiation by one month and five days and nights to the former one (sapañcarātrimāsikī āropaņā), (iii) adding another course of expiation by one month and ten days and nights to the former one (sadaśarātrimāsikī āropaņā), (iv) adding another course of expiation by one month and fifteen days and nights to the former one (sapañcadaśarātrimāsikī āropaņā), (v) adding another course of expiation by one month and twenty days and nights to the former one (savinšatirātrimāsikī āropaņā), (vi) adding another course of expiation by one month and twenty five days and nights to the former one (sapañcavinsatirātrimāsikī āropanā), (vii-xii) likewise also adding another course of expiation by two months to the former one (dvimasiki āropaņā), adding another course of expiation by two months and five days and nights to the former one (etc. six in number](sapañcarātridvimāsikī āropaņā), (xiii-xviii) likewise adding another course of expiation by three months to the former one (tri-māsikī āropaņā), (xxiv) adding another course
months to the former one slikewise) catur-māsiki äropanā,
1. अट्ठावीसविहे जे० मु०॥ 2. आयारकप्पे जे०॥ 3. "राई मु०॥ एवमग्रेऽपि मु० मध्ये 'राई इति राइ इति वा । 4. उवघातिया खं० हे १, २, ला २। "तथा सार्धदिनद्वयस्य पक्षस्य चोद्घातनेन लघूनां मासादीनां प्राचीनप्रायश्चित्ते आरोपणा औद्घातिकी आरोपणा .....तथा तेषामेव सादिनद्वयाद्यनुरातनेन गुरूणामारोपणा अनौद्घातिकी आरोपणा" -अटी०॥ 5. अणुवघाइया मु०॥ 6. एतावता आयारपकप्पे एताव ताव मु०॥

Page #157

Samavāya twenty-eight
105
(XXV) making an expiation lighter by curtailing the time requirement for its due performance and then prescribing it to a sinner (upaghātikā āropaņā), (xxvi) making an expiation heavier by adding the time requirement for its due performance and then prescribing it to a sinner (anupaghātikā äropaņā), (xxvii) an expiation which has reached the highest limit and which can not admit any more (krtsnā āropaņā) and (xxviii) an expiation with a larger scope for severe austerity (akrtsnā āropanā)- [these are ācārakalpas, these are to be practiced till (the blemishes are purified)].
भवसिद्धियाणं जीवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं मोहणिजस्स कम्मस्स अट्ठावीसं कम्मंसा संतकम्मं पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-सम्मत्तवेयणिज, मिच्छत्तवेयणिजं, सम्ममिच्छत्तवेयणिजं, सोलस कसाया, णव णोकसाया।
Some souls capable of release are expounded to have the existence of twenty-eight sub-species of the deluding karmas, namely: [those of] causing Right faith, causing wrong faith, causing mixed belief, sixteen passions and nine quasi-passions.
आभिणिबोहियणाणे अट्ठावीसतिविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-सोतिंदियत्थोग्गहे, चक्खिदियत्थोग्गहे, घाणिंदियत्थोग्गहे, जिभिंदियत्थोग्गहे, फासिंदियत्थोग्गहे, णोइंदियत्थोग्गहे,
सोतिंदियवंजणोग्गहे, घाणिदियवंजणोग्गहे, जिभिंदियवंजणोग्गहे, फासिंदियवंजणोग्गहे, 10सोतिंदियईहा जाव फासिंदियईहा, णोइंदियईहा, 11सोतिंदियावाते णोइंदियअवाते, सोइंदियधारणां जाव णोइंदियधारणा।
ईसाणे णं कप्पे अट्ठावीसं विमाणावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
Twenty-eight types of sensory perception are expounded, namely: (i) auditory object perception, (ii) visual object perception, (iii) olfactory object perception, (iv) gustatory object perception, (v) tactile object perception, (vi)
7. संतकम्मा मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३७६ पं० १२ टि० ५॥ 8. "दियत्थोवग्गहे खं० हे १ ला दियअत्यावग्गहे मु०। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 9. 'णोवग्गहे खं० हे १ ला २, एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 10. हा चक्खिंदियईहा घाणिंदियईहा जिभिंदियईहा फासिंदिय मु०॥ 11. 'वाए चक्खिदियावाए घाणिंदियावाए जिभिंदियावाए फासिंदियावाए णोइंदियावाए सोइंदिअधारणा चक्खिंदियधारणा घाणिंदियधारणा जिब्भिंदियधारणा फासिंदियधारणा णोइंदिय मु०॥

Page #158

106
Samavāyāñgasūtra
quasi-sense organ-object perception, (vii) auditory contact perception, (viii) olfactory contact perception, (ix) gustatory contact perception, (x) tactile contact perception, (xi) auditory speculation, (xii) olfactory speculation, (xiii) visual speculation, (xiv) gustatory speculation, (xv) tactile speculation, (xvi) quasi-sense organ-speculation, (xvii) auditory perceptual judgement, (xviii) visual perceptual judgement, (xix) olfactory perceptual judgement, (xx) gustatory perceptual judgement, (xxi) tactile perceptual judgement, (xxii) quasi-sense organ perceptual judgement, (xxiii) auditory retention, (xxiv) . visual retention, (xxv) olfactory retention, (xxvi) gustatory retention, (xxvii) tactile retention and (xxviii) quasi-sense organ-retention.
In the paradise Īsāna twenty lac celestial dwellings are expounded.
जीवे णं 1 देवगतिं निबंधमाणे नामस्स कम्मस्स अट्ठावीसं उत्तरपगडीओ णिबंधति, तंजहा-देवगतिनामं, पंचेंदियजातिनाम, वेउव्वियसरीरनाम, 1 तेययसरीरनाम, कम्मयसरीरनाम, समचउरंससंठाणणामं, वेउळ्यिसरीरंगोवंगणामं, 14वण्णणामं, गंधणाम, रसणाम, फासणाम, 1 देवाणुपुब्बीणाम, 16अगरुयलहुअनामं, उवधायनामं, पराघायनाम, ऊसासनामं, पसत्थविहायगइणाम, तसनामं, बायरणाम, पजत्तनाम, 17पत्तेयसरीरनाम, 1थिराथिराणं दोण्हं अण्णयरं एगनामं णिबंधति, आएज अणाएजानामाणं दोण्हमण्णयरं एगनामं निबंधइ, सुभगणाम, सुस्सरणाम, आएज-1 अणाएजनामाणं दोण्हमण्णयरं एगनामं निबंधइ, जसकित्तिनाम, निम्माणनाम।
The soul binding the divine state of existence (devagati) binds twentyeight sub-species of physique making karma, namely: (i) celestial state of
12. गइम्मि बंधमाणे मु०॥ 13. तेयगसरीरनामं कम्मणस मु०॥ 14. वनादि ४ जे० ला १॥ 15. पुब्बि खं० हे १ ला २॥ 16. प्रतिषु पाठाः -अगरुयलहुअनामं खं०। अगुरुयलहुयनामं हे १ ला २। अगरुलहुयनामं हे २। अगरुलहुनामं जे०। अगुरुलहुनामं ला १ मु०॥ 17..पत्तेयणामं जे० ला १॥ 18. थिरमथिराण जे० हे २॥ थिराथिराणं सुभसुभाणं आएज्जाणाएज्जाणं दोण्हं अण्णयरं एगं नामं णिबंधइ जसोकित्तिनामं निम्माणनामं मु०॥ 19. 'एज्जाणं दोण्हंजे० हे २ ला १॥

Page #159

Samavāya twenty-eight
107
existence physique making, (ii) birth as five-sensed being physique making, (iii) transformation body physique making, (iv) fire-body physique making, (v) karmic body physique making, (vi) symmetrical figure physique making, (vii) producing the main and secondary parts of the transformation body physique making, (viii) giving the body colours physique making, (ix) odours physique making, (x) taste physique making, (xi) touch physique making, (xii) Causing celestial existence after death physique making, (xiii) neither heavy nor light body physique making, (xiv) causing self annihilation physique making, (XV) superiority over others physique making, (xvi) bestowing the capacity of breathing physique making, (xvii)cause moving in a pleasant manner physique making, (xviii) mobile body physique making, (xix) gross body physique making, (xx) developed organs physique making, (xxi) individual body physique making, (xxii-xxiii) firm or flexible body parts physique making, (xxiv) beautiful body organs above the naval or ugly body organs below the naval physique making, [(ox) causing one under obligation to be sympathetic or unsympathetic physique making, (xxvi) bestowing melodious voice physique making], (xxvii) honour and glory physique making and (xxviii) the formation of body physique making. 20एवं चेव नेरइए21 वि, णाणत्तं अपसत्थविहायगइणाम, हुंडसंठाणनामं, अथिरणाम, दुब्भगणाम, असुभनाम, दुस्सरनाम, अणादेजणाम, अजसोकित्तीणामं, निम्माणनाम।
Likewise, the soul binding the infernal state of existence binds twenty eight sub-species of physique making (name) karmā, with the exception (i) ugly manner of movement physique making, (ii) causing entire body unsymmetrical physique making, (iii) flexible body organs physique making, (iv) unsympathetic physique making, (v) ill-sounding voice physique making, (vi) unsuggestive body organ physique making, (vii) dishonour and shame physique making and (viii) the formation of body physique making. 28[2] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं अट्ठावीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती
20. Tai sto II 21. got for os Poll

Page #160

108
Samavāyāngasūtra
पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं अट्ठावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं अट्ठावीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं अट्ठावीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्तात्र उवरिमहेट्ठिमगेवेजयाणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं अट्ठावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
___On the (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' life span is expounded twenty-eight pit similes. On the seventh earth [Great dark lustre, some infernal beings' life span, at least, is expounded twenty-eight ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' life span is expounded twenty-eight pit-similes. Some divinities' life span, in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna, is expounded twenty-eight pit-similes. 28[3] जे देवा मज्झिमउवरिमगेवेजएसु विमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं अट्ठावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा अट्ठावीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। [तेसि णं देवाणं अट्ठावीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पजति।
___Some divinities' life span, at the most, in the upper of the lower Graiveyaka paradise, is expounded twenty-eight ocean- similes. The longevity, at the most of those gods, manifested in the middle of upper Graiveyaka paradise, is expounded twenty-eight ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once] in every twenty-eight fortnights and feel hunger after twenty eight thousand years. 28[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे अट्ठावीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति] जाव अंतं 22करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, will annihilate the entire miseries in the [subsequent] twenty eighth re-birth.
22. करेंति जे०॥

Page #161

29
29[1] एगूणतीसतिविहे पावसुतपसंगे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-भोमे, उप्पाए, सुमिणे, अंतलिक्खे, अंगे, सरे, वंजणे, लक्खणे। भोमे तिविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-'सुत्तं, वित्ती, वत्तिए। एवं एक्कक्कं तिविह। विकहाणुयोगे, विज्जाणुजोगे, मंताणुजोगे, जोगाणुजोगे, अण्णतित्थियपवत्ताणुजोगे।
The instances of heretic scripture or various evil sciences (pāpaśruta) are expounded as twenty-nine fold, namely: (i) [treatises] on the science of forecasting earthquakes etc. (bhauma), (ii) dealing with unusual phenomenon in nature partending calamities (utpāta), (iii) forecasting by means of dreams (svapna), (iv) on the science dealing with the good or bad effects of heavenly phenomenon in the planetary system (antariksa), (v) on the science of divining the results good or bad from the throbbing of limbs (anga), (vi) on the science of omens based on sounds of birds (svara), (vii) on the science of omens based on sounds of birds (vyañjana), (viii) on the science of omens (lakṣaṇa), (ix) [treatises] on the science of forecasting earthquakes etc., (bhauma) are expounded as three-fold: aphorism (sūtra) [heretic treatises containing 1000 words], commentary (vrtti) [of heretic treatises containing one lac words] [and] commentary (várttika) (of heretic treatises containing one crore or one million words]. Thus, each of these three species [of above-mentioned eight scriptures make the aggregate twenty-four], (xxv) on the women, cooking, economics, erotic etc. (vikathānuyoga), (xxvi) on the learning (vidyānuyoga), (xxvii) on the science of magic or spell (mantrānuyoga), (xxviii) on the art of fascination etc. (yogānuyoga) and (xxix) composed by heretics (anyatirthika pravrttānuyoga).
आसाढे णं मासे 'एगूणतीसं रातिंदियाइं रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। भद्दवते णं मासे [एगूणतीसं रातिंदियाइं रातिदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते ।
1. खं० विना-सुत्त जे०। सुत्ते खं०.जे० विना॥ 2. "णुओगे जे० विना। णुजोगे मु०॥ 3. "त्ययपवत्तणाणुजोगे जे०। "त्थिय' इत्यत आरभ्य महामोहं पृ० ३८३ पं० १२ इत्येतत्पर्यन्तं त्रीणि पत्राणि खं० मध्ये न सन्ति। “अन्यतीर्थिकप्रवृत्तानुयोगः"- अटी०॥ 4. 'तीसारातिं जे०। तीसराइंमु०। तीसिं रातिं हे १ ला २। "एकोनत्रिशद् रात्रिंदिवानि रात्रिदिवसपरिमाणेन भवन्ति "-अटी०॥

Page #162

110
Samavāyāngasūtra
कत्तिए णं [मासे एगूणतीसं रातिंदियाइं रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते]। . पोसे णं [मासे एगूणतीसं रातिंदियाइं रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। . फग्गुणे णं [मासे एगूणतीसं रातिंदियाई रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते]। वइसाहे णं [मासे एगूणतीसं रातिंदियाइं रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। चंददिणे णं एकूणतीसं मुहुत्ते सातिरेगे 'मुहुत्तग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। Twenty-nine days and nights are expounded in month Āsādha. [Similarly], in month of Bhadrapada [twenty-nine days and nights are expounded]. In month of Kārtika[twenty-nine days and nights are expounded]. In month of Pausa, [twenty-nine days and nights are expounded]. In month of Phālguna [twenty-nine days and nights are expounded]. In month of Vaisakha [twenty-nine days and nights are expounded]. Little over twenty-nine muhurtas are expounded in a lunar day.
जीवे णं पसत्थज्झवसाणजुत्ते भविए सम्मट्ठिी तित्थकरनामसहिताओ णामस्स णियमा एगूणतीसं उत्तरपगडीओ निबंधित्ता वेमाणिएसु देवेसु देवत्ताए उववजति।
The fit to be liberated right-belief soul, imbued with excellent thought activity, having bound twenty nine sub-species, including that of Ford maker, of the physique making (nāma) karma, manifests as a rule as a god of celestial abode (deva vimāna). 29[2] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एगूणतीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं अट्ठावीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं एगूणतीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं एगूणतीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। उवरिममज्झिमगेवेजयाणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं एगूणतीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
___On the (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded twenty-nine pit similes. On the lower seventh earth, some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded twenty-nine ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods’ longevity is expounded twenty-nine pit-similes. 5. मुहत्तेणं हे १ ला २। “एकोनत्रिंशद् मुहूर्ता सातिरेका मुहूर्तपरिमाणेन"-अटी०॥

Page #163

Samavāya twenty-nine
111
Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and iśāna, is expounded twenty-nine pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, at least, in the [eighth] middle of the topmost three Graiveyaka paradises, is expounded twenty-nine ocean-similes. 29[3] जे देवा उवरिमहेट्ठिमगेवेजयविमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एगूणतीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा एगूणतीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं एगूणतीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पजति।
These gods' longevity, at the most, manifested in (seventh] lowest of the topmost three Graiveyaka paradises, is expounded twenty-nine ocean similes. These gods breathe in or breathe forth or exhale or inhale [once) in every twenty-nine fortnights and feel hunger after twenty nine thousand years. 29[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे एगूणतीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव अंतं oriferi
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the [subsequent] twenty ninth re-births.
Notes A. In the commentaries Avacūrņi on Āvaśyaka Niryukti and Bșhadvštti on Uttarādhyayanasūtra the description of these twenty nine heretic scriptures is found, but in a diffferent manner?. Therein, the treaties on the first eight of Samavāyānga are each three-fold: sūtra, výtti and vārtika, making the total twenty-four, besides five i.e. gandharva(a kind of lore), drama, architecture (vāstu), medicine (āyurveda) and archery (dhanurveda). As noted above vrtti and vārtika are discriminated on account of their volume.
Sūtrakrtānga-enumerates sixty-four categories of pāpaśrutas. first eight from bhauma to vyañjana are identical.
1. vide Samvão, page 154-155, foot- note No. 1. 2. Sūtrakstānga Angsuttāņi vol.1, 2/2/18.

Page #164

30
30[1] तीसं 'मोहणिजठाणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
____Thirty sources (sthāna) of deluding (mohaniya) [karma] are expounded, namely:
जे यावि तसे पाणे वारिमझे विगाहिया। उदएणक्कम्म मारेति महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥१९॥
One, owing to the rise of karma, kills the sentient beings by plunging. [them] into water, binds great deluding [karma] [19].
सीसावेढेण जे केई आवेढेति अभिक्खणं।। 'तिव्वासुभसमायारे महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥२०॥
One, strangles [sentient beings] by covering the head and always performs intense inauspicious [karma] binds great deluding [karma] [20].
6पाणिणा संपिहित्ताणं सोयमावरिय पाणिणं।
अंतो नदंतं मारेइ महामोहं 'पकुव्वइ ॥२१॥
One kills [creatures] rumbling [in throat], covering the mouth by hands [and thus] obstructing [breathing] binds great deluding [karma] [21].
जायतेयं समारब्भ बहुं ओरुभिया जणं। अंतोधूमेण मारेइ महामोहं पकुव्वइ ॥२२॥
1. मोहणियठाणा हे १ ला १, २॥ मोहणीयठाणा मु०॥ 2. प्रतिपाठा:- उदयेणकम्म ला ११ उदएणकम्म हे २। उदयेणक्कम हे १ ला २। उदएणंकिम जे०। उदएणंकम्म T । उदएणकम्मा मु०। “उदकेन शस्त्रभूतेन मारयति, कथम्? आक्रम्य पादादिना"-अटी०॥ एते सर्वेऽपि मोहनीयस्थानसम्बन्धिनः श्लोका दशाश्रुतस्कन्धे नवम्यां दशायां वर्तन्ते॥ 3. पकुव्बती जे०॥ 4. तिव्ये असुभ जे० ला १ हे २॥ 5. 'व्वती जे० हे १ ला २॥ 6. "यावत्'करणात् केषुचित् सूत्रपुस्तकेषु शेषमोहनीयस्थानाभिधानपराः श्लोकाः सूचिताः, केषुचिद् दृश्यन्त एवेति ते व्याख्यायन्ते-पाणिणा संपिहित्ताणं सोयमावरिय पाणिणं। अंतो नदंतं मारेइ महामोई पकुव्बई।" -अटी०। अनया रीत्या सर्वेऽपि ३२ श्लोका अटी० मध्ये निर्दिष्टा व्याख्याताश्च॥ 7. 'व्वई अटी०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्। एवमग्रेऽपि अटी० मध्ये सर्वत्र "ब्बई इति पाठः॥ 8. मारेई जे० मु०॥

Page #165

Samavāya thirty
113
A person, excessively violent, having created fire, kills the (sentient beings) by [forcible suffocation] under smoke, binds great deluding [karma] [22].
सीसम्मि जे पहणइ उत्तमंगम्मि चेयसा। 1°विभज मत्थयं फाले महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥२३॥ .
One consciously hitting the head, splits open the head [leading to death], binds great deluding. [karma]. [23].
पुणो पुणो पणिहीए हणित्ता उवहसे 12जणं। फलेणं 13अदुव दंडेणं महामोहं पकुव्वइ ॥२४॥
One deceptively charging the man [to death], again and again and laughs at. Charging with fruit initiated by recitation of Mantra or by stick, binds great deluding [karmas]. [24].
गूढायारी निगृहेजा मायं मायाए छायए। असच्चवाई णिण्हाई महामोहं पकुव्वइ ॥२५॥
One malicious in conduct conceals his deceit by deceitful behaviour, false speaking, refuting the [correct meaning of scriptures), binds great deluding [karmas]. [25]. - धंसेइ जो अभूएणं अकम्मं अत्तकम्मणा।
14अदुवा तुममकासि त्ति महामोहं पकुव्वइ ॥२६॥
One who alleges the non-existent or not-committed or self-done acts on others, "you have committed", binds the great deluding [karmas]. [26].
9. 'णई जे० हे २॥ 10. विवज्ज जे०॥ 11. हरित्ता मु०। “हत्वा विनाश्य"- अटी०॥ 12. जणा जे०॥ 13. अदुवा जे० अटी० विना॥ 14. अहवा जे०॥

Page #166

114
Samavāyāngasūtra
15जाणमाणो परिसओ 16सच्चामोसाणि 17भासति। 18अक्खीणझंझे पुरिसे महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥२७॥
The man, even though, knowing [the fact to be otherwise] utters partial truth, in the assembly, has not put an end to troubles, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [27].
अणायगस्स नयवं दारे तस्सेव धंसिया। विउलं विक्खोभइत्ताणं किच्चा णं पडिबाहिरं ॥२८॥
In absence of king, a minister impeding the doors [of the inflow.of money] and agitating the many nobles or generals (etc. and) dethrones the king, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [28].
उवगसंतं पि झंपित्ता पडिलोमाहिं वग्गूहिं। 20भोगभोगे वियारेति महामोहं 21 पकुव्वति ॥२९॥
One greeting (to the person, deprivěd of entire possessions] with hostile harsh words when approached (for help], destroying the objects of enjoyment, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [29].
अकुमारभूए जे केइ कुमारभूए 22त्ति हं वए। इत्थीहिं गिद्धे वसए महामोहं 23पकुव्वति ॥३०॥ .
One, who is not bachelor (married one) professes, “I am bachelor" is excessively attracted towards women [and is] obedient and docile [to women] binds the great deluding [karmas]. [30].
15. "माणउ परि जे०॥ 16. सच्चमोसाणि अटीखं०। “सत्यमृषा किञ्चित् सत्यानि वस्तूनि वाक्यानि वा"-अटी०खं०। "सत्यामृषाणि-हे-मु०] किंचित्सत्यानि बह्वसत्यानि वस्तूनि वाक्यानि वा"-अटी०॥ 17. भासई जे० हे २ अटी०॥ 18. अज्झीण अटी०॥ 19. 'व्बई जे० हे २ ला १॥ 20. भोगभोगं जे०॥ 21. 'बई जे०॥ 22. त हे अटी०॥ 23. 'व्वई जे०॥

Page #167

Samavāya thirty
115
अबंभयारी जे केइ बंभयारि 24त्ति हं वए। 25गद्दभे व्व गवं मझे विस्सरं 26नदई नदं ॥३१॥
One, who is unchaste professes, “I am chaste” is like a donkey braying discordantly among bullocks, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [31]
अप्पणो 27अहिए बाले मायामोसं बहुं भसे। इत्थीविसयगेहीए महामोहं पकुव्वइ ॥३२॥
The ignorant one excessively used to making false and deceitful speech, injurious to the self and is engaged in women talk, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [32]
जं निस्सिए उव्वहती 2जससा अहिगमेण वा। तस्स लुब्भइ वित्तम्मि महामोहं पकुव्वइ ॥३३॥
One, supporting himself, taking the refuge [of king etc.] or through his [king etc.] fame or by rendering services to him and becomes greedy towards his fortune, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [33]
29इस्सरेण अदवा गामेणं 30अणिस्सरे 31इस्सरीकए। तस्स 32संपग्गहीयस्स सिरी अतुलमागया ॥३४॥ ईसादोसेण34 आइडे कलुसाविलचेयसे।
जे अंतरायं चेएइ महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥३५॥ 24. त हं अटी०॥ . . 25. गहब्भे जे०॥ 26. णंदई जे०॥ नयई हे १ ला २। “नदति मुञ्चति नदं नादं शब्दमित्यर्थः"-अटी०॥ 27. अहियं हे १ ला २। “अहितो न हितकारी"-अटी०॥ 28. जससाहिगमेण मु०॥ 29. ईस' हे १ ला २ मु० अटी०। 30. अणिसरे मु०॥ 31. ईस' हे १ ला २ मु० अटी०। इस्सरे कए जे० ला १। “ईश्वरीकृतः"-अटी०॥ 32. संपयहीणस्स मु०। “तस्य पूर्वावस्थायामनीश्वरस्य सम्प्रगृहीतस्य पुरस्कृतस्य प्रभ्वादिना"-अटी०॥ 33. सिरि जे०॥ 34. 'ण आविढे मु० अटी०। णमाइडे कलुसाउलचेतसा जे अंतराइयं चेति हे १ ला २। ण आइडे कलुसाविलचेयसे जे अंतराइयं घेएइ ला १।"ईर्ष्यादोषेण आविष्टो युक्तः, कलुषेण द्वेषलोभादिलक्षणपापेन आविलं गडुलम् आकुलं वा चेतो यस्य स तथा"-अटी०॥

Page #168

116
Samavāyāngasūtra
On being made master by the lord or the group of men, that poor man, devoid of riches, possess wealth in abundance, possessed of jealousy and hatred, mind infested with vicious thought, obstructs in the enjoyment of lord or group of men binds the great deluding [karmas]. [34-35]
सप्पी जहा अंडउडं भत्तारं जो विहिंसइ। सेणावई पसत्थारं महामोहं पकुब्बइ ॥३६॥
As a female serpant eats her own eggs, likewise if one vanishes one's master, commander or minister, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [36]
जे 36नायगं व रझुस्स नेयारं निगमस्स वा। 37सेटुिं बहुरवं हंता महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥३७॥
One, killing the leader of the nation or that of the big city or the very renowned fresthi, binds the great deluding [karmas].[37]
बहुजणस्स णेयारं दीवं ताणं च पाणिणं।' एयारिसं नरं हंता महामोहं पकुवति ॥३८॥
One, killing the leader of plenty of men, [leading them like] lamp [and] protector of creatures, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [38]
उवट्ठियं 40पडिविरयं संजयं सुतवस्सियं। 41वोकम्म 42धम्मओ 43भंसे महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥३९॥
35. सपत्थारं जे०। 36. णागयं जे०॥ 37. सेष्टुिं च बहु हे १, २ ला १, २ अटी०॥ 38. "व्वई जे० हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 39. "बई जे० हे २ ला १॥ 40. 'रयं जे भिक्खू जगजीवणं हे १ ला २ अटीपा०। “संयतं साधु सुतपस्विनं तपांसि कृतवन्तम् , शोभनं वा तपः श्रितम्, आश्रितम्। क्वचित् जे भिक्खू जगजीवणं ति पाठः, तत्र जगन्ति जङ्गमानि अहिंसकत्वेन जीवयतीति जगज्जीवनः, तं विविधैः प्रकारैरुपक्रम्य आक्रम्य व्युपक्रम्य बलादित्यर्थः।"-अटी०॥ 41. वुक्कम्म मु०॥ 42. धम्माओ हे १ ला २॥ 43. प्रतिषु पाठा:- भंसे महा ला १ T अटी०। भसं महा जे०। भंसेति हे १, २ ला २ मु०॥

Page #169

Samavāya thirty
117
If one ruins, the person approaching [for initiation], detached, restraint and the great austere, from the righteousness (dharma) binds the great deluding [karmas]. [39]
तहेवाणतणाणीणं जिणाणं वरदंसिणं। तेसिं 44अवण्णिमं बाले महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४०॥
In that manner, the ignorant one detracting the Seers possessed with infinite knowledge and excellent faith, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [40]
45नेयाउयस्स मग्गस्स दुढे 46अवयरई बहुं। तं तिप्पयंतो भावेति महामोहं 47पकुव्वति ॥४१॥
Malignant one, speaking ill of the just path of liberation and deviating many from [this path] and thus censuring [the religion of Jina], engrossed with [perverted] thought, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [41]
आयरियउवज्झाएहिं सुयं विणयं च गाहिए। ते चेव 48खिंसती बाले महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४२॥
Ignorant one, censuring the preceptors (ācāryas) and teachers (upādhyāyas) [from whom] acquires [knowledge of] scriptures and [virtues of] modesty, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [42]
आयरियउवज्झायाणं सम्मं नो पडितप्पइ। अप्पडिपूयए थद्धे महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४३॥ .
One not properly satisfying his preceptors or teachers, not worshipping [or paying reverence and is rude [to them], binds the great deluding [karmas]. [43]
44. जे० ला १ अटी० विना-अवण्णवं हे १, २ ला २ मु०। “अवर्णः अवर्णवादो वक्तव्यत्वेन यस्यास्ति सोऽवर्णवान्"-अटी०। दृश्यतां पृ० १८४ टि० ११॥ 45. नेयाइअस्स मु०। “नैयायिकस्य"-अटी०॥ 46. अवग्गरई जे०। “अपकरोति ......बहु अत्यर्थम्, पाठान्तरेण अपहरति बहुजनं विपरिणमयतीति भावः" -अटी०॥ 47. 'बई जे० हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 48. ती इत्यत आरभ्य खीणे थी इति [पृ० ३८६ पं०७] यावत् एकं पत्रं जे० प्रतौ नास्ति।

Page #170

118
Samavāyāngasūtra
अबहुस्सुए य जे केइ सुएण 50पविकत्थई। सज्झायवायं वयति महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४४॥
One, who is not well versed in scriptures, boasting [oneself] as well versed in scriptures, professing (one self] as industrious in self-study (svādhyāya), binds the great deluding [karmas]. [44]
51अतवस्सिए य जे केइ तवेण +पविकत्थइ। सव्वलोयपरे तेणे महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४५॥
One, who is not observing penances, praises oneself as an austere, the greatest of all thieves of the world, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [45]
साहारणट्ठा जे केइ गिलाणम्मि उवहिए। पभू ण 56कुणई किच्चं मझं पि से न कुव्वति ॥४६॥
One, thinking that the sick, present for (needing) service, is not capable of doing anything [in return] to me, he also does not attend him (the sick). [46]
सढे 57नियडिपण्णाणे कलुसाउलचेयसे। अप्पणो 5*य 60अबोहीए महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४७॥
Deceitful one, adept in deceit, with mind impure, [hence the cause of his] own ignorance, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [47]
49. केई सुएणं ला १ अटी० मु०॥ 50. 'कंथई खं० हे १ ला २ अटी०।। 51. "स्सिए उ जे खं० हे १ ला २॥ 52. केई मु० अटी०॥ 53. तवेणं हे २ ला १ अटी०॥ 54. कंथई मु० विना॥ 55. केई हे १,२ ला १, मु०॥ 56. कुब्बई अटी०॥ 57. नियइप खं० हे १ ला २॥ 58. चेयसा खं० हे १ ला २॥ 59. उला १॥ 60. अबोहीय मु०॥ “अबोधिको भवान्तराप्राप्तव्यजिनधर्मकः"-अटी०॥

Page #171

Samavāya thirty
119
जे कहाहिगरणाइं 61संपउंजे पुणो पुणो। सव्वतित्थाण 62भेयाय महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४८॥
Engaged in the narratives (pertaining to] sinful activities, again and again, (and in) splitting the complete Order of Jinas, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [48]
जे य आहम्मिए जोए संपउंजे पुणो पुणो। साहाहेउं सहीहेउं महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥४९॥
Engaged in the irreligious activities for the sake of praise or for the friends, again and again, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [49]
जे य माणुस्सए भोए अदुवा पारलोइए। 6 तेऽतिप्पयंतो आसयति महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥५०॥
Those unsatisfied in the mundane or otherworldly enjoyments, has ardent desire, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [50]
इडी जती जसो वण्णो देवाणं बलवीरियं। तेसि 65अवण्णिम बाले महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥५१॥
Ignorant one detracting the spiritual power, lustre, fame and power and virility of the divinities, binds the great deluding [karmas].[51]
अपस्समाणो पस्सामि देवे जक्खे य गुज्झगे। अण्णाणी जिणपूयट्ठी महामोहं पकुव्वति ॥५२॥
Ignorant one aspiring to be worshipped like Seers (even though] not seeing [poses to] see the gods, demon gods, vyantaras, binds the great deluding [karmas]. [52] 61. संपउंजिय पु खं०॥ 62. भेयाणं मु०॥ 63. लोए खं०॥ 64. ते अत्तिप्प खंमू०, अत्तिप्प' खसं०। "ते त्ति विभक्ति-परिणामात् तैः तेषु वा अतृप्यन् तृप्तिमगच्छन् आस्वदते अभिलषति आश्रयति वा"-अटी०॥ 65. प्रतिपाठा:-अवणिमं खमू० ला १ अटी०। अवण्णिवं खंसं०। अवणियं हे १ ला २। अवण्णवं हे २ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३८३ टि० ६॥
३४

Page #172

120
Samavāyāngasūtra
थेरे णं मंडियपुत्ते तीसं वासाइं सामण्णपरियागं पाउणित्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे।
एगमेगे णं अहोरत्ते 66तीसं मुहत्ता मुहत्तग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। ।
The elder monk (sthavira) Manditaputra having passed thirty years in the mode of monk hood, became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated the entire miseries.
एतेसि णं तीसाए मुहुत्ताणं तीसं नामधेजा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- रोहे, 67सेते, मित्ते, वाऊ, . सुपीए ५, 68अमियंदे, माहिंदे, 6°बलवं, बंभे, सच्चे १०, आणंदे विजए, 7°वीससेणे, पायावच्चे, उवसमे १५, ईसाणे, तट्टे, भावियप्या, वेसमणे, वरुणे २०, सतरिसभे, गंधब्बे, अग्गिवेसायणे 72आतवं, आवत्तं २५ तट्ठवं, भूमहं, रिसभे, सव्वट्ठसिद्धे, रक्खसे ३०।।
Thirty muhūrtas are expounded in each day and night, measured by muhūrta. Thirty nomenclatures of these thirty muhūrtas are expounded, namely: (i) Raudra, (ii) Śakta, (iii) Mitra, (iv) Vāyu, (v) Supeeta, (vi) Abhicandra, (vii) Māhendra, (viii) Pralamba, (ix) Brahma, (x) Satya, (xi) Ananda, (xii) Vijaya, (xiii) Visvasena, (xiv) Prajapatya, (xv) Upasama, (xvi) Isana, (xvii) Tasta, (xviii) Bhāvitātmā, (xix) Vaisravana, (xx) Varuna, (xxi) Sata
66. तीसमुहुत्ते मु०॥ 67. सित्ते ला १। सेत्ते हे २। सत्ते मु०। एगमेगस्स णं भंते। अहोरत्तस्स कइ मुंहुत्ता पण्णत्ता ? गोयमा ! तीसं मुहुत्ता पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
रुद्दे सेए मित्ते वाउ सुबीए तहेव अभिचंदे। . माहिंद बलव बंभे बहुसच्चे चेव ईसाणे ॥१॥ तढे य भावियप्या वेसमणे वारुणे य आणंदे। विजए य वीससेणे पायावच्चे उवसमे य ॥२॥ गंधव्व अग्गिवेसे सयवसहे आयवे य अममे य। अणवं भोमे वसहे सवढे रक्खसे चवेव ॥३॥"
- इति जम्बुद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तौ सप्तमे वक्षस्कारे॥ 68. अभिचंदे मु०॥ 69. प्रतिपाठा:-पलवं बंभे हे १ ला २। पलंवं बंभे खं०। पलंवं बंभे हे २। पलंबे बंभे मु०। वालवं। ते ला १। दृश्यतां ३८४ टि० १३। 70. विस्ससेणे मु०॥ 71. अच्चे खं०॥ 72. आतवे आवत्ते तद्ववे भूमहे मु०॥

Page #173

Samavāya thirty
121
Rsabha, (xxii) Gandharva, (xxiii) Agni Vaisāyana, (xxiv) Atapa, (xxV) Avarta, (xxvi) Tastavana, (xxvii) Bhumaha and (xxviii) Rsabha, (xxix) Sarvārthasiddha [and] (xxx) Rāksasa.
अरे अरहा तीसं धणूई उईउच्चतेणं होत्था। सहस्सारस्स णं देविंदस्स देवरण्णो तीसं सामाणियसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्ताओ। पासे णं अरहा तीसं वासाइं 73अगारमज्झावसित्ता अगारातो अणगारियं पव्वतिते। समणे भगवं महावीरे तीसं वासाइं 74अगार जाव पव्वतिते। रयणप्पभाए णं पुढवीए तीसं निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
The height of Seer Ara was thirty bows. Thirty thousand sāmānika (with equal position) gods are expounded of the lord of gods of god king of the paradise Sahasrāra. Seer Pārsva having passed thirty years as a house-holder, was initiated into homelessness [monk hood] from the household. Similarly, Venerable Ascetic Mahavira, having passed thirty years as a house-holder up to initiated [into homelessness from the household]. 30[2] इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं तीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। [सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता]। उवरिम [75उवरिम] गेवेजयाणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं तीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
Thirty thousand dwellings of hellish beings are expounded on this earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā). On this (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded thirty pit similes. On the lower seventh earth [Great dark lustre) some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded thirty ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded thirty pit-similes. [Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and Isāna, is expounded thirty pit-similes).
30[3] जे देवा उवरिममज्झिममेवेजएसु विमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं
73. अगार (वास-मु०) मज्झे हे २ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३६३ पं० ५॥ 74. अगारवासमझे वसित्ता अगाराओ अणगारियं पव्वइए मु०॥ 75. ( )एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो मु० विना नास्ति।

Page #174

122
Samavāyāngasūtra
तीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा तीसाए अद्धमासेहिं 76आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा जाव तीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्टे समुप्पज्जति]।
Divinities' longevity, at the most, in the top of the upper [paradise] Graiveyaka, is expounded thirty ocean-similes. The longevity, at the most, of those gods, manifested in the top of the middle [paradise] Graiveyaka, is expounded thirty ocean-similes. These gods breath in or breath out, exhale and inhale once in every thirty fortnights and feel hunger after thirty thousand years.
30[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवाजे तीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the cycle of re-birth) in subsequent thirty re-births.
76. आणमंति वा ४ जाव तीसाए मु० विना। आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा उस्ससंति वा नीससंति वा तेसि ण देवाणं तीसाए मु०॥
Notes .
A The thirty cases of deluding karmas are also found in Chedasūtra Daśāśrutaskandha, with variation in the sequence of first five gāthās. Ach. Mahāprajña? has mentioned that this theme has also been treated in Praśnavyākaraṇavrtti and Uttarādhyayanavštti.
1. Illustrated Sri Chedasūtra, Delhi, pp.126-135. 2. Samavão, Ladnun, p. 162-163, footnote 1.

Page #175

31
31[1] 'एक्कतीसं सिद्धाइगुणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-खीणे आभिणिबोहियणाणावरणे, सुयणाणावरणे, ओहिणाणावरणे, मणपजवणाणावरणे, खीणे केवलणाणावरणे।खीणे चक्खुदंसणावरणे एवं अचक्खुदंसणावरणे, ओहिदसणावरणे केवलदसणावरणे, निद्दा, णिहाणिहा, पयला, पयलापयला, खीणे थिणगिद्धी।खीणे सातावेयणिजे, खीणे असायावेयणिजे।खीणे 'दसणमोहे, खीणे चरित्तमोहणिजे। खीणे नेरइयाउए, तिरियाउए, माणुसाउए, देवाउए। खीणे उच्चागोए, खीणे निच्चागोए, एवं सुभणामे असुभणामे। खीणे दाणंतराए, एवं लाभ-भोग-उवभोगवीरियंतराए ३१।
Thirty one qualities are expounded of the salvated beings, namely: (i) veiling of sensory knowledge annihilated, (ii) veiling of scriptural knowledge annihilated, (iii) veiling of knowledge of clairvoyance annihilated, (iv) veiling of telepathy annihilated, (v) veiling of Omniscience annihilated, (vi) obscuring of ocular conation destroyed, (vii) obscuring of non-visual conation destroyed, (viii) obscuring of clairvoyance conation destroyed, (ix) obscuring of omniscience conation destroyed, (x) slumber annihilated, (xi) deep slumber annihilated, (xii) drowsiness annihilated, (xiii)deep drowsiness annihilated, (xiv) Somnambulism annihilated, (xv) feeling of pleasure destructed, (xvi) feeling of pain destructed, (xvii) delusion of conation destructed, (xviii) delusion of conduct destructed, (xix) hellish longevity destructed, (xx) animal longevity destructed, (xxi) human longevity destructed, (xxii) divine longevity destructed, (xxiii) high status [bestowing karma) annihilated, (xxiv) low status [bestowing karma] annihilated, (xxv) beautiful upper limb [bestowing karma] annihilated, (xxvi) ugly lower limb[bestowing karma annihilated, (xxvii) alms
1. एकत्तीसं खं०। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 2. प्रातषु पाठा:-णाणावरणे १एवं सुय २ ओहि ३ मण ४ केवलावरणे ला १। णाणावरणिज्जे सतनाणे
ओहिनाणे मणपज्जवणाणे खीणे..... मणपज्जवणाणावरणे खीणे केवलणाणावरणे मु०॥ 3. प्रतिषु पाठा:- वरणे एवं अचक्खुदंसणे ओहिदसणे केवलदं [सणावरणे ला १] खं० हे १ ला १, २॥ "वरणे एवं [मु० मध्ये एवं नास्ति] अचक्खुदंसणावरणे खीणे ओहिदसणावरणे खीणे केवलदसणावरणे हे २ मु०॥ 4. खीणे निदा खीणे निहानिहा खीणे पयला खीणे पयलापयला खीणे थीणद्धी मु०॥ 5. मोहणिज्जे मु०॥ 6. उए खीणे तिरियाउए खीणे मणुस्साउए खीणे देवाउए मु०॥ 7. गोए खीणे सुभणामे खीणे असुभणामे खीणे दाणंतराए खीणे लाभंतराए खीणे भोगतराए खीणे उवभोगंतराए खीणे वीरिअंतराए मु०॥

Page #176

124
Samavāyāngasūtra
obstructive [karma] annihilated, (xxviii) likewise, receiving obstructive [karma] annihilated, (xxix).enjoying once obstructive [karma] annihilated, (xxx) enjoying again and again obstructive [karmaannihilated and (xxxi)virility obstructive [karma] annihilated.
मंदरे णं पव्वते धरणितले एक्कतीसं जोयणसहस्साइं 'छच्च तेवीसे जोयणसते 10किंचिदेसूणे परिक्खेवेणं पण्णत्ते। जया सूरिए 13सव्वबाहिरयं मंडलं 14उवसंकमित्ता णं चारं चरति तया णं इहगयस्स मणूसस्स एकतीसाए जोयणसहस्सेहिं अट्ठहि य एकतीसेहिं जोयणसतेहिं तीसाए सट्ठिभागेहिं जोयणस्स सूरिए चक्खुफासं हव्वमागच्छति। अभिवड्डिए णं मासे एक्कतीसं 15सातिरेगाणि रातिंदियाणि रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। आइच्चे गं मासे एक्कतीसं 16रातिदियाणि 1किंचिविसेसूणाणि रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते।
The mount Meru's peripherence, at its base, is expounded little under thirty one thousand six hundred twenty one yojana (31623). When the sun treads on the outer most circle (its diurnal one on the winter solistic day) it is perceptible to the man of this (Bharat) region from the distance of thirty-one thousand eight hundred thirty-one and thirty by sixtyyojana (31831-30/60). The intercalary (abhivardhita) month is expounded as having little over thirtyone night and days. The solar month is expounded as little less under thirtyone days. 31[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एकतीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं एक्कतीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं एक्कतीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं एक्कतीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। विजय-वेजयंत-जयंत
8. 'त्तीसं जे० ख०॥ 9. छच्चेव मु०॥ 10. देसूणं जे०। देसूणा मु०॥ 11. इतः परं 'कं (कुंथुस्स णं अरहओ उ(एकतीसं जिणा(ण)सया होत्था' इत्यधिकः पाठो जे० प्रतौ विद्यते॥ 12. जया णं सूरिए मु० अटी०॥ 13. "रियं हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 14. "मित्ता चारं मु०॥ 15. 'गाई मु० अटी०॥ 16. राइंदियाई मु०॥ 17. 'सूणाई मु० अटी०॥

Page #177

Samavāya thirty-one
125
अपराजिताणं देवाणं जहण्णेणं एकतीसं 18सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On this (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded thirty-one pit similes. On the lower seventh earth (Thick dark lustre), some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded thirty-one ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded thirty-one pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded thirty-one pit-similes. The longevity of divinities of paradises Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta and Aparājita, at least, is expounded thirty-one oceansimiles. 31[3] जे देवा 1 उवरिमउवरिमगेवेजयविमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसि णं देवाणं उक्कोसेणं एक्कतीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। तेणं देवा एकतीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं एक्कतीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारढे समुप्पजति। संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे एक्कतीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
The longevity, at the most, of the gods manifested in the top (ninth) of the upper three paradises, Graiveyaka, is expounded thirty-one ocean-similes. These gods breath in or breath forth, exhale and inhale once in every thirty fortnights and feel hunger after thirty one thousand years. Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, up to will annihilate the entire miseries (free from the world cycle) in the subsequent thirty-one re-births. 18. पलिरू ओवमाइं मु०॥ 19. उवरिमगेवे खं० हे १ ला १, २। उवरिमगेवेज्जयविजयविमाणेसु जे०॥
Notes A. Two versions regarding the qualities of the salvated souls are found in Jaina canonical texts. Ācārārgasūtral presents these qualities based on the types of sansthāna (5), colour (5), smell (2), taste (5), touch (8), gender (3) and he is without body, without resurrection and without contact of matter. Āvaśyakasūtra? also mentions their thirty one qualities. The version of Samavāyānga is based on the annihilation of eight types of karmas.
1. Acārangasutra, Ladnun, 5/127-134. 2. Avasyakasātra, pratikramana Adhyayyana, Navasuttāni, Ladnun, 4/8.

Page #178

32
32[1] बत्तीसं जोगसंगहा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा
7
आलोयणा १ निरवलावे २ आवतीसु दढधम्मया ३ ॥ अणिस्सितोवहाणे य ४, सिक्खा ५, निप्पडिकम्मया ६ ॥ ५३ ॥
The auspicious activities of mind, speech and body (yogasangraha) are described as thirty-two, namely: (i) confession (alocanā), (ii) not sharing the secret with others confined to ( him or her) (niravalāpa), (iii) firmness in adversity (apatsu drdhadharmată), (iv) penance sans expectation of worldly fruit (aniśrita upadhāna), (v) learning ( scriptures ) ( siksā), (vi) want of beautification of body (nispratikarmatā), .53.
अण्णातता ७ अलोभे य ८, तितिक्खा ९ अज्जवे १० सुई ११ । सम्पट्टी १२ समाही य १३, आयारे १४ विणओवए १५ । । ५४ ।।
(vii) not to reveal one's penance etc. [For fame] (ajñātatā), (viii) want of greed (nirlobhatā), (ix) forbearance ( titiksā), (x) straightforwardness (ārjava ), (xi) purity (suci), (xii) Right faith (samyagdrsti), (xiii) absolute meditation (samādhi), (xiv) [observance of specific ] conduct (ācāra), (xv) [observance of] modesty (vinayopagata). 54.
धितीमती य १६, संवेगे १७ पणिही १८ सुविहि १९ संवरे २० । अत्तदोसोवसंहारे २१, सव्वकामविरत्तया २२ ॥ ५५ ॥
(xvi) courageous (dhṛtimati), (xvii) aspiration for salvation (samvega), (xviii) concentration of mind free from deceit (pranidhi), (xix) observance of prescribed rite (suvidhi), (xx ) stoppage (samvara), (xxi) doing away with one's own blemishes (ātmadosopahāra), (xxii) devoid of all desire (sarvakāmaviraktatā). 55.

पच्चक्खाणे २३ - २४ विओसग्गे २५, अप्पमादे २६ लवालवे २७ ||
1. सुती खं० जे० । “सुइ त्ति शुचिः सत्यं संयम इत्यर्थः " - अटी० ॥
2. विणतोवर खं० जे० ॥
3. वितोसग्गे खं० हे १ ला २ । विउस्सग्गे ला १ मु० । विउसग्गे जे० हे २ । 'उ-ओ' इत्यनयोरक्षरयोः हस्तलिखितेषु समानप्रायत्वात् 'विओसग्गे' इति पाठोऽत्र खं० प्रभृत्यनुसारेण स्वीकृतः । इदं गाथा पञ्चकम् आवश्यक निर्युक्तौ (गा० १२८८ - १२९२) अपि वर्तते, तत्र च 'विउस्सग्गे' इति पाठ इत्यपि ध्येयम् ॥

Page #179

Samavāya thirty-two
झाणसंवरजोगे य २८, उदए मारणंतिए २९॥५६॥
(xxiii) renunciation pertaining to five major vows (mūlaguṇapratyākhyāna), (xxiv) renunciation pertaining to five subsidiary vows (uttaragunapratyākhyāna) (xxv) abandonment (vyutsarga), (xxvi) vigilance (apramāda), (xxvii) observing pure conduct with constant vigilance (lapālapa), (xxviii) stoppage (of influxes) for ( righteous and pure) meditation (dhyānasm varayoga), (xxix) uphold tranquillity at the fruition of severe karma. 56.
संगाणं च 'परिण्णा य ३०, 'पायच्छित्तकरणे ति य ३१ । आराहणा य मरणंते ३२, बत्तीसं जोगसंगहा ॥ ५७ ॥
127
(xxx) abandoning attachment after careful consideration (sangaparijñā), (xxxi) conform to expiation (prāyaścittakarana) and (xxxii) abandoning food till death (māranāntika-ārādhanā). (These are thirty two auspicious activities of mind, speech and body). 57.
बत्तीसं देविंदा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- चमरे, बलि, धरणे, भूयाणंदे 'जाव घोसे, महाघोसे, चंदे, सूरे, सक्के, ईसाणे, सणकुमारे 'जाव पाणते, अच्चुते ।
Thirty-two lords of gods are expounded, namely : Camara, Bali, Dharana, Bhūtānanda up to Ghosa, Mahāghosa, Sūrya, śakra, Iśāna, Sanatkumāra up to Prānata [and] Acyuta.
10 कुंथुस्स णं. अरहओ बत्तीसं जिणा बत्तीसं जिणसया होत्था । सोहम्मे कप्पे बत्तीसं विमाणावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता । रेवतिणक्खत्ते बत्तीसतितारे पण्णत्ते । बत्तीसतिविहे णट्टे
4. य नास्ति जे० ॥
5. 'ण्णा पाय जे० ॥ ण्णाया पाय' मु० ॥
6. रणेऽवि य मु० । “पायच्छित्तकरणे इ यत्ति प्रायश्चित्तकरणं च कार्यम् ” - अटी० ॥
7. बली मु० ॥
8. “इन्द्रसूत्रे यावत्करणात् वेणुदेवे वेणुदारी हरिक्कते हरिस्सहे अग्गिसीहे अग्गिमाणवे पुण्णे वसिट्टे जलते जलप्पहे अमियगई अभियवाहणे वेलंबे पहंजणे इति दृश्यम् ।” - अटी० ॥
9. " यावत्करणात् माहिंदे बंभे लंतए सुक्के सहस्सारे त्ति द्रष्टव्यम्” - अटी० ॥
10. बत्तीसहिया बत्तीसं मु० ॥ दृश्यतां सू० ७५ । 'कुन्थुनाथस्य द्वात्रिंशदधिकानि द्वात्रिंशत् केवलिशतान्यभूवन्” - अटी० ॥
11. “ द्वात्रिंशद्विधं नाट्यमभिनयवस्तुभेदाद् यथा राजप्रकृताभिधानद्वितीयोपाङ्ग इति संभाव्यते । द्वात्रिंशत्पात्रप्रतिबद्धमिति केचित् " - अटी० ॥

Page #180

128
Samavāyāngasūtra
पण्णत्ते।
Seer Kunthu had three thousand two hundred thirty-two omniscients. In the paradise, Saudharma thirty-two lac celestial dwellings are expounded. The constellation Revatī is expounded as having thirty-two stars. The Dramatic representations (nrtya) are expounded as thirty-two.
32[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्यभाए पुढवीए अत्यंगतियाणं नेरइयाणं बत्तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं बत्तीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं बत्तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं बत्तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On this (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded thirty-two pit-similes. On the lower seventh earth (Great dark lustre), some infernal beings' longevity, at least, is expounded thirty-two ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded thirty-two pit-similes. Some divinities' longevity, in the paradises Saudharma and īsāna, is expounded thirty-two pit-similes. 32[3] जे देवा विजय-वेजयंत-जयंत-अपराजितविमाणेस देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसिणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं बत्तीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। ते णं देवा बत्तीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। [तेसि णं देवाणं बत्तीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारट्ठे समुप्पज्जति।
Some divinities' longevity, in paradises, Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta and Aparājita, is expounded thirty-two ocean-similes. These gods exhale and inhale [once] in [every] thirty-two fortnights and [these gods] desire food after thirty two thousand years.
32[4] संतेगतिया भवसिद्धिया जीवा जे बत्तीसाए भवग्गहणेहिं सिज्झिस्संति] जाव सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, up to will annihilate the entire miseries in the [subsequent] thirty-two re-births.

Page #181

Samavāya thirty-two
129
Notes
A. In fact, there are sixty-four lords of gods, in all, classified equally into those with major attainments (rddhis) and minor attainments. This aphorism refers only to the first category of lords of gods. Abhayadevasuri' mentions that remaining thirty two lords of gods, sixteen each of sub-terenean gods and āņapannīka are considered to be possessing minor attainments, hence excluded from the group of those with major attainments. B. Rājapraśnīya, the 2nd Upānga depicts thirty two kinds of drama. Sūryābhadeva commands gods and goddesses to pay homage to Lord Mahāvīra by enacting these thirty two types of dramas. These dramas referred to herein are: 1. The first dance drama was shown with the accompaniment of orchestral
music representing the eight auspicious symbols, (1) svāstika, (2) śrīvatsa, (3) nandyāvarta (an auspicious mark with nine angles), (4) vardhmānaka, (5) bhadrāsana (an auspicious seat), (6) pitcher (kalaśa) (7) fish (matsya) and (8) mirror (darpaņa). The dancing gods and goddesses stood in the shape of a circle (āvarta), a circle in front of another (pratyāvarta), a row (śreņi), a row in front of another row (praśreņi), an angular figure (svastika), śrīvatsa, puşpamāņavaka, a person lifting another on his shoulders (vaddhmanaga), egg of a fish (matsyandaka), egg of a crocodile (makarandaka), jāra, cupid (māra), a row of blooming flowers (puspāvali), a lotus leaf (padmaprabha), a wave of the ocean (sāgarataranga), a spring creeper (vasanti
latā) and a lotus creeper (padmalatā). 3. The gods and goddesses turned into the shapes of 1. deer(ihāmrga), 2.
bullock (vrsabha), 3. horse(turaga), 4. (magara) crocodile, 5. bird (vihaga), 6. snake (vyālaka), 7. kinnara, 8. ruru, 9. deer (sarabha), rhinoceros, camara deer (resembling a buffalo), an elephant (kunjara),
a wild creeper (vanalatā) and a lotus creeper (padmalatā) respectively. 4. They performed dance in which bow-like shape is made on one side

Page #182

130
Samavāyāngasūtra
(ekatala vakra), a dance in which circular shape is made in one direction (dvdhāvakra), a dance in which two circles are made in two sides facing each other (ekatala cakravāla), a dance in which a semi-circle is formed (dvidhā cakravāla), a dance in which shape of wheel of a cart (cakrarddhacakravāla) is depicted.
5. They created one after the other the shapes in which the (i) particular position of moon (candrāvali), (ii) particular position of sun) (sūryāvali) (iii) a circular shape (valayāvali) (iv) a row of swans (hansāvali), (v) a garland (ekāvali), (vi) a row of stars (tārāvali), (vii) a garland of pearls (muktāvali), (viii) a garland of gold (kanakāvali) and (ix) a garland of gem (ratnavali).
6.
Thereafter they exhibited their dancing skill depicting the rising moon (candrodgamana), the rising sun (suryodgamana).
7.
In this was shown the movement of sun and moon such as arrival of moon (candrāgamana) and arrival of sun (sūryāgamana).
8.
In this was shown the movement scene of environment at the time of lunar eclipse (candrāvaraṇa) and solar eclipse (sūryāvaraṇa).
9. Thereafter they depicted in their dance the scene of setting of the moon (candrastāgamana) and the sun (suryastāgamana).
10. Thereafter they depicted in the dances the central idea underlying the lunar circle (candramaṇḍala), solar system (suryamaṇḍala), circle of serpent gods (nāgamandala), circle demi-gods (yakṣamandala), circle of ghost demi-god (bhūtamaṇḍala), circle of demi-gods (Rākṣa samaṇḍala), circle of great snakes (mahoragamandala) and circle of gandharva gods. 11. They exhibeted the dramatic performance depicted the slow and fast gait of different types of animals, namely: (i) bullock, (ii) lion, (iii) horse, (iv) elephant, (v) slow motion of horse (hayavilasita), (vi) slow motion of elephant (gajavilasita), (vii) romantic motion of horse (mattahayavilasita), (viii) romantic motion of elephant (mattagajavilasita), (ix) the unbridled gait of horse (mattahayavilambita), (x) the unbridled gait

Page #183

Samavāya thirty-two
131
elephant (matta-gajavilambita) by their dance known as druta-vilambita
pravibhakti dance. 12. They performed the dance depicting (i) rainbow (sakrāyudhapravibhakti),
(ii) ocean (sāgarapravibhakti), (iii) city (nāgara-pravibhakti) and their
division (sāgarnāgara-pravibhakti) 13. Thereafter they in their dance created Nandā lake and Campaka tree. 14. They performed the dance depicting (i) egg of a fish (matsyānda
kapravibhakti), (ii) egg of crocodile (makarāndakapravibhakti), (iii) jāra,
(iv) māra (cupid). 15. It showed the representation of letters from ka' to 'ra'. 16. It showed the representation of ca' to‘ña'. 17. It showed the representation of fūa' to 'ha'. 18. It showed the representation of “ta’ to ‘na'. 19. It showed the representation of pa' to 'ma'. 20. It showed Thereafter they performed the dance exhibiting the shapes of
leaves of Asoka tree (Aśoka-pallavapravibhakti), (ii) Mango tree (Āmrapallavapravibhakti), Rose-apple tree (Jambūpallava-pravibhakti, (iv)
Koshamra tree (Kośmrapallavapravibhakti) respectively. 21. It represented creepers of lotus, nāga, aśoka, campaka, āmra, vana, vasantī,
atimuktaka and śyāmalatā. 22. Druta dance. 23. Vilambita dance. 24. Drutavilambita dance. 25. Añcita dance 26. Ribhiya dance 27. Añciyaribhiya dance. 28. Ārabhada dance. 29. Bhasola. dance.

Page #184

132
Samavāyāngasūtra
30. Arabhadabhasola dance. 31. Uppayanivayapavatta, sarkuciya, pasāriya, rayāraiya and bḥantasa-hānta
dance. 32. In this drama the actors and actresses forming a row represented the story
of Mahāvīra's early life, his conception, exchange of foetus, birth, , childhood, youth, sport, renunciation, penance, attainment of omniscience, the deliverence of sermons and ultimately his emancipation.
1. Abhayadevasūri, Sthānārgasūtra and Samavāyāngasūtra, comm. on Samavāya 32, p. 56.
2. Rājapraśniyasūtra, Uvangasuttāni, vol. 4, pt. 1, Ladnun, 69/113.

Page #185

33
33[1] तेत्तीसं आसायणातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा-सेहे रातिणियस्स आसन्नं गंता भवति, [आसायणा सेहस्स] १, सेहे राइणियस्स पुरतो गंता भवति, [+आसायणा सेहस्स] २, सेहे
राइणियस्स [स] पक्खं गंता भवति, आसायणा सेहस्स ३, सेहे रातिणियस्स आसन्नं ठिच्चा भवति, आसायणा सेहस्स ४, 'जाव रातिणियस्स आलवमाणस्स'तत्थगते चिय पडिसुणेति, ['आसायणा सेहस्स] ३३, इति खलु एतातो तेत्तीसं आसायणातो।
Thirty-three impertinences (āśātanā) (to the preceptor etc.) are expounded, namely: (i) going close to the superior monk (rātnika) [ is an act of impertinence (āśātanā) on the part of newly initiated one (śaiksa)], (ii) surpassing or going ahead from the superior monk [is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one], (iii) walking side by side to the superior monk, is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one, (iv) standing close to the superior monk, is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one, up to [(v) standing in front of the superior monk, is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one, (vi) standing side by side superior monk, is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one (Saiksa), (vii) sitting close to the superior monk by initiated one , is an act of impertinence on his part, (viii) be seated in front of superior monk, is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one, (ix) to sit too close beside the superior monk is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one, (x) while going out with the superior monk to a place to void stools, if the newly
1. पण्णत्ता तं० सेहे जे०॥ 2., 4. 9. [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो मु० विना नास्ति॥"शैक्षः ..... रात्निकस्य .... आसन्नं ...... गन्ता भवतीत्येवम् ‘आशातना शैक्षस्य' इत्येवं सर्वत्र"-अटी०। दशाश्रुतस्कन्थे तृतीयस्यां दशायां त्रयस्त्रिंशदाशातनास्वरूपमित्थं दृश्यते॥ .. 3. “रायणिं खं० हे १ ला २॥ 5. यस्स सपक्खं मु०। अटी० मु० विना यस्स पक्खं इति सर्वेषु हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु पाठ उपलभ्यते। 6. “यावत्करणाद् दशाश्रुतस्कन्धानुसारेणान्या इह द्रष्टव्याः ..... त्रयस्त्रिंशत्तमा तु सूत्रोक्तैव -रात्निकस्य आलपतस्तत्रगत एव आसनादिस्थित एव प्रतिशृणोति, आगत्य हि प्रत्युतरं देयमिति शैक्षस्य आशातनेति" -अटी०॥ 7. तत्थगए चेव पडिसुणित्ता भवइ आसायणा सेहस्स ३३। चमरस्स मु०॥ 8. “चिय' स्थाने हस्तलिखितेषु "विय' इति दृश्यते॥

Page #186

134
Samavāyāngasútra
initiated one removes the impurity [with water after answering a call of nature]prior to the former, it is an act of impertinence on the part of newly initiated one, (xi) while going out with the superior monk to a place of religious study or to that to void stools, if the newly initiated one makes confessions prior to the superior, it is an act of irreverence by the newly initiated one, (xii) on being enquired by the elder monk, in the night or in the evening, O noble! 'who are asleep? who are awakening? If newly initiated one awaken avoids answering back, it amounts to irreverence by the newly initiated one, (xiii). during elder monks conservation (with others] if the newly initiated one speaks before and the superior monk later on, it amounts to irreverence by the newly initiated one, (xxiv) if the newly initiated one fails to nod in affirmative to the utterance of the superior one, it amounts to disrespect, (xxv) during the elder one's religious discourse if the newly initiated one remarks, “Don't you recall” it amounts to irreverence, on the part of newly initiated one, (xxvi) during elder one's religious discourse if the newly initiated one remarks ‘enough, it amounts to irreverence on the part of newly initiated one, (xxvii) during elder one's religious discourse if the newly initiated one terminates the audience, it amounts to irreverence on his part, (xviii) if the newly initiated one narrates the same story, twice or thrice, already narrated by the elder one, in the terminated audience, it amounts to irreverence, (xxix) if the newly initiated one touches the elder one's bed by feet and passes without giving it appropriate order by hand, it amounts to irreverence, (xxx) if the newly initiated one stands, sits or sleeps on the elder one's bed, it amounts to irreverence, (xxxi)- (xxxii) if the newly initiated one sits on the seat, equal to or higher than the elder one, it amounts to irreverence and] (xxxiii) when addressed by the elder one the latter responds while on his seat itself, — these are thirty-three impertinences.
चमरस्स णं असुरिंदस्स असुररण्णो चमरचंचाए रायहाणीए "एक्कमेक्के बारे तेत्तीसं
10. एकमेक्के बारे हे २। एकमेके पारे जे०। एकमेके ग्गारे ला १। एकमेकवाराए मु०। एक्केकमेकगारे हे १ MI PII

Page #187

Samavāya thirty-three
135
तेत्तीसं 11भोमा पण्णत्ता। महाविदेहे णं वासे तेत्तीसं जोयणसहस्साइं सातिरेगाइं विक्खंभेणं 12पण्णत्ताई। जया णं सूरिए बाहिराणंतरं तच्चं मंडलं उवसंकमित्ता णं चारं चरति तया णं 13इहंगतस्स पुरिसस्स तेत्तीसाए जोयणसहस्सेहिं किंचिविसेसूणेहिं चक्खुफासं हव्वमागच्छति।
Thirty-three palaces (bhaumas), of each gateway of Camaracañcā, capital of the demon lord Camara, king of demon gods, are expounded. Mahāvideha region is expounded little over thirty three thousand yojana in extension. When the sun moves on the third outer most diurnal circle on the winter solstice day, it is visible to man from a distance, little under thirty-three thousand yojana. 33[2] इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए अत्थेगतियाणं नेरइयाणं तेत्तीसं पलिओवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। अहेसत्तमाए पुढवीए काल-महाकाल-रोरुय-महारोरुएसुनेरइयाणं उक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। अप्पतिट्ठाणे नरए नेरइयाणं अजहण्णमणुक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं अत्थेगतियाणं तेत्तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु अत्थेगतियाणं देवाणं तेत्तीसं पलिओवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता। विजयवेजयंत-जयंत-अपराजितेसु विमाणेसु उक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
On this (first) earth Gem-lustre, some infernal beings' longevity is expounded thirty-three pit-similes. Some infernal beings' longevity, at the most, in infernal abodes Kāla, Mahākāla, Raurava [and] Mahāraurava, on the lower seventh earth (Great dark lustre) is expounded thirty-three ocean similes. Some infernal beings' longevity, neither minimum nor maximum, on the lower seventh
11. "भौमानि नगराकाराणि, विशिष्टस्थानानीत्यन्ये"-अटी०॥ 12. पण्णत्तातिं खं०॥ 13. इहगयस्स मु०। तुला- “तया णं इहगयस्स मणुयस्स एगाहिएहिं बत्तीसाए जोयणसहस्सेहिं एगूणपण्णाए य सट्ठिभाएहिं जोयणस्स सट्ठिभागं च एगसट्ठिहा छेत्ता। तेवीसाए चुण्णिभाएहिं सूरिए चक्खुप्फासं हव्वमागच्छइ" इति जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तौ सप्तमे वक्षस्कारे। “तच्च द्वात्रिंशत् सहस्राणि एकोत्तराणि ३२००१ अंशानामेकषष्टया भागलब्धाश्च एकोनपञ्चाशत् षष्टिभागा योजनस्य ४९/६० त्रयोविंशतिश्च एकषष्टिभागा योजनषष्टिभागस्य २३/६१ एतत् तृतीयमण्डले चक्षुःस्पर्शस्य प्रमाणं जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्यामुपलभ्यते, इह तु यदुक्तं 'त्रयस्त्रिंशत् किञ्चिन्यूना' तत्र सातिरेकस्य योजनस्यापि न्यूनसहस्रता विवक्षितेति सम्भाव्यते, चतुर्दशे मण्डले पुनरिदं यथोक्तमेव प्रमाणं भवति" -अटी०॥ 14. खंसं० मु० विना-कालमहाकाले रोरुए महारोरुएसु खंमू० जे० हे १, ला १, २। काले महाकाले रोरुए महारोरुएसु हे २॥

Page #188

136
Samavāyāngasūtra
earth (Great dark lustre), is expounded thirty-three ocean similes. Some demon (Asurakumāra) gods' longevity is expounded thirty-three pit-similes. Some divinities' life-span, in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna, is expounded thirtythree pit-similes. Some divinities’longevity, at the most, in the paradises Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta [and] Aparājita, is expounded thirty-three ocean-similes.
33[3] जे देवा "सव्वट्ठसिद्धं महाविमाणं देवत्ताते उववण्णा तेसिणं देवाणं अजहण्णमणुक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। तेणं देवा तेत्तीसाए अद्धमासेहिं आणमंति वा पाणमंति वा . ऊससंति वा नीससंति वा। तेसि णं देवाणं तेत्तीसाए वाससहस्सेहिं आहारढे समुप्पजति।
The longevity, neither minimum nor maximum, of those gods, manifested in the great celestial abode Sarvārthasiddha is expounded thirtythree ocean similes. These gods exhale and inhale once in every thirty fortnights and feel hunger after thirty-three thousand years.
33[4] 167d-farur safleger what I am Hamuli Palostrifat (Fire सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं करेस्संति।
Among the fit to be liberated ones, the few will liberate, [up to will annihilate the entire miseries), in the (subsequent] thirty-three re-births.
Toll
15. FHOGHEAT 16. Fifa Tufaret Doll
Notes Ācārya Haribhadra, in his commentary on Āvašyakasūtra furnished the list of thirty three impertinences (āśātanā), which are different from those mentioned in this text. Haribhadra included in these (1-5) imperitences to (pañca paramesthi), (6-8) imperitences to nuns, laymen and lay women, (9-10) to gods and goddesses, (11-12) to this world and other world, (13) to the religion preached by omniscient, (14) to god, human being and demons, (15) to all vitals, beings, living beings and creatures, (16) to time, (17) to scriptures, (18) to scriptures deity, (19) to perceptor of scriptures; (20) reversal of scriptural (means), (21) mixing of words, (22) lessening of syllables, (23)

Page #189

Samavāya thirty-three
137
increase of syllables, (24) lessening of words, (25) reading without pause, (26) improper pronounciation, (27) absence of yoga (yogarahitatā), (28) not teaching scripture to the qualified, (29) teaching scripture to non-qualified, (30) self study in improper time, (31) absence of self study in proper time, (32) self study in time not prescribed for study and (33) absence of self study in time prescribed for study.
1. Avaśyakasūtra-Hāribhadriyavrtti, pt. 2, pp.159-161.

Page #190

34
34. चोत्तीसं बुद्धातिसेसा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा - अवट्ठिते केस मंसु-रोम - हे १, निरामया निरुवलेवा गायलट्ठी २, 2 गोखीरपंडुरे मंससोणिते ३, 'पउमुप्पलयंधिए उस्सासनिस्सासे ४, पच्छन्ने आहारनीहारे 4 अदिस्से मंसचक्खुणा ५, 'आगासगयं चक्क ६, 'आगासगं छतं ७, 7 आगासियाओ सेयवरचामरातो ८, आगासफालियामयं सपायपीढं सीहासणं ९, आगासगतो कुडभीसहस्सपरिमंडियाभिरामो इंदज्झओ पुरतो गच्छति १०, जत्थ जत्थ वि य णं अरहंता भगवंतो चिट्ठिति वा निसीयंति वा तत्थ तत्थ वि य णं 'तक्खणादेव संछन्नपत्तपुप्फपल्लवसमाउलो सच्छत्तो सज्झओ सघंटो 1 सपडातो असोगवरपायवो अभिसंजायति ११, 11 ईसि पिट्ठओ मउडट्ठाणम्मि तेयमंडलं अभिसंजायति, अंधकारे वि य णं दस दिसातो पभासेति १२, 12 बहुसमरमणिजे भूमिभागे १३, अहोसिरा कंटया 13 भवंति १४, 14 उड्डु अविवरीया सुहफासा भवंति १५, सीतलेणं सुहफासेणं सुरभिणा मारुएणं जोयणपरिमंडलं सव्वओ समंता संपजिज त १६, जुत्तफुसिएण य मेहेण निहयरयरेणुयं कज्जति १७, जलथलयभासुरपभूतेणं विंट्ठाइणा दसद्धवण्णेणं कुसुमेणं जाणुस्सेहप्पमाणमेत्ते पुप्फोवयारे कज्जति १८,
1. मंसं जे० । " श्मश्रूणि च कूर्चरोमाणि " - अटी० ॥
2. 'पंडरे जे० खं० ला १ ॥
3. गंध उस्सा जे० ॥
4. मु० विना - असे जे० । अद्देस्से ला १। अदिसे खं० हे १ ला २ । अद्दिसे हे २ T॥
5. प्रतिषु पाठाः - आगासत्थं चक्कं खं० हे १ ला २ । आगासगतं चक्क ला १। आगासगयं हे २ मु० । आगासतं चक्खुं (कं) जे० । “आगासगयं ति आकाशगतं व्योमवर्ति आकाशकं वा (आकाशगं वाकाशं हे० जे०) प्रकाश [क- खं०]मित्यर्थः, चक्रं धर्मवरचक्रमिति षष्ठः । एवमाकाशगं छत्रं छत्रत्रयमित्यर्थ इति सप्तमः " - अटी ० ।। 6. आगासगयं जे० विना । दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम् ।
7. आगासगयाओ मु० । “आकाशके प्रकाशे श्वेतवरचामरे 'प्रकीर्णके इति अष्टमः " - अटी० ॥
8. आगासकुडभी जे० ॥
9. जक्खा देवा सं° मु० । 'तक्खणादेव त्ति तत्क्षणमेव अकालहीनमित्यर्थः " - अटी० ॥
10. सपडागो मु० ।।
11. ईसिं हे २ मु० । “ईसि त्ति ईषद् अल्पं पिट्ठओ त्ति पृष्टतः " - अटी० ॥
12. णिज्जभूमिभागो जे० ॥
13. जायंति मु० ॥
14. प्रतिपाठाः–उड्डु अविव' खंसं० । उड्डु विव' खंसं० जे० मु० विना । उऊ विव' जे० मु० । “ऋतवोऽविपरीताः, कथमित्याह - सुखस्पर्शा भवन्तीति पञ्चदशः " - अटी० ॥
15. एणं मेहेण य निहयरयरेणूयं किज्जइ मु० ॥ 16. बेंट' जे० । बिंट' मु०॥

Page #191

Samavāya thirty-four
139
17अमणुण्णाणं सद्द-फरिस-रस-रूव गंधाणं अवकरिसो भवति १९, मणुण्णाणं सह-फरिसरस-रूव-गंधाणं पाउब्भावो 18भवति २०, पच्चाहरतो वि य णं हिययगमणीओ 2जोयणनीहारी सरो २१, भगवं च णं 21अद्धमागधाए भासाए 22धम्ममातिक्खति २२, सा वि य णं 23अद्धमागधा भासा भासिजमाणी तेसिं सव्वेसिं आरियमणारियाणं दुप्पय-चउप्पय-मिय-पसु-पक्खिसिरीसिवाणं 24अप्पप्पणो हितसिवसुहदा भासत्ताए परिणमति २३, पुव्वबद्धवेरा वि य णं देवासुर-नाग-सुवण्ण-जक्ख-रक्खस-किंनर-किंपुरिस-गरुल-गंधव्व-महोरगा अरहतो पायमूले पसंतचित्तमाणसा 25धम्मं निसामेंति २४, 26अण्णतित्थियपावयणी वि य णं आगया वंदंति २५, आगया समाणा अरहओ पायमूले 27निप्पडिवयणा भवंति २६, जतो जतो वि य णं अरहंता भगवंतो विहरंति ततो वि य णं जोयणपणुवीसाएणं ईती न भवति २७, मारी न भवति २८, सचक्कं न भवति २९, परचक्कं न भवति ३०, अतिवुट्ठी न भवति ३१, अणावुट्ठी न भवति ३२, दुब्भिक्खं न भवति ३३, पुबुप्पण्णा वि य 28णं उप्यातिया वाही खिप्पामेव 29उवसमंति ३४।
17. "कालागरुपवरकुंदुरुक्कतुरुक्कधूवमघमतगंधुद्धयाभिरामे भवइ त्ति कालागुरुश्च गन्धद्रव्यविशेषः प्रवरकुन्दुरुक्कं च चीडामिधानं गन्धद्रव्यं तुरुष्कं च शिल्हकाभिधानं गन्धद्रव्यमिति द्वन्द्वः, तत एतल्लक्षणो यो धूपस्तस्य मघमघायमानो बहलसौरभ्यो यो गन्ध उद्धत उद्भूतस्तेनाभिरामम् अभिरमणीयं यत् तत् तथा स्थानं निषदनस्थानमिति प्रक्रमः इत्येकोनविंशतितमः। तथा उभयोपासिं च णं अरहंताणं भगवंताणं दुवे जक्खा कडयतुडियर्थभियभुया चामरुक्खेवं करेंति त्ति कटकानि प्रकोष्ठाभरणविशेषाः त्रुटितानि बाह्वाभरणविशेषाः, तैरतिबहुत्वेन स्तम्भिताविव स्तम्भितौ भुजौ ययोस्तौ तथा यक्षौ देवावि २०। बृहद्वाचनायामनन्तरोक्तमतिशयद्वयं नाधीयते, अतस्तस्यां पूर्वेऽष्टादशैव'-अटी०॥ 18. पासिंघणं अरहताणं भगवंताणं दुवे जक्खा कडयतुडियथंभियभुया चामरुक्खेवं करेंति त्ति TI 19. हितयंगम खं०। हियणंतयगम जे०। "हिययगमणीओ त्ति हृदयङ्गमः'-अटी०॥ 20. णीहारो जे०॥ . 21. 'गहीए.मु०। “अद्धमागहाए त्ति प्राकृतादीनां षण्णां भाषाविशेषाणां मध्ये या मागधी नाम भाषा "रसोलशी मागध्याम्" इत्यादिलक्षणवती सा असमाश्रितस्वकीयसमग्रलक्षणा अर्धमागाधीत्युच्यते'-अटी०॥ 22. इत आरभ्य छट्ठी॰ [पृ. ३९४ पं. १०] इत्यन्तः पाठो जे० प्रतौ नास्ति॥ 23. “गही मु०॥ 24. अप्पणो हियसिवसुहयभासत्ताए मु०॥ 'आत्मन आत्मन आत्मीयया आत्मीययेत्यर्थः भाषातया भाषाभावेन परिणमतीति सम्बन्धः। किम्भूताऽसौ भाषा ? इत्याह- ..... हित-शिव-सुखदेति त्रयोविंशः-अटी०॥ 25. "धर्म निशामयन्ति इति चतुर्विंशः २४॥ बृहद्वाचनायामिदमन्यदतिशयद्वयमधीयते यदुत- अन्यतीर्थिकप्रावनिका अपि च णं वन्दन्ते भगवन्तमिति गम्यते इति पञ्चविंशः २५, आगताः सन्तोऽर्हतः पादमूले निष्पतिवचना भवन्ति इति षड्विशः २६"-अटी०॥ 26. अण्णउत्थियपावयणिया वि मु०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 27. निप्पलिव मु०॥ 28. णं न भवइ उप्पा' हे १ ला २॥ 29. “अत्र च पच्चाहरओ इत आरभ्य येऽभिहितास्ते प्रभामण्डलं च कर्मक्षयकृताः, शेषा भवप्रत्यये"-अटी०॥

Page #192

140
Samavāyāngasūtra
Thirty-four supernatural attainments (atiśaya) of the enlightened, Seers are expounded, namely: 1. Steady hair, moustaches, hair (roma) and nail, 2. Healthy (free from diseases), stainless [and] stick like body, 3. Cow milk like whiteness of flesh and blood, 4. Lotus perfume like sweet smelling exhaling and inhaling, 5. Concealed intake and defecation, invisible through eye of flesh [or eye of mortal], 6. [Supernatural manifestation of] wheel in the sky [accompanying the Ford maker], 7. [Supernatural manifestation of] three umbrellas in the sky [accompanying the Ford maker), 8. [Supernatural manifestation of two excellent white chawries in the sky (accompanying the Ford maker from both sides), 9. Throne with pedestal of sky like clear quartz, 10. the charming banner of Lord of gods (Indra) adorned by thousand of tiny flags, moving in the sky in front of the Seers, 11. Where ever the Venerable Seers stay or sit, there is (supernatural] creation by demigods (yakşas) of the excellent Asoka tree, entirely covered with leaf, flower and sprouts and decorated with umbrellas, flags, balls and banners, 12. A little behind the place of the crown (head), the circle of lustre is formed, which illuminates the ten directions even in darkness, 13. Piece of land (of his travel) excessively even and charming, 14. Points of thorns [of Seer's places of travel] becoming downward, 15. Adverse seasons turn into [that of] pleasant touch, 16. The air with cold and pleasant touch sweeps thoroughly the area of one yojana [of the Seer's place), 17. Cloud through suitable sprinkle of water subsides the dust particles, 18. [The earth] covered with plenty of flowers, of the knee height, blooming upward, in five colours, in water as well as on land, 19. Unpleasant sound, form, taste, odour and touch decay, 20. Pleasant sound, form, taste, odour and touch originate, 21. Heart pleasing voice of sermon extending up to one yojana (eight miles), 22. The Venerable preaches religion in Ardhamāgadhi dialect, 23. That sermon (though being delivered in] Ardhamāgadhī dialect is transmitted into the benevolent, auspicious, pleasant speech of Āryans, non-Aryans, bi-ped, quadruped, deer, animals, birds and serpentine ones, 24. Even though inimical, the divinities, demons, snake (gods with snake hood), Suparņa (species of mansion gods), demi gods, monsters,

Page #193

Samavāya thirty-four
141
kinnara, kimpuruşa, garuda, gandharva and mahoraga listen to the religion with happy mind at the feet of Seers, 25. The visiting heretic preceptors pay homage [to Seers], 26. Visiting disputants are rendered speechless at his feet (in his presence), 27. Wherever the Venerable Seers travel, in twenty-five yojana.[area] there is no calamity 28. [There) is no epidemic, 29. [There) is no (disturbance) in own army, 30. [There) is no [disturbance) from the army of enemy, 31. [There) is no excessive rain, 32. [There] is no excessive drought, 33. [There] is no famine, 34. [At his arrival] earlier spread epidemics and diseases are subsided soon.
जंबुद्दीवेणं दीवे चउत्तीसं चक्कवट्टिविजया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-बत्तीसं महाविदेहे, 30भरहे, एरवए। जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे चोत्तीसं दीहवेयड्डा पण्णत्ता। जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे उक्कोसपदे चोत्तीसं तित्थकरा समुप्पजति।चमरस्स णं असुरिंदस्स असुररण्णो चोत्तीसं निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। पढम-पंचम-छट्ठी-सत्तमासु चउसु पुढवीसु चोत्तीसं निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
The thirty-four regions of the victory of the universal monarchs are expounded, namely: thirty-two in Mahāvideha [and] two (one each) in Bharata and Airāvata. The thirty-four major Vaitādhyas are expounded in the continent of Jambūdvipa. In this continent, thirty-four Seers, at the most, take birth. Thirty-four lac dwellings of demon king, lord Camara are expounded. Thirtyfour lac infernal dwellings are expounded on the four earths (viz.) the first (gem-lustre), fifth (Smoke-lustre), sixth (Dark-lustre) and seventh (Thick dark lustre). In
30. TETANT TO
BITI
at yoll
Notes A. There are thirty four vijayas (territories)in the island of Jambū, thirty two in Mahāvideha region, one each in Bharat and Airāvata region. In case, each vijaya has one Seer, their number will be, at the most, thirty-four. Abhayadevasūri maintains that only four Seers take birth at a time. There are two thrones each on the rock-surfaces of the eastern Meru and western Meru. The consecration of only four seers may be performed on these thrones,

Page #194

142
Samavāyāngasútra
simultaneously in the corresponding period, in south and north of Meru, in Bharat and Airāvat region, respectively, it is day time Seers take birth only at midnight. Therefore in Bharat and Airāvata region Seers do not take birth. B. There are thirty lac hellish dwellings in the first earth, three lacs in the fifth, ninety nine thousand nine hundred ninety five ( i.e. five minus one lac) in the sixth and only dwellings five in the seventh earth.Thus, the aggregate of hellish dwellings in these four earths is (30 lacs + 3 lacs +99995 +5= 34 lacs) thirty four lacs.
1. Abhayadevasūri, Sthānāńgasūtra and Samavāyāngasūtra, comm. on Samavāya 32, p. 60. 2. Ibid.

Page #195

35
35. पणतीसं सच्चवयणाइसेसा पण्णत्ता। कुंथू णं अरहा 'पणतीसं धणूई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। दत्ते णं वासुदेवे पणतीसं धणूइं उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। नंदणे णं बलदेवे पणतीसं धणूइं उड्डउच्चत्तेणं होत्था।
_. Thirty-five supernatural attainments (atisaya) of the true speech are expounded. Seer Kunthu's height was thirty-five bows. [The seventh] Vāsudeva Datta's height was thirty-five bows. [The seventh]Baladeva, Nandana's height was thirty-five bows. सोहम्मे कप्पे सभाए सोहम्माए माणवए चेतियक्खंभे हेट्ठा उवरिं च अद्धतेरस अद्धतेरस जोयणाणि वज्जेत्ता मज्झे पणतीसाए जोयणेसु वतिरामएस गोलवट्टसमुग्गतेसु जिणसकहातो पण्णत्तातो। बितिय-चउत्थीसु दोसु पुढवीसु पणतीसं निरयावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
The carcass of the Seers are placed in the middle portion of the circular temple pillar Manavaka, of the thirty five yojana's length (erected with) diamond, of the assembly Sudharmā, in the paradise Saudharma, excluding twelve and half yojana each from upper and lower end. In both, second and fourth earths the thirty-five lac dwellings of infernal beings (in aggregate) are expounded.
1. पणु' खं०॥ 2. दिंते जे०। “दत्तः सप्तमवासुदेवः, नन्दनः सप्तमबलदेवः, एतयोश्च आवश्यकाभिप्रायेण षड्विंशतिधनुषामुच्चत्वं भवति, सुबोधं च तत्, यतोऽरनाथ-मल्लिनाथस्वामिनोरन्तरे तावभिहितौ .... । इहोक्ता तु पञ्चत्रिंशत् स्यात् यदि दत्त-नन्दनौ कुन्थुनाथतीर्थकाले भवतः, न चैतदेवं जिनान्तरेषु अधीयते इति दुरवबोधमिदमिति"-अटी०। 3. कप्पे सुहम्माए सभाए माण मु०॥

Page #196

36
36. छत्तीसं उत्तरज्झयणां पण्णत्ता, तंजहा - विणयसुयं १, परीसहा २, चाउरंगिज्जं ३, असंखयं ४, अकाममरणिज्जं ५, पुरिसविज्जा ६, उरब्भिज्जं ७, 2 काविलिज्जं ८, नमिपव्वज्जा ९, दुमपत्तयं १०, बहुसुतपुजा ११, हरितेसिज्जं १२ चित्तसंभूयं १३, उसुकारिज्जं १४, सभिक्खुगं १५, समाहिट्ठाणाइं १६, पावसमणिज्जं १७, संजइज्जं १८, मियचारिता १९, अणाहपव्वज्जा २०, समुद्दपालिज्जं २१, रहनेमिज्जं २२, गोतमकेसिज्जं २३, समितीओ २४, जण्णतिज्जं २५, सामायारी २६, खलुंकिज्जं २७, मोक्खमग्गगती २८, अप्पमातो २९, तवामग्गो ३०, चरणविही ३१, पायट्टाणा ३२, कम्मपगडि ३३, लेसज्झयणं ३४, अणगारमग्गे ३५, जीवाजीवविभत्ती य ३६ ।
Thirty-six lectures of Uttarādhyayana are expounded, namely : (i) Discipline (vinayaśruta), (ii) Afflictions (parisaha ), (iii) Four requisites (cāturangiya), (iv) Impurity (asanskrta ), (v) Death against one's will ( akāmamaraniya), (vi) The false ascetic (purusavidyā), (vii) parable of the Ram etc. (aurabhriya), (viii) Kapila's verses (Kāpiliya), (ix) Renunciation of Nami (Namipravrajyā), (x) The leaf of the tree (drumapatraka), (xi) The worship of very learned (bahuśrutapūjā), (xii) Harikeśa, (xiii) Citra and Sambhūta, (xiv) Isukāra, (xv) The true monk (sabhikkhuka), (xvi) The ten conditions of perfect chastity (samādhisthāna), (xvii) The lax monk (pāpaśramaniya), (xviii) The restraint (samyatiya ), ( xix) The son of Mrgā (Mrgāputra ), ( xx) The great duty of the monks (anāthapravrajyā), (xxi) Samudrapāla, (xxii) Rathanemi, (xxiii) Kesi and Gautama, (xxiv) Carefulness (samiti), (xxv) The true sacrifice (yajñiya), (xxvi) Monastic conduct (sāmācārī), (xxvii) The bad bullocks ( khalurkiya ), ( xxxviii) Path to Emancipation (path to liberation), (xxix) The exertion in righteousness (apramāda ), ( xxx ) Path of Penance (tapamārga ), ( xxxi) The mode of conduct (caranavidhi), (xxxii) The
1. असंक्खयं खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
2. काविलियं हे २ मु० । काविलिज्जं ति जे० ॥
3. पुज्जं ला १ उत्तराध्ययनसूत्रे ऽपीदमेव नाम दृश्यते । 'पूजा मु० ॥
4. हरिसिज्जं मु० ॥
5. सुभि खं० हे १, ला १, २ ॥
6. 'चारिता जे० ॥
7. पयडी
'मु० ॥

Page #197

Samavāya thirty-six
145
causes of non-vigilance (pramādasthāna), (xxxiii) Nature of Karman (karmaprakrti), (xxxiv) Aura (leśyā) (XXXV) Mendicant path (anagāramārga) and (xxxvi) Living-Non-Living beings (jīvājīvavibhakti).
.. चमरस्स णं असुरिंदस्स असुररण्णो सभा सुधम्मा छत्तीसं जोयणाई उडुउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। समणस्स णं भगवतो महावीरस्स छत्तीसं अजाणं साहस्सीतो होत्था। चेतासोएसुणं मासेसु सति छत्तीसंगुलियं सुरिए पोरिसिच्छायं निव्वत्तति।
The height of Lord of demons, demon god Camara's assembly Sudharmā was thirty-six yojana. Venerable Ascetic Lord Mahavira had thirty-six thousand nuns. During months Caitra and Aśvina“, the sun moves once producing the thirty-six finger-breadth shadow of man's length(pauruşi).
8. force me to Do 11
Notes A. According to Abhayadevasuri' on the full moon day of the month of Caitra and Aśvina in practice and on the conjugation of Mesa and Tulā from real point of view the man's shadow length is thirty-six fingers breadth or three feet (pada) length.
1. Abhayadevasuri,p.64.

Page #198

37
37. कुंथुस्स णं अरहओ 'सत्तत्तीसं गणा 'सत्तत्तीसं गणहरा होत्था। हेमवय- हेरण्णवतियातो णं जीवातो सत्तत्तीसं सत्तत्तीसं जोयणसहस्साइं 'छच्च चोवत्तरे जोयणसते 'सोलस य 'एकूणवीसइभाए जोयणस्स किंचिविसेसूणातो आयामेणं पण्णत्तातो । सव्वासु णं विजय- वेजयंतजयंत- अपराजितासु रायधाणीसु पागारा सत्तत्तीसं सत्तत्तीसं जोयणाई उड्डउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता । खुड्डियाए णं विमाणप्पविभत्तीए पढमे वग्गे सत्तत्तीसं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता । 'कत्तियबहुलसत्तमीए णं सूरिए सत्तत्तीसंगुलियं पोरिसिच्छायं निव्वत्तइत्ता णं चारं चरति ।
Seer Kunthu^ had thirty-seven groups (gana) and thirty-seven directdisciples. The length of bow-strings of regions Haimavata and Hiranyavata, is expounded a little less than thirty-seven thousand six hundred seventy-four and sixteen by nineteen yojana ( 37674-16/19). The vertical height of the forts (prākāra) of all the capitals Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta and Aparājita is expounded as thirty-seven yojana ®. Thirty-seven lectures ( uddeśanakāla) are expounded in the minor kṣudrikā vimänapravibhakti's first section (varga). On seventh day of dark fortnight of the [month] Kārttika, the sun moves producing the thirty-seven finger-breadth shadow of man's length (paurusī) P.
1. सत्ततीसं जे० हे २ ला १ मु० ॥
2. “ आवश्यके तु पञ्चत्रिंशत् श्रूयन्त इति मतान्तरम् " - अटी० ॥
3. वयाओ मु० ॥
4. जे० विना - छच्चोत्तरे हे १ ला २ । छच्चोवुत्तरे खं० । छच्च चउसत्तरे मु० । छच्च च्योहत्तरे ला १ । छच्च बावतरे हे २ T॥
5. सोलसब - एगूण' मु० ॥
6. 'बीसाइ खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
7. “यदि अश्वयुजः पौर्णमास्यां षट्त्रिंशङ्गुलिका पौरुषीच्छाया भवति तदा कार्तिकस्य कृष्णसप्तम्यामङ्गु वृद्धिं गतत्वात् सप्तत्रिंशदङ्गुलिका भवतीति" - अटी० ॥
Notes
A.
Abhayadevasuri1 referred that in Avasyakaniryukti, the number of groups and direct-disciples is thirty-three, which is another tradition. But the extant redaction of Avaśyakaniryukti 2 mentions this number as 35. Besides, it also mentions that barring Mahāvīra number of groups and direct-disciples were identical.

Page #199

Samavāya thirty-seven
147
B. There are four gates, Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta and Aparājita in the east etc. four directions of Jambūdvīpa. The names of the lords and capitals are also the same? C. In Nandīsūtra“, Kșudrikāvimānapravibhakti is included among kālikasūtras. D. According to Abhayadevasāris, on the full moon night of the month of Caitra, the length of man's shadow is thirty-six finger's breadth, then on the seventh day of the dark fortnight of the month of Vaišākha (increasing one fingre breadth on seven days) this becomes of thirty-seven fingre's breadth. Similar is the case with the length of man's shadow on full moon night of Aśvina (thirty-six finger's breadth) and on the seventh day of the dark fortnight of the month of Vaišākha, it is thirty-sevenfinger's breadth.
1. Abhayadevasuri, p. 64. 2. Avaśyakaniryukti, gāthā 64. 3. Abhayadevasuri, p. 64. 4. Nandīsūtra, Navasuttāņi, sūtra 70. 5. Abhayadevasuri, p. 64.

Page #200

38 38. पासस्स णं अरहतो पुरिसादाणीयस्स अट्ठत्तीसं अजिआसाहस्सीतो उक्कोसिया अज्जियासंपया होत्था। हेमवतेरण्णवतियाणं जीवाणंधणूवट्ठा अट्ठत्तीसं अट्ठत्तीसं जोयणसहस्साइं सत्त य चत्ताले जायेणसते दस एगूणवीसतिभागे जोयणस्स किंचिविसेसूणा परिक्खेवेणं पण्णत्ता। 'अत्थस्स णं पव्वयरण्णो बितिए कंडे अट्ठत्तीसंजोयणसहस्साइंउड्डेउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ते। खुड्डियाए णं विमाणपविभत्तीए 'बितिए वग्गे अट्ठत्तीसं "उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता।
The honourable Seer Pārsva had the excellent treasure of thirty-seven thousand nuns. The peripherence of bow-sticks of the bow-strings of Haimavata and Airanyavata [regions) are expounded as thirty-eight thousand seven hundred forty and little less than ten by nineteenyojana (38740-10/19). The height of the second stratum (kānda) of the king of mountains, Asta (Meru), is expounded thirty eight thousand yojana. Thirty-eight lectures (uddeśanakāla) are expounded in the minor (kṣudrikā) vimānapravibhakti's second section (varga).
1. हेमवयएरण्ण मु० हे २॥ 2. पणूवढे खं० हे १ ला २। धणूप(पि-मु०)ढे हे २ मु०। अत्र धणूवढे इति पाठो यदि स्वीक्रियते तदाऽग्ने किंधिविसेसूणे परिक्खेवेणं पण्णत्ते इति पाठः स्वीकर्तव्यः। 'धणुपट्टे ति जम्बूद्दीपलक्षणवृत्तक्षेत्रस्य हैमवत-हैरण्यवताभ्यां द्वितीयषष्ठवर्षाभ्यामवच्छिन्नस्य आरोपितज्यधनुःपृष्ठाकारे परिधिखण्डे धनुःपृष्ठे इव धनुःपृष्ठे उच्येते, तत्पर्यन्तभूते ऋजुप्रदेशपङ्की तु जीवे इव जीवे इति"-अटी०॥ 3. “सूण परि जे०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 4. "अत्थस्स त्ति अस्तो मेरुर्यतस्तेनान्तरितो रविरस्तं गत इति व्यपदिश्यते, तस्य"-अटी०॥ 5. तेणं होत्या मु०॥ 6. 'विभ' जे० खंमू० हे १ ला २॥ 7. बीए खं० हे १ ला २॥ 8. "सकाला जे०॥
Notes
A. The mountain of Meru is also known as 'asta' because sun sets disappearing through this mountain. In Samavāya sixteen 'asta' has been enumerated among the sixteen names of this mountain.abahyadeva also pointed out this fact.
1.
Atthassatttiasto-meruryatastenantaritoravirastam gata itivyapadisyate-p.65.

Page #201

39 39. नमिस्स णं अरहतो एगूणचत्तालीसं आहोहियसया होत्था। समयखेत्ते 'णं एकूणचत्तालीसं कुलपव्वया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-तीसं वासहरा, पंच मंदरा, चत्तारि उसुकारा। दोच्च-चउत्थ-पंचमछट्ठ-सत्तमासु णं पंचसु पुढवीसु एकूणचत्तालीसं निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
Seer Nami had thirty nine hundred clairvoyants. In human region (samayakstra), thirty-nine kula mountains are expounded, namely: thirty varsadhara (bordering the region), five Meru and four Isukāra [mountains]. Thirty-nine lac infernal dwellings (in aggregate) are expounded on the five earths, namely: the second (sand-lustre), fourth (mud-lustre), fifth (smokelustre), sixth (dark-lustre) and seventh (Great dark lustre).
नाणावरणिजस्स मोहणिजस्स गोत्तस्स 'आउस्स वि एतासि णंचउण्हं कम्मपगडीणं एकूणचत्तालीसं उत्तरपगडीतो पण्णत्ताओ।
Thirty-nine sub-species [in aggregate] of knowledge-obscuring (5), deluding (28), status (2) and age determining (4), these four types of karmas are expounded.
1. णं नास्ति मु०॥ 2. स्स गोत्तस्स मोहणियस्स जे०॥ 3. गोतस्स खं०॥ 4. आउयस्स हे २। आउयस्स एयासि मु०॥
Notes A Samayakşetra— Jambūdvīpa, Dhātakīkhanda and half of the Puskara continent are known as human region. It literally means the region distinguished by the presence of time'. B. Kulaparvata— The mountains bordering the region. Out of the thirty mountains, bordering the region, six each are in the continent of Jambū, eastern half of Dhātakī region, western half of Dhātaki region, .eastern half of Puşkarārdha region and western half of Puşkarārdha region. In addition, there are five Meru mountains, one in Jambū continent, two in Dhātakī region and two in Puskarārdha region, while there are four Işukāra mountains bifurcating

Page #202

150
Samavāyāngasútra
fifth
the eastern and western half of both the Dhātakī and Puşkarārdha regions. C. The details of the thirty nine lac dwellings of hellish beings are as follows: on second earth
5 lacs fourth ,
30 lacs
3 lacs sixth
99995 seventh ,
Total 39 lacs D. The aggregate of the sub-species of knowledge-obscuring karma 5, deluding karma 28, status-determining 2 and age-determining karma 4 is (5+28+2+4) 39.
1. Samayakhette tti kāloalakṣitam kşetram manusyaksetramityarthah— Abhayadevasūri,
p. 65 2. Ibid. p. 65. 3. Ibid. p. 65.

Page #203

40 40. अरहतो णं अरिट्ठनेमिस्स चत्तालीसं अजियासाहस्सीतो होत्था। मंदरचूलिया णं चत्तालीसं जोयणाई उद्धंउच्चतेणं पण्णत्ता। संती अरहा चत्तालीसं धणूइं उच्उच्चत्तेणं होत्था। भूयाणंदस्स णं [ग्णागिंदस्स?] नागरण्णो चत्तालीसं भवणावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। खुड्डियाए णं विमाणपविभत्तीए ततिए वग्गे चत्तालीसं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता। फग्गुणपुण्णिमासिणीए णं सूरिए चत्तालीसंगुलियं पोरिसिच्छायं निव्वट्टइत्ता णं चारं चरति। एवं कत्तियाए वि पुण्णिमाए। महासुक्के कप्पे चत्तालीसं विमाणावाससहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
Seer Aristanemi had forty thousand nuns. The vertical heights, of mountain Meru's summits, are expounded as forty yojana. The height of Seer śānti was forty bows. Forty lac celestial abodes are expounded of the snake king Bhūtānanda. Forty lectures (uddeśanakāla) are expounded in the minor (ksudrikā) vimānapravibhakti's fourth section. Forty thousand celestial abodes are expounded in the paradise mahāśukra.
1. नागकुमारस्स नागरन्नो मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३९९ पं० १३॥ 2. ततियवग्गे खं० हे १, २ ला १, २॥ 3. “वइसाहपुण्णिमासिणीए त्ति यत् केषुचित् पुस्तकेषु दृश्यते सोऽपपाठः। फग्गुणपुण्णमासिणीए त्ति अत्राध्येयम्"-अटी०॥

Page #204

41 ४१. नमिस्स णं अरहतो एक्कचत्तालीसं अजियासाहस्सीओ होत्था। चउसु पुढवीए एकचत्तालीसं निरयावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- रयणण्भाए पंकण्माए तमाएं तमतमाए। महल्लियाए णं विमाणपविभत्तीए पढमे वग्गे एक्कचत्तालीसं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता।
Seer Nami had forty one thousand nuns. Forty one lac inferna dwellings1 [in aggregate] are expounded on four earths, namely: [on] Gemlustre (Ratnaprabhā), Mud-lustre (Pankaprabhā), Dark-lustre (Tamahprabhā) and Great dark-lustre (Tamah Tamah prabhā). Forty-one lectures (uddeśanakāla) are expounded in the major (mahālikā) vimānapravibhakti's first section.
1. पंकप्पभाए नास्ति खंमू० जे०॥ 2. महालियाए जे० हे २ ला १ मु०॥
Notes A The break up of the forty-one lac dwellings of hellish beings are as follows: first earth
30 lacs fourth earth 10 lacs fifth earth
3 lacs sixth earth
9 lacs seventh earth 99995
Total 41 lacs
B.
Mahativimānapravibhakti is enumerated as kālikasūtra in Nandīsūtra.
1.
Nandisutra, Navasuttāni, sutra 78.

Page #205

42 42. समणे भगवं महावीरे बायालीसं वासाइं साहियाई सामण्णपरियागं पाउणित्ता सिद्धे जाव प्पहीणे।
The Venerable Ascetic Lord Mahavira“, having passed little over forty-two years in the state of monk hood, became liberated up to annihilated [the entire miseries].
___ जंबुद्दीवस्स णं दीवस्स पुरथिमिल्लाओ चरिमंताओ गोथुभस्स णं आवासपव्वतस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं बातालीसं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं चउहिसिं पि दोभासे संखे दयसीमे य। कालोए णं समुद्दे बायालीसं चंदा जोतिंसु वा जोइंति वा जोतिस्संति वा। बायालीसं सूरिया पभासिंसु वा पभासिंति वा पभासिस्संति वा। संमुच्छिमभुयपरिसप्पाणं उक्कोसेणं बायालीसं वाससहस्सााइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
The uninterrupted stretch between the edges, eastern of the continent of Jambūdvīpa and western of the Gostūpa, the mountain dwellings (of Velandhara, lord of snakes], is expounded forty two thousandyojana. Likewise, [to be described the stretch) in four directions between the continent of Jambūdvīpa and dwelling mountains, Dakabhāsa, Sarkha and Dakaseema. The forty-two moons shone or shine or will shine in the ocean Kaloda. (Similarly) the forty-two suns illuminated or illuminate or will illuminate there in the ocean Kaloda). A-sexual born reptile's longevity, at the most, is expounded forty two thousand years.
'नामे णं कम्मे बायालीसविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- गतिणामे जातिणामे सरीरणामे सरीरंगोवंगणामे सरीरबंधणणामे सरीरसंघायणणामे संघयणणामे संठाणणामे वण्णणामे गंधणामे रसनामे फासणामे अगरुलहुयणामे उवघायणामे पराघातणामे आणुपुब्बीणामे उस्सासणामे 1. जाव सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे मु०-अटी०। “जाव त्ति करणात् बुद्धे मुत्ते अंतकडे परिनिव्वुडे त्ति दृश्यम्"-अटी०। 2. पुरथिमिल्लयरिमंताओ-अटी०॥ 3. गोथूभस्स जे० ला १ विना। "योस्तुभस्य"-अटी०॥ 4. बायालीसं जे० विना॥ 5. आबाहाते हे २। “अबाहाए त्ति (आबाहाए-अटीहे०, आबाहए-अटीखं० व्यवधानापेक्षया"-अटी०॥ 6. अंतंकरे पं एवं चउद्दिसं पि जे०॥ 7. नामे कम्मे जे०। नामकम्मे मु०॥ 8. अगरुयल जे०। अगुरुल मु०।

Page #206

154
Samavāyāngasūtra
आतवणामे उज्जोयणामे विहगगतिणामे तसणामे थावरणामे सुहुमणामे बादरणामे पज्जत्तणामे अपजत्तणामे साधारणसरीरणामे पत्तेयसरीरणामे थिरणामे अथिरणामे सुभणामे असुभणामे सुभगणामे दुब्भगणामे सुसरणामे दुस्सरणामे आदेजणामे अणादजणामे जसोकित्तिणामे अजसोकित्तिणामे निम्माणणामे तित्थकरणामे।
The physique making (nāma) karma is expounded as forty-two fold: (i) states of existence (gati) nāma, (ii) classes of beings (jāti) nāma, (iii) bodies (śarīra) nāma, (iv) main parts and the secondary limbs of the body (śarīrāngopānga) nāma, (v) binding of body (śarīrabandhana) nāma, (vi) combination of body. (śarīrasanghāta) nāma, (vii) firmness of joints (sarhanana) nāma (viii) configuration or figures (sansthāna) nāma, (ix) colour (varņa) nāma, (x) odour (gandha) nāma, (xi) taste (rasa) nāma, (xii) touch (sparśa) nāma, (xiii)neither heavy nor light (agurulaghu) nāma, (xiv) selfannihilation (apaghāta) nāma, (XV) superiority over others (parāghāta) nāma, (xvi) serial order (ānupūrvī) nāma, (xvii)breathing forth (ucchvāsa) nāma, (xviii) warm splendour(ātapa) nāma, (xix) cold splendour (udyota) 'nāma, (xx) spatial movement (vihāyogati) nāma, (xxi) mobile body (trasa) nāma, (xxii) immobile body (sthāvara) nāma, (xxiii) subtle body (sūkşma)nāma, (XXIV) gross body (bādara) nāma, (XXV) completioned (paryāpta) nāma, (xxvi) non-completioned (aparyāpta) nāma, (xxvii) common body (sādhāraṇaśarīra) nāma, (xxviii) individual body (pratyekaśarīra) nāma, (xxix) firm limbs (sthira) nāma, (xxx) flexible limbs (asthira) nāma, (xxxi) pleasant upper limbs (śubha) nāma, (xxxii) unpleasant lower limbs (aśubha) nāma, (xxxiii) charming (subhaga) nāma, (xxxiv) unsympathetic (durbhaga) nāma, (xxxv) melodious voice (susvara) nāma, (xxxvi) ill-sounding voice (duhsvara) nāma (xxxvii) credible look (ādeya) nāma, (xxxviii) incredible look (anādeya) nāma, (ixl) honour and glory (yaśahkīrti) nāma, (xl) dishonour and shame (ayaśahkīrti) nāma, (xli) formation (nirmāņa) nāma and (xlii) Ford maker (Tirthankara) nāma.
लवणे णं समुद्दे बायालीसं नागसाहस्सीओ अभिंतरियं वेलं धारेंति। महालियाए णं
9. Tre to FIT 811

Page #207

Samavāya forty-two
155
विमाणपविभत्तीए बितिए वग्गे बायालीसं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता। एगमेगाए 10णं ओसप्पिणीए पंचम-छट्ठीतो समातो बायालीसं वाससहस्साइंकालेणं पण्णत्तातो। एगमेगाएपणं 12उस्सप्पिणीए 13पढम-बितियातो समातो बायालीसं वाससहस्साइं कालेणं पण्णत्तातो।
Forty two thousand snakes bear the internal shores of the ocean Lavaņa. Forty-two lectures (uddeśanakāla) are expounded in the major (mahālikā) vimānapravibhakti's second section (varga). The sum of the duration of fifth and sixth (spokes-ārās] of each descending half-cycle is expounded forty two thousand years. [Similarly) sum of the duration of first and second (spokesārās] of each aescending half-cycle is expounded forty-two thousand years.
10. uf tiff to soll 11. Of Tif Toll 12. JH yo fantil 13. afrerit soll
Notes A. The span of Mahāvīra as non-omniscient (chadmastha) and omniscient was twelve year six and half months and thirty years, respectively. He attained omniscience on the tenth of bright half of the month of Vaišākha and attained liberation on the moonless night of the dark half of the month Kārttika. In this way, the duration of Mahāvīra comes twenty-nine years five month and twenty days and total span including that of his state of non-omniscience is forty-two years five days. Hence the period is reckoned as little over forty-two years.
Mahavira's span as a monk is mentioned as forty years in Paryusaņākalpa implying that the stretch over forty-two years is not taken into account.
1. Abhayadevasūri, p. 66-67.,

Page #208

43 43. तेतालीसं कम्मविवागज्झयणा पण्णत्ता । पढम-चउत्थ-पंचमासु तीसु पुढवीसु तेतालीसं निरयावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता । जंबुद्दीवस्स णं दीवस्स पुरत्थिमिल्लाओ चरिमंताओ गोथुभस्स णं आवासपव्वतस्स पुरत्थिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं तेयालीसं जोयणसहस्साई 'अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं चउद्दिसिं पि दओभासे संखे दयसीमे । महालियाए णं विमाणपविभत्तीए ततिए वग्गे तेतालीसं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता ।
Forty-three chapters of Karmavipākasūtra are expounded. Forty three thousand infernal abodes [in aggregate] are expounded on the first (Gemlustre), fourth (Mud-lustre) and fifth (Smoke-lustre) earths. The uninterrupted stretch between the edges, eastern and western (respectively) of the continent of Jambudvipa and the dwelling (āvāsa) mountain Gostupa, is expounded forty three thousand yojana. Likewise, [to be described the distance] in four directions Dakabhāsa [in south], Sankha [in west], Dakasima (in north). Fortytwo lectures are expounded in the major Vimānapravibhakti's third section.
1. अबाहए जे० ला १ ॥
2. दगभागे मु० ॥
3. unfa Foll
Notes
A.
The commentator Abhayadevasuri attempted to explain this aphorism, relating Karmavipaka with Vipākasūtra. To him, if twenty chapters of the present edition (13th cent.) are added to the twenty three chapters of Sūtrakṛtānga, the number becomes forty-three. However, Abhayadevasüri has not offered any ground for this argument, making the explanation far from viable. The Samavāyāngasūtra has not mentioned Karmavipāka in the list of subjects treated in Sūtrakṛtāñga. According to Acārya Mahāprajña, this anomaly crept owing to the identification of Karmavipaka with Vipākasūtra. If Karmavipāka is accepted as an independent canon, now extinct, this problem is solved.
B.
Forty-three lacs hellish abodes: The aggregate of the hellish abodes in first, fourth and fifth earth (30+ 10+ 3) is forty-three lacs.
1. Samavão, p. 203.

Page #209

44
44. 'चोत्तालीसं अज्झयणा इसिभासिया दियलोगचुताभासिया पण्णत्ता। विमलस्स णं अरहतो चोतालीसं पुरिसजुगाइं अणुपट्ठिसिद्धाइं जाव प्पहीणाई। धरणस्स णं नागिंदस्स नागरण्णो चोत्तालीसं भवणावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। महालियाए णं विमाणपविभत्तीए चउत्थे वग्गे'चोत्तालीसं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता।
_Forty-four chapters of Rsibhāsita, uttered by [those] sages descended from heavens, are expounded. After Seer Vimala, forty-four generations of
men liberated up to annihilated [the entire miseries]P. Forty-four lac mansion dwellings are expounded of king of snakes, snake lord Dharaṇa. Forty-four lectures are expounded in the major Vimānapravibhakti's fourth section.
1. चोयालीसं हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 2. “दियलोगघुयाभासिय त्ति देवलोकाच्च्युतैः ऋषीभूतैराभाषितानि देवलोकच्युताभाषितानि। क्वचित् पाठः देवलोयच्युपाणं इसीणं चोयालीसं इसिभासियज्झयणा पण्णता"-अटी०॥ 3. घउआलीसं हे २ मु०॥ 4. अणुपिट्टि हे २। अणुपिट्टि मु०। “अणुपट्टि ति (अणुपट्टि त्ति-अटीहे०, अणुपुब्बि त्ति-अटीखं०) आनुपूर्व्या, अणुबंध ति पाठान्तरे तृतीयादर्शनादनुबन्धेन सातत्येन सिद्धानि। जाव त्ति करणाद् बुद्धाई मुत्ताई अंतकडाई सबदुक्खप्पहीणाई ति दृश्यम्"-अटी०॥ 5., 7. घोता खं० हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 6. महल्लियाए अटीहे०॥
Notes A . The extant Rșibhāșita contains forty-five chapters, expounded by same number of Seers (Rşis). Therefore, this description of Rşibhāşita containing forty-four chapters and preached by the souls descended form heaven is not coherent. B. . Purusayuga' means the lineage of pupil and grand pupils.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 67. vide. An illustrated Ardhamagadhi Dictionary, vol. III, p. 615.

Page #210

45
45. समयखेत्ते णं पणतालीसं जोयणसतसहस्साई आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। सीमंतए णं नरए पणतालीसं जोयणसतसहस्साइं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णता एवं उडविमाणे पण्णत्ते। ईसिपब्भारा णं पुढवी पण्णत्ता एवं चेव। धम्मे णं अरहा पणतालीसं धणूई उड्उच्चत्तेणं होत्था। मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स चउदिसिं पि पणतालीसं पणतालीसं जोयणसहस्साई अबाधाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The extension of human region is expounded forty-five lac yojana. The extension of the hell Sīmāntaka is expounded forty-five lac yojana. Likewise, [the extension of] abode Řtu and (the extension] of the earth Isatprāgbhārā (abode of liberated souls) too is expounded. Seer Dharma's height was fortyfive bows. The uninterrupted distance of the mountain Meru, in four directions [from the internal shores of the Lavaņa Ocean] is expounded forty-five thousand yojana.
__ सव्वे वि णं दिवड्डखेत्तिया नक्खत्ता पणतालीसं मुहुत्ते चंदेण सद्धिं जोगं जोएंस वा जोएंति वा जोइस्संति वा
तिन्नेव उत्तराई, पुणव्वसू रोहिणी विसाहा य। एते 'छन्नक्खत्ता, पणतालमुहुत्तसंजोगा॥५८॥
All the constellations of two and half region (dvayardha) i.e. human region made or make or will make juxtaposition with moon for forty-five muhurtas. Three Uttarās, Punarvasu, Rohini and Visakha-these six constellations are [expounded to be] of the conjunct of forty-five muhurta. 58.
महालियाए णं 'विमाणपविभत्तीए पंचमे वग्गे पणतालीसं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता।
Forty-five lectures are expounded in the major Vimānapravibhakti's fifth section.
1. “माणे वि, ईसिपब्भारा णं पुढवी एवं चेव मु०॥ 2. "दिसं जे० । “एवं चउहिसिं पित्ति उक्तदिगन्तविन चतस्रो दिश उक्ताः, अन्यथा तिदिसिं पित्ति वाच्यं स्यात्। तत्र चैवमभिलाप:- 'जंबुद्दीवस्स णं दीवस्स दाहिणिल्लाओ चरिमंताओ दओभासस णं आवासपव्वयस्स दाहिणिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं तेयालीसं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते।' एवमन्यत् सूत्रद्वयम्, नवरं पश्चिमायां शङ्ख आवासपर्वतः, उत्तरस्यां तु दकसीम इति'-अटी०॥ 3. T मु० विना-आबाधाते जे० हे २ ला १। अवधाते खं० हे १ ला २॥ 4. छ नक्खत्ता खं० विना॥ 5. विभ' हे २ मु० विना॥

Page #211

46
46. दिद्विवायस्स णं छायालीसं माउयापया पण्णत्ता। बंभीए णं लिवीए छायालीसं माउयक्खरा पण्णत्ता। पभंजणस्स णं वातकुमारिंदस्स छायालीसं भवणावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
Of [the twelfth Anga text] Destivāda forty-six mātska alphabets are expounded. Of Brāhmi script forty-six mātặka alphabets are expoundedB. Forty-six lac dwelling mansions of Prabhañjana, lord of Vāyukumāra gods, are expounded.
Notes
A While alphabets 'a' 'a' etc. are mātskāpadas of the whole literature, origination, decay and permanence are the mātřkāpadas of Drsţivāda. With respect to siddhaśreņi and manusyaśreņi etc. these are of forty-six types'. B. Brāhmi script has forty six alphabets (mātskās) from 'a' to 'kşa'. Abhayadeva' has enumerated these alphabets in his commentary as follows:
'a' to 'ah' (excluding R, L) 12 vowels K to M (5x5)
25 consonants y, r, 1, v,
4 aspiral ś, ș, s, h,
4ūsma kșa ::
1
Total : 46 Dr. G. H. Ojha also accepted these 46 alphabets. Adding jña to this list a Chinese pilgrim has maintained that this list included forty-seven alphabets. According to Dr. Ojha Brāhmi script of Vedic age has generally 64 alphabets. This number also includes long and plut category of alphabets.
1. Samavāo, p. 208. 2. ibid.

Page #212

47. जया णं सूरिए सव्वब्भंतरं मंडलं उवसंकमित्ता णं चारं चरति तया णं इहगतस्स मणूसस्स सत्तचत्तालीसंजोयणसहस्सेहिं दोहि य तेवढेहिं जोयणसतेहिं एक्कवीसाए य सट्ठिभागेहिं जोयणस्स सूरिए चक्खुफासं हव्वमागच्छति। थेरे णं अग्गिभूती 'सत्तचत्तालीसं वासाई अगारमज्झावसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता णं अगारातो अणगारियं पव्वइते।।
When the sun treads on its inner most circle (diurnal one on the summer solstice day) it is visible to the man of this (Bharata) region from the distance of forty seven thousand two hundred sixty three and twenty one by sixty yojana 47263 21 )A The elder monk Agnibhūti, having lived forty-seven years as a householder, tearing his hairs adopted houselessness from household.: 1. सत्तयालीसं जे० ला १॥ 2. मोहे २ मु०॥ दृश्यतां पृ० ३६३ पं०५॥ 3. णं नास्ति हे २ मु०॥
Notes
A Distance of Moon from the Sun: The circumference of the continent of Jambū is one lac yojana. When excluded one hundred eighty yojanas from both sides, the remaining 99640 (1,00,000-360) is the diametre of sun's innermost mandala (diurnal circle) on Summer solistic day. Its circumference is thirty one lac five thousand and eighty-nine yojana. The sun treads upon this distance in sixty muhurtas, thus its velocity is25129.yojana per muhurta. When the sun moves on the inner most circle, length of the day is eighteen muhurtas.
According to the formula dn= vn x In/2
that is dn distance of the man (observer) from sun in Mn Vn is average linear velocity of sun Mn
In length of day when sun treads upon Mn, Now we have n=1, v. =525129 yojana/muhurta, 1 =18 muhurtas, thus d, = 525129 x 1 = 47263 21 yojana.

Page #213

Samavāya forty-seven
161
2. Elder monk (sthavira) Agnibhūti spent forty-seven years as house holder
but according to Āvaśyakaniryukti (Gāthā 650) his span as house-holder was forty-six years. Probably he lived more than forty-six years as householders; hence this difference is owing to complete and incomplete year.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 69.

Page #214

48
48. एगमेगस्स णं रन्नो चाउरंतचक्कवट्टिस्स अडयालीसं पट्टणसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। धम्मस्स णं अरहतो 'अडयालीसंगणा अडयालीसंगणहरा होत्था। सूरमंडले णं अडयालीसं एकसट्टिभागे जोयणस्स विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते।
Forty eight thousand portal cities (pattaņa) are expounded of the each Universal emperor of four directions. Seer Dharma had forty-eight groups (gana) and forty-eight direct-disciples. The extension of diurnal circle or solar orbit is expounded forty-eighth of sixty-one part of ayojana (48/61).
1. "इह अष्टचत्वारिंशद् गणा गणधराश्चोक्ताः, आवश्यके तु त्रिचत्वारिंशत् पठचन्ते, तदिदं मतान्तरमिति" -अटी०॥
Notes A. In this sūtra the number of groups and direct-disciples of the Order of Seer Dharma is given as forty-eight while in Āvaśyakaniryukti it is mentioned as forty-three, i.e. forty-three groups and direct disciples'.
1. Samavāo, p. 212.

Page #215

49
49. 'सत्तसत्तमिया णं भिक्खुपडिमा एकूणपण्णाए रातिदिएहिं छण्णउएण भिक्खासतेणं अहासुत्तं आराहिया भवइ। देवकुरु-उत्तरकुरासु णं मणुया एकूणपण्णाए रातिदिएहिं 'संपत्तजोव्वणा भवंति। तेइंदियाणं उक्कोसेणं 'एकूणपण्णं रातिंदिया ठिती पण्णत्ता।
The seven seven days (saptasaptamikā), mendicantal modal stage (bhikṣupratimā), extending up to forty-nine nights and days with one hundred ninety-six dattis (measured by unbroken flow of water etc.) is observed up to as per canons. In the regions, Devakuru and Uttarakuru, the men attain youth in forty-nine days and nights. The longevity of three sensed beings, at the most, is expounded forty-nine days and nights.
1. सत्तसत्तमियाए णं भिक्खुपडिमाए मु०। 'सत्तसत्तमिया णं ..... सप्तसप्तमिका'-अटी०। 2. 'उड़तेण य भिक्खा खं० हे १, २ ला १, २। उएण य भिक्खा T। उहभिक्खा मु०। “छन्नठएणं भिक्खासएणं ति प्रथमे दिनसप्तके प्रतिदिनमेकोत्तरया भिक्षावृद्ध्या अष्टाविंशतिर्भिक्षा भवन्ति, एवं च सप्तस्वपि षण्णवतं भिक्षाशतं भवति, अथवा प्रतिसप्तकमेकोत्तरया वृद्ध्या यथोक्तं भिक्षामानं भवति"-अटी०॥ 3. जाव आरा मु०। आराहिया भवह नास्ति जेमू० ला १ अटी०। “अहासुतं ति यथासूत्रं यथागर्म 'सम्यक् कायेन ('सम्यग् न्यायेन-जे० ख०) स्पृष्टा भवति' इति शेषो द्रष्टव्यः"-अटी०॥ 4. 'कुरुएसु मु०॥ 5. संपन्न मु०। “संपत्तजोव्वणा भवंति त्ति न मातापितृपरिपालनामपेक्षन्त इत्यर्थः"-अटी०॥ 6. जोवणा जे०॥ 7. 'पण्णराति जे० हे १ ला २। पन्ना राई हे २ मु०॥

Page #216

50
50. मुणिसुब्बयस्स णं अरहतो पंचासं अजियासाहस्सीतो होत्था। 'अणंती णं अरहा पण्णासं धणूइं उड्डूंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। पुरिसोत्तमे णं वासुदेवे पण्णासं धणूई उउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। सव्वे वि णं दीहवेयड्डा मूले पण्णासं २ जोयणाणि विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता। लंतए कप्पे पण्णासं विमाणावाससहस्सा पण्णत्ता। सव्वातो णं "तिमिसगुहा -खंडगप्पवातगुहातो पण्णासं २ जोयणाई आयामेणं पण्णत्तातो। सव्वे विणं कंचणगपव्वया सिहरतले पण्णासं २ जोयणाई विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता।
Seer Muni Suvrata had fifty thousand nuns. Seer Anantanātha's height was fifty bows. The [fourth] Vāsudeva Purusottama's height was fifty bows. The extension of all the major Vaitādhya (mountains), at the base, is expounded as fifty yojana. In the paradise Lāntaka fifty thousand celestial mansions are expounded. All the Timisra caves and Khandakaprapāta caves are expounded fifty yojana in length. The extension, of all the Kāñcanaka mountains“, at their summits, is expounded fifty yojana.
1. अणंते णं मु०। अणंते णं हे २। अणंतस्स णं हे १ ला २। “स्यादनन्तजिदनन्तः" इति अभियानचिन्तामणौ श्लो० २९॥ 2. तिमिस्स मु०॥ 3. हे २ मु० विना- ‘गुहखं खं० हे १ ला १, २ गुहंखंडप्पवायागुहातो जे०॥
Notes
A. Kāñcanaka mountains , in north Kuru region, Nīlavata etc. five great ponds (mahāhradas)have ten kāñcanaka mountains on their eastern and western sides. Thus, in aggregate there are hundred kāñcanaka mountains in Uttarkuru regions. Similarly, in Devakuru region, Nisadha etc. five great ponds have ten kāñcanaka mountains on the eastern as well as western side. Hundred kāñcanaka mountains of this region make the total two hundred in island of Jambu.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 70.

Page #217

51
51. नवण्हं 'बंभचेराणं एकावण्णं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता। चमरस्स णं असुरिंदस्स असुररन्नो सभा सुधम्मा एकावण्णखंभसतसन्निविट्ठा पण्णत्ता। एवं चेव बलिस्स वि। सुप्पभे णं बलदेवे 'एकावण्णं वाससतसहस्साई परमाउं पालइता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। दंसणावरण-नामाणं दोण्हं कम्माणं एकावण्णं उत्तरपगडीतो पण्णत्तातो।
Fifty-one lectures (uddeśanakāla) are expounded (in aggregate) in the nine chapters of Brahamcarya (the first book of Ācārānga). The demon god, lord of demons, Camara's assembly Sudhramā is expounded as located on the five thousand one hundred pillars. Likewise, [to be described of the assembly of demon god, lord of demons] Bali also. [The fourth] Baladeva Suprabha, having enjoyed the accomplished age of fifty-one thousand years was liberated, enlightened, up to annihilated [the entire miseries]. The sub-species [in aggregate) of the two karmas, faith obscuring [9] and physique making[42], are expounded as fifty-one.
1. "बंभघेराणं ति आधारप्रथमश्रुतस्कन्धाध्ययनानां शस्त्रपरिज्ञादीनाम्, तत्र प्रथमे सप्तोदेशका इति सप्तैवोहेशनकालाः। एवं द्वितीयादिषु क्रमेण षट्, चत्वारः, चत्वार एव, षट्, पञ्च, अष्टौ, चत्वारः, सप्त चेत्येवमेकपाशदिति"-अटी०॥ 2. "सकाला जे०॥ 3. असुररन्नो सभा मु०। असुरसभा मु० विना। असुरासभा जे०॥ 4. "आवश्यके तु पञ्चपञ्चाशदुच्यते तदिदं मतान्तरमिति"-अटी०॥ 5. जाव सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे मु०॥ 6. रकम्मप मु०॥
Notes A Brahamcarya, here refers to Ācārāngasūtra. It has nine chapters (adhyayanas), fifty-one uddeśkas, fifty-one uddeśanakālas. The details are as follows:: Chapters . Uddeśakas
Uddeśanakāls Śastraparijñā Lokavijaya Śītoşnīya

Page #218

166
Samavāyāngasūtra
.:
4
4
Samyaktva Lokasāra Dhūta Mahāparijñā Vimokşa
8 Upadhānaśruta Total 51
51 Abhayadeva, the commentator mentioned seven uddeśanakālas of the last chapter and opined that these seven uddeśanakālas belong to the seventh chapter (mahāparijñā), which is extinct, hence listed as last. In the ninth Samavāya of this text also, Vimohāyatana has been enumerated at the seventh place and mahāparijñā at the ninth place. B. The fourth Baladeva Suprabha was born during the Order of the Seer Aranātha. Instead of one lac, his longevity is mentioned as fifty-one lac years in Āvašyakaniryukti. C. The aggregate of the sub-species of two types of karma is fifty-one (9+ 42=51).

Page #219

52
52. मोहणिज्जस्स णं कम्मस्स बावण्णं नामधेज्जा ' पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- कोहे कोवे रोसे दोसे 2 अखमा संजलणे कलहे चंडिक्के भंडणे विवाए १०, माणे मदे दप्पे थंभे अत्तुक्कोसे गव्वे परपरिवाए उक्कोसे अवकोसे 'उण्णते उण्णामे २१, माया उवही नियडी वलए गहणे णूमे कक्के कुरुते दंभे कूडे 'झिम्मे 'किब्बिसिए 7 आवरणया गूहणया 'वंचणया 'पलिकुंचणया सातिजोगे ३८, लोभे इच्छा मुच्छा कंखा गेही तण्हा भिज्जा" अभिज्जा कामासा भोगासा जीवितासा मरणासा 11 नंदी रागे ५२ ।
Fifty-two names of the deluding karmas are expounded, namely, 1. anger (krodha), 2. rage (kopa), 3. wrath (rosa), 4. hatred (dvesa), 5. nonforbearance (aksamā), 6. mild anger (samjvalana ). 7. dispute (kalaha ), 8. violence (cāndikya ), 9. quarrelling (bhandana), 10. contention (vivāda), 11. pride (māna), 12. arrogance (mada), 13. arrogance (darpa), 14. haughtiness (stambha ), 15 self-applause (ātmotkarsa), 16. pride (garva), 17. other's censure (paraparivāda), 18. trumpeting through one's opulence ( apakarsa), [19. disgrace (paribhava ) ], 20. raise oneself ( unnata), 21. elevate one self (unnāma), 22. deceit (māyā), 23. mental possession (upadhi), 24. deceit (nikrti ), 25. crookedness (valaya), 26. impervious (gahana), 27. deceit (nūma), 28. hypocrisy (kalka), 29. deceit (kuruka), 30. feigning (dambha), 31. fraud (kūta), 32. deceitful (jimha), 33. guilt (kilvisa), 34. misconduct (anācaranatā), 35. concealment (gūhanatā), 36. deception (vañcanatā), 37. illusion
1. पण्णत्ता, हे २ मु० विना नास्ति ।।
2. अक्खमा खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
3. अवक्कोसे खं० जे० विना । 'उक्कोसे त्ति उत्कर्षः, अवकोसे त्ति अपकर्ष : ' - अटी० ॥
4. “उन्नए (उन्नय - अटीखं० अटीहे०) त्ति उन्नतः (उन्नतं - अटीखं०), पाठान्तरेण उन्नमः । उन्नामेत्ति उन्नामः " - अटी० ॥
5. झिमे हे १, २ । जिम्हे मु० । “झिमे (जिम्हे - मु० ) त्ति जैह्यम् " - अटी० ॥
6. किब्बिसे हे २ मु० ॥
7. आयरणया गूहणया हे १ ला २५ आयरणयनिगूहणया खं० । आयारणट्ठागूढणया जे० ॥
8. बंभणया जे० ॥
9. afer Tio 11
10. "भिज्झा अभिज्झ त्ति अभिध्यानमभिध्येत्यस्य तीतं पिधानमित्यादाविव वैकल्पिके अकारलोपे भिध्या अभिध्या चेति शब्दभेदाद् नामद्वयमिति” – अटी० ॥
11. नदी जे० ॥

Page #220

168
Samavāyāngasutra
(palikuñcanatā), 38. cheating in business (sātiyoga), 39. allurement (lobha), 40. desire (icchā), 41. attachment (mūrcchā), 42. inclination (kāñksā), 43. eagerly longing for (grddhi), 44. avidity (trsņā), 45. greed (bhidhyā), 46. set one's heart upon (abhidhyā), 47. inclination (kāmāśā), 48. desire for enjoyment (bhogāśā), 49. desire for life (jivitāśā), 50. desire for death (maraņāśā), 51. rejoicing (nandi) and 52. attachment (rāga).
12गोथुभस्स 13णं आवासपव्वतस्स पुरथिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो वलयामुहस्स-महापायालस्स पच्चथिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं बावण्णं जोयणसहस्साइं 14अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते। .
The uninterrupted distance between the extreme ends, eastern of the Gostūpa, dwelling mountain (of Vellandhara gods] and western of the Great hell Vadavāmukha, is expounded fifty thousandyojana. .
___15दओभासस्स णं [आवासपव्वतस्स दाहिणिल्लातो चरिमंतातो] 16केउगस्स [महापायालस्स उत्तरिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं बावण्णं जोयणसहस्साई अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते]]
The uninterrupted distance between the extreme ends, (southern of the dwelling mountain] of Dakabhāsa and (northern of the Great hell] Ketuka, I is expounded fifty thousand yojana).
संखस्स [णं आवासपव्वतस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो जुयकस्स [महापायालस्स पुरात्थिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं बावण्णं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted distance between the extreme ends, [western of the dwelling mountain] Śarkha and seastern of the Great hell] yūpa, [is expounded fifty thousandyojana].
12. गोत्थु खं०। गोथू मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३९८ पं० १॥ 13. णं नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २॥ 14. आबा जे० हे २॥ 15. अत्र सर्वेषु अपि हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु 'दोभासस्स णं केउगस्स संखस्स जुयकस्स दगसीमस्स इसरस्स' इति पाठो वर्तते, कुत्रापि “एवं' इति पदं नास्ति। मु० मध्ये तु एवं दओभासस्स णं केउगस्स संखस्स जूयगस्स दगसीमस्स इसरस्स' इति पाठो वर्तते। अतः जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्याद्यनुसारेण अर्थ परिभाष्य [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठः स्पष्टतार्थमेवास्माभिरत्र परिपूरितः॥ 16. केउकस्स जे० ला १॥

Page #221

Samavāya fifty-two
169
17दगसीमस्स [णं आवासपव्वतस्स उत्तरिल्लातो चरिमंतातो] ईसरस्स [महापायालस्स दाहिणिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं बावण्णं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते।]
The uninterrupted distance between the extreme ends, [nothern of the dwelling mountain] Dakaseema and [southern of the Great hell] īśvara, [is expounded fifty thousand yojana).
नाणावरणिज्जस्स नामस्स 18अंतरातियस्स एतेसि 19णं तिण्हं कम्मपगडीणं बावण्णं उत्तरपगडीतो पण्णत्तातो। सोहम्म-सणंकुमार-माहिदेसु तिसु कप्पेसु बावण्णं विमाणवाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
Fifty-two sub-species [in aggregate] of knowledge obscuring [5], physique making[42] and obstructive[5], these three types of karmas are expounded. Fifty-two lac celestial mansions [in aggregate] of the three paradises Saudharma, Sanatkumāra and Mahendra, are expounded.
17. मयस्स जे०॥ 18. रायस्स मु०॥ 19 णं नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २॥ पृ० ३९७ पं० १ मध्ये "एतासि णं" इति पाठः॥
Notes . A. Anger, pride, deceit and greed are four constituents (avayava) of deluding 'karmas. So their synonyms have been mentioned as avayavī. The break-up of fifty-two names of deluding karmas in the terms of their constituents is like this: — ten names of Anger, eleven of pride, seventeen of deceit, and fourteen of greed (10+ 11+ 17 +14 = 52). B. The aggregate of the sub-species of three types of karmas: knowledgeobscuring, physique making and obstructive karmas is fifty-two (5+42+5=52). C. The aggregate of the celestial abodes of the heavens Saudharma, Sanatkumara and Māhendra is fifty-two lacs (32+12+8=52).

Page #222

53
53. देवकुरु - उत्तर कुरियातो' 'जीवातो तेवण्णं २ जोयणसहस्साइं साइरेगाई आयामेणं पण्णत्तातो । महाहिमवंत-रुप्पीणं वासहरपव्वयाणं जीवातो तेवण्णं २ जोयणसहस्साइं नव य 2 एक्कतीसे जोयणसते छच्च एकूणवीसतिभाए जोयणस्स आयामेणं पण्णत्तातो । समणस्स णं भगवतो महावीरस्स तेवणं अणगारा संवच्छरपरियाया पंचसु अणुत्तरेसु 'महतिमहालएसु महाविमाणेसु देवत्ताते उववन्ना । संमुच्छिम 'उरगपरिसप्पाणं उक्कोसेणं तेवण्णं वाससहस्साई ठिती पण्णत्ता ।
06
The length of bow-strings (jīvā) of Devakuru and Uttarakuru are expounded as over fifty three thousand yojana. The length of the bow-strings of the mountains Mahāhimavanta and Rukmi, bordering the region, is expounded as fifty three thousand nine hundred thirty one by six upon nineteen yojana (53931 ). Fifty-three monks, of the [Order of] Venerable Ascetic Mahavira, after passing one year as a monk^, were manifested as gods in the five excellent celestial abodes (anuttaravimāna) of great dimensions. The longevity, at the most, of reptile beings, born without copulation is expounded as fifty three thousand years.
19
1. 'कुरुयातो हे १, २ ला २ मु० ॥ 2. तीसे खं० ॥
3. महतिमहालएसु नास्ति जे० ॥ 4. उरपरि खंसं० मु० । उरेप्पाणं ला १ ॥
Notes
A. This aphorism refers to fifty-three monks of one-year initiation. This is not confirmed by any other source. However, Anuttaraupapātikasūtra mentions thirty three monks of many years initiation.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 72.

Page #223

54
54. भरहेरवएस णं वासेस एगमेगाए उस्सप्पिणीए एगमेगाए ओसप्पिणीए चउप्पण्णं २ उत्तमपुरिसा उप्पजिंसु वा उप्पजंति वा उप्पजिस्संति वा, तंजहा- चउवीसं तित्थकरा, बारस चक्कवट्टी, णव बलदेवा, णव वासुदेवा।
During each ascending and descending half cycles, in Bharat and Airāvata regions, fifty-four excellent persons were born or bear or will bear, namely, twenty-four Seers, twelve Universal monarchs, nine Baladevas and nine Vasudevas.
अरहा णं अरिदृनेमी 'चउप्पण्णं रातिंदियाइं छउमत्थपरियागं पाउणित्ता जिणे जाए केवली सव्वण्णू सव्वभावदरिसी। समणे भगवं महावीरे 'एगदिवसेणं एगनिसेजाते 'चउप्पण्णं वागरणाई वागरित्था।'अणंतइस्स णं अरहतो [चउप्पण्णं गणा] चउप्पण्णं गणहरा होत्था।
The Seer Aristanemi after passing fifty-four night and days as the nonomniscient became Victor (Jina), the possessor of omniscience, all-knower and the knower of all the modes. The Venerable Ascetic Mahavira delivered the answers of fifty-four questions on the same seating postures. Seer Ananta had [fifty-four groups (gana)] and fifty- four direct-discipless.
1. ओस खं० जे० हे २ ला १॥ 2. उस्सप्पि हे १,२ ला २॥ 3. घउवन्नं जे० विना॥ 4. घडपण्णं खं०॥ 5. एगंदिवसेणं खं०। एगदियसेणं जे०॥ 6. घउप्पन्नाई मु०॥ 7. अणंतस्स हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 8. घउवण्णं गणा घउपण्णं गणहरा खंसं०॥[ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठः खंसं० विना नास्ति॥
Notes A Ehe details are not available regarding the questions which were enquired of Mahāvīra and by whom, at which place and at what time. B. The number of groups and direct-disciples of the Order of the Seer Anantanātha is mentioned fifty-five in Āvaśyakaniryukti, instead of fifty-four in this text..
1. Abhayadeva, p. 72. 2. Avasyakaniryukti, Lakhabaval, Gatha 267.

Page #224

55
55. 'मल्ली णं अरहा पणपन्नं वासहस्साई परमाउं पालइत्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो "विजयबारस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं पणपण्णं जोयणसहस्साई अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं 'चउद्दिसिं पि'वेजयंतं जयंतं अपराजियं ति। समणे भगवं महावीरे अंतिमरातियंसि पणपण्णं अज्झयणाई कल्लाणफलविवागाइं पणपण्णं अज्झयणाणि पावफलविवा'गाणि वागरेत्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्यहीणे। पढम-बितियासु दोसु पुढवीसु पणपण्णं निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। दसणावरणिज-णामा-ऽऽउयाणं तिण्हं कम्मपगडीणं पणपण्णं उत्तरपगडीतो पण्णत्तातो।
The Seer Malli, after passing the complete longevity of fifty five thousand years became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated [all the miseries). The uninterrupted stretch between the edges, western of the mount Meru and eastern of Vijayadvāra, is expounded fifty thousand yojana. Likewise, the distance in four directions, of the doors Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta and Aparājita (is to be expounded). The Venerable Ascetic Mahāvīra became liberated, enlightened, up to [annihilated the entire miseries], after propounding fifty-five chapters (adhyayana), each of the virtuous and sinful fruitions [respectively]A. Fifty-five lac infernal dwellings [in aggregate], in these first and second earths, are expoundedB. Fifty-five sub-species, (in aggregate] of the three types of karma, knowledge obscuring [9], physique making [42] and age determining [4], are expounded.
1. मल्लिस्स णं अरहतो खमू० हे १, २ ला २ मु०॥ 2. 'यदारस्स हे २ मु०॥ 3. अवहाते खं० हे १ ला २। आबाहाए हे २॥ 4. दिसं जे०। दिसिं ला १ ॥ 5. वेजयंत (तं-ला १)जयंतअपराजियंति(ते T) जे० ला १ Tमु०॥ 6. णाई मु०॥ 7. 'गाइं मु०॥
Notes
A. In the last quarter of the last night of his life-span, lord Mahāvīra was sitting in the court (karaṇasabhā) of king Hastipāla at Madhyamāpāpā. That was the moonless night of the month of Kārttika, astre Bootis (Svāti) and the

Page #225

Samavāya fifty-five
173
moon with karana (half lunar day) Nāga, the tenth. In the morning Lord preached fifty-five chapters each related with the auspicious frution of virtuous karmas and inauspicious fruition of sinful karmas'. B. The aggregate of the hellish abodes in first and second earth is thirty lacs and twenty-five lacs respectively. C. The break up of the total sub-species of three types of karmas, viz. faithobscuring, physique-making and age-determining karma is fifty-five (9 +42 + 4 = 55).
1. Abhayadevasūri, p.72 2. Ibid.

Page #226

56
56. जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे छप्पण्णं नक्खत्ता चंदेण सद्धिं जोगं जोएंसु वा ३ । विमलस्स णं. अरहतो 'छप्पण्णं गणा छप्पण्णं गणहरा होत्था ।
In the continent of Jambudvipa, fifty-six constellations make or made or will make conjunct with two moon^. Seer Vimal had fifty-six groups (gana) and fifty-six direct-disciples3.
1. जोएंसु वा जोएंति वा जोइस्संति वा इति '३' इत्यस्यार्थः ॥
2. छप्पण्णं गणा नास्ति जे० ॥
Notes
A. Fifty-six nakṣatras: According to Suryaprajñapti' there are two moons in the continent of Jambu. Each moon has twenty-eight asters thus in aggregate fifty-six asters make conjunction with the two moons.
B. The number of groups and direct-disciples of the Order of the Seer Vimal is mentioned in Samavāyānga as fifty-six but in Avasyakaniryukti it is fifty-seven.
1. Suryaprajñapti, Ladnun, 10/132.
2. Avasyakaniryukti, Gāthā 267, vide. Samavão, p. 223.

Page #227

57
57. तिण्हं गणिपिडगाणं आयारचूलियवजाणं सत्तावण्णं अज्झीणा पण्णत्ता, तंजहाआयारे सूतगडे ठाणे।
Fifty-seven chapters. (adhyayana) [in aggregate] are expounded, of the three baskets of scriptures, namely Ācāra, Sūtraksta and Sthāna, excluding Ācāracūlikā.
गोथुभस्स णं आवासपव्वतस्स पुरथिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो वलयामुहस्स महापातालस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए एस णं सत्तावण्णंजोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं 'दओभासस्स 'केउकस्स य, संखस्स 'जुयकस्स य, दयसीमस्स ईसरस्स य।
The uninterrupted stretch between the two edges, eastern of the dwelling mountain (of Vellandhara gods) Gostūpa and the very central part of the great hell Vadavāmukha, is expounded fifty seven thousand yojanas. Likewise, (to be repeated about the interminated stretch between] Dakabhāsa [dwelling mountain] and Ketuka [great hell], Saikha [dwelling mountain] and Jupaka [great hell] and Dakaseema [dwelling mountain] and Isvara [great hell].
मल्लिस्स णं अरहतो सत्तावण्णं मणपजवनाणिसता होत्था। महाहिमवंत-रुप्पीणं वासधरपव्वयाणं जीवाणंधणुपट्ठा सत्तावण्णं २ जोयणसहस्साई दोण्णि य तेणउते जोयणसते . दस य एकूणवीसतिभाए जोयणस्स परिक्खेवेणं पण्णत्ता।
1. चूलियाव मु०॥ *आचारस्य श्रुतस्कन्धद्वयरूपस्य प्रथमाङ्गस्य चूलिका सन्तिममध्ययनं विमुक्त्यभिधानमाचारचूलिका, तद्वर्जानाम्। तत्राचारे प्रथमश्रुतस्कन्धे नवाध्ययनानि, द्वितीये षोडश, निशीथाध्ययनस्य प्रस्थानान्तरत्वेनेहानाश्रयणात्, षोडशानां मध्ये एकस्य आचारचूलिकेति परिहतत्वात्, शेषाणि पञ्चदश, सूत्रकृते द्वितीयाङ्गे प्रथमश्रुतस्कन्धे षोडश, द्वितीये सप्त, स्थानाङ्गे दशेत्येवं सप्तपञ्चाशदिति"-अटी०॥ 2. अज्झयणा हे २ मु०॥ 3. गोधू मु०॥ 4. दतोभासस्स जे० हे २ ला १। दगभासस्स मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४०३ पं०७॥ 5. केउस्स खं० हे १ ला २। . 6. “स्स य जु जे० ला १ विना। 7. जूयगस्स ला १। जूयस्स मु०॥ 8. “सीमयस्स खं० जे० हे २। दृश्यतां पृ० ४०३ पं० १३ टि० १०॥ 9. 'पिटुं मु० । “धणुपट्ठ त्ति मण्डलखण्डाकारं क्षेत्रम्"-अटी०॥

Page #228

176
Samavāyāngasūtra
Seer Malli had fifty seven hundred clairvoyants. The (space-length (in form of) of the circumference of bow-sticks of the bow-strings of [both] Mahāhimavanta and Rūkmi mountains bordering the region are expounded fifty seven thousand two hundred ninety three by 10/19 yojana.
Notes A. The aggregate', of the chapters of three baskets of scriptures, namely: Ācārāṇga book I, 9 chapters, book II, 15 chapters, Sūtrakrtānga book I, 16 chapters, book II, 7 chapters and Sthānānga 10 chapters, is (9+ 15+16+7+10) 57.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 73.

Page #229

58 58. पढम-दोच्च-पंचमासु तीसु पुढवीसु अट्ठावण्णं निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
Fifty-eight lac hellish abodes (in aggregate) are expounded in the first (Gem-lustre), second (Sugar-lustre) and fifth (Smoke-lustre) earth.
नाणावरणिजस्स वेयणिय[स्स] आउय[स्स] नाम[स्स] अंतराइयस्स य एतेसि णं पंचण्हं कम्मपगडीणं अट्ठावण्णं उत्तरपगडीतो पण्णत्तातो।
_Fifty-eight sub-species [in aggregate] are expounded, of these five types of karma-knowledge obscuring, feeling producing, age determining, physique making and obstructive karmas.
गोथुभस्स णं आवासपव्वतस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो वलयामुहस्स महापायालस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए एस णं अट्ठावण्णं जोयणसहस्साई अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं चउहिसिं पि नेतव्वं।
The interminated stretch, between the two edges, western of the dwelling mountain Gostūpa (of Vellandhara divinities) and the very centre of the great hell Vaļavāmukha, is expounded fifty eight thousand yojana. Likewise, (to be known the interminated stretch of] four directions also.
1. य नास्ति मु०॥ 2. दृश्यतां पृ० ३९७ पं० १, पृ० ४०३ पं० १६ टि० १२॥ 3. “एवं घउद्दिसिं पि नेयव्वं ति अनेन सूत्रत्रयमतिदिष्टम्, तच्चैवम्-दओभासस्स णं आवासपव्वयस्स उत्तरिल्लाओ चरिमंताओ केउगस्स महापायालस्स बहुमज्झदेसभागे एस णं अट्ठावण्णं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते, एवं संखस्स आवासपव्वयस्स पुरथिमिल्लाओ चरिमंताओ जूयगस्स महापातालस्स, एवं दगसीमस्स आवासपव्वयस्स दाहिणिलाओ चरिमंताओ ईसरस्स महापायालस्स त्ति"-अटी०॥

Page #230

59
59. चंदस्स णं संवच्छरस्स एगमेगे 'उदू एगूणसटुिं रातिंदियाणि रातिंदियग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। संभवे णं अरहा एकूणसद्धिं पुवसतसहस्साई अगारमझे वसित्ता मुंडे जाव पव्वतिते। मल्लिस्स णं अरहतो एगूणसद्धिं ओहिण्णाणिसता होत्था।
Lunar year's each season“, in terms of night and day, is expounded of fifty-nine night and days. Seer Sambhava, having passed fifty-nine lac pūrva years in the house, after tearing his hairs, adopted houselessness (monk hood] from household. Seer Malli ħad five thousand nine hundred clairvoyants.
1. 5 FOIL
Notes
A. Season (rtu) of 59 days: The year (samvatsara) related with the motion of moon is termed as Lunar year. Each lunar year consists of twelve months. There are six seasons of two months each in a year, each season consisting of fifty-nine and 2/62 days and nights". In this case 2/62 has been excluded. The Sthānāngsūtra deals with the five-types of years and their
sub-types. The years are: asterism (nakṣatra) year, period (yuga) year, authentic (pramāna) year, symptomatic (laksana) year and saturn (śaniścara) year. Lunar (candra) year is a sub-type of period (yuga) year. B. Fifty-nine lac pūrva: The span of Seer Sambhavanātha is mentioned in this text as fifty-nine lac pūrva but else where it is mentioned as fifty-nine lac years".
1. Abhayadeva, p. 75. 2. Sthānängsūtra, Ladnun, 5/210-212. 3. Avaśyakaniryukti, Lakhabaval, Gāthā 279.

Page #231

60 60. एगमेगे णं 'मंडले सूरिए सट्ठीए सट्ठीए मुहुत्तेहिं संघाएइ। लवणस्स णं समुदस्स सटुिं नागसाहस्सीओ अग्गोदयं धारेंति।
_ विमले णं अरहा सद्धिं धणूई उहुंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। बलिस्स णं वइरोयणिंदस्स सढ़ि सामाणियसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्तातो। बंभस्स णं देविंदस्स देवरणो सटुिं सामाणियसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्तातो। सोहम्मीसाणेसु दोसु कप्पेसु सटुिं विमाणावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
The sun traverses, each of its diurnal circles, in sixty muhūrtas (60 X 48 minutes or 48 hours)A. The water of waves [rising sixteen thousand yojana high] of the Lavaņa ocean is borne by sixty thousand snakes (nāga). The height of Seer Vimal was sixty bows. Sixty thousand similar rank (sāmānika) gods are expounded of Bali, the lord of Vairocana gods. Sixty thousand similar rank gods are expounded of Brahma, the lord of gods. Sixty lac abodes [in aggregate) of the two paradises Saudharma and īśāna are expounded.
1. मंडले णं हे १ ला २॥
Notes A The circle of sun is complete when it takes a complete round of the mountain Meru. The time taken in this round is sixty muhūrtas or two days and nights (ahorātra). There are two suns in the continent of Jambū, according to Jaina tradition. Both the suns rise on alternate day. Thus, the same sun rises on the third day. B. Agrodaka: The velā of ocean Lavana is sixteen thousand yojana high. Above that Jalaśikhā of the length of four miles (two gavyūti) high and low is called agrodaka. C. Sixty lac abodes: The thirty-two lac abodes in Saudharma and twentyeight lac of Iśāna make the total sixty-lac.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 75. 2. Ibid.

Page #232

61
61. पंचसंवच्छरियस्स णं गँगस्स रिदुमासेणं मिजमाणस्स एगसट्टि उदुमासा पण्णत्ता। मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स पढमे कंडे एगसटुिं जोयणसहस्साई उड्डूंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ते। चंदमंडले णं एगसट्ठिविभागभतिए समंसे पण्णत्ते। एवं सूरस्स वि।
_ In pentad-year cycle (of yuga year) sixty-one seasonal months are expounded. The height of the first stratum (kānda) of the mount Meru is expounded sixty one thousand yojana. The (each) fraction of lunar circle (candramandala) divided by-sixty-one portion [of ayojana], is expounded as even [56]. Likewise, (to be described about) the diurnal circle(sūryamandala) also. 1. सविउदु खं० हे १ ला २॥ 2. प्रतिषु पाठा:-'विभागभतिए खं० हे १ ला २। विभागहाइए जे०। विभइ ला १। विभागविभाइए हे २। विभागविभाइए मु०। “एगसट्ठि त्ति योजनस्य एकषष्टितमै गैः विभाजितं विभागैर्व्यवस्थापितं समांशं समविभागं प्रज्ञप्तम्"-अटी०॥
Notes A. Seasonal month (rtu māsa): Yuga in Jaina astronomical system refers to a five-year cycle of Jaina luni-solar fixed calendar. There are five years (samvatsara) in ayuga (pentad) years, namely: 1. Lunar year (candra samvatasara), 2. Lunar year, 3. Increased year (abhivardhitą samvatsara) (denoting lunar year with an intercalary lunar month), 4. Lunar year (candra samvatasara) and 5. Abhivardhita samvatsara. Every lunar month is of 297 days, therefore a lunar year is of 2932 x 12 i.e35412 days. Each increased month has 31121 days. An increased year has 31127 days x 12 i.e. 383-44 days. Thus total number of days in five year cycle is 35412 x3 +38344-x 2 = 1830 days. Each seasonal month has thirty days therefore number of seasonal months in a pentad year cycle is (1830 divided by 30) 61. B. Equal portion (samansa) in Jambudviprajfiapti the dimension of moon and sun is 56/61 part and 48/61 part of a yojana, respectively. Therefore, 56 parts and 48 parts of their respective dimensions is 1/61 yojana and is equal.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 75. 2. Jambudviprajnapti, Ladnun, section (vaksa) 4.

Page #233

62
62. पंचसंवच्छरिए णं जुगे बावढेि पुण्णिमातो बावटुिं 1अमावासातो [पण्णत्तातो]। वासुपुजस्स णं अरहतो बावटुिं गणा बावड़ेि गणहरा होत्था। सुक्कपक्खस्स णं चंदे बावड़ेि बावढेि भागे दिवसे दिवसे परिवड्डति, ते चेव बहुलपक्खे दिवसे दिवसे परिहायति।सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु पढमे पत्थडे 'पढमावलियाए एगमेगाए दिसाए बावटुिं बावढेि विमाणा पण्णत्ता। सव्वे वेमाणियाणं बावहिँ विमाणपत्थडा पत्थडग्गेणं पण्णत्ता।।
___Sixty-two full moon [nights] and sixty-two moonless [nights] are [expounded) in the pentad-year cycle of yuga year. Seer Vāsupūjya had sixtytwo groups and sixty-two direct-disciples. The moon of bright fort-night', increases sixty two parts daily and during dark fortnight it decreases by the same (proportion) daily. In each direction of the first row (āvalikā) of the first stratum (prastata) in the paradises Saudharma and īśāna, sixty-two abodes (vimāna) are expounded. In all, sixty-two stratum of abodes of all the mansion gods are expounded.
1. "वसातो खं० जेसं०॥ 2. पण्णतातो मु० विना नास्ति। 3 "आवश्यके तु षट्षष्टि रुक्तेति मतान्तरमिदमपीति"-अटी०॥ 4. पढमावलिया एग जे० हे १ ला २ अटीपा०॥ “पढमावलियाए ति ..... प्रथमावलिकाकः, तत्र अथवा प्रथमात् मूलभूताद् विमानेन्द्रकादारभ्य याऽसावावलिका विमानानुपूर्वी, तया, अथवा ..... प्रथमा आद्यावलिका, तस्याम्, पढमावलिय त्ति पाठान्तरे तु ..... प्रथमावलिका सा द्विषष्टिर्द्विषष्टिर्विमानानि प्रमाणेन प्रज्ञप्तेति"-अटी०॥ ..
Notes A. The pertad year yuga cycle consists of three lunar years and two increased years. A lunar year has twelve lunar months and an increased year has thisteen months. Thirty-six months of the three lunar years have thirty-six full moon nights and thirty-six moonless nights. Likewise, twenty-six months of the two increased years have twenty-six full moon nights and twenty-six moonless nights. Thus aggregate, of both, the full moon and moonless nights, in a pentad year cycle (yuga), is 62 (36+26)". B. Instead of sixty-two groups and direct-disciples as mentioned in this text, Āvaśyakaniryukti" has mentioned sixty-six groups and direct-disciples of

Page #234

182
Samavāyāngasūtra
the Seer Vāsupūjya. C. According to Abhayadevasūrio full moon has 931 fractions. Of these one fraction remains intact while the remaining ones keep increasing and decreasing. In bright fortnight 62 fractions of the moon increase daily and on the fifteenth night moon becomes full. Likewise, the 62 fractions of the moon of dark fortnight decrease daily and the fifteenth night becomes moonless. D. Sixty Two Vimāna prastatas": The aggregate of the Vimāna prastatas of heavenly abodes Saudharma-iśāna-13, Sanatkumāra-Māhendra-12, Brahmaloka-6, Lāntaka-5, Sahasrāra-4, Ānata-Prānata-4, Āraņa-Acyuta-4, Graiveyaka-9 and Anuttara 1 (13+ 12+ 6+5+ 4+4+ 9 +1= 62), is sixtytwo.
1. Abahyadeva, p. 76. 2. Āvaśyakaniryukti, Lakhabaval, gāthā 267. 3. Abahyadeva, p. 76. 4. Ibid.

Page #235

63
63. उसभे णं अरहा कोसलिए तेवढेि पुव्वसतसहस्साई महारायवासमज्झावसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ताणं अगारातो अणगारियं पव्वइते। हरिवास-रम्मयवासेसु मणूसा तेवट्ठीए रातिदिएहिं संपत्तजोव्वणा भवंति। निसढे णं पव्वते तेवढेि सूरोदया पण्णत्ता। एवं नीलवंते वि।
The Seer Rsabha, of the country Košala, having passed sixty-three lac pūrva years in the great dominion (as the great king), plucking his hairs, adopted houselessness (monk hood), from mundane life. In (regions) Harivarșa and Ramyakvarșa human beings attain youth in sixty-three night and days. On the mount Nişadha sixty-three sun-risings are expounded. Likewise, [to be described on) the mount Nīlavanta also.
1. जे० विना-महारायमझाव खमू० हे १ ला २॥ महारायवासमझे व हे २ ला १।महारायमझे व मु०। "मगारावासमझाव खंसं०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३६३५॥ 2. ui hi TIOS AT PIIP 3. Hast T holdag T T S11
61
Notes A Sixty-three Sun-Risings: There are two suns in the continent of Jambū. The sum of the stretch of solar diurnal circles of both the suns is (180+330) 510 * yojana. Out of this total stretch 180 yojana falls in the Jambū continent and remaining in the ocean Lavana. Each of the two suns has 184 circles, in all. The sixty-five of one's circles are stretched over 180 yojanas in the continent of Jambū and remaining 119 diurnal circles are stretched over 330 yojanas in ocean Lavaņa. Of the sixty-five solar circles of each sun of the continent of Jambū, two circles are located over the jagati of this continent. Remaining sixty-three are located over the mountain Nişadha and Nilavān. The mountain Nişadha is located on the south of mountain Meru and is stretched in the eastwest direction upto the jagati of the continent of Jambū. The mountain Nilavān is located on the north of mountain Meru and is stretched in the east-west direction upto the jagati of the continent of Jambū”.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 77.

Page #236

64
64. अट्ठट्ठमिया णं भिक्खुपडिमा चउसट्ठीए रातिंदिएहिं दोहि य अट्ठासीतेहिं भिक्खासतेहिं अहासुतं 'जाव भवति । चउसट्ठि असुरकुमारावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता । चमरस्स णं रण्णो चउसट्ठि सामाणियसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्तातो । सव्वे वि णं दधिमुहपव्वया पल्लासंठाणसंठिता सव्वत्थ समा 'विक्खंभुस्सेहेणं चउसट्ठि चउसट्ठि जोयणसहस्साइं पण्णत्ता । सोहम्मीसाणे बंध तीसु कप्पेसु चउसट्टिं विमाणावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। सव्वस्स वि य णं रण्णो चाउरंतचक्कवट्टिस्स चउसट्ठीलट्ठीए 'महग्घेमुत्तामणिमए हारे पण्णत्ते ।
The eight eight-days (asta astamikā) mendicantal modal stage (bhiksupratimā) is observed, lasting for sixty-four night and days with two hundred eighty eight dattis (a particular mode of giving food and water) up to as per canons. Abodes of demon (Asurakumāra) gods are expounded sixty-four lac. Gods with similar status (sāmānika) of the lord Camara are expounded sixty-four thousand. All the Dadhimukha mountains, structured like figure of a drum, are expounded to be of identical extension all over the place and of sixty-four thousand yojana above the ground. The [aggregate of] celestial abodes of three paradises Saudharma, Iśāna and Brahmaloka is expounded sixty-four lac. Sixty-four beautiful precious necklaces of pearl diamond are expounded of all the universal monarchs of four directions.
1. “यावत्करणात् अहाकप्पं अहामग्गं फासिया पालिया सोभिया तीरिया कित्तिया सम्मं आणाए आराहिया यावि भवतीति दृश्यम् " - अटी० ॥
2. विक्खंभेणं अटी० । विक्खंभुस्सेहेणं अटीपा० । “सर्वत्र समा विष्कम्भेन, मूलादिषु दशसहस्रविष्कम्भत्वात् तेषाम्, क्वचित्तु विक्खंभुस्सेहेणं ति पाठः, तत्र तृतीयैकवचनलोपदर्शनाद् विष्कम्भेनेति व्याख्येयम्, तथा उत्सेधेन उच्चत्वेन चतुःषष्टिश्चतुः षष्टिरिति " - अटी० ॥
3. 'सट्ठिल' मु० । “चउसट्ठिलट्ठीए त्ति .....चतुःषष्टियष्टिकः " - अटी० ॥
4. मणिए खं० हे १ ला २ ॥

Page #237

65
65. जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे पणसद्धिं सूरमंडला पण्णत्ता। थेरे णं मोरियपुत्ते पणसद्धिं वासाइं अगारमज्झे वसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता णं अगारातो अणगारियं पव्वतिते। सोहम्मवडेंसयस्स णं विमाणस्स एगमेगाए बाहाए पणसटुिं पणसटुिं भोमा पण्णत्ता।
Sixty-five solar circles are expounded in the continent of Jambūdvīpa^. The elder monk Mauryaputra passing sixty-five years in the household, after tearing his hairs adopted houselessness (monk hood), from mundane life. Sixtyfive celestial abodes are expounded in each direction of the celestial abode Saudharmāvatarsaka.
Notes
A. See. foot-note of 63. B. In this aphorism the longevity of the elder monk Mauryaputra is expounded as sixty-five years as a house-holder. Mauryaputra was the seventh direct-disciple of Mahāvīra. His elder brother, Manditaputra was Mahāvīra's sixth direct-disciple with fifty-three years longevity as householder. They both were contemporary. Āvaśyakaniryukti has reading ‘tevaņna panasatthi'. Ācārya Malayagiri has reversed the description and has related sixty-five years with Manditaputra and fifty-three years with Mauryaputra. Ācārya Abhayadevasūri also followed the same line. Ācārya Mahāprajña inferred that scribe has mistaken Mauryaputra for Mandiyaputra'.
1. Samavão, p. 235, foot-note 2.

Page #238

66. 'दाहिणड्डमणुस्सखेत्ता णं छावढेि चंदा पभासिंसु वा ३, छावढिं सूरिया तवइंसु वा ३। उत्तरड्डमणुस्सखेत्ता णं छावढेि चंदा पभासिंसु वा ३। छावटुिं सूरिया तवइंसु वा ३। सेजंसस्स णं अरहतो 'छावढि गणा छावढिं गणहरा होत्था। आभिणिबोहियनाणस्स णं उक्कोसेणं छावढेि सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता।
The sixty-six moons shone (or shine or will shine the southern half of the human region (and) sixty-six suns heated or heat or will heat (the southem half of the human region)A. Likewise, the sixty-six moons shone or shine or will shine the northern half of the human region (and) sixty-six suns heated or heat or will heat (the northern half of the human region. Seer Śreyānsa had sixty-six groups and sixty-six direct-disciples. The duration, at the most, of the sensory knowledge, is expounded as sixty-six Ocean simile period.
1. 'खेते अटीपा०। “दक्षिणार्द्धमनुष्यक्षेत्रम्, तत्र भवा दक्षिणार्द्धमनुष्यक्षेत्राः, णमित्यलङ्कारे, षट्षष्टिचन्द्राः प्रभासितवन्तः प्रभासनीयम्, अथवा लिङ्गव्यत्ययाद् दक्षिणानि यानि मनुष्यक्षेत्राणाम नि तानि तथा, तानि प्रकाशितवन्तः, पाठान्तरे दक्षिणार्धमनुष्यक्षेत्रे प्रभासनीयं प्रभासितवन्तः"-अटी०॥ 2., 4. 'पभासिंसु वा पभासंति वा पभासिस्संति वा' इति '३' इत्यस्यार्थः॥ 3., 5. तविंसु ३ मु०। 'तवइंसु वा तवइंति वा तवइस्संति वा' इति '३' इत्यस्यार्थः॥ 6. "आवश्यके तु षट्सप्ततिरभिहितेतीदं मतान्तरमिति"-अटीपा०॥
Notes A. Sixty-six suns and Sixty-six moons : Human region is bifurcated into two regions: southern and northern. In each half, southern and northern, there are sixty-six suns and sixty-six moons, making the sum of suns and moons in the whole human region as 132 (66+66) each. Continent of Jambū
(sun) 2
(moon)2 Ocean Lavaņa Dhātaki Ocean of Kālodadhi Half of the Puşkara region
total 132
72
1. Abhayadeva, p. 78.

Page #239

67. पंचसंवच्छरियस्स णं जुगस्स नक्खत्तमासेणं मिज्जमाणस्स सत्तसटुिं नक्खत्तमासा पण्णत्ता। 'हेमवतेरण्णवतियातो णं बाहातो सत्तसद्धिं सत्तसद्धिं जोयणसताइं पणपण्णाई तिण्णि य भागा जोयणस्स आयामेणं पण्णत्तातो।
. Sixty-seven astral months (naksatramāsa), measured by astral months, are expounded in a pentad year yuga cycle. The arms-length of Haimavata and Airāvata region are expounded as six thousand seven hundred fifty-five by one third of a yojana (6755 ).
मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स पुरथिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो गोयमदीवस्स णं दीवस्स पुरिथिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं सत्तसटुिंजोयणसहस्साइं अबाधाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते। सव्वेसिं पिणं नक्खत्ताणं सीमाविक्खंभे णं 'सत्तसटुिंभागभइते समंसे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted stretch, between the eastern edges of mount Meru and continent Gautama, is expounded sixty seven thousand yojana. The extension of the boundaries (sīmāviskambha), of all the constellations, is expounded as even (in number), if divided by sixty-seven.
1. हेमवयएरनवयाओ मु०॥ 2. गोयमस्स णं दीवस्स पु हे १ ला गोयमदीवस्स पु जे० ला १ मु०। अटी० कृतां समक्षं 'दीवस्स णं दीवस्स' इति 'दीवस्स' इति वा पाठ आसीदिति भाति, तथाहि-"मेरोः पूर्वान्ताज्जम्बूद्वीपोऽपरस्यां दिशि जगतीबाह्यान्तपर्यवसानः पञ्चपञ्चाशद् योजनसहस्राणि तावदस्ति, ततः परं द्वादश योजनसहस्त्राणि अतिक्रम्य लवणसमुद्रमध्ये गौतमद्वीपाभिधानो द्वीपोऽस्ति, तमधिकृत्य सूत्रार्थः संभवति, पञ्चपञ्चाशतो द्वादशानां च सप्तषष्टित्वभावात्। यद्यपि सूत्रपुस्तकेषु गौतमशब्दो न दृश्यते तथाप्यसौ रश्या, जीवाभिगमादिषु लवणसमुद्रे गौतम-चन्द्र रविद्वीपान् विना द्वीपान्तरस्याश्रूयमाणात्वादिति"-अटी०॥ 3. सव्वेविणं खं०। सव्वेसि णं हे १ ला २। “सव्वेसि पि णमित्यादि, सर्वेषामपि णमित्यलङ्कारे नक्षत्राणां सीमाविष्कम्भः पूर्वापरतश्चन्द्रस्य नक्षत्रभुक्तिक्षेत्रविस्तारः नक्षत्रेणाहोरात्रभोग्यक्षेत्रस्य सप्तषष्टया भागैर्भाजितो विभक्तः समांशः समच्छेदः प्रज्ञप्तः"-अटी०॥ 4. सत्तविभागभइते ला १। सत्तष्टुिं भागं भइए मु०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणं तथा पृ० ४०७ पं० १० टि०
Notes A The number of lunar sidereal revolution or asterismic month is sixtyseven. The number of days in an asterismic month is 27 . The pentad year cycle, consisting of three lunar years and two increased years, has 1830 days,

Page #240

188
Samavāyāngasūtra
in aggregate. Thus, the number of asterismic month in pentad year yuga cycle will be 1830 divided by 2727 i.e. 67.' B. Zodiacal stretch of every asterism has been expressed in time-units called muhūrtas. Abhijit combines with moon for 9 27 muhūrtas“.
67
1. Abhyadeva, p. 80. 2. Ibid.

Page #241

68
68. धायइसंडे णं दीवे अट्ठसद्धिं चक्कवट्टिविजया अट्ठसद्धिं रायधाणीतो पण्णत्ताओ। 'उक्कोसपदे अट्ठसद्धिं अरहंता समुप्पजिसु वा ३। एवं चक्कवट्टी बलदेवा वासुदेवा। पुक्खरवरदीवड्डे णं अट्ठसद्धिं विजया एवं चेव जाव वासुदेवा। विमलस्स णं अरहतो अट्ठसटुिं समणसाहस्सीतो उक्कोसिया समणसंपदा होत्था।
In the continent of Dhātakikhanda, sixty-eight territoriesA (vijaya) and sixty-eight capitals are expounded of sixty-eight universal monarchs. Sixtyeight Seers, at the most, took birth (in past), take birth (at present) and will take birth (in future) [in the continent of Dhātakikhanda]. Likewise, [to be described about) universal monarchs, Baladevas and VāsudevasB. In half of Puskaravara continent, sixty-eight territories, like wise, up to Vasudevas. Seer Vimalanāth had the excellent treasure of sixty-eight thousand monks.
-
1. Free Coli . 2. 'Hufory at Hyusifa at Hyufoutrilet at sfa''z' Frarref:11
Notes A. There may take birth one Seer, one universal monarch, one Baladeva and one Vasudeva in each Vijaya(territory). There are thirty-two Vijayas in each half of the Dhātaki region, two each in Bharat and Airavat region. Thus taking the total to be (32+ 32 +2+2) sixty-eight. Similarly, is the case with half island of Puşkaravara. B. This aphorism describes that there are sixty eight universal monarch and sixty-eight Vasudevas, at the most, in Dhātakī region. The commentator Abhayadevasūri, in disagreement with it, claims that possibility of the existence sixty-eight universal monarchs and sixty-eight Vasudevas at the same time does not arise. He asserts that universal monarchs. and Vāsudevas are not found together. Sixty universal monarchs and eight Vāsudevas or sixty Vāsudevas and eight universal monarchs can exist at a given time”.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 80. 2. Ibid.

Page #242

69
69. समयखेत्ते णं मंदरवज्जा एकूणसत्तरिं वासा वासधरपव्वता पण्णत्ता, तंजहा - पणतीसं वासा, तीसं वासहरा, चत्तारि उसुयारा । मंदरस्स पव्वतस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो गोतमद्दीवस्स पच्चत्थिमिले चरिमंते एस णं एकूणसत्तरिं जोयणसहस्साइं 2 अबाधाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते । मोहणिज्जवज्जाणं सत्तण्हं 'कम्मपगडीणं एकूणसत्तरिं उत्तरपगडीतो 'पण्णत्तातो ।
In human region or two and half continents (samayakṣetra) [the aggregate of] regions ( varsa) and mountains bordering the region (varsadhara), excluding mount Meru are expounded as sixty-nine, namely thirty-five regions thirty mountains bordering the region and four Iṣukāra mountains^. The uninterrupted stretch, between the western ends of mount Meru and continent Gautama, is expounded sixty nine thousand yojana. Sixty-nine subspecies [in aggregate] are expounded of seven types of karma, barring those of deluding one.
1. तंजहा नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
2. आबा हे १ ला २ । आबाधा अंतरे जे० ला १ ॥
3. कम्माणं एगूणसत्तरि कम्मप्पगडीतो जे० । दृश्यतां पृ० ४०२ पं० १२, पृ० ४०३ पं० १६, पृ० ४०५ पं० ६। 'मोहनीयवर्णानां कर्मणामेकोनसप्ततिरुत्तरप्रकृतयो भवन्ति " - अटी० ॥
4. पण्णत्ताओ नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
Notes
A. In time-region (samayaksetra) there are sixty-nine regions ( varsa) and sixty-nine mountains bordering the region (varṣadhara). Excluding five regions of Meru mountains, seven regions each related with Bharat, Haimavat, Harivarsa, Ramyakvarṣa and Mahāvideha make the total of regions thirtyfive. In the same way, excluding five varṣadhara mountains of Meru, six each relate with Bharat, Haimavat, Harivarṣa, Ramyakvarṣa and Mahāvideha make the total of these mountains bordering the region thirty-there are four Iṣukāra mountains1.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 80.

Page #243

70 70. समणे भगवं महावीरे वासाणं सवीसतिराते मासे 'वीतिकंते सत्तरीए रातिदिएहिं सेसेहिं वासावासंपज्जोसविते।पासे णं अरहा पुरिसादाणीए सत्तरि वासाइं बहुपडिपुण्णाइं सामण्णपरियागं पाउणित्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। वासुपुजे णं अरहा सत्तरं धणूई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। मोहणिजस्स णं कम्मस्स सत्तरिं सागरोवमकोडाकोडीओ अबाहूणिया 'कम्महिती कम्मणिसेगे पण्णत्ते। माहिंदस्स णं देविंदस्स देवरण्णो सत्तरि सामाणियसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्तातो।
The Venerable Ascetic Mahavira observed rainy season (varşāvāsa) after fifty days (twenty [days and] nights in addition to one month) having gone and seventy nights and days left. The honourable Seer Pārsva, after adopting the mode of monkhood for seventy years became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated [the entire miseries]. The height of the Seer Vāsupūjya was seventy bows. The duration of the karma-particle coming into effect (niseka) of the deluding karma is expounded [seven thousand years) less than the duration of the endurance of karma particle without effect (abādhākāla) [which is] seventy crore by crores (kotakoti) ocean- simile period (sāgaropama). Seventy thousand similar rank gods are expounded of Māhendra, lord of gods.
1. विति' जे०। बहरते सत्तरिएहिं रा मु०॥ 2. पज्जोसवेइ मु० अटी०। पज्जवसिते हे १ ला २। 'पज्जोसवेइ त्ति परिवसति सर्वथा वासं करोति, पञ्चाशति प्राक्तनेषु दिवसेषु तथाविधवसत्यभावादिकारणे स्थानान्तरमप्याश्रयति, भाद्रपदशकूपञ्चम्यां तु वृक्षमूलादावपि निवसतीति हृदयम्"-अटी०। 3. 'कोडाकोडी अबा हे १ ला २। कोडाकोडिओ सत्त वाससहस्साई अबा खं०। “अबाह त्ति किमुक्तं भवति?..... 'बाथ लोडने पा० ध०५]. बाधत इति बाधा, कर्मण उदय इत्यर्थः, न बाधा अबाधा, अ कर्मोदयस्येत्यर्थः, तया ऊनिका अबाधोनिका कर्मस्थितिः कर्मनिषेको भवतीत्येवमेके प्राहः। अन्ये पनराहःअबाधाकालेन वर्षसहस्त्रसप्तकलक्षणेनोना कस्थितिः सप्तसहस्राधिकसप्ततिसागरोपमकोटीकोटीलक्षणा, कर्मनिषेको भवति, स च कियान् ? उच्यते-सत्तरं सागरोवमकोडाकोडीओ त्ति'-अटी०॥ 4. द्विति जे०॥

Page #244

71 71. चउत्थस्स णं चंदसंवच्छरस्स हेमंताणं 'एक्कसत्तरीए राइंदिएहिं वीतिक्कतेहिं सब्बबाहिरातो मंडलातो सूरिए आउट्टि करेति। वीरियपुव्वस्स णं पुव्वस्स एकसत्तरि पाहुडा पण्णत्ता। अजिते णं अरहा एक्कसत्तरिं पुव्वसतसहस्साई अगारमज्झे वसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता जाव पव्वतिते। एवं सगरे वि राया चाउरंतचक्कवट्टी एक्कसत्तरिं पुव्व जाव पव्वतिते।
After the lapse of seventy one days and nights of the winter season of fourth lunar year (of a pentad year yuga cycle) sun moves from the outer most (diurnal) circle (i.e. travels from southward to northward)“. Vīryapravāda (third) Pūrva's seventy-one sections (prābhrta) are expounded. The Seer Ajital, having lived seventy-one lac pūrvas in the house-hold, after tearing his hairs adopted houselessness, from mundane life. Likewise, the universal monarch Sagara, the victor of four directions, also [after living ] seventy-one lac pūrvas [in the household after tearing his hairs] adopted houselessness (from mundane life).
1. apritega stol perubatan 311 2. fifaurarerfi gol saffrayant for Trauerer"-37011 3. If ITO AT 11
Notes
A. A pentad year yuga cycle consists of first and second lunar year, third increased year, fourth lunar year and fifth increased year. In lunar year, a lunar month has 29 days. Thus the days of a lunar year are 29 x 12 days while increased (abhivardhita) year has 29 x 13 days. The sum of the first and second lunar years and third increased years is1092-days. A solar year having 366 days, three solar years' days have 366 x3= 1098 days. Thus three solar years have 5 days more than the sum of three i.e. the first and second lunar years and third increased years. The three solar years terminate on the sixth of the dark half of the month of Śrāvana while three lunar years culminate on the full moon night of Āsādha. Therefore when, after completion of the third solar year, the southward motion of the sun begins on the 7th of the dark half of Śrāvaņa, the fourth lunar year has already commenced. The sun

Page #245

Samavāya seventy-one
193
on his southward motion enters the 112th circle, on the full moon day of the fourth month Kārtika of the fourth lunar year; the season of Hemant begins on the first of the dark half of Mrgsira. The sun traverses the remaining circles in seventy-one days of the Hemant season. In other words, the sun turns northward from southward on the thirteenth of the bright half of the month of Māgha.
According to Jyotişkarandaka, the order of the tithis, related with the northward and southward of pentad year is as follows: Northward
Southward Māgha
Śrāvana 7th of dark
1st of dark 4th of bright
13th of dark 1s of dark
10th of bright 13th of dark
7th of dark 10th of bright
4th of bright B. The second Seer Ajit lived eighteen-lac pūrva as a prince and fifty-three lac pūrva and pūrvānga as a king. It is notable that the duration of one pūrvānga has not been taken into account, in this aphorism...
1. Abhayadeva, p. 80. 2. Ibid, p. 80.

Page #246

72 72. बावत्तरि 'सुवण्णकुमारावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। लवणस्स समुहस्स बावत्तरि नागसाहस्सीतो बाहिरियं वेलं धारेंति। समणे भगवं महावीरे बावत्तरि वासाइं सव्वाउयं पालयित्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। थेरे णं अयलभाया बावत्तरि वासाई सव्वाउयं पालयित्ता सिद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। अब्भंतरपुक्खरद्धे णं बावत्तरिं चंदा पभासिंसु वा पभासंति वा पभासिस्संति वा, बावत्तरि सूरिया तवइंसु वा तवइंति वा तवइस्संति वा। एगमेगस्स णं रण्णो चाउरंतचक्कवट्टिस्स बावत्तरि पुरवरसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्तातो।
Seventy two thousand dwellings of the Suparņakumāra gods are expounded. The outer bank of the Ocean Lavana is borne by seventy two thousand serpents. The Venerable Ascetic Mahavira, after the termination of total life-span of seventy-two years became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated [the entire miseries]. The elder monk Acalabhrātā, after the termination of total life-span of seventy-two years, became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated [all the miseries]. The seventy-two moons illuminated or illuminate or will illuminate in the internal half of the (third) Puskara [island]. The seventy-two suns shone or shine or will shine there (in the third Puskara island). Seventy-two thousand excellent towns, of each universal monarch, the victor of the four directions, are expounded. . .
बावत्तरि कलातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा-लेह' १, गणितं २, रूवं ३, नट्ट ४, गीयं ५, वाइतं ६, सरगयं ७, पुक्खरगयं ८, समतालं ९, जूयं १०, 'जाणवयं ११, पोरेकव्वं १२, अट्ठावयं १३, 'दयमट्टियं १४, अण्णविधिं १५, पाणविधिं १६, 'लेणविहिं १७, सयणविहिं १८ अजं, १९, पहेलियं २०, मागधियं २१, गाधं २२, सिलोगं २३, गंधजुत्तिं २४, मधुसित्थं २५,
1. सुपण्ण जे०॥ 2. तविंसु वा ३ मु०॥ 3. द्वासप्ततिः कला औपपातिकसूत्रे राजप्रभीयसूत्रे च दृढप्रतिज्ञस्य वर्णने उल्लिखिताः ॥ 4. कलानां पुरतः १,२,३ आदयोऽङ्काः हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु न सन्ति, केवलमस्माभिरेव स्वकल्पनया अत्रोपन्यस्ताः। दृश्यतां पृ० ४१३ टि० ५॥ 5. जाणवायं जे० विना। जणवायं मु०। “कलाविभागो लौकिकशास्त्रेभ्योऽवसेयः"-अटी०॥ 6. पोक्खच्यं मु०॥ 7. दगमट्टियं ला १ मु०॥ 8. अन्नविहीं पाणविहीं वत्थविहीं सयणविहीं मु०॥ 9. लोणविहिं जे०। लेहविहिं हे १,२ ला १,२। वत्थविहीं मु०॥

Page #247

Samavāya seventy-two
आभरणविहिं २६, तरुणीपडिकम्मं २७, इत्थीलक्खणं २८, पुरिसलक्खणं २९, हयलक्खणं ३०, गयलक्खणं ३१, गोणलक्खणं ३२, कुक्कुडलक्खणं ३३, मेंढयलक्खणं ३४, चक्कलक्खणं ३५, छत्तलक्खणं ३६, दंडलक्खणं ३७, असिलक्खणं ३८, मणिलक्खणं ३९, काकणिलक्खणं ४०, चम्मलक्खणं ४१, चंदचरियं ४२, सूरचरितं ४३, राहुचरितं ४४, गहचरितं ४५, " सोभाकरं ४६, दोभाकरं ४७, विज्जागतं ४८, मंतगयं ४९, रहस्सगयं ५०, 12 सभांव ५१, चारं ५२, पडिचारं ५३, वूहं ५४, पडिवूहं ५५, 14 खंधावारमाणं15 ५६, नगरमाणं - ५७, 17 वत्थुमाणं ५८, खंधावारनिवेसं ५९, नगरनिवेसं ६०, वत्थुनिवेसं ६१, ईसत्थं ६२, छरुपगयं ६३, आससिक्खं ६४, हत्थिसिक्खं ६५, 19 धणुव्वेयं ६६, 20 हिरण्ण" वायं, सुवण्णवायं, मणिपागं, धाउपागं ६७, बाहुजुद्धं, दंडजुद्धं, मुट्ठिजुद्धं, अट्ठिजुद्धं, जुद्धं, निजुद्धं, 22 जुद्धातिजुद्धं ६८, 22 सुत्तखेडुं, नालियाखेड, 24 वट्टखेड्डु, धम्मखेड्डुं ६९, पत्तच्छेजं, कडगच्छेजं, 2 पत्तगच्छेजं ७०, 27 सज्जीवं, निज्जीवं ७१, सउणरुतमिति ७२ ।
Seventy-two arts and sciences are expounded, namely (1) writing (lekha), (2) arithmetic (ganita), (3) sculpture ( rūpa), (4) dancing ( nātya), (5) singing (gita), (6) instrumental music (vādya ), (7) vocal music (svaragata),
10. चंदलक्खणं जे० विना ।।
11. सोभागकरं दोभागकरं मु० ॥
12. सभासं मु० ।। 13. घरं जे० ॥
14. खंधार जे० ॥
15, 16, 17. मामणं खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
18. थरुपगयं जे० । छरुयगयं खं० हे १ ला २ । छरुप्पवायं मु० ॥
19. धणुवेयं खं जे० ला १ हे २ ॥
20. हिरण्णवयं सुवण्णवयं जे० । हिरण्णपागं सुवन्न० मु० ॥
21. वातं खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
22. जुदाई जुद्धं मु० । “इह च द्विसप्ततिरिति कलासंखयोक्ता, बहुतराणि च सूत्रे तन्नामानि उपलभ्यन्ते, तत्र कासाञ्चित् कासुचिदन्तर्भावोऽवगन्तव्य इति' - अटी० ॥
23. ला १ विना-खेडुं नालियाखेडुं वट्टखेडं पत्त' जे० । 'खेडं नालियाखेडं वट्टखेडं धम्मखेडं धम्मखेडं पत' मु० । 'खेडुं बट्टखेडुं नालियाखेडुं धम्मखेडुं पत्त' खं०। 'खेडुं बट्टखेडुं नालियाखेडुं पत्त' हे १ ला २ । खेवट्टखे गालियाखेडुं णालियाखेडुं पाठांतरे धम्मखेडुं पम्हखेडुं यत्त' हे २॥
24. बट्टखेडं पाठांतरे धम्मखेड T॥
25. कणग' हे १, २ ला १ ॥
195
26. पत्तगच्छेज्जं नास्ति मु० ॥
27. सजीवं मु० । अज्जीवं खं० । अजीवं हे १ ला २ ॥
28. रुयं ७२ मु०॥

Page #248

196
Samavāyāngasūtra
(8) drum music (puşkaragata), (9) timing in music (samatāla), (10) gambling (dyūta), (11) a type of gambling (janavāda), (12) verse composition, (13) chess playing (astāpada), (14) clay-modelling including the knowledge of clays (dakamrttikalā), (15) cooking (annavidhi), (16) preparing drink (pānavidhi), (17) dress (vastravidhi), (18) bed or house-building (śayanavidhi), (19) knowledge of Āryā metres (āryā), (20) riddles (prahelikā), (21) Māgadhi composition, (22) Prakrit verse composition (Gathā), (23) Sanskrit verse composition (śloka), (24) preparation of powders (gandhayukti), (25) preparation of creams (madħusiktha), (26) making ornaments (ābharanavidhi), (27) means of improving the complexion of damsels (tarunīpratikarma), (28) knowledge of distinguishing marks of women (strīlakṣaṇa), (29) marks of men (puruşalaksaņa), (30) distinguishing marks marks of horses (hayalakṣaṇa), (31) distinguishing marks of elephants (gajalaksaņa), (32) kine, (33) cocks. (34) sheeps. (35) wheels arms, (36) umbrellas, (37) staves, (38) swords, (39) gems (40) Cowrie, (41) leather, (42) movement of moon, (43) movement of sun, (44) dragon, (45) planets, (46) means of good fortune, (47) means of misfortune, (48) knowledge of sciences, (49) knowledge of chants, (50) knowledge of mysteries, (51)(sabhāsa)(52) science of movements of stars and planets and their auspicious effects (cāram), (53) science of movements of stars and planets and their inauspicious effects (praticāram), (54) strategy or deployment of forces (defensive) (vyūha), (55) strategy or deployment of forces (attacking) (prativyūha), (56) study of military camping, logistics and deployment (skandhāvāramāņa), (57) art of populating a town (nagaramāna), (58) art of home construction (vastumāna), (59) deployment of army (skandhāvāraniveśa), (60) art of home construction (nagaraniveśa), (61) art of putting a thing in a vessel according to its capacity (vāstuniveśa), (62) art of using energized arrows (īsvastram), (63) art of knife throwing (tsarupragatam), (64) art of training horse (ašvaśiksā), (65) art of training elephant (hastiśikṣā), (66) art of archery (dhanurveda), (67) science of silver (hiranyapāka), science of gold (suvarnapāka), science of gem (manipāka), metallurgy (dhātupāka), (68) arm wrestling (bāhuyuddha), fighting with stick (dandayuddha), fistfighting or boxing (mustiyuddha), fighting with bones (asthiyuddha), battle (yuddha), hand to hand fighting (niyuddha), battle with arms (yuddhāti

Page #249

Samavāya seventy-two
197
yuddha), (69) games of string (sūtrakheța), gambling or game through dices (nālikākheța), games of circle or rope-walking (vsttakhela), religious games (dharmakhela) (70) art of piercing multiple leaves in one stroke (patrachedya), art of drilling or cutting holes in leaves or plates in scattered formation (kațacchedya), (patrkacchedya), (71) art of converting metallic salts into metals and art of making metallic salts from metals (sajīva-nirjīva) and (72) science of language, movement etc. of birds (śakunaruta).
2°संमुच्छिमखहयरपंचेंदियतिरिक्खजोणियाणं उक्कोसेणं बावत्तरिं वाससहस्साई ठिती MUUTTITI
The life -span, at the most, of the five-sensed birds and animals, born without copulation (sammūrcchima), is expounded seventy two thousand years.
29. Tegu vefa arui faf Holl
Notes A. Of the seventy two lac heavenly abodes of the Suparņakumāra gods, thirty eight lac abodes are in southern region and thirty four lac abodes are in northern region". B. According to Abhayadevasūri” the outer velā of the Ocean Lavana, is 16 thousand yojana in height and ten thousand yojana in breadth and its direction is towards Dhātakī region. C. Acalabhrātā, the ninth direct-disciple of Mahāvīra, attained the total lifespan of 72 years, 46 years as a house holder, 12 years as non-omniscient and 14 years as omniscient. D. The list or mention of seventy two arts for men is enumerated, in Jñātādharmakathā (1/1/85), Aupapātikasūtra (46), Rājapraśniya etc. canonical texts. Dr. Nandlal Jain, in his book Scientific Contents in Prakrit Canons has exhaustively dealth with this topic under the head branches of learning in canons.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 81. 2. Ibid. 3. Jain, N. L., Scientific Contents in Prakrit Canons, pp. 87-106.

Page #250

73
73. हरिवस्स-रम्मयवस्सियातो णं जीवातो तेवत्तरि २ जोयणसहस्साई नव य एक्कुत्तरे जोयणसते सत्तरस य एकूणवीसतिभागे जोयणस्स अद्धभागं च आयामेणं पण्णत्तातो। विजये णं बलदेवे तेवत्तरि वाससयसहस्साइं सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता सिद्धे जाव प्पहीणे।
The length of the bow-strings of [regions] Harivarsa and Ramyakvarsa are expounded seventy three thousand nine hundred one and seventeen by nineteen plus half yojana (7390146 + ). Baladeva Vijaya”, after the termination of the full longevity of seventy-three lac years became liberated up to annihilated [the entire miseries].
1. हरिवास' खंसं०। हरिवासरम्मयवासयाओ मु०। हरिवस्सरम्मयवस्सिओ जे०॥
Notes A. In Samavāyāngasūtra, the longevity of Vijaya, the second Baladeva is expounded seventy-three lac years, while in Āvašyakaniryukti" (v.406) it is described as seventy lac years. Jinasena, in Harivansapurāna“, mentions it as eighty seven lac. Abhayadeva treats the account of Āvaśyakaniryukti as of different tradition.
-
1. Avasyakaniryukti, Lakhabaval, gāthā 406. 2. Harivansapurana, 60/322. 3. Abhayadeva, p. 83.

Page #251

74 74. थेरे णं 'अग्गिभूती चोवत्तरिं वासाइं सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता सिद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। 2 निसभातो णं वासहरपव्वतातो अतिगिंच्छिदहातो 'णं दहातो सीतोता 'महानदी चोवत्तरिं जोयणसताइं साहियाइं 'उत्तराहुत्ती पवहित्ता वतिरामतियाए जिब्भियाए चउजोयणायामाए 'पण्णासजोयणविक्खंभा वइरतले कुंडे 'महता घडमुहपवत्तिएणं मुत्तावलिहारसंठाणसंठितेणं पवातेणं महया सद्देणं पवडति । एवं सीता वि 'दक्खिणाहुत्ती भाणियव्वा । चउत्थवज्जासु छसु पुढवीसु चोवत्तरिं 10निरयावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता ।
The elder monk, direct-disciple Agnibhūti, after the termination of the full life span of seventy-four years became liberated up to annihilated [the entire miseries]. The well-known river Sītodā, originating from the fountain Tigincha, of the mountain Niṣadha, bordering the region, flowing northward over seventy thousand yojana, entering the pitch of four yojana long and fifty yojana width and passing through an underground channel of the shape of diamond necklace, fall into an abyss, with great roar. Likewise, (to be repeated about) the river Sītā also, fflowing southward. Seventy-four lac infernal dwellings (in aggregate) are expounded on the six [out of seven] earths, barring the fourth one.
1. भूती गणहरे मु० ॥
2. निसहाओ मु० ॥
3. तिगिच्छओ णं मु० ॥
4. णं दहातो नास्ति जे० ॥
5. 'नदीओ घो' मु० ॥
6. राहिमुही मु० ॥
7. पण्णासं जो खं हे १ ला २ ॥
8. “ महयत्ति महाप्रमाणेन यत् पुनः दुहओ ति क्वचिद् दृश्यते तदपपाठ इति मन्यते " - अटी० ॥ 9. दक्षिणाहुती जे० । दक्खिणाहिमुही मु० ॥
10. वाससहस्सा जे० ॥
Notes
1. The elder monk Agnibhūti possessed the longevity of seventy-four years: forty years as a householder, twelve year as a non-omniscient and sixteen year as omniscient.

Page #252

75 75. सुविहिस्स णं पुष्पदंतस्स अरहतो पण्णत्तरं जिणा पण्णत्तरं जिणसता होत्था। सीतले णं अरहा पण्णत्तरि पुव्वसहस्साई अगारमझे वसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता जाव पव्वतिते। संती णं अरहा पण्णत्तरि वाससहस्साई अगारवास'मज्झावसित्ता जाव पव्वतिते।
Seer Suvidhi-Puspadanta had seven thousand five hundred omniscients. The Seer Šītala after passing seventy five thousand pūrvas in the household, tearing his hairs adopted houselessness from mundane life4. The Seer śānti, after passing seventy five thousand years in the household, tearing his hairs adopted houselessness from mundane lifeb.
1. पुष्प जे०। पुष्फ खं हे १ ला २॥ 2. अरहतो पण्णत्तरि जिणसता होत्या ला १ Tमु०। 'पण्णत्तरि जिणा पण्णत्तरिं जिणसता' इति ला १T मु० विना सर्वासु हस्तलिखितासु प्रतिषु पाठ उपलभ्यते। दृश्यतां पृ० ३८८ पं० ९ टि० ८॥ 3. अगारवासमझे मु०॥ 4 °मज्झे व हे २ मु०। मझे वसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता अगाराओ अणगारियं पब्बइए मु०॥ :
Notes A. The tenth Seer Śītalanātha had a span of seventy five thousand years as a householder, twenty five thousand years as a prince, fifty thousand years as aking B. The sixteenth Seer śāntināth had a span of seventy five thousand years as a householder, twenty five thousand years, each as a prince, territorial ruler and universal monarch".
1. Abhayadeva, p.85 2. Ibid.

Page #253

76
76. छावत्तरिं विज्जुकुमारावा ससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
एवंदीव-दिसा-उदहीणं विज्जुकुमारिंद-थणियमग्गीणं। छण्हं पि जुगलयाणं छावत्तरि मो सतसहस्सा॥५९॥
Seventy-six lac dwellings of lightning prince (Vidyut Kumāra) gods are expounded. Likewise, [dwellings] of these six paires Dvipakumāra, Dikkumāra, Udadhikumāra, Vidyutkumāra and Stanitakumāra gods [are expounded] seventy-six lac^. 59.
1. वाससहस्सा पं० एवं दीवदिसातो उदधीणं जे०॥ 2. पृ० ४५३ पं० ७॥ 3. छावत्तरि सयसहस्साइं मु०॥
Notes A The six classes of mansion gods, mentioned in this aphorism, dwell in the two directions-south and north, termed as couple (yugala). Each class has seventy lac dwellings; forty lacs in south direction and thirty-six lacs in north direction .
1. Abhayadeva, p. 85...

Page #254

77 77. भरहे राया चाउरंतचक्कवट्टी सत्तत्तरि पुवसतसहस्साई 'कुमारवास मज्झावसित्ता महराया भिसेयं पत्ते। अंगवंसातो णं सत्तत्तरिं रायाणो मुंडे जाव 'पव्वइया। गहतोय-तुसियाणं देवाणं सत्तत्तरि देवसहस्सा परिवारो पण्णत्ता। एगमेगे णं मुहुत्ते सत्तत्तरि लवे लवग्गेणं पण्णत्ते।
Universal monarch Bharat, the victor of the four directions, after living seventy-seven lac years as prince, was crowned as great king4. The seventyseven kings of the Anga dynasty after tearing their hairs adopted houselessness from mundane life. The family of Lokāntika gods Gardatoya and Tuşita is expounded of seventy seven thousand gods. The seventy-seven lavas are expounded in each muhūrta.
1. "रावा खं०॥ 2. 'मझे व हे २ मु०॥ 3. भिसिय पत्ते जे०। भिसेयं सपत्ते हे २। भिसेयं संपत्ते हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 4. पव्वत्तित्ता हे १ ला २१ पब्बतिया जे०। पब्वितित्ता खं०॥ 5. सपरि मु०॥ 6. परिवारा जे० विना॥
Notes
A. The eldest son of Rsabhadeva, the universal monarch Bharat, was born when the former's age was six lac pūrvas. Bharat's succession to the throne coincided with the former's renunciation, at the age of eighty-three lac pūrvas. Hence, Bharat lived for seventy-seven lac pūrva as a prince". B. According to Sthānāngasūtra Lokāntika gods Gardatoya and Tusita have seven lord of gods and have a family of seven thousand gods. The account of this aphorism differs, may be because of different redaction (vācanā). On the basis of Sthānāngasūtra it may be inferred that the text might have indicated seven and seventy through 'sattasattari sahassa'. Because of similarity of the digits (77) the description has been included in the Samavāya 77. The other reason may be that this aphorism of Samavāyānga read 'satta-satta deva sahassa parivāra' and at the time of redaction instead of Samavāya seven, it might have been clubbed into Samavāya seventy-seven. However, the

Page #255

Samavāya seventy-seven
203
commentator also describes the number of the two classes of Lokāntika gods as seventy-seven thousand each. C. Lava" is a time unit. The time taken by the inhaling and exhaling of a being healthy and free from disease is termed as prāņa. Seven prāņas make a stoka, seven stokas make lava and seventy-seven lavas make a muhūrta. Thus, 7 x 7 x 7 x 77 = 3773 prāņas make a muhūrta.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 86. 2. Sthānāngasūtra, Ladnun, 7/101. 3. Samavão, p. 261, 4. Abhayadeva, p. 86.

Page #256

78. सक्कस्स णं देविंदस्स देवरण्णो वेसमणे महाराया अट्ठसत्तरीए सुवण्णकुमारदीवकुमारावाससतसहस्साणं आहेवच्चं पोरेवच्चं भट्टित्तं सामित्तं महारायत्तं आणाईसरसेणावच्चं कारेमाणे पालेमाणे विहरति। थेरेणं अकंपिते अट्ठत्तरि वासाइं सव्वाउयं पालयित्ता सिद्धे जाव सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे। उत्तरायणनियट्टे णं सूरिए पढमातो मंडलातो एगूणचत्तालीसइमे मंडले 'अट्ठत्तरिं एगसद्विभाए दिवसखेत्तस्स निवुड्वेत्ता रयणिखेत्तस्स अभिनिवुड्डत्ता णं चारं चरति, एवं दक्षिणायणनियट्टे वि।
___ The great king Vaisramana, fourth Lokapāla of Sakra, the lord of gods, wanders reigning, controlling, supporting, ruling and commanding, the seventy eight lac place of abodes of Suparņakumāra and Dvīpakumāra gods. The elder monk, Akampita, after the termination of the full longevity of seventy-eight years, became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated the entire miseriesB. The sun moves, on its northward return journey, on its diurnal circle, from the first to the thirty ninth orbits, decreasing and increasing the day space and night space [respectively] by 61/78 (muhurta). Similarly, [to be described about its) southward return journey, too.
1. अद्वत्तरीए जे०॥ 2. सामित्तं भट्टित्तं मु०॥ 3. जाव प्पहीणे जे० ला १ विना॥ 4. 'तरि खं जे०। “अद्वत्तरि ति अष्टसप्ततिम्"-अटी०॥ 5. निव्वु० खं जे० ला १। “निवुड्डत्त (निव्वुड्ढेत्त-जे०) त्ति निवर्ध्य (निर्व_-जे०) हापयित्वेत्यर्थः। तथा रयणिखेत्तस्स त्ति रजन्या एव अभिनिवुड्डत्त (अभिनिव्वुड्हेत्त-खं० जे०) त्ति अभिनिवर्ध्य (अभिनिर्वर्थ्य-जे०) वयित्वेत्यर्थः"-अटी०॥ 6. अभिनिब्बु खं जे०। अभिनिव' ला १॥
Notes A. Lord of gods (Sakra) has four lokapālas: Soma, Yama, Varuna and Vaiśramaņa. Vaiśramaņa is the lokapāla of north direction. He rules over the gods, goddesses, demon (vyantara) gods and goddesses of the class of Suparņakumāra and Dvīpakumāra mansion gods (bhavanavāsī). In the south direction Suparņakumāra gods have thirty eight lac dwellings and Dvīpakumāra have forty lac dwellings. The number of dwellings, in aggregate is seventy

Page #257

Samavāya seventy-eight
205
eight lac. Lokapāla Vaiśramaņa rules over Dvīpakumāra gods is not mentioned in Bhagavatīsūtra. The mention of this fact in Samavāyānga, according to the commentator Abhayadevasūri, is a different tradition". B. The total longevity of elder monk Akampita is 48 years as a householder, 9 years as non-omniscient and 21 years as omniscient, i.e. (48+9 +21) 78 years. C. Sun on its southward motion makes shorter and longer the day and night, respectively 2/61 muhūrta in each circle. Consequently, on entering the thirty ninth circle sun makes shorter and longer, a day and a night, respectively by 2/61 x 39 i.e. 78/61 muhūrtas. Equally, sun on its northward motion also makes shorter and longer the day and the night, respectively, by 2/61 muhūrta in each circle. As a result, on entering the thirty ninth circle sun makes shorter and longer, a day and a night, respectively by 2/61x 39, i.e. 78/61 muhūrtas”.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 83. 2. Ibid. 3. Ibid.

Page #258

79. वलयामुहस्स णं पातालस्स हेडिल्लातो चरिमंतातो इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए हेट्ठिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं 'एकूणासीति जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पंण्णत्ते। एवं केउस्स वि 'जुययस्स वि ईसरस्स वि। छट्ठीए णं पुढवीए बहुमज्झदेसभायाओ छट्ठस्स घणोदहिस्स हेट्ठिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं एकूणासीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। जंबुद्दीवस्स णं दीवस्स बारस्स य बारस्स य एस णं एगूणासीइं जोयणसहस्साइं साइरेगाइं 'अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted stretch between the bottom edges, of the great hell Vadavāmukha^ and the earth Gem-lustre (Ratnaprabhā), is expounded seventy nine thousand yojana. Likewise, (to be described about the great hells] Ketuka, Yüpaka and Isvara also. The in-terminated stretch between the very central part of the sixth earth (Dark-lustre) and the bottom edge of the sixth Ocean Ghanodadhi", is expounded seventy nine thousand yojana. The uninterrupted expanse between the doors of the continent of Jambū, is expounded little over seventy nine thousand yojana.
1. जे० विना-एगूणासिं खं० हे १, २ ला १, २ मु०॥ 2. आबा जे० ला १॥ 3. केउयस्स जे०॥ 4. जूयस्स मु०। जुयस्स हे २॥ 5. एगूणसीति खं० हे १ ला २। एगूणासीति मु०॥ 6. आबा ला १ हे २॥ 7. अंगूणासीइ जो जे०। अगुणासीइं जो' ला १॥ २. आबा जे०॥
Notes A The Vaļavāmukha etc. four pots of netherworld are located in four directions. The thickness of the first earth Gem- lustre is one lac eighty thousand yojana. Its one thousand yojana is under the sea. Nether pots occupy one lac yojana. Therefore leaving aside the portion of the earth Gem -lustre under the sea, the uninterrupted stretches between the bottom edges of the netherworld Vadavāmukha and the earth Gem-lustre is seventy nine thousand yojana.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 87.

Page #259

80
80. सेज्जंसे णं अरहा असीतिं धणूई उड्डुंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था । 'तिविट्ठू णं वासुदेवे असीतिं धणूइं उड्डुंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। अयले णं बलदेवे असीतिं धणूइं उड्डउच्चत्तेणं होत्था । तिविट्टू णं वासुदेवे 2असीतिं वाससतसहस्साई महाराया होत्था । आउबहुले णं कंडे असीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं बाहल्लेणं पण्णत्ते । ईसाणस्स णं देविदस्स देवरण्णो असीति सामाणियसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्तातो । ishaणं दीवे 'असीउत्तरं जोयणसतं ओगाहेत्ता सूरिए उत्तरकट्ठोवगते पढमं उदयं करेती ।
Seer Śreyansa's height was eighty bows. Vasudeva Tripistha's height was eighty bows. Baladeva Acala's height was eighty bows. Vasudeva Tripistha reigned for eighty lac years. The thickness of [the third] stratum āyubahula (of the earth Gem-lustre) is expounded eighty thousand yojana. Eighty thousand similar rank gods are expounded of lord Iśāna, king of gods. After travelling through one hundred eighty yojana into the continent of Jambudvipa, sun rises for the first time (first orbit) in north direction 4.
1. तिविट्टे मु० । 'अयले णं बलदेवे असीइं धणूइं उङ्कं उच्चतेणं होत्था। तिविट्टू णं वासुदेवे असीति धणूतिं उच्यतेणं होत्था इति जे० ला १ मध्ये व्यत्ययेन सूत्रद्वयम् ॥
2. असीतिवास जे० मु० ॥
3. आयब जे० ॥
4. आसी खं० जे० हे १ ला २ ॥
Notes
A. Each of the two suns of the island of Jambu has one hundred eighty four circles. Each diurnal circle covers one hundred eighty yojana. The sun on its northward course after covering one hundred eighty yojana from the Ocean Lavana towards the Jambudvipa enters the one hundred eighty fourth circle; it is called the inner most circle of the sun. It is also the first rising point of the sun and also the last day and night of the northward course.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 88.

Page #260

81. नवनवमिया णं 'भिक्खुपडिमा एक्कासीतिए रातिदिएहिं चउहि य पंचुत्तरेहिं भिक्खासतेहिं 3अहासुत्तं जाव आराहिता [यावि भवति । कुंथुस्स णं अरहतो एक्कासीतिं मणपजवणाणिसया होत्था। 'वियाहपण्णत्तीए 'एक्कासीतिं महाजुम्मसया पण्णत्ता।
The navanavamikā mendicant vow (bhikṣupratimā), observed for eightyone night and days by four hundred five dattis (measured by unbroken flow of water etc.) of alms, is as per scriptures up to in harmony with precepts. Seer Kunthu had eight thousand one hundred telepaths. In Vyākhyāprajñapti eighty-one Mahāyugmaśatas (section) are expoundedA.
1. भिक्खुयप खं० हे १ ला २॥ 2. “सीतिरातिं जे० मु०॥ 3. “अहासुत्तं ति यथासूत्रं सूत्रानतिक्रमेण, जाव त्ति करणाद् यथाकल्पं यथामार्ग यथातत्त्वं सम्यक् कायेन स्पृष्टा पालिता शोभिता तीरिता कीर्तिता आजया आराधितेति द्रष्टव्यम्"-अटी०॥ . 4. विवाह जे० विना। “विया(विवा-हे० मुहपन्नत्तीए ति व्याख्याप्रज्ञप्त्यामेकाशीतिर्महायुग्मशतानि प्रज्ञप्तानि, इह शतशब्देनाध्ययनानि उच्यन्ते, तानि कृतयुग्मादिलक्षणराशिविशेषविचाररूपाणि अवान्तराध्ययनस्वभावानि तदवगमाव गम्यानीति"-अटी०॥ 5. सीति खं० जे० ला १। सीती हे २॥
Notes
A According to the commentator śata, occured herein, stands for chapter. The eighty one Mahāyugmaśata expounded, in this text, which are explained in the commentary as follows:
a. Mahāyugmaśatas of one-sensed being b. Mahāyugmasatas of two-sensed being c. Mahāyugmaśatas of three-sensed being d. Mahāyugmasatas of four-sensed being e. Mahāyugmaśatas of non-rational five-sensed being 12 f. Mahāyugmaśatas of rational five-sensed being
Total
HAA
1. Abhayadeva, p. 88.

Page #261

82. जंबुद्दीवे दीवे बासीतं मंडलसतं जं सूरिए दुक्खुत्तो संकमित्ता णं चारं चरति, तंजहा-निक्खममाणे य 'पविसमाणे या समणे भगवं महावीरे बासीतीए रातिदिएहिं वीतिक्कतेहिं गब्भातो गब्भं साहरिते। महाहिमवंतस्स णं वासहरपव्वयस्स अवरिल्लाओ चरिमंताओ सोगंधियस्स कंडस्स 'हेट्ठिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं 'बासीइं जोयणसयाइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं रुप्पिस्स वि।
In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, the sun^ moves conjoining twice the one hundred eighty two orbs, for example [once each] on entering and leaving [the zodiacal sign]. Venerable Ascetic Mahāvīra's foetus was carried away from the womb (of Devānanda) to that of (Trisala) after the elapse of eightytwo days (after his coming into embryo). The uninterrupted distance between the edges, top of the mountain Mahāhimavanta (bordering Himavata region) and bottom of the stratum Saugandhika, is expounded eighty two hundred yojana. Likewise [to be described about Rūkmi (mountain] too.
1. पविसतिमाणे जे०॥ 2. बासीए रा' हे २ मु०। बासीती रा' ला २॥ 3. 'गर्भाद् गर्भाशयाद् देवानन्दाब्राह्मणीकुक्षित इत्यर्थः, गर्भ त्रिशिलाभिधानक्षत्रियाकुक्षिं संहृतो नीतो देवेन्द्रवचनकारिणा हरिनैगमेष्यभिधानदेवेनेति"-अटी०॥ 4. उब मु०। 'अवरिल्लाओ त्ति उपरिमाच्चरमान्तात्'-अटी०। दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गसूत्रे सू० ६७० पृ० २७० टि० ६॥ 5. हिडिमिले जे०॥ 6. बासी जोयणसयाई आबाहे जे०॥
Notes
A. There are one hundred eighty four circles of diurnal motion. Of these, sun travels on the inner most circle and outer most circle only once, while on the remaining one hundred eighty two circles travels twice, once while entering the island of Jambū and again while coming out of it' Though, there are only sixty-five circles in the island of Jambū yet taking into account the diurnal motion all the circles have been counted. B. Mahāvīra came into the embryo of Devnandā on the sixth of the bright half of Āsādha month. After passing eighty-two nights and days, i.e. on the

Page #262

210
Samavāyāngasūtra
thirteenth of the dark half of the month Aśvina, on the command of lord of gods (Śakrendra) god Harinegameși carried it away from the embryo of Devananda and put it into that of Trisala2.
C. The earth Gem-lustre has three layers (kanda): khara, pañka and abbahula. Khara layer has sixteen layers, each of one-thousand yojana breadth. Saugandhika layer, the eighth thus its base will be eight thousand yojana. Mahāhimavan is the second bordering mountain with the height of two hundred yojana. As a result, the uninterrupted distance between the top of the Mahāhimavan mountain and bottom of the Saugandhika layer is eight thousand two hundred yojana.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 89.
2. Ibid.
3. Ibid.

Page #263

83
83. समणे भगवं महावीरे 'बासीतीए रातिदिएहिं वीतिक्तेहिं तेयासीइमे रातिदिए वट्टमाणे गब्भाओ गब्भं साहरिते। सीतलस्स णं अरहतो तेसीति गणा तेसीति गणधरा होत्था। थेरे णं मंडियपुत्ते 'तेसीतिं वासाइं सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता 'सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। उसमे णं अरहा कोसलिए 'तेसीतिं पुव्वसतसहस्साई अगारवासमज्झावसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता णं जाव पव्वइते। भरहे णं राया चाउरंतचकवट्टी तेसीतिं पुवसतसहस्साई अगारमज्झा'वसित्ता जिणे जाते केवली सवण्णू सव्वभावदरिसी।
Venerable Ascetic Mahavira's foetus was carried away from the womb (of Devānandā) to that of (Trišalā) on the eighty third night and day, the eighty-two nights and days having gone. Seer Śītala had eighty-three groups and eighty-three direct-disciples. The elder monk Manditaputraß, after the termination of the full life-span of eighty-three years became liberated, enlightened, up to annihilated the miseries. Seer Rsabha, of the country Kosala, having lived eighty-thrée lac pūrva years as a house-holder, after tearing his hairs adopted houselessness. The king of four quarters emperor Bharat, after passing eighty-three lac pūrva years as a house-holder, became Victor, Seer, omniscient and perceiver of all the modes.
-
1. बासी राइं जे० ला १॥ 2. तेयासी (सि जे १)तीमे जे. जे १ तेरासितीमे खं। तेरासीतिमे हे १ ला २॥ 3. तेसीई मु०॥ .. 4. सिद्धे जाव जे० विना।। 5. तेसीति खं०॥ 6. अगारवासमझे व जे० जे १ हे २ ला १। अगारमझे व मु०। पृ० ३६३ पं०५॥ 7. 'मझे जे १ हे २ ला १ मु०॥
Notes A The number of groups as well as direct-disciples is not mentioned eightythree but eighty-one in Āvaśyakaniryukti'. B. Manditaputralived fifty-three years as a house-holder, fourteen years as non-omniscient and sixteen years as omniscient".
1. Āvaśyakaniryukti, Gāthā 267. 2. Abhayadeva, p. 89.

Page #264

84 84. चउरासीतिं निरयावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता । उसमे णं अरहा कोसलिए चउरासीइं पुव्वसतसहस्साइं सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव [प्पहीणे ] | एवं भरहे बाहुबलि बंभि सुंदरि । सेज्जंसे णं अरहा ±चउरासीइं वाससतसहस्साई 'सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता सिद्धे जाव प्पहीणे । 'तिविद्धू णं वासुदेवे चउरासीई वाससयसहस्साइं 'परमाउयं पालयित्ता अप्पतिट्ठाणे नरए नेरइयत्ताते उववन्ने।
Eighty-four lac hellish abodes are expounded^. Seer Rṣabha of [the country] Kosala, after the termination of full long life of eighty-four lac pūrva years became liberated, enlightened, up to (annihilated) [the entire miseries]. Likewise [to be described about his two sons] Bharat (and) Bāhubali [as well as about his two daughters] Brāhmī and Sundari. Seer Śreyānsa, after the termination of full long life of eighty four-lac purva years became liberated, up to annihilated [the entire miseries]. Vasudeva Tripistha, after the termination of full long life of eighty-four lac pūrva years manifested as a hellish being, in the hell Apratiṣṭhāna [of the seventh earth].
सक्कस्स णं देविंदस्स देवरण्णो 'चउरासीतिं सामाणियसाहस्सीतो पण्णत्तातो । सव्वे वि णं बाहिरया मंदरा चउरासीति जोयणसहस्साइं उड्डउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता । सव्वे वि णं अंजणगपव्वया चउरासीतिं चउरासीतिं जोयण-सहस्साइं उडुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता । 'हरिवस्स रम्मयवासियाणं जीवाणं धणुपट्टा 'चउरासीतिं चउरासीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं सोलस जोयणाई चत्तारि य भागा जोयणस्स परिक्खेवेणं पण्णत्ता। पंकबहुलस्स णं कंडस्स उवरिल्लातो चरिमंतातो 'हेट्टिले चरिमंते एस जं 10 चउरासीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं 11 अबाधाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते ।
1. प्यहीणे नास्ति मु० विना । प्पहीणे, एवं भरहो बाहुबली बंधी सुंदरी मु० ॥
2. हे २ मु० विना- रासी वास खं० जे १ हे १ ला १, २ ॥
3. परमाउय ला १ ॥
4. तिविट्टे मु० । “तिविट्टु त्ति प्रथमवासुदेवः श्रेयांसजिनकालभावीति” – अटी ।।
5. सव्वाउयं ला १ मु० ॥
6. 'सीति सा° जे० ला १ ॥
7. वासर' मु० अटी० । “हरिवासेत्यादि ” - अटी० ॥
8. 'सीति २ जो' जे० । 'सीं जो मु०॥
1
9. हेडिमिले खं० । हेमिल्ले हे १ ला २ ॥ 10. सीति जो खं० ॥
11. आबा जे० ला १ ॥

Page #265

213
Samavāya eighty-four
Eighty four thousand similar rank gods are expounded of lord Śakra, king of gods. All [the four] outer Meru mountains (of Jambudvipa) are expounded eighty four thousand yojana highs. All (the four] Añjanaka mountains are expounded eighty four thousand yojana high. The perimeter of the bow-sticks of the bow-strings of the Harivarsa and Ramyakvarsa (regions) is expounded eighty four thousand sixteen and four by nineteen yojana [84016-yojana]. The uninterrupted distance, between the top and bottom edge of the stratum pañkabahula [the second of Jambūdvīpa], is expounded as eighty-four lac yojana.
12वियाहपण्णत्तीए णं भगवतीए चउरासीतिं पदसहस्सा पदग्गेणं पण्णत्ता। चउरासीतिं नागकुमारावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। चउरासीतिं पइण्णगसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। चउरासीतिं जोणिप्पमुहसतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। पुव्वाइयाणं 14सीसपहेलियपजवसाणाणं सट्टाणट्ठाणंतराणं 15चउरासीतीए गुणकारे पण्णत्ते। 16उसभस्स णं अरहतो कोसलियस्स चउरासीतिं गणा17चउरासीतिं गणधरा होत्था। उसभस्स णं 18अरहतो कोसलियस्स उसभसेणपामोक्खातो. चउरासीति समणसाहस्सीओ होत्था।"चउरासीतिं विमाणावाससयसहस्सा सत्ताणउतिं च सहस्सा तेवीसं च विमाणा भवंतीति 20मक्खाया।
In Vyākhyāprajñapti (epithet] Bhagavati eighty four thousand words [in aggregate) are expounded. Eighty-four lac dwellings of Nāgakumāra gods are expounded. Eighty four thousand Prakīrņakas (a type of canonical texts) are expoundedP. Eighty-four lac species of birth (yoni) are expoundede. Eightyfour multiplications (guņakāra) are expounded [beginning from the number units) pūrva etc, to the last (highest) šīrṣaprahelikā (in view of) home (self
12. विवाह हे २ मु०॥ 13. 'सीति नागकुमारावाससहस्सा खं० हे १ ला २॥ 14. पहेलियाप मु०॥ 15. सीते गुण हे २ मु०॥ 16. अत्र मु० मध्ये सूत्रद्वयस्थाने उसभस्स णं अरहओ घउरासीइं समणसाहस्सीओ होत्था इति एकमेव सूत्रं वर्तते॥ 17. खंमू० मध्ये ** एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो नास्ति। 18. अरहतो नास्ति हे २ मु० विना॥ 19. सव्वे वि घउरासीई मु०। सव्वे वि य णं चउरासीतिं हेसं० २॥ 20. मक्खायं मु०। "भवंतीति मक्खाय त्ति एतानि विमानान्येवं भवन्ति इति हेतोराख्यातानि"-अटी०।

Page #266

214
Samavāyāngasūtra
5
unit) to other place than home (sthānāntara). Seer Rşabha had eighty-four groups (gaņa), eighty-four direct-disciples and eighty four thousand monks. Eighty-four lac ninety seven thousand twenty-three mansions (in aggregate of the celestial gods) are described.
Notes A. The break up of the eighty-four lac hellish abodes is as follows: Hell
No. of dwellings First hell
30 lacs Second hell
25 lacs Third hell
15 lacs Fourth hell
10 lacs Fifth hell
3 lacs Sixth hell
99995 Seventh hell Total
84 lacs B. The height of the four Meru mountains excluding that of the island of Jambū continent is eighty four thousand yojana each. C. In this aphorism, the number of letters (pada) of Bhagavatīsūtra is given as eighty four thousand while Nandīsūtra mentions this number as two lac eighty eight thousand letters'. The commentator Abhayadevasūri has designated the account of Samavāyānga as of different tradition". Ach. Mahāprajña opined that both versions may belong to different redactions (vācanā). D. Lord Rsabhadeva had eighty four thousand disciples and according to Nandīsūtra the equal number of Prakīrņakas were composed by these disciples". E The break up of eighty four lac species of birth are as follows: Particular
Number of species Earth-bodied
7 lacs Water-bodied
7 lacs

Page #267

Samavāya eighty-four
215
Fire-bodied
7 lacs Air-bodied
7 lacs Pratyeka plant kingdom
10 lacs Plant kingdom generic
14 lacs Two-sensed
2 lacs Three- sensed
2 lacs Four-sensed
2 lacs Infernal beings
4 lacs Deity
4 lacs Five sensed animal and birds 4 lacs Human being
14 lacs Total
84 lacs Ach. Mahāprajña opined that species of beings are innumerable but because of clubbing of those bearing similarity in colour, smell, taste, touch and structure the number is supposed to be 84 lacs. F. According to Jaina mathematics there are twenty-eight denominations of number units; e.g. 1. pūrvānga, 2. pūrva, 3. trutitānga, 4. truţita, 5. adadārga, 6. adada, 7. avānga, 8. avava, 9. hūhūkānga, 10. hūhūka, 11. utpalānga, 12. utpala, 13. padmānga, 14. padma, 15. nalinārga, 16. nalina, 17. arthanipurānga, 18. arthaṇipura, 19. ayutānga, 20. ayuta, 21. nayutānga, 22. nayuta, 23. prayutānga, 24. prayuta, 25. cūlikānga, 26. cūlikā, 27. Šīrsaprahelikānga, 28. šīrṣaprahelikā.
Eighty-four lac years make a pūrvānga. By multiplying a pūrvānga with eighty-four lac is derived a pūrva. Again, by multiplying a pūrva with eightyfour lac, a truţitānga is derived. All the number units up to śīrṣaprahelikā are derived through this process, i.e. by multiplying the with 84 lac the next number is derived. This highest unit sīrsaprahelikā has one hundred ninety four digits. For numbers beyond sīrsaprahelikā three denominations are used: numerable, innumerable and indefinite. In this aphorism, svasthāna connotes the earlier number and sthānāntara connotes the successive number unit.
Here, it is notable that Anuyogadvārasūtra furnishes the detailed

Page #268

216
description of the time-measurement
numerable number āvalikās
One expiration (ūsāsa) + one inspiration (nīsāsa) 7 prāṇa
7 stoka
77 lava
30 muhurta
15 ahorātra
2 pakṣa
2 month

3 ṛtu
2 ayana
5 samvatsara
Heavens
Saudharma
Iśāna
Sanatkumāra
Mahendra
Brahmaloka
=
Lāntaka
Śukra
Sahasrara
Ānata-Prāṇata
= one breath (prāṇa)
= one stoka
= one lava
= one muhurta
|| ||
=
one day and night(ahoratra)
one fortnight (pakṣa)
one month (māsa)
= one season (rtu)
half-year (ayana)
=
=
=
20 yuga
10 varṣaśata
100 varṣasahasra
84 lac
years
84 lac pūrvānga
= one pūrva
G.
The details of the number of dwellings of mansion (bhavanavāsī) gods
is as follows:
=
= one year (samvatsara)
pentad year (one yuga)
one hundred year (varṣaśata)
one thousand year (varṣasahasra)
= 100 thousand year
one expiration (ūsāsa) and one inspiration (nīsāsa)
=
|| || ||
Samavāyāngasūtra
=
=
one pūrvānga
4
No. of dwellings
32 lacs
28 lacs
12 lacs
8 lacs
4 lacs
50 thousand
40 thousand
6 thousand
4 hundred

Page #269

Samavāya eighty-four
217
3 hundred
111
Ārana-Acyuta Lower three Graiveyakas Middle three Graiveyakas Upper three Graiveyakas Anuttara Total
107 100
84, 97, 023
1. Nandīsūtra, sūtra 48. 2. Abhayadeva, p. 91. 3. Nandīsūtra, sūtra 78. 4. Sthānāngasūtra, footnotes on sūtra 2/387.

Page #270

85 85. आयारस्स णं भगवतो सचूलियागस्स पंचासीतिं उद्देसणकाला पण्णत्ता। धायइसंडस्स णं मंदरा पंचासीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं सव्वग्गेणं पण्णत्ता। रुयए णं मंडलियपव्वए पंचासीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं सव्वग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। नंदणवणस्स णं हेट्ठिल्लातो चरिमंतातो सोगंधियस्स कंडस्स हेडिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं पंचासीतिं जोयणसयाई अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्त।
Eighty-five sections (uddeśanakāla) with appendices (cūlikā) of the Venerable Ācārānga are expounded. The speaks of] both Meru mountains of Dhātakī region are expounded eighty-five thousand yojana (high), at the most [from their bases]. The total [height of] the circular (māndalika) mountain, of (continent) Rucaka is expounded eighty-five yojana [from peak to its base). The uninterrupted distance, between the bottom edge of the [divine) forest Nandana (on the mountain Meru] and the layer Saugandhika, is expounded eighty five thousand yojana.
1. 'सीति उ हे १ ला २ विना॥ 2. रुप्पए खं०। रुपए जे०॥ 3. ला १ विना-पंचासी जो खं० हे १ ला २॥ पणसीति जो जे०। पंचासीति जो हे २ मु०॥ 4. आबा जे० ला १॥ छवजमे
Notes A. According to this aphorism the uddeśanakālas of Ācārāngasūtra and Ācāracūlā (appendices) is eighty-five. Acārāngasūtra has five appendices, fifth is Nisitha which is independent, hence its (Nisitha's) uddesanakālas are not included herein. The break-up of uddeśanakālas of Ācārāngasūtra and is as follows:
According to Samavāyāngasūtra (sūtra 51) the number of uddeśanakālas of Acāra is 51 (7+6+4+4+ 6+5 +7+8+4). First appendix has seven chapters and 25 uddeśanakālas (11+3+3 +2 +2+2+ 2). Second appendix has seven chapters and 7 uddeśanakālas. Third appendix has one chapter and one Uddeśanakāla. Fourth appendix also has one chapter and one Uddeśanakāla.

Page #271

Samavāya eighty-five
219
Thus sum of uddeśanakālas of Ācārāígasūtra and Ācāracūlā (4 appendices)
is eighty-five (51+ 25 + 7 + 1 + 1). B. The Meru mountains of Dhātakī region are one thousand yojana under the ground and eighty-four thousand yojana above the ground, thus the total height is eighty-five thousand yojana. C. Rucaka is thirteenth region. The mountain Rucaka of circular shape bifurcates this island (Rucaka) and is located like a wall (prākāra). Like Meru mountain of Dhātakī region it also has the total height of eighty-five thousand yojana i.e. one thousand yojana under ground and eighty four thousand yojana above the ground.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 92. 2. Ibid. 3. Ibid.

Page #272

86
86. सुविहिस्स णं 'पुष्पदंतस्स अरहओ छलसीतिं गणा छलसीतिं गणहरा होत्था।सुपासस्स णं अरहतो छलसीतिं वाइसया होत्था। दोच्चाए णं पुढवीए बहुमज्झदेसभागाओ दोच्चस्स घणोदहिस्स हेट्ठिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं छलसीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। ..
Seer Suvidhi Puspadanta had eighty-six groups (gana) and eighty-six direct-disciples. Seer Supārsva had eighty-six hundred disputants. The uninterrupted distance between the middle portion of the second earth (Sugar lustre) and the bottom of its second (portion) Ghanodadhi is expounded eightysix thousand yojana.
1. पुष्य जे० ला १,२ हे १॥ पुष्फ खं० हे २ ॥ 2. सीति खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 3. आबा जे०॥
Notes
A The number of groups and direct-disciples of Seer Suvidhi Puspadanta is expounded as eighty-eight in Āvaśyakaniryukti 266". .
1. Abhayadeva, p. 93.

Page #273

87
87. मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स पुरथिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो गोथुभस्स आवासपव्वयस्स पच्चथिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं सत्तासीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। मंदरस्स [*णं पव्वयस्स] दक्खिणिल्लातो चरिमंतातो दओभासस्स आवासपव्वतस्स उत्तरिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं सत्तासीतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं मंदरस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो संखस्स आवासपव्वतस्स पुरथिमिल्ले चरिमंते 'एवं चेव। एवं मंदरस्स [णं पव्वतस्स] उत्तरिल्लातो चरिमंतातो दगसीमस्स आवासपव्वतस्स दाहिणिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं सत्तासीतिं जोयणसहस्साई 5अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। छण्हं कम्मपगडीणं आतिमउवरिल्लवजाणं 'सत्तासीतिं उत्तरपगडीतो पण्णत्तातो। महाहिमवंतकूडस्स णं उवरिल्लातो चरिमंतातो सोगंधियस्स कंडस्स हेट्ठिले चरिमंते एस णं सत्तासीतिं जोयणसयाई अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं रुप्पीकूडस्स वि।
The uninterrupted distance, between the two extreme ends, eastern of the mount Meru and western of the dwelling mountain Gostūpa (of demon gods] is expounded eighty seven thousand yojana. The uninterrupted distance, between the two extreme ends, southern of the [mount] Meru and northern of the dwelling mountain Dakabhāsa [of Velandhara gods), is expounded eighty seven thousand yojana. Likewise, the uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, western of the mount Meru and eastern of the dwelling mountain Sankha [of Velandhara gods is] eighty seven thousand yojana. Also, the uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, northern of [the mount] Meru and southern of the Dakasīma, dwelling mountain (of Velandhara gods), is expounded eighty seven thousand yojana. [Of the eight types of Karma] sub-species (in aggregate) of the six types of karma, excluding those of the first and the last, are expounded eighty-seven. The uninterrupted distance, between
1. अबाहे खं०। अबाहेणं हे १ ला २। आबाहाए जे०॥ 2. णं पव्ययस्स मु० विना नास्ति। 3. आबा जे०॥ 4. खं० विना-एवं मंदरस्स जे० ला १। एवं चेव मंदरस्स हे १, २ ला २ मु० T॥ 5. आबा' जे० ला १॥ 6. आतिउब जे० हे २॥ 7. 'सीति खं० जे०॥ 8. रुप्पि मु० अटी०॥

Page #274

222
Samavāyāngasūtra
the two extreme ends, top of the mountain Mahāhimavanta and bottom of the layer Saugandhika, is expounded eighty seven thousand yojana. Likewise, also [the uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, top of] the mount Rukmi [and bottom of Saugandhika Kända, is expounded eighty seven thousand yojana].
Notes
A. The details of the subspecies of the six types of karma', out of eight, i.e. excluding first (knowledge obscuring) and last (obstructive karmas) is like this
Faith obscuring Feeling-producing Deluding Age-determining
Physique-making Status determining
1. Abhayadeva, p. 92.

Total
° 282 28
9
4
42
87

Page #275

88
88. एगमेगस्स णं चंदिमसूरियस्स अट्ठासीतिं अट्ठासीतिं महग्गहा परिवारो पण्णत्तो । दिट्ठिवायस्स णं अट्ठासीतिं सुत्ताइं पण्णत्ताई, तंजहा - उज्जुसुयं, परिणतापरणितं, एवं अट्ठासीतिं सुत्ताणि भाणियव्वाणि जहा गंदीए। मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स पुरत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो गोथुभस्स आवासपव्वतस्स पुरत्थिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं अट्ठासीतिं जोयणसहस्साई 'अबाधाते अंतरे पत्ते । एवं चउसु वि दिसासु 'णातव्वं ।
Eighty-eight great planets are expounded in the family of each moon and sun. [In the second section, sūtra] of Drstivāda, eighty-eight sūtras [types] are expounded, namely, rjusūtra, parinatāparinata, in this way eighty-eight sūtras are to be described as (mentioned) in Nandi (sūtra). The uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, eastern of the mount Meru and western of the dwelling mountain Gostupa [of Nāgakumāra gods], is expounded eighty eight thousand yojana. Thus, [the uninterrupted distance of dwelling mountains from the mount Meru] in four directions, also, is to be known.
'बाहिराओ उत्तरातो णं कट्ठातो सूरिए पढमं छम्मासं 'अयमीणे चोयालीसइमे मंडलगते अट्ठासीति एकसद्विभागे मुहुत्तस्स दिवसखेत्तस्स णिवुड्ढेत्ता रयणिखेत्तस्स अभिणिवुड्ढेत्ता सूरिए चारं 'चरतीति। दक्खिणकट्ठातो णं सूरिए दोच्चं छम्मासं अयमीणे 'चोयालीसतिमे मंडलगते अट्ठासीतिं एगसट्टिभागे मुहुत्तस्स रयणिखेत्तस्स णिवुड्ढेत्ता दिवसखेत्तस्स अभिणिवुड्ढेता णं सूरिए चारं चरति ।
The sun travesing, on his southward journey makes a particular day of eighteen muhurtas. The sun covers the distance between two circles in two
1. आबा जे० ।।
2. वि दिसासु वि दिसासु खं० ॥
3. नेयव्वं मु० । णेतव्यं ला १ ॥
4. बाहिराओ नास्ति जे० अटीपा० । “बाहिराओ णमित्यादि, बाह्यायाः सर्वाभ्यन्तरमण्डलरूपाया उत्तरस्याः काष्ठायाः, क्वचित् बाहिराओ त्ति न दृश्यते" -अटी० ॥
5. अयमाणे हे २ ला १ मु० । “अयमीणे (माणे- मु)त्ति आयान्" - अटी० ॥
6. चरति हे २ मु० ॥
7. अयमाणे हे २ ला १ मु० ॥
8. चोयालीसतिमं जे० ॥
9. सूरिए नास्ति जे० ला १ ॥

Page #276

224
Samavāyāngasūtra
days and nights. The length of the day shortens by 2/61 muhūrta per circle. As a result when sun enters the forty-fourth circle the day becomes shorter by 2/ 61 x 44 = 88/61 muhūrtas. Naturally, the length of the night increases by the same measure. On the other hand, on its northward movements, sun increases the length of the day by 2761 muhūrtas per circle and when, sun enters the forty-fourth circle the day becomes longer by 88/61 muhūrtas and the night becomes shorter by the same length.
Notes A. This aphorism propounds the families of the astral bodies, sun and moon. According to the commentator, traditionally, it is the family of the planet moon but as the sun is the lord of the astral body the moon's family belongs to sun also. B. Sun, on his southward journey makes a particular day of eighteen muhūrtas. The sun covers the distance between two circles in two days and nights. The length of the day shortens by 2/61 muhūrta per circle. As a result when sun enters the forty-fourth circle the day becomes shorter by 2/61 x 44= 88/61 muhūrtas. Naturally, the length of the night increases by the same measure. On the other hand, on its northward movements, sun increases the length of the day by 2/61 muhūrtas per circle and when, sun enters the fortyfourth circle the day becomes longer by 88/61 muhūrtas and the night becomes shorter by the same length“.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 94. 2. Ibid.

Page #277

89 89. उसभे णं अरहा कोसलिए इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए ततियाए समाए पच्छिमे भागे एकूणणउइए अद्धमासेहिं सेसेहिं कालगते वीतिक्ते जाव सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे। समणे भगवं महावीरे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए 'चउत्थीए समाए पच्छिमे भागे 'एगणनउतीए अद्धमासेहिं सेसेहिं कालगते जाव सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे। हरिसेणे णं राया चाउरंतचक्कवट्टी "एगणनउई वाससयाई महाराया होत्था। संतिस्स णं अरहतो 'एगूणनउई अजासाहस्सीतो उक्कोसिया अजासंपदा होत्था।
Seer Rsabha, of the country Kosala left the body, ended world-cycle, up to annihilated the entire miseries, [on remaining] eighty-nine fortnights of the latter half of the third spoke of the suşamā-duşamā (a period of time with much of happiness) of this descending half-cycle. The ascetic venerable Mahavira left the body up to annihilated the entire miseries on remaining eightynine fortnights of the latter half of the fourth spoke of the duşamā-suşamā (a period of time with much of miseries) of this descending half-cycle. King Harisena', the Universal monarch [victorious in all the] four quarters [of Bharat region), reigned for eighty-nine hundred years. Seer śāntinātha had eighty-nine thousand excellent treasure of nuns.
1. “याए सुसमदूसमाए समाए प” हे २। याए सुसमदूसमाए प मु०। “तइयाए समाए त्ति सुषमदुष्षमाभिधानायाः"-अटी०। 2. उए जेसं० ला १ मु०॥ 3. “गए जावं मु०। “जाव.सि करणात् अंतगडे सिद्धे बुद्धे मुत्ते त्ति दृश्यम्"-अटी०। 'समणे भगवं महावीरे कालगए विइक्कते समुज्जाए छिन्नजाइजरामरणबंधणे सिद्धे बुद्धे मुत्ते अंतपडे परिनिम्बुडे सबदुक्खप्पहीणे' इति तु पर्युषणाकल्पसूत्रे पाठः॥ 4. "त्थाए दुसमसुसमाए समाए हे २ मु०॥ 5. उइए हे म मु०॥ 6. 'नउई मु०। उइं खं०॥ 7. नउई ला १॥ 8. अज्जियासं मु०॥
Notes A Harisena was the tenth universal monarch, with a total longevity of ten thousand years. He ruled for eight thousand nine hundred years and lived as a prince, territorial king and monk for one thousand one hundred years.

Page #278

226
Samavāyāngasūtra
Samavāyānga (Samavāya, 97) expounds his total span in house-hold as nine thousand seven hundred years, implying that he lived three hundred years as monk. However, the commentator maintains that he spent little less than nine thousand seven hundred years as a householder and over three hundred as monk. B. According to Avaśyakaniryukti (gāthā 284) the number of nuns of the sixteenth Seer Šāntinātha is 61000. But according to Abhayadeva, this account is a different tradition".
1. Abhayadeva, p. 94. 2. Ibid.

Page #279

90 90. सीयले णं अरहा णउइंधणूइं उउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। अजियस्स णं अरहओ णउइंगणा नउइं गणहरा होत्था। एवं संतिस्स वि। सयंभुस्स णं वासुदेवस्स णउतिं वासाइं विजए होत्था। सव्वेसि णं वट्टवेयड्डपव्वयाणं उवरिल्लातो सिहरतलातो सोगंधियकंडस्स हेट्ठिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं नउतिं जोयणसयाई अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The height of Seer Śītala was ninety bows. Seer Ajita had ninety groups (gana) and ninety direct-disciples. Likewise, śānti also [had ninety sects and ninety direct-disciples]“. Svayambhū, (the third] Väsudeva conquered (the earth] in ninety years. The uninterrupted distance between the top of the peaks of all the Vaitāļhya mountains and bottom of the Saugandhika layer is expounded ninety thousandyojana. .
1. सोबंधिय मु० विना॥ 2. णवुर्ति खं० हे १ ला २॥ .
Notes A. In contrast to the account of Samavāyānga, Avasyakaniryukti (gāthā 266) gives the number of groups and direct-disciples of the Seer Ajita and śānti as 95 and 36, respectively. The commentator Abhayadeva treats it as of the different tradition'.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 94.

Page #280

91 91. 'एक्काणउई परवेयावच्चकम्मपडिमातो पण्णत्तातो। कालोयणे णं समुद्दे एक्काणउतिं जोयणसयसहस्साई 'साहियाइं परिक्खेवेणं पण्णत्ते। कुंथुस्स णं अरहतो एक्काणउतिं आहोहियसता होत्था। आउय-गोयवजाणं छण्हं कम्मपगडीणं एक्काणउतिं उत्तरपगडीओ पण्णत्ताओ।
Ninety-one vowsA (pratima) of service (vaiyāvrtya) to other [saints] are expounded. The peripherence of the ocean Kāloda is expounded over ninety-one lac yojana. Seer Kunthu had ninety one hundred clairvoyants.
Ninety-one sub-species are expounded of [the remaining] six types of karma, barring Age determining (ayusya)and status determining (gotra) [karma].
1. एका जे० ला १ विना॥ 2. उयं जे०। “एतानि च प्रतिमात्वेनाभिहितानि क्वचिदपि नोपलब्धानि, केवलं विनय वैयावृत्यभेदा एते सन्ति"-अटी०॥ 3. कालोए मु०। “कालोयणे त्ति कालोदः समुद्रः"-अटी०॥ 4. सहि मु०। साहितेणं परि जे०॥
Notes A. The vow of service to others is the literal meaning of paravaiyāvrtyapratimā. Abhayadevasūrio, categorically opined that the treatment of ninetyone vows is treated no where. He tried to construct the concept of ninety-three vows in his own way. According to him ten-fold humility shown towards one with virtue of faith, humility without impertinence is of sixty types, honorific (aupacārika) modesty is seven-fold, service is of fourteen types. Thus in total (10+ 60+ 7+ 14) ninety-one vows are found.
1.
Abhayadeva, p.96.

Page #281

92
92. बाणउइं पडिमातो पण्णत्ताओ। थेरे णं इंदभूती बाणउतिं वासाइं सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे [जाव प्पहीणे]। मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स बहुमज्झदेसभागातो गोथुभस्स आवासपव्वतस्स पच्चथिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं बाणउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्त। एवं चउण्ह वि आवासपव्वयाणं।
Ninety-two vows (pratimā) are expounded. Elder monk (sthavira) Indrabhūti became liberated, enlightened (up to annihilated] (the miseries) after completing the age of ninety-two years. The uninterrupted distance, between the central point of the mount Meru and the extreme western end of the dwelling mountain Gostūpa, is expounded ninety two thousand yojana. Likewise, the distance of the four dwelling mountains (from the central point of mount Meru) is to be known.
1. 316T TO IT II 2. og for ular stor og for
at se og for Bar Toll
Notes A Abhayadevasūri has explained this aphorism on the basis of gāthās of Daśāśrutaskandhaniryukti (gāthā 44-51). Originally these vows are five-fold: samādhi pratimā, upadhānapratimā, viveka pratimā, pratisanlīnatāpratimā and ekavihārapratimā. The first samādhi pratimā is two-fold: śrutasamādhi and cāritra. Srutasamādhipratimā is again of 62 types. Its five types are found in Ācārāngasūtra, thirty-seven species in Ācāracülā, sixteen species in Sthānāngasūtra, four in Vyavahārasütra (5+37+16+4). Upadhānapratimā is of two types: of monks (12) and of laities 11. Viveka pratimā, Pratisanlīnatāpratimā are single each. Ekavihārapratimā is included in that of monks. Thus, total number of pratimās are: samādhi pratimā (5+62), Upadhānapratimā, (23) Viveka pratimā (1) and Pratisanlīnatāpratimā (1) ie. 92. .
1. Samavão, Ladnun, 288-89.

Page #282

93 93. चंदप्पभस्स णं अरहतो तेणउतिं गणा तेणउतिं गणहरा होत्था। संतिस्स णं अरहतो तेणउइं चोहसपुव्विसया होत्था। तेणउतिंमंडलगते णं सूरिए अतिवट्टमाणे वा नियट्टमाणे वा समं अहोरत्तं विसमं करेति।
Seer Candraprabha had ninety-three groups and ninety-three directdisciples. Seer śāntinātha had ninety-three hundred knower of the fourteen Pūrvas. The sun“, on its ninety third orbit, (while) moving (northward from south] or moving back (southward from north), causes uneven to even day and night.
1. उयमंड जे०। उईमंड मु०। "तेणउईई-मु०)मंडलेत्यादि, तत्र अतिवर्तमानो वा सर्वबाह्यात् सर्वाभ्यन्तरं प्रति गच्छन् निवर्तमानो वा सर्वाभ्यन्तरात् सर्वबाह्यं प्रति गच्छन्, व्यत्ययो वा व्याख्येयः"-अटी०॥ 2. खंसं० TH० विना-अभियट्ट खं मू० हे १, २ ला २। अभिवट्ट' ला १। अनियट्ट जे०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 3. निवट्ट' हे २ मु० ॥
Notes A. A particular day and a particular night of equal length of fifteen muhūrtas is designated as sama-ahorātra i.e. even day and night. The sun has 184 orbits. Sun, on the innermost orbit, makes the day and night of eighteen and twelvemuhūrta duration, respectively. On the other hand, when sun is on the outer most orbit, duration of the night is eighteen muhūrtas and that of the day twelve muhūrtas. On the remaining one hundred eighty three orbits, there is increase or decrease by two by sixty-one muhūrta on each orbit. As a result, sun, reaching on the 92nd orbit, increases or decreases by 92 x 2/61= 184 = 3-6 muhūrta. Keeping aside 5 muhūrta if three muhūrta is subtracted form the eighteen muhūrtas, the duration of night remains fifteen muhūrtas. Similarly, if three muhūrta is added to the twelve muhūrta, the duration of the day becomes of fifteen muhurtas. Thus, on the 92nd orbit day and night is even, i.e. each of fifteen muhurtas. When sun proceeds towards the 93rd orbit from 92nd orbit it makes day and night uneven.
6
1. Abhayadeva, p. 97.

Page #283

94 94. निसह-नेलवंतियाओ णं जीवातो चउणउइं'चउणउइंजोयणसहस्साई एक्कं छप्पण्णं जोयणसतं दोण्णि य एकूणवीसतिभागे जोयणस्स आयामेणं पण्णत्ता [तो]। अजितस्स णं अरहतो चउणउतिं ओहिनाणिसया होत्था।
The length of the two ends of the bow-strings of [the bow shaped mountains) Nişadha and Nilavanta is expounded ninety-four thousand one hundred fifty-six and two by nineteen yojana (941561) each. Seer Ajita had nine thousand four hundred clairvoyants.
1. चउणउइं नास्ति जे० मु०॥ 2. एकं व (च?) छ जे० ला १॥ 3. पण्णत्ता इति यद्यपि खं० प्रभृतिप्रतिषु पाठः तथापि पूर्वानुसारेण पण्णत्तातो इति पाठः संभाव्यते ॥

Page #284

95
95. सुपासस्स णं अरहतो पंचाणउतिं गणा पंचाणउतिं गणहरा होत्था | जंबुद्दीवस्स दीवस्स चरिमंताओ चउद्दिसिं लवणसमुदं पंचाणउतिं पंचाणउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं ओगाहिता चत्तारि महापायाला' पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- वलयामुहे 2 केउ 'जयते ईसरे ।
Seer Supārsva had ninety-five groups and ninety five direct-disciples. Four great nether pots (mahāpātāla), pervading the Lavana Ocean ^, ninetyfive thousand yojana from four directions, from the extreme end of the continent of Jambūdvīpa, are expounded, namely, Submarine fire (vadavā- mukha) [in eastern direction], Ketuka ( in southern direction), Yuūpaka (in western direction) and īśvara (in northern direction).
लवणसमुद्दस्स 'उभओपासिं पि पंचाणउतिं पंचाणउतिं 'पदेसा उव्वेधुस्सेधपरिहाणीए 'पण्णत्ता । कुंथू णं अरहा पंचाणउतिं वाससहस्साइं परमाउयं पालयित्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्पही । थेरे णं मोरियपुत्ते पंचाणउतिं वासाइं सव्वाउयं पालयित्ता सिद्धे 'बुद्धे जाव प्पहीणे ।
Both sides of Lavana Ocean are expounded to possess depth and height, at ninety-five places. Seer Kunthus, became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated [the entire miseries] after completing the life span of ninety-five thousand years.
1. पायालकलसा मु० ॥
2. केऊते खं० हे १ ला २ । केऊए मु० ॥
3. जुवते खं० विना । जूयए मु० ॥
4. पासं हे १ ला २ मु० ॥
5. पदेसा तोवहुस्सेह' खं० । पदेसा तोबहुस्सेह' हे १ ला २ । पदेसा तो । वधुस्सेह' जे० । पदेसाओ उब्बेहुस्सेह' मु० । “पञ्चनवतिः प्रदेशा उद्वेधोत्सेधपरिहाण्यां विषये प्रज्ञप्ताः" - अटी० ॥
6. पं० जे० ला १ विना । पण्णत्ते जे० ला १ । दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम् ॥
7. बुद्धे नास्ति जे० हे १ ॥
8. बुद्धे नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
Notes
A.
This aphorism refers to the depth at the centre of ocean Lavana from the shore of the ocean and height at the shore from centre of the ocean. The commentator has dealt this in detail. The area of central part of this ocean is ten thousand yojana. It is one thousand yojana deep. Towards the vedikā of

Page #285

Samavāya ninty-five
233
the island of Jambū, at the ninety five pradeśas, the depth decreases by one pradeśa. In other words, the ratio of decreasing depth is 95:1. i.e. at the distance of 95 yojana, decrease in depth, is one yojana and at 95 thousand yojana, the decrease is one thousand yojana. When measured in the direction of the centre, the same phenomenon may be expressed in term of decrease in height." B. The break-up of the total longevity of the 95 thousand years is given as follows: 23,750 years each as a prince, as a territorial king, as an universal monarch and as an ascetic (23,750 x 4).
1. Abhayadeva, p. 97. 2. Ibid.

Page #286

96. एगमेगस्स णं रण्णो चाउरंतचक्कवट्टिस्स छण्णउतिं छण्णउतिं गामकोडीओ होत्था। वायुकुमाराणं छण्णउई भवणावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। वावहारिए णं दंडे छण्णउतिं अंगुलाणि अंगुलपमाणेणं, एवं धणू नालिया जुगे अक्खे मुसले वि। अब्भंतराओ आइमुहुत्ते छण्णउतिं अंगुलच्छाये पण्णत्ते।
[The domain of] each Universal monarch (victorious in all the) four quarters (of Bharat region) had ninety-six crore villages. Ninety-six lac dwellings of Vāyukumāra gods are expounded. The conventional danda (a unit of measure equal to four arm lengths) (comprises) ninety-six finger-breadths with respect to the measure of fingerbreadth. Likewise, (the length of] a bow, nālikā, yuga (a measure of length equal to four arms), akşa, mūšala sa measure equal to four arms] also [measure ninety-six fingerbreadths). [During Sun's motion on the inward orbit), the first muhūrta is expounded to be of the shadow of ninety-six finger breadth.
1. argoll 2. er , at 11 3. Bfarrat Toll
Notes
A. Of the total ninety-six lac dwellings of deities Vāyukumāra, fifty lac dwellings are in south and forty-six lac dwellings are in north. B. When sun is on the inward orbit, a day's duration is of eighteen muhurtas and shadow of the first muhurta is said to be of ninety-six fingers' breadth. Ācārya Abhayadevasūri, in his commentary has dealt with the measurement of shadow. According to him, when sun is on the innermost orbit, the duration of that day is eighteen muhūrtas. A cone of twelve-finger breadth's length measures the length of shadow. By first multiplying 18 x12=216, then dividing the sum by two and subtracting 12 from the quotient, i.e. 216/2 – 12= 96 fingerbreadth”.
1. Abhayadeva, p. 97. 2. Ibid.

Page #287

97
97. मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो गोथुभस्स णं आवासपव्वयस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं सत्ताणउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाधाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते । एवं चउद्दिसिं पि । अट्टहं कम्मपगडीणं सत्ताणउतिं उत्तरपगडीतो पण्णत्तातो । हरिसेणे णं राया चाउरंतचक्कवट्टी देसूणाई सत्ताणउतिं वाससयाइं ' अगारमज्झावसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता णं अगारातो जाव पव्वतिते ।
The uninterrupted distance, between the two extreme ends, eastern of the mount Meru and western of the mountain dwelling Gostupa (of Nāgakumāra gods), is expounded ninety seven thousand yojana. Likewise, [to be related the distance of those dwelling mountains] in the four directions [from the mount Meru]. Ninety-seven sub-species of eight types of karma are expounded. King Harisena, the universal monarch [victorious in all the] four quarters [of Bharat region], after living little under nine thousand seven hundred years as a householder, having plucked hairs was initiated into monk hood from worldly life.
1. 'मज्झे व हे २ मु० ॥ दृश्यतां पृ० ३६३ पं० ५ ॥

Page #288

98 98. नंदणवणस्स णं उवरिल्लातो चरिमंतातो पंडयवणस्स हेढिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं अट्ठाणउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो गोथुभस्स आवासपव्वतस्स पुरथिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं अट्ठाणउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं चउदिसिं पि।
The uninterrupted distance between the farthest ends, of top and bottom, respectively, of divine forests Nandana and Pandu is expounded ninety eight thousand yojana. The uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, western of the mount Meru and eastern of the dwelling mountain Gostūpa (of Nāgakumāra gods) is ninety eight thousand yojana. Likewise, to be related (the distance of dwelling mountains from the mount Meru in the four directions).
दाहिणभरहस्सणं धणुपट्टे अट्ठाणउतिं जोयणसयाइं किंचूणाई आयामेणं पण्णत्त। उत्तरातो णं कट्ठातो सूरिए पढमं छम्मासं अयमीणे एकूणपन्नासतिमे मंडलगते अट्ठाणउतिं एक्सट्ठिभागे मुहुत्तस्स दिवसखेत्तस्स निवुवेत्ता रयणिखेत्तस्स अभिनिवुड्वेत्ता णं सूरिए चारं चरति। दक्खिणातो णं कट्ठातो सूरिए दोच्चं छम्मासं 'अयमीणे एकूणपन्नासतिमे मंडलगते अट्ठाणउतिं एक्सद्विभाए मुहुत्तस्स रयणिखेत्तस्स निवुड्वेत्ता दिवसखेत्तस्स अभिनिवुड्ढेत्ता णं सूरिए चारं चरति। __ रेवतिपढमजेट्ठपज्जवसाणाणं एक्कूणवीसाए नक्खत्ताणं अट्ठाणउतिं तारातो तारग्गेणं पण्णत्तातो।
The back of the bow (shaped) southern half Bharat region is a little less than nine thousand eight hundred yojana in length. The sun moves (southward from north) in the first six month, on its forty ninth orbit, decreasing day
1. वेयड्स्स णमित्यादिः यः केषुचित् पुस्तकेषु दृश्यते सोऽपपाठः। सम्यक् पाठश्चायम् -दाहिणभरहस्स णं धणुपट्टे अट्ठाणउइं जोयणसयाई किंचूणाई आयामेणं पण्णत्ते इति"-अटी०॥ 2. अयमाणे हे २ मु०॥ 3. एगूणपंचासतिमं मंडल जे०। एगूणपंचासतिमंडल' ला १॥ दृश्यतां पृ० ४२१ पं० ३, पृ० ४२५ पं० ४। "एक्कतालीसइमे इति केषुचित् पुस्तकेषु दृश्यते सोऽपपाठः, एगणपंचासइमे त्ति"-अटी०। 4. अयमाणे हे २ मु०॥ 5. इकूणपंचासइमं मंडलं जे०। एकूणपंचासइमंडल ला १। दृश्यतां टि० २॥ 6. जेट्ठा मु०॥

Page #289

Samavāya ninty-eight
237
space and increasing night space by ninety eight by sixty-one part of a muhūrta. The sun moves (northward from south) in the latter six month, on its forty-ninth orbit, decreasing night and increasing day by ninety-eight by sixty-one part of a muhūrta.
Ninety eight starsA [in aggregate] are expounded of constellations from Revati to Jyesthā (i.e. 19 in number).
Notes
A. This aphorism, as well as the commentary of Abhayadeva mention the number of stars associated with these nineteen constellations from Revati to Jyesthā. According to Abhayadeva, the aggregate of the stars of these nineteen stars is ninety seven. Regarding the number ninety eight he says that one aster ought to have one star extra. According to some recensions of Suryaprajñapti, the constellation Anurādhā is mentioned as having five stars in stead of four as occurred in Samavāyānga and its commentary of Abhayadevasūri. Thus, discepeńcy over number of stars may disappear in the light of recensions of Sūryaprajñapti.
1. Samavão, p. 298-99.
.
.

Page #290

99 99. मंदरे णं पव्वते णवणउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं उ९उच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ते। नंदणवणस्स णं पुरथिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो पच्चथिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं णवणउतिं जोयणसताई अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं दक्खिणिल्लातो उत्तरे।
Vertical height of the mount Meru is expounded ninety-nine thousand yojana. The uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, western and eastern of the forest Nandana is expounded nine thousand nine hundred (9,900) yojana. Similarly, the uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, southern and northern (of the forest Nandana) is expounded nine thousand nine hundred (9,900) yojana.
पढमे सूरियमंडले णवणंउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं सातिरेगाइं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। दोच्चे सूरियमंडले णवणउतिं जोयणसहस्साई साहियाई आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। ततिए सूरियमंडले नवनउतिं जोयणसहस्साइं साहियाई आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। .:
In the north direction, the extension of the first orbit of sun is expounded a little over ninety nine thousand yojana. (In the north direction) the extension of the second orbit of sun is expounded a little over ninety-nine thousand yojana. (In the north direction) the extension of the third orbit of sun is expounded a little over ninety-nine thousand yojana.
इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए अंजणस्स कंडस्स हेडिल्लातो चरिमंतातो वाणमंतरभोमेजविहाराणं उवरिमंते एस णं नवनउतिं जोयणसयाइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted distance between the two extreme ends, base of Añjana layer and the top of the abodes of interstitial gods of this earth Gemlustre, is expounded nine thousand nine hundred yojana.
1. दक्खिणिलाओ घरमंताओ उत्तरिल्ले घरमंते एस णं णवणउइंजोयणसयाई अबाहाए अंतरे पं०, उत्तरे पढमे मु०॥ 2. पण्णत्ते नास्ति खं० जे० हे १ ला २॥ 3. पण्णते नास्ति जे०॥ 4. 'उवरिल्लेि घरिमं ते इत्यपि पाठः कदाचित् संभवेत्॥

Page #291

100 100. दसदसमिया णं भिक्खुपडिमा एगेणं राइदियसतेणं अद्धछडेहिं भिक्खासतेहिं अहासुत्तं जाव आराहिया यावि भवति। सयभिसयानक्खत्ते सएक्कतारे पण्णत्ते। सुविधी पुष्पदंते णं अरहा एगं धणुसतं उडुउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। पासे णं अरहा पुरिसादाणीए एवं वाससयं सव्वाउयं पालयित्ता सिद्धे जाव प्पहीणे। एवं थेरे वि अजसुहम्मे।
__ (On being taken) five hundred fifty dattis (particular measure of food and water) for hundred days, the tenth modal view of mendicants (daśamadaśamikā) is treated as per canons, up to ordered. The constellation Satabhișak is expounded of hundred stars. The height of Seer Suvidhi Puspadanta was hundred bows. The honourable (puruşādānīya) Seer Pārsvanātha, became liberated and enlightened up to annihilated (the entire miseries], after completing the age of hundred years. Similarly, elder monk Sudharmā also (became liberated after hundred years's age).
सव्वे वि णं चुल्लहिमवंतसिहरिवासहरपव्वया एगमेगं जोयणसतं उडुंउच्चत्तेणं,एगमेगं गाउयसतं 'उब्वेधेणं पण्णत्ता। सव्वे वि णं कंचणगपव्वया एगमेगं जोयणसयं उड्डउच्चत्तेणं एगमेगं गाउयसतं उव्वेधेणं, एगमेगं जोयणसयं मूले विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता।
All the major Vaitādhya mountains are expounded hundred gavyūtis in height. All the Kșulla Himavanta and Sikharī mountains, bordering the region (varsadhara), are expounded hundred yojana in height and all these mountains, bordering the region, pervade hundred gavyūtis over the earth. All the Kancanaka mountains are expounded hundred yojana in height. These all go deep hundred gavyūtis under the earth. Their extension at the base is hundred yojana.
1. 'हिया वि जे० मु०॥ 2. एकसयतारे मु०। एकतारे जे०॥ 3. उवेधेणं जे०। एवमग्रेऽपि।।

Page #292

Multy Increasing Group
101 101. चंदप्पभेणं अरहा दिवढे धणुसतं उड्डुउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। आरणे कप्पे दिवढं विमाणावाससतं पण्णत्तं। एवं अच्चुए वि।
The vertical height of Seer Candraprabha was one hundred fifty bows. On the paradise Ārana one hundred fifty dwellings are expounded. Likewise, on the paradise Acyuta also (one hundred fifty dwellings are expounded). .
102 102. सुपासे णं अरहा दो धणुसयाई उडुंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। सव्वे वि णं महाहिमवंतरुप्पीवासहरपव्वया दो दो जोयणसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं दो दो गाउयसताइं उव्वेधेणं पण्णत्ता। जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे दो कंचणपव्वतसया पण्णत्ता।
The vertical height of Seer Supārśva was two hundred bows. The height, of all the Mahāhimavantas and Rukmi mountains, bordering the region, is expounded two hundred yojanas, (their depth) is expounded two hundred gavyūtis. Two hundred Kāñcanaka mountains are expounded in the continent of Jambūdvīpa.
103 103. पउमप्पभेणं अरहा 'अड्डाइजाई धणुसताइं उ९उच्चत्तेणं होत्था। असुरकुमाराणं देवाणं पासायवडेंसगा अड्डाइजाई जोयणसयाई उडुउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता।
The vertical height of Seer Padmaprabha was two hundred fifty bows. The vertical height of (heavenly) palaces of Demon (Asurakumāra) gods is expounded two hundred fifty yojana.
1. अहातिज्णातिं खं० हे १ ला २। अड्डाउज्जातिं जे०॥

Page #293

241
Multy Increasing Group
104 104. सुमती णं अरहा तिणि धणुसयाई उड्डूंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। अरिट्ठनेमी णं अरहा तिण्णि वाससयाइं 'कुमारमज्झावसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता जाव पव्वतिते। वेमाणियाणं देवाणं विमाणपागारा तिण्णि तिण्णि जोयणसताइं उड्ढउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। समणस्सणं भगवतो महावीरस्स तिन्नि सयाणि चोद्दसपुव्वीणं होत्था। पंचधणुसतियस्स णं अंतिमसारीरियस्स सिद्धिगतस्स सातिरेगाणि तिण्णि धणुसयाणि जीवप्पदेसोगाहणा पण्णत्ता।
The vertical height of Seer Sumati was three hundred bows. The Seer Aristanemi having enjoyed three hundred years in the house-hold as a prince, after plucking/tearing his hairs up to adopted (houselessness-monk hood, from mundane life). The vertical height of the surrounding walls of abodes of celestial gods is expounded three hundred yojana. Venerable Ascetic Mahavira had three hundred knowers of fourteen Pūrvas. The occupancy, of soul-particles, of one attaining salvation in this last body with that occupancy) of five hundred bows, is expounded over three hundred bows.
105 105. पासस्स णं अरहतो पुरिसादाणीयस्स अद्भुट्ठाई सयाइं चोइसपुवीणं होत्था। . अभिनंदणे णं अरहा अद्भुट्ठाई धणुसयाई उहुंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था।
The honourable (puruşādānīya) Seer Pārsvanāth had the treasure of three hundred fifty monks, knowing fourteen pūrvas. The vertical height of Seer Abhinandana was three hundred fifty bows.
1. कुमारमझे व हे २। कुमारवासमझे व मु०॥ 2. इदमेकं "तिण्णि ' इति पदं नास्ति जे० खं०॥ 3. णं नास्ति खं जे०॥ 4. वीणं संपया होत्था मु०॥

Page #294

242
Samavāyāngasūtra
106 106. संभवे णं अरहा चत्तारि धणुसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। सव्वे विणं णिसभ-'नीलवंता वासहरपव्वया चत्तारि चत्तारि जोयणसताई उड्डुउच्चत्तेणं, चत्तारि चत्तारि गाउयसताई उव्वेधेणं पण्णत्ता। सव्वे विय णं वक्खारपव्वया णिसभ-नीलवंतवासहरपव्वयं तेणं चत्तारि चत्तारि जोयणसतांइ उड्डउच्चत्तेणं चत्तारि चत्तारि गाउयसताइं उव्वेधेणं पण्णत्ता।
The vertical height of Seer Sambhava was four hundred bows. All the Nişadha and Nīlavanta mountains-bordering the Bharat regions, are expounded four hundred yojana high. All the Nişadha and Nīlavanta mountains bordering the Bharat regions are expounded four hundred gavyūtis deep (beneath the earth). Likewise, is to be said about all the mountains bordering Devakuru and Uttarakuru regions) too.
आणय-पाणएसु णं दोसु कप्पेसु चत्तारि विमाणसया पण्णत्ता। समणस्स णं भगवतो महावीरस्स चत्तारि सता वादीणं सदेवमणुयासुरम्मि लोगम्मि वाए अपराजिताणं उक्कोसिया वादिसंपया होत्था।
[The aggregate of] the abodes of the paradises Āņata (the ninth] and Pranata, the tenth, are expounded four hundred. The Venerable Ascetic Mahāvīra had the excellent treasure of four hundred disputants, unconquerable in debate with gods, human beings and hellish beings.
107 107. अजिते णं अरहा अद्धपंचमाइं धणुसताई उड्उच्चत्तेणं होत्था। सगरे णं राया चाउरंतचक्कवट्टी अद्धपंचमाइं धणुसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था।
The vertical height of Seer Ajita was four hundred fifty bows. The vertical height, of the emperor Sagar, the victor over the four directions of Bharat region, was also four hundred fifty bows.
1. णेलवंता जे० खंमू० हे १ ला २। नीलवंत' खंसं०॥ 2. य नास्ति मु०॥ 3. 'वंता खं० हे २ ला १॥ 4. 'पव्ययए णं मु०। दृश्यतां सू० १०८। “वक्षस्कारपर्वता एकमेरुप्रतिबद्धा विंशतिः, ते च वर्षधरासत्तौ चतुःशतोच्चाः शीतादिनदीप्रत्यासत्तौ मेरुप्रत्यासत्तौ च पञ्चशतोच्याः"-अटी०॥ 5. पण्णता नास्ति खं जे० हे १,२॥

Page #295

Multy Increasing Group
243
108 108. 'सव्वे विणं वक्खारपव्वया सीया-सीओयाओ महानईओ मंदरं वा पव्वयं तेणं पंच जोयणसयाई उड्डुउच्चत्तेणं, पंच गाउयसयाई उव्वेहेणं पण्णत्ता। सव्वे विणं वासहरकूडा पंच पंच जोयणसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं, मूले पंच पंच जोयणसताइं विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता। उसभे णं अरहा कोसलिए पंच धणुसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। भरहे णं राया चाउरंतचक्कवट्टी पंच धणुसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं होत्था।
[Near] great rivers Sītā and Sītodā, all the vakşaskāra mountains are expounded five hundred yojana high [and] five hundred gavyūtis deep (beneath the ground). All the varsadhara mountains (bordering the region) are expounded five hundred yojana high (and these) at the base, are expounded five hundred yojana in extension. Seer æsabha, of the domain Kosala, was five hundred bows in height. Emperor Bharat, the victor of the four directions (of Bharat region], was fivehundred bows in height.
.. सोमणस-गंधमादण-विजुप्पभ-मालवंता णं वक्खारपव्वया णं मंदरपव्वयं तेणं पंच पंच जोयणसयाई उईउच्चत्तणं पंच पंच गाउयसताइं उव्वेधेणं पण्णत्ता। सव्वे वि णं 'वक्खारपव्वयकूडा हरि-हरीसहकूडवजा पंच पंच जोयणसताइं उडुउच्चत्तेणं मूले पंच पंच जोयणसताई आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता। सव्वे वि णं णंदणकूडा बलकूडवजा पंच पंच जोयणसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं मूले पंच पंच जोयणसताई आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता। सोहम्मीसाणेसु कप्पेसु विमाणा पंच पंच जोयणसयाई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता।
1. एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो जे० हे २ मु० विना नास्ति। दृश्यतां पृ० ४२७ टि०८॥ 2. मंदरपब्वयंतेणं मु०। दृश्यतां टि० २॥ 3., 4. पंच पंच मु०॥ 5. "सव्वे विणं वासेत्यादि (नास्त्ययं पाठः खं) सव्वे विणं वक्खारे (नास्त्ययं पाठो मु०) त्यादि, तत्र वर्षधरकूटानि शतद्वयमशीत्यधिकम्..... वक्षस्कारकूटानि त्वशीत्यधिकचतुःशतीसंख्यानि ... सर्वाण्येतानि पञ्चशतोच्छ्रितानि... हरिकूटहरिसहकूटवर्जनं त्विह तयोः सहस्रोच्छ्यत्वात्"-अटी०॥ इदमत्रावधेयम् -जे० मध्ये इतः परं 'सव्वे वि णं वक्खारकूडा हरिहरिस्स (ह) कूडवज्जा पंच जोयणसयाई उहुंउच्चत्तेणं मूले पंच जोयणसयाई विक्खंभेणं पन्नता। सव्वे णं णंदणकूडा बलकूडा बज्जा पंध जोयणसयाई विक्खंभेणं पन्नत्ता' इति पाठो वर्तते समीचीनोऽपि च भाति तथा पि ईदृशः पाठः पुनरपि जे० मध्ये इतः परम् अग्रे (पृ० ४२९ पं० १-४) आयात्येव। अत एकतरः पाठो जे० मध्येऽधिक एव॥ 6. मंदिरेणं पव्वयंतेणं जे०॥ 7. वक्खारप, कूड हरि खं०॥

Page #296

244
Samavāyāngasūtra
Near mountain Meru, vaksaskāra mountains Somanasa, Gandhamadana, Vidyutprabha [and] Malavanta [areexpounded] five hundredyojana high [and] are expounded five hundred gavyūtis deep (under the ground). All the vaksaskāra mountains, barring Hari and Harissaha (are expounded] five hundred yojana high, are expounded five hundred yojanas, in extension, at the base. All the Nandana mountains, barring Balakūta, are expounded five hundred yojana high, five hundred yojanas, in extension, at the base. All the mansions, in the paradises Saudharma and Iśāna, are expounded five hundred yojana high.
___109 109. सणंकुमार-माहिदेसु कप्पेसु विमाणा छ जोयणसताइं उडुउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। चुल्लहिमवंतकूडस्स णं उवरिल्लाओ चरिमंतातो चुल्लहिमवंतस्स वासहरपव्वतस्स समे धरणितले एस णं छ जोयणसताई अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं सिहरिकूडस्स वि।
All the mansions, in the paradises Sanatkumāra and Māhendra, are expounded six hundred yojana high. The uninterrupted distance between the top of kşulla Himavanta mountain, bordering (Bharat] region and even earthly base of kşulla Himavanta varşadhara mountain is expounded six hundred yojana. Likewise, to be [described about] Shikhari [varsadhara] mountain.
पासस्स णं अरहतो छ सता वादीणं सदेवमणुयासुरे लोए ('वाए) अपराजियाणं उक्कोसा वातिसंपदा होत्था। अभिचंदे णं कुलगरे छ धणुसताइं उ९उच्चत्तेणं होत्था। वासुपुज्जे णं अरहा छहिं पुरिससतेहिं मुंडे भवित्ता णं अगारातो अणगारियं पव्वतिते।
The Seer Pārśva had the excellent treasure of six hundred disputants, unconquerable in the world, in debate with gods, human beings and hellish beings. Governor (kulakara) Abhicandra's height was six hundred bows. Seer Vāsupūjya after plucking/tearing his hairs adopted houselessness (monk hood), from mundane life, along with six hundred men.
1. वाए मु० विना नास्ति॥ 2. उक्कोसं जे० हे २। उक्कोसिया ला १ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४२८ पं० ३॥ 3. “सएहिं सद्धिं मुंडे हे २ ला १ मु०॥

Page #297

Multy Increasing Group
245
110 110. बंभ-लंतएसु कप्पेसु विमाणा सत्त सत्त जोयणसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। समणस्स णं भगवओ महावीरस्स सत्त जिणसता होत्था। समणस्स 'णं भगवओ महावीरस्स सत्त वेउब्वियसया होत्था। अरिटुनेमी णं अरहा सत्त वाससताई देसूणाई केवलपरियागं पाउणित्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव प्पहीणे।
___ Abodes, in [both] paradises, Brahma and Lāntaka, are expounded seven hundred yojana high. The [Order of] Venerable Ascetic Mahavira had seven hundred omniscient monks. The [Order of] Venerable Ascetic Mahavira had seven hundred monks (endowed with power) of supernatural attainments. Seer Aristanemi passing little under seven hundred years in the mode of omniscient [became] liberated, enlightened, up to free from miseries. ... महाहिमवंतकूडस्स णं उवरिल्लातो चरिमंतातो महाहिमवंतस्स वासधरपव्वयस्स समे धरणितले एस णं सत्त जोयणसताई अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं रुप्पिकूडस्स वि।
The uninterrupted distance between the two extremes, the top most and the even earthly base of the Mahāhimavanta varṣadhara mountain (bordering the region), is expounded seven hundred yojana. Likewise, [to be repeated about the distance between the two extremes] of Rukmiņī mountains also.
__111 111. महासुक्क-सहस्सारेसु दोसु कप्पेसु विमाणा अट्ठ जोयणसताई उड्डुउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए पढमे कंडे अट्ठसुजोयणसतेसु वाणमंतर-भोमेजविहारा पण्णत्ता। समणस्स णं भगवओ महावीरस्स अट्ठ सया अणुत्तरोववातियाणं देवाणं गतिकल्लाणाणं ठितिकल्लाणाणं आगमेसिभदाणं उक्कोसिया अणुत्तरोववातियसंपदा होत्था।
____Abodes, in two paradises, Mahāsukra and Sahasrāra, are expounded eight hundredyojana high. The abodes of Subterranean (Vanamantara) gods are sited in the eight hundred yojana of the first layer (kānda) of the (first) earth Gem-lustre. The Venerable Ascetic Mahavira had the excellent treasure of eight hundred monks with the destiny and duration of benediction and
1. णं नास्ति मु०॥ 2. केवलि हे १ ला २॥

Page #298

246
Samavāyāngasūtra
likely to be liberated in future.
इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए बहुसमरमणिज्जातो भूमिभागातो अट्ठहिं जोयणसएहिं सूरिए चारं चरति। अरहतो णं अरिट्टनेमिस्स अट्ठ सताई वादीणं सदेवमणुयासुरम्मि लोगम्मि वाते अपराजियाणं उक्कोसिया वादिसंपदा होत्था।
The sun moves eight hundred yojana over the even and beautiful surface of the earth Gem-lustre. The Seer Aristanemi had the excellent treasure of six hundred disputants unconquerable, in debate, in the world, with god, human being and hellish being.
112 112. आणय-पाणय-आरण-ऽच्चुतेसु कप्पेसु विमाणा'णव जोयणसताई उड्डेउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता। निसभकूडस्स णं उवरिल्लातो सिहरतलातो णिसभस्स वासहरपव्वतस्स समे धरणितले एस णं नव जोयणसताई अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं नीलवंतकूडस्स वि। विमलवाहणे णं कुलगरे णव धणुसताइंउटुंउच्चत्तेणं होत्था। 'इमीसे रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए बहुसमरमणिजातो भूमिभागातो णवहिं जोयणसतेहिं सव्वुपरिमे तारारूवे चारं चरति। निसभस्स णं वासधरपव्वयस्स उवरिल्लातो सिहरतलातो इमीसे रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए 'पढमस्स कंडस्स बहुमज्झदेसभाए एस णं णव जोयणसताई अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते। एवं नीलवंतस्स वि। '
The abodes, in the paradises, Anata, Pranata, Arana and Acyuta are expounded eight hundred yojana high. The interminable stretch between the two edges, the summit of the varsadhara mountain Nişadha, [bordering the Bharat region) and its even rock bottom is expounded nine hundred yojana. Likewise, [to be described the Nilavanta mountain also.Governor (kulakara) Vimalavāhana was nine hundred bows in height. The stars move at the highest
3. वादी हे २ विना ॥ 1. णव णव हे २ मु०॥ 2. निसढ मु०। एवमग्रेऽपि ॥ 3. नेल खंमू० हे १ ला १, २। निल जे०॥ 4. इमीसे णं र मु०॥ 5. सिहरि खं० जे०॥ 6. इमीसे णं र मु०॥ 7. "स्स णं कंडस्स जे०T॥ 8. णेल खंमू० जे १ जे० हे १ ला १, २॥

Page #299

Multy Increasing Group
distance of nine hundred yojana above the even and beautiful surface of this earth Gem-lustre. The uninterrupted distance between the two farthest ends, the upper summit of the mountain Nisadha, bordering the region [Bharat ] and middle of the first layer of this earth Ratnaprabha is expounded nine hundred yojana. Likewise, [to be repeated about the expanse of] Nilavanta mountain also.
113
113 सव्वे विणं गेवेज्जविमाणा दस दस जोयणसताइं उड्डुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता । सव्वे विणं जमगपव्वया दस दस जोयणसताई उड्डुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता, दस दस गाउयसताइं 'उव्वेधेणं, मूले दस दस जोयणसताई ±आयामविक्खंभेणं । एवं चित्त - विचित्तकूडा वि भाणियव्वा ।
The vertical height of all the abodes of [paradise] Graiveyaka is expounded one thousand yojana. The height of all the Yamaka mountains is expounded one thousand yojana, (and) depth one thousand gavyūti. The extension, at the base, [of all the Yamaka mountains] is expounded one thousand yojana.
सव्वे 'वि णं वट्टवेयड्डूपव्वया दस दस जोयणसताइं 'उड्डउच्चत्तेणं, दस दस गाउयसताइं 'उव्वेणं, मूले दस दस जोयणसताइं 7 विक्खंभेणं, सव्वत्थ समा पल्लगसंठाणसंठिया, 'दस दस जोयणसताइं विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता ।
247
The vertical height of all the circular Vaitāḍhya mountains is expounded one thousand yojana (and) depth one thousand gavyūti. The extension, at the base, [of all the circular Vaitäḍhya mountains] is expounded one thousand yojana. Everywhere their shape is expounded like drum (palyaka).
1. उब्वेहेणं पण्णत्ता मु० ॥ 2. विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता मु० ॥
3. विचित्तचित्तकूडा जे० ॥ 4. वि य णं जे० मु० विना ।।
5. तेणं पण्णत्ता मु० ॥
6. उब्वेहेणं पण्णत्ता मु० ॥
7. विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता मु० ॥
8. दस दस जोयणसताइं विक्खंभेणं नास्ति मु० सं ० २ ॥
9. पण्णत्ता नास्ति जे० ॥

Page #300

248
सव्वे विणं हरि-हरिस्सह कूडा "वक्खारकूडवज्जा दस दस जोयणसयाइं "उड्डउच्चतेणं, मूले दस दस जोयणसयाई विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ता । एवं 12 बलकूडा वि नंदणकूडवज्जा । 13 अरहा वि अरिट्ठनेमी दस वाससयाई सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता सिद्धे बुद्धे जाव "प्पही पा अरहतो दस साइं जिणाणं होत्था । पासस्स णं अरहतो दस 15 अंतेवासिसयाई कालगताई 16 जाव सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणाइं। पउमद्दह-17 पुंडरीयद्दहा दस दस जोयणसयाइं आयामेणं पण्णत्ता।
The height of all the peaks of Hari and Harissaha, barring vakṣakāra peak, is expounded one thousand yojana. The extension, at the base, [of all the peaks is expounded] one thousand yojana. Similarly, [the height and extension of all the] peaks of Bala excluding the Nandana peak [are expounded]. Seer Aristanemi after completing the age of one thousand years, became liberated, enlightened up to annihilated [the miseries]. Seer Pārsva had one thousand victors (Jinas). Seer Pārsva's one thousand disciples also [after completing the age of one thousand years] left the body up to annihilated the entire miseries. The length of the lake Padma [on the mountain Kşulla Himavanta] and Puṇḍarīka (on the mountain Śikharī) is expounded one thousand yojana.
Samavāyāngasūtra
114
114. अणुत्तरोववातियाणं देवाणं विमाणा एक्कारस जोयणसताइं उड्डुंउच्चत्तेणं पण्णत्ता । पासस्स णं अरहतो एक्कारस सताइं वेडव्वियाणं होत्था ।
The height of abodes of Anuttaraupapātika gods (taking instantaneous birth in the highest paradise) is expounded one thousand yojana. Seer Pārsva had one thousand one hundred monks having the power of supernatural attainments.
10. वक्खारपव्वयकूड' जे० ला १ । दृश्यतां पृ० ४२८ टि० ६, पृ० ४२९ पं० १ ॥
11. तेणं पण्णत्ता जे० ला १ मु०॥
12. बलकूडवज्जा जे० ॥
13. अरिहा अरि' हे २ T ॥
14. सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे मु० ॥ 15. 'वासी' ला १ मु० ॥
16. जाव दुक्ख' जे० ।। 17. 'हा य मु०॥

Page #301

Multy Increasing Group
249
115 115. महापउम-महापुंडरीयद्दहा णं दो दो जोयणसहस्साइं आयामेणं पण्णत्ता।
The length of the lakes Mahāpadma [on the mountain Mahāhimavanta] and Mahāpundarīka (on the mountain Rukmī] is expounded one thousand yojana.
__ 116
116. इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए वतिरकंडस्स उवरिल्लाओ चरिमंताओ लोहितक्खस्स कंडस्स हेट्ठिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं तिणि जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted distance, between the two extreme ends, top of the layer Vajra [the second] and bottom of the layer Lohitāksa [the fourth], is expounded three thousand yojana.
117
117. 'तिगिंच्छि-*केसरिदहा णं दहा चतारि चत्तारि जोयणसहस्साई आयामेणं पण्णत्ता।
The length of the lake Tigiñcha [on the mountain Nişadha) and lake Kesari [on the mountain Nilavanta] each, is expounded four thousand yojana.
.
118
118. धरणितले मंदरस्स णं पव्वतस्स बहुमज्झदेसभागाओ रुयगणाभीतो 'चउद्दिसिं पंच पंच जायणसहस्साइं. अबाहाए मंदरे पव्वते 'पण्णत्ते।
At the surface of earth, the uninterrupted distance of the farthest ends, in four directions, from the very centre, naval like region Rucaka, of the mountain Meru, is expounded five thousand yojana.
1. तिगिच्छि जे० मु०। 2. "रिंदहा चत्तारि ला १ मु०॥ 3. 'भागं हे १ ला २ Tभाए मु०। 4. चउद्दिसि पि हे २। चउहिसं पंज जोय जे०। 5. आबाहाते अंतरे मंद हे २ मु०॥ 6. मंदरपव्वए जे० मु०॥ 7. पण्णत्ते नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २॥

Page #302

250
Samavāyāngasūtra
119 119. सहस्सारे णं कप्पे छ विमाणावाससहस्सा पण्णत्ता।
Six thousand abodes are expounded in the paradise Sahasrāra.
120
120. इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए रयणस्स कंडस्स उवरिल्लातो चरिमंतातो पुलगस्स कंडस्स हेट्ठिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं सत्त जोयणसहस्साइं अबाहाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted distānce between the two extreme ends of the (first) layer Ratna and the (seventh) layer Pulaka is expounded seven thousand yojana.
121 121. हरिवस्स-रम्मया णं वासा अट्ठ जोयणसहस्साइं सातिरेगाइं वित्थरेणं पण्णत्ता।
The extension of the mount Harivarşa and Ramyaka is expounded little over seven thousand yojana.
122 122. दाहिणड्डभरहस्स णं जीवा पाईणपडिणायया दुहतो समुदं पुट्ठा णव जोयणसहस्साइं आयामेणं पण्णत्ता।
The space-length of the bow-string (straightline), touching the eastern and western ends of the sea, of the southern Bharat region, is expounded nine thousand yojana. Seer Ajita had over nine thousand clairvoyants.
_123
123. मंदरे णं पव्वते धरणितले दस जोयणसहस्साई विक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते।
The extension of mount Meru [at its base], on the earth, is expounded ten thousand yojana.
1. आबा जेमू०१॥ 2. पडीणा मु०॥ 3. पण्णत्ते नास्ति खं० जे १ हे १ला २॥

Page #303

Multy Increasing Group
251
124 124. 'जंबूदीवे णं दीवे एगं जोयणसयसहस्सं आयामविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते।
___The extension, of the continent of Jambudvipa, [at its base], is expounded one lac yojana.
125 125. लवणे णं समुद्दे दो जोयणसतसहस्साई चक्कवालविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते। The circular extension of the Ocean Lavaṇa is expounded two-lac yojana.
126 126. पासस्स णं अरहतो तिण्णि सयसाहस्सीतो सत्तावीसं च सहस्साई उक्कोसिया सावियासंपदा होत्था।
Seer Pārśva had the excellent treasure of three lac twenty seven thousand lay-women [3,27,000].
127 127. धायइसंडे णं दीवे चत्तारि जोयणसतसहस्साइं चक्कवालविक्खंभेणं पण्णत्ते।
The circular extension of the continent of Dhātakī region (khanda) is expounded four lacyojanas [4,00,000].
128 128. लवणस्स प समुहस्स पुरथिमिल्लातो चरिमंतातो पच्चथिमिल्ले चरिमंते एस णं पंच जोयणसयसहस्साई अबाधाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted stretch between the extreme ends, of eastern and western, of the Lavana Ocean is expounded five lacyojanas [5,00,000].
129 129. भरहे णं राया चाउरंतचक्कवट्टी छ पुव्वसतसहस्साइं रायमज्झावसित्ता मुंडे भवित्ता णं अगारातो अणगारियं पव्वतिते।
1. ला १ मु० विना-जंबुद्दीवे एगं खं० जे १ हे १ ला शजंबुद्दीवे २ एगं जे०। जंबुद्दीवे ण एगं हे २॥ 2. हे २ विना-पण्णत्तातिं खं० जे १ हे १ ला २॥ पन्नत्ताइंला १। पण्णते नास्ति जे०। पं० मु०॥ 3. 'मझे हे २ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३६३ पं०५॥

Page #304

252
The conqueror over four quarters of Bharat region, the universal Emperor Bharat, after reigning for six lac pūrva years, tearing off his hairs adopted houselessness (initiated into monk hood) from the household.
130
130. जंबूदीवस्स णं दीवस्स पुरत्थिमिल्लातो वेइयंतातो धायइसंडचक्कवालस्स पच्चत्थिमिल्ले चरमं [ i ] सत्त जोयणसतसहस्साइं अबाधाते अंतरे पण्णत्ते ।
Samaväyängasūtra
The uninterrupted [circular] interval between the extreme edges, eastern vedikā of the continent of Jambudvipa and western of the circular extension (cakravāla viskambha) of Dhātakī region (khanda) is expounded seven lac yojana ( 7,00,000).
131
131. माहिदे णं कप्पे अट्ठ विमाणावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता ।
Eight lac dwellings are expounded in the paradise Mahendra.
132
132. अजियस्स णं अरहतो सातिरेगाइं नव 'ओहिणाणिसहस्साइं होत्था ।
[The Order of] Seer Ajit had more than nine thousand clairvoyants.
133
133. पुरिससीहे णं वासुदेवे दस वाससतसहस्साइं सव्वाउयं पालइत्ता पंचमा पुढवीए 'रएस नेरइयत्ताते उववन्ने ।

The lion among men (puruṣasinha) Väsudeva, having passed the entire (allotted) life-span of ten lac years, descended in the hell of fifth earth as a hellish being (10,00,000).
1. “ इदं च सहस्रस्थानकमपि लक्षस्थानकाधिकारे यदधीतं तत् सहस्रशब्द साधर्म्याद् विचित्रत्वाद्वा सूत्रगतेर्लेखकदोषाद्वेति " - अटी० ॥
2. रइएस ला १ मु० ॥

Page #305

Multy Increasing Group
253
134 134. समणे भगवं महावीरे तित्थकरभवग्गहणातो छटे 'पोट्टिलभवग्गहणे एगं वासकोडिं सामण्णपरियागं पाउणित्ता सहस्सारे कप्पे सव्वढे विमाणे देवत्ताते उववन्ने।
Born as Pottila, in sixth re birth, prior to the present birth of Seerhood, Venerable Ascetic Mahavira having passed one crore years as a monk, manifested as a god in the abode Sarvārtha of the paradise Sahasrāra.
__ 135 135. उसभसिरिस्स भगवतो चरिमस्स य महावीरवद्धमाणस्स एगा सागरोवमकोडाकोडी 4अबाधाए अंतरे पण्णत्ते।
The uninterrupted span, between that [age] of the Sage Rsabha and the last Seer Mahavira Vardhamana, is expounded one crore by crore (kotākoti) ocean-simile (sāgaropama] [10000,0000, 0000,00].
1. पोट्ठिल जे १ हे २ मु० विना॥ 2. वड्डमाणस्स खं० जे० जे १॥ 3. वम इत्यत आरभ्य पयत्था सूइज्जंति( पृ० ४३५पं० ६)- इति पर्यन्तम् एकं पत्रं खं० मध्ये नास्ति॥ 4. आबा जे १ जे०॥

Page #306

The Basket of Twelve Anga SC
136 136. दुवालसंगे गणिपिडगे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- 'आयारे सूतगडे ठाणे समवाए वियाहपण्णत्ती णायाधम्मकहाओ उवासगदसातो अंतगडदसातो अणुत्तरोववातियदसातो पण्हावागरणाई विवागसुते दिद्विवाए। .
The twelve Angas are expounded as basket of scripture (gaạipitaka), namely — Ācāra, Sūtraksta, Sthāna, Samavāya, Vyākhyāprajñapti, Jñātādharmakathā, Upāsakadaśā, Antakyddaśā, Anuttaraupapātikadašā, Prasnavyākarana, Vipākasātra [and] Drstivada.
से किं तं आयारे? आयारेणं समणाणं निग्गंथाणं आयारगोयरविणयवेणइयट्ठाणगमण चंकमणपमाणजोगजुंजणभासासमितिगुत्तीसेजोवहिभत्तपाणउग्गमउप्पायणएसणाविसोहिसुद्धासुद्धग्गहणवयणियमतवोवधाणसुप्पसत्थमाहिजति।
What is Ācāra? In Ācāra the conduct, alms-begging, modesty, bearings of modesty, walking, rambling, measure, inducing others to [spiritual] activities, carefulness in speech, control, [accepting pure] beddings, worldly belongings, alms [free from blemishes of] origin, preparation [and] begging, (rule of) accepting pure and impure, vow, discipline and austerity and spiritual observance, of the knotless ascetics, is excellently depicted.
से समासतो पंचविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा-णाणायारे दसणायारे चरित्तायारे तवायारे वीरियायारे।आयारस्स णं परित्ता वायणा, संखेजा अणुओगदारा, संखेजातो पडिवत्तीतो, संखेजा वेढा, संखेजा सिलोगा, संखेजातो निज्जुत्तीतो।
That (conduct), in brief, is expounded as five-fold, namely— observance [pertaining to attainment] of knowledge, conduct (required in purification] of Right belief; conduct [pertaining to] practice, performances [for purifying] penance and exertions for attaining knowledge. There are
1. तुला -नन्दीसूत्रे सू० ८६-११८।। 2. प्रतिपाठा:-विवाह जे. जे १ हे २ ला १ मु०। विहायप हे १ ला २। अत्र वियाहप' इति सम्यग् भाति॥

Page #307

Basket of Scriptures
255
measured readings, numerable disquisition doors, numerable perceptions, numerable vesta meters, numerable slokas (in anustubh meters) and numerable niryuktis of Ācārānga.
से णं अंगट्ठयाए पढमे अंगे, दो सुतक्खंधा, पणुवीसं अज्झयणा, पंचासीती उद्देसणकाला, 'पंचासीई समुद्देसणकाला, अट्ठारस पदसहस्साइं पदग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। संखेजा
अक्खरा, अणंता गमा, अणंता पजवा, परित्ता तसा, अणंता थावरा, सासया कडा णिबद्धा णिकाइता जिण्पण्णत्ता भावा आघविनंति पण्णविनंति परूविजंति दंसिजति निदंसिर्जति उवदंसिजति। से एवं आता, एवं णाता, एवं विण्णाता। एवं चरणकरणपरूवणयाआघविज्जति पण्णाविजति परूविजति दंसिजति निदंसिजति उवदंसिजति। से तं आयारे।
Among [the twelve] Angas Ācārānga the first, contains two books (śrutaskandha), twenty-five chapters (adhyayana), twenty sections (uddeśanakāla), eighty-five sub-section (samuddeśanakāla) and eighteen thousand words (pada) in all. Numerable syllables (aksaras), [infinite narratives (gamas), measurable mobile beings, infinite immobile beings, eternal, performed, knitted, established (with logical reasons), essence manifested by Victors / Seers are instructed, described, expounded, illustrated (in general) with examples and are preached. [Hence, with the study of Ācārānga] one becomes knower (in general), knower in detail. [Besides) the exposition of conduct and disposition are instructed, described, expounded, illustrated (in general) with examples and are preached. That is Ācāra.
3. 'सीइं मु०। सीति ला १॥ 4. हे २ विना- सीइंजे १। सीतिं हे १ ला १, २ मु०। सीति जे०॥ 5. पन्नत्ता हे २। पण्णत्ते नास्ति मु०। “अष्टादश पदसहस्राणि पदाग्रेण प्रज्ञप्तः"-अटी०। अस्मिन् सूत्रेऽने च सर्वत्र पण्णत्ते इति पदं नन्दीसूत्रे नास्ति। 6. स जे० ला १। से एवं नाए एवं विणाते हे १ ला २१ खं० मध्ये पत्रमेकं नास्ति । दृश्यतां पृ० ४३६ पं० २ टि० २। “से एवमित्यादि, स इति आचाराङ्गग्राहको गृह्यते एवं आय त्ति अस्मिन् भावतः सम्यगधीते सति एवमात्मा भवति, तदुक्तक्रियापरिणामाव्यतिरेकात् स एवं भवतीत्यर्थः, इदं च सूत्रं पुस्तकेषु न दृष्टम्, नन्यां तु दृश्यत इतीह व्याख्यातमिति। .....ज्ञानमधिकृत्य आह- एवं नाय त्ति इदंमधीत्य एवं ज्ञाता भवति यथैवेहोक्तमिति, एवं विनाय त्ति विविधो विशिष्टो वा ज्ञाता विज्ञाता, एवं विज्ञाता भवति तन्त्रान्तरीयज्ञाता भवति"- अटी०। अत्रे दमवधेयम् -एवं आया इति पाठो नन्दीचूर्णी नास्ति, दृश्यतां नन्दीसूत्रे पृ० ३४ टि०
7. 'ज्जति मु०। एवमग्रेऽपि सर्वत्र॥

Page #308

256
137
137. से किं तं सूयगडे ? सूयगडे णं ससमया सूइज्जंति, परसमया सूइज्जंति, ससमय-परसमया सूइज्जंति, जीवा सूइज्जंति, अजीवा सूइज्जंति, जीवाजीवा सूइज्जंति, लोगे सूइज्जति, अलगे सूइज्जति, लोगालोगे सूइज्जति ।
Samavāyāngasūtra
What is Sūtrakṛtānga? In Sūtrakṛtānga Jaina doctrines are related, non-Jaina doctrines are related, Jaina doctrine - non- Jaina doctrines are related, living beings are related, non- living beings are related, living being- non- living beings are related, universe is related, non-universe is related [and] universenon-universe is related.
सूयगडे णं जीवा - जीव- पुण्ण - पावा - SSसव - संवर - ' णिज्जर- बंध - मोक्खावसाणा पयत्था सूइज्जति । समणाणं अचिरकालपव्वइयाणं 2 कुसमयमोहमतिमोहिताणं संदेहजायसहजबुद्धिपरिणामसंसइयाणं 'पावकरमइलमतिगुणविसोहणत्थं आसीतस्स किरियावादिसतस्स चउरासीतीए अकिरियावादीणं सत्तट्ठीए अण्णाणियवादीणं बत्तीसाए 'वेणइयवादीणं तिन्हं तेसट्ठाणं अण्णदिट्ठियसयाणं वूहं किच्चा ससमए ठाविज्जति । णाणादिट्टंतवयणणिस्सारं सुठु दरिसयंता विविहवित्था'राणुगम' परमसब्भावगुणविसिट्ठा 'मोक्खपहोदारगा उदारा अण्णा - तमंधकारदुग्गेसु दीवभूता सोवाणा चेव सिद्धिसुगतिघरुत्तमस्स 'णिक्खो भनिप्पकंपा सुत्तत्था।
In Sūtrakṛtānga the categories of living beings, non-living beings, merit,
1. 'रणबंध' मु० । 'रबंधमोक्खवसाणा य अत्था सू' जे० ॥
2. खंसं० मु० अटी० विना - कुसुयमोहमतिमोहिताणं खंमू० । कुसमयमोहमतिमोहिताणं जे० जे १ हे १, २ ला २ T। कुसमयमोहिया २ मतिमोहियाणं ला १ । “कुसमयमोहमोहमइमोहियाणं ति कुत्सितः समयः सिद्धान्तो येषां ते कुसमयाः कुतीर्थिकाः तेषां मोहः पदार्थेषु अयथावद् बोधः कुसमयमोहः तस्माद् यो मोहः श्रोतृमनोमूढता तेन मतिर्मोहिता मूढतां नीता येषां ते कुसमयमोहमोहमतिमोहिताः” -अटी० ॥
3. 'मलिनमइगुण' मु० ॥
4. असी जे० ला १ मु० । “आसीयस्स किरियावाइसयस्स त्ति अशीत्यधिकस्य क्रियावादिशतस्य " - अटी० ॥
5. वेयणिय ( यि - खं०) यावादीणं खं० हे १ ला २ । वेयणियायवादीणं जे १ । वेणतियावादीणं जे० ॥
6. 'विरा' हे १ ला २ मु०॥
7. 'परसब्भा' खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
8. 'होयारगा हे २ मु० अटी० ।। " मोक्खपहोयारग त्ति मोक्षपथावतारकौ सम्यग्दर्शनादिषु प्राणिनां प्रवर्तकावित्यर्थः " - अटी० ॥
9. णिक्खोभा नि° खं० जे १ हे १ ला २ । णिक्खोभनिकंपा जे० ॥

Page #309

Basket of Scriptures
sin, influx (of karmic matter), stoppage (of karmic matter), cessation (of karmic matter), bondage up to liberation are related. In order to purify the vices of sin inclined, tainted mind of the monks, initiated not before long, [their] mind deluded with ill-doctrine 's delusion, with mind turned suspicious, being innately dubious, refuting the one hundred eighty [cults] of actionist (kriyāvādin), eighty four [cults] of non-actionist ( akriyāvādin), sixty seven [cults] of agnosticists (ajñānavādins) and thirty two [cults] of those practicing modesty (vinayavādin), [thus, in all refuting] three hundred sixty three heterodox cults, Jaina doctrine (svasamaya) is expounded. Well established aphorisms free from heretics' allegations are expounded through various instances and propositions, qualified by the excellent virtues of discourse, subservient to the path of salvation, magnanimous, like lamp for the fort like darkness of ignorance, like ladder to the excellent house like salvation and heaven, explaining the futility of [opponents'] tenets.
सूयगडस्स णं परित्ता वायणा, संखेज्जा अणुओगदारा 10, संखेज्जातो पडिवत्तीतो, संखेज्जा वेढा, [ "संखेज्जा] सिलोगा, [12 संखेज्जाओ] निज्जुत्तीतो ।
There are measured readings, numerable disquisition doors, numerable perceptions, numerable vesta meters, [numerable] slokas (in anustubh meters) [and numerable] niryuktis of Sūtrakrtānga.
सेणं अंग ताए दोच्चे अंगे, दो सुतक्खंधा, तेवीसं अज्झयणा, तेत्तीसं उद्देसणकाला, तेत्तीसं समुद्देसणकाला, छत्तीसं पदसहस्साइं पयग्गेणं पण्णत्ते । संखेज्जा 14 अक्खरा, तं व जाव परित्ता तसा, अणंता थावरा, सासया कड़ा णिबद्धा णिकाइता जिणपण्णत्ता भावा 15 आघविनंति जाव उवदंसिज्जंति । से 1" [ एवं आता ] एवं णाते [णाता ? ] एवं विण्णाते (ता ?)
10. 'दारा जाव पडि' हे २ मु० विना ।।
11., 12. [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो हे २ मु० विना नास्ति ॥
13. पं० इति संक्षिप्तः सर्वत्र पाठः ।।
257
14. अक्खरा अनंता गमा अनंता पज्जबा परित्ता मु० ॥
15. विज्जति पण्णविज्जति परूविज्जंति निदंसिज्जंति उव' मु० ॥
16. प्रतिषु पाठाः - से एवं आए एवं जाए एवं विनाते जाव चरण' हे २ । से एवं णाया एवं विण्णाति जाव चरण'ला १ । स एवं जाते एवं विण्णाते जाव चरण' जे १ । से तं गाते एवं विण्णाते जाव चरण' खं० जे १ हे १ ला २ । से एवं आया एवं णाया एवं विण्णाया एवं चरण' मु० । दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ टि० १० ॥

Page #310

258
Samavāyāngasūtra
जाव चरणकरणपरूवणया 'आघविजति [18पण्णविज्जति परूविजति निदंसिज्जति उवदंसिज्जति ?]119# LATICI
Among the [twelve] Angas Sūtrakstānga, the second, is expounded [as containing] two books (śrutaskandha), twenty-three chapters (adhyayana), twenty-three sections (uddeśanakāla), twenty-three sub-sections (samuddeśanakāla) and thirty six thousand words (pada) in all. Numerable syllables up to measurable mobile beings, infinite immobile beings, eternal, performed, knitted, established (with logical reasons), essence manifested by Victors/ Seers are instructed, described, expounded up to preached in this text. Hence (with the study of Sūtrakstānga] soul [becomes] knower (in general), knower in detail, up to the exposition of conduct and disposition are instructed, described, expounded, illustrated (in general) with examples and is preached herein. This is Sūtrakstānga.
17. "wifat gol gaudsfor Hall 18. gagafa: urat go for at Tiffari Erediguferri ferrur Pll 19. * TOT & ATT 8,711

Page #311

Basket of Scriptures
259.
138 138. से किंतं ठाणे? 'ठाणेणं ससमया ठाविजंति, परसमया ठाविनंति, ससमय-परसमया [ठाविजंति], जीवा ठाविजंति, अजीवा [ ठाविजंति] ,जीवाजीवा ['ठाविज्जति], लोगो अलोगो लोगालोगो वा ठाविज्जति। 'ठाणे णं दव्व-गुण-खेत्त-काल-पजव पयत्थाणं
सेला सलिला य समुह "सूर भवण विमाण'आगरा णदीतो। णिधयो पुरिसज्जाया सरा य गोत्ता य जोतिसंचाला॥६०॥
एक्कविधवत्तव्वयं दुविह जाव दसविहवत्तव्वयं जीवाण पोग्गलाण य लोगट्ठाइंच णं परूवणया 10आघविजति जाव ठाणस्स णं परित्ता वायणा जाव संखेजा सिलोगा, संखेजातो संगहणीतो।
What is Sthānānga? In Sthānānga Jaina doctrines are placed, nonJaina doctrines are placed, Jaina-non-Jaina doctrines [are placed], living beings are placed, non-living beings [are placed], living-non-living beings [are placed), universe is placed, non-universe is placed, (and) universe-non-universe is placed (in groups). In Sthāna, the matter, quality, space, time [and] modes of Realities (are expounded]. Mountains, great rivers (salilā), seas, sun,
mansion, abode, mine, small river (nadi), treasures (of emperors), species of men, sounds or musical notes, lineages and motion of astral gods (are expounded).60. .
1. "स्थानेन स्थाने वा"-अटी०॥ 2..3..4. ठाविज्जति नास्ति म० विना।। 5. "ठाणेणमित्यस्य पुनरुच्चारणं सामान्येन पूर्वोक्तस्यैव स्थापनीयविशेषप्रतिपादनाय वाक्यान्तरमिदमिति ज्ञापनार्थम्। तत्र दव्वगुणखेत्तकालपज्जव त्ति प्रथमाबहुवचनलोपाद द्रव्यगुणक्षेत्रकालपर्यवाः पदार्थानां जीवादीनां स्थानेन स्थाप्यन्ते इति प्रक्रमः" -अटी०॥ 6. सूरा भवणविमाणा जे०॥ 7. आगर जे० मु०॥ 8. “पाठान्तरेण पुस्सजोय त्ति, उपलक्षणत्वात् पुष्यादिनक्षत्राणां चन्द्रेण सह पश्चिमाग्रिमोभयप्रमादिका योगाः"- अटी०॥ 9. "लोगढाई घणं ति लोकस्थायिनां च"- अटी०॥ 10. जति ठाणस्स णं परित्ता वायणा संखेज्जा अणुओगदारा संखेज्जाओ पडिवत्तीओ संखेज्जा वेढा संखेज्जा सिलोगा मु०॥

Page #312

Samavāyāngasūtra
The categories stated, herein, are those conceived as one fold, twofold up to ten-fold and also the souls, matters and other substances of the universe up to there are measured readings up to numerable slokas and numerable verses collecting the meaning (sangrahaṇī) of Sthānāṁga.
260
11 से तं (णं) अंगट्ठताए ततिए अंगे, एगे सुतक्खंधे, दस अज्झयणा, एक्कवीसं उद्देसणकाला, 12एक्कवीसं समुद्देसणकाला, बावत्तरं पयसहस्साइं पदग्गेणं पण्णत्ते । संखेज्जा 15 अक्खरा जाव चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविज्जति । से त्तं ठाणे |
Among [the twelve ] Angas [Sthānānga], the third is expounded [as containing] single book (Srutaskandha), ten chapters (adhyayanas), twentyone sections (uddeśanakāla), twenty-one sub-sections and seventy two thousand words (pada) in all. Numerable syllables up to the exposition of conduct and disposition are instructed. This is Sthāna.
11. से तं अंग मु० विना सर्वत्र । से णं अंग मु० । दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १४ ॥ 12. एक्वीसं समुद्देसणकाला नास्ति ।
13. पय नास्ति मु० अटी० विना । "बावत्तरिं पदसहस्साइं ति" - अटी० ।।
14. पं० इति संक्षिप्तः सर्वत्र पाठः ॥
15. अक्खरा अनंता पज्जवा परित्ता तसा अनंता थावरा सासया कडा णिबद्धा णिकाइया जिणपण्णत्ता भावा आघविज्जति पण्णविज्जंति परूविज्जंति निदंसिज्जति उवदंसिज्जंति से एवं आया एवं णाया एवं विण्णाया एवं चरण' मु० ॥

Page #313

Basket of Scriptures
261
139
139. से किं तं 'समवाए ? समवाए णं ससमया सूइजंति, परसमया सूइजति, ससमयपरसमया सूइजति, जीवा सूइजति, अजीवा सूइजंति, जीवाजीवा सूइजंति, लोगे सूइजति, अलोगे सूइजति, लोगालोगे सूइज्जति।
What is Samavāya? In Samavāya Jaina doctrines ( )are instructed, non-Jaina doctrines () are instructed, Jaina-non-Jaina doctrines are instructed, living beings are instructed, non-living beings are instructed, living-non-living beings are instructed, universe is instructed, non-universe is instructed [and] universe-non-universe is instructed.
समवाए णं एकादियाणं एगत्थाणं 'एगुत्तरिय परिवड्डी' य दुवालसंगस्स य गणिपिडगस्स पल्लवग्गे समणुगाइजति। ठाणगसयस्स बारसविहवित्थरस्स सुतणाणस्स जगजीवहितस्स भगवतो समासेणं समायारे आहिज्जति। तत्थ य णाणाविहप्पगारा जीवाजीवा य वण्णिता वित्थरेणं, अवरे वि य बहुविहा विसेसा नरग-तिरिय-मणुय-सुरगणाणं आहारुस्सास-लेस'-आवास-संख-10आययप्पमाण-उववाय-11चवण-ओगाहणोहि-वेयणविहाण-उवओग-जोग-इंदिय-कसाय, विविहा य जीवजोणी, विक्खंभुस्सेहपरिरयप्पमाणं विधिविसेसा य मंदरादीणं महीधराणं, कुलगरतित्थगरगणधराणं समत्तभरहाहिवाण चक्कीण
1. समाये अटी०। “अथ कोऽसौ समवायः ? सूत्रे तु प्राकृतत्वेन वकारलोपात् समाये इत्युक्तम्" -अटी०॥ 2. समाए णं हे १.ला २॥ 3. प्रतिषु पाठाः -ससमया सूतिज्जंति २ समवाए णं ख० जे० हे १ ला २। समया सूतिजति ३ समवाए णं ला १। ससमया सूइज्जति परसमया सूइज्जति(ससमयपरसमया सूइज्जति मु०) जाव लोगालोगा(गो हे २) सूइज्जति मु० हे २॥ 4. “एगुत्तरिय ति ..... एकोत्तरिका, इह च प्राकृतत्वाद् ह्रस्वत्वम्" -अटी०॥ 5. वुडढी मु० अटी०॥ . 6. स्स य खं० हे १ ला २।"ठाणगसयस्स त्ति स्थानकशतस्य एकादीनां शतान्तानां संख्यास्थानानां (च -खं जे०) तद्विशेषितात्मादिपदार्थानामित्यर्थः" -अटी०॥ 7. समोयारे मु०॥ 8. तिरिमणु खं० हे १ ला २॥ 9. 'लेसा मु०॥ 10. 'आयप्पमा जे०॥ 11. 'चवणउग्गाहणोवहिवेयण मु०॥ 12. "कषायशब्दात् प्रथमाबहुवचनलोपो द्रष्टव्यः"- अटी०॥

Page #314

262
Samavāyāngasūtra
चेव चक्कहर-हलहराण य, वासाण य 13निग्गमा य, समाए एते अण्णे य 14एवमादि एत्थ वित्थरेणं अत्था समाहिजति।
Through (numerical) groupings (samavāya), the categories [conceived as] one etc. continuing by progression, the different modes of the baskets of twelve scriptures are described, the hundred groups and the venerable scriptural knowledge, extended in twelve Anga texts, beneficial to mundane beings, is presented, in brief. The various types of living-non-living beings, too, are expounded herein in detail. Besides, other descriptions too such as intake, breathing out, aura, number of habitations, their measurements, manifestation (in heaven/hell), descending (from heaven/hell), occupancy, worldly possessions, feeling, form, conscious activity, sense organ, passions, multifarious existence etc. of infernal beings, animals and plants, human beings and gods are exhaustively expounded herein. The measure of breadth, height, extension and details of Meru etc. mountains, governors, Seers, direct-disciples, universal monarchs of whole Bharat region, wheel bearing Baladevas, plough bearing Vāsudevas, of regions, nigamas and the like are treated, herein, in detail.
समवायस्स णं परित्ता वायणा जाव से णं अंगठ्ठताए चउत्थे अंगे, एगे अज्झयणे, एगे सुयक्खंधे, एगे उद्देसणकाले, एगे समुहेसणकाले, एगे 16चोयाले पदसतसहस्से पदग्गेणं पण्णत्ते। संखेजाणि अक्खराणि "जाव से त्तं 1 समवाए।
There are measured readings, up to among [the twelve] Angas the fourth [Samavāyānga] is expounded [as containing] single chapter (adhyayana), single book (śrutaskandha), single section (uddeśanakāla), single subsection (samuddeśanakāla) and forty four thousand words (padas) in all. Numerable syllables up to this is Samavāya.
13. निगमा मु०। निग्गमा स समाए खं०। "निर्गमाः पूर्वेभ्य उत्तरेषाम् आधिक्यानि"-अटी०॥ 14. मादित्य वित्थरेणं जे०॥ 15. "समाश्रीयन्ते .....बुद्ध्याऽङ्गीक्रियन्ते इत्यर्थः, अथवा समस्यन्ते कुप्ररूपणाभ्यः समयक् प्ररूपणायां क्षिप्यन्ते"- अटी०॥ 16. चउयाले पदसहस्से मु०॥ 17. जाव चरणकरणरूवणया आपविज्जति से तं मु०॥ 18. समाए खं० जे०॥

Page #315

Basket of Scriptures
263
140 140. से किंतं वियाहे ? वियाहे णं'ससमया विआहिजंति, परसमया विआहिजंति, ससमयपरसमया विआहिजंति, जीवा विआहिजंति, अजीवा विआहिजंति, जीवाजीवा विआहिजंति, लोए विआहिज्जति, अलोए वियाहिजति, लोगालोगे विआहिज्जति।
What is Vyākhyā (prajñapti]? In Vyākhyā (prajñapti] Jaina doctrines (svasamaya) are expounded, non-Jaina doctrines (parasamaya) are expounded, Jaina-non-Jaina doctrines are expounded, living beings are expounded, nonliving beings are expounded, living-non-living beings are expounded, universe is expounded, non-universe is expounded [and] universe-non-universe is expounded.
वियाहे णं नाणाविहसुरनरिंदरायरिसिविविह संसइयपुच्छियाणं जिणेण वित्थरेण भासियाणं दव्वगुणखेत्तकालपज्जवपदेसपरिणाम जहत्थिभावअणुगमनिक्खेवणयप्पमाणसुनिउणोवक्कमविविहप्पकारपागड पयंसियाणं लोगालोगप्पगासियाणं संसारसमुद्दरुंदउत्तरणसमत्थाणं सुरवतिसंपूजियाणं भवियजणपयहिययाभिनंदयिाणं तमरयविद्धंसणाण सुदिट्ठदीवभूयईहामतिबुद्धिवद्धणाणं "छत्तीससहस्समणूणयाणं वागरणाण 'दंसणाओ सुयत्थबहुविहप्पगारा सीसहितत्थाय गुणहत्था।
1. मु० विना-ससमया विआहिज्जंति ३ जीवा विया० लोए विआहिज्जति ३ जे०॥ससमया विआहिज्जति ३ जीवा तिआ ३ लोए ला १॥ ससमया विआहिज्जंति जीवा इया ३ लोए वियाहिज्जइ खं०। ससमया विआहिज्जंति परसमय परसमया। जीवा विआ ३। लोगे ३ विआहिज्जइ हे २। ससमया विआहिज्जति हे १ ला २॥ 2. संसइपुच्छि जे०। संसयपुबि ला १॥ 3. वित्था (त्थ- ला १) रभासियाणं जे० ला १॥ 4. जहत्थियभाव खं० हे १, २ ला २। जहच्छिट्ठियभाव मु०। “द्रव्य-गुण-क्षेत्र-काल-प्रदेशपरिणामानां यथास्तिभावोऽनुगमनिक्षेपनयप्रमाणसुनिपुणोपक्रमैर्विविधप्रकारैः प्रकटः प्रदर्शितो यैर्व्याकरणैस्तानि तथा तेषाम्"-अटी०॥ 5. पयासि मु०॥ ६. “णाणं सुदिट्ठी खं० हे १। ला २ मु० अटीपा०॥ “तमोरजोविध्वंसज्ञानसुदृष्टदीपभूतेहामतिबुद्धिवर्धनानाम..... अथवा तमोरजोविध्वंसना नामिति पृथगेव पदं पाठान्तरेण सुदृष्टदीपभूतानामिति च"-अटी०॥ 7. "छत्तीससहस्स मणूणयाणं ति अन्यूनकानि षट्त्रिंशत् सहस्राणि येषां तानि तथा, इह मकासेऽन्यथा पदनिपातश्च प्राकृतत्वादनवद्य इति"-अटी०॥ 8. दंसणा सुयत्थ जे० ला १ अटीपा०॥ 9. गुणमहत्था जे० अटी० विना। गुणहस्ता गुण एवार्थप्राप्त्यादिलक्षणो हस्त इव हस्तः प्रधानावयवो येषां ते तथा-अटी०॥

Page #316

264
Samavāyāngasūtra
In Vyākhyā (prajñapti] multifarious questions asked by gods, kings, ascetic kings and by numerous suspicious (ones) were elaborately replied by the Seer/Victor. Matter, quality, space, time, modes, space-point, change of state, real state, relevant explanation, positing (a meaning), stand point or partial judgement, valid knowledge [are expounded] by excellent precise means, manifesting many fold subjects, illuminating universe-non-universe, capable of taking one to the end of the vast ocean like world, worshipped by king of gods, bestower of pleasure to the hearts of fit to be salvated, like well lit lamp, the remover of the dark like particles, that which increases the speculation, sensory and intellect by showing not less than thirty six thousand answers, is the illuminator of the meaning of scripture, beneficial to the pupil and many meanings.
वियाहस्स णं परित्ता 10वायणा जाव अंगठ्ठताए पंचमे अंगे, एगे सुतक्खंधे, एगे साइरेगे अज्झयणसते, दस उद्देसगसहस्साइं, दस समुद्देसगसहस्साई, छत्तीसं वागरणसहस्साइं, चउरासीति पयसहस्साइं पयग्गेणं 11पण्णत्ते। संखेजाइं अक्खराइं, अणंता 12गमा जाव सासया कडा णिबद्धा [णिकाइया जिणपण्णत्ता भावा] 13आघविनंति जाव एवं चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविज्जति। 14से त्तं वियाहे।
___Its readings are measured up to. among [the twelve] Aigas the fifth, is expounded (as containing] single book (śrutaskandha), a little over hundred chapters (adhyayana), ten thousand sections (uddeśanakāla), ten thousand subsections (samuddeśanakāla), thirty-six thousand question-answers (vyākarana) and eighty thousand words (pada) in all. Numerable syllables, infinite modes up to eternal, performed, knitted [established (with logical reasons), essence manifested by Victors / Seers are instructed up to the exposition of conduct and disposition are instructed. This is Vyākhyā.
10. वायणा संखेज्जा अणुओगदारा संखेज्जाओ पडिवत्तीओ संखेज्जा वेढा संखेज्जा सिलोगा संखेज्जाओ निज्जुत्तीओ से णं अंग मु०॥ 11. पं० इति संक्षिप्तः सर्वत्र पाठः ॥ 12. गमा अणंता पज्जवा परित्ता तसा अणंता थावग सासया मु०॥ 13. "विज्जति पण्णविज्जति परूविज्जति निदंसिज्जति उवदंसिज्जंति, से एवं आया से एवं णाया एवं विण्णाया एवं चरण मु०॥ दृश्यतां पृ०४३४ पं० १८॥ 14. से तं० खं० हे १ ला १, २॥

Page #317

Basket of Scriptures
265
141 141. से किं तं णायाधम्मकहाओ? णायाधम्मकहासु णं णायाणं णगराई, उजाणाई, चेतियाई, 'वणसंडा, रायाणो, अम्मापितरो, समोसरणाई, धम्मायरिया, धम्मकहातो, इहलोइया पारलोइया इड्डिविसेसा, भोगपरिच्चाया, पव्वजातो, सुतपरिग्गहा, तवोवहाणाई,परियागा, संलेहणातो, भत्तपच्चक्खाणाइं, पाओवगमणाई, देवलोगगमणाई, सुकुलपच्चायाती, पुण बोहिलाभो, अंतकिरियातो, य आघविनंति जाव
What is Jñātādharmakathā (the edifying tales or parables)? In Jñātādharmakathā, the cities, gardens, temples, forests, kings, parents, holy assemblies, religious teachers, edifying parables, mundane and other worldly super attainments, renunciation of enjoyment, initiation, study of scriptures, observance of austerity, extent of initiation (into monk hood), pursuing religious death, gradual renunciation of food (for ritualistic death), meeting death by concentration remaining motionless like a tree, ascending heaven, birth in high family, reattainment of enlightenment and attaining final liberation, of the illustrations are instructed, up to in these parables are related.
नायाधम्मकहासु णं पव्वइयाणं 'विणयकरणजिणसामिसासणवरे 'संजमपतिण्णापालधिइमतिववसायदुब्बलाणं तवनियमतवोवहाणरण दुद्धरभरभग्गाणिसहाणिसट्ठाणं घोर
1. वणखंडामु०॥ 2. खं० विना-इहलोतिया पर' हे १ ला २। इहलोइयपर' जे० ला १ हे २। इहलोइयपरलोइअइड्डी मु०॥ 3. “आघविज्जति, इह यावत्करणादन्यानि पञ्च पदानि दृश्यानि यावदयं सूत्रावयवो यथा नायाधम्मेत्यादि"-अटी०॥ 4. "प्रबजितानाम्, क्व ? विनयकरणजिनस्वामिशासनवरे ..... पाठान्तरेण समणाणं विणयकरणजिणसासणम्मि पवरे"-अटी०॥ 5. प्रतिपाठा:- पतिण्णापायालधिइ खं०। पतिण्णापालणधिइ हे १, २ ला २ अटीपा०। पइण्णपालणधिति जे० ला १९०। पइण्णापायालधिइमतिववसाय दल्लभाणं-अटी०।"संयमप्रतिज्ञा संयमाभ्यपगमः, सैव .... पातालमिव पातालम् तत्र धृतिमतिव्यवसाया दुर्लभा येषां ते तथा, पाठान्तरेण संयमप्रतिज्ञापालने ये धृतिमतिव्यवसायास्तेषु दुर्बला ये ते तथा, तेषाम्"-अटी०॥ 6. 'भग्गाणिस्सहाणिस्सहाणिसण्णाणं खं० ला २ । 'भग्गाणिस्सहाणिसन्नाणं हे १। भग्गाणं णिसहाणिसट्ठाणं जे०। भग्गाणिसट्ठाणं ला १। भग्गयभग्गयणिस्सहयणिसिट्ठाणं मु०। 'भग्गाणिस्सहाणिविट्ठाणं अटीपा०॥ भग्ना इति भग्नकाः पराङमुखीभूताः, तथा निसहानिसट्ठाणं ति निःसहा नितरामशक्ताः, ते एव निःसहका निसृष्टाश्च निसृष्टाङ्गा मुक्ताङ्गा ये ते तपोनियमउपधनरणदुध रिभग्नकनिःसहकनिःसृष्टाः, पाठान्तरेण निःसहकनिविष्टाः, तेषाम्। इह च प्राकृतत्वेन ककारलोपसन्धिकरणाभ्यां भग्ना इत्यादौ दीर्घत्वमवसेयम्" -अटी०॥

Page #318

266
Samavāyāngasūtra
परीसहपराजिया'सहप(पा ?)रद्धरुद्धसिद्धालयमग्गनिग्गयाणं विसयसुहतुच्छ आसावसदोसमुच्छियाणं विराहियचरित्तणाणदंसणजतिगुणविविहप्पगारणिस्सारसुन्नयाणं संसारअपारदुक्खदुग्गतिभवविविहपरंपरापवंचा, धीराण य जियपरीसहकसायसेण्णधितिधणियसंजमउच्छाहनिच्छियाणं आराहियणाणदंसणचरित्तजोगणिस्सल्लसुद्धसिद्धालयमग्गमभिमुहाणं सुरभवणविमाणसोक्खाई अणोवमाइं भोत्तूण चिरं च भोगभोगाणि ताणि दिव्वाणि महरिहाणि ततो य कालक्कमचुयाणंजह य पुणो लद्धसिद्धिमग्गाणं अंतकिरिया, 11चलियाण य सदेवमाणुसधीरकरणकारणाणि 12बोधणअणुसासणाणि गुणदोसदरिसणाणि, दिटुंते पच्चये य सोऊण लोगमुणिणो 13जह य द्विय सामणम्मि जरमरणणासणकरे, आराहितसंजमा य सुरलोगपडिनियत्ता उति जह सासतं सिव सव्वदुक्खमोक्खं एते अण्णे य एवमादित्थ वित्थरेण य।
In detail, the conduct of those monks, initiated into the excellent Order of Seers, became incapable in practicing the vow of restraints because of weak endurance, mind and conduct, became unable to withstand the cumbersome onus of hard fought battle or fracas like penances, rules and observances, hence rendered themselves helpless and fell (became reluctant), unable to endure or forbear subdued with rigorous afflictions, because of obstacles in the path of salvation, lack of knowledge etc. great causes of those subdued with the
7. 'जियाणं सहपारद्धरुद्ध हे २ मु०। जियाणं सहपारुद्धरुद्ध ० अटीपा०। घोरपरीषहैः पराजिताश्चासहाश्च असमर्थाः सन्तः प्रारब्धाश्च परीषहैरेव वशीकर्तुं रुद्धाश्च मोक्षमार्गगमने ये ते घोरपरीषहपराजितासहप्रारब्धरुद्धाः अतिरुद्धाः .... । पाठान्तरेण घोरपरीषहपराजितानां तथा सह युगपदेव परीषहैविशिष्टगुणश्रेणिमारोहन्तः प्ररुद्धरुद्धाः अतिरुद्धाः"-अटी०॥ 8. विसयसुहमहिच्छातुच्छ अटीपा० । “पाठान्तरेण विषयसुखे या महेच्छा कस्यांचिदवस्थायां या चावस्थान्तरे तुच्छाशा"-अटी०॥ 9. 'णिच्छित्तायं खं० हे १ ला २॥ 10. 'णिसण्ण खं०। "णिसत्त' हे १। णिसन्न' ला २। णीसल्ल जे० ला १॥ 11. अत्र हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु खं० जे हे १ ला २ मध्ये 'वलियाण' इति पाठो भाति, टीकादर्शेषु "चलितानां च" इति अत्र व्याख्यातं दृश्यते, पुनश्च "आराहितसंजम त्ति एत एव लौकिकमुनयः संयमवलिताश जिनप्रवचनं प्रपन्नाः" इति पाठष्टीकायां दृश्यते, अतो व-चकारयोः समानप्रायत्वादत्र 'वलियाण चलियाण' इति पाठद्वये कतरः पाठः समीचीनतर इति सुधीभिः स्वयमेव विचारणीयम् ॥ . 12.. बोधणुसासणाणि ला १। बोधणसासणाणि जे०॥ 13. जहद्विय सणाणमि जे०।जहट्ठियासणंसि ला १। जहट्ठियसासणंमि हे २ मु०। “यथा च येन च प्रकारेण स्थिताः शासने"-अटी०॥ 14. एवमाइअत्था मु०। एवमादित्थ त्ति, एवमादयः आदिशब्दस्य प्रकारार्थत्वादेवंप्रकारा अर्थाः पदार्था वित्थरेण य त्ति विस्तरेण चशब्दात् ......संक्षेपेण"-अटी०।।

Page #319

Basket of Scriptures
267
lust of insignificant sensual pleasure attached to the blemishes, one having defiled the conduct, knowledge, faith (etc.) high virtues and their varied species hence null and void, engrossed in never-ending miseries, evil state, cycle of different births etc. Also of those with firm resolve, already subjugated afflictions, army like passions, abounding in patience, with firm commitment in abiding by to restraint, of those resorted to knowledge, faith, conduct and yoga, thorn less and disposed to the pure abode of salvated, of those having enjoyed the excellent pleasures, of the celestial as well as divine and splendid mansions and abodes. Afterwards, in due course of time descending from there, obtaining the path of emancipation. To preach and instruct those human beings, show the merits and demerits, causing steadiness on the path, listening to the illustrations, causes of the temporal monks attaining the Order of Jina, leading to the end of birth-cycle, ascending to the heaven and descending there from, realized the eternal bliss and annihilated the entire miseries, these parables and the like etc., in detail.
णायाधम्मकहासु णं परित्ता वायणा, संखेजा अणुओगदारा जाव संखेजातो संगहणीतो। से णं अंगट्ठताए छठे अंगे, दो सुतक्खंधा, एकूणवीसं अज्झयणा, ते समासतो दुविहा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-चरिता य कडता या दस धम्मकहाणं वग्गा, तत्थ णं एगमेगाए धम्मकहाए पंच पंच अक्खाइय सताई, एगमेगाए अक्खाइयाए पंच पंच उवक्खाइय"सताई, एगमेगाए उवक्खाइयाए पंच पंच अक्खाइय उवक्खाइय सताई, 20एवामेव सपुव्वावरेणं अद्भुट्ठातो अक्खाइयकोडीओ भवंतीति मक्खायाओ। एगूणतीसं उद्देसणकाला, एगूणतीसं समुद्देसणकाला, संखेजाइं 22पयसतसहस्साई पयग्गेणं -23पण्णत्ते। संखेजा अक्खरा
15. कप्पियपा य हे २ मु॥ 16. 'इयास' ला १ मु०॥ 17. 'इयास हे २ मु०॥ 18. 'इया' ला १॥ 19. 'इया मु०॥ 20. एवमेव मु०॥ 21. 'इयाकोडिओ मु०॥ 22. पयसहस्साई मु०॥ 23. पं० जे० । पूर्वानुसारेणात्र पण्णत्ते इति सम्यग् भाति। पण्णता जे० विना। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १६ ९, पृ० ४४२ टि०९॥

Page #320

268
Samavāyāngasūtra
2+जाव चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविजति। 2 से तं णायाधम्मकहातो।
In Jñātādarmakathā there are measured readings, numerable disquisition doors up to numerable verses collecting meanings (sangrahanī). Among [the twelve] Angas, Jñātādharmakathā, the sixth (contains) two books, nineteen chapters. These (chapters) are expounded, in brief, as two-fold, namely—biography (carita) and fables (kalpita). [There is) group (varga) of ten religious stories. Each of these religious stories (dharmakathā) is said to contain 5,00 short narratives (ākhyāyikā), each of these short narratives (is said to contain) 5,00 subordinate tales (upākhyāyikā) and each of these subordinate tales (is said to contain) 5,00 short-subordinate stories (ākhyāyikaupākhyāyikā), thus it is said that [the aggregate of] the former with latter narratives is three and half crore narratives. Twenty-nine sections, twentynine sub-sections and numerable words in all are expounded [in Jñātādharmakathā]. Numerable syllable, up to the exposition of conduct and disposition is instructed. This is jñātādharmakathā.
24. Epeni yo 83% GO & II 25. # Holl

Page #321

Basket of Scriptures
269
142
142. से किं तं उवासगदसातो? उवासगदसासु णं उवासयाणं णगराई, उज्जाणाई, चेतियाई, वणसंडा, रायाणो, अम्मापितरो, समोसरणाइं, धम्मायरिया, धम्मकहाओ, 'इहलोइया पारलोइया इड्डिविसेसा, उवासयाणं च सीलव्वयवेरमणगुणपच्चक्खाणपोसहोववास पडिवजणतातो, सुयपरिग्गहा, तवोवहा'णाई, पडिमातो, उवसग्गा, संलेहणातो, भत्तपच्चक्खाणाइं, पाओवगमणाई, देवलोगगमणाई, सुकुलपच्चाया ती, पुण बोहिलाभो, अंतकिरियातो य आघविनंति।
___What is Upāsakadasa ? In Upasakadasas, cities, gardens, holy trees, forests, kings, parents, holy assemblies, religious teachers, edifying tales, temporal and out worldly super attainments, conduct, vows, restraints, virtues, renunciation (pratyākhyāna), vow of observing fast and living like a monk for certain days, Prativarjanatā, study of scriptures, observance of austerity, modal stages, hardships, (pursuing) voluntary death, (gradual)renunciation of food, pursuing voluntary death in pure form(pādopagamana), ascending heaven, descending in high family, again attaining knowledge and liberations of the laities are narrated.
उवासगदसासु णं उवासयाणं रिद्धिविसेसा, परिसा, वित्थरधम्मसवणाणि, बोहिलाभ, 6अभिगमणं, सम्मत्तविसुद्धता, थिरत्तं, मूलगुणुत्तरगुणातियारा, ठितिविसेसा य बहुविसेसा, पडिमाभिग्गहगहणपालणा, उवसग्गा हियासणा, णिरुवसग्गा, य तवा य चित्ता, सीलव्वयगुणवेरमणपच्चक्खाणपोसहोववासा, अपच्छिममारणंतियायसंलेहणाज्झोसणाहिं अप्पाणं जह य भावइत्ता बहूणि भत्ताणि अणसणाए य छेयइत्ता उववण्णा कप्पवरविमाणुत्तमेसु जह अणुभवंति
1. इहपारलोइड्डि जे० ला १। इहपरलोयइड्डि खं हे १ ला २। इहपरड्डि' हे २। इहलोइयपरलोइयइड्डि' मु०॥ 2. च नास्ति मु०॥ 3. "प्रतिपदनताः प्रतिपत्तयः"- अटी०। 4. "हाणा पडि मु०॥ 5. 'याया पुणो बोहिलाभा अंतकिरियाओ आघ' मु०॥ 6. प्रतिषु पाठा:-लाभ अभिगमणं संमत्तविसुद्धता खं० हे १ ला २। लाभा अभिगमसम्मत्तं विसुद्धता ला १। लाभ अभिगमसम्मत्तं विसुद्धता हे २ मु० अटी०। लाभ अभिगमत्तविसुद्धता जे०। “बोधिलाभः, अभिगमः सम्यक्त्वस्य विशुद्धता, स्थिरत्वम्"-अटी०॥ 7. T हे २ मु० विना-"हिवासणनिरुवसग्गा तवा खं० हे १ ला २। 'हितासणनिरुवसग्गा य तवा जे। "हितासण निरुवसग्गया य तवा ला १। “उपसर्गाधिसहनानि निरुपसर्ग च उपसर्गाभवश्चेत्यर्थः तपांसि च चित्राणि"-अटी०॥

Page #322

270
Samavāyāngasūtra
सुरवरविमाणवरपोंडरीएसु सोक्खाइं अणावमाइं कमेण भोत्तूण उत्तमाई, तओ आउक्खएणं चुया समाणा जह ज़िणमयम्मि बोहिं लभ्रूण य संजमुत्तमं तमरयोघविप्पमुक्का 'उति जह अक्खयं सव्वदुक्खमोक्खं एते अन्ने य एवमादी [12अत्था वित्थरेण य]।
In Upāsakadaśās prosperity par excellence, family, frequent listening to religion, attaining enlightenment, purity of Right attitude, firmness, transgressions of basic virtues and subsidiary virtues, mode of laity, adopting and observing modal stages and mental resolves(abhigraha), bearing of hardships, absence of hardships, different austerities, conduct, vow, virtues, restraint, renunciation (pratyākhyāna), vow of observing fast and living like a monk for certain days (pausadhopavāsa), ultimately pursuing voluntary death and with well disposed soul, by cutting numerous foods by way of fasting, manifesting in the excellent celestial abodes, like gods revel in the superb bliss of excellent deities and abodes and in due course of time the celestial span, coming to an end descending in human birth, attaining enlightenment in the Jaina faith, resorting to the outstanding restraint, annihilating the dark like fine particles of sin and will be released from the entire suffering, these and other [facts, in detail], are narrated. In Upāsakadašā measured readings, numerable disquisition doors, up to numerable verses collecting meanings (are found).
उवासयदसासुणं परित्ता वायणा, संखेजा अणुख्ओगदारा, जाव संखेजातो संगहणीतो। सेणं अंगट्ठयाए सत्तमे अंगे, एगे सुतक्खंधे, दस अज्झयणा, दस उद्देसणकाला, दस समुद्देसणकाला, संखेजाइं पयसयसहस्साई पयग्गेणं 13पण्णत्ते। संखेजाइं अक्खराइं 14जाव एवं चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविज्जति। 1से तं उवासगदसातो।
-
8. छेइत्ता खं० हे १ ला २॥ 9. उवेंति जाव अक्खयं खं० हे १ ला २। “उपयन्ति यथा अक्षयम्'-अटी०॥ 10. दुक्खाण मोक्खं ला १॥ 11. एवमाइ मु०॥ 12. ( )एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो मु० विना नास्ति। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३७ पं० १२, पृ० ४४० पं०५॥ 13. पण्णत्ते इत्यस्य स्थाने जे० मध्ये पं० इति वर्तते । दृश्यतां पृ० ४४० पं० १२ टि० १३।। 14. दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १९॥ 15. से तं खं० हे १ ला १, २॥

Page #323

Basket of Scriptures
271
Among the [twelve] Angas, in the seventh Anga single book, ten chapters, ten sections or recital periods, ten sub-sections, numerable lac words are expounded. Numerable syllables up to the exposition of conduct and disposition is instructed, herein. That is Upāsakadaśā.

Page #324

272
Samavāyāngasūtra
__ 143 143. से किंतं अंतगडदसातो ? अंतगडदसासु णं अंतगडाणंणगराइं, उज्जाणाइं, चेतियाई, वणसंडा, रायाणो, अम्मापितरो, समोसरणाइं, धम्मायरिया, धम्मकहातो, इंहलोइया पारलोइया इड्डिविसेसा, भोगपरिचाया, पव्वजातो, सुतपरिग्गहा, तवोवहाणाई, पडिमातो बहुविहातो, खमा, अजवं, महवं च, सोयं च सच्चसहियं, सत्तरसविहो य संजमो, उत्तमंच बंभ, आकिंचणिया, तवो, चियातो, "किरियातो, समितिगुत्तीओ चेव, तह अप्पमायजोगो, सज्झायज्झा'णाण य उत्तमाणं दोण्हं पि लक्खणाई, पत्ताण य संजमुत्तमं जियपरीसहाणं चउब्विहकम्मक्खयम्मि जह केवलस्स लंभो, परियाओ जत्तिओ य जह पालिओ मुणीहिं, पायोवगतो य जो जहिं जत्तियाणि भत्ताणि छेयइत्ता अंतगडो मुणिवरो तमरयोघविप्प मुक्को, मोक्खसुहमणुत्तरं च पत्ता, एते अन्ने य एवमादी अत्था परू[विजंति] जाव।
What is Antakyddaśā (putting an end to world cycle)? In this text, the cities, gardens, holy trees, forests, king, parents, holy assemblies, religious teachers, edifying tales, temporal and out worldly super attainments, renunciation of enjoyment, initiation, study of scriptures, observance of austerity, multifold modal stages, forbearance, forthrightness, humility, nongreediness, truth, seventeen fold restraint, excellent celibacy, non-possession, austerity, renunciation, activities, carefulness and control of those having put an end to the world-cycle have been narrated. Again, the nature of both non
1. 'दसातो २ अंतगड खं० ला २॥ 2. उज्जा चेति व रा अम्मा समो धम्मा इह भोग पव्वज्जातो सुत तवो पडिमातो ईदृशः संक्षिप्तः पाठो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु दृश्यते। अम्मा खं० हे १ ला २ मध्ये नास्ति। 3. सोयं च सहियं जे०॥ 4. घणया हे २ मु०। “आकिंचणिय त्ति आकिञ्चन्यम्"- अटी०॥ 5. घियातो नास्ति खं० हे १, २ ला १, २। “तपस्याग इति आगमोक्तं दानम्, समितयो गुप्तयश्चैव"-अटी०॥ 6. किरियातो नास्ति मु० अटी०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 7. ज्झाणेण मु०॥ 8. जतिओ जह खं० हे १ ला २॥ 9. 'मुक्का खं० हे १ ला २। “तमोरजओघविप्रमुक्त (क्ताः-अटीखंसं०)"-अटी०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४५० पं०२॥ 10. प्रतिषु पाठा:- एवमातियत्था परूवि जाव ला १। एवमादी अत्था परू जाव जे०। एवमातित्था परू जाव खं० हे १ ला २। एवमाइत्था परूवेई जाव हे २। एवमाइत्था वित्थारेणं परूवेई अंतगडदसासु णं परित्ता वायणा संखेज्जा अणुओगदारा जाव संखेज्जाओ संगहणीओ जाव मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३७ पं० १२, पृ०४४० ५० ५, पृ० ४४१ पं० ११॥

Page #325

Basket of Scriptures
negligent activities and auspicious meditation, the excellent means, having attained excellent restraint, subjugated hardships, having destructed the fourfold obstructive karmas, mode of attainment of omniscience, span of initiation into monk hood, resort to voluntary death in pure form by monks, the number of enunciated food, those salutary monks, being released from the darkness of ignorance in form of accumulated dirt particles and attained the highest bliss of liberation, these, others and the like are expounded herein up to.
273
से णं अंगट्टयाए अट्टमे अंगे, एगे सुतक्खंधे, दस अज्झयणा, सत्त वग्गा, दस उद्देसणकाला, दस समुद्देसणकाला, संखेज्जाइं पयसतसहस्साइं पयग्गेणं । संखेज्जा अक्खरा जाव एवं चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविज्जति। 12 से तं अंतगडदसातो ।
Among the Ariga texts, it is eighth (contains) single book, ten chapters, ten clusters, ten sections (recital periods), ten sub-sections, numerable lac words, numerable letters, up to the exposition of conduct and disposition is instructed, herein.
11. पयग्गेणं पण्णत्ता संखेज्जा मु० ॥ दृश्यतां पृ० ४३५ पं० १६, पृ० ४३६९ पं० १५, पृ० ४३७ पं० १५, पृ० ४३८ पं० १२, पृ० ४४० पं० १२, पृ० ४४१ पं०१४, पृ० ४४४ पं० ३, पृ० ४४५ पं० ३, पं० ४४७ पं० ४ ॥ 12. से त्तं हे २ मु० ॥

Page #326

Samavāyāngasūtra
144 144. से किं तं अणुत्तरोववातियदसातो? अणुत्तरोववातियदसासु णं अणुत्तरोववातियाणं णगराई, उजाणाई, चेतियाई, वणसंडा, रायाणो, अम्मापितरो, समोसरणाइं, धम्मायरिया, धम्मकहातो, इहलोइया पारलोइया इड्डिविसेसा, भोगपरिचाया, पव्वजाओ, सुतपरिग्गहा, तवोवहाणाई, पडिमातो, संलेहणातो, भत्तपच्चक्खाणाइं पाओवगमणाई, अणुत्तरोववत्ति, सुकुलपच्चायाती, पुण बोहिलाभो, अंतकिरिया [तो] य आघविजंति।
What is Anuttaraupātikadašā? In Anuttaraupātika-dašā cities, gardens, holy trees, forests, kings, parents, holy assemblies, religious teachers, edifying tales, this worldly, and out worldly super attainments, abandonment of enjoyment, initiation, study of scriptures, observance of austerity, modal stages, vow of ritualistic death, gradual renunciation of food for ritualistic death, meeting death by concentration remaining motionless like a tree, manifesting in the highest heavenly abodes, (the descending) in good family, again attaining enlightenment and process of attaining final liberation, of those attaining the highest heavenly abode, are instructed.
6अणुत्तरोववातियदसासुणं तित्थकरसमोसरणाइं'परममंगल्लजगहिताणि, जिणातिसेसा य बहुविसेसा, जिणसीसाणं चेव समणगण पवरगंधहत्थीणं थिरजसाणं परिसहसेण्णरिवुबलपमद्दणाणं 'तवदित्तचरित्त-णाण-1 सम्मत्तसारविविहप्पगारवित्थरपसत्थगुणसंजुयाणं
1. उज्जा घेति वण रा अम्मा समो धम्मा धम्मक इहलोग पार भोगप पव्व सुय तवो पडि संले भत्त पातो अणुत्तरो' ईदृशः संक्षिप्तः पाठो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु दृश्यते । दृश्यतां पृ० ४३९ पं० १॥ 2. परियागो पडि मु०॥ 3. भत्तपाणप' मु०॥ 4. "ववाओ सुकुलपच्चायाया पुणो मु०॥ 5. अंतकिरियाओ य मु०। अंतकिरिया य मु० विना । दृश्यतां पृ० ४३९ पं० ४॥ 6. "दसा णं खं० हे १ ला २॥ 7. परमंग' मु०॥ 8. बलमहणाणं जे०॥ 9. दवदित्त अटी०। तवदित्त अटीपा०॥"दववद् दावाग्निरिव दीमानि उज्ज्वलानि, पाठान्तरेण तपोदीसानि" -अटी०॥ 10. 'गुणझयाणं हे १ ला २ अटीपा०। "क्षमादयोगुणाः, तैः संयुतानाम्, क्वचित्तु गुणध्वजानामिति पाठः" -अटी०॥

Page #327

Basket of Scriptures
275
अणगारमहरिसीणं अणगारगुणाण वण्णओ11उत्तमवरतवविसिट्ठणाणजोगजुत्ताणं, जह य जगहियं भगवओ, 12जारिसा य रिद्धिविसेसा देवासुरमाणुसाण। परिसाणं पाउब्भावा य जिणसमीवं, जह य उवासंति जिणवरं, जह य परिकहेंति धम्मं 13 लोगगुरू अमर-14नरा-ऽसुरगणाणं, सोऊण य तस्स भासियं 15अवसेसकम्मा विसयविरत्ता नरा 16जहा अब्भुवेंति 17धम्म ओरालं संजमं तवं चावि बहुविहप्पगारं जह बहूणि वासाणि अणुचरित्ता, आराहियनाण-दसणचरित्तजोगा 18जिणवयणमणुगयमहियभासिता जिणवराण हिययेणमणुणेत्ता जे य जहिं जत्तियाणि भत्ताणि छेयइत्ता लभ्रूण य समाहिमुत्तमं झाणजोगजुत्ता उववन्ना मुणिवरुत्तमा जह अणुत्तरेसु पावंति जह अणुत्तरं तत्थ विसयसोक्खं तत्तो य चुया कमेण काहिंति संजया जह य अंत किरियं, एते अन्ने य 22एवमादित्थ जाव।
In Anuttaraupapātikadašā, the Seer's assembly of listeners, absolutely benevolent and salutary to the universe, their manifold particular miracles and their direct-disciples among monks like great elephant Gandhahasti (among elephants) ,the mendicant virtues of the mendicant sages with steady fame, crushing the afflictions like army of enemy, with excellent conduct, knowledge and righteousness, gleaming with penance, imbued with various magnanimous excellent virtues, is described. Engaged in the most elevated and most prominent austerities, distinct activities, like the benefactor of the universe, with distinguished attainments, the origin of assembly of deities, infernal beings
11. उत्तमतववरविसि जे०॥ 12. जारिसा इडिवि मु०॥ 13. “गुरु खं० जे० हे १ ला १, २॥ 14. 'नरसुर खं० हे १,२ ला २ मु०। “अमरनरासुरगणानाम्"-अटी०॥ 15. 'कम्मविसय हे २ मु० अटी०। “अवशेषाणि क्षीणप्रायाणि कर्माणि येषां ते तथा, ते च ते विषयविरक्ताश्चेति अवशेषकर्मविषयविरक्ताः"-अटी०॥ 16. जधं अब्भु जे०। जधमअब्भु खं०। जधम्मअब्भु हे १ ला २॥ 17. धम्म तोरालं खं० हे १ ला २। धम्ममुरालं मु० ॥ 18. महियभासित्ता जे। महियं भासित्ता मु०॥ 19. 'मणुण्णेत्ता मु०॥ 20. लखूण समाहिं उत्तमज्झाण खं० हे १ ला २ । लभ्रूण य समाहिमुत्तमज्झाण ला १ मु। लण य समाहियत्तमंज्झाण जे०। “लब्धवा च समाधिमुत्तमं ध्यानयोगयुक्ताः उपपन्ना मुनिवरोत्तमाः"-अटी०। 21. मणिपवरु जे०। दृश्यतामपरितनं टिप्पणम॥ 22. 'माइअत्था वित्थरेण अणुत्तरो दवाइयदसासु णं परित्ता मु०। दृश्यतां पृ०४३७, पं० १२, पृ०४४०, पं. ५ पृ० ४४१, पं० १२,पृ० ४४२, पं०७॥

Page #328

Samavāyāngasūtra
and human beings and as they approach to the Seer and as they worship him, as the excellent Seers, the teachers of gods and human beings preach the religion and as listening to that free from entire karmas and detached to the temporal objects, as the men accept the magnanimous religion and manifold restraint and penances, as resorted to these for years and worshipping to knowledge, faith, conduct and yoga, having preached the valued religion, induce others towards the preaching of the Seers, worshipping the Seers by heart and those excellent meditation and activity, as manifest in excellent heavens (anuttara vimāna) and enjoy the excellent pleasure there, this all is expounded in Anuttaraupapātikadaśā. Then descended from there, the way, they would be adopting restraint, would practice the path of final liberation (antakriyā) and attain it, these and the like up to measured readings, numerable disquisition doors, up to the numerable verses collecting meanings.
276
परित्ता वायणा, संखेज्जा अणुओगदारा, [22 जाव] 24 संखेज्जातो संगहणीतो । से णं अंगट्टयाए नवमे अंगे, एगे सुयक्खंधे, दस अज्झयणा, तिन्नि वग्गा, दस उद्देसणकाला, दस समुद्देसणकाला, संखेज्जाइं पयसयसहस्साइं पयग्गेणं पण्णत्ते । संखेज्जाणि अक्खराणि जाव एवं चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविज्जति । से त्तं अणुत्तरोववातियदसातो ।
Among the Ariga texts, it is ninth, (contains) single book, ten chapters, three clusters, ten sections (recital periods), ten sub-sections, numerable words, numerable letters in lacs up to the exposition of conduct and disposition are instructed, herein. Anuttaraupātikadaśā.
23. दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १३, पृ० ४३५ पं १४, पृ० ४३६ पं० १३, पृ० ४४० पं० ४, पं० ६, पृ० ४४१ पं० १२, पृ० ४४५ पं० १, पृ० ४४७ पं० २ ।।
24. संखेज्जगुणा संग जे० ॥
25. पं० इति सर्वासु प्रतिषु पाठः । दृश्यतां पृ० ४४२ टि० ९ ।। " संख्यातानि पदसयसहस्साइं पदग्गेणं ति किल षट्चत्वारिंशल्लक्षाणि अष्टौ च सहस्राणि " - अटी० ॥

Page #329

Basket of Scriptures
277
145 145. से किं तं पण्हावागरणाणि? पण्हावागरणेसु अद्भुत्तरं पसिणसतं, अद्रुत्तरं अपसिणसतं, अद्भुत्तरं पसिणापसिणसतं, 'विजातिसया, नागसुपण्णेहिं, सद्धिं दिव्वा संवाया आघविजंति।
. What is this Praśnavyākaraṇa (Catechism or book of question and answers)? In Praśnavyākaraṇa one hundred eight questions, one hundred eight non-questions, one hundred eight questions- non-questions, super attainments of sciences (vidyās) and the divine discourses occurred with snake (nāga) gods and Suparņa gods are instructed.
पण्हावागरणदसासु णं ससमय-परसमय पण्णवयपत्तेयबुद्धविविधत्थभासाभासियाणं अतिसयगुणउवसमणाणपगारआयरियभासियाणं वित्थरेणं 'वीरमहेसीहिं विविहवित्थार भासियाणं च जगहिताणं अद्दगिंगुट्ठबाहुअसिमणिखोमआइच्चमातियाणं विविहमहापसिणविजामणपसिणविजादइवयपयोगपाहण्णगुणप्पगासियाणं सब्भूय'बिगुणप्पभावनरगणमतिविम्हय करीणं अतिसयमतीतकाल समये दमतित्थकरुत्तमस्स थितिकरणकारणाणं दुरभिगमदुरोवगाहस्स 12सव्वण्णुसम्मतस्सा बुधजणविबोहकरस्स 15पच्चक्खयप्पच्चयकरीणं पण्हाणं
1. 'तीसया जे०॥ 2. सुव जे विना। “नागसुपर्णैश्च सह"-अटी०॥ 3. पण्णवया पत्तेयबुद्धिवि खं० हे १ ला २॥ 4. थिर खं० हे १ ला २॥"स्थिरमहर्षिभिः, पाठान्तरे वीरमहर्षिभिः"-अटी०॥ 5. वित्थर मु०। "विविहवित्था (त्थ-अटीहोरभासियाणं च त्ति विविधविस्तरेण भाषितानां च"-अटी०॥ 6. 'गंगोट्ठबाहू खं० हे १ ला २॥ 7. यदुगुणं मु०। “द्विगुणेन उपलक्षणत्वात् ..... बहुगुणेन, पाठान्तरे विविधगुणेन प्रभावेन"-अटी०। हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु बि-वि इत्यनयोः समानप्रायत्वात् 'बिगुण' इति 'विगुण' इति पाठद्वयमत्र अटी० कृता व्याख्यातं भाति॥ . 8. 'कराणं जे०। “विस्मयकर्यः चमत्कारहेतवो याः प्रश्नाः, ताः"-अटी०॥ . 9. “समए दमसमतित्थ हे २। समयदमसमतित्थ मु०॥ 10. ठितिकरण हे २ ला १ मु०॥ थिरकरण खं० हे १ ला २।"स्थितिकरणं स्थापनम्"-अटी०॥ 11. प्रतिपाठाः -दुरोव खं० जे०। दुराव हे १ ला २ । दुरव हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 12. सवण्णु जे० ला १। “सर्वसर्वज्ञसम्मतम्...... तस्य"-अटी०॥ 13. “स्स अबुह मु०। "स्स बुध जे० ला १ हे २॥ 14. हणक मु०॥"अबुधजनविबोधकरस्य"-अटी०॥ 15. पच्चक्खय' नास्ति खंमू० हे १ ला २॥ 16. पच्च्य नास्ति हे २॥ 17. हे २ विना-"कारीणं खं०। काराणं हे १ ला २। 'कराणं जे० ला १ मु०। “प्रत्यक्षकप्रत्ययकरीणां प्रत्यक्षताप्रत्ययकरीणां वा"-अटी०।

Page #330

278
Samavāyāngasūtra
विविहगुणमहत्था जिणवरप्पणीया आघविति।
___In Prasnavyākaranadasa (in ten chapters) expressed by Pratyekabuddhas (self-enlightened), the exponent of the precepts of the doctrine of Seers (sva) and of heretics (para), in the language connoting several meanings, uttered exhaustively by preceptors (ācārya) with many-fold eminent qualities and subsidence (and) diversely preached, in detail, by excellent great sages, benefactor to the universe, pertaining to the deity invoked in a mirror (ādarśa), in thumb (angustha), on arm (bāhu), in sword (asi), in diamond (mani), cotton cloth (ksauma), through sun (āditya) etc. the revealing of various science of mahāpraśna (asked questions), manahpraśna (without asking), primarily with the help of deities, puzzling the mind of group of men with double effect, in remote past being instrumental in the effort, of self-restraint excellent Seers, of making steady, difficult in comprehension, awakening the learned, in harmony with all the omniscients, making direct perception of . great objects of various attributes delivered by excellent Seers.
पण्हावागरणेसु णं परित्ता वायणा, 18संखेजा जाव संखेजातो संगहणीतो। से णं अंगट्ठताए दसमे अंगे, एगे सुतक्खंधे, [1 पणतालीसं अज्झयणा,] पणतालीसं उद्देसणकाला, पणतालीसं समुद्देसणकाला, संखेजाणि पयसयसहस्साणि पयग्गेणं 20पण्णत्ते, संखेजा अक्खरा, अणंता गमा जाव चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविजति। से त्तं पण्हावागरणाणि।
Among the Anga texts, it is tenth, single book, [forty five chapters), forty-five sections (recital periods)], forty-five sub-sections, numerable words in lacs, numerable letters, infinite gamas, up to the exposition of conduct (carana)and disposition or thought activity (karana) is instructed. This concludes the Praśnavyākarana.
18. संखेज्जा अणुओगदारा जाव मु०। दृश्यतां टि० १॥ 19. पूर्वापरानुसारेण नन्दीसूत्रानुसारेण च पणतालीसं अज्झयणा इति पाठोऽत्र पूरितः॥ 20. पं० इति सर्वासु प्रतिषु पाठः। दृश्यतां पृ० ४४२ पं० १० टि० ९। "संखेज्जाणि पयसयसहस्साणि पयग्गेणं ति, तानि च किल द्विनवतिर्लक्षाणि षोडश च सहस्राणीति"-अटी०॥ 21. हे २ विना- चरणकरणा आपविजंति जे जे १ खं० ला १, २ । चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविजंति मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३५ पं० १॥

Page #331

Basket of Scriptures
279
146 146. से किंतं विवागसुते ? विवागसुए णं सुकडदुक्कडाणं कम्माणं फलविवागे आघविजति। से समासओ दुविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- दुहविवागे चेव सुहविवागे चेव, तत्थ णं दह दुहविवागाणि, दह सुहविवागाणि।
What is Vipākasūtra (Scripture of Consequences)? In this text the consequences or retributions of the good and evil deeds are instructed. These (consequences) are, in brief, expounded as two-fold, namely: miserable and pleasant. It consists of ten chapters each in miserable and pleasant (consequence) sections.
से किं तं 'दुहविवागाणि? दुहविवागेसु णं [ दुहविवागाणं] अणगराइं, चेतियाई, उजाणाई, वणसंडा, रायाणो, अम्मापितरो, समोसरणाइं, धम्मायरिया, धम्मकहातो, 'नरगगमणाई, संसारपवंचदुहपरंपराओ य आघविनंति से त्तं दुहविवागाणि।
What are the miserable consequences? In this section, cities, holy trees, gardens, forests, kings, parents, holy assembles, religious teachers, edifying tales, visit to the cities, (relating to) those engrossed in the world cycle, being subjected to the series of miseries because of miserable consequences, are instructed: That is miserable consequence (dukhavipäka).
से किं तं सुहविवागाणि? सुहविवागेसु सुहविवागाणं णगराइं जाव धम्मकहातो, इहलोइयपारलोइया इंड्डिविसेसा, भोगपरिच्चाया, पव्वजाओ, सुयपरिग्गहा, तवोवहाणाई, 'पडिमातो, संलेहणातो, भत्तपच्चक्खाणाई, पाओवगमणाई देवलोगगमणाई,सुकुलपच्चायाती,
1. 'विवागाणि २ दुहविवागेसु इति सर्वेषु हस्त लिखितादर्शेषु पाठः ।। 2. दृश्यतां पं० ११। नन्दीसूत्रे सू० ९७॥ 3. 'राइं उज्जाणाई चेइयाइं मु०॥ 4. गर जेमू०१ हे २ मु० अटी०॥ 5. संसारबंधे दुह खं० जे १ हे १ ला २। संसार पबंधे दुह मु०। संसारपवंचे दुह' इत्यपि पाठोऽत्र संभवेत्। तुला-"दुहपरंपराओ संसारभवपवंचा दुकुलपच्चायाईओ" इति नन्दीसूत्रे सू० ९७॥ 6. “राई जाव धम्म इहलोग भोग पव्व मु० विना। “राइं उज्जाणांइ चेइयाई वणखंडा रायाणो अम्मापियारो समोसरणाइं धम्मायरिया धम्मकहाओइहलोइयपरलोइय इडिविसेसा भोंगपरिच्चाया पवज्जाओ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३९ पं० १॥ 7. परि० सं० इति संक्षिप्तः पाठः, जे० ला १। जे० ला १ विना पडि० संले० इति पाठः। मु० मध्ये तु परियागा पडिमाओ संलेहणाओ इति पाठः । दृश्यतां पृ० ४३९ पं० ३॥

Page #332

280
Samavāyāngasūtra
पुण बोहिलाभो, अंतकिरियातो य आघविजंति।
What are the pleasant consequences (sukhavipāka)? In this section, cities, [gardens, holy trees, forests, kings, parents, holy assemblies, religious teachers,] upto edifying tales, mundane and otherworldly super attainments, renunciation of enjoyment, initiations, study of scriptures, observance of austerity, modal stages, vows of voluntary death, gradual renunciation of food (pursuing ritualistic death) meeting death by concentration remaining motionless like a tree, transmigration in the heavens, descending in the good family afterwards, again attaining enlightenment and process of attaining final liberation, of those subjected to pleasant consequences are instructed.
दुहविवागेसु णं पाणातिवाय-अलियवयण-'चोरिक्ककरण-परदारमेहुण-ससंगताए 10महतिव्वकसाय-इंदिय-प्पमाय-पावप्पओय-असुहज्झवसाणसंचियाणं कम्माणं पावगाणं पावअणुभाग- फलविवागाणिरयगति-तिरिक्खजोणिबहुविहवसणसयपरंपरापबद्धाणं मणुयत्ते 14वि आगताणं जह पाव कम्मसेसेण पावगा होति फलविवागा वह-15वसणविणास-16णास17कण्णोद्वंगुट्ठकर चरण-नहच्छेयण-जिब्भच्छेयण-अंजण-कडग्गिदाहण-गयचलणमलणफालण-18उल्लंबण-सूल-लता-1°लउड-लट्ठिभंजण-तउ-सीसग-तत्ततेल्लकलकलअभिसिंचणकुंभिपाग-कंपण-थिरबंधण-वेह-वज्झकत्तण-पतिभयकरकरपलीवणादि-दारूणाणि दुक्खाणि अणोवमाणि, 20बहुविविहपरंपराणुबद्धा ण 21मुच्चंति पावकम्मवल्लीए, अवेयइत्ता हु णत्थि मोक्खो, तवेण धितिधणियबद्धकच्छेण सोहणं तस्स वा वि होजा।
8. पुणो हे १ ला २॥ 9. चोरिक्कपरदार खं० जे १ हे १ ला २॥ 10. महाति ला १॥ 11. 'प्पमादा पाव खं० जे १ हे १ ला २। 12. 'जोणियविविह' खं० हे १ ला २॥ 13. 'राबद्धाणं खं० हे १, २ ला २॥ 14. वि यागताणं खं० जे १ । वि वागत्ताणं हे १ ला २॥ 15. विसण' खंसं०। "वृषणविनाशो वर्धितककरणम्"-अटी०॥ 16. 'नासा' मु०॥ 17. गोट्ठ खं० जे १ ला २॥ 18. उलं खं० जे १ हे १ ला २॥ 19. लताउल खंमू० हे १ ला २। लतालउल खंसं० जे १। 20. बहुविह हे १ ला १, २॥ 21. मुंचंति खं० हे १ ला २॥

Page #333

Basket of Scriptures
281
In miserable consequences, sinful intense consequences of sinful karmas accumulated, through vitality depriving, false speech, stealing, noncelibacy, possession, intense passion, negligence of senses, sinful activity, inauspicious dispositions, are expounded which one is subjected in the states of hell and animal on account of bondage of hundred cycles of multifarious vices. Even on being born in human state, because of remaining sinful karmas he is subjected to inauspicious consequences, is expounded herein. Killing, mutilating testicles, piercing of nose, ear, lip, thumb, arm, foot (and) nail, piercing of tongue with heated iron rod, burn with fire in fry pan, crushing under the feet of elephant, cutting, hanging, breaking limbs by javelin, creeper,
wood and stick, trapu, lead, by boiling in boiled oil, boil in kumbhi, make shiver (in cold), fastening in iron, piercing, cutting skin, making dreadful fire in hands etc. deadly unparallel miseries, the souls bound by multiple chains of sorrows are not freed from the series of sinful activities. There is no release from karmas without experiencing these, or these karmas may be purified through the firm austerity enriched by the endurance.
- एत्तो य 22सुभविवागेसु सील-संजम-णियम-गुण-तवोवहाणेसु साहुसु सुविहिएसु अणुकंपासयप्पयोग24तिकालमतिविसुद्धभत्तपाणाइं25पययमणसा हितसुहनीसेसतिव्वपरिणाम निच्छियमती पयच्छिऊणं पयोगसुद्धाइं जह य निव्वत्तेति उ बोहिलाभं जह य परित्तीकरेंति णर -णिरय-तिरिय-26सुरगतिगमणविपुलपरियट्ट-अरति-भय-विसाय-सोक-मिच्छत्तसेलसंकडं अण्णाणतमंधकार?चिक्खल्ल सुदुत्तारं जर-मरण-जोणिसंखुभित-चक्कवालं सोलसकसायसावयपयंडचंडं अणातियं 29अणवयग्गं संसारसागरमिणं जह य णिबंधंति आउगं सुरगणेसु, जह 30य अणुभवंति सुरगणविमाणसोक्खाणि अणोवमाणि, ततो य कालंतरे चुयाणं इहेव
22. 'गेसु णं सील हे २ मु०॥ 23. साहूसु मु०॥ 24 तेक्काल खं० जे १ ला २। “तेकाल जे०। 25. पतयमाणसा खं० जे १ जे० ला १, २॥ 26. “सुरगमण हे २ मु०। “सुरगतिषु यज्जीवानां गमनं परिभ्रमणं स एवं विपुलो विस्तीर्णः परिवर्तः"-अटी०॥ 27. चिक्खिल्ल हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 28. सुट्टदुत्तारं खं०॥ सुत्तदुत्तारं ला १। 29. अणवतग्गं जे १ हे १ ला २। अणतवग्गं खंमू०, अणदवग्गं खंसं०॥ 30. य नास्ति खं० जे १ हे १ ला २॥

Page #334

Samavāyāngasūtra
नरलोगमागयाणं आउ - 3 उ- 31 वपु वण्ण - रूव-जाति- कुल - जम्म - आरोग्ग - बुद्धि-मेहाविसेसा मित्तजण-सयण-धणधण्णविभवसमिद्धिसारसमु-दयविसेसा बहुविहकाम ? भोगुब्भवाण सोक्खाण सुहविवागुत्तमेसु अणुवरयपरंपराणुबद्धा असुभाणं सुभाणं चेव कम्माणं भासिया बहुविहा विवागा विवागसुयम्मि भगवता जिणवरेण संवेगकारणत्था, अन्ने वि य एवमादिया, बहुविहा 34 वित्थरेणं अत्थपरूवणया 35 आघविज्जति ।
282
Hereafter, in pleasant consequences (the instances of those) souls are instructed who disposed with compassion, with mind always (all the three times) purified with the intention to give pure alms which is also pure with regard to donor and receiver, which is favourable, suitable and benevolent to monks duly engaged in conduct, restraint, rule, virtues, penances and practices, the way they limit the ocean like world, beginning less and endless which is full of multiple cycles of states of human, hellish, animals and gods, is surrounded with plenty of rock like disliking, fear, sorrow, grief (and) wrong attitude whose crossing is difficult because of being filled with mud-like darkness of ignorance, whose cycle is disturbed by old age, death and birth, with dreaded wild animals like sixteen passions, is instructed herein. The way the way they bind the age of (manifesting) in gods, the way they experience matchless pleasures of celestial abodes, subsequently on descending from there and taking birth in this human world the attaining of specific age, body, colour, form, caste, clan, birth, health, intellect, genus, friends, family, wealth and riches, grandeur and prosperity, and collection of perfumes and specific pleasures born out of multiple enjoyments and the like, by souls endowed with excellent auspicious consequences, is instructed herein.
विवागसुयस्स णं परित्ता वायणा, संखेज्जा जाव संखेजातो संगहणीतो । से णं अंगट्ठताए एक्कारसमे अंगे, वीसं अज्झयणा, वीसं उद्देसणकाला, वीसं समुद्देसणकाला, 36 संखेजाई
31. 'वपुपुण्ण' मु० ॥
32. भोगब्भ खं० जे० ॥
33. एवमादि बहु खं० जे १ हे १ ला २ । “ अन्येऽपि चैवमादिका 'आख्यायन्ते' इति पूर्वोक्तक्रियया वचनपरिणामाद्वा उत्तरक्रियया योगः । एवं बहुविधा विस्तरेणार्थप्ररूपणता आख्यायत इति " - अटी० ॥ 34. वित्थारेण खं० जे १ हे १ ला २ | वित्थेणं जे० ।
35. विज्जति खं० जे० हे १ ला २ मु० । दृश्यतां पृ० ४४६ टि० १९ ।। 36. संखेज्जा अणुओगदारा जाव मु०। दृश्यतां ४४४ पं० १४ ॥

Page #335

Basket of Scriptures
283
37पयसयसहस्साइं पयग्गेणं 38पण्णत्ते, संखेज्जाणि 39अक्खराणि, जाव एवं चरणकरणपरूवणया आघविजति। 40से तं विवागसुए।
The Vipākasūtra contains measured readings, numerable disquisition doors, upto [numerable perceptions, numerable vesta metres, numerable verses, numerable niryuktis and] the numerable verses collecting meanings. Among the Anga texts, it is eleventh, (contains) twenty chapters, twenty sections (recital periods), twenty sub-sections, numerable words, numerable letters in lacs, upto [infinite gamas, infinite modes, numerable sentient beings, infinite non-sentient beings, these eternal, knitted, established (with logical reasons), essence manifested by Victors/ Seers are instructed, described, expounded, illustrated (in general) with examples and are preached in this text. Hence with the study of Vipākasūtra the soul becomes knower (in general), that in detail, (besides)] the exposition of conduct and disposition are instructed, (described, expounded, illustrated (in general), with examples and are preached) herein.
Thus concludes the Vipākasūtra.
37. पयसहस्साई जे० हे १ ला १, २। “संख्यातानि पदशयतसहस्राणि पदाग्रेणेति, तत्र किल एका पदकोटी चतुरशीतिश्च लक्षाणि द्वात्रिंशश्च सहस्राणीति"-अटी०॥ 38. पं० इति प्रतिषु पाठः। 39. अक्खराणि अणंता गमा अणंता पज्जवा जाव मु०॥ 40. सेत्तं हे २ मु०॥

Page #336

284
Samavāyāngasūtra
147
147. से किं तं दिट्ठिवाए ? दिट्ठिवाए णं सव्वभावपरूवणया आघविजति। से समासतो पंचविहे पण्णत्ते, "तंजहा- परिकम्मं सुत्ताई पुव्वगयं अणुओगो चूलिया।
What is this Drstivāda ? In this Drstivāda all forms of substances have been validated. Concisely, it is expounded as five-fold, namely: parikarma, sūtra, pūrvagata, anuyoga and cūlikā.
से किं तं परिकम्मे ? परिकम्मे सत्तविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- सिद्धसेणियापरिकम्मे मणुस्ससेणियापरिकम्मे पुट्ठसेणियाँपरिकम्मे ओगाहणसेणियापरिकम्मे उवसंपजणसेणियापरिकम्मे विप्पजहणसेणियापरिकम्मे चुताचुतसेणियापरिकम्मे। .
What is this parikarma? It is expounded seven-fold, namely: siddhaśreņikā-parikarma, manusyaśreņikā-parikarma, prsthaśreņikā-parikarma, avagāhana-śreņikā-parikarma, upasampadyaśreņikā-parikarma, viprajahataśreņikā-parikarma and cyutācyutaśreņikā-parikarma.
से किं तं सिद्धसेणियापरिकम्मे ? सिद्धसेणियापरिकम्मे चोद्दसविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहामाउयापदाणि १, एगट्ठितातिं २, 'पाढो ३, अट्ठपयाणि ४, (अट्ठपयाणि ३, पाढो ४,) आगासपदाणि ५, 'केउभूयं ६, रासिबद्धं ७, एगगुणं ८, दुगुणं ९, तिगुणं १०, 'केउभूतपडिग्गहो ११, संसारपडिग्गहो १२, नंदावत्तं १३, 'सिद्धावत्तं १४, से तं सिद्धसेणियापरिकम्मे।
What is this siddhaśreņikā-parikarma ? It is expounded as fourteen - fold, namely: 1. mātrkāpada, 2. ekārthakapada, 3. pātha, 4. arthapada, 5. ākāsapada, 6. ketubhuta, 7. rāsibaddha, 8. ekaguna, 9. dviguna, 10. triguna, 11. ketubhūta-pratigraha, 12. sansāra-pratigraha, 13. nandyāvarta and 14. siddhāvarta. That is siddhaśreņikā-parikarma.
1. जंति जे० मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३५ पं० १ टि० १॥ 2. तंजहा नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २पण्णत्ते तंजहा नास्ति जे०॥ 3. एगट्ठियपयाइं हे २। एगट्ठियपयाणि मु०॥ 4. अट्ठापयाई ३, पाढो ४" इति नन्दीसूत्रे वर्तते, तदनुसारेणात्र ‘अट्ठपयाणि ३, पाढो ४' इति पाठ एव समीचीनः। “अवसेसाई परिकम्माइं पाढाइयाई एक्कारसविहाणि" [पं० १८] इति वक्ष्यमाणमपि तथैव संगच्छते॥ 5. केउच्चयं खं० हे १ ला २॥ 6. केउभूतं खं० जे० १ हे १ ला २ मु०। केउभूये हे २॥ 7. T हे २ विना सिद्धावुद्धं ला १। सिद्धावद्धं खं० जे०। सिद्धावहं जे १ हे १ ला २। सिद्धबद्धं मु०॥

Page #337

Basket of Scriptures
285
से किं तं मणुस्ससेणियापरिकम्मे? मणुस्ससेणियापरिकम्मे चोहसविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहाताई चेव माउयापयाइं जाव नंदावत्तं मणुस्सावत्तं, से त्तं मणुस्ससेणियापरिकम्मे।
What is this manusyaśreņikā-parikarma ? It is expounded as fourteen -fold, namely: these are from mātņkāpada up to nandyāvarta manusyāvarta, this is manusyaśreņikā parikarma.
अवसेसाइं परिकम्माइं पाढाइयाइं एक्कारसविहाणि पन्नत्ताई। इच्चेताई सत्त परिकम्माई, छ ससमइयाणि, सत्त आजीवियाणि। छ चउक्कणइयाणि, सत्त तेरासियाणि। एवामेव सपुव्वावरेणं सत्त परिकम्माइं 10तेसीतिं भवंतीति मक्खायाति। से त्तं परिकम्माइं।
The remaining parikarmas from prsthaśreņikā (up to cyutācyutaśreņikāparikarma are expounded as eleven-fold. Of these seven parikarmas, six are based on Jina doctrine (svasamaya), seventh is on (the doctrine of) Ajivika. The first six parikarmas are based on the four stand-points (naya), the seventh on trairāśikanaya. Thus, these seven parikarmas with regard to former and subsequent (all the species of seven parikarma) are described as eighty-three. That is parikarma.
से किं तं सुत्ताइं? सुत्ताइं अट्ठासीति भवंतीति मक्खायातिं तंजहा-11उजगं परिणयापरिणयं बहुभंगियं विपच्चवियं 13अणंतरपरंपरं 14सामाणं संजूहं 16भिन्नं 17आहव्वायं सोवत्थितं 18घटं णंदावत्तं बहुलं 1 पुढापुढे वियावत्तं 2एवंभूतं दुयावत्तं 21वत्तमाणुप्पयं समभिरूढं
8. “स्सावटें जे०। “स्सावद्धं खं० जे १ हे १ ला २। स्साबद्धं ला १। स्सबद्धं हे २ मु०॥ 9. अवि खं०। अवसेसंस जे १)परि हे १ ला २ जे १॥ 10. तेसीतिं नास्ति खं० जे० हे १ ला २॥ 11. उजुगं हे २ मु०। नन्दीसूत्रे द्वाविंशतिसूत्रनाम्नां विविधप्रतिषु विद्यमानाः पाठभेदाः तत्र [पृ० ४४] निर्दिष्टात् कोष्ठकाज्ज्ञातव्याः॥ 12. विपब्वियं हे १ ला २। विप्पच्चइयं मु०। विनयपव्वतियं हे २॥ 13. प्रतिषु पाठा:-अणंतरपरंपरं खं० जे १ हे १, २ ला १, २। अणंतरपरं जे०। अणंतरं परंपरं मु०॥ 14. समाणं ला १ मु०॥ 15. सजूहं खं० जे १ हे १,२ ला २॥ 16. संभिन्नं मु०॥ 17. आहच्चायं खं०। अहव्यायं हे २। अहव्वोयं ला १। अहच्चयं मु०॥ 18. घंटा णंदा हे १ ला २॥ 19. पुढे विया खं०। पुट्ठा विया हे १ ला २१ पुढपुढे विया जे०॥ 20. भूत दुया जे०॥ 21. 'माणप्पयं मु०॥

Page #338

286
Samavāyāngasūtra
सव्वतोभद्दं 22पणसं दुपडिग्गहं २२ | 22 इच्चेताइं बावीसं सुत्ताइं छिण्णच्छेयण 24 इयाणि ससमयसुत्तपरिवाडीए, ? इच्चेताइं बावीसं सुत्ताइं अच्छिन्नच्छेयनइयाणि आजीवियसुत्तपरिवाडीए, 26 इच्चेताइं बावीसं सुत्ताइं तिकणइयाणि तेरासियसुत्तपरिवाडीए 27 इच्चेताइं बावीस सुत्ताई चउक्कणइयाणि28 ससमयसुत्तपरिवाडीए। एवामेव सपुव्वावरेणं 29 अट्ठासीति 30 सुत्ताई भवतीति खाया। सेतं सुत्ताई ।
What are these sūtras? These sutras are described to be eighty-eight, namely: 1. ņjuka, 2. parinatāparinata, 3. bahubhangika, 4. vijayacarcā, 5. anantara, 6. prampara, 7. samāna, 8. samyūtha, 9. sambhinna, 10. yathāvāda, 11. sauvastika, 12. nandyāvarta, 13. ahula, 14. prstāprsta, 15. vyāvrtta, 16. evambhūta, 17. dvayāvarta, 18. vartamānātmakam, 19. samabhirūdha, 20. sarvatobhadra, 21. pannāsa, and 22. duspratigraha. These twenty-two sutras are chinnachedanaya according to the tradition of Jina doctrine, these twenty two sūtras are also achinnachedanaya according to the doctrine of Ājīvaka, again these twenty-two sūtras are triknayika according to the doctrine of trairāśika, these very twenty-two sūtras are also of four nayas according to Jina doctrine. Thus, sūtras of (former and subsequent) are assumed to be of eighty-eight types. This is sutra.
से किं तं 32 yaगए ? पुव्वगए चोइसविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा - उप्पायपुव्वं अग्गेणियं वीरियं 33 अत्थिणत्थिप्पवायं णाणप्पवायं सच्चप्पवायं आतप्पवायं कम्मप्पवायं पच्चक्खाणं
22. पसणं जे० । पणामं ला १ मु० । पण्णसं हे २ । नन्दीसूत्रे सर्वप्रतिषु पण्णासं इति पाठः ।। 23. इच्चेइयाई हे २ ॥
24. इआई मु० अटी० । एवमग्रे ऽपि ॥
25. इच्चेयाई ला १ ।।
26. इच्चेइयाई खं० है २ ॥
27. इच्चेइयाई खं० है २ ॥
28. 'इयाई खं० हे १ ला २ मु० ॥
29. सीइं खं० । 'सीइ जे १ हे १ ला २ मु० ॥
30. सुत्ताणि भवंति त्ति मक्खायाणि जे० ला १ ॥
31. से तं खं० जे १ ॥
32. पुव्वगयं २ चोद्दस खंमू० जे १ हे १ ला २ । अत्र 'से किं तं पुव्वगयं ? पुव्वगए चोद्दस' इत्यपि पाठ एतदनुसारेण भवेत् । पुव्वगयं ? पुव्वगयं चोद्दसविहं पण्णत्तं मु० । 'से किं तं पुव्वगएत्यादि ' - अटी० ॥ 33. 'त्थीप' खं० जे १ जे० हे १ ला १, २ ॥
34. पच्चक्खाणप्पवायं विज्जाणुप्पवायं हे २ मु० । पच्चक्खोणप्पवायं विज्जप्पवायं हे १ ला २ । पच्चक्खाणं विज्जाणुप्पवायं ला १ ॥

Page #339

Basket of Scriptures
...
287
अणुप्पवायं अवंझं 35पाणाउं किरियाविसालं लोगबिंदुसारं १४।
What is this pūrvagata ? Pūrvagata is expounded as fourteen-fold, namely: (i) utpādapūrva, (ii) agrāyaṇīya, (iii) vīrya, (iv) asti-nāstipravāda, (v) jñānapravāda, (vi) satyapravāda, (vii) ātmapravāda, (viii) karmapravāda, (ix) pratyākhyāna, (x) anupravāda, (xi) abandhya, (xii) prāņāyu, (xiii) kriyāviśāla and (xiv) lokabindusāra.
उप्यायपुव्वस्स णं दस वत्थू, चत्तारि चुलियावत्थू पण्णत्ता। अग्गेणियस्स णं पुव्वस्स चोद्दस वत्थू, बारस चूलियावत्थू पण्णत्ता। वीरियपुव्वस्स अट्ठ वत्थू, अट्ठ चूलियावत्थू पण्णत्ता। 36अत्थिणत्थिप्पवायस्स णं पुव्वस्स अट्ठारस वत्थू, दस चुलियावत्थू पण्णत्ता। णाणप्पवायस्स णं पुव्वस्स बारस वत्थू पण्णत्ता। सच्चप्पवायस्स णं पुव्वस्स दो वत्थू पण्णत्ता। आतप्पवायस्स णं पुव्वस्स सोलस वत्थू पण्णत्ता। कम्मप्पवायस्स णं पुवस्स तीसं वत्थू पण्णत्ता। पच्चक्खाणस्स णं पुव्वस्स वीसं वत्थू पण्णत्ता।अणुप्पवायस्स णं पुव्वस्स पण्णरस वत्थू पण्णत्ता। अवंझस्स णं पुवस्स बारसवत्थू पण्णत्ता। पाणाउस्स णं पुव्वस्स तेरस वत्थू पण्णत्ता। किरियाविसालस्स णं पुव्वस्स तीसं वत्थू पण्णत्ता। लोगबिंदुसारस्स णं युवस्स पणुवीसं वत्थू पण्णत्ता।
Utpädapūrva's ten vastus are expounded, four cūlikāvastus are expounded. Agrāyaṇīyapūrva's fourteen vastus and twelve cūlikāvastus are expounded. Viryapūrva's eight vastus and eight cūlikāvastus are expounded. Asti-nāstipravādpūrva's eighteen vastus and ten cūlikāvastus are expounded. Jñānapravādapūrva's twelve vastus are expounded. Satyapravādapūrva's two vastus are expounded. Ātmapravādapūrva's sixteen vastus are expounded. Karmapravādapūrva's thirty vastus are expounded. Pratyākhyānapūrva's twenty vastus are expounded. Anupravāda's fifteen vastus are expounded. Abandhyapūrva's twelve vastus are expounded. Prāņāyupūrva's thirteen vastus are expounded. Kriyāviśālapūrva's thirty vastus are expounded. Lokabindusārapūrva's twenty-five vastus are expounded.
दस चोइस अट्ठट्ठारसेव वारस दुवे य वत्थूणि। सोलस तीसा वीसा पण्णरस अणुप्पवायम्मि॥६१॥
35. पाणाउ खं० हे.१ ला २ पाणाऊ म०॥ 36. 'णत्थी ' जे० ला १॥ 37. विज्जाणुप्पः हे २ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ३५१ पं० २०, पृ० ४४८ पं० १३ टि० २५॥

Page #340

Samavāyāngasūtra
[There are] ten [vastus in first pūrva], fourteen [in second], eight [in third], eighteen [in fourth], twelve [fifth ], two vastus [sixth], sixteen [seventh], thirty [eighth], twenty [ninth] and fifteen [in tenth anupravāda]61.
288
बारस एक्कारसमे बारसमे तेरसेव वत्थूणि ।
तीसा पुण तेरसमे चोदसमे पण्णवीसाओ ॥ ६२ ॥
Twelve in eleventh, thirteen vastus in twelfth, thirty in thirteenth and twenty-five vastus in fourteenth. 62.
चत्तारि दुवाल अट्ठ चेव दस चेव चूलवत्थूणि । अतिल्लाण चउण्हं सेसाणं चूलिया णत्थि ॥ ६३ ॥ तं व्वगतं ।
The first four [pūrvas have] four, twelve, eight and ten cūlikāvastus (respectively)[while] the remaining [ten pūrvas have] no cuūlikās. This is pūrvagata. 63.
से किं तं अणुओगे ? अणुओगे दुविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा - मूलपढमाणुओगे य गंडियाणुओगे । से किं तं 42 मूलपढमाणुओगे ? मूलपढमाणुओगे एत्थ णं अरहंताणं भगवंताणं पुव्वभवा, देवलोगगमणाणि, आउं, 42 चयणाणि, जम्मणाणि य, अभिसेया रायवरसिरीओ, सीयाओ, पव्वज्जाओ, तवा य, भत्ता, केवलणाणुप्पाता, तित्थपवत्तणाणि य, संघयणं, संठाणं, उच्चत्तं, 44 आउं, 45 वण्णविभागो, सीसा, गणा, गणहरा य, अज्जा, “पवत्तिणीओ, संघस्स
38. उसमे हे २ मु०॥
39. यं नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २ ।।

40. य नास्ति जे० ॥
41. प्रतिपाठा:- ओगे २ एत्थ णं अर हे २ मु० ।। 'ओगे २ एत्थं अर खं० हे १ ला २ । 'ओगे २ एत्थ णं अर' जे० ला १ । एतदनुसारेणात्र 'से किं तं मूलपढमाणुओगे ? मूलपढमाणुओगं एत्थ णं' इति पाठ भाति । नन्दी सूत्रे तु 'से किं तं मूलपढमाणुओगे ? मूलपढमाणुओगे णं' इति पाठः ।।
42. चवणाणि खंमू० मु० ॥
43. यता तित्थ खं० । 'प्पतया तित्थ' हे १ ला २ । 'प्यायता तित्थ' हे २ । 'प्याया य तित्थ' मु० । "केवलनाणुप्पयाओ तित्थपवत्तणाणि य" इति नन्दीसूत्रे पाठः ॥
44. आउयं खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
45. 'विभातो खं० जे० हे १ ला १, २ ।।
46. ufafa oll

Page #341

Basket of Scriptures
चडव्विहस्स जं वा वि परिमाणं, 47 जिणा, श्रमणपज्जव - 49 ओहिणाणि - 50 समत्तसुयणाणिणो य वादी अणुत्तरगती 1य जत्तिया, जत्तिया सिद्धा, 52 पातोवगतो य जो जहि जत्तियाइं भत्ताइं छेयइत्ता 53अंतगडो मुणिवरुत्तमो, “तमरतोघविप्पमुक्का सिद्धिपहमणुत्तरं च पत्ता, एते अन्ने य SS एवमादी भावा "पढमाणुओगे कहिया आघविज्नंति पण्णविज्जंति परूविज्जंति [57 दंसिज्जंति निदंसिज्जंति उवदंसिज्जंति ] | " से तं मूलपढमाणुओगे ।
What is this anuyoga ? Anuyoga is expounded as two-fold, namely: 1. mūlaprathamānuyoga and 2. gandikānuyoga. What is this mūlaprathamānuyoga? Herein, Venerable Seers' rebirths, manifestations in heaven, lifespan [in state of god], descending [from heaven ], births and anointing, excellent kinghood, palanquins, renunciation, penances, alms, attaining omniscience, founding of Order, firmness of the joints, configuration, height, life-span (as human being), division of colours, disciples, groups (gana), direct-disciples, nuns, head of nuns, four-fold order and its whatever expansion, omniscients, telepaths, clairvoyants, cognizants of Right scripture and debater, monks manifested in excellent abodes (anuttara vimana), liberated ones, resorting to pure religious death and places as well as periods of fasting, [observing which] excellent ascetics, ending the life and death, free from the heap of dust like darkness of ignorance and attained excellent path of salvation, these, other and similar essences have been described, instructed, depicted, expounded, demonstrated with example and preached. This is mulaprathamānuyoga ?
47. जिणमण' मु० नन्दीसूत्रे च ॥
48. 'पज्जय' जे० ला १ ॥
49. तोहि खं० जे० हे १ ला १, २ ॥
50. “सम्मत्त' हे २ मु०। “समत्तसुयणाणिणो ” - नन्दीसूत्रे सू० १११ ॥
51. यं नास्ति जे० ॥
52. पाओवगया य जे मु० । दृश्यतां पृ० ४४२ पं० ६ ॥
53. गडा मुणिवरुत्तमा मु० ॥
54. मुक्का य सि' हे १ ला २। दृश्यतां पृ० ४४२ पं० ७ टि० ७ ।।
55. 'माझ्या भावा मु० ॥
56. मूलपढमा' सं० २ मु० ॥
57., 62. दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १८, पृ० ४३५ पं० १ ।।
58. से तं खं० हे १ ला १, २ ॥
289

Page #342

290
Samavāyāngasūtra
से किंतं गंडियाणुओगे ? गंडियाणुओगे अणेगविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहा- कुलकरगंडियाओ तित्थकरगंडियाओ गणधरगंडियाओ 5 चक्कवट्टिगंडियाओ दसारगंडियाओ बलदेवगंडियाओ वसुदेवगंडियाओ हरिवंसगंडियाओ भद्दबाहुगंडियाओ तवोकम्मगंडियाओ चित्तंतरगंडियाओ 60ओसप्पिणिगंडियाओ उस्सप्पिणिगंडियाओ अमर-नर-तिरिय-निरयगति गमणविविहपरियट्टणाणुयोगे, एवमातियातो गंडियातो आघविनंति पण्णविजंति परूविजति ['दंसिजति निर्देसिज्जति उवदंसिर्जति]। 62से त्तं गंडियाणुओगे।
What is this gandikānuyoga ? [Gandikānuyoga) is expounded as many fold, namely: 1. kulakaragandikās, 2. tirthankaragandikās, 3. ganadharagandikās, 4. cakravartigandikās, 5. daśāragandikās, 6. baladevagandikās, 7. vāsudevagandikās, 8. harivansagandikās, 9. bhadrabāhugandikās, 10. tapahkarmagandikās, 11. citrāntaragandikās, 12. utsarpinigandikās, 13. avasarpinīgandikās and birth in states of gods, human beings, animals and plants, infernal beings, various cycles of rebirths and the like are described, instructed, depicted, expounded, demonstrated with example and preached [in this gandikānuyoga]. This is gandikānuyoga.
से किं तं चूलियाओ? जण्णं आइल्लाणं चउण्हं पुव्वाणं चूलियाओ, सेसाई पुव्वाइं अचूलियाई। से त्तं चूलियाओ।
What is this cūlikā ? The first four pūrvas have cūlikās and the remaining (ten) pūrvas [have] no cūlikās. This is cūlikā.
दिद्विवायस्स णं परित्ता वायणा, संखेजा 6अणुओगदारा जाव संखेजातो निजुत्तीओ। से णं अंगठ्ठताए बारसमे अंगे, एगे सुतक्खंधे, चोइस पुवाई, संखेजा वत्थू, संखेजा "चूलवत्थू,
59. पकहरगं हे २ मु०॥ 60. उस्सपिणिगंडियाओ ओसप्पिणिगं' हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 61. से तं खं० हे १ ला १२॥ 63. चूलियाणुओगे २ जण्णं आतिल्लाणं खं० हे १ ला २। चूलियातो आइल्लाणं जे० ला १। “से किं तं चूलियाओ ? चूलियाओ आइल्लाणं चउण्हं पुव्वाणं चूलिया" इति नन्दीसूत्रे पाठः सू० ११३॥ 64. चूलियाओ नास्तिं जे॥ 65. से तं खं० हे १ ला १, २॥ 66. दारा संखेज्जाओ पडिवत्तीओ संखेज्जाओ निज्जुत्तीओ संखेज्जा सिलोगा संखेज्जाओ संगहणीओ। से णं मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १३॥ 67. घूल खंसं०। घुल्ल खंमू० हे १, २ ला २॥

Page #343

Basket of Scriptures
291
संखेजा पाहुडा, संखेजा पाहुडपाहुडा, संखेजातो पाहुडियातो, संखेजातो पाहुडपाहुडियातो, संखेजाणि पयसयसहस्साणि पदग्गेणं, संखेजा अक्खरा, अणंता गमा, अणंता पजवा, परित्ता तसा, अणंता थावरा, सासता कडा णिबद्धा णिकाइया जिणपण्णत्ता भावा आघविजंति पण्णविनंति परूविजंति दंसिजति निदंसिजति उवदंसिर्जति । एवं णाते, एवं विण्णाते एवं चरणकरण'परूवणा आघविजति।से तं दिट्ठिवाते। से त्तं 'दुवालसंगे गणिपिडगे।
[There are] measured readings, numerable disquisition doors up to numerable niryuktis. Among the Angas, in the twelfth Anga single book, fourteen pūrvas, numerable vastus, numerable cūlavastus, numerable prābhrtas, numerable prābhrta-prabhrtas, numerable prābhrtikās, numerable prābhrtaprabhrtikās, [and] numerable lacs words, numerable letters, infinite meanings (gamas), infinite modes, measured sentient beings, infinite non-sentient beings [are expounded in this twelfth Anga]. [These above are] eternal, performed, knitted, established (with logic) etc., essences manifested by Seers are described, instructed, expounded, illustrated (in general), with examples and preached [in this twelfth Anga]. Hence, [with the study of this text], the soul becomes knower (in general), knower in detail up to the exposition of conduct and disposition are instructed. This is Drstivada. It is [the description] of twelve Anga baskets of scripture.
68. जे० मु० विना-पाहुडिपाहुडियातो खं० हे १ ला १, २ पाहुडियपाहुडियाओ हे २ ॥ 69. पयग्गेणं पन्नत्ता, संखेज्जा मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १६ टि० ९, पृ० ४४२ पं० १० टि० ९॥ 70. एवं णाया एवं विण्णाया मु०॥ दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १९ टि० १०, पृ० ४३६ पं० २ टि०२॥से एवं आए एवं नाए एवं विन्नाते हे २॥ 71. वणया आपविजंति हे २ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १९, पृ० ४३५ पं० १॥ 72., 74. से तं खं० हे १ ला १, २॥ 73. 'संगे णं गणि' जे०॥

Page #344

292
Samavāyāngasūtra
148 148. 'इच्चेतं दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं अतीते काले अणंता जीवा आणाए विराहेत्ता चाउरतं संसारकंतारं अणुपरियटिंसु, इच्चेतं दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं पडुप्पन्ने काले परित्ता जीवा आणाए विराहेत्ता चाउरतं संसारकतारं अणुपरियटृति, इच्चेतं दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं अणागते काले अणंता जीवा आणाए विराहेत्ता 'चाउरंतं संसारकंतारं अणुपरियट्टस्संति।
In past, flouting the order of this twelve Anga text basket of scripture, infinite (ananta) living beings roamed in the dense forest like world of four states of existence. At present, breaching the order of twelve Anga text basket of scripture measured (parittā) living beings wander in the dense forest like world of four states of existence. [Similarly] in future, disobeying the order of twelve-Anga text basket of scripture, infinite living beings will roam in the dense forest like world of four states of existence.
इच्चेतं दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं अतीते काले अणंता जीवा आणाए आराहेत्ता चाउरतं संसारकंतारं वितिवतिंसु, एवं पडुपण्णे वि, अणागते वि। दुवालसंगे णं गणिपिडगेण कयाति ण, आसी ण कयाति णत्थि, ण कयाति ण भविस्सइ, भुविं च भवति य भविस्सति य, धुवे 7णितिए सासते अक्खए अव्वए अवट्टिते णिच्चे।से जहाणामए पंच'अत्थिकाया ण 1°कयाइ ण आसि, ण कयाइ 11णत्थी, ण कयाइ 12भविस्संति, भुविं च 13भवंति य 14भविस्संति य,
1. इच्चेइयं मु०। एवमग्रेऽपि ॥ 2. अतीतकाले जे० मु०॥ 3. 'रंतसंसा जे० मु०॥ 4. 'रंतसंसा' जे० ला १ मु०। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 5. विईवइंसू जे०। विइवाईसु ला १। विइवतिंसु खं०॥ 6. ण कयाति णत्थि न कयाइनासि खं० हे १ ला २॥ण कयावि णत्थि ण कयाइ णासी मु०॥ 7. णीतीए खमू०, णितेए खसं०। णीतेए हे १ ला २॥ 8. णिच्चए जे०। णिच्चे य ला १ हे. २॥ 9. अत्थी जे० ला १॥ 10. कयाई खं० हे १ ला २॥ 11. णत्थि मु०॥ 12.,13. स्सति ला १ हे २ मु०॥ 14. भवति जे० हे २ विना ॥ 15. य नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २॥

Page #345

Basket of Scriptures
293
धुवा 16णितिया जाव णिच्चा, एवामेव दुवालसंगे गणिपिडगे ण कयाति ण आसि, ण कयाति 17णत्थी, ण कयाति ण भविस्सति, भुविं 18च भवति [य] भविस्सइ य, जाव अवट्ठिते णिच्चे। एत्थ णं दुवालसंगे गणिपिडगे अणंता भावा, अणंता अभावा, अणंता हेऊ, अणंता अहेऊ, अणंता कारणा, अणंता अकारणा, अणंता जीवा, अणंता अजीवा, अणंता भवसिद्धिया, अणंता अभवसिद्धिया, अणंता सिद्धा, अणंता असिद्धा1 आघविजंति पण्णविनंति परूविजंति दंसिजति निदंसिजंति 20उवदंसिजंति।
In past, practising in observance with the order of twelve Anga text baskets of scripture, infinite living beings went across the dense forest like world of four states of existence. [Likewise] at present also (and) in future also, [infinite living beings practising in obedience with the order of twelve Anga text basket of scripture, will go across the dense forest like world of four states of existence]. It is not that twelve-Ariga text basket of scripture, was never extant [in past], is neverextant [at present] and will never be extant [in future]. It was [extant in past], is [extant at present] and will be [extant in future]. (It is) fixed, defined, eternal, unending, not decaying, firm and ever existent. As it is not that the five spatially extended existents (astikāyas) were never extant [in past], are never extant [at present] and will never be extant [in future]. These were [extant in past] and are [extant at present) and will be sextant in future]. Likewise, it is not that twelve-Anga text, was neverextant [in past], is neverextant [at present] and will never be extant [in future]. It was [extant in past] and is [extant at present] and will be [extant in future]. (It is) fixed, up to ever existent (and eternal]. Here, in this twelve-Añga text basket of scripture (ganipitaka) are- infinite modes (bhāva), infinite non-modes or absence of
16. णितिया सासया अक्खया अव्वया अवट्ठिया णिच्चा मु०॥ 17. णत्थि मु०॥ 18. प्रतिषु पाठा:-च भवति भविस्सइ य जाव खं० हे १ ला २। च भवति भविस्सइ जाव हे २१ च ण भवति जाव जे०। च भवति ति जाव ला ११ च भवति य भविस्सइ य धुवे जाव मु०॥ 19. मु० विना हस्तलिखितप्रतिषु पाठा:-विज्जंति परू० पण्ण० देसि खं० हे १, २ ला १, २। विजंति परू० देसि जे०। पूर्वपाठानुरोधेन मु० निर्दिष्टः क्रमोऽत्रास्माभिराहतः, दृश्यतां पृ० ४३४ पं० १८, पृ० ४३५ पं० १॥ 20. 'ज्जंति एवं दुवालसंगं गणिपिडगं इति मु०॥

Page #346

294
.
Samavāyāngasūtra
modes (abhāva), infinite reason (hetu), infinite non-reason (ahetu), infinite basis (kāraṇa), infinite non-basis (akāraṇa), infinite living beings, infinite non-living beings, infinite souls capable of salvation, infinite incapable of salvation, infinite emancipated (siddha), infinite non-emancipated (asiddha) are described, instructed, depicted, expounded, demonstrated with example [and] preached.

Page #347

Miscellaneous
149 149. दुवे रासी पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- जीव रासी य अजीवरासी य। अजीवरासी दुविहा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-रूविअजीवरासी य अरूविअजीवरासी य।
The aggregates (rāśis) are expounded two-fold, namely, aggregate of living beings (jīvarāśi) and aggregate of non-living beings (ajīvarāśi). Aggregate of non-living beings is expounded two-fold, namely, aggregate of non-living beings with form (rūpī) as well as aggregate of formless (arūpī) non-living beings.
से किं तं अरूविअजीवरासी? अरूविअजीवरासी दसविहा पण्णत्ता, तंजहाधम्मत्थिकाए जाव अद्धासमए, जाव से किं तं अणुत्तरोववातिया ? अणुत्तरोववातिया पंचविहा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-विजय-वेजयंत-जयंत-अपराजिय-सव्वट्ठसिद्धया, सेत्तं अणुत्तरोववातिया, 'सेत्तं पंचेंदियसंसारसमावण्णजीवरासी। दुविहा णेरइया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा-पजत्ता य अपजत्ता य, एवं दंडओ भाणियव्वो जाव वेमाणिय त्ति।
What is the aggregate of formless non-living beings? The aggregate of formless non-living beings is expounded ten-fold, namely extensive substance (astikāya) (in form of] medium of motion (dharmāstikāya) up to [a part of medium of motion (dharmāstikāyadeśa), an indivisible part of medium of motion (dharmāstikāyapradeśa), medium of rest (adharmāstikāya), a part of medium of rest (adharmāstikāyadeśa), an indivisible part of medium of rest (adharmāstikāyapradeśa), space (ākāśāstikāya), a part of space (ākāśāstikāyadeśa), an indivisible part of space (ākāśāstikāyapradeśa) and] time (addhā1. प्रतिषु पाठा:-'रासि य अजी जे०। रासी अजी जे० विना। 2. रूवी जे० ला १ विना॥ 3. य नास्ति हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 4. अरूवी जे० ला १ विना। एवमग्रेऽपि॥ 5. हे २ विना-"काए अद्धासमए जाव से किं तं खं० हे १ ला १, २। गाए जाव से किं तं जे०। 'काए जाव अद्धासमए, रूबी अजीवरासी अणेगविहा प० जाव से किं तं मु०॥ दृश्यतां प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे प्रथमपदम्॥ 6. "जियासवट्ठसिद्धया खं० हे १ ला २। "जियासबसिद्धिया ला १। जियासव्वट्ठसिद्धिआ मु०॥ "जियासबट्ठसिद्धिया हे २॥ 7. से तं खं हे १ ला १, २॥

Page #348

296
samaya), up to-.
इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए 'केवइयं ओगाहेत्ता केवइया णिरया पण्णत्ता ? गोयमा ! इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए 'आसीउत्तरजोयणसयसहस्सबाहल्लाए उवरिं एवं जोयणसहस्सं ओगाहेत्ता हेट्ठा चेगं जोयणसहस्सं वज्जेता मज्झे 10 अट्ठहत्तरे जोयणसयसहस्से एत्थ णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए णेरइयाणं तीसं "निरयावाससयसहस्सा भवतीति 12 मक्खाया। ते या तो वट्टा, बाहि चउरंसा, 14 जाव 15 असुभा निरया असुंभातो णरएसु वेयणातो। एवं सत्त विभाणियव्वाओ जं जासु जुज्जति
Which (deities) are manifested in the highest heavenly abodes. (anuttara vimāna). [The deities] manifested in the highest heavenly abodes are expounded five-fold, namely [manifested in heavenly abodes], Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta, Aparājita and Sarvārthasiddha]. Those [are deities] manifested in the highest heavenly abodes. This is the aggregate of five-sensed living beings with birth and death cycle in this world. The hellish beings are expounded two-fold, namely, developed / fully formed (paryāpta) and undeveloped / not fully formed (aparyāpta ). Likewise, divisions (dandaka) to be described up to that of celestial (vaimānika) gods. How many hellish abodes on this earth. Gem - lustre (Ratnaprabhā) pervading Gem-lustre's space is expounded. O Gautama! on this earth Gem-lustre of the thickness of one lac eighty thousand yojana, pervading one thousand yojana, from its top and excluding one thousand yojana, from its bottom and pervading [the remaining] one hundred seventy eight thousand yojana, there are expounded to be thirty lac hellish abodes. [In shape] all these abodes are circular inwardly
8. केवइयं खेत्तं ओग्गाहेत्ता केवइया णिरयावासा पण्णत्ता मुं० ॥
9. असी हे २ ला १ मु० ॥
10. अट्ठसत्तत्तरे हे १ ला २ । अट्ठसत्तरि मु० ॥
11. नरया खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
Samavāyāngasūtra
12. मक्खायं हे १, २ ला २ T. ॥
13. णिरयावासा मु० । “ ते णं णिरता इत्यादि" - अटी० ॥
निच्चंध्यसारतमसा ववगयगहचंद
14. " यावत्करणादिदं दृश्यं यदुत अधः क्षुरप्रसंस्थानासंस्थिताः सूरनक्खत्तजोइसप्पहा मेयवसापूयरुहिरमंसचिक्खल्ललित्ताणुलेवणतला असुई वीसा परमदुब्धिगंधा काऊ अगणिवण्णाभा कक्खडफासा दुरहियासा इति" - अटी० । दृश्यतां सूत्रकृताङ्गे पृ० १८१।। 15. “अत एव अशुभा नरका अत एव च अशुभा नरकेषु वेदना इति" - अटी० ॥

Page #349

Miscellaneous
297
and four angled outwardly, up to [these are] inauspicious hells, feelings therein also inauspicious. Thus, the relevant description about the seven earths to be made:
16आसीयं बत्तीसं अट्ठावीसं तहेव वीसं च। अट्ठारस सोलसगं अद्भुत्तरमेव बाहल्लं ॥६४॥
The thickness [of the first earth Gem-lustre is] eighty thousand (vojana), [of the second earth Sugar-lustre (Sarkarāprabhā) is] thirty-two thousand (yojana), [of the third earth Sand lustre (Bālukāprabhā) is) twenty eight thousand (yojana), likewise [of the fourth earth Mud-lustre (Pankaprabhā) is] twenty thousand (yojana), [of the fifth earth Smoke-lustre (Dhūmaprabhā) is eighteen thousand (yojana), [of the sixth earth Dark-lustre (Tamahprabhā) is) sixteen thousand yojana, (and of the seventh earth Great dark-lustre (Mahātamaprabhā) is] eight thousand (yojana) more (than one lac yojana).64.
तीसा य पण्णवीसा पण्णरस दसेव सयसहस्साइं। तिण्णेगं पंचूणं पंचेव अणुत्तरा नरगा ॥६५॥
Hellish abodes [on the earth Gem-lustre are] thirty lacs, [on the earth Sugar lustre are] twenty five lacs, (on the earth Sand lustre are] fifteen lacs, [on the earth Mud-lustre are] ten lacs, [on the earth Smoke lustre are] three lacs, [on the earth Dark lustre are] five less to one lac, and [on the Great dark lustre are] only five. 65.
चउसट्टी असुराणं चउरासीतिं च 17होति नागाणं।
18बावत्तरिं सुवण्णाण 1'वाउकुमाराण छण्णउतिं ॥६६॥
. [There are] sixty-four [lac celestial abodes] of demon (asurakumāra) gods, eighty-four [lac celestial abodes] of Nagakumāra [gods], seventy-two 16. तुला-प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे द्वितीयपदे सू० १७४-२०९॥ 17. होति खं०॥ 18. 'त्तरि मु०॥ 19. वायु जे० हे १ ला २॥ वाय हे २ ला १॥

Page #350

298
Samavāyāngasūtra
[lac celestial abodes] of Suparnakumāra [gods] and ninety-six [lac celestial abodes] of Vayukumāra [gods]. 66.
दीव-दिसा-उदधीणं-विज्जुकुमारिंद-थणिय-मग्गीणं। छण्हं पि 2 जुवलगाणं छावत्तरि मो21 सतसहस्सा ॥६७॥ .
[Each of these] six pairs [of gods] Dvipa [kumāra], Disa [kumar], Udadhi [kumar], Vidyut [kumar], Stanit [kumar] and Agni [kumar] have seventy-six lac abodes. 67..
बत्तीसऽट्ठावीसा 22बारस अट्ठ चउरो सतसहस्सा। पण्णा चत्तालीसा छच्च सहस्सा सहस्सारे ॥६८॥
[The number of celestial abodes in different paradises are] thirty-two lacs [in Saudharma], twenty-eight lacs [in Isana], twelve lacs [in Sanatkumāra], eight lacs [in Mahendra], four lacs [in Brahma,], fifty thousand [in Lāntaka], forty thousand (in Mahāśukra] and six thousand (in paradise] Sahasrāra: 68.
आणय-पाणयकप्पे चत्तारि सयाऽऽरणच्चुते तिन्नि। , सत्त विमाणसताई चउसु वि एएसु कप्पेसु ॥६९॥
[There are) four hundred celestial abodes in paradises Ānata and Pranata [and] three hundred in Arana and Acyuta. Thus, [there are in aggregate] seven hundred celestial abodes in these four paradises. 69.
एक्कारसुत्तरं हेट्ठिमेसु सत्तुत्तरं च मज्झिमए। सयमेगं उवरिमए पंचेव अणुत्तरविमाणा ॥७॥
[There are] one hundred eleven celestial abodes in lower (Graiveyaka), one hundred seven in middle (Graiveyaka), one hundred in upper (Graiveyaka) and only five in the highest (anuttara) heavens 70.
20. जुयलयाणं हे १ ला २॥ 21. मो य स मु०॥ दृश्यतां पृ० ४१४ पं० १५॥ 22. बारसट्ठ खं० हे १ ला २। बारस अट्ठ य चउरो हे २। बारस अड चउरो य सयसहस्सा मु०॥ 23. "स वि जे०॥

Page #351

Miscellaneous
दोच्चार णं पुढवी तच्चाए णं पुढवीए चउत्थी (ए 24णं पुढवीए) पंचमी (ए णं पुढवीए) छट्ठी (ए णं पुढवीए) सत्तमी (ए णं पुढवीए) गाहाहि भाणियव्वा ।
Likewise, [the number of abodes of hellish beings] on the second earth, third earth, fourth earth, fifth earth, sixth earth and seventh earth to be described in Gāthās.
299
सत्तमाए “णं पुढवीए पुच्छा, गोतमा ! सत्तमाए पुढवीए अट्टुत्तरजोयणसत" सहस्सबाहल्लाए उवरिं अद्धतेवण्णं जोयणसहस्साइं ओगाहत्ता हेट्ठा वि अद्धतेवण्णं जोयणसहस्साइं वज्जेत्ता मज्झे तिसु जोयणसहस्सेसु एत्थ णं सत्तमाए पुढवीए नेरइयाणं पंच अणुत्तरा महति”महालया महानिरया पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- काले, महाकाले, रोरुते, महारोरुते, अपतिट्ठाणे 28णामं पंचमए। ते णं निरया 22 वट्टे य तंसा य, अधे 3 खुरप्पसंठाणसंठिता जाव असुभा नरगा असुभाओ नरएसु वेयणातो ।
The inquiry about seventh earth (Great dark lustre). [How many hellish abodes on this (seventh) earth are expounded, how much its space is pervaded by these abodes]? O Gautama! on this seventh eath of thousand yojana thickness, pervading fifty two and half thousand yojana from its top side [and] excluding fifty two and half thousand yojana from its bottom side, and pervading three thousand yojana, in between, there are expounded five abodes of hellish beings, the highest and very large, namely: Kāla, Mahākāla, Raurava, Mahāraurava and the fifth Apratisthāna. Shape wise all these abodes are circular inwardly and triangular outwardly, downward, of razor's shape up to these are inauspicious, feelings therein also inauspicious.
24. [ ]. एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु नास्ति, एवमग्रेऽपि ॥
25. णं नास्ति मु० ॥
26. 'स्साई बा' मु० ॥
27. महालया नास्ति खं० । हे १ ला २ मु० २ ॥
28. णाम पंचमते खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
29. प्रतिषु पाठाः - वट्टो य खं० । वट्टे य हे १, २ ला २ मु० । वट्टा य जे० ला १। “ वट्टे य तंसो यत्ति मध्यमो वृत्तः शेषास्म्यस्त्राः इति " - अटी० ॥
30. खुरुप्प जे० ला १। खुरसं खं० ॥

Page #352

300
Samavāyāngasūtra
150.
150. केवतिया णं भंते! असुरकुमारावासा पण्णत्ता? गोतमा! 'इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए असीउत्तरजोयणसयसहस्सबाहल्लाए उवरिं एगं जोयणसहस्सं ओगाहेत्ता हेट्ठा चेगं जोयणसहस्सं वज्जेता मज्झे अट्ठहत्तरे जोयणसतसहस्से एत्थ णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए चठसटुिं असुरकुमारावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। तेणं भवणा बाहिं वट्टा, अंतो चउरंसा, अहे पोक्खरकण्णियासंठाणसंठिता, उक्किण्णंतर विपुलगंभीरखातफलिहा अट्टालय'चरिय दारगोउरकवाडतोरणपडिदुवारदेसभागा जंतमुसलमुसंढिसतग्धिपरिवारिता अउज्झा अडयाल कोट्ठयरइया अडयालकतवणमाला लाउल्लोइयमहिया गोसीससरसरत्तचंदणददरदिण्णपंचंगुलितला कालागुरुपवरकुंदुरुक्कतुरुक्कडझंतधूवमघमघेतगंधुद्धराभिरामा सुगंध वरगंधगंधिया गंधवट्टिभूता अच्छा सण्हा लण्हा घट्टा मट्ठा नीरया णिम्मला वितिमिरा विसुद्धा सप्पभा 'समिरीया सउज्जोया पासादीया दरिसणिजा अभिरूवा पडिरूवा। एवं 12जस्स जंकमती तं तस्स जं जं गाहाहिं भणियं तह चेव वण्णओ।
O Lord! How many abodes are expounded of Demon (Asurakumāra] gods? Gautama! On this earth-Gem lustre of one lac eighty thousand yojana thickness, pervading one thousand yojana, from its topside, excluding one thousand yojana from its bottom side and pervading one hundred seventy eight thousand yojana in between, there are expounded to be sixty-four lac abodes of Demon (Asurakumāra) gods. Shape wise all these abodes are circular outwardly, quadrangular- inwardly and like the interior of the lotus downward.
1. तिमीसे खं० जे० ला १॥ 2. हत्तरि जो मु०॥ 3. पुढवीए नास्ति खं० जे० हे १ ला २ ॥ 4. चउरय हे १ ला २ अटीपा०। "चारिका नगरप्राकारयोरन्तरमष्टहस्तो मार्गः, पाठान्तरेण चतुरय त्ति चतुरकाः सभाविशेषा ग्रामप्रसिद्धाः"-अटी०॥ 5. "दारगोउर त्ति गोपुरद्वाराणि प्रतोल्यो नगरस्येव कपाटानि प्रतीतानि"-अटी०॥ 6. कोट्ठरइया मु०॥ 7. 'धूवमघ जे० विना। "तेषां यो धूमः, मघमघेत त्ति अनुकरणशब्दोऽयं मघमघायमानो बहलगन्ध इत्यर्थः, तेन उद्धराणि उत्कटानि ..... अभिरामाणि ..... तथा सुगन्धयः सुरभयो ये वरगन्धाः प्रधानवासाः तेषां गन्ध आमोदो येष्वस्ति तानि सुगन्धिवरगन्धगन्धिकानि"-अटी०॥ 8. मघमघमत खं०॥ 9. द्धयाभि हे १ ला २। 10. गंधिया जे० ला १ मु०। गंधहत्थिया हे १ ला २॥ 11. सस्सिरीया खं०। “समिरीय त्ति समरीचीनि सकिरणानि"-अटी०॥ 12. जं जस्स हे २ मु०॥ "एवमिति तथा यद् भवनादिपरिमाणं यस्य नागमकुमारादिनिकायस्य क्रमते घटते"-अटी०॥

Page #353

Miscellaneous
301
केवतिया णं भंते! पुढविकाइयावासा पण्णत्ता? गोतमा! असंखेजा पुढविकाइयावासा पण्णत्ता। एवं जाव 13मणूस त्ति।
O Lord! How many abodes are expounded of earth-bodied [living beings]. Gautama! innumerable abodes of earth-bodied [living beings] are expounded. Likewise, [to be described the abodes of] up to those of human beings.
केवतिया णं भंते! वाणमंतरावासा पण्णत्ता? गोतमा! इमीसे णं रतणप्पभाए पुढवीए रयणामयस्स कंडस्स जोयणसहस्सबाहल्लस्स उवरिं एगंजोयणसतं ओगाहेत्ता हेट्ठा चेगंजोयणसतं वजेत्ता मज्झे अट्ठसु जोयणसतेसु एत्थ णं वाणमंतराणं देवाणं तिरियमसंखेजा 14भोमेजणगरावाससतसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। तेणं भोमेजा नगरा बाहिं वट्टा अंतो चउरंसा, एवं जहा भवणवासीणं तहेव णेयव्वा, 15णवरं पडागमालाउला सुरम्मा पासादीया [16दरिसणिजा अभिरूवा पडिरूवा।
O Lord! How many abodes are expounded of Sub-terranean [Vanavyantara] gods? Gautama! On this earth Gem lustre, on a layer of diamond, of one thousand yojana thickness, pervading one hundred yojana, from its top side, excluding one hundred yojana from its bottom side and pervading eight hundred yojana in between [of this layer), there are expounded to be innumerable diagonal cellars of Sub-terranean [Vāņavyantara) gods. In shape all these cellars are circular outward and quadrangular inward. Likewise, it is to be known about the abodes of mansion gods, with the mention that these are decorated with flags and garlands and is attractive, pleasant, [charming, beautiful and ever fresh].
केवतिया णं भंते ! 17जोतिसियावासा पण्णत्ता ? गायमा ! इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए बहुसमरमणिजाओ भूमिभागाओ सत्तनउयाइं जोयणसयाई उई उप्पतित्ता एत्थ णं दसुत्तरजोयणसतबाहल्ले तिरियं जोतिसविसए जोतिसियाणं देवाणं असंखेजा जोतिसियविमाणावासा पण्णत्ता। तेणं जातिसियविमाणावासा अब्भुग्गयमूसियपहसिया विविहमणिरयणभत्तिचित्ता वाउद्भुतविजयवेजयंतीपडागच्छत्तातिच्छत्तकलिया तुंगा गगणतलमणुलिहंतसिहरा 13. मणुस्स मु०॥ 14. भोमेज्जा नग मु०॥ 15. णवरिं खं० जे॥ 16. [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो मु० विना नास्ति। 17. जोइसियाणं विमाणा(ण हे २)वासा हे २ मु० अटी०॥

Page #354

302
Samavāyāngasūtra
18जालंतररयणपंजरुम्मिलितव्व मणिकणगथूभियागा 20विगसितसतवत्तपुंडरीयतिलयरय21णद्धचंदचित्ता अंतो 22बहिं च 2सण्हा तवणिजवालुगा पत्थडा सुहफासा सस्सिरीयरूवा पासादीया दरिसणिज्जा अभिरूवा पडिरूवा।
O Lord! How many dwellings are expounded of Astral gods? Gautama! Seven hundred ninety yojana above the very level and charming surface of the Gem-lustre earth, there are innumerable diagonal astral abodes of Astral gods, in the space, with one-hundred ten yojana thickness. These astral abodes are beautifully located, adorned and delightful, pictures of walls embedded with various gems, wind shaken flags and banners, suggesting victory, have one umbrella above another, their summits touching the yault of the sky.
केवइया णं भंते ! वेमाणियावासा पण्णत्ता ? गोयमा ! इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए बहुसमरमणिजाओ भूमिभागाओ उड्डे चंदिमसूरियगहगणनक्खत्ततारारूवाणं वीतिवइत्ता बहूणि जोयणाणि बहूणि जोयणसताणि [2 बहूणि] जोयणसहस्साणि [26बहूणि] जोयणसयसहस्साणि [26बहुगीतो जोयणकोडीतो [26बहुगीतो] जोयणकोडाकोडीतो असंखेजाओ जोयणकोडाकोडीतो उड़े दूरं वीइवइत्ता एत्थ णं वेमाणियाणं देवाणं सोहम्मीसाण-सणंकुमार-माहिंद-बंभ-लंतगसुक्क-सहस्सार-आणय-पाणय-आरण-ऽच्चुएसु गेवेजमणुत्तरेसु य "चउरासीति विमाणावाससयसहस्सा सत्ताणउतिं च सहस्सा तेवीसं च विमाणा भवंतीति 28मक्खाया। 18. “जालान्तरेषु जालकमध्यभागेषु रत्नानि येषां ते जालान्तररत्नाः, इह प्रथमाबहुवचनलोपो द्रष्टव्यः"-अटी०॥ 19. “यगा जे०॥ 20. वियसियसयपत्त हे २ मु०॥ 21. चंद हे २। इयंद जे०। द्धयंद खं० जे० हे १ ला २॥ . 22. बाहिं हे २ मु०॥ 23. सण्हतवणिज्ज अटीपा०। “पाठान्तरे तु सण्हशब्दस्य वालुकाविशेषणत्वात् श्लक्ष्णतपनीयवालुकाप्रस्तटा इति व्याख्येयम्"-अटी०॥ 24. पत्थडा य सुह' खं० हे १ ला २॥ 25. प्रतिषु पाठः- बहूणि जोयणाणि बहूणि जोयणसयाणि सयसहस्साणि जोयणसयसहस्साणि जोयणकोडीतो जोयणकोडाकोडीतो जे० ला १। बहूणि जोयणसताणि सयसहस्साणिजोयणकोडाकोडीओ खं० हे १। बहूणि जोयणसताणि सयसहस्साणि जोयणकोडीओ जोयणकोडाकोडीओ ला २। बहूणि जोयणाणि बहूणिजोयणसयाणि बहूणि जोयणसहस्साणि बहूणि जोयणसयहस्साणि बहुइओजोयणकोडीओ बहुइओ जोयणकोडाकोडीओ मु०॥ 26. [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठः प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे द्वितीयपदे विद्यते सू० १९६॥ 27. चुलसीइ विजे०॥ च नास्ति जे०॥ 28. मक्खायं हे १ ला २॥

Page #355

Miscellaneous
303
O Lord! How many dwellings of mansion gods are expounded ? Gautama! above the very even and charming surface of the earth Gem-lustre beyond moon, sun, group of planets, aster and stars, exceeding several yojanas, several hundred yojanas, several thousand yojanas, several hundred thousand yojanas, several crore yojanas, several crore by crore yojanas, innumerable crore by crore yojanas high, away in the paradises Saudharma, Isana, Sanatkumāra, Mahendra, Brahma, Lāntaka, Sukra, Sahasrāra, Anata, Prānata, Acyuta, Graiveyaka and Anuttara, eighty four hundred thousand, ninety seven thousand twenty three mansions are described to exist.
तेणं विमाणा अच्चिमालिप्पभा भासरासिवण्णाभा अरया नीरया णिम्मला वितिमिरा विसुद्धा सव्वरयणामया अच्छा सण्हा लण्हा घट्ठा मट्ठा णिप्पंका णिक्कंकडच्छाया सप्पभा . 2"समिरिया सउज्जोया पासादीया दरिसणिज्जा अभिरूवा 30पडिरूवा॥
These abodes are lustrous like that of sun, illuminating like clump of gleam, free from dustiness, free from grubbiness, lucent, free from darkness,
clean..
- सोहम्मे णं भंते! कप्पे केवतिया 31विमाणावासा पण्णत्ता? गोयमा! बत्तीसं 32विमाणावाससयसहस्सा पण्णत्ता। एवं ईसाणाइसु २८।१२।८।४। एयाई सयसहस्साई, ५०। ४०।६। एयाइं सहस्साइं, 34आणए पाणए चत्तारि, आरणच्चुए तिण्णि, एयाणि सयाणि, एवं 35गाहाहिं भाणियव्वं।
. O Lord! how many dwellings (of mansion gods) are expounded in the paradise Saudharma? Gautama! thirty-two lac dwellings are expounded.
29. जे० विना-ससिरीया खं० हे १, २ T ला २। सस्सिरिया ला १। दृश्यतां पृ० ४५४ टि० १२। समरीया मु०। "समरीचीनि सकिरणानीत्यर्थः"-अटी०॥ 30. पडिरूवा सुरूवा जे० ला १॥ 31. विमाणवासा जे० हे १, २ ला २॥ 32. °णवा हे १, २ ला २॥ 33. ईसाणेसु जे०। ईसाणाइसु अट्ठावीस बारस अट्ठ चत्तार एयाई सयसहस्साइं पण्णासं चत्तालीसं छ एयाई सहस्साइं मु०॥ 34. आणए २०० पाणए २०० आरणच्युए तिणि जे० ला १॥ 35. दृश्यतां पृ० ४५३ पं०९॥"एवं गाहाहिं भाणियव्वं ति 'बत्तीस अट्ठवीसा' इत्यादिकाभिः पूर्वोक्तगाथाभिः तदनुसारेणेत्यर्थः"-अटी०॥

Page #356

304
Samavāyāngasūtra
Likewise, twenty-eight lac in the paradise lśāna, twelve lac (in Sanatkumāra), eight lac (in Māhendra), four lac (in Brahma), fifty thousand (in Lāntaka), forty thousand (in Sukra), six thousand (in Sahasrāra), four hundred in Ānata and Prāṇata, three hundred in Ārana and Acyuta. This is to be described through gāthās.

Page #357

Miscellaneous
305
151 151. नेरइयाणं भंते ! केवतियं कालं ठिती पण्णत्ता ? गोयमा! जहन्नेणं दस वाससहस्साई उक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाई ठिती पण्णत्ता। अपज्जत्तगाणं भंते ! नेरइयाणं केवइयं कालं ठिती पण्णत्ता ? गोयमा! जहन्नेणं अंतोमुहुत्तं, उक्कोसेण वि अंतोमुहुत्तं। पजत्तगाणं जहन्नेणं दस वाससहस्साइं अंतोमुहुत्तूणाई, उक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाई अंतोमुहुत्तूणाई। इमीसे णं रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए एवं जाव विजय-वेजयंत-जयंत-अपराजियाणं देवाणं केवइयं कालं ठिती पण्णत्ता? गोयमा ! जहन्नेणं बत्तीसं सागरोवमाई, उक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाणि । 'सव्वढे अजहण्णमणुक्कोसेणं तेत्तीसं सागरोवमाइं ठिती पण्णत्ता।
O Lord! What is the duration expounded of the hellish beings? Gautama! [their duration] is ten thousand years at least (and) thirty-three ocean-similes, at the most. O Lord! What is the duration expounded of undeveloped (aparyāptaka) hellish beings? [their duration] is under muhurta, minimum, as well as maximum. [The duration] of developed (paryāptaka) (hellish beings) is antarmuhūrta less than ten thousand years, at least (and) antarmuhūrta less than thirty-three ocean-similes, at the most. What is the duration expounded of the gods of paradises Vijaya, Vaijayanta, Jayanta and Aparājita? Gautama! [their duration) is twenty ocean-similes at least and thirty-three ocean-similes at the most. In the paradise Sarvārthasiddhi, duration (of deities), at least as well as at the most, is expounded thirty-three oceansimiles.
1. गाणं नेरइयाणं भंते मु०॥ 2. “एवमिति यथा प्रज्ञापनायाम्"-अटी०॥ 3. "वमाइं मु०। "वमाईणि हे १ ला २॥ 4. सबसिद्धे । सबढे सिद्ध हे २॥

Page #358

306
Samavāyāngasūtra
152 152. कति णं भंते ! सरीरा पण्णत्ता ? गोतमा ! पंच सरीरा पण्णत्ता, तंजहा- ओरालिए जाव कम्मए।
___o lord! How many bodies are expounded? Gautama! Five bodies are expounded, namely, gross (audārika), protean (vaikriya), translocational (āhāraka), fiery (taijasa) and karmic (kārmaņa).
ओरालियसरीरे णं भंते ! कतिविहे पण्णत्ते ? गोयमा ! पंचविहे पण्णत्ते, तंजहाएगिदियओरालियसरीरे जाव गब्भवक्कंतियमणुस्सपंचिंदियओरालियसरीरे य। ओरालियसरीस्स णं भंते ! केमहालिया सरीरोगाहणा पण्णत्ता ? गोयमा ! जहन्नेणं अंगुलस्स असंखेजतिभागं, उक्कोसेणं सातिरेगं जोयणसहस्सं। एवं 'जहा ओगाहणसंठाणे ओरालियपमाणं तहा निरवसेसं, एवं जाव 'मणुस्से उक्कोसेणं तिण्णि गाउयाई।
O lord ! How many types are expounded of gross body. Gautama! (It is) expounded five-fold, namely: One-sensed gross body up to womb born human five-sensed gross body. O lord! What is the body accommodation expounded, at the most, of gross body? Gautama! innumerable part of a finger breadth, at least and over thousand yojana, at the most, thus as (in) the accommodation-figure (avagāhanāpada) [in Prajñāpanā] the measure of gross body, in the same way it is to be completely described. In this way up to the accommodation of human body, at the most, is described three gavyutis.
कतिविहे णं भंते! वेउब्वियसरीरे पण्णत्ते? गोयमा! दुविहे पण्णत्ते, 'तंजहाएगिदियवेउब्वियसरीरे य पंचिंदियवेउब्वियसरीरे य। एवं जाव सणंकुमारे आढत्तं जाव'अणुत्तरा भवधारणिज्जा जा तेसिं रयणी रयणी परिहायति। 1. ए वेडबिए आहारए तेयए कम्मए मु०॥ 2. “यावत्करणाद् द्वित्रिचतुष्पझेन्द्रियौदारिकशरीराणि पृथिव्यायेकेन्द्रियजलचरादिपञ्चेन्द्रियभेदेन प्रागुपदर्शितजीवराशिक्रमेण वाच्यानि"-अटी०॥ 3. अंगुलअसं खं० हे १ ला २ मु०॥ 4. जहा ओगाहणसंठाणे जहा ओ० खं०। ओगाहणसंठाणे जहा ओ० जे०॥ 5. “स्से त्ति उक्को खं० हे २ मु०। स्से ति उक्को हे १ ला २॥ "एवं जाव मणुस्से त्ति इह एवं यावत्करणाद् अवगाहनासंस्थानाभिधानप्रज्ञापनैकविंशतितमपदाभिहितग्रन्थोऽर्थतोऽयमनुसरणीयः"-अटी०॥ 6. तंजहा नास्ति खं०१ हे १, २ ला २ मु० अटी०।"अनन्तरोक्तं सूत्रत एवाह-एवं जावं सणंकुमारेत्यादि। 7. 'तराणं भवधारणिज्जा जाव तेसिं मु०। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 8. रयणिं रयणी खं० हे १ला २। रयणी परिहीयति ला १॥

Page #359

Miscellaneous
307
Olord! How many types are expounded of protean body. Gautama! (It is) expounded two-fold-one-sensed protean body and five-sensed protean body. Likewise, the body of the divinities in the celestial state, in paradise Sanatkumāra up to [those] in paradise Anuttara, receding by one arm (ratni) [successively].
__आहारयसरीरे णं भंते! कतिविहे पण्णत्ते ? गोयमा ! एगाकारे पण्णत्ते। जइ एगाकारे पण्णत्ते किं मणुस्सआहारयसरीरे अमणुस्सआहारयसरीरे ? गोयमा ! मणुस्साहारगसरीरे, णो अमणूसाहारगसरीरे। एवं जति मणूस० किंगब्भवक्कंतिय० संमुच्छिम०? गोयमा ! गब्भवक्कंतिय०, नो समुच्छिम०। जइ गब्भवक्कंतिय० किं कम्मभूमग० अकम्मभूमग०? गोयमा ! कम्मभूमग०, नो अकम्मभूमग० ? जइ कम्मभूमग० किं संखेजवासाउय० असंखेजवासाउय०? गोयमा ! संखेज्जवासाउय०, नो असंखेज-वासाउयाजइ संखेजवासाउय० किं घजत्तय० अपजत्तय०? गोयमा! पजत्तय० नो अपजत्तय०। जइ पजत्तय० किं सम्मट्टिी० मिच्छदिट्ठी० सम्मामिच्छदिट्ठी०? गोयमा!-सम्मदिट्ठि० नो मिच्छदिट्ठि० नो सम्मामिच्छदिट्ठि०।जइ सम्मदिट्ठि० किं संजत० असंजत० संजतासंजत०? गोयमा ! संजत०, नो असंजत० नो संजतासंजत। जइ संजत० किं पमत्तसंजत० अपमत्तसंजत ? गोयमा! पमत्तसंजत०, नो अपमत्तसंजत०। जइ पमत्तसंजत० किं इड्डिपत्त० अणिड्डिपत्त०? गोयमा ! इड्विपत्त०, नो अणिड्डिपत्त०। वयणा वि 10भणियव्वा। आहारयसरीरे समचउरंससंठाणसंठिते। 11आहार [यसरीरस्स केमहालिया सरीरोगाहणा पन्नता? गोयमा !] जहन्नेणं देसूणा रयणि उक्कोसेणं पडिपुण्णा रयणी।
तेयासरीरे णं भंते! कतिविहे पण्णत्ते? 13गोयमा! पंचविहे पण्णत्ते, 14तंजहाएगिदियतेयसरीरे य 15बेइंदियतेयसरीरे य तेइंदियतेयसरीरे य चउरिंदियतेयसरीरे य पंचिंदियतेयसरीरे य एवं जाव। -
O lord ! How many types are expounded of translocation body. Gautama! (It is) expounded single form. [O lord!) if expounded single form,
9. एवमिति यथा पूर्वम् आलापकः परिपूर्ण उच्चारित एवमुत्तरत्रापि॥ 10. भाणियव्वा ला १ हे २ मु०। भतियव्या खं० हे १ ला । दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 11. आहारयसरीरे हे २ ला १।आहारसरीरे जे०॥"आहार त्ति, आहारगसरीरस्स केमहालिया सरीरोगाहणा पण्णता ? गोयमा ! इत्येतत् सूचितम्"-अटी०॥ 12. रयणिं हे १ ला २ । रयणी मु०॥ 13. गोयमा! पंधविहे पण्णत्ते नास्ति जे०॥ 14. तंजहा नास्ति जे० विना॥ 15. प्रतिपाठा:-बे० ते च० पंचिं खं० हे १ ला २। बे० ते० च० पंच० जे०। बि० ति० चउ० पंच० हे २ ला १ मु०॥

Page #360

308
.
Samavāyāngasūtra
whether human translocation body (or) non-human translocational body? Gautama! (it is) human translocation body, not non-human translocation body. Thus, if human (translocation body) whether womb born (human translocation body) (or) spontaneous born human translocation body? Gautama! (it is) womb born (human translocational body), not spontaneous born (human translocational body). Gautama! if womb born whether born in land of action (karmabhūmija) (or) in land of enjoyment (akarmabhūmija). Gautama! (it is) born in land of action, not in land of enjoyment. If born in land of action, whether with numerable year longevity (sarkhyātavarṣāyuska) (or) innumerable year longevity (asarkhyātavarṣāyuşka)? Gautama! (it is) numerable year longevity, not innumerable year longevity. If numerable year longevity, whether developed (paryāpta) (or) undeveloped (aparyāpta)? Gautama! developed, not undeveloped. If developed, whether of Right attitude (samyagdrsți) (or) wrong attitude (mithyādssti) (or) Right-wrong attitude (samyagmithyādrsti)? Gautama! (it is) of Right attitude, not of wrong attitude (nor) Right-wrong attitude ? If, of Right attitude, whether restraint (samyata), non-restraint (asamyata), restraint-non-restraint (samyatāsamyata). Gautama! (it is) restraint, not non-restraint (nor) restraint-non-restraint? If restraint whether non-vigilant restraint (pramattasamyata) (or) vigilant restraint (apramattasamyata), Gautama! (it is) non-vigilant restraint, not vigilant restraint. If non-vigilant restraint, whether endowed with attainments (rddhiprāpta) or without attainments (arddhiprāpta)? Vacanas also to be described. The living beings with translocational body possess symmetrical configuration.
What is the body length (śarīrāvagāhanā) of translocational body? Gautama! its length, at least, is little less than an arm (ratni) and length, at the most, is a full arm. O Lord! how many species of the luminous body are expounded? Gautama! it is expounded five-fold: one-sensed luminous body, two sensed luminous body, three-sensed luminous body, four-sensed luminous body and five-sensed luminous body.

Page #361

Miscellaneous
309
16वेजयस्स णं भंते! देवस्स मारणंतियसमुग्यातेणं समोहतस्स समाणस्स [तेयासरीरस्स] केमहालिया सरीरोगाहणा पण्णत्ता ? गोयमा! सरीरप्पमाणमेत्ता7 विक्खंभबाहल्लेणं,
आयामेणं जहन्नेणं अहे जाव विजाहर सेढीओ, उक्कोसेणं अहे जाव अहोलोइया गामा, उड्ड 'जाव सयाइं विमाणाई, तिरियं जाव 20मणुस्सखेत्तं, 1एवं जाव अणुत्तरोववाइया22 वि। एवं कम्मयसरीरं पि भाणियव्वं।
Likewise, up to O Lord! What is the body length of the Graiveyaka gods, having delusion and pride, at the time of the emanation of sou-particles from the body, at the time of death and annihilation of longevity determining karma.
23भेदे विसय संठाणे 24अब्भंतर बाहिरे य देसोधी।
ओहिस्स वड्डि हाणी 25पडिवाती चेव अपडिवाती॥७१॥
The doors of clairvoyance are: species, subject, shape, internal, external, partial, whole, increase, decrease, fallible and infallible, 71.
16. गेवेज्जस्स खं० विना॥ 17. हे २ मु० विना-'मेत्ती खं० जे० हे १ ला १, २॥ 18. जहन्नेणं विज्जा' जे० अटी०॥ 19. खं० हे २ विना- सेढी उनोसेणं अहे अहोलोतिया गामा जे० ला १। सेढीओ उक्कोसेणं जाव अहेलोतिया गामा हे १ ला २। सेडिओ उकोसेणं जाव अहोलोइयग्गामाओ मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४५८ टि० ९॥ 20. मणूस खं० हे १ ला २॥ 21. प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे सू० १५५१[१०] 'जाव' इति पदं नास्ति, दृश्यतां पृ० ४५८ टि० ९॥ 22. “या, एवं कम्मयसरीरं भाणि मु०॥ 23. गाथेयं नास्ति मु०॥ 24. अभि खं० हे १, २ ला २॥ 25. पडिवत्ती घेवऽपडिवत्ती खं। पडिवती घेव पडिवत्ती हे १ ला २॥

Page #362

310
153
153. कतिविहे णं भंते ! ओही पण्णत्ते ? गोयमा ! दुविहे पण्णत्तेभवपच्चइए य खओवसमिए । एवं सव्वं ओहिदं भाणियव्वं ।
O Lord! How many species of clairvoyance are expounded? O Gautama! [It is] expounded two-fold: inherent (bhavapratyayika) and destructive-cum-subsidential (ksayopaśamika) [clairvoyance]. Thus, the whole topic of clairvoyance is to be described [as per (avadhipada) of [Prajñāpanāsātra].
Samavāyāngasūtra
सीता य दव्व सारीर 2 सात तह वेयणा भवे दुक्खा ।
3 अब्भुवगमुवक्कमिया 'णिताई चेव अणिदातिं ॥ ७२ ॥
[The doors of feeling are: ] cold, matter, physical, happiness, miseries, voluntarily accepted pain, involuntary pain caused by disease, voluntarily enjoyed pain and involuntarily enjoyed pain. 72.
नेरइया णं भंते! किं 'सीतवेदणं वेयंति, 'उसिणवेयणं वेयंति, सीतोसिणवेयणं air ? गोयमा ! 7 नेरइया० एवं चेव 'वेयणापदं 'भाणियव्वं । कति णं भंते! लेसातो पण्णत्तातो ? गोयमा ! छल्लेसातो पण्णत्तातो, तंजहा- किण्हलेसा नीललेसा काउलेसा तेउलेसा पम्हलेसा सुक्कलेसा । एवं लेसापदं भाणियव्वं ।
O Lord! Whether the hellish beings experience cold feeling, or hot or cold hot. Gautama! hellish beings (experience cold feeling), thus the topic of

1. प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे त्रयस्त्रिंशत्तमम् 'ओहि' पदम् ॥
2. साया मु० ॥
3. 'गमोव खं० हे १ ॥
4. प्रतिषु पाठाः- णिताइं चेव अणिदातिं खं० हे १ ला २ । णिताई चेव अणिदाती जे० । णियाइए चेव अणिदा हे २ । णिवाइ तहा चेव अणिदाति ला १ । णीयाए घेव अणियाए मु० अटी० । “ णीयाए चेव अणिया त्तिद्विविधा वेदना, तत्र निदया आभोगतः अनिदया त्वनाभोगतः " - अटी० । “ णिदा य अणिदा य णायव्वा" - प्रज्ञापनासू० सू० २०५४ ।।
5. सीतं खं० ला १ मु० ॥
6. उसिणं खं० मु० ॥
7. रतिया णं एवं चेव जे० ॥
8. प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे पञ्चत्रिंशत्तमं वेयणापदम् ॥
9. भासियव्वं खं० ॥

Page #363

Miscellaneous
311
feeling to be described. O Lord! How many species of aura are expounded? Gautama! Aura is expounded six-fold, namely: black aura, blue aura, grey aura, red aura, lotus-pink aura and pure aura. Thus, the whole topic of aura is to be related (as per 17th chapter (pada) of Prajñāpanāsūtra). . अणंतरा य आहारे आहाराभोयणा 10वि य।
पोग्गला 11नेव जाणंति अज्झवसाणा12 य सम्मत्ते॥७३॥
The first food taken by beings after taking birth may be termed as the first moment after birth, the food taken consciously, taken unconsciously, not knowing the taken food-particles and knowing the taken food-particles. The thought activity of some beings is auspicious and of some inauspicious. (Some of the beings are of) right attitude birth, (some of) wrong attitude and some of mixed one.
नेरइया णं भंते! अणंतराहारा ततो निव्वत्तणया ततो परियातियणता ततो परिणामणता ततो परियारणया ततो पच्छा विकुव्वणया? हंता गोयमा ! 13एवं आहारपदं भाणियव्वं।
O Lord! Whether the hellish beings are one taking food first moment after birth and then successively producing body, transformation into limbs, enjoying sound etc. subjects, sexual enjoyment and making the different shapes of one. Gautama! Yes, thus to be described the topic of food.
10. इय मु०। “तथा आहारस्याभोगना 'अपि च' इति वचनादनाभोगना च वाच्या, तथा पुदगलान् न जानन्त्येव ..... तथा अध्यवसानानि सम्यक्त्वं च वाच्यमिति"-अटी०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४६० टि०१॥ 11. मेव मु० विना। दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 12. “साणे हे २ मु०। दृश्यतां टि० १७॥ "अज्झवसाणा यत्ति दारं"-अटी०॥ 13. "एवमाहारपयं भाणियव्वं ति यथा आद्यद्वारस्य प्रश्न उक्तस्तथा तदुत्तरं शेषद्वाराणि च भणद्भिः प्रज्ञापनायाश्चतुस्त्रिंशत्तमं परिचारणापदाख्यं पदमिह भणितव्यमिति। इदं चात्राहार विचारप्रधानतया आहारपदमुक्तमिति, तत् पुनरेवमर्थतः- तत्र आहाराभोगणाइ यत्ति एतस्य विवरणम्-नारकाणां किमाभोगनिर्वर्तित आहारोऽनाभोगनिवर्तितो वा? उभयथापीति निर्वचनम्"-अटी०॥

Page #364

312
Samavāyāngasūtra
. 154 154. 'कतिविहे णं भंते! आउगबंधे पण्णत्ते? गोयमा! छब्बिहे आउगबंधे पण्णत्ते, तंजहाजातिनामनिधत्ताउए, एवं गतिनाम० ठितिनाम० पदेसनाम० अणुभाग० ओगाहणानाम०।
O Lord! How many species of the bondage of age-determining karma are expounded ? Gautama! the bondage of age-determining karma is expounded six-fold, namely: life-span impregnated with kind or class, form and name (jātināmanidhattaāyuşka), karmic bondage for the span of life of physique-making karma, of atoms, according to the condition of the existence of soul (gatināmanidhatta āyuşka), the formation age karma determined by the nature of the duration of physique-making karma, (sthitināmanidhattāyuşka), the bondage of life molecules with physique-making karma in the form of a unit of space (pradeśanāmanidhattāyuşka), blending together the intensity of physique-making karma with that of age-determining karma (anubhāganāmanidhattāyuska) and blending together of age-determining karma with the physical body causing physique-making karma (avagāhanānāmanidhattāyuska).
नेरइयाणं भंते ! कतिविहे आउगबंधे पन्नत्ते ? गोयमा ! छविहे पन्नत्ते, तंजहाजातिनाम० जाव ओगाहणानाम०। एवं जाव वेमाणिय त्ति।
O Lord! How many species of the bondage of age-determining karma of hellish beings are expounded? Gautama! (Bondage of age-determining karma of hellish being is) expounded six-fold, namely: life impregnated with kind or class, form and name (jātināma—-) up to blending together of agedetermining karma with the physical body causing physique-making karma (avagāhanānāma—). Likewise, (description is to be made) up to celestial gods.
निरयगती णं भंते ! केवतियं कालं विरहिता उववाएणं पण्णत्ता ? *गोयमा ! जहन्नेणं एक्कं समयं, उक्कोसेणं बारस मुहुत्ते, एवं तिरियगति मणुस्स[गति] 'देव [गति]।
1 तुला- प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे षष्ठे पदे सू० ६८४-६८६॥ 2. प्रतिपाठाः-वेमाणिय ति मु० विना। वेमाणियाणं मु०। प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे च सू० ६८६ ॥ 3. तुला- प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे षष्ठे पदे ॥ एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो नास्ति जे०। 4. तिरियगई मणुस्सगई देवेगई मु०॥ 5. देवे हे २ ला १। देवा खं०॥

Page #365

Miscellaneous
313
O Lord! What interval period is expounded of the birth (upapāta) of hellish beings? Gautama! One instant (muhurta), at least (and) twelve instants, at the most (are interval period of the birth of hellish beings). Likewise, the interval period of the birth of the animal destiny, human [destiny) and [destiny] of god [is to be known.]
सिद्धिगती णं भंते ! केवइयं कालं विरहिया सिज्झणयाए पण्णत्ता ? * गोयमा ! जहन्त्रेणं एकं समयं, उक्कोसेणं छम्मासे। एवं सिद्धिवज्जा उव्वदृणा।
O Lord! What interval period is expounded of the salvation of beings in the destiny of Salvated? Gautama! One instant, at least (and) six months, at the most. Likewise, the interval period of the transmigration to other destinity from the celestial and hellish state (udvartanā) (of other living beings) except of salvated ones to be known.
इमीसे णं भंते ! रयणप्पभाए पुढवीए नेरइया केवइयं कालं विरहिया उववाएणं? एवं उववायदंडओ भाणियव्वो उव्वट्टणादंडओ य।
: O Lord! What interval period of the birth (upapāta) of hellish beings, on this earth Gem-lustre is expounded? [Gautama! (it is expounded one
muhurta, at least and twenty four muhurta, at the most]. Gautama! Likewise, to be described the division (dandaka) of birth (upapāta) and transmigration to other destinity from the celestial and hellish state (udvartanā) of other living beings..
'नेरइया णं भंते ! जातिनामनिधत्ताउगं कतिहिं आगरिसेहिं पगरेंति? गो०! सिय १, सिय २।३।४।५।६।७, सिय अट्ठहि, नो चेव णं नवहि। एवं सेसाण वि आउगाणि जाव वेमाणिय त्ति।
O Lord! In how many drags (ākarşa) the hellish beings drag the lifespan impregnated with kind or class, form, name (jātināmanidhattāyuşka). Gautama! May be (syāt) in one drag, may be (syāt) in two drags, three drags, four drags, five drags, six drags, seven drags, may be in eight drags but not in nine drags. Likewise, life span of remaining (living beings) up to that of celestial beings is to be described. 6. सिज्झयणाए खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 7. तुला प्रज्ञापनासूत्रे षष्ठे पदे सू० ६८८ ॥

Page #366

314
Samavāyāngasūtra
___155 155. कइविहे णं भंते ! संघयणे पण्णत्ते? गोयमा ! छबिहे संघयणे पण्णत्ते, तंजहावइरोसभनारायसंघयणे 'रिसभनारायसंघयणे नारायसंघयणे अद्धनारायसंघयणे खीलियासंघयणे छेवट्ठसंघयणे।
O Lord! How many forms of bone-joints are expounded ? Gautama! These are expounded six-fold, namely: perfect joints, with nerves and joints, bone joints, half interlocking and pinning joints, pinned body joints, ligatured osseous structure.
नेरइया णं भंते! किं संघयणी [पण्णत्ता] ? गोयमा ! छण्हं संघयणाणं असंघयणी, 'णेवट्ठी णेव छिराणवि हारू, जे पोग्गला अणिट्ठा अकंता अप्पिया अमणुण्णा'अमणावा ते तेसिं असंघयणत्ताए परिणमंति।
O Lord! What forms are [expounded] of bone-joints of hellish beings? Gautama! They have none of these six bone-joints. Their bodies lack bones, nerves and muscles. Their bodies, devoid of any structure, are made of matters that are unpleasant, devoid of lustre, evil, not being acceptable, inauspicious, not charming and distasteful.
___. असुरकुमारा णं ['भंते !] किं संघयणी पण्णत्ता? गोयमा! छण्हं संघयणाणं असंघयणी, 10णेवट्ठी णेव छिरा जे पोग्गला इट्ठा कंता पिया मणुण्णा मणामा मणाभिरामा ते
1. उसभ जे० ला १ हे २॥ 2. कीलियासं हे २ मु०॥खीलियायसं खं०॥ : 3. चेवट्ठ' हे १ ला २। छेवट्ट' ला १। “स्नेहपानादीनां नित्यपरिशीलना सेवा, तया ऋतं प्राप्तं सेवार्तमिति षष्ठम्"- अटी०॥ 4. णेव छिरा जेमू० ला १॥ 5. प्रतिपाठा:-णवि पहारु(ोहारू हे २) खंमू० हे १, २ ला १, २। णेव वि पहारू खंसं०।णेव पहारू मु०। "नैव स्नायूनीति कृत्वा"-अटी०॥ 6. अप्पिया अणाएज्जा असुभा अमणुण्णा अमणामा [अमणाभिरामा हे २ मु०] खं० हे १ ला १ हे २ मु०। . "अप्रिया द्वेष्याः सर्वेषामेव, तथा अशुभाः प्रकृत्यसुन्दरतया, तथा अमनोज्ञा अमनोरमाः कथयापि, तथा अमनआपाः न मनःप्रियाश्चिन्तयापि, ते एवंभूताः पुद्गलाः तेषां नारकाणाम्"-अटी०॥ 7. अमणामा ला १ । दृश्यतामुपरितनं टिप्पणम्॥ 8. संघ जेमू। असंघ जेसं० ॥.. 9. भंते मु० विना नास्ति॥ भंते किंसंघयणा मु०॥ 10. जेवट्ठी नास्ति हे २ मु० विना। णेवट्ठी व छिराणेव ण्हारू जे पोग्गला मु०॥ 11. मणामाभिरामा जे०। दृश्यतां टि०६॥

Page #367

Miscellaneous
315
12तेसिं असंघयणत्ताए परिणमंति। एवं जाव थणिय कुमार त्ति।
O Lord! What natures are expounded of the structures of Asurakumāra gods ? They have none out of these six structures. Their bodies lack bones, nerves and muscles. Their bodies, devoid of any structure, are result of matters which are pleasant, lustrous, charming, acceptable, loving, auspicious, attracting and beautiful. This account is relevant in the context of up to Sanatkumāra.
पुढवि [काइया णं भंते ! किं संघयणी पन्नत्ता ? गोयमा !] सेवट्टसंघयणी पंण्णत्ता, एवं जाव संमुच्छिमपंचेंदियतिरिक्खजोणिय त्ति। गब्भवक्कंतिया छव्विहसंघयणी। संमुच्छिममणुस्सा णं सेवट्टसंघयणी। गब्भवक्कंतिय मणूसा छब्बिहे संघयणे पण्णत्ता। जहां असुरकुमारा तहा वाणमंतरा जोतिसिया वेमाणिया।
O Lord! What nature is expounded of the structure of earth-bodied beings? Gautama! The earth-bodied beings are expounded of ligatured osseous structure. Likewise, up to spontaneous born five-sensed and animal beings. Those animals born of wombs possess six structures; spontaneous born human beings are of ligatured osseous structure. Human beings born of wombs possess six structures. Like demon gods, sub-terranean gods, astral gods and celestial gods (lack structure of body).
कतिविहे णं भंते ! संठाणे पण्णत्ते ? गोयमा ! छविहे संठाणे पण्णत्ते, तंजहासमचउरंसे, णग्गोहपरिमंडले, साति, खुजे, वामणे, हुंडे। णेरइया णं भंते ! 17किं [संठाणी पण्णत्ता?] गोयमा ! हुंडसंठाणी पण्णत्ता। 19असुरकुमारा [णं भंते !] किं [संठाणी पण्णत्ता
12. तेसिं संघ खं० हे १ ला २। दृश्यतां टि०८॥ 13. 'कुमाराणं, पुढवीकाइया णं भंते किंसंघयणी पन्नत्ता ? गोयमा। छेवट्ठ मु०॥ कुमार त्ति पुढवि किंसंघ- यणी सेवट्ट' (सेवट्ठ खं०) मु० विना॥ 14. 'मणुस्सा छेवट्ठ' हे २ मु०॥ 15. मणुस्सा मु०॥पूर्वापरसन्दर्भानुसारेणात्र "मणूसाणं छविहे संघयणे' इति पाठः 'मणूसा छव्विहसंघयणी' इति वा पाठः समीचीनो भाति॥ 16. "णिया य हे २ मु०॥ 17. किंसंठाणा हे. २॥ . 18. संठाणे जे०। “संठाणा हे २॥ 19. असुरकुमाराति समचउ खं०। असुरकुमारा वि समचउ हे १ ला २। असुरकुमाराति समचउरंसंठाणसंठिया पण्णत्ता जाव थणिय त्ति इति खं० पाठोऽपि समीचीन एव, असुरकुमाराति इत्यस्य 'असुरकुमारादयः' इत्यर्थः॥

Page #368

316
Samavāyāngasūtra
?] गोयमा ! समचउरंससंठाणसंठिया पण्णत्ता जाव थणिय त्ति।
___O Lord! How many species are expounded of the body-shape? Gautama! it is six-fold, namely: symmetrical, banyan tree (partly symmetrical), lower part symmetrical, hunch-backed, dwarf configuration and irregular shape. O Lord! What body-shape of hellish beings is expounded? Gautama! It is expounded irregular. What body-shape of demon gods is expounded? It is expounded symmetrical. [Likewise, (all the gods) up to Stanitakumāra [possess symmetrical configuration].
'पुढवि काइया] मसूरयसंठाणा पण्णत्ता। 20आऊ [काइया] थिबुयसंठाणा पण्णत्ता। तेऊ [काइया] सूइकलावसंठाणा पण्णत्ता। वाऊ [काइया] पडातियासंठाणा पण्णत्ता। वणप्फति [काइया] णाणासंठाणसंठिता पण्णत्ता। बेंतिया 2 तेतिया चउरिंदिया सम्मुच्छिमपंचेंदियतिरिक्खजोणिया हुंडसंठाणा पण्णत्ता। गब्भवक्कंतिया छब्बिहसंठाणा [पण्णत्ता]। सम्मुच्छिममणूसा हुंडसंठाणसंठिता पण्णत्ता। गब्भवक्कंतियाणं [मणूसाणं] छव्विहा संठाणा [पण्णत्ता]। जहा असुरकुमारा तहा वाणमंतरा जोतिसिया वेमाणिया।
The earth [-bodied] are expounded to possess the body-shape of masura pulse, the water [-bodied] the shape of bubble, fire [bodied] possess that of the group of needles, the air [-bodied] possess the shape of banner, plant-kingdom possess various body-shapes. Two sensed, three sensed, foursensed and spontaneous born five-sensed animals possess irregular shapes. Womb born animals possess all the six shapes. Spontaneous born human beings possess irregular shape while those womb born possess all the six shapes. Like (the description of the shape of) demon gods that of subterranean, astral, celestial [also to be described.]
20. आउ खं० हे १ ला २॥ 21. पडागासं मु०। पडीगस ला १॥ 22. प्रतिषु पाठा:-बेंति तेति घउरिदि समुच्छिमपंचेंदिय तिरि हुंडं खं०।३ति बेंति घरि संमुच्छिमपंचेदितिरिय हुंड जे०। बेदि तेंदिया समुच्छिम पंचेंदियतिरियहुंड ला० १। बैंति तेंति उचरि समुच्छिमापं पंधिंदिय तिरि हुंड हे १ ला २ या। बेतिं तेतिंचउरिं समुच्छिम पंचेंदियतिरिय हुंड हे २। अत्र हे २ अनुसारेण बेतिंदिया तेतिंदिया इति पाठः प्रतीयते ॥ 23. "णिया वि हे २ मु०॥

Page #369

Miscellaneous
156
156. कतिविहे णं भंते ! वेए पण्णत्ते ? गोयमा ! तिविहे वेए पण्णत्ते, तंजहा - इत्थिवेदे
पुरिसवेदे पुंसवेदे |
317
O Lord! how many species are expounded of the gender characteristics? Gautama! Gender characteristics are expounded three-fold, namely: female gender, male gender and neuter gender.
रतियाणं भंते! किं इत्थवेए पुरिसवे णपुंसगवेए पण्णत्ते ? गोयमा ! णो इत्थि [वेदे] णो पुंवेदे, णपुंसगवेदे [पण्णत्ते ] ।
O Lord! Whether the hellish beings are expounded of male gender, female gender or neuter gender characteristics. O Gautama! they are [expounded] neither of female [gender], nor of male gender, nor of neuter gender.
असुरकुमा [राणं भंते!] किं [ इत्थिवेए पुरिसवेए णपुंसगवेए पण्णत्ते] ? गोयमा ! इत्थ[वे,] पुमं [वे,] णो णपुंसग [ ए ] जाव थणिय त्ति ।
[O Lord!] Whether Asurakumāras are [expounded of female gender male female, neuter gender characteristics. Gautama! They possess male and female characteristics but not neuter characteristics (the same is to be known) up to Stanitkumāra.
Maa [इ] आउ [काइया] तेउ [काइया] वाउ [काइया] वण[प्फति काइया] बे[इंदिया] ते[इंदिया] चउ [रिंदिया] संमुच्छिमपंचेंदियतिरिक्ख [ जोणिया ] संमुच्छिममणूसा णपुंसगवेया । गब्भ' वक्कतियमणूसा पंचेंदियतिरिया तिवेया । जहा असुरकुमारा तहा वाणमंतरा जोतिसिया वेमाणिया ।
Earth [bodied], water [bodied], fire [bodied], air [bodied], floral [bodied], two [sensed], three [sensed], four [sensed], [state of] spontaneous
1. वेया ३ गो० खं० है २ । 'वेया पं० गो० हे १ ला २ । एतदनुसारेण 'णेरतिया णं भंते ? किं इत्थवेया पुरिसवेया णपुंसगवेया पण्णत्ता' इति पाठः स्यात् ॥
2. कंतियमणूसा पंचेंदिय तिन्नि वेया खं० । 'कंतियमणूसा [पं-ला २] पंचिंदिय तिवेया हे १ ला २ ॥ 3. 'या वि मु० ॥

Page #370

318
born five sensed animals, spontaneous born human beings possess neuter characteristics. The womb born human beings and five-sensed animals have all the three characteristics. Like demon gods, also to be described about those of sub-terranean gods, astral gods and celestial gods.

Page #371

Great Men
157 157. ते णं काले णं ते णं समए णं कप्पस्स समोसरणं णेतव्वं जाव गणहरा सावच्चा णिरवच्चा वाच्छिन्ना।
At that time, in that period [the description of] the holy assembly (samavasarana) to be known [as occurred in] Kalpasutra up to [the description of] the direct-disciples [Sudharmā, the one) with descendants and [the remaining ones] without descendants became extinct.
जंबुद्दीवेणं दीवे भारहे वासे तीताए उस्सप्पिणीते सत्त कुलकरा होत्था, तंजहामित्तदामे सुदामे य, सुपासे य सयंपभे। विमलघोसे सुघोसे य, महाघोसे य सत्तमे॥७४॥
There were seven governors (kulakaras) in Bhārata region in the continent of Jambudvipa, in the past ascending half-cycle (utsarpini), namely; Mitradāma, Sudāma, Supārśva, Svayamprabha, Vimalaghoșa, Sughoṣa and Mahāghoșa, the seventh. 74.
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे भारहे वासे तीताए 'उस्सप्पिणीए दस कुलकरा होत्था, तंजहा"सतजले सताऊ य, अजितसेणे अणंतसेणे य। 'कक्कसेणे भीमसेणे, महासेणे य सत्तमे॥७५॥ दढरहे दसरहे सतरहे।
1. "इह शंकारौ वाक्यालङ्कारार्थो"-अटी०॥ 2. “कप्पस्स समोसरणं नेयव्वं ति इहावसरे कल्पभाष्योक्तक्रमेण समवसरणवक्तव्यताऽध्येया, सा चावश्यकोक्ताया न व्यतिरिच्यते। वाचनान्तरे तु पर्युषणाकल्पोक्तक्रमणेत्यभिहितम्"-अटी०॥ 3. दृश्यतां-स्थानाङ्गे सू० ५५६॥ 4. भरहे खं० जे० हे १ ला २॥ 5. उस्स मु०। ओस मु० विना। इदमत्रावधेयम् अत्र वक्ष्यमाणायां दशकुलकरवक्तव्यतायां च ओस इति पाठो हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु वर्तते, तथापि स्थानाङ्गसूत्रानुसारेण अत्र अने च उस्स' इति पाठोऽस्माभिराहतः। दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ५५६, ७६७, पृ० ३१५ टि० १३। अस्य समवायाङ्गसूत्रस्य प्रान्तभागेऽपि कुलकरवक्तव्यतायां द्रष्टव्यम्॥ . 6. विम्हल' खं० हे १ ला २॥ 7. दृश्यतां टि०५॥ 8. सयंजले मु०। सतंज्जले हे २। दृश्यतां स्थानाने सू० ७६७॥ 9. कज्जसेणे खं० हे १, २ ला २ मु०॥

Page #372

320
Samavāyāngasūtra
There were ten governors in Bharata region in the continent of Jambuūdvipa, in the past descending half cycle (avasarpinī), namely: Satañjala, śatāyu, Ajitasena, Anantasena, Kāryasena, Bhimasena, Mahāsena, the seventh.75. Drdharatha, Daśaratha (and) Śataratha.
जंबुवेणं दीवे 10 भार वासे "इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए समाते सत्त कुलगरा होत्था,
तंजा -
पढमेत्थ विमलवाहण० [12 चक्खुम जसमं चउत्थमभिचंदे । तत्तो से मरुदेवे चेव नाभी य ॥ ७६ ॥ |] गाहा ।
There were seven governors in Bharata region in the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in this descending half-cycle, namely: the first Vimalavāhana, [Cakṣusmāna, Yasasmāna, fourth Abhicandra then Prasenajita Marudeva and Nābhi. 76].
सि सत्त कुलगराणं सत्त भारियातो होत्था, तंजहाचंदजस चंद० [14 कंता सुरूव पडिरूव चक्खुकंता य। सिरिकंता मरुदेवी कुलगर - पत्तीण णामाई ॥ ७७ ॥] गाहा।
Of these seven governors there were seven wives, namely : Candrayaśā, Candrakantā [Surūpā, Pratirūpā, Cakṣuskāntā, Śrīkāntā and Marudevi (are) names of wives of the governors.] 77.
10. भरहे खं० जे० हे १ ला १,२ ॥
11. तिमीसे खं० हे १ ला २ ॥
12. [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठः अटी० अनुसारेणात्र निर्दिष्टः । दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ५५६, आवश्यक निर्युक्तौ गा० १५५, १५९ ।। एवमग्रेऽपि सर्वत्र ज्ञेयम् ॥

13. अत्रेदमवधेयम् - अत्राग्रे च वक्ष्यमाणानां च बहूनां गाथानामाद्यांशमात्रं निर्दिश्य गाहा इति अभिहितमत्राग्रे च संक्षेपाय, किन्तु अटी० मध्ये आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ आवश्यकभाष्ये वा संपूर्णा गाथाः सन्ति । तदनुसारेण अवशिष्टोंऽशः एतादृशे [ ] कोष्ठके मूल एव पूरितोऽस्माभिः सर्वत्र ।।
14. [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो अटी० अनुसारेणात्र निर्दिष्टः । दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ५५६, आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ गा० १५५, १५९ ।। एवमग्रेऽपि सर्वत्र ज्ञेयम् ।। अत्रेदमवधेयम्-अत्राग्रे वक्ष्यमाणानां च बहूनां गाथांमाद्याशंमात्रं निर्दिश्य गाहा इति अभिहितमत्राग्रे च संक्षेपाय, किन्तु अटी० मध्ये आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ आवश्यकभाष्ये वा संपूर्णा गाथाः सन्ति । तदनुसारेण अवशिष्टोऽशः [ ] एतादृशे कोष्ठके मूल एव पूरितोऽस्माभिः सर्वत्र ॥ 15. आवश्यक निर्युक्तौ गा० १५९ । इत्थीण इति स्थानाङ्गे सू० ५५६ ।।

Page #373

Great Men
321
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे 16भारहे वासे इमीसे णं ओसप्पिणीए 17चउवीसं तित्थकराण पितरो होत्था, तंजहा
णाभी जियसत्तू या०18 [जियारी संवरे इ य। मेहे धरे पइटे य महसेणे य खत्तिए॥७॥ सुग्गीवे दढरहे विण्हू वसुपुजे य खत्तिए। कयवम्मा सीहसेणे य भाणू विस्ससेणे इ य॥७९॥ सूरे सुदंसणे कुंभे सुमित्तविजए समुद्दविजये य। राया य आससेणे सिद्धत्थे च्चिय खत्तिए।।८०॥] गाहा।
There were twenty-four fathers of [twenty-four] Seers in Bharata region in the continent ofJambudvipa, in this descending half-cycle (avasarpini), namely: Nabhi, Jitasatru, up to [Jitāri, Samvara, Megha, Dhara and Pratistha, Mahāsena ksatriya. Sugriva, Drdharatha, Visnu, Vasupujyaksatriya, Krtavarmā, Simhasena, Bhānu, Viśvasena, Sūra, Sudarśana, Kumbharāja, Sumitra, Vijaya and Samudravijaya. Kíng Aśvasena and Siddhārtha kșatriya (78-80)].
उदितोदितकुलवंसा विसुद्धवंसा गुणेहिं उववेया।
तित्थप्पवत्तयाणं एते पितरो जिणवराणं॥८१॥ .. . The fathers of these great Seers, the founders of the tīrthas (order of: monk, nun, layman and lay woman), descended form high dynasties, lineage and pure dynasties and possessed virtues. 81. 19जंबुद्दीवे एवं मातरो
. 20मरुदेवा० [विजय सेणा सिद्धत्था मंगला सुसीमा-य।
पुहई लक्खण रामा नंदा विण्हू जया सामा॥८२॥
16. भरहे.खं० जेमू० हे १ ला २॥ 17. "ब्बीसं खं० हे १ ला २॥ 18. य खं०। या नास्ति हे १ ला २॥ आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० ३८७-३८९ ॥ 19. जंबुद्दीवे २ एवं हे २ ॥जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे भारहे वासे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए चउवीसं तित्थयराणं मायरो होत्था मरुदेवा० गाहातो। तं० इति मु० मध्ये पाठः॥ 20. अटी० मध्ये आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ च मरुदेवि इति पाठो गाथासु वर्तते, तथापि मूलादर्शानुसारेण मरुदेवा इति पाठोऽस्माभिनिर्दिष्टः, अवशिष्टश्च पाठो अटी० स्थितगाथानुसारेण परिपूरित इति ज्ञेयम्॥ आवश्यकनियुक्ती गा० ३८५-३८६॥

Page #374

322
Samavāyāngasūtra
सुजसा सुव्वय अइरा सिरि देवी य पभावई। पउमावती य वप्पा सिव वम्मा तिसिला इ य॥८३॥] गाहातो।
[There were twenty-four) mothers of [twenty-four Seers in Bhārata region] in the continent of Jambudvipa [in this descending half-cycle, namely:], Marudevī, [Vijaya, Senā, Siddhārthā, Mangalā, Susīmā, Prthivi, Laksmana, Rāmā, Nandā, Vişnu, Jayā, śyāmā, Suyaśā, Suvratā, Acirā, Śrī, Devī, Prabhāvātī, Padmāvatī, Vaprā, śivā, Vāmā and Trišalādevi. 82-83 [these are the) mothers of Seers.
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे 21भारहे वासे 22इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए चउवीसं तित्थकरा होत्था; तंजहा-उसभ १ 23अजित २ जाव वद्धमाणो २४ य।
There were twenty-four Seers in Bhārata region in the continent of Jambudvipa, in this descending half-cycle, namely: Rsabha, Ajita, up to [Sambhava, Abhinandana, Sumati, Padmaprabha, Supārsva, Candraprabha, Suvidhi-Puspadanta, Sītala, Śreyānsa, Vāsupūjya, Vimala, Ananta, Dharma, śānti, Kunthu, Ara, Malli, Munisuvrata, Nami, Nemi, Pārśva and Vardhamāna).
एतेसिं चउवीसाए तित्थकराणं चउवीसं पुव्वभविया णामधेजा होत्था, तंजहापढमेत्थ वतिरणाभे विमले तह विमलवाहणे चेव। , तत्तो य धम्मसीहे सुमित्त तह धम्ममित्ते य॥८४॥
There were twenty-four names of the previous births of these twentyfour Seers, namely: the first Vajranābha, Vimala, Vimalavāhana, Dharmasinha, Sumitra and Dharmamitra. 84.
सुंदरबाहू तह दीहबाहु जुगबाहु लट्ठबाहू य। दिण्णे य इंददिण्ण सुंदर माहिंदरे चेव॥८५॥
21. भरहे जे १ हे २ ला १ मु० विना॥ 22. इमीसे नास्ति हे २ मु० विना॥ 23. अजिय २ संभव ३ अभिणंदण ४ सुमइ ५ पउमप्पह ६ सुपास ७ चंदप्पम ८ सुविहि पुष्पदंत ९ सीयल १० सिज्जंस ११ वासुपुज्ज १२ विमल १३ अणंत १४ धम्म १५ संति १६ कुंथु १७ अर १८ मल्लि १९ मुणिसुव्वय २० णमि २१ णेमि २२ पास २३ वड्डमाणो २४ य मु०॥ 24. "सीसे सुमिते तह धम्ममित्ते या जे १॥ 25. महिमंदरे जे०॥

Page #375

Great Men
323
Sundarabāhu, Dīrghabāhu, Yugabāhu, Lastabāhu, Datta, Indradatta, Sundara and Mahendra. 85.
सीहरहे मेहरहे रुप्पी य सुदंसणे य बोधव्वे। तत्तो य णंदणे खलु सीहगिरी चेव वीसत्तिमे॥८६॥
Simharatha, Megharatha, Rukmi and Sudarśana to be known. Then Nandana and also Simhagiri, the twentieth.86.
26अहीणसत्तु संखे सुदंसणे णंदणे य बोधव्वे। 27ओसप्पिणीए एते तित्थकराणं तु पुव्वभवा।।८७॥
Adinasatru, Sankha, Sudarsana and Nandana-in this veryavasarpinithese are [the names] of previous births of Seers. 87.
ऐतेसिंणं चउवीसाए तित्थयराणं चउवीसं 28सीयाओ होत्था, तंजहासीया सुदंसणा सुप्पभा य सिद्धत्थ सुप्पसिद्धा य। विजया य वेजयंती जयंती 29अपराजिया30॥८८॥
There. were twenty-four palanquins of these twenty-four Seers, namely: palanquin Sudarśanā, Suprabhā, Siddhārtħa, Suprasiddhā, Vijayā, Vaijayanti, Jayantī and Aparājitā. 88.
31अरुणप्पभ सूरप्पभ सुंकप्पभ अग्गि सप्पभा चेव।
विमला.य. पंचवण्णा 32सागरदत्ता तह णागदत्ता य॥८९॥
- Arunaprabha, Candraprabha, Suryaprabha,Agni, Suprabha, Vimalā, Pañcavarṇā, Sāgaradattā and Nāgadattā. 89.
26. अदीणं खं०॥ 27. "प्पिणीय जे०॥ 28. सीता होत्था खं० जे १॥ 29. चाप जे १॥ 30. 'या चेव।।मु०॥ 31. 'प्पभ सूरप्पभ सुदप्पभ अग्गि खं० हे १ ला २।भ सूरप्पभ चंदप्पभ अग्गि' हे २। 'प्पभ चंदप्यम सूरप्पभ अग्गि मु०॥ 32. “रदत्ता य नाग हे २ मु०। रदत्ता नाग जे०। र तह दत्ता नागदत्ता। अभयकरा ला १॥

Page #376

324
Samavāyāngasūtra
अभयकर णिव्युतिकरी मणोरमा तह मणोहरा चेव। देवकुरु 33उत्तरकुरा विसाल34 चंदप्पभा 35सीया॥९०॥ ...
Abhayakara, Nirvrttikarā, Manoramā, Manoharā, Devakuru, Uttarākurā and large Candraprabhā palanquin.90.
एतातो सीयातो सव्वेसिं चेव जिणवरिंदाणं। सव्वजगवच्छलाणं सव्वोतुकसुभाए छायाए॥९१॥
These palanquins.of great Seers, universally affectionate, were comfortable in all seasons (and bore) auspicious lustre. 91. ...
36पव्विं उक्खित्ता माणुसेहिं सा हट्टरोमकूवेहि। पच्छा वहंति सीयं असुरिंद-सुरिंद-नागिंदा॥९२॥
[While on path to renunciation the Seer's] that (palanquin) was formerly taken up by men, thrilled with joy afterwards by demi-gods (Asurendra), lord of the gods (Surendra) and king of Nāgakumāras (Nāgendra).
92.
37चलचवलकुंडलधरा सच्छंदविउब्वियाभरणधारी। ' सुर-असुरवंदियाणं वहति सीयं जिणिंदाणं॥९३॥
The gods bearing earrings (kundala) moving and shaking to and fro and bearing the ornaments automatically changing their shapes, carried the palanquin of the Great Seer, saluted by gods and demons.93.
38पुरतो वहंति देवा नागा पुण दाहिणम्मि पासम्मि। पच्चत्थिमेण असुरा गरुला पुण उत्तरे पासे॥९४॥ [These palanquins) were borne by gods in the east, by snake princes
33. कुरु खं० हे १ ला २॥ 34. विसाला जे०॥ 35. तीया हे २ मु० विना। सीय हे २॥ 36. गाथेयम् आचाराङ्गसूत्रे [सू० ७६०] अपि किञ्चिद्भेदेन वर्तते। आवश्यकमूलभाष्ये [गा० ९८] अपि वर्तते॥ 37. गाथेयम् आवश्यकमूलभाष्ये [गा० ९९] अपि वर्तते॥ 38. तुला-आचाराने ७६१॥

Page #377

Great Men
325
in the south side, by demi gods in the west side and eagle princes in the north side.94.
39उसभो य 40विणीताए 4 बारवतीए अरिट्ठवरणेमी। अवसेसा तित्थकरा णिक्खंता जम्मभूमीसु॥९५॥
Rsabha set off (for initiation) from Vineetā, Aristanemi from Dvāravati and the remaining Seers from their birth places.95.
सव्वे वि एगदूसेण [णिग्गया जिणवरा चउव्वीसं। ण य णाम अण्णलिंगे 42 य गिहिलिंगे कुलिंगे य॥९६॥] गाहा।
All [the twenty-four Great Seers set off for initiation) with the divine clothe. [Neither they were initiated into the] sign (linga) of non-Jaina, nor into the sign of householder nor into the sign of heretics. 96.
एक्को भगवं वीरो पासो मल्ली [य तिहिं तिहिं सएहि। 43भगवं पि वासुपुजो छहिं पुरिससएहिं निक्खंतो॥९७॥] गाहा।
"Lord Mahāvīra set off for initiation alone Pārśva and Malli (each) (with three hundred persons). Lord Vāsupūjya also set off with six hundred men, 97.
उग्गाणं भोगाणं रातिण्णा [णं च खत्तियाणं च।
चाहिं 44सहस्सेहिं उसभो सेसा उ सहस्सपरिवारा॥९८॥] गाहा
. Rsabha with four thousand men of Ugra, Bhoga, royal [and ksatriya families while the remaining (nineteen Seers) set off with one thousand men each. 98
45सुमतित्थ णिच्चभत्तेण [णिग्गओ वासुपुजो जिणो चउत्थेणं। पासो मल्ली वि य अट्ठमेण सेसा उ छटेणं॥९९॥] गाहा।
39. आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० २२९॥ 40. विणीयातो बरईए ला १। वीणियातो बारवतीतो जे०। विणीयातो बारवतीतो मु०॥ 41. “वतीए य अरि' हे २। वतीतो य अरि मु०॥ 42. 'नो गिहिलिंगे कुलिंगे वा' इति आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० २२७॥ 43. 'भयवं च' इति आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ गा २२४॥ 44. स्सेहुसभो इति आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० २२५॥ 45. आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० २२८॥

Page #378

326
Samavāýāngasūtra
The Seer Sumati (set off) with the daily fast (nityabhakta), [Vāsupūjya set off with the one day fast with only one meal each on the day before and after it (caturbhakta), Pārśva and Malli with the three day consecutive fast with only one meal each on the day before and after (astabhakta) and the remaining Seers with the two day consecutive fast with only one meal each on the day before and after it (sasthabhakta)].99.
एतेसि णं चउवीसाए तित्थकराणं चउवीसं 46पढमभिक्खादेया होत्था, तंजहा47सेजंस 48बंभदत्ते सुरिंददत्ते य इदंदत्ते य। तत्तो य धम्मसीहे सुमित्ते तह धम्ममित्ते य॥१००॥
There were twenty-four (respective) first (maiden) alms donors of these twenty- four Seers, namely: Śreyānsa, Brahmadatta, Surendradatta, Indradatta, Dharmasinha, Sumitra and Dharmamitra, 100.
पुस्से पुणव्वसू पुणणंदे सुणंदे जए य विजए य। पउमे य सोमदेवे 51महिंददत्ते य सोमदत्ते य॥१०१॥
Pusya, Punarvasu, Pūrņānanda, Sunandā, Jai, Vijaya, Padma, Somadeva, Māhendradatta and Somadatta, 101.
52अपरातिय वीससेणे वीसतिमे होति उसभसेणे य। दिण्णे वरदत्ते 53धन्ने बहुले य आणुपुब्बीए॥१०२॥ Aparājita, Visvasena, Rsabhasena is twentieth, Datta, Varadatta,
46. प्रतिपाठा:-भिक्खादेया खं० जे १ हे १ ला २।भिक्खदेया जे०। भिक्खदायारो ला १। भिक्खादायारो हे २ मु०॥ 47. मु० मध्ये 'सेज्जंस बंभदत्ते सुरिंददत्ते य इंददत्ते या पउमे य सोमदेवे माहिदे तह सोमदत्ते य॥ पुस्से पुणव्वसू पुण णंद सुणंद जए य विजए या तत्तो य धम्मसीहे सुमित्ते तह वग्गसीहे य॥इति क्रमभेदेनेदं गाथाद्वयं दृश्यते। आवश्यनिर्युक्तावपि तथैव गा० ३२३-३२८॥ 48. “दत्ते य 'सु खं० ला २॥ 49. तह वग्गसीहे य मु०। 'तह वग्यसीहे अ' इति आवश्यकनियुक्ती॥ 50. णंद जे० मु०॥ 51. महिंददत्ते सोम जे०। मा(म-हे २)हिंदे तह सोम हे २ मु०॥ 52. अपराति वीससेणे खं० हे १। अपरातिय वीससिणे जे०॥ आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० ३३०॥ 53. धम्मे जे० हे २१ धणे मु०॥

Page #379

Great Men
327
Dhanadatta and Bahula, in respective order.102.
54एते विसुद्धलेसा जिणवर5भत्तीय पंजलिउडाओ। तं कालं तं समयं 57पडिला ती जिणवरिंदे॥१०३॥
All these (donors) [possessing] pure aura, owing to the devotion to the Seers, with folded hands, at that time in that period gave food to the Great Seers. 103.
58संवच्छरेण भिक्खालिद्धा उसभेण लोगणाहेण। सेसेहिं बीयदिवसे लद्धाओ पढमभिक्खाओ॥१०४॥] गाहा।
[Post initiation first i.e. maiden] alms [was received by Rsabha, the Lord of the universe] after one year, [while by the remaining Seers maiden alms was received on the (very) second day of their initiation] 104.
5*उसभस्स पढमभिक्खा० [खोयरसो आसि लोगणाहस्स। सेसाणं परमण्णं अमयरसरसोवमं आसि॥१०५॥] गाहा।
[That] maiden alms of Rsabha, [the lord of Universe, was sugarcane's juice, while of the remaining ones was the nectar like milk- pudding (ksīrānna)] 105.
60सव्वेसि पि जिणाणं जहियं लद्धातो पढमभिक्खातो। · तहियं वसुधारातो सरीरमेत्तीओ वुट्ठातो॥१०६॥
Wherever all the Seers received [their] maiden alms, there it rained treasure, as high as their body.106.
एतेसि णं चउवीसाए तित्थकराणं चउवीसं चेतियरुक्खा होत्था, तंजहा
54. तुला-आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० ३२९॥ 55. भत्तीइ मु०। भत्तीए हे २॥ 56. 'उडातो जे० ला १। पुडा य हे १ ला २। 'उडा उ हे २ मु०॥ 57. लाभेई मु०। लाभेती हे २॥ 58. आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० ३१९॥ 59. तुला-आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ गा० ३२०॥ 60. तुला- आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० ३३१॥

Page #380

328
Samavāyāngasūtra
61णग्गोह सत्तिवण्णे साले 62पियते पियंगु छत्तोहे। सिरिसे य णागरुक्खे "माली य पिलुक्खुरुक्खे य॥१०७॥
There were twenty-four scared (caitya) trees of these twenty-four Seers, namely : (in respective order) banyan tree (nyagrodha), seven leave tree (saptaparņa), teak (śāla), priyāla, priyangu, chatrābha, śirīşa, nāgatree, sali and pilankhu tree.107.
66तेंदुग 67पाडलि जंबू 68आसोत्थे खलु तहेव दधिवण्णे। णंदीरुक्खे तिलए 70अंबगरुक्खे असोगे य॥१०८॥
Tinduka, patal (rose),jambu (rose-apple), asvattha, dadhiparna, nandi tree, tilaka, mango tree and aśoka. 108.
चंपय बउले य तहा 'वेडसरुक्खे "तहा य धायईरुक्खे। साले य वद्धमाणस्स चेतियरुक्खो जिणवराणं॥१०९॥
Campaka, bakula (cane) tree, dhātakī tree and Vardhamāna's śāla tree[these are the] sacred trees of Great Seers.109.
73बत्तीसतिं 74धणूइं चेतियस्क्खो उ वद्धमाणस्स।, णिच्चोउगो असोगो ओच्छन्नो सालरुक्खेणं॥११०॥
61. विचारसारेऽपि इमा गाथा दृश्यन्ते गा० १४८-१५० ॥ 62. पियाले जे०॥ 63. छत्ताहे हे १, २ ला १, २ मु०॥ 64. मालि जे० साले हे २॥ 65. पिलुंख' जे०। पिलंक्खु हे १, ला २ मु०। पिलंखु ला १ हे २॥ 66. तंदुग खं० हे १, ला १, २ ॥ 67. पाडल जे० हे २ ला १ मु०॥ 68. आसेटे खं०। आसेट्ठी हे १ ला २। आसित्थे हे २। आसत्थे मु०॥ 69. तिलए य खं० हे १, २ ला १, २॥ 70. अंबरुक्खे खं०। अवरुक्खे हे १ ला २। अवंगरुक्खे जे०॥ 71. वेडसिरुक्खे जे० हे १ ला २। वेडरुक्खे ला १॥ 72. तहा नास्ति मु०। तहा धवरुक्खे जे०। तहा य धवरुक्खे ला १। तहाइ धवरुक्खे हे २॥ 73. बत्तीसं हे २ मु०॥ 74. धणूति खंमू०। धणूयाति खंसं०॥

Page #381

Great Men
Vardhamāna's sacred tree [measured in height] thirty-two bows and put forth flowers and fruits in all the seasons (nityaṛtuka). The Aśoka tree was covered with sāla tree. 110.
तिण्णेव गाउयाइं चेतियरुक्खो जिणस्स उसभस्स । साणं पुण रुक्खा सरीरतो बारसगुणा उ॥ १११ ॥
Seer Rsabha's sacred tree [measured in height] six miles (three gavyutis ). Again, the [height of the sacred] trees of the remaining [Seers' measured] twelve times to their body [length]. 111.
सच्छत्ता सपडागा सवेइया तोरणेहिं उववेया ।
सुरअसुरगरुलमहि" याण चेतियरुक्खा जिणवराणं ।। ११२ ।।
[All these scared trees were decorated] with umbrellas, with banners, with platforms and accompanied with festoons .The scared trees of Great Seers were worshipped by gods, demons eagle and snakes gods.112.
सिणंचवीसाए तित्थकराणं चउवीसं पढमसीसा होत्था, तंजहा
पढमेत्थ उस सेणे बितिए पुण होइ सीहसेणे उ ।
7 चारू य वज्जणाभे चमरे तह 77 सुव्वय विदब्भे ॥ ११३ ॥
329
There were twenty-four first disciples of these twenty-four Seers, namely (in respective order), first Rsabhasena (of Rsabhadeva) and again the second is Simhasena, Cāru, Vajranābha, Camara, Suvrata and Vidarbha.113.
दिणे वाराहे पुण आणंदे गोत्थुभे सुहम्मे य।
79 मंदर 80 जसे अरिट्टे चक्काउह सयंभु कुंभे य॥ ११४॥
75. याणं चे खं०। 'या चे' हे २ मु० ॥
76. चारु हे २ मु० विना ।।
77. सुव्वते ला १ । सुज्जते जे० । सुज्जय खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ विचारसारप्रकरणे [ गा० १७४ ] 'सुज्जोय' इति नाम दृश्यते ॥
78. वाराहे याणंदे पुण गो' जे० । वाराहे पुण आणंदे पुण गो' ला १ ॥
79. मंदिर जे० ला १ ॥
80. जसे रिट्टे जे० ॥

Page #382

330
Samavāyāngasūtra
Datta, Vārāha, again Ānanda, Gostūbha, Sudharmā, Mandara, Yaśa, Arista, Cakrāyudha, Svayambhū and Kumbha. 114.
81भिसए य इदं कुंभे वरदत्ते दिण्ण इंदभूती य। उदितोदितकुलवंसा विसुद्धवंसा गुणेहिं उववेया।
82तित्थप्पवत्तयाणं पढमा सिस्सा जिणवराणं॥११५॥
___Bhisak, Indra, Kumbha, Varadatta, Datta and Indrabhuti (in respective order). The first disciples of those Great Seers, the founders of Order (of four viz. monk, nun, layman and lay-woman) inherited the high genealogy, lineage, pure dynasties and were virtuous. 115.
एतेसि णं चउवीसाए तित्थकराणं चउवीसं पढमसिस्सिणीओ होत्था, तंजहा84बंभी फग्गू सम्मा अतिराणी कासवी रती सोमा। सुमणा वारुणि सुलसा धारणि 6धरणी य धरणिधरा॥११६॥
There were twenty-four first woman disciples of these twenty-four Seers, namely: (in respective order), Brāhmi, Falgu, Sarmā, Atirājñī, Kāśyapī, Rati, Soma, Sumanā, Varuni, Sulasa, Dharini, Dharani and Dharanidhara.116.
पउमा सिवा 87सुयी अंजू भावितप्पा य रक्खिया। बंधू पुप्फवती चेव अज्जा वणिला य 88आहिया।।११७॥
Padmā, śivā, śuci, Añjukā, the pure soul. Rakṣitā, Bandhu, Puspavati and Āryā, Vaņilā, 117.
जक्खिणी पुप्फचूला य चंदणजा य आहिता॥
81. "भिसए य इंद कुंभे' इत्यस्य स्थाने 'इंदे कुंभे य सुभे' इति मु० मध्ये पाठः।। 82. तित्थणिवत्तयाणं जे०॥ 83. °णी होत्था खं० हे १ ला २॥ 84. वम्ही खं० हे १ ला २। बंभी य फग्गु सामा अजिया कासवी रई मु०॥ 85. वरुणि जे०। वारुणी य खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 86. धरिणी खं०॥ 87. सुयी तह अंजू या भावियप्पा य रक्खी य बंधुवती पुष्फवती अज्जा अमिला य मु०॥ 88. आहियवा जे०॥ 89. वंदणिज्जा जे०॥

Page #383

Great Men
331
उदितोदितकुलवंसा विसुद्धवंसा गुणेहि उववेया। 90तित्थप्पवत्तयाणं पढमा सिस्सी जिणवराणं॥११८॥
Yakṣinī, Puspacūlā and Āryā Candanā. The first woman-disciples of those Great Seers, the founders of Order (of four viz. monk, nun, layman and lay-woman) inherited the high genealogy, lineage and pure dynasties and were virtuous. 118.
90. मु० विना-तित्थपवत्तणयाणं ला १। तित्थपवत्तयाणं खं० जे० हे २॥ तित्थपवत्तयाणं हे १ ला २ ॥

Page #384

.
332
332
Samavāyāngasūtra
__ 158 158. जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे भारहे वासे 'इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए बारस चक्कवट्टीपितरो होत्था, तंजहा
उसभे सुमित्तविजए समुद्दविजए य विस्ससेणे य। 'सूरिते सुदंसणे पउमुत्तर 'कत्तवीरिए चेव॥११९॥ महाहरी य विजए “य पउमे राया तहेव य। बंभे बारसमे वुत्ते पिउनामा चक्कवट्टीणं॥१२०॥
In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in Bhārata region (varşa), in this very descending half-cycle, there were twelve fathers of the universal monarchs namely : Rsabha, Sumitravijaya, Samudravijaya, Visvasena and Sura, Sudarsana, Padmottara, Kārtavīrya, Mahāhari, Vijaya, king Padma and Brahma, the twelfth-are said the name of universal monarchs' fathers. 119-120.
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे 'भरहे वासे 'इमाए ओसप्पिणीए बारस चक्कवट्टिमायरो होत्था,
तंजहा
12सुमंगला जसवती भद्दा 1 सहदेवा अतिरा सिरि देवी।
1. तिमीसे खं० जे० ॥ 2. उसभे सुमित्ते विजए समुद्दविजए य आससेणे या विस्ससेणे य सूरे सुदंसणे कत्तवीरिए य॥ पउमुत्तरे महाहरी विजए राया तहेव याबंभे बारसमे उत्ते पिउनामा चकवट्टीणं॥ इति मु० मध्ये पाठः। तुला-"उसमे सुमित्तविजए समुद्दविजए अ अस्ससेणे या तह वीससेण सूरे सुदंसणे कत्तवीरिए अ ॥३९९॥ पउमुत्तरे महाहरि विजए राया तहेव बंभे य। ओसप्पिणी इमीसे पिउनामा चक्कवट्टीणं ॥ ४००॥" इति आवश्यकनियुक्तौ॥ 3. अस्ससेणे य हे २। अस्ससेणे य विस्ससेणे य ला १॥ 4. सूरित जे०। सूरेत ला १। 'सूरे त' इत्यपि पाठोऽत्र भवेत्॥ 5. “वीरिए य ला १॥ 6. य नास्ति जे० ला १॥ 7. तह य हे १ ला २॥ 8. वम्हे खं० हे १ ला २॥ 9. भारहे हे २ मु०॥ 10. वासे नास्ति ला १ मु० विना॥ 11. तिमाए खं० हे १ ला २। इमीसे मु०॥ 12. तुला-आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गा० ३९८ ॥ 13. देवि हे २ ला १। देवी मु०॥

Page #385

Great Men
14 जाला तारा मेरा वप्पा चुलणी 15 अपच्छिमा ।
In the continent of Jambudvipa, in Bharata region, in this a descending half-cycle, there were twelve mothers of the universal monarchs, namely: Sumangalā, Yaśasvati, Bhadrā, Sahadevi, Acirā, śrī, Devī, Tārā, Jwālā, Merā, Vaprā and last Culani. 120+.
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे 16 भरहे वासे इमाए ओसप्पिणीए बारस चक्कवट्टी होत्था, तंजहाभरहे सगरे मघवं० [17सणंकुमारो य रायसद्दूलो ।
संत कुंथू य अरो हवइ सुभूमो य कोरव्वो ॥१२१॥
नवमो य महापउमो हरिसेणो चेव रायसहूलो ।
जयनामो य नरवई बारसमो बंभदत्तो य ।। १२२ ।।] गाधातो ।
In the continent of Jambudvipa, in Bharata region, in this a descending half-cycle, there were twelve universal monarchs, namely : Bharat, Sagara, Madhvā, [lion among kings (Rājaśārdūla) Sanatkumāra śānti, Kunthu, Ara, Subhūma of Kaurava dynasty, ninth Mahāpadma, lion among kings Harisena, king named Jaya and the twelfth, Brahmadatta. 121-122]
• एतेसि णं बारसण्हं चक्कवट्टीणं बारस इत्थिरयणा होत्था, तंजहापढमा होइ सुभद्दा, भद्दा सुणंदा जया य विजया य। कण्हसिरी सूरसिरी, पउमसिंरी वसुंधरा देवी । लच्छिमती कुरुमती, इत्थीरतणाण नामाई ॥ १२३ ॥
333
Of these twelve universal monarchs there were twelve jewel like wives (strīratna), namely: the first was Subhadrā, Bhadrā, Sunandā, Jayā, Vijayā, Krsnaśri, Sūraśrī, Padmaśrī, Vasundharā, Devi, Laksmimati and Kurumati — are the names of jewel like wives. 123.
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे 18 रहे वासे इमाए ओसप्पिणीए नव बलदेव - वासुदेवपितरो
14. तारा जाला मेरा मु० । आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ च ॥
15. य नास्ति हे १,२ ला २ मु० ॥
16. भारहे हे २ ला १ ॥
17. आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ गा० ३७४-३७५ ।।
18. भारहे हे २॥
19. इमीसे, जे० ॥

Page #386

334
Samavāyāngasūtra
होत्था, तंजहा
पयावती य बंभे [20रुद्दे सोमे सिवे ति त। महसीह अग्गिसीहे, दसरहे नवमे त वसुदेवे॥१२४॥] गाहा।
In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in Bharata region, in this descending half-cycle, there were nine fathers of Baladevas and Vasudevas, namely: Prajapati, Brahma, [Rudra, Soma, Siva, Mahasimha, Agnisimha and Dasaratha ninth Vāsudeva.] 124.
जंबुद्दीवेणं दीवे भरहे वासे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए णव वासुदेवमातरो होत्था, तंजहामियावती उमा चेव, 22पुढवी सीया य अम्मया। लच्छिमती सेसमती, केकई 2देवई 24इ य॥१२५॥
In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in Bharata region, in this a descending half-cycle, there were nine mothers of Vāsudevas, namely: Msgāvatī, Umā and Prthvi, Sita, Amrtā, Laksmimati, Sesamati, Kaikeyi and Devaki.125
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे भरहे वासे इमाए ओसप्पिणीए णव बलदेवमायरो होत्था, तंजहा25 भद्दा सुभद्दा26 य सुप्पभा सुदंसणा विजया य वेजयंती। 27जयंती अपरातिया णवमिया ®य रोहिणी बलदेवाणं मातरो॥१२६॥ In the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in Bharata region, in this descending
20. [ ] एतदन्तर्गतः पाठः स्थानाङ्गे नवस्थानके ६७२ सूत्रे यः समवायाङ्गपाठो निर्दिष्टस्तदनुसारेणात्र पूरितः। अटी० मध्ये तु “सोमो रुद्दो सिवो महसिवो य। अग्गिसीहो य दसरहो नवमो भणिओ य वसुदेवो।" इति पाठः। आवश्यकनियुक्तौ तु "हवइ पयावई बंभो रुद्दो सोमो सिवो महसिवो य। अग्गिसीहे अ दसरहे नवमे भणिए अ वसुदेवे॥ ४११॥" इति गाथा॥ 21. इमाए हे २ मु०॥ 22. पुहई खं०। पहुओ हे १ ला २ ॥ 23. देवई तहा मु०॥ 24. इया वासुदेवमातरो य खं०। इय वासुदेवमातरो या हे १ ला २। इय वासुदेवमातरो हे २॥ 25. भद्दा तह सुभद्दा य सुप्पभा य सुदंसणा। विजया वेजयंती य जयंती अपराजिया॥५२॥णवमीया रोहिणी य बलदेवाणं मायरो।-मु०। “भद्द सुभद्दा सुष्यभ सुदंसणा विजय वेजयंती आ तह य जयंती अपराजिआ य तह रोहिणी चेव ॥ ४१०॥" इति आवश्यकनियुक्तौ गाथा॥ 26. 'द्दा सुष्पभा य हे २ ॥ 27. जयंति जे०॥ 28. य नास्ति जे. हे २ ला १॥

Page #387

Great Men
335
half-cycle, there were nine mothers of Baladevas, namely: Bhadrā, Subhadrā, Suprabhā, Sudarsana, Vijayā, Vaijayanti, Jayanti, Aparajita and ninth Rohini are mothers of Baladevas.126.
जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे भरहे वासे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए नव दसारमंडला होत्था, तंजहाउत्तमपुरिसा मज्झिमपुरिसा पहाणपुरिसा ओयंसी तेयंसी वच्चंसी जसंसी छायंसी कंता सोमा सुभगा पियदंसणा सुरूवा 3"सुहसील-सुहाभिगम-सव्वजणणयणकंता 31ओहबला अतिबला महाबला अणिहता अपरातिया सत्तुमद्दणा रिपुसहस्समाणमधणा साणुक्कोसा अमच्छरा अचवला अचंडा अमितमंजुपलाव हसित-गंभीर-मधुरपडिपुण्णसच्चवयणा अब्भुवगयवच्छला सरण्णा लक्खणवंजणगुणोववेतामाणुम्माणपमाणपडिपुण्णसुजातसव्वंगसुंदरंगा ससिसोमागारकंतपियदसणा 35अमसणा पयंडदंडप्पयारगंभीरदरिसणिजा 37तालद्धयोव्विद्धगरुलकेऊ महाधणुविकड्ढया महासत्तसागरा दुद्धरा धणुद्धरा धीरपुरिसा जुद्धकित्तिपुरिसा विपुलकुलसमुभवा 40महारयणविहाडगा अद्धभरहसामी सोमा रायकुलवंसतिलया अजिया अजितरहा हल-मुसलकणगपाणी संख-चक्क-गय-सत्ति-णंदगधरा पवरुजल सुकंतविमलगोत्थुभतिरीडधारी कुंडल
29. मंडणा खं० ला १ अटीपा०। "दसारमंडल त्ति दशाराणां वासुदेवानां मण्डलानि.....केचित्तु दसारमंडणा इति पठन्ति, तत्र दशाराणं वासुदेवकुलीनप्रजानां मण्डनाः शोभाकारिणो दशारमंडना उत्तमपुरुषा इति"-अटी०॥ 30. "सीला खं० हे १,२ ला २ मु०। "पदत्रयस्य कर्मधारयः"-अटी०॥ . 31. तोहयला जे०। तोहब्बला ला १॥ 32. “महणा जे०॥ 33. मितमंजुलाव' खमू०, मितमंजुपलाव खंसं०। मितंमजुलाव' हे १ ला २। मितंजुवला जे०। मितमंजुलपलाव मु०। "मिते परिमिते मञ्जुनी कोमले प्रलापश्चालापो हसितं च येषां ते मितमजु- . प्रलापहसिताः"-अटी०॥ 34. 'हसिया मु०। “पदद्वयस्य कर्मधारयः" -अटी०॥ 35. अमसिणा हे २। असमणा जे०। अमरिसणा मु०। “अमसण त्ति अमसृणाः प्रयोजनेष्वनलसाः, अमर्षणा वा अपराधिष्वकृतक्षमाः"-अटी०॥ 36. 'प्पयारा खं०। 'प्पभारा मु०। "प्रकाण्ड उत्कटो दण्डप्रकार आज्ञाविशेषो नीतिभेदविशेषो वा येषां ते तथा, अथवा प्रचण्डो दःसाध्यसाधकत्वाद दण्डप्रचारः सैन्यविचरणं येषां ते तथा। गम्भीरा ..... दृश्यन्ते ये ते तथा गम्भीरदर्शनीयाः, ततः पदद्वयस्य कर्मधारयः। प्रचण्डदण्डप्रचारेण वा ये गम्भीरा दृश्यन्ते"-अटी०॥ 37. तालुद्धविद्ध जे०। तालद्धाविद्ध' हे २। तालद्धयोविद्ध' खं०। “तालध्वजोद्विद्धगरुडकेतवः" -अटी०॥ 38. महाधणुयकट्टगा जे० ला १। "महाधनुर्विकर्षकाः महाप्राणत्वात्"-अटी०॥ 39. दुद्धरा महाबला धणु खं०। दुरंद्धरा महाबला वीरपुरिसा जे०॥ 40. महारणविहाडगा अटीपा० । “पाठान्तरेण तु महारणविघटकाः"-अटी०॥ 41. सुंकत जे०।सुक्त' हे २ मु०। “सुकान्तः कान्तियोगात्, पाठान्तरे सुकृतः सुपरिकर्मितत्वात्"-अटी०॥

Page #388

336
Samavāyāngasūtra
42उज्जोवियाणणा पुंडरीयणयणा एकावलिकंठलइतवच्छा 4सिरिवच्छसुलंछणा वरजसा सव्वोउयसुरभिकुसुमसुरचितपलंबसोभंतकंतविकसंतचित्तवरमालरइयवच्छा अट्ठसयविभत्तलक्खणपसत्थसुंदर "विरतियंगमंगा मत्तगयवरिंदललियविक्कमविलासियगती सारतनवथणियमधुरगंभीरकोंचनिग्योसदुंदुभिसरा कडिसुत्तगनीलपीयकोसेजवाससा पवरदित्ततेया नरसीहा नरवती नरिंदा नरवसहा मरुयवसभकप्पा अब्भहियं रायतेयलच्छीए दिप्पमाणा नीलग-पीतगवसणा दुवे दुवे रामकेसवा भायरो होत्था, तंजहा
46तिविट्ठ य जाव कण्हे॥१२७॥ 47अयले वि० जाव 48रामे यावि अपच्छिमे॥१२८॥
In the continent of Jambūdvipa, in Bharata region, in this a descending half-cycle, there were nine pairs of Baladevas and vāsudeva and their family (daśāramandalas) namely: excellent persons, moderate persons, eminent persons, endowed with great will power, vigorous, spirited, influential, famous, handsome, charming, pleasing, lovely, pleasant to eyes, well-built, blissful, easily accessible, dear to the eyes of all, possessing incessant strength, extraordinary strength, great strength, infallible, unconquerable, destroyer of enemy, hurting the pride of thousand of enemies, kind, non-envious, balanced, gentle, precise, sweet, smiling, earnest, soft, perfect true speech, affectionate towards one taking shelter, blessed with virtues, (auspicious) marks, signs on the body, (having body of) perfect measure and weight, well born, whole beautiful limbs, moon like serene look, pleasing (kānta), pleasant (priyadarśana), wrathful, with formidable administration of justice, good looking 42. उज्जोइया मु०॥ 43. "श्रीवृक्षाभिधानं सुष्ठु लाञ्छनं....येषां ते श्रीवृक्षलाञ्छनाः"-अटी०॥ 44. मरचित' हे २ मु०। "कुसुमानि, तैः सुरचिता कृता या प्रलम्बा आप्रदीना.....माला.....वक्षसि येषां ते सर्वर्तुकसुरभिकुसुमसुरचितप्रलम्बशोभमान कान्तविकसच्चित्रवरमालारचितवक्षसः"-अटी०॥ 45. विततियं जे०। 'विरइय मु०॥ 46. तिविदू जाव कण्हे अयले जाव मु०। तिविट्ट य, यावत्करणात् दुविट्ट य सयंभु पुरिसुत्तमे पुरिससीहे। तह पुरिसपुंडरीए दत्ते नारायणे कण्हे॥ त्ति। अयले विजये भद्दे सुप्पभे ये सुदंसणे। आनंदे नंदणे पउमे रामे आवि अपच्छिमे(य पच्छिमे-अटीखं०)॥त्ति"-अटी०। “तिविट्ठ अदुविट्ठ सयंभु पुरिसुत्तमे पुरिससीहे। तह पुरिसपुंडरीए दत्ते नारायणे कण्हे॥४०॥ अयले विजए भद्दे सुप्पभै अ सुदंसणे। आणंदे णंदणे पउमे रामे आवि अपच्छिमे॥ ४१॥" इति आवश्यकमूलभाष्ये गाथाद्वयमिदं वर्तते॥ 47. अयले य जाव हे १ ला २ ॥ 48. रामे या अपच्छिमे जे० खं० हे १ ला १, २ ॥

Page #389

Great Men
in sober posture, with banner of palm-tree (Baladeva), with the flying banner of eagle (Vāsudeva), drawing the great bows, ocean of great virility, unconquerable, archer, composed man, well-known in battle, born in noble lineage, breaking into pieces the diamond (with fingers), lord of half Bharat region, serene (calm), mark on the forehead of royal dynasty, invincible, with unconquerable chariots, plough-mace ( arms of Baladeva), arrow, conch, wheel, gadā, śakti, sword (arms of Vāsudeva). Indeed, in the island of Jambudvipa, in Bharatavarṣa, in this descending half-cycle there were nine Vāsudevas]. Triprstha, [Dviprstha, Svayambhū, Purusottama, Purusasimha Purusapundarika, Datta and Nārāyana] up to Krsna. 127 [The nine Baladevas of the corresponding period and region] Acala, [Vijaya, Bhadra, Suprabha, Sudarśana, Ananda, Nandana, Padma] and Rāma, the last. 128.
एतेसिं णं णवण्हं बलदेव- वासुदेवाणं पुव्वभविया "नव नामधेज्जा होत्था, तंजहा50 विस्सभूती पर्व्वयए धणदत्त समुद्ददत्त' 1 सेवाले ।
पियमित्त 52 ललियमित्ते पुर्ण व्वसू गंगदत्ते य ॥ १२९॥
Of these nine Baladevas and nine Vasudevas, there were nine names of previous births, namely : Visvabhūti, Parvata, Dhanadatta, Samudradatta, Saivāla, Priyamitra, Lalitamitra, Punarvasu and Gangadatta. 129.
एताइं नामाइं पुव्वभवे आसि वासुदेवाणं ।
. एत्तो बलदेवाणं जहक्कमं कित्तइस्सामि ॥ १३० ॥
These are the names of Vasudevas in previous birth. Hereafter, [I] will enumerate in respective order [names of] Baladevas. 130.
54 विस्सनंदी सुबंधू य सागरदत्ते असोग ललिए य । वाराह धम्मसेणे अपराइय रायललिए य ।। १३१॥
337
49. नव २ णाम' जे० । एवं च जे० अनुसारेण नव नव णामधेज्जा इति पाठः ॥
50. आवश्यकमूलभाष्येऽपि एताः सप्त गाथा दृश्यन्ते ॥
51. 'दत्ते य सेवाले हे २ । 'दत्त इसिवाले मु० ॥
52. मित्ते खं० हे १, २ ला २ ॥
53. 'व्वसुगंग' खं० हे १ ला २ । 'व्वसूय गंग' हे २ || 54. विसनंदी य सुबन्धू मु० ॥

Page #390

338
Samavāyāngasūtra
_Visvanandi, Subandhu, Sagaradatta, Asoka, Lalita, Vārāha, Dharmasena, Aparājita and Rājalalita. 131.
एतेसिं णं णवण्हं बलदेववासुदेवाणं पुव्वभवे नव धम्मायरिया होत्था, तंजहा55संभूत सुभद्द सुदंसणे य सेयंस कण्ह गंगदत्ते य। सागर समुद्दनामे दुमसेणे य णवमए॥१३२॥
Of these nine Baladevas and Vāsudevas, there were nine religious teachers of previous birth, namely: Sambhūta, Subhadra, Sudarśana, Śreyānsa, Krsna, Gaigadatta, Sagara, Samudra named and Drumasena, the ninth. 132.
एते धम्मायरिया कित्तीपुरिसाण वासुदेवाणं। पुव्वभवे 56आसिण्हं जत्थ निदाणाइं 57कासीय॥१३३॥
These were the names of religious teachers of renowned persons Vāsudevas. While in previous birth they have made desires for future. 133.
एतेसि णं णवण्हं वासुदेवाणं पुब्वभविया णव णिदाणभूमीतो होत्था, तंजहा- . 5 महुरा जाव हत्थिणपुरं च॥१३४॥
In their previous birth these nine Vāsudevas, desired for nine places for future, namely: Mathurā, (Kanakavastu, Śrāvastī, Podana (pura), Rājagsha, Kākandī, Kaušāmbī, Mithilāpurī] upto Hastināpur.134.
एतेसि णं णवण्हं वासुदेवाणं नव णिदाणकारणा होत्था, तंजहा5*गावी जुए जाव 6मातुका ति य॥१३५॥
55. संभूते सुभद्दे सुदंसणे य सेयंसे हे २ ला १॥ 56. आसिण्ह जे० हे १ ला २। एआसिं मु०। 'आसीआ' इति आवश्यकमूलभाष्ये पाठः ।। 57. कासितया खं० हे १ ला २॥ 58. महुरा य हत्थिणारं च मु०। "महुरा य कणगवत्थू सावत्थी पोयणं घ रायगिह। कायंदी कोसंबी मिहिलपुरी हत्यिणपुरं च॥" इति सम्पूर्णा गाथा अटी० मध्ये विद्यते। आवश्यकमूलभाष्ये तु। .....। कायंदी मिहिला वि य वाणारसी हथिणपुरं च॥" इति पाठभेदेन सह वर्तते॥ 59. गावी जुवे मु०। “गावी जुए य संगामे तह इत्थी पराइओ रंगे। भज्जाणुराग गोट्ठी परइड्डी माउया इय॥" इति सम्पूर्णा गाथा अटी० मध्ये आवश्यकमूलभाष्ये च वर्तते॥ 60. माउका ति एय खं० हे १, २ ला २॥

Page #391

Great Men
Of these nine Vasudevas [in their previous births] there were nine causes for making the future desire, namely : cow, sacrificial post (yūpastam - bha), [battle, woman, defeat in war, attachment, woman, company of unchaste persons (gosthi), other's prosperity (pararddhi)] up to mother. 135.
62 एतेसि णं णवण्हं वासुदेवाणं णव पंडिसत्तू होत्था, तंजहा
62 अस्सग्गीवे जाव जरासंधे ।। १३६ ।।
There were nine enemies (Prativasudevas) of these nine Väsudevas, namely: Aśvagrīva, [Tāraka, Meraka, Madhukaitabha, Niśumbha, Bāli, Prabharāja and Rāvana] up to Jarāsandha. 136.
एते खलु पडिसत्तू जांव सचक्केहिं ॥ १३७ ॥
These enemies [will battle with disc and will be killed by their] own disk. 137.
एक्को 4 सत्तमा "पंच य छट्टीए "पंचमा एक्को। एक उत्थी कहो पुण तच्चपुढवीए ।। १३८ ॥
339
[After death, the soul of] one [of these nine Vāsudevas proceeded] to the seventh (earth) and of five ( Vāsudevas proceeded) to the sixth ( earth), one to the fifth ( earth), one to the fourth (earth) and again of Krsna to the third earth. 138.
अणदाणकडा रामा० [7 सव्वे वि य केसवा नियाणकडा । उड्डुंगामी रामा केसव सव्वे अहोगामी ॥। १३९ ।।] गाहा।
61. एतेसिं नवहं खं० हे १, २ ला २ । एसि णं नवहं ला १ ॥
62. "अस्सग्गीवे तारए मेरए महुकेढवे निसुंभे य। बलि पहराए तह रावणे य नवमे जरासंधे ॥ त्ति । एए खलु डिसत्तू किती पुरिसाण वासुदेवाणं सव्वे वि चक्कजोही सव्वे वि हया सचक्रेहिं ।। " इति सम्पूर्णं गाथा द्वयम् अटी० मध्ये वर्तते । आवश्यकमूलभाष्येऽपि गा० [ ४२-४३] वर्तते ॥
63. इदं गाथात्रयम् आवश्यकनिर्युक्तौ वर्तते गा० ४१३ - ४१५ ।।
64. सत्तमी मु० ॥
65. हे २ मु० विना - पंचम छट्ठीए जे० हे १ ला २ । पंच य छट्ठी य खं०। पंच य छट्टा य ला १ ॥ 66. पंचमी मु० ॥
67. [ ] एतदन्तर्गत: पाठ आवश्यकनिर्युक्त्यनुसारेण अटी० अनुसारेण चास्माभिः परिपूरितः ।।

Page #392

340
Samavāyāngasūtra
All the Rāmās (Baladevas) did not desire for future (anidānakrta) [while all the Kesavas (Vasudevas) have desired for future (nidanakrta). After death, Rāmās (Baladevas) move upward while all the Kesavas (Vasudevas) move downward]. 139..
अद्वैतकडा रामा, एगो पुण बंभलोयकप्पम्मि। 6 एक्का से गब्भवसही, सिज्झिस्सति आगमिस्सेणं ॥१४॥
The eight Baladevas did away with their world-cycle [in their present birth], while one will took birth in paradise Brahmaloka . He will live in the womb and then will liberate. 140.
। जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे एरवते वासे इमीसे ओसप्पिणीए चउवीसं तित्थगरा होत्था, तंजहा
चंदाणणं "सुचंदं अग्गिसेणं च नंदिसेणं च। इसिदिण्णं वयहारिं वंदिमो सामचंदं च॥१४१॥
In the Airāvata region (varşa) of the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in this descending half-cycle there were twenty four Seers, namely: I bow to Candrānana, Sucandra, Agnisena, Nandisena, Rșidatta, Vratadhārī and Syāmacandra.141.
68. एक्कस्स गब्भ मु०। गाथेयं स्थानाङ्गेऽपि [सू० ६७२ पृ० २७०] वर्तते॥ 69. मस्सेणं जे०। मेसाणं खं० हे २ ला १ अटीपा०। “आगमिस्सेणं ति आगमिष्यता कालेन, आगमेस्साणं ति पाठान्तरे आगमिष्यतां भविष्यतां मध्ये सेत्स्यन्ति"-अटी०॥ 70. सुचंदं च अग्गि जे० हे २ ला १।"चंदाणणं गाहा। चन्द्राननं १ सुचन्द्रं च २ अग्निसेनं च ३ नन्दिषेणं च ४ । क्वचिद् आत्मसेनोऽयं दृश्यते। ऋषिदिन्नं च ५ व्रतधारिणं च ६ वन्दामहे श्यामचन्द्रं च ७॥वंदामि० गाहा। वन्दे युक्तिसेनम्, क्वचिदयं दीर्घबाहुर्दीघसेनो वोच्यते ८। अजितसेनम्, क्वचिदयं शतायुरुच्यते ९। तथैव शिवसेनम्, कचिदयं सत्यसेनोऽभिधीयते सत्यकिश्चेति १० बुद्धं चावगततत्त्वं च देवशर्माणं देवसेनापरनामकं सततं सदा 'वन्दे' इति प्रकृतम् ११। निक्षिप्तशस्त्रं च नामान्तरतः श्रेयांसम् १२॥ असं(अस्सं-अटीहे०) जल० गाहा। असंज्वलं(अस्वंजलं-अटीहे०) जिनवृषभम्, पाठान्तरेण अस्वयंज्वलं (जलं-मु० अटीहे०) १३ वन्दे अनन्तजितममितज्ञानिनं सर्वज्ञमित्यर्थः, नामान्तरेणायं सिंहसेन इति १४। उपशान्तं च उपशान्तसंज्ञं धूतरजसं १५ वन्दे खलु गुप्तिसेनं च १६॥ अइपासं० गाहा। अतिपार्थं च १७ सुपार्श्व १८ देवेश्वरवन्दितं च मरुदेवम् १९ निर्वाणगतं च धरं 'धर' संज्ञं २०, क्षीणदुःखं श्यामकोष्ठं च २१॥ जिय० गाहा। जितरागमग्निसेनं महासेनापरनामकं २२ वन्दे क्षीणरजसमग्निपुत्रं च २३ व्यवकृष्टप्रेमद्वेषं च वारिषेणं २४ गतं सिद्धिमिति। स्थानान्तरे किञ्चिदन्यथापि आनुपूर्वी नाम्नामुपलभ्यते"-अटी०॥ 71. ववहारिं वंदिमो सोम मु०॥

Page #393

Great Men
341
वंदामि जुत्तिसेणं अजितसेणं तहेव सिवसेणं। बुद्धं च देवसम्म सययं निक्खित्तसत्थं च॥१४२॥
I always bow to Yuktisena, Ajitasena, Sivasena, Buddha, Devasarma, having abandoned the weapon Niksiptasastra (Sreyānsa). 142.
73अस्संजलं जिणवसभं वंदे य 74अणंतई अमियणाणिं। उवसंतं च 76धुयरयं वंदे खलु गुत्तिसेणं च ॥१४३॥
I bow to Asamjwala, Seer Rşabha and Anantaka — with unlimited knowledge. I bow to Upaśānta-devoid of karma-particles, indeed Guptisena. 143.
अतिपासं च सुपासं 7 देवीसरवंदियं च मरुदेवं। निव्वाणगयं च 78धरं खीणदुहं सामकोटुं च॥१४४॥
[I also bow to] Atipārśva, Supārśva and Marudeva, worshipped by king of gods. I bow to Dhara, having attained salvation, to Syāmakostha, having destroyed miseries. 144.
- जियरागमग्गिसेणं वंदे खीणश्रयमग्गिउत्तं च।
80वोकसियपेजदोसं 81च वारिसेणं गतं सिद्धिं ॥१४५॥
I bow to Agnisena, having conquered attachment, to Agniputra, having destroyed attachment and to Vārisena, having got rid of hatred — attachment and liberated. 145.
72. देवसेणं ला १ दृश्यतां टि०८॥ 73. अस्संजल जे०। असंजलं मु०। असंजल अटी०, अस्संजल अटीपा०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४७४ टि०८॥ 74. अणंतयं ला १ विना। दृश्यतां पृ० ४७४ टि०८॥ 75. अमियणाणी जे० खं० हे १ ला २। अमियणाणि ला १।। 76. धुवरयं खं० हे १,२ ला १, २॥ 77. देवेसर मु०॥ 78. बरं मु०॥ 79. 'राय' मु०। दृश्यतां पृ० ४७४ टि०८॥ 80. वोक मु०॥ 81. घ नास्ति ला १ मु०॥

Page #394

342
Samavāyāngasūtra
जंबुद्दीवे दीवे 82भरहे वासे आगमेसाते उस्सप्पिणीए सत्त कुलगरा भविस्संति, तंजहा
84मित्तवाहणे सुभूमे य सुप्पभे य सयंपभे। दत्ते 86सुहुमे सुबंधू य 87आगमेसाणं होक्खति॥१४६॥
There will be nine governors (kulakaras) in the Bharata region of the continent of Jambudvipa, in the coming ascending half cycle (utsarpini), namely: Mitravāhana, Subhūma, Suprabha, Svayamprabha, Datta, Sūkşma and Subandhu will be coming (future governors). 146.
जंबुद्दीवे दीवे भरहे वासे आगमेसाते 8 उस्सप्पिणीते सत्त कुलगरा भविस्संति, तंजहाविमलवाहणे सीमंकरे सीमंधरे खेमंकरे खेमंधरे दढधणू दसधणू सयधणू पडिसुई सम्मुई त्ति।
In the [Bharata region (varsa)] of the continent of Jambudvipa, in the coming ascending half-cycle, there will be ten governors, namely: Vimalavahana, Simankara, Simandhara, Ksemankara, Ksemandhara, Drdhadhanu, Dasadhanu, Satadhanu, Pratisruti and Sumati.
जंबुद्दीवे दीवे भरहे वासे आगमेसाए उस्सप्पिणीए चउवीस तित्थकरा भविस्संति, तंजहा
82. भा' हे १॥ 83. प्रतिषु पाठा:-ओस खं० जे०। उस हे १, २ ला २। उस्स' ला १ मु०। अत्र उस्स' इति ओस' इति पाठयोः कतरः पाठः समीचीनतर इत्यत्रास्माकं सन्देहः। दृश्यतां पृ० ४६३ नं० ३, ७ टि० ५। दृश्यतां टि० १७॥ 84. मियवा' मु०। गाथेयं स्थानाङ्गेऽपि वर्तते सू० ५५६ ॥ 85. पुष्पफसेया सयंपभे खं० हे १ ला २। सुप्पभे य नास्ति जे०॥ 86. सुहमे हे १, २ ला २। सुमुहे जे० ला १॥ 87. आगमिस्साण मु०॥ 88. होक्खंति ला १। होक्कति खं० हे १, २ ला २ ॥ 89. प्रतिषु पाठा:- संमुई त्ति खं० हे १ ला २। समुत्ति जे०। सुमुत्ति ला १। सुमति त्ति हे २ मु०। दृश्यतां स्थानाङ्गे सू० ७६७॥ 91. भारहे मु०॥ 92. ओस जे०। उस ला १॥ 93. तित्थंकरा खं०॥

Page #395

Great Men
343
94महापउमे १ *सुरादेवे २ सुपासे य ३ सयंपभे ४। सव्वाणुभूती ५ अरहा देवउत्ते य होक्खती ६॥१४७॥
There will be twenty-four Seers in the Bharata region (varsa) of the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in the coming ascending half-cycle, namely: Mahāpadma, Sūradeva, Supārsva, Svayamprabha, Sarvānubhūti and Seer Devaputra.147.
उदए ७ पेढालपुत्ते य ८ 97पाट्टिले ९ 98सतए ति य १०। मुणिसुव्वते य अरहा ११ सव्वभावविदू जिणे १२॥१४८॥
Udaka, Pedhālaputra, Prosthila, śataka Seer Munisuvrata and Seer Sarvabhāvavit, 148.
अममे १३ णिक्कसाए य १४ निप्पुलाए य १५ निम्ममे १६। चित्तउत्ते १७ समाही य १८ आगमिस्सेण होक्खई ॥१४९॥
Amama, Niskasāya, Nispulāka, Nirmama, Citragupta, Samādhi [gupta] will be coming (Seers). 149.
संवरे १९ अणियट्टी य २० विवाए २१ विमले ति य २२॥ देवोववाए अरहा २३ अणंतविजए ति य २४ ॥१५०॥
Samvara, Anivrtti, Vijaya and Vimala, Seer Devopapāta and Anantavijaya.150.
एते वुत्ता चउव्वीसं भरहे वासम्मि केवली। 100आगमिस्साण होक्खंति धम्मतित्थस्स देसगा॥१५१॥
These are said twenty-four omniscients in Bharata region in the coming [ascending half-cycle] and will be preacher of the order of religion.151. 94. तुलना-प्रवचनसारोद्धारे गा० २९३-२९५, ४५७-४७०॥ *सुरदेवे हे २। सूरदेवे ला १ मु०॥ 95. देवस्सुए मु०॥ 96. होक्खत्ति खं० जे० हे १ ला २ ॥ 97. पोट्ठिले खं० जे०॥ 98. ससतिए ति य जे०। सतकित्ति य मु०॥ 99. विजए मु०॥ 100. आगमेसाण जे० विना।।

Page #396

344
Samavāyāngasūtra
एतेसिणं चउवीसाए तित्थकराणं पुव्वभविया चउवीसं नामधेजा भविस्संति 101तंजहा102सेणिय सुपास उदए, 103पोट्टिल 104अणगारे 105तह दढाऊ य। 106कत्तिय संखे य तहा, 107णंद 108सुणंदे सतए य बोधव्वा॥१५२॥
The names of these twenty-four Seers, in their previous birth, will be, namely: Śreņika, Supārśva, Udaka, Prosthila Anagāra, Drdhāyu, Kārttika, Saikha, Nanda, Sunanda and Sataka.152.
109देवई चेव सच्चति तह 110वासुदेवे बलदेवे। रोहिणि सुलसा चेव 111य तत्तो खलु रेवती चेव॥१५३॥ Devakī, Sātyaki, Vāsudeva, Baladeva, Rohiņā, Sulasā and Revatī. 153. तत्तो हवति 112मिगाली बोधव्वे खलु तहा 113भयाली य। दीवायाणे य कण्हे तत्तो खलु नारए चेव॥१५४॥
Then is Mrgālī, also to be known Bhayālī, Dvīpāyana and Kršņa then also Narada. 154.
114अंमडे दारुमडे य सातीबुद्धे 15य होति बोधव्वे। .
101.तुलना-प्रवचनसारोद्धारे गा० २९३-२९५, ४५७-४७०॥ *सुरदेवे हे २। सूरदेवे ला १ मु०॥ 102. सेणिए खं० हे १ ला २॥ 103. पोट्ठिले जे०। पोट्ठिले खं०। पोट्टिले हे १ ला २ ॥ 104. अण्गार जे० मु० २॥ 105. तहा दढाऊ य हे २॥ तहाऊ य खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 106. कत्तिए खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 107. प्रवचनसारोद्धारे (गा० ४६१) 'आणंद' इति नामोल्लेखो दृश्यते॥ 108. सुनंदे सए य बोधव्या हे २ । सुनंदे सए त बोधव्वा जे०। सुनंदे य सतए य ॥७७॥ बोधव्वा मु०। सुनंदे य सतए य सत्था॥धव्वा ला १॥ 109. देवई च्चेव सच्चति तह हे २ । देविइ सच्चइ तह जे०। दोवइ च्चेवा सच्चति तहा ला १॥ 110. वासुदेव जे० ला १ मु०॥ 111. य नास्ति जे० ला १ हे २ मु०॥ 112. मिमाली जे०। सयाली मु०॥ 113. रुपाली हे १॥ 114. अंबडे दारुपडे या हे २ ला १। तत्तो दारूपडिया जे०॥ 115. त होती जे०। ज होती खं० हे १ ला २॥

Page #397

Great Men
345
116उस्सप्पिणि 117आगमेसाए तित्थकराणं तु पुव्वभवा॥१५५॥
Ambada, Dārumada and also to be known the enlightened Svāti. [These are to be known as] the names of the previous births of future Seers. 155.
- एतेसि णं चउवीसं तित्थकराणं 118चउवीसं पितरो भविस्संति, 11°चउवीसं मातरो भविस्संति, 120चउवीसं पढमसीसा भविस्संति, 121चउवीसं पढमसिस्सिणीतो भविस्संति, 122चउवीसं 123 पढमभिक्खादा भविस्संति, 124चउवीसं चेतियरुक्खा भविस्संति।
There will be twenty-four fathers, twenty-four mothers, twenty-four first-disciples, twenty-four first woman-disciples, twenty-four maiden alms donors and twenty-four scared trees (caityavrksa) of these twenty-four Seers. - जंबुद्दीवे णं दीवे 125 भरहे वासे 126आगमेसाए 127उसप्पिणीए बारस चक्क!2 वट्टी भविस्संति, तंजहा- .
भरहे य दीहदंते गूढदंते य सुद्धदंते य। सिरिउत्ते सिरिभूती सिरिसोमे य सत्तमे।।१५६॥
There will be twelve universal monarchs (cakravarti) in the Bharata region of the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in the coming ascending half-cycle,
116. ओसप्पिणि खं०। ओसप्पिणी हे १ ला २। उस्सपिणी ला १। अत्र मु० मध्ये तु "भावीतित्थगराणं णामाई पुखभवियाई" इति उत्तरार्धे दृश्यते॥ 117. मेस्साए हे २ ला १॥ 118., 120., 121., 122., 124. चउवीसं इत्यस्य स्थाने हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु सर्वत्र २४ इति पाठो विद्यते॥ 119. मु० विना-अत्र चउवीसं इत्यस्य स्थाने हे २ मध्ये २४ इति विद्यते। खं० जे० मध्ये ॥छ॥ इति विद्यते, अन्यासु हस्तलिखिप्रतिषु तु किमपि न लिखितमस्ति ॥ 123. प्रतिपाठा:-पढमभिक्खादारु खंमू० हे १ ला २। पढमभिक्खादाय खंसं०। पढमं भिक्खा जे०। पढमा भिक्खादा हे २१ पढमभिक्खादायगा ला १ मु०। अत्रेदं बोध्यम्-खं० हे १ ला २ मध्ये भविस्संति इति पाठो नास्ति, किन्तु 'रू-भ' इत्यनयोरक्षरयोः प्राचीनलिप्यां समानप्रायत्वात् “दा रु' इत्यत्र रुस्थाने भकल्पनया भशब्दो भविस्संति इत्यस्य संक्षेपरूपः, अतो भिक्खादा इति पाठोऽत्र आइतोऽस्माभिः, दृश्यतां टि० २०॥ 125. भारहे हे २ मु०। 126. "मिस्साए हे २॥ 127. ओस खं० हे १ ला २। उस्स मु०॥ 128. 'ट्टिणो मु०॥

Page #398

346
Samavāyāngasūtra
Bharata, Dirghadanta, Gudhadanta, Suddhadanta, Sriputra, Sribhuti and Śrīsoma, the seventh.156.
पउमे य महापउमे विमलवाहणे विपुलवाहणे चेव। 129रिटे बारसमे वुत्ते 130आगमेसा भरहाहिवा॥१५७॥
Padma, Mahāpadma, Vimalavāhana, Vipulavāhana, Rista, the twelfth, are said to be the coming lords of Bharata region. 157.
एतेसिणं बारसण्हं चक्कवट्टीणं बारस पितरो 131भविस्संति, बारस मातरो 132भविस्संति, बारस इत्थीरयणा 133 भविस्संति। जंबुद्दीवे दीवे 134भरहे वासे आगमेसाए उस्सप्पिपीए णव बलदेव-वासुदेवपितरो भविस्संति, *135णव वासुदेवमातरो भविस्संति, * णव बलदेवमातरो भविस्संति, णव दसारमंडला भविस्संति, तंजहा-उत्तिमपुरिसा मज्झिमपुरिसा पहाणपुरिसा136 ओयंसी एवं सोचेव वण्णतो भाणियव्वो जाव नीलगपीतगवसणा दुवे दुवे रामकेसवा भातरो भविस्संति, तंजहा
शंदे य १ 137णंदमित्ते २ दीहबाहू ३ तहा महाबाहू ४। 138अइबले ५ 139महब्बले ६ बलभद्दे य सत्तमे ७॥१५८॥
There will be twelve fathers, twelve mothers and there will be twelve jewels like wives of these (future) universal monarchs. There will be nine fathers of Baladevas and Vāsudevas, nine mothers of Vāsudevas, nine mothers
129. वरिढे मु०॥ 130. आगमेस खं० हे १ ला २। आगमेसि हे २ ला १। आगमिसा मु०॥ 131. भवति जे०॥ 132. भवति जे०॥ 133. भविस्संति इत्यस्य स्थाने हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु भ इति संक्षिप्तः पाठः।। 134. भारहे हे २ मु०॥ 135. जे० मु० विना ** एतदन्तर्गतः पाठो नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २। ** एतदन्तर्गतपाठस्थाने नव बलदेववासुदेवमायरो भविस्संति हे २, णव वासुदेवमायरो भविस्संति ला १॥ 136. हे २ विना-“सा ओयंसी तेयंसी एवं सो घेव मु०। ओयंसी एवं चेव ला १। “सा ओसप्पिणी एवं सो चेव खं० हे १ ला २ । सा उ ४ सप्पिणी एवं सो घेव जे०॥ 137. णंदि हे १, २ ला २॥ 138. अवइले खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 139. महाबले ला १ मु०। महब्बबले नास्ति जे०॥

Page #399

Great Men
347
of Baladevas their nine families (dasāramandala) in Bharat region in the continent of Jambūdvīpa, in the coming ascending half-cycle, namely: excellent (uttama) men, moderate (madhyama) men, foremost (pradhāna) men. Thus to be said the description of daśāramandalas (nine pairs of Baladevas and Vāsudevas and their families) up to (their) blue and yellow clothes, there will be pair of Rāma and Keśava as brothers, namely: Nanda and Nandimitra, Dīrghabāhu and Mahābāhu, Atibala, Mahābala and Balabhadra, the seventh.158.
14 दुविठू य ८ तिविट्ट य ९ 141आगमेसाणं वण्हिणो। जयंते 14विजए भद्दे सुप्पभे य सुदंसणे॥
आणंदे णंदणे पउमे संकरिसणे य अपच्छिमे॥१५९॥ .. Dviprstha, Triprsha and coming Vrsna. Jayanta, Vijaya, Bhadra, Suprabha and Sudarsana. Ananda, Nandana, Padma and Saikarsana, the last. 159.
: एतेसि णं नवण्हं बलदेव-वासुदेवाणं पुव्वभविया णव नामधेजा भविस्संति, णव धम्मायरिया भविस्संति, णव नियाणभूमीओ भविस्संति, णव नियाणकारणा भविस्संति, णव पडिसत्तू भविस्संति, तंजहा
तिलए य लोहजंघे य केसरी 143य पहराए। 144अपराजिये य 145 भीमे 146महाभीमसेणे य सुग्गीवे 147य अपच्छिमे॥१६०॥
Of these nine Baladevas and Vasudevas, there will be nine names of their previous birth, there will be nine religious teachers, there will be nine places of future desire, there will be nine causes of making future desire (and
140. दुवियद तिवियट्ट य हे ला २॥ 141. आगमेसेण ला १। आगसिस्साण मु०॥ 142. विजिय भहे य सुजे०॥ 143. ये नास्ति खं० जे० विना॥ 144. अपरातिए जे० विना॥ 145. भीमे महा नास्ति ला १॥ 146. महाभीमे सुग्गीवे हे २। महाभीमसेणे नास्ति जे०। स्थानाङ्गसूत्रे [सू० ६७२] "महाभीमसेणे सुग्गीवे य अपच्छिमे" इति पाठः॥ 147. य अपच्छिमे नास्ति मु०॥

Page #400

348
Samavāyāngasūtra
also) there will be nine enemies (pratisatru ), namely: Tilaka, Lohajangha, Vajrajangha, Kesari, Prabharāja, Aparajita, Bhima, Mahābhīma and Sugriva, the last. 160.
These are the enemies of famous men Vasudevas. They all will battle with disc and will be killed by their own discs. 161.
जंबुवेदी र वासे आगमेसाए 152उस्सप्पिणीए चउवीसं तित्थकरा भविस्संति,
तंजहा
148 एते खलु पडिसत्तू कित्तीपुरिसाण वासुदेवाणं ।
149 सव्वे य चक्कजोही 150 हम्मिहिंति 151 सचक्क्रेहिं ॥ १६१ ॥
सुमंगले 153 अत्थसिद्धे य*, णेव्वाणे य महाजसे ।
धम्मज्झ य अरहा, आगमेसाण 154 होक्खति ॥ १६२ ॥
There will be twenty-four Seers in Airavata region of the continent of Jambūdvipa, in the coming ascending half-cycle, namely, Sumangala, Siddhārtha, Nirvāna and Mahāyaśa, Dharmadhvaja will be coming (future) Seers.162.
155 सिरिचंदे पुप्फकेऊ 156य, महाचंदे य केवली ।
सुयसागरे य अरहा, आगमेसाण 157 होक्खती ।। १६३ ॥
Śricandra, Puspaketu, omniscient Mahācandra and Śrutasägara will be future Seers. 163.

• 148. गाथेयं स्थानाङ्गसूत्रेऽपि [सू० ६७२ ] निर्दिष्टा ||
149. सब्बे वि मु० ॥
150 हमिहिंति खं० | हमीहंती जे० । हंमियंति हे १ ला २ । हंमेहिंति हे २ ॥
151. सचक्कणं खं जे० हे १ ला २ ॥
152. ओस खं० । उस जे० ला १ ॥
153. अत्थिसिद्धे य जे० । अ सिद्धत्थे मु० ॥ *या जे १ ॥
154. मेस्साण जे० ॥
155. इत आरभ्य देवउत्ते य होक्खती इतिपर्यन्तः पाठः खं० मध्ये द्विर्भूतः ॥
156. या खं० हे १ ला २ । य नास्ति मु० ॥
157. मेस्साण जे० ॥

Page #401

Great Men
349
158सिद्धत्थे पुण्णघोसे य, महाघोसे य केवली। 15°सच्चसेणे य 160अरहा, अणंतविजए इ य॥१६४॥
Siddhārtha, Pūrņaghoșa, omniscient Mahāghoşa and Satyasena will be future Seers.164.
सूरसेणे महासेणे, *देवसेणे य केवली। सव्वाणंदे य अरहा, 161देवउत्ते य 162होक्खती॥१६५॥
Sūrasena, Mahāsena, omniscient Devasena, Seer Sarvāṇanda and Devaputra will be (future Seers). 165.
सुपासे सुव्वते 163अरहा, महासुक्खे य कोसले। * 164देवाणंदे अरहा णं विजये विमल उत्तरे॥१६६॥ अरहा अरहा य महायसे। देवोववाए * अरहा 165आगमेस्साण होक्खती॥१६७॥
Supārsva, Seer Suvrata, Mahāsukkha, Seer Sukošala, Seer Devānanda, Vijaya and Vimala will be future (Seers). 166. Seer Mahāyasa will be future Seers. 167.
158. खं० मध्ये प्रथमे पाठे सिद्धत्ये इति, द्वितीये तु सिद्धे य इति पाठः। दृश्यतां टि० ३॥ 159. खं० मध्ये प्रथमे पाठे सच्यसेणे इति द्वितीय तु सव्वसेणे इति पाठः॥ सबसेणे जे० जे १ हे १ ला १, २ । दृश्यतां टि० ३ । प्रवचनसारोद्धारे [गा० ३०१] सव्वसेणे इति पाठः, तद्वदत्तौ तु सत्यसेन इति व्याख्यातम्॥ 160. अरहा आगमिस्साण होक्खई ॥४९॥ सूरसेणे य अरहा महासेणे य केवली मु०॥ देवसेणे नास्ति जे ॥ 161. देवहुत्ते हे २। देवदत्ते हे १ ला २ ॥ 162. खं० मध्ये प्रथमे पाठे होक्खति इति, द्वितीये तु होक्खती इति। दृश्यतां टि० ३॥ 163. जे० विना अरहा महासुक्के य य सुकोसले खं०। अरहा महासुक्के य कोसले हे २ । अरहा अरहा य सुकोसले ला १। अरहा अरहे य सुकोसले मु०। अरहा य सुकोसले जे १ हे १ ला २॥ 164, " एतदन्तर्गतपाठस्थाने-दवाणंदे [य हे २] अरहा अणंतविजए ति या विमले उत्तरे अरहा अरहा य महाबले। देवोववाए जे० विना। अरहा अणंतविजए आगमिस्सेण होक्खई ॥११॥ विमले उत्तरे अरहा अरहा य महाबले। देवाणंदे य मु०॥ 165. मेसाण खं० जे १ ला २। मिस्सेण मु०॥

Page #402

350
Samavāyāngasūtra
एए वुत्ता 166चउव्वीसं, 167 एरवतवासम्मि केवली। 168आगमेसाण होक्खंति, धम्मतित्थस्स देसगा॥ १६८॥
These (above) said twenty-four will be omniscients in the Airāvata region, in the coming (ascending half-cycle) and will be preacher of the order of religion. 168.
16°बारस चक्कवट्टिपितरो मातरो चक्कवट्टिइत्थीरयणा भविस्संति, नव बलदेववासुदेवपितरो मातरो णव दसारमंडला भविस्संति, 17°तंजहा-उत्तिमपुरिसा जाव रामकेसवा भायरो भविस्संति, नामा, पडिसत्तू, पुव्वभवणामधेजाणि, धम्मायरिया, णिदाणभूमीओ, णिदाणकारणा, 171आयाए, एरवते 172आगमेसा भाणियव्वा, एवं दोसु वि 173आगमेसा भाणियब्वा। .
There will be twelve fathers, twelve mothers and twelve jewels like wives of twelve universal monarchs. There will be nine fathers, nine mothers, nine dasāramandalas of Baladevas and Väsudevas, namely: excellent (uttama) men, (moderate (madhyama) men and renowned (pradhāna)] till will be a pair of Rāma and Keśava as brothers, there will be (their) nine enemies, (their) nine names of previous births, (their) nine religious teachers, (their) nine places of desire for future (nidāna-sthāna) and its (nidāna's) nine causes, (their) manifestation in Airāvata in future, are also to be described). Likewise, (Vāsudevas etc.) of the coming (ascending half-cycle) of both (Bharat and Airāvata regions) to be described. 166. अत्र विभिन्नेषु पाठेषु चतुर्विंशतिसंख्यायां भूयान् विससंवादो वर्तते, अष्टमे परिशिष्टे द्रष्टव्यम्॥ 167. एरवयम्मि मु०॥ 168. मेसाणं जे०। मिस्साण मु०॥ 169. हस्तलिखितादर्शेषु वचिदप्यनुपलभ्यमान ईदृशः पाठो मु० मध्ये दृश्यते-बारस चकवट्टिणो भविस्संति, बारस चक्कवट्टिपियरो भविस्संति, बारस मायरो भविस्संति बारस इत्थीरणा भविस्संति नव बलदेववासुदेवपियरो भविस्संति णव वासुदेवमायरो भविस्संति, णव बलदेवमायरो भविस्संति, णव दसारमंडला भविस्संति, उत्तमपुरिसा मज्झिमपुरिसा पहाणपुरिसा जाव दुवे दुवे रामकेसवा भायरो भविस्संति, नव पुवभवणामधेज्जा णव धम्मायरिया णव णियाणयभूमीओणव णियाणकारणा, आयाए एरवए आगमिस्साए भाणियव्या एवं दोसुवि आगमिस्साए भाणियव्या मु०॥ 170. तंजहा नास्ति खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 171. "सर्वं सुगमं ग्रन्थसमाप्तिं यावत्, नवरम् आयाए त्ति बलदेवादेरायातम्, देवलोकादेश्व्युतस्य मनुष्येषूत्पादः सिद्धिश्च यथा रामस्येति। एवं दोसु वि त्ति भरतैरावतयोरागमिष्यन्तो वासुदेवादयो भणितव्याः"-अटी०॥ 172. मेसाणं भा हे २॥ 173. आगमेसा भाणियव्या नास्ति खं० जे० १ हे १ ला २॥

Page #403

Great Men
351
159 159. इच्चेतं एवमाहिज्जति, तंजहा-कुलगरवंसे ति य एवं तित्थगरवंसे ति य चक्कवट्टिवंसे ति यदसारवंसे ति य गणधरवंसे ति य इसिवंसे ति य जतिवंसे ति य मुणिवंसे ति य सुते ति वा सुतंगे ति वा सुतसमासे ति वा सुतखंधे ति वा समाए ति वा संखेति वा। *समत्तमंग मक्खायं, अज्झयणं ति त्ति बेमि॥
॥'समवाओ चउत्थमंगं सम्मत्तं॥ ग्रं०१६६७॥ In this way, this (Samavāyāngasūtra) is expounded, namely: lineage of governors, lineage of Seers, lineage of universal monarchs, lineage of . (Vasudevas), lineage of direct-disciples, lineage of sages (rsis), lineage of yatis and lineage of monks. (This text) is designated as scripture (śruta) or scriptural anga (śrutānga) or scripture in brief (śrutasamāsa) or scripture book (śruta-skandha) or group (samavāya) and numerical (sankhyā). This Anga is expounded completly (samasta)— Thus I say section (adhyayana).
1. 'ज्जति खं० हे १ ला २ ॥ 2. दसारवंसे ति य नास्ति मु०॥ 3. समवाए मु०॥ 4. समंत्त' जेमू १ हे १ ला २ मु०। “ समस्तं परिपूर्ण तदेतदङ्गमाख्यातं भगवता, नेह श्रुतस्कन्धद्वयादिखण्डनेन आधारादाविवाङ्गतेति भावः। तथा अज्झयणं ति त्ति समस्तमेतदध्ययनमिति आख्यातम्, नेहोद्देशका- दिखण्डनास्ति शस्त्रपरिज्ञादिष्विवेति भावः। इतिशब्दः समाप्ती, बेमि त्ति किल सुधर्मस्वामी जम्बूस्वामिनं प्रत्याह स्म, बवीमि प्रतिपादयामि एतत् श्रीमन्महावीरवर्धमानस्वामिनः समीपे यदवधारितमिति"-अटी०॥ 5. 'मक्खायं ति अज्झ ला १। मक्खायतिं अज्झ जे०॥ 6. 'यणं ति बेमि मु०॥ 7. सम्मत्तं समवायांगसूत्रं पुस्तकं ॥छ॥ श्री॥-हे २॥ 8. ग्रं० १६६७ नास्ति हे १,२ ला २१ खं० मध्ये इतः परं समवायाङ्गवृत्तिलिखितास्ति तदन्ते तु 'संवत् १३४९ वर्षे माघशुदि १३ अघेह श्रे० होना श्रे० कुमरसीह सोमप्रभृतिसंघसमवाय-समारब्धभाण्डागारे ले० सीहाकेन श्रीसमवायवृत्तिपुस्तकं लिखितम्॥ इतनेखो दृश्यते। जे० मध्येऽपि इतः परं समवायाङ्गसूत्रवृत्तिलिखितास्ति, तदन्ते च 'शुभं भवतु॥छ॥संवत् १४०१ वर्षे माघशुक्ल ......। श्री समवायाङ्गसूत्रवृत्तिपुस्तकं सा० रउलांसुश्रावकेण मूल्येन गृहीत्वा श्रीखरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनपद्मसूरिपट्टालंकारश्रीजिन [चन्द्र ?]सुरिसुगुरुभ्यः प्रादायि। आचन्दा नन्दतात्। छ।' इत्युल्लेखो दृश्यते। ला १ मध्ये 'अंकतोऽपि ग्रन्थाग्रं १६६७ प्रमाणम्। शुभं भवतु। कल्याणमस्तु। साधुसाध्वीपठनार्थम्॥ छ॥ संवत् १५८२ वर्षे आषाढमासे कृष्णपक्षे ९ शुक्रे लेषक हरनाथलक्षतं॥ श्रीपत्तनमध्ये॥' इत्युल्लेखो दृश्यते॥

Page #404

Page #405

Gāthā Index
90 31
110 62 126
121
30 149
77
11
115
155
93
77
141
102 52
32
Abahussue ya je kei Abhayakara ņivvutikarī Abambhayārī je kei Addīnasattu samkhe sudamsaņe Akumārabhūe je kei Amame ņikkasāe ya Ambe ambarisī ceva Ammade dārumade yā Anamtarā ya āhāre Aņāyagassa nayavam dāre Aạidāņakadā rāmā Annātatā alobhe ya Aparātiya vīsaseñe vīsatime Apassamāno passāmi deve Appaņo ahie bāle Arahā araha ya mahāyase Aruņapabbha sūrappabha Asipatte dhanukumbhe Assagīve jāva jarāsaņdhe Assamjalam jinavasabham vamde Atavassie.ya je kei Atipāsam ca supāsam Atthe ya suriyāvatte Atthamtakaļā rāmā ego Ayale vi. jāva rāme Aloyanā niravalăve Anaya-pāņayakappe Asiyam battīsam atthāvisam Āyariyauvajhāehim suyam Āyariyauvajjhāyāṇam sammam Bahujanassa ņeyāram Bambhi phaggu samma Battīsa tthāvīsā bārasa
167 89 12 136
Battisatim dhan@im cetiyarukkho Bārasa ekkārasame bārasame Bhaddā subhaddā ya suppabhā Bharahe sagare maghavam Bharahe ya dihadamte gūdhadamte Bhede visaya samthāņe Bhisae ya imda kumbhe Calacavalakumdaladharā Campaya baule ya tahā Camdajasa camda [kamtā Camdānanam sucamdam aggisenam Cattāri duvālasa attha ceva Causathi asurāņam Dasa coddasa attha Dāvaddave udagaņāte Devai cevam saccati taha Dhansei jo abhūyeņam akammam Dhitimatīya samvege Dinne vārāhe puna Dīva-disā - udadhīņam Diva-disā udahīņam Duonayam jahājāyam Duvitthū ya tivitthūya Ee vuttā cauvvīsam Ekkārasuttaram hetthimesu Ekko bhagavam vīro pāso Ekko ya sattamãe pamca ya Etāim nāmāim puvvabhave Etăto sīyāto savvesim Ete dhammāyariya Ete khalu padisattů Ete khalu padisattā jāva Ete visuddhalesā jimavara
114 67
143
59
45 144
7
15
159 168
128
53
97
69
138
64
130
91
133
68

Page #406

2
Ete vutta cauvvisam bharahe
Gāvī jue jāva mātukā ti ya
Gūḍhāyārī nigūhejjā
Iddhi juti jaso vanno
Issarena aduvā gāmeņa
Īsādosena āitthe
Jakkhiņi pupphacülā ya
Jam nissie uvvahati
Jāņamāņo parisao
Jayateyam samarambha Je kahāhigaranaim
Je nayagam va rathassa
Je ya ähammie joe
Je ya māņussae bhoe
Je yāvi tase pāņe
Jiyaragamaggisenam vamde
Kittikammassa ya karane Mahāhari ya vijae ya Mahāpaume surādeve supāse
Mahurā jāva hatthinapuram
Mamdara meru manorama
Marudevā vijayaseṇā
Mattamgaya ya bhimgā
Migasira addā pūso
Mittadäme sudame ya
Mittavähaṇe subhūme ya suppabhe
Miyāvati uma ceva
Navamo ya mahāpaumo
Naggobe sattivanne sale Nande ya namdamitte
Nābhi jiyasattü ya
Neyauyassa maggassa duhe Paccakkhāṇe viosagge
Padhama hoi subhaddā
Padhamettha usabhasene bitie

5353 1 8 2 2 4 5 10
151
25
34
118
145
6
120
147
134
14
82
4
3
ཧཊཿ༈ཡྻསྨཱཊྛི 8 & € 8 སྨྲ
74
146
125
122
107
158
56
123 113
Samavāyāngasūtra
Padhamettha vatiraṇābhe vimale Padhamettha vimalavähaṇa Paumā siva suyī amjū
Paume ya mahāpaume
Payavati ya bambhe rudde Pāniņā sampihittäṇam
Puno puno panihie
Purato vahamti devā nāgā Pusse punṇavasu puna Puvvim ukkhittā māņusehim Saccappavāyapuvvam tatto Sacchattā sapaḍāgā saveiyā
Sadhe niyaḍipannāṇe Sambhuta subhadda sudamsaņe Samvaccharena bhikkha laddhā Samvare aniyaṭṭi ya vivāe Samganam ca parinņā ya Sappi jahā amḍaudam
Satabhisaya bharani addā Satajjale satāū ya
Satthaparinnä logavijao Savve vi egaduseṇa
Savvesim pi jināṇam
Sāhāraṇaṭṭhā je kei Sejjamsa bambhadatte Selä salila ya samudda
Seniya supāsa udae Siddhatthe punnaghose ya Siharahe meharahe ruppi Siricamde pupphakeū ya Sisammi je pahanai Sisäveḍheņa je kei
Sītā ya davva sārīra sāta Siya sudamsaṇā suppabhā
Subhe ya subhaghose ya
ཚ Rཊྛིཥྛིཡྻཾབཙ་དྡྷ8°མྦ ྂ ཎྜ g ༞ 8 2RསRg
9
46
100
60
21 22 228
164
86
163

Page #407

Gāthā Index
Suggīve dadharahe viņhū Sujasā suvvaya airā
Sumamgala jasavatī bhaddā
Sumamgale atthsiddhe ya
Sumatittha niccabhatteṇa
Sumdarabahu taha dîhabāhū
Supāse suvvate arahā
Sūrasene mahāseņe
Sūre sudansame kumbhe
Tahevāṇamtaṇāṇīnam
Tatto havati migālī
Temduga pāḍali jambū
Tilae ya lohajamghe
Tinneva gāuyāim cetiyarukkho
Tinneva uttaraim
Tīsā ya panṇavīsā
Tiviṭṭhu ya jāva kahe
Udae pedhälaputte ya pottile
Uditoditakulavamsā
Uggāṇam bhogāṇam rātiņņā Ukkhittaṇāe samghāde
Uppayapuvvamaggeniyam
Usabhassa padhamabhikkhā Usabhe sumittavijae samuddavijae Usabho ya viņītāe bāravatie Uvagasamtam pi jhampitta Uvahi suya bhattapāņe Uvaṭṭiyam padivirayam Vamdāmi juttisenam Vayacchakkam kāyachakkam Vijjāaṇuppavāyam avamjha
Vissabhūti pavvayae dhaṇadatta Vissanamdi subamdhu

3288
79
120a
162
99
85
166
165
80
40
154
108
160
111
58
65
127
ཐྲི༈༙ ཚ $ - གླg2888 སྠཱཿ ཋ ཋནྟྲ
148
105
119
95
29
5
39
142
10
129
131
3

Page #408

Classified Index of Proper Names
14[1]; 145
34
158
1) Arms
Asi Cakka Gayā Hala Jamta Kanaga Musala Musamdhi Namdaga Satagghi
Satti 2) Art
158
150
150
Dhāupāga Dobhākara Gahacarita Gamdhajuttim Ganita Gayalakkhana Gadham Giya Gonalakkhana Hatthisikkhā Hayalakkhana Hirannavāya Itthilakkhana Isattha Jāņavaya Juddha Juddhātijuddha
158 150
•
158
.
Ajja
Annavidhi Asilakkhana Atthāvaya Atthijuddha Abharaṇavihi Āsasikkha Bāhujuddha Cakkalakkhana Cammalakkhana Camdacarita Cāram Charuppagaya Chattalakkhana Damdajuddha Damdalakkhana Dayamattiya Dhammakhedda Dhanuvveya
RRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRRR
Jūya
Kadagacchejja Kākanilakkhana Khamdhavāramāņa Khamdhāvāranivesa Kukkudalakkhana Leha Madhusittha Mamtagaya Manilakkhana Manipāga Māgahiyā Memdhayalakkhana Mutthijuddha Nagaramāna

Page #409

Classified Index of Proper Names
5
Nagaranivesa Natta Nāliyākhedda Nijjiva Nijuddha Padicara Padivũha Paheliya Pattacchejja Pāņavidhi Porekavva Pukkharagaya Purisalakkhana Rahassagaya Rāhucarita Rūva Sabhāva Sajīva Samatāla Saragaya Saunaruya Sayaņavihi Siloga Sobhākara .. Süracarita Suttakhedda Suvannavāya Tarunīpadikammam Vattakhedda Vatthumāna Vatthunivesa Vāita Vijjāgatavūha Vüha
|
723) Caves
Khamdagapavāyaguha
Timisaguhā 4) Cloth
Dūsa Khoma
157 5) Constellation (Muhurt) Abhicamda
30 Abhivaddhiya
31[1] Aggivesāyana
30 Ahoratta
30[1]; 93 Ahorātiyā
12[1] Āicca
31[1] Anamda Atava Āvatta Īsāņa Balava Bambha Bhāviyappā Bhumaha Camdadiņa Camdasamvacchara Gamdhavva Juga
61; 62; 67; 96 Māhimda Mitta Muhutta
29[1]; 77 Nakkhattamāsa
27[1] Osappini
21[1]; 42 Palamba Pāyāvacca Palitovama Porisi
27[1]; 36 Rakkhasa
34
20[3]
30 1[6]
VII.
30

Page #410

Samavāyāngasūtra
Risabha Rodda Sacca Satarisabha Savatthasiddha Sāgarovama Seta Supiya Tattha Tatthava Ussappini Uvasama Varuna
1[5]
30
30
30
20[1]
Vāū
Puvvāphagguni
2[2] Puvvāsādha
4[2] Revati
32[1] Rohini 8[2]; 19[1]; 45; 158 Sāvana
27[1] Sayabhisayā
100 Sāti Uttarāsādha
4[2] Uttarābhaddavatā
2[2] Uttarāphagguni
2[2] Visāhā
8[2); 45 7) Cream Gosīsa
150 Rattcamdana
150 8) Creatures Cauppaya
34;54 Duppaya
. 34 Gaddabha
30[1] Garula
157 Gava
30[1] Gāvi Giddha
30[1] Jalayara
13[1] Maccha
9[2] Manussa
147; 152 Marutavasabha
158 Pani
30[1] Siha
17[3] 9) Dhūpana
Dhūva Kālāguru Kumdurukka
Turukka 10) Dialect
Addhamāgadha
9[2]
Vesamaņa Vijaya
Visasena 6) Constellation (Nakşatra)
Abhīji Adda
1[5] Anurāhā
8[2] Asiles.-Asalesā-Assesā 15[2] Assini
3[2] Bharani
3[2] Citta
1[5] Dhanitthā
5[2] Hattha
5[2]; 10[2] Jetthā
3[2]; 8[2]; 15[2] Kattiya
6[2] Mahā
7[2] Migasīra
10[2] Müla
10[2] Punavvasū 5[2];8[2]; 45; 157 Pussa
3[2] Puwvābhaddavatā
22]
158.

Page #411

Classified Index of Proper Names
157
157
138
11) Dynasties
Bhoga Khattiya
157 Rātinna Ugga
157 12) Forest Naņdanavana
85; 99 Pamdayavana 13) Fortnights (Pakşa) Bahulapakkha
15[1]; 62 Sukkapakkha
15[1]; 62 14) Gem Gotthubha 42; 43; 52; 57; 58;
87; 88; 92; 157 Manirayana
14[1] Mutta
25[1]; 74 15) Gems of Universal Monarch Asirayana
14[1] Asarayana
14[1] Cakkarayana
14[1] Cammarayana
14[1] Chattarayana
14[1] Damdarayana
14[1] Gāhāvairayana
14[1] Hatthirayana
14[1] Itthīrayana
14[1] Kāginirayana
14[1] Manirayana
14[1] Purohitarayana
14[1] Senavatirayana
14[1] Vaddhairayana
14[1] 16) Heirarchy of monks & nuns Āyariya
30[1] Gañadhara 8[1]; 11(2); 37; 48; 54;
66; 83; 86; 90; 93; 95; 147; 157
Pavattini
147 Thera 30[1]; 47; 65; 72; 74; 78;
83; 92; 95 Titthamkara 1[2]; 19[1]; 25[1]; 34;
54; 158 Uvajjhāya
30[1] 17) Heretics Annāniyavādi
137 Ājīviya
22[1]; 147 Kiriyāvādi
137 Terāsiya
22[1]; 147 Venaiyavādī
137 18) House-hold Attālaya
150 Bhavana Bhoma 9157 [2]; 29[1]; 33[1]; 65; Cariya
150 Dāra
150 Goura
150 Kavāda
150 Keu
79; 95 Kudabhi Ovāriyālena
16[2] Paļāgā
150 Padiduāra
150 Pokkharakanniyā
150 Thūbhiyagga
12[1] Torana 19) Islands Gotamadīva
69 Jambūdīva 1[4]; 9(2); 11[2]; 12[1];
19[1]; 23[2]; 27[1]; 34; 43; 56; 65;
79; 80; 82; 95; 102; 130; 157, 158 20) Measure for Security Khāta
150
34
150

Page #412

8
Pāgāra
Phaliha
21) Metals
Amjana
Kanaga
Tau
Tavanijja
22) Month (Māsa)
Asāḍha
Asoa
Bhaddavate
Cetta
Kattiya
Māsa
Phagguna
Posa
Sāvaṇa
Vaisäha
23) Mountains
Āvāsapavvaya
Amjanagapavvaya
Balakūḍa
Dadhimuhapavvaya
Gamdhamādaṇa
Hari
Harissaha
Jamaga
Kamcanagapavvaya Keuga, Keuka
37
150

18[3]; 99; 146
1585850
87
84
113
Cullahimavamtakūḍa 7[1]; 24[1]; 100; 109
Dihaveyaḍdhapavvaya 25[1]; 34; 50;
100
64
108
Gotthubha-Gotthubha 42; 43; 52; 57;
58; 87; 88; 92
113
113
113
50; 100
52; 57
146
29[1]
15[2]; 36
29[1]
15[2]; 36
8[2]; 29[1]; 158
29[1];31[1]
29[1]
29[1]
27[1]
29[1]
Mamḍaliyapavvaya
85
Mahāhimavamta 7[1]; 53; 57; 82; 102
Mānusuttara
1[7]
16[1]
7[1]; 63; 112
113
7[1]; 63
7[1]; 53; 57; 82; 102; 157
17[1]
85
7[1]; 24[1]; 100
108
17[1]
17[1]
39
57
108
90; 113
106; 108; 113
108
Merū
Nilavamta
Namdaṇakūḍavajjā
Nisaḍha
Ruppi
Ruyagimda
Ruyaya
Sihari
Somanasa
Tigimcchakūḍa
Uppayapavvaya
Usukära
.
Vasadharapavvaya
Vāsaharakūḍa
24) Ocean
Vaṭṭaveyaḍdhapavvaya
Vakkhārapavvaya
Vijjuppabha
Ghanodahi
Käloa
Samaväyängasūtra
Lavaṇasamudda
25) Ornaments
Ekavali
Hära
Kadisuttaga
Kumdala
Muttavali
Tilaya
26) Palanquins Abhayakari
Aggisappabhä
20[1]; 79; 86 42
16[1]; 17[1]; 60;
72; 95; 125; 128
158
158
158
158
74
157; 158
1555555

Page #413

Classified Index of Proper Names
157
157
157
157
157
157 157
157
157
155
157
157
158
IS7
158
157
157
157 157
158
Aparājiyā Arunappabhā Camdappabhā Devakuru Jayamti Mahāvimāna Manoharā Manorama Nāgadattā Ņivvutikari Pamcavannā Sāgaradatta Siddhartha Sudamsaņā Suppabhā Suppasiddhā Sūrappabhā . Uduvimāna Uttarakura Vejayamtī
Vijayā · Vimalā
Visāla.. 27) Person
Abhinamdana Abhicamda: Acamdā Agginam Aggi Aggibhūti Aggiccābham Aggisenam Aggisiha Aggiuttam Aggivesāyane
157
Aibala
158 Airā
157 Ajita 24[1]; 71; 94; 107; 157 Ajitarahā
158 Ajitasena
157, 158 Ajiya
90; 132; 158 Ajjasuhamma
100 Akampita
11[2]; 78 Amanāvā Amanunnā
155 Amama Ammayā Ambada
15[1]; 158 Ambarisi
15[1] Amju
157 Anamtasena
157 Anastavijae Anamtaya
158 Aparāiya
158 Aparātiya
157, 158 Ara
30[1]; 158 Arittha Aritthanemi 10[1]; 18[1]; 54; 104;
110; 111; 113 Aritthavaranemi Asamjala
146 Asogalaliya
157, 158 Assagīve
158 Assasena Atipāsa Atirāņi
157 Ayala
1[2]; 80; 158 Ayalabhāyā
11[2] Āicca
31[1] Āņamda
30[1]; 157, 158
157
157
157
157
157 157
157
157
105 30[1]; 109;
158
76 157 11[2] 8[4] 158 158
158 30[1]
158

Page #414

Samavāyāngasūtra
158
158 158
157
Bali
Dadhāū Dasadhanū Dasaraha Datta Dārumada Devai Devasamma Devautta Devānamda Devi Dhamma
35; 158
158 - 158
158
Balabhadda Baladeva 10[1]; 12[1]; 35; 51; 54;
68; 73; 80
6[2];32(1); 60 Bambha 11[4]; 12(1); 18[1]; 60; 158 Bambhadatta
157, 158 Bambhayāri
8[1]; 30[1]; Bambhe
30[1]; 157 Bambhī 18[1]; 46; 84; 157 Bamdhu
157 Bāhubali
84 Bhadda
16[3]; 158 Bhadda
158 Bharaha 7[1]; 34; 77; 83; 84; 108;
· 129; 158 Bhayālī
158 Bhāņu
157
158
158
157; 158 i [3]; 4[1]; 16[1]; : 23[1]; 45; 48
158 157 158 157 158
157 157, 158
:
Bhisae
157
158 157
157
Dhammajjhae Dhammamitta Dhammasena Dhammasīha Dhanadatta Dhanne Dhara Dharani Dharanidhara Dharani Dinna Dihabāhu Dihadamta Dumasena Gamgadatta Gotama Guttisena Gūdhadamta Harisena Imdabhūtī Imdadatta Imdadinne Imdajjhao
157 157
157 157, 158
158
157
Bhima Bhimasena Cakkauha
157 Cakkhukamtā
157 Cakkhuma
157 Camara 16[2]; 17[1]; 32(1);33[1];
34; 36; 51; 157 Camdanajjā Camdajasā
157 Camdakamtā
3[4];157 Camdappabha 3[4];93; 101; 157 Camdānana
158 Caru
157 Cittautta Culani
158 Dadhadhanū
158 Dadharaha
158
158
158
158 89;97; 158 11[2]; 92; 157
158
157
157

Page #415

Classified Index of Proper Names
158
158
157
158
16[3]
158
8[1] 157
158 6[4]; 10[4]; 15[1]
158 17[3]; 115; 158;
157158 1[2];7(1); 11[2];
158
157 19[1]; 25[1];55; 11[2]; 30[1]; 83
157 157, 158
157
157
Isidinne Jakkhiņi Jarāsamdha
158 Jasa Jasama Jasavati
158 Jaya
158 Jayamta 31[1]; 32[3]; 33[2]; 37;
55; 149; 151; 158 Jayamti
157 Jaya
157 Jālā Jiyasattu
157 Jiyari
157 Jugabāhū Juttisena
158 Kakkaseña
157 Kanha
10[1]; 158 Kanhasiri
158 Kattavirie
158 Kattiya
8 [2]; 29[1]; 158 Kayavammā
157 Käsavi Kekai
158 Kesari
158 Khemamdhara
158 Khemamkara Kumbha
19[1]; 25[1]; 157 Kumthu 32[1]; 35; 37; 81; 91; 95; 158 Kurumati Lacchimati Laliyamitta
158 Latthabahu Lohajamghe
158 Maghavam
Mahābala Mahābāhū Mahābhadda Mahābhimasena Mahācamda Mahāghosa Mahāhari Mahāpauma Mahāsena Mahāvīra Mahaszha Mahimdadatta Malli Mamdiyaputta Mamgalā Marudeva Marudevi Māhimdadatta Māhimdara Meha : Meharaha Merā Metajja Migāli Mittadāma Mittavāhane Miyāvai Moriyaputta Munisuvvata Namdā Namdisena Nābhi Nāraa Nimmama Nippulāya
157
ml millibatallallilull
157 157 157
158 11[2]
158
157
157
158
158
158 11[2]; 65; 95 20[1]; 50; 158
lor
150
157
158
157
158 16[1]; 157
158 158 158
158

Page #416

Samavāyāngasūtra
b
.
157
Phaggu
157
158
158
Pabhāsa 7[3]; 11[2]; 22[3] Pabhāvai
157 Padisüi
158 Pauma 17[3]; 18(3); 157; 158 Paumappabha
103 Paumasiri
158 Paumuttara
158 Payāvati
158 Pāsa 8[1];9[1]; 16[2]; 30[1]; 38; 70;
100; 105; 109; 113; 114; 126; 157 Pedhālaputta
158
157 Piyadamsana
16[1]; 158 Piyamitta
158 Pottila Punnaghosa
158 Punavvasū 5[2]; 8[2]; 45; 157 Pupphacūlā
157 Pupphadamta
75,86; 100 Pupphakeu
158 Pupphavati
157 Purisapumdarīya
1[2] Purisasiha
1(2); 133 Purisottama
1[2]; 50 Pussa: Rakkhiya Rāma
10[1]; 12(1); 157 Rāyalalie
158 Revati
158 Rohini 8[2]; 19[1]; 45; 158 Rudda : 4[1]; 15[1]; 158 Ruppi 7[1];53; 57; 82; 102; 157 Saccasena
158 Saccati Sahadeva
158
Samudda
42; 138 Samuddadatta
158 Samuddavijaya
157, 158 Sambhava
59; 106 Sambhūta
158 Samkarisana
158 Samkha 42; 43; 52; 57; 87; 157;
59; 106 Sanamkumāra 2[3];7[2]; 32[1] Satae
158 Satajjala Sataraha Savvānamda
158 Savvāņubhūtī
158 Sayadhanū Sayambhu
6[4]; 90; 157 Sayampabha 16[1]; 157, 158 Sayāù Sāgara
1[71; 158 Sāgaradatta
157 Sāmacamdam
158 Sāmakottha
158 Sāmā
157 Sejjamsa
80; 84; 157 Senā Seniya
158 Sesamati
158 Sevāla
158 Siddhartha
20[3]; 157 Siri
157 Siribhūti
158 Siricamda Sirikamtā
14[3]; 157 Sirisoma Siriutta
157
157
157
157
158
158
158

Page #417

Classified Index of Proper Names
13
84
30[1] 1[2]; 157; 158
158 157
157
157
Siri Siva Sivasena Sīhagiri Sīharaha Sihasena Sīmamdhara Sīmamkara Sitala Soma Somadatta Somadeva Somā
158
157
158 34; 75; 83 8[1]; 158
157 157
157
32[1] 15[4]; 157, 158
158
Sui
158
16[3]; 158 16[3]; 158
Sumdarabāhū Sumdari Suņamda 15[4]; 157; 158 Supāsa 86;95; 102; 157, 158 Suppabha
51; 157 Surimdadatta
157 Surūvā
157 Susimā Suvidhi
100 Suvihi
32[1]; 75; 86 Suvvaya
157 Suyasāgara Süra
5[4]; 32(1); 138 Sūradeva
158 Sūraseña Sürasirī Tāraya
1[2] Tisilā
157 Tivitthu
80; 84; 158 Udda
34 Umā
158 Usabha 23 [2]; 24[1]; 63; 83; 84;
89; 108; 157; 158; Usabhasena
157 Usabhasiri
135 Vaddhamana
24[1]; 157 Vajjambha Vappa Varadatta Vasittha Vasumdharā Vasudeva
158 Vasupujja
157 Vārāha
157; 158 Vārisenam
158
Suņamda Subamdhū Subhadda Subhaddã Subhūma Sucamdam Sudāma Sudamsaņā Suddhadamta Sudhammā Suggiva Sughosa . Suhamma Sujasā Sulasă Sumamgalā Sumana Sumati . Sumitta Sumittavijae Sumdara
158
157 8[1]; 16[1]; 157; 158 .
158
9[2]
157, 158 6[4]; 10[4]; 157
11[2]; 157
157 157
158
157
158
104
157
157
157
158

Page #418

14
Vāruṇī
Vasudeva
Väsupujja
Väyubhūtī
Vejayamti
Vijaya
Vinhū
Vimala
Vimalaghosa
Vimalavāhaṇa
Vipulavāhaṇa
Vissasena
Viyatte
Vira
28) Places
Addhabharaha
Bäravati
Bhāraha
Devakuru
Dhāyaisamḍa
Eravata; Eravaya
Hariväsa
Hemavat
Herannavata
Mahāvideha
Mahura
157
10[1]; 35; 50; 54; 68;
62; 70; 109; 157
11[2]
157
Camaracamcă
Dahinaddhabharaha
Dāhinabharahaḍḍha
Dahinaḍdhamaṇussakhetta
Manussakhetta
Pukkharadīva
Pukkharaddha
Rammayavāsa
Samayakhetta

9[2]; 12[1]; 30[1]
157
7[3]; 22[3]; 44
157
112; 157
158
157
11[2]
6[4]; 157
158
157
157
33[1]
122
98
66
157
68; 85; 127
7[1]; 34; 158
7[1]; 63
7[1]
7[1]
7[1]; 33[1]; 34
158
152
68
72
63
39; 45; 69
Uttaraddhamaṇussakhetta
66
Uttarakuru
157
Vijaya 9[2]; 12[1]; 30[1]; 31 [2]; 37;
68; 73; 149; 151; 157; 158;
157
Viņītā
29) Planets
Camda
Dhuvarāhu
Sūra
30) Plants
Ambagarukkha
Asoga
Ásottha
Baula
Bhimga
Campaya
Cetiyarukkhă
Chattoha
Cittamga
Cittarasa
Dadhivanna
Dhāyairukkha
Dīva
Gehāgāra
Jambū
Joi
Kusuma
Kūḍasāmali
Maniyamga
Mattamgaya
Māli
Samavāyāngasūtra
Namdirukkha
Nāgarukkha
Pāḍala
Phala
3[4]; 32[1]; 59; 62; 72
25[1]
5[4]; 32[1]; 138; 157
157
157; 158
157
157
10[2]
10[2];
157
157
10[2]; 23[2]; 30[1]; 76; 149
10[2]
8[1]; 157
10[2]
137
8[1]
10[2]
72
157
157
157
157
30[1]
10[2]
157
8[1]; 158
157

Page #419

Classified Index of Proper Names
15
74
.
157
Sirisa
157
157
Pilamkkhurukkha
157 Piyamgu
157 Piyata
157 Pomdariya 18[3]; 19[1]; 23[1] Pumdarīyagumma
18[3] Puppha
20[3] Sattivanna Sāla
18[3]; 157 Sālarukkha
157
. 157 Sudamsanā. 8[1]; 16[1]; 157, 158 Temduga Tilaya Tuļiamga
10[2] Uppala
20[3] Vanassati
6[1] Vedasirukkha
157 31) Ponds • Kesaridaha
117 Mahāpauma 17[3]; 115; 158; Mahāpumdariyaddaha
15 Paumaddaha
113 Pumdarīyaddaha
113 Tigimchaddaha
74; 117 32) River Gamgā
14[1]; 24[1] Hari
14[1] Harikamtā
14[1] Narakamtā
14[1] Närikmatā
14[1] Rattavati
14[1] Rattā
14[1] Rohiamsā
14[1] Rohiya
14[1] Ruppakūlā
14[1]
Simdhū 14[1]; 24[1]; 25[1] Siodā Sītā
14[1] Suvannakūlā
14[1] 33) Royal man Nayavam
30[1] Seņāvai
30[1] 34) Season Hemamta
71 35) Sections of the texts
Akāmamaranija Amda Anagaramagga Aņāhapavvajjā Appamāto Asamkhaya Avarakamkā
19[1] Ahattahiya
19[1] Āinna
19[1] Bahusutapujjā
36 Camdimā
19[1] Caranavihi Câuramgijja
36 Cittasambhūya
36 Dāvaddava
19[1] Dhamma
16 [1] Dumapattaya
36 Gamtha
16 [1] Gāhā
16 [1] Gotamakesijja
36 Haritesijja Itthiparinna
16[1] Jamatīta
16[1] Jannatijja Jivājīvavibhatti
36

Page #420

16
Samavāyāngasūtra
36
19[1]
16[1]
36 16 [1] 16 (1)
19[1] - 19[1] 19[1]
36
.
36
19[1]
36
1611
Kammapagadi Kāvilijja Khalumkijja Kumma Kusīlaparibhāsia Lesajjhayana Magga Mahāvīratthui Malli Mamdukka Māgamdi Miyacāritā Mokkhamaggagati Namdīphala Namipavvajjā Nirayavibhatti Pamāyatthāna Parīsaha Pāvasamanijja Purisaviijā Rahanemijja Rohini Samghāda Samjaijja Sabhikkhuga Samaya Samāhī Samāhitthana Samiti Samosarana Samuddapālijja Sāmāyāri Selaya Sumsumā
***** LEIFE***********************
Tettali
19[1] Tumba
19[1] Udaganāta
19[1] Ukkhittanāya
19[1] Urabbhijja Usukārijja
36 Uvasaggaparinnā
16[1] Veyālia
16 [1] Viņayasuya
36 Viria
14[1]; 16[1];23[1] 36) Texts
Aggenīya -Aggenia . [1] Atthapaya
147 Amtagadadasā: 1[2]; 136; 143 Anuttarovavātiyadasā 1[2]; 111;
· 114; 136; Anuogadāra 136; 141; 144 Anuoga
147 Atthiņatthipavāya 18[1], 147 Avamjha
14[1]; 147 Āgāsapaya Āyāra
1[2]; 18[1]; 25[1];
32[1];57;85; 136 Ayāracūlikā
57 Ātappavāya. Cutācutaseniyāparikamme 147 Cūliyā
12[1]; 147 Dasā
26[1] Duguna
147 Duvālasamga 1[2]; 136; 139; 148 Egaguna Egatthiyapaya Gamdiyāņuoga Ganipidaga 1[2]; 57; 136, 139, 148 Kappa [6;2[3]; 3[3]; 26[1]; 35; 157
147
19[1] 19[1]
36
147
! 36
16[1] 16[1]
36
36 16 [1]
.
147
26
147
147
19[1] 19[1]
36
Tavomagga

Page #421

Classified Index of Proper Names
17
140
71; 147
62
17[1]
147
Puvva
.
.
Keubhūya
147 Viyāha Keubhūtapadiggaha
147 Viyāhapannatti 1[2]; 81; 84; 136, Kiriyāvisāla
14[1] Viriya Logabimdusāra 25[1]; 147 3 7) Tithi Māuyāpaya
46 Amāvāsā Mūlapadhamāņuoga 147. Punnimā
40: 62 Namdāvatta 147 . Sattami
149 Nānappavāya
147 38) Types of Death Nāyādhammakahā 1[2]; 136; 141 Amtosallamarana Ogāhanaseniyāparikamma : 147 Avīimarana
17[1] Paccakkhāna 14[1];20(1); 42(1); 147 Āyamtimarana
17[1] Panhavāgarañadasā 1(2); 136; 145 Bālamarana
17[1] Parikamma
. 147 Bālapamditamarana 17[1] Pādha
Bhattapaccakkhāṇamaraña 17[1] Pānāyu
13[1]; 14[1]; 147 Chaumatthamaraņa 17[1] Putthaseņiyāparikamna 147. Gaddhapitthamaraña 17[1] 13[1]; 14[1] Imginimarana
17[1] Puvvagaya : 147 Kevalimarana
17[1] Saccappavāya 14[1]; 147 Ohimaraña
17[1] Samavāya 1(2); 136; 139 Pamditamarana
17[1] Samsārapaļiggaha : 147 Pāvovagamarana
17[1] Siddhaseniyāparikamma 147 Tabbhavamarana
17[1] Siddhāvatta 147 Valātamarana
17[1] Sutta 29[1]; 147 Vasasthamaraña
17[1] Sūyagada 1[2]; 137 Vehāyasamarana
17[1] Tiguna
147 39) Types of King Thāna
1[2]; 57; 136 Baladeva 10[1]; 12[1]; 35; 51; Uppāyapuvva 14[1]; 147
54; 68; 73; 80; 158 Uttarājjhayana
Cakkavatti 23[2]; 54; 68; 158; Uvasampajjanaseniyāparikamma 147 Cakki
139 Uvāsagadasa
1[2]; 136 Mamdalirāya
23[2] Vavahāra
26[1] Rāya 77,83; 97; 107; 108; 141; Vijāaņuppavāya 26[1] 14[1]
142; 143; 144; 146 Vippajahaņaseniyāparikamme 147 Vasudeva
158 Vivāgasuta
1[2]; 136; 146
36

Page #422

18
40) Types of Script Akkharaputthiyā
Amkalivi
Ayamsalivi
Bambhi
Bhogavaiyā
Dāmilī
Dosauriyā
Gabiyalivi
Gamdhavvalivi
Javaṇāliyā
Kharasāhiyā
Kharoṭṭhiyā
Mahisarī
Ninhaiyā
Pahārāiyā
Polimdi
Uccattariyä
Veṇavaiyā
41) Types of Village
Gāma
Nagara
Pattana
Rāyahāṇī
42) Secular Text
Amga
Amtalikkha
Annatitthiyapavattāņujoga
Bhoma
Jogāņujoga
Lakkhaṇa
Mamtāņujoga
Sara
Sūmiņa
Uppāya

18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
18[1]
30[1]
141; 142; 143; 144; 146
48
32[1]
29[1]; 136
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
Vamjana
Vijjāṇujoga
Vikahāṇujoga
43) Units of Length
Akkha
Amgula
Dhanu
Joyaṇa
Juga
Musala
Näliyā
Rayani
44) Warrior
Cakkajohi
Samavāyāngasūtra
29[1]
29[1]
29[1]
96
96
10[1]; 15[1]; 96
1[4]; 9[2]; 34; 84; 150
61; 62; 67; 96
96; 158
96
7[1];9[1]
158

Page #423

Glossary of Technical Term
Abambhayari (abrahmacāri) non-chaste 30[1] Abāhāte (abādhā) uninterruption 9[2] Abbhamtara (abhyantara) internal
6[1]; 96; 152
Abbhuṭṭhāna (abhyutthāna) getting up in respect 12[1] Abbhuvagama (abhyupagama) voluntarily accepted pain 153 Abhavasiddhiya (abhavyasiddha) non capable of release '2[1]; 6; 148
Abhāva non-mode 148 Abhivaḍḍhie mase (abhivardhita māsa) intercalary month 31[1] Acakkhu (acaksu) non-visual 9 [2]; 17[1]; 31[1] Acchinnacheyaṇayiyaim (achinna chedanayika) dependent on other aphorisms for interpretation 22[1]; 147 22[1] Adamde (adanda) non-sinful activity 1[3] Addhāsamae (addhāsamaya) time-substance 149 Addhanārāya (ardhanarāca) half interlocking and pinning joints 155
Acela-nudity
Adhamma of Adhammatthikaya (adharma or adharmästikäya) medium of rest 1[3]; 5[1] Adinṇādāṇāto (adattādāna) taking the not given 5[1] Agäravasam (agāravāsa) house-holder 75; 83 Agarulahu (agurulaghu) neither heavy nor light 25[1]; 28[1]; 42 148
Aheu (ahetu) non-cause Ahorattam (ahoratra) day and night 30[1]; 93

Ajīva non-living beings 137; 138; 139; 140; 148
Ajīvarāsī (ajīvarāśi) aggregate of non-souls 2[1];
149
Ajasokittīṇāma (ayaśaskīrtināma) physiquemaking karma causing dishonour and shame 25[1]; 28[1] Ajjava (ārjava) straightforwardness 10[1]; 32[1]; 143
Ajjhayana (adhyayana) chapter 44; 136; 138; 139; 142; 143; 144; 145; 146; 159 Ajogi (ayogi) bereft of three-fold activity 14[1] 5[1] Ajogaya (ayogatā) non-activity Akammabhumi (akarmabhūmi) land of enjoy10[2]
52
1[3] Akiriyāvādi (akriyävädin) non-actionist 137 Akkha (akṣa) unit measuring ninety-six finger breadth 96
Akkhae(ya) (akṣaya) non-decaying Aläbha-failure in receiving alms
148 22[1]
146
Aliyavayana (alikavacana) false speech Alobha greedlessness 32[1] Aloe (ga) (aloka) non-universe 1[3]; 137; 138; 139; 140 155 62
96
52; 58
30[1]
ment
Akhamā (akṣamā) non-forbearance Akiriyā (akriyā) non-activity
Amaṇunnā (amanojña) charmless Amāvāsā (amāvasya) moonless night Amgula (angula) finger breadth Amtarai (ti)ya (antarayika) obstructive Amtaraya (antarāya) obstruction

Page #424

Samavāyāngasūtra
148
Aniyattibayara (anivsttibādara) a spiritual stage Atthikaya (astikāya) extended substance 5[1]; with possible upsurge of passion 14[1] Aņamtāņubamdhī (anantānubandhin) life long Atthoggaha (arthāvagraha) determinate perceptiduration : 16[1] on of object
6[1] Anamta (ananta) infinite
12] Attukkose (ātmotkarşa) self-applause 52 Anastara (anantara) interval 153 Aatta (artta) mournful
4[1] Ankejja (anādeya) unsuggestive 25[1]; 28[1]; Avatthite (avasthita) firm
34; 148
Avirati-non-abstinence i 5 [1] Annalimge (anyalinga) sign of heretic. 157
Ābhiņibohiya (ābhinibodhika) sensory 28[1]; 66. Anasaņa (anaśana) fasting
Ādānabhae (ädänabhaya) fear of being taken Anubhāva (anubhāva) intensity 4[1] . away
7[1] Anuogo (anuyoga) fourth part of Drstivāda 147 A(d)ejja (ädeya) credible look
28[1] Aņuttara (anuttara) excellent 147; 149 Āgāra - house-holder
138 Aņuvītibhāsaņayā (anuvīcibhāşana) careful Ahākamma (ādhākarma) sin of monk taking the speech 25[1] food prepared for him
21(1) Apaccakkhāņa (apratyākhyāna) non-renunciation Ahārasannā (āhāra samnjñā) food instinct or desire 16[1]; 21(1) of food
4[1] Apamajjitacāri (apramārjitcārī) one plodding in Ahārayasarīra (āhārakaśarīra) translocational haste 20[1] body
152 Apasattha (aprašasta) inauspicious 28[1] . Aiccamasa (äditya māsa) solar month 31[1] Appajjatta (aparyäpta) undeveloped
Ājīvabhae (ājīvabhaya) fear of loosing lively Appajjattag(y)a (aparyāptaka) undeveloped
hood
7[1] 14[1]; 151 Aloyanā (ālocană) confession 32[1] Appano (ātmanah) self; soul 30[1] Aņupuvvī (ānupūrvī) serial order 42 Arati — uncomfortable surroundings 22[1] Ārovaņā (āropanā) adding expiation 28[1] Arūvi (arūpī) formless
149 Āsāyaņā (āśātanā) impertinence : 33[1] Asāyāveyanijja (asātāvedaniya) feeling of pain Asava (āsrava) influx of karma 1[3]
31[1]
Āsavadāra (āsrava dvāra) influx door 5[1] Asamkheijā (asamkhyāta) innumerable 1[6);
Āt(y) (ātmā) soul, living being [3); 136 2[3]
Ātavam (ātapa) warm splendour 30[1] Asannipaijataya (asamjñi paryāptaka) developed being without reason
Āukāiya (apkāyika) water-bodied 14[1]
17[1] Āvaliya (avalikā) row
62 Attakammuņā (ātmakarmanā) self committed acts
30111 Aviemaraņa (āvicimarana) instant death 17[1]

Page #425

Glossary of Technical Term
.
21
34
Āyāṇabhamdanikkhevaņāsamiīstī) (ādānabhān. yāna-maraña) death through food's gradual danikṣepaņā) carefulness in lifting and laying abandonment
17[1] down articles and in laying down excrements, Bhavanāvāsi- mansion god urine, spittle, bodily dirt and snot 8[1]
Bhavappaccaie (bhavapratyaya) inherent, innate, Āyamtiamarana (ātyantikamarana) final death (in
inborn
153 present state of existence]
17[1]
Bhavasiddhiya (bhavasiddhika) fit to be liberated Bahulam (bahula) thirteenth variety of the second
soul
148 section of Drstivāda
147
Bhavie (bhavya) capable of salvation 29[1] Bahulapakkha (bahulapakşa) dark fortnight 15[1]
Bhayatthāņa (bhayasthāna) case of fear 7[1] Bambhi (brāhmī) a script named after the daugh
Bhayasaņņā (bhaya samjñā) fear instinct 1[8]; ter of Rşabhadeva 18[1]; 46; 84; 157
4[1]; 28[1] Bambhacera (brahmacarya) celibacy 9[1]; 55
Bhayavivega (bhayaviveka) abandonment of fear Bambhaceravāsa (brahmacaryavāsa) observvance
25[1] of celibacy
10[1]
Bhāsāsami(t)ī (bhāsāsamiti) carefulness in speech Bambhayāri (brahmacärin) chaste 8[1]; 30[1]
5[1]; 8[1] Bamdha (bandha) bondage 1[3); 4[1]
Bhāva -- mode
148 Bamdhatthiti (bandhasthiti) duration of bondage Bhavana (bhāvanā) contemplation reflection 20[1]
25[1]; 148 Bädara - gross
Bhāvasacce (bhāvasatya) to ponder over the Bādarakāya -- gross body. 14[1] highest goal
27[1] · Băd(y)araņāma -- a specie of physique-making : Bhikkhupadimā (bhikṣupratimā) mendicant vow; karma causing gross body 25[1]; 28(1); 42 particular ascetic vow 12[1]; 49; 64; 81; 100 Bādaravanapphatikāya (bādaravanaspatikäya) Bhogapariccaya (bhogaparityāga) abandonment gross plant-bodied soul
of food
141; 143; 144; 146 Bāha - arm
9[2]; 65; 67 Bhūovaghātie (bhūtopaghātī) causing injury to Bālamarana-ignorant form of death 17[1]
one-sensed beings
20[1] pamditamarana (bālapanditamarana) death Bhūyaggāma (bhūtagrāma) collection of living in state of partial renouncement 17[1] beings
14[1] Bhattakahā (bhakta kathā) talks (pertaining tol Cakkhimdiyatthoggahe (cakşurindriya arthāva: devotees
4111 graha) visual object perception : 28[1] Bhattapāna (bhaktapāna) pure alms 1211] Cakkhudamsana (cakşudarśana) visual indter
minate cognition . 9[2]; 17[1]; 31[1] Bhattapaccakkhāna (bhaktapratyākhyāna) gradual abandonment of food 141; 142; 144; 146
Camdamamdale (candramandala) lunar circle
61 Bhattapaccakkhāṇamarana (bhaktapratyākh
14[1]

Page #426

222
Camdasamvacchara (candrasamvatsara) lunar
year
71
Camdikke (candikya) violence
52
Carittäyāre (căritrācāra) conduct pertaining to practice 136
Carittamohanijja (caritramohanīya) conduct deluding karma 31[1]
Carittavirähaṇā (caritra viradhana) violation of conduct
3[1]
Cariya (caryā) rambling
22[1]
Cauramsa (caturamsa) four angled
149
Caurimdiya (caturindriya) four sensed 14[1] Caraṇa-monk with the power of moving in sky 17[1] Cei (t) iya rukkhā (caitya tree) holy or sacred tree 8[1]; 157; 158 Chaumattha (chadmastha) non-omniscient; state of imperfect knowledge 6[1] Chajjīvanikaya (şaḍjīvanikāya) six fold living beings 6[1] Chaumatthamarana (chadmasthamarana) death in state of imperfect knowledge 17[1]
Chevatthasamghayaṇa (sevärtasanghayana) ligatured osseous structure
155 19[1]
Cheyana (chedanaka) fragment Chinṇacheyana (chinna chedanayika) independent of other aphorisms for interpretation 147 Cittrarasa (citrarasa) edibles of multiple taste 10[2]
Cittasamāhi (cittasamādhi) mind-concentration
10[1] Ciyāte (tyäga) renunciation, abandonment 10[1] Cūliyā (cülikā) appendix, fifth or last division of Dṛstiväda 12[1]; 147

Samavāyāngasūtra
Cüliyāvatthū (cülikävastu) chapter of the purva (scripture) 147
Damsana (darśana) conation, indeterminate cognition
140
Damsaṇamoha (darśanamoha) belief deluding 31[1]
Damsaṇavirähaṇā (darśana virādhanā) violation of faith 3[1]
Damsaṇāvaraṇijja (darśanavaraṇīya) belief obscuring 9[2]
Damsaṇāyāra (darśanācāra) conduct required in purification of Right belief Davva (dravya) matter
136
153
28[1]
24[1]
Devagati-celestial of existence state Devatṭhāṇa (devasthana) paradise Devovaväe (devovapāta) manifestation as a god 158 Dhamma (dharma) moral 1[3]; 4[1]; 16[1]; 23[1]; 45; 48 Dhammakahā (dharmakatha) religious stories, edifying parables 141; 142; 143; 144; 146 Dhammatthikãe (dharmastikāya) medium of 5[1]; 149 Dhanu (dhanu) length of bow, unit measuring ninety-six fingerbreadths 10[1]; 15[1]; 96 57; Dhanupattha (dhanu-prstha) bow-sticks 84; 98 Digimcchāparisaha (digiñchapariṣaha) affliction of hunger 22[1] Divasakhetta (divasakṣetra) day-space 27[1]; 78; 98
motion
Divva (divya) divine
10[1] Domāsiyā (dvimāsiki) bi-monthly 12[1]; 28[1] Dosa (dveṣa) aversion
2[1]

Page #427

Glossary of Technical Term
Dubhagaṇāma (durbhaganāma) physique making karma causing one unsympathetic 25[1]; 28[1]; 42
Duhavivaga (dukhavipäka) miserable consequences 146 Dussaranama (duhsvaranama) physique making karma causing ill-sounding voice 28[1]; 42 Dūsama (duṣamā) penury, miserable era 21[1] Dūsamadūsamā (duṣama-duṣamā) extreme penury, extreme miserable era 21[1] Esaṇāsami(t)ī (eṣaṇāsamiti) alms begging 5[1]; 8[1] Evambhūtam (evambhūtam) seventh variety of the second section of Dṛstivāda 147 136; 140 Gamdhaṇāma (gandhanama) physique-making karma causing odour 25[1]; 28[1]; 42
Gama-narratives
Gana (gana) sect, cohort 8[1]; 11[2]; 37; 48; 54; 66; 83; 86; 90; 93; 95; 147 Ganahara (ganadhara) direct-disciple 8[1];11[2]; 37; 48; 54; 66;83; 86; 90; 93; 95; 147; 157 Ganipidaga (ganipitaka) basket of scripture 1[2]; 57; 136; 139; 148 Gati-states of existence 42 Gatiņāma (gatināma) a physique-making karma causing birth in four states of existence 42 Gārava (gaurava) appreciation 3[1] Ghanimdiya (ghrāṇendriya) sense of smell, olfactory sense organ 6[1]; 28[1] Gihilimge (grhilinga) sign of house-holder 157 Gutti (gupti) restricted activities, control 3[1] Heu (hetu) cause Himsādamḍa (hinsādaṇḍa) voilent sinful activity 13[1]
148

Humḍasamṭhāna (hunḍakasansthāna) unsymmetrical body
155
23
Humḍasamṭhānaṇāma (hundakasansthānanama) physique-making karma causing the unsymmetrical body 25[1]; 28[1] Iḍdhīgārava (ṛddhigaurava) appreciation for prosperity 3[1] Iddhivisesa (ṛddhiviśeşa) super attainments 143 Ihaloia (ihalaukika) mundane 141; 142; 143; 144; 146 146
Imdiya (indriya) sense Imginimarana (inginīmaraṇa) death by fast unto death 17[1] Iriāvahie (iryāpathika) bondage of karm by walking 13[1] Iriyāsami(t) i(iryāsamiti) carefulness in walking 5[1]; 8[1]; 25[1] Itthikahā (strīkathā) talk pertaining to women 4[1] Itthi(1) veda (strīveda) 21[1]; 26[1]; 156 Īsāņa (Ïśāna) sixteenth muhurta of day and night 30[1] Isipabbhāra (Iṣatprägbhāra) abode of liberated 12 [1]; 45; 52; 55; 58; 69; 87; 97
souls
Jagati-fortification
8[1]
1[6]
Jahanna (jaghanya) atleast, minimum Jalla-dirt on body
22[1] Jasa (o) kittināma (yaśahkīrtinama) physique making karma causing honour and glory 17[1]; 28[1]; 42; Jātiņāma (jātināma) physique-making karma causing birth in different classes
42 8[1]
4[1]; 6[1]
Jātimae (jātimada) pride of race Jhāņa (dhyāna) meditation

Page #428

Samavāyāngasūtra
Jhānasamvarajoga (dhyānasamvarayoga) stopp- Kamda (kāņda) layer, stratum 38; 61; 80; 82; age of influxes for pure meditation 32[1]
84; 85; Jiņa (Jina) Seer
1[2]; 30[1] Kamkhā (kāñksā) inclination . 52 Jibbhimdiya (jihvendriya) gustatory sense organ Kappa (kalpa) paradise 1[6]; 2[3]; 3[3]; 26[1]; 28[1]
35; 15 Sīvājīvā (jīvājīvā) living being-non-living being Karanasacce (karanasatya) uprightness in action 137; 138; 139, 140
27[1] Jīvā — bow-string 53; 57; 84; 94; 137; 138; · Kasāya (kaşāya) passion 4[1]; 5(1); 28[1]
39; 140 Kasiņā (kịtsnā) a specie of expiation 28[1] Jivatthāna (jīvasthāna) spiritual stages of soul
Kattiya (kārttika) month of Kärttika 8[2];-29[1]; 14[1]
158. Jivarásī (sīvarāśi) aggregate of soul 2[1]; 149
Kāiya (kāyika) corporeal, physical 5[1] Jivatthikaya (Jīvāstikāya) extended substance of
Kāulesā (kāpotaleśyā) grey aura 6[1]; 153 soul
. 5[1]
Kāyadanda -- physical harmful activity 3[1] Jogānujoga (yogānuyoga) art of fascination 29[1]
Kāyaguttī (kāyagupti) control of body 3[1]; 8[1] Jogasamgaha (yogasangraha) mental, vocal and
Kāyakilesa (kāyakleśa) physical affliction 6[1] physical activity
32[1]
Kāyasamaharanatā - abstaining from physical Jogasacce (yogasatya) regulating the process of
sin
27[1] mind
27[1]
Kārana — reason Joisiya (jyotişika) astral
1[6]
Kāla(e)-time substance 15[1]; 18[3]; Juga (yuga) a period of time equal to five years
33[2]; 149 61; 62; 67; 96 Kevala-omniscience
10[1] Kammabhūmi (karmabhūmi) land of action 10[2]
Kevaladamsaņa (kevaladarśana) perfect appKammae (kārmana) karmic
152 rehension
. 10(1) Kammagasarīraņāmam (kārmaņaśarīranāma)
Kevaladamsaņāvaraņa (kevaladarśanāvaraņa) karmic body physique-making karma 25[1]
karma obscuring perfect apprehension 9[2]; Kammamsa (karmänía) sub-species 21[1];
Kevalanāņa (kevalajñāna) perfect comprehension Kammaņisega (karmanişeka) karma particle
10[1] coming into effect
Kevalaņāņāvaraña (kevalajñānāvarana) karma Kammapagdi (karmapraksti) type of karma 36; obscuring perfect knowledge 31[1]
39; 52; 58; 69; 87; 97 Kevalimaranam (kevalimarana) death of omniscient Kammavisohi (karmaviśodhi) purification of [in state of non-activity] 10[1]; 17[1] karma
148
31[1]
70
14[1]

Page #429

Glossary of Technical Term
Kevalipariyāga (kevaliparyaya) mode of omniscient
110
Kevalisamugghāta (kevalisamudghāta) the activity performed by an omniscient by expanding his soul particles to destroy some karmas
7[1]; 8[1] 14[1]; 54
Kevali (kevali) omniscient
Khiṇamoha (kṣīņamoha) annihilated deluding 7[1]; 14[1]
karma
Khiliyāsamghayaṇa (kilikāsanghayana) pinned body joints
155
Khaovasamie (kṣayopaśamika) destructive-cumsubsidential
153
37
155
153
Khuḍdiyā (kṣudrikā) minor
Khujja (kubja) dwarf
Kinhalesä (kṛṣṇaleśyā) black aura
Kibbisie (kilviṣa) guilt
52
Kiriyā (kriyā) activity
1[3]; 5[1]; 143
Kiriyāvādi (kriyäväḍin) actionist 137 Kitikamma (kṛtakarma) saluting each other 12[1] Kulag(k)ara (kulakara) governor 109; 112; 157; 158 Kulimge (kulinga) garments worn by heretics 157 Kusamaya-ill doctrine 137 Lakkhana (lakṣaṇa) the science of omens based on the specific signs of body
29[1]; 157
Lāghava(e) (lāghava) lightness
10[1]
153
Lesā (lesya) aura, colouring Limga (linga) sign
157
Livie (lipi) script
46
4[1]
Lobha (lobha) greed Loe(ga) (loka) universe
1[3]; 10[1]; 13[3]; 137; 138; 139 140

Logāloga (lokāloka) universe-non-universe 137; 138; 139; 140
Logamta (lokanta) extreme end of the universe 11[2]
25
Logavijao (lokavijaya) subjugation of the world 9[1]
52
10[1]; 143
16[1]; 23[1]
Mahaparinṇā (mahāparijñā) great comprehension
9[1]
5[1]
41; 42; 43;
44; 45
Mada (ya) (mada) arrogance
Maddava (märdava) humility
Magge (märga) path
Mahavvaya (mahāvrata) major vow
Mahal (all)iyae (mahālikā) major
Mahamoha-great delusion
30[1]
Manunna (manojña) attractive, charming 34; 155 Mana-mind. 17[1] Managutti (manogupti) control of mind 3[1]; 8[1]; 25[1] Manapajjava (manahparyava) telepathy 10[1]; 147
Māņa (māna) pride 4[1]; 52 M(a)āraṇamtiyasamugghāta (māraṇantikasamudghāta) emanation of soul-particles from the 6[1]; 7[1]; 152 body
Māsa-month
29[1]; 31[1]
12[1]; 28[1]
Mäsiä (māsikā) monthly Māuyāpaya (mātṛkāpada) original alphabet ('a' to 'h') 46 Māuyāpaya (mātṛkāpada) a type of Siddhasreniparikarma
147
Māuyakkhara (mātṛkākṣara) original alphabet ('a' to 'h') 46

Page #430

26
Māyā - deceit
4[1]; 52 Māyāmosam (māyāmṛṣā) deceitful and false
30[1]
Mehuna (maithuna) copulation
5[1]; 21[1]
Mehunasanṇā (maithuna samjñā) copulation instinct
4[1] Micchādamsaṇasalla (mithyādarśanaśalya) thorn of wrong faith 3[1] Micchāditthi (mithyādṛsti) complete heterodoxy 14[1] 5[1] Mohanijja (mohaniya) deluding 21[1]; 26[1]; 39; 70 1[3] 52 29[1]; 77
Micchatta (mithyātva) wrong faith
Mokkha (mokṣa) liberation
Muccha (mürccha) attachment
Muhutta (muhurta) unit of time Musāvāya (mṛṣāvāda) false utterance
5[1] 10[1]; 12[1]
Mutti (mukti) liberation
Muttālae (muktālaya) abode of liberated souls 12[1]
Nakkhatta (nakṣatra) constellation/asterism 98; 100 Nakkhattamāsa (nakṣatramāsa) astral month 67
Napumsakaveda (napunsakaveda) hermaphrodite libido 26[1]
N(n) apumsakaveyaṇijja (napunsakavedaniya) hermaphrodite libido sub-specie
Na(i)raya(naraka) hell
20[1]
84
Näliyä (nālikā) an unit measuring ninety-six fingerbreadths 96
Nama-physique-making karma 52; 58 Nāṇāvaraṇijja (Jñānāvaraṇīya) knowledge obscuring 39; 52; 58

Samavāyāngasūtra
Nāṇavirähaṇā (jñānavirādanā) voilation of knowledge 3[1]
N(n)ānāyāra (jñānācāra) conduct pertaining to attainment of knowledge .136
Nārae (nārāca) weak bone joints
158
Nārāyasamghayaṇa (nārācasamhanana) body 155 with loosely tied bone joints
Neraiya (nairayika) hellish, infernal being 30[1];
Niccagoe (nīcagotra) low status
31[1]; 153 31[1] 158
Nidana - expectation for future
Niggama (nigama) places of residence of traders
139
Nijjaraṭṭhāņa (nirjarästhāna) means of dissociation 5[1] Nimmāṇaṇāmam (nirmāṇanama) a specie of physique-making causing formation of the body 25[1]; 28[1] Nippadikammayā (niṣpratikarmată) want of the beautification of body 32[1] N(N)irayagati (narakagati) hellish state of 146; 154 34 Niruvaleva (nirupalepa) stainless Niyāṇasalla (nidānasalya) thorn of expectation of future 3[1] Niyatti (nivṛtti) unprecedented spiritual fervour 14[1]
existence
6[1]; 153
150 157
9[2]; 31[1]
9[2]; 31[1]
Nilalesā (nilaleśyā) blue aura
Niraya (naraka) hell
Naggoha (nyagrodha) banyan tree N(n)iddā (nidrā) slumber
Ṇiddāniddā (nidrā-nidrā) deep sleep

Page #431

Glossary of Technical Term
27
Niggamtha (nirgrantha) knotless; ascetic 18[1] Nijjarā (nirjarā) dissociation of karmic matter .
1[3] Ņikäita (nikācita) proved with logical reason
136; 137 Niyattibādara (nivsttibādara) spiritual stage of unprecedented degree of purity 21[1] Ņoimdiya (noindriya) quasi-sensory 28[1] Ņoimdiyaīhā (no-indriya-īhā) quasi-sense organ speculation
. 28[1] Ņoimdiyaavāte (no-indriya avāya) quasi-sense organ judgment
28[1] Nokasāyā (no-kaṣāya) quasi passion 28[1] Ohidamsana (avadhidarśana) clairvoyance belief
10[1] Ohimarana (avadhimarana) death with the bondage of current birth's longevity for the next birth
17[1] Paccakhāna (pratyakhyāna) ninth pūrva 14[1];
20[1]; 32(1); 147 Paccakhāna (pratyākhyāna) renouncement, abandonment
14[1]; 20[1]; 32[1] Padesabamdha (pradeśabandha) space of bond
4[1] Paạibāhiram (pratibāhya) dethrone 30[1] Padicāram (praticāra) management, personal adornment
. . 72 Padiloma (pratiloma) hostile, harsh 30[1] Paļimā (pratimā) particular vow 92; 144; 146 Paheliyam (prahelikā) an enigma, riddle, puzzling question. . .
72 Pajjatta (paryāpta) developed, completioned
28[1]; 42 Pajjava (paryava) modification
136
Pakkham (pakşam) side by side 33[1] Palitovamam (palyopama) period of time counted according to the simile of pit
1[6] Pamāda (pramāda) non-vigilance 5[1] Pamaddam (pramarda) making conjunction or occultation
8[2] Pamhal (padma) lotus pink 6[1]; 9[4]; 153: Pammattasamjate (pramattasamyata) complete self-discipline with negligence
14[1] Pamcajāma (pañcayāma) five vows 25[1] Pamciņdiya (pañcendriya) five sensed 14 [1] Pamţitamarana - peaceful death 17[1] Panīyarasabhoi (pranītarasabhoji) one consuming juicy food
9[1] Pannāparisaha (prajñāparişaha) affliction of religious doubts
22[1] Panihī (pranidhi) deceit free concentration of mind
32(1) Parasamaya - heretic doctrine 137, 138; 139;
Pamcajāma (pañcayama)
140
age
Pariggaha (parigraha) possession 5[1] Pariggahasannā (parigraha samjñā) possession instinct
4[1] Parikamma (parikarma) a section of Drstivāda
147 Pariņņā (parijñā) abandonment after thorough comprehension
32[1] Pariņatāpariņata --- separated, the second variety of the second section of Drstivāda
88 Parisaha (parisaha) an affliction Parisao (parişada) assembly
30[1] Parittā - measurable
136 Pariyāgā (paryāya) extent of initiation, stage of consecration
141
36

Page #432

28
.
Samavāyāngasūtra
Pariyāraṇayā (paricāraṇatā) sexual enjoyment
.. .153 Patteyasarīraņāma (pratyekaśarīranāma) physi- que-making karma causing individual body
25[1]; 28[1] Patthade (prastata) stratum, layer 62 Pavvajjā (pravrajyā) renunciation 141; 143; 144;
146; 147 Payalā (pracalā) drowsiness 9[2]; 31[1] Payalā-payalā (pracalā-pracalā) deep drowsiness
9[2]; 31[2] Pāgāra (prākāra) fort, rampart 37 Pähuda (prābhrta) a chapter of Pūrva 147 Pānātivāta (prāņātipāta) depriving vitality, injury to life forces of living beings
5[1] Pāņātivātaveramaņa (prāņātipātaviramana) abstinence from deprivation of life 5[1]; 5[1];
27[1] Pāosiyā (prādvesikī) malicial activity 5[1]. Pāovagamanamarana (prāyopagamanamarana) death in a motionless state like tree 17[1]; 141;
142; 144; 146; Päraloiya(pāralaukika) out worldly, non-temporal
[1]; 141, 142, 143, 144; 146 Päritāvaniyā (pāritāpanikī) activity of tormenting
5[1]. Pāva (pāpa) sin, demerit
1[3] Pavasuta (pāpaśruta) heretic scripture 29[1] Pāyacchitta (prāyaścitta) atonement, expiation
Phāsāņuvātī (sparsānupātī) engrossed in touches
9[1] Phāsaņāma (sparśanama) physique-making karma causing nature of touch 25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Phāsimdiya (sparśendriya) tactile organ 28[1] Pimda (pinda) food
21[1] Poggala (pudgala) matter
138 Poggalapariņāma (pudgalapariņāma) transformation of matter
22[1] Poggalatthikāya (pudglāştikāya) extensive substance of matter
5[1] Porisi (cchāyam (pauruşīchāyā) shadow of man's length .
24[1]; 27[1]; 36 Posahovavāsa (posadhopavāsa) fasting combined with self-observation
11[1] Fuqnavi (pļu Pudhavi (prthvī) earth
1[6]; 158 Pudhavikāiya (prthvikāyika) earth-bodied 17[1] Pumavede (pumveda) male libido 21[1] Punna (punya) virtue, merit
1[3] Punnimā (pūrnima) full moon day 40; 62 Purisādāṇīya (puruşādānīya) trustworthy, honorable
8[1]; 16[2]; 38; 100; 105 Puva (pūrva) a scripture 13[1]; 14[1] Puvvabhava (půrvabhava) earlier birth 10[1];
147 Rasagärava (rasagaurava) appreciation of taste
3[1] Rati -- liking
21[1; 26[1]] Rāga - attachment Rāgabamdhaņa (rāgabandhana) bondage of attachment
2[1] Rāsi (rāśi) agggregate
2[1] Rätibhoyana (ratribhojana) taking food at night
21[1]
52
6[1]
Pehäasamjama (prekşāasamyama) non-restraint in inspection
17[1] Phāsa (sparsa) touch
5[1]

Page #433

Glossary of Technical Term
Rātiņiya (rātnika) superior monk
33[1]
Rātiņiyaparibhāsī (rātnika paribhāṣi) one reproving the superior monk 20[1] Riddhivisesa (ṛddhiviśeṣa) super attainment 142; 144
61
Ridumāsa (ṛtumāsa) seasonal month
Rūvam (rūpa) sculpture
72
Rūvāṇuvāti (rūpānupātī) attached to form 9[1]
Rūviajīvarāsī (rūpi- ajīvarāśi) aggregate of nonsoul with form
149 15[1]; 21[1]
Sabala (sabala) blemish
Saccamaṇappaoga (satyamanahprayoga) true mind tendency
13[1]; 15[2]
10[1]; 30[1]
Sacca (satya) truth Saccamosavatipaoga (satyamṛṣā vākprayoga) true-false speech tendency 13[1]; 15[2] Saccavatipaoga (satyavākprayoga) true speech tendency 13[1]; 15[2] Saccamosā (satya-mṛṣā) mixed or partial truth 30[1] Saccamosamaṇapaoga (satyamṛṣā manahprayoga) true-false mental tendency 15[2] Sacittaparinnata (sacittaparijñāta) a vow of giving up green vegetables 11[1] Sajjhão (svädhyāya) self-study, a penance 6[1]; 34 Salla (salya) thorn 3[1] Samāhi (samādhi) absolute meditation 16[1]; 23[1]; 32[1]; 158 Samahiṭṭhāṇa (samādhisthāna) condition of perfect chastity; a chapter of Uttaradhyayana 36 Samana (śramana) ascetic 1[2]; 7[1]; 11[2]; 14[1]; 18[1]; 30[1]; 36; 42; 53; 54; 55; 70; 72; 82; 83; 89;

29
Samanabhūte (śramaṇabhūta) mendicant novice 11[1]
Samabhiruḍham-conventional view-point 147 Samacauramsa (samacaturasra) symmetrical 155
Samae (samaya) doctrine
16[1]; 3[1]
Samatālam timing in music
72
Samavaya-group, associates 1[2]; 136; 139
Samayakhetta (samayakṣetra) human region, two and half continents 39; 45; 69
Samiti (samiti) measurement 5[1]; 36; 143 Sammaditthi (samyagdrsti) Right faith 29[1]; 32[1] Sammatta (Samyaktva) righteousness; right belief 5[1]; 9[2]; 153 Sammucchima (sammurcchima) a-sexual born; 53 spontaneous born
Samosarana (samavasarana) holy assembly 12[1]; 16[1]; 23[1]; 141; 142; 143; 144; 146; 157 Samuddeśanakala-sub-section 136; 137; 138; 139; 141; 142; 143; 144; 145 Samugghāya (samudghāta) emanation
6[1]; 7[1]
Sambhoga-interdining etc. of monks 12[1] Samgahani (sangrahaṇī) verses collecting meanings 141; 144; 146 Samghayana (samhanana) firmness of joints 147; 155 Samghayanaṇāma (samhanananama) physique making karma causing firmness of joints Samthāna (samsthāna) configuration 147; 152; 155
42
Samjalana (samjvalana) flaming up, mild 16[1]; 20[1]; 21[1]; 52

Page #434

30
Samavāyāngasūtra
1[2]
30[1]
wie
Samjama (samyama) restraint or discipline, samyata — restraint
10[1] Samjaya (samyata) restraint Samkilitthapariņāma (sanklistapariņāma) distressed state
25[1] Samlīnayā (samlīnatā) residing in a lonely place
6[1] Samlehaņā(sallekhanā) ritualistic death 141;
142; 144; 146 Samthāņaņāma (samsthānanāma) physique making karma causing configuration or figure
42 Samvacchara (samvatsara) year 53; 59 Samvara - stoppage of karma 1[3]; 5[1];
32[1]; 157, 158 Sanniappajjattaya (samjñyaparyāptaka) un- developed being blessed with reason 14[1] Sannipajjataya (samjñīparyāptaka) developed being blessed with reason
14[1] Sannisejjā (sannişadya) occupying the common seat
12[1] Sariramgovamganāma (śarīrängopānganāma) physique making karma causing main parts and the secondary limbs of the body Sariranāma (śarīranāma) physique making karma causing particular type of body
42 Sarīrabamdhaņaņāma (śarīrabandhananāma) physique making karma binding the body 42 Sarīrasamghāyaṇaņāma (śarīrasanghātanama) physique making karma causing combination of body
42 Sara (svara) works on the science of omens based on sound of men, birds Sasamaya (svasamaya) Jaina doctrine 137, 138;
139, 140
Savvāyu (sarva-āyu) total longevity 95 Savvannū (sarvajña) omniscience Savvabāhiră (bāhiraya) (sarvabāhaya) outer most
10 [1]; 31(1) Savvajahanniyā (sarvajaghanyikā) shortest night
. 12 (1) Savvakāmavirattayă (sarvakämaviraktatā) devoid of total desire
32[1] Savvatthasiddha (sarvārthasiddha) perfected in every aim every aim 1[4]; 12[1]; 30[1]; 33[3] Sayamasambuddha (svayamsambuddha) selfenlightened
1[2] Sadhāraṇasarīraņāma - a physique making karma causing common body : 42 Sāgarovama (sāgaropama) time counted by simile of ocean
1[6] Sämäniva(sämänika) with equal or similar position
60; 84 Sāmātiya (sāmāyika) equanimity 11[1] Sāmāyāri (sāmācārī) monastic conduct: a chapter of Utarrādhyayana Sāsāyaṇasammaditthi (sāsvādana samyagdrsti) taste of right faith
14 (1) Sāsaya; Sāsate (śāśvata) eternal 136; 137;
140; 148 Sātā — happiness, pleasure 20[3); 153 Sātijoga (sātiyoga) cheating in business 52 Sāyāgārava (sātå gaurava) appreciation of pleasant feeling Sāyāveyanijja (sātāvedaniya) karma producing pleasant Feeling
17[1] Sehe (śaiksya) newly initiated 33[1] Siharatala (śikharatala) extension at the peak
11[2]; 50; 90; 12
36
42
3[1]
67

Page #435

Glossary of Technical Term
Sihari (śikhari) with summit 7[1]; 24[1]; 100 Siloga (śloka) verse 72; 136
Sīta (śīta) cold
22[1]
153
Sītosiņijja (śītoṣṇīya) cold and hot
Soimdiya (śrotrendriya) auditory organ 28[1] Subhaṇāma (subhanama) physique making karma causing auspicious upper limb 31[1]; 42 14[1]; 158
Suhuma (sūkṣma) subtle
42
Suhumaṇāma (sūkṣmanāma) physique making karma causing subtle bbody Suhumasamparāya (sūkṣmasamparāya) subtle passioned 17[1] Sukka (śukla) pure 4[1]; 17[3]; 19[1] Sukkalesā (sukla leśyā) pure aura 6[1]; 153 Sukkapakkha (śuklapaksa) bright fortnight 15[1]; 62 Sumiņa (svapna) forecasting based on of dream 10[1]; 29[1] Sussaranama (susvaranama) physique making karma causing melodious voice 28[1]; 42 Sutakkhamdha (śrutaskandha) scripture book 136; 138; 140; 142 Sutamga (śrutanga) scriptural anga 159 Sutapariggahā (śrutaparigraha) study of scriptures 141; 143; 144; 146 Sutasamāsa (śrutasamāsa) scripture in brief
159
Sūīkalāva (sucikalapa) group of needles 155 Süramamḍala (suramanḍala) solar or diurnal circle or orbit 13[1]; 48; 65 Surappamāṇabhoi (sūrapramāṇabhoji) frequent eating from morning till evening
20[1]
Tanha (tṛṣṇā) avidity, greed
52

31
Tasa (trasa) sentient
30[1]; 136; 137
6[1]
Tasakãe (trasakāya) mobile bodied Tava (tapa) penace
Teukāe (taijaskāya) fire-bodied
10[1] Terasiya (trairāśika) follower of the doctrine of preceptor Rohagupta who believed in three categories of soul, non-soul and soul-non-soul 22[1]; 147 6[1] Teulesā (tejolesya) yellow aura 6[1]; 153 Teya (aga) sarīra (taijasśarīra) fire body 28[1]; 25 [1]; 152 Teyamamḍala (tejamandala) circle of lustre 34 Teyasasamugghāta (taijassamudghāta) luminous 6[1]; 7[1] Thi(i)nagiddhi (styänagṛddhi) somnambulism 9[2]; 31[1] Thavara (sthāvara) immobile 42; 136; 137 There (sthavira) elder monk 30[1]; 47; 65; 72 Therovaghātie (sthaviropaghati) one humiliating the superior monk
emanation
20[1]
Titikkha (titiksä) forbearance
32[1] Titthakara (Tirthankara) ford-maker [2]; 19[1]; 25[1]; 34; 54; 158 Thitibamdha (sthitibandha) duration of bondage 4[1] Uccago (t) e (uccagotra) high family surroundings 31[1]; 17[1] 5[1] Udae (udaya) rise 32[1]; 158 Uddesaṇakāla (uddeśanakāla) section of a scripture 26[1]; 137; 138; 139; 141; 142; 143; 144; 145; 146 Uddesiya (auddeśika) sin of accepting the food prepared for monks
Uccāra excrement
21[1]

Page #436

Samavāyāngasūtra
Udditthabhatta (uddistabhakta) food specially prepared for ascetic
11[1] Udū (stu) season .
59 Udumāsa (ịtumāsa) seasonal month . 61 Ujjoya (udyota) lustre Upapäe (upapāta) manifestation as a god or hellish being
29[1] Upehā (upekṣā) negligence
17(1) Usiņa (uşna) hot
153 Ussaggo (utsarga) abandonment 6[1] Ussappinie (utsarpini) ascending half-cycle
21[1]; 42 Uttarāhuti (utaramukhī) northward course 74 Uttarāyanagate (uttarāyanagata), moving on northward course
' 2411 Uttarayananiyatte (uttarāyananivstta) return northward course Uttarapagadi (uttarapraksti) sub-species of karma
9[2]; 25[1]; 39; 51; Uvāsagapaļimā (upāsakapratimā) vow of lay votary
11[1] Uvattanā (udvartanā) increasing the duration and intensity of karma Uvaghāt(y) aņāma -self-annihilation physique- making karma
25[1]; 42 Uvahi (upadhi) possesion
21(1) Uvasamtam (upasānta) sbsided 158 Uvasamtamohe (upaśāntamoha) subsided conduct deluding passion
14[1] Uvasagga (upasarga) trouble, affliction 142 Uvasama (upaśama) subsidence 30[1] Uvavāya (upapāta) manifestation of celestial and hellish being
78
Ūsāsa (ucchvāsa) breathing out 28[1] Vadhaparisaha (vadhaparīşaha) affliction of illtreatment
22[1] Vagge (varga) cluster 37; 38; 40; 41; 42 Vairosabhanārāya (vajrarsabhanārāca) perfect joints
155 Valātamarana - death owing to starvation 17[1] Vamcanayā (vañcanatā) deception, a name of deluding karma Vamjana (vyañjana) mark : 29[1] Vanassaikāiya (vanaspatikāyika) plant bodied
17[1] Vannaņāma (varṇanāma) physique-making karma giving colour 25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Vasattamarana (vaśärtamarana) death owing to over indulgence in sensual object ; 17(1) Vatigutti (vacogupti) control over speech 25(1) Vatthu (vastu) chapter, section 147 Vattie (vārttika) a commentary of one crore or
29[1]. Vādī (vādi) disputant 106; 109; 147 Vāmaņa (vāmana) dwarf configuration 155 Vānamamtara (vāņavyantara) sub-terranean or interstitial gods. 1[6]; 8[1]; 9[2] Vāsahara (varsadhara) mountain bordering the region
39; 69 Vāsā (varșa) region 7[1]; 69; 121; 139 Vāsāvāsam (varsăväsa) rainy season 70 Vāyanā (vācanā) reading
139, 144 Vāyukāe (vāyukāya) air bodied . 6[1] Vee (veda) gender
156 Vehāsamarana (vehāyasamarana) death by
17[1]
154
139
hanging

Page #437

Glossary of Technical Term
33
Vivãe (vivāda) contention
52; 158 Viyalamdiyajātiņāmam (vikalendriyajātināma) deficient senses causing
25[1] Viyatta - (vyakta) elder one 11[2] Viriya (vīrya) virile 14[1]; 16[1]; 23[1]; 147 Vīriyaamtarāiyam (viryantarāyam) obstructing virility
17(1) Viriyāyāre (vīryācāra) - exertions for attaining knowledge
136
Vemâniya (vaimānika) mansion god 150 Veramana (viramana) abstinence 5[1] Vetiyā (vedikā) surrounding wall 12[1] Veuvviya (vaikriya) fluid, protean, type of body
6[1]; 7(1); 13[1]; 15[2]; 28(1); 152 Veyana (vedanā) feelingpain 1[3]; 153 Veyaniya (vedaniya) feeling producing karma
58 Veyāvacca (vaiyāvrtya) attending the ill 6[1];
12[1] Veyalie (vaitālīya) destruction of karma 16[1];
23[1] Viaţabhotī (vikațabhojī) eating only day time
11[1] Vibhatti (vibhakti) description 37; 38; 40 Vigahā (vikathā) irrelevant talk 4[1] Vikahā (vikathā) irrelevant talks : 29[1] Vikkuvanaya (vikurvanatā) taking different shapes
153 Vimāņāvāsa (vimānāvāsa) celestial dwellings
84; 150 Vimoha- emancipation
9[1] Vinnātā (vijñātā) knower in detail 136 Viņao (vinaya) modesty
6[1] Viņņātā (vijñātā) knower in detail 136 Viosagge (vyutsarga) abandonment 32[1] Viratāvirata— partial abstinence
14[1] Virati—abstinence
5[1] Virähanå (virädhanā) violation
3[1] Visuddhalesä (viśuddha leśyā) pure colouring or aura Vittīsamkhevo (vrttisanksepa) reduction of greed towards alms
6[1]
157

Page #438

· Bibliography
Primary Sources Antakyddaśāngasūtra, Atmaramaji, Atmaram Jaina Publication Committee,
Ludhiana 1971. ii. Antakyddaśāngasūtra, ed. Madhukar Muni Jināgama Text S. No. 5, Āgama
Prakashan Samiti, Byavar 1981, Anuttaraupapātikadaśā, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 6, Āgama
Prakasana Samiti, Byavar 1981. Aupapātikasūtra, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 13, Āgama Prakashan
Samiti, Byavar 1982. Angasuttāņi 3 vols., ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, 2nd ed. Jaina Viśva Bharti, Ladnun
1992. Aupapātikasūtra, Eng. trans. K. C. Lalwani, ed. Ganesh Lalwani, Prakrit Bharati S. No. 50, Prakrit Bharati Academy, Jaipur & Jaina śvetāmbara Nakoda
Parshvanath Tirtha, Mevanagar 1988. Ācārāngasūtra, ed. Jambuvijaya, Lala Sunder lal Jaina Āgama Text S. No. 1, Moti
Lal Banarasi Dass, Delhi 1978. Ācārāngasūtra, In: Jaina Sūtras, Pt. one, English tr. H. Jacobi, S.B.E.S. Vol. No. 22,
Rep. ed. Motilal Banarasi Dass, Delhi 1964. Ācārāngasūtra, two pts. Atmaramaji, ed. Muni Samadarśī, Jaina Šāstramālā No.
6, 7, Atmaramaji Jaina Publication Committee, Ludhiana 1963. Āyārangasuttam, ed. Muni Jambuvijaya, Jaināgama Text S. No. 2 (1) Mahavira
Jaina Vidyalaya, Mumbai 1977. Āyāro, ed. Yuvācārya Mahāprajña, Jaina Canonical Text S. No. 1, Jaina Viśva
Bharati, Ladnun 1981. Bhgavatīsūtra (3 pts.) (8 śatakas) Eng. tr.. K. C. Lalwani, Jaina Bhavan, Kolkata
1973, 1974, 1980. Illustrated Ācārāngasūtra, two pts., Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan,
Delhi 1992.

Page #439

Bibliography
35
Illustrated Anuyogadvārasūtra, two pts. Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan,
Delhi 2001. Illustrated Aupapātikasūtra, Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan, Delhi 2003. Illustrated Chedasūtra, Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan, Delhi 2005. Illustrated Daśavaikālikasūtra, Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan, Delhi 1997. Illustrated Jambūdvīpa Prajñaptisūtra (Text, English trans. & notes), trans. R. K.
Jain, Padma Prakashan, Delhi 2006. Illustrated Nandīsūtra, Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan, Delhi 1992. Illustrated Rāyapaseniyasūtra, Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan, Delhi 2002. Illustrated Sthānāngasūtra, two pts., Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan,
Delhi 2004 Illustrated Uttarādhyayana Sūtra, Eng. tr. R. K. Jain, Padma Prakashan, Delhi 1992. Jaina Sutras, pt. 2, English trans. H. Jacobi, ed. Maxmuller, S. B. E. Series Vol. 45,
Motilal Banarasi Dass, Delhi (reprint ed.)1980. Jambūdvīpasangrahaṇī, Haribhadra Suri, Bhimsi Manek, Mumbai 1908. Jambūdvipasamāsa, Umasvati, ed. & pub. Satyavijaya Granthamala, Ahmedabad
1922. . . · Jiväjivābhigamasūtra, two pts., Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Prakashan S. No. 30,
31, Āgama Prakashan Samiti, Byavar 1989. Jñātādharmakathā, ed. N. V. Vaidya, The editor, Pune 1940. Jñātādharmakathāsūtra, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 4, Āgama
: Prakashan Samiti, Byavar 1981. Kșetrasamāsa, Ratnasekhar Suri, ed. Bhimsi Manek, In: Laghuprakaranasangraha,
JAS Series, Mumbai 1903. Praśnavyākaranasūtra, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 5, Āgama
Prakashan Samiti, Byavar, 1981. Praśnavyākaranasūtra, Muni Hemacandra, Sanmati Jhānapeeth, Agra 1973. Rājapraśnīyasūtra,ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text, S. No. 13, Āgama Prakashan
Samiti, Byavar 1982. Samavāo; ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Jain Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 2nd ed 1992.

Page #440

36
Samavāyāngasūtra
Samavāyāngasūtra, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 8, Agama Publication Committee, Byavar 1982.
Samaväyängasūtra, ed. Nanakacand, Rai Dhanapat Singh Bahadur Agama Sangraha No. 4, Murshidabad 1880.
Samavāyāngasūtram, ed. Muni Jambuvijaya, Lala Sundar Lal Jaina Agama Text S. No. 2, MLBD, Varanasi 1965.
Samavāyangasuttam, ed. Jambuvijaya, Jaina Agama S. No. 3, Mahavira Jain Vidyalaya, Mumbai 1985.
Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra, ed. Amar Muni, Atma Jñānapeeth, Manasmandi 1979-81. Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra, two pts., ed. Madhukar Muni, Jainagama Text S. No. 9, 10, Agama Prakashan Samiti, Byavar 1982-83.
Suyagado, two pts. ed. Acārya Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharti, Ladnun 1984-86. Sthānāngasūtra, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No.7, Āgama Prakashan Samiti, Byavar 1981.
Sthänängasūtra, ed. Muni Jambuvijaya, Lala Sunder Lal Jainagama Text S. No. 2 MLBD, Delhi 1985.
Tattvärtha Sutra, Umasvati, Eng. tr., K. K. Dixit, L. D. S. 44, L. D. Institue of Indology, Ahmedabad
Tiloyapanṇatti, Yativṛṣabha (2 vols.), ed. A. N. Upadhye, Jivaraja Jain S. No. 1 Sholapur 1956.
Tattvarthädhigama Sutra, Eng. tr. Nathmal Tatia, Harper Collins Publishers, San Francisco 1994.
Tattvärthadhigama Sūtra; Umasvami, Sacred Books of the Jainas, Vol. II, Arrah, 1920. Reprint in the Bibliotheca Jainica, AMS Press, New York 1974.
Tiloyapanṇatti, Yativṛṣabh, ed. Prof. A. N. Upadhye & Prof. Hiralal Jain, Jīvaraja Jaina Granthamala, Sholapur 1956.
Thaṇangasuttam, ed. Muni Jambuvijaya, Jaina Agama No. 3, Mahavira Jaina Vidyalaya, Mumbai 1985.
Upāsakadaśāngasūtra, Atmaramaji, Śāstra S. No. 7, Atmarama Jaina Prakashan Samiti, Ludhiana 1984..

Page #441

Bibliography
Upāsakadaśāngasūtra, Eng. tr. R. Hoernle, Bibliotheca Indica, Kolkata, 1888, 1890. Uttaradhyayana Sutra, ed. Madhukar Muni, Agama Prakashan Samiti, Byavar 1985.
37
Uvangasuttāni Vol. 4, pt. 1& 2, ed. Acarya Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1988-89.
Vipäkasūtra, ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 6, Agama Prakasana Samiti, Byavar 1984-85.
Vipäkasūtra, ed. Muni Hemacandra, Jaina Śāstramālā Office, Ludhiana 1953. Viyahapannatti (3 pts.), ed. Pt. Jivaraj Becharadasa Doshi, Jainagama Text S. No. 4, Mahavira Jaina Vidyalaya, Mumbai 1974-1982. Viyahapannatti (Bhagavati) Jozef Deleu, MLBD, Delhi 1996. Vyakhyāprajñaptisūtra (4 pts.) ed. Madhukar Muni, Jināgama Text S. No. 14, 18, 22, 25, Agama Prakashan Samiti, Byavar 1981-86.
Secondary sources
Ach. Dr. Shiv Muni, The Doctrine of Liberation in Indian Religion, Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi 1984.
Bhargava, Dayanand, Jaina Ethics, MLBD, Delhi 1968.
Bossche, Frank Van Den, Elements of Jaina Geography, MLBD, Delhi 2007.
Deo, S. B., History of Jaina Monachism, Deccan College Dissertation S. No. 17, Pune 1956,
Dixit, K. K., Jaina Ontology, L. D. Institute of Indology, Ahmedabad 1971. Dundas, Paul, The Jainas, Library of Religious Beliefs and Practices, London, New York 1992.
Flugel, Peter, editor, International Journal of Jaina Studies, Vol. 1-3, 2005-2007; Hindi Grantha Karyalay, Mumabai 2008.
Glasenapp, Helmuth Vo, Jainism An Indian Religion of Salvation, Eng. tr., Shridhar B. Shrotri, MLBD, Delhi 1999.
Jain, Dr. N. L., Scientific Contents in Prakrit Canons, Parshvanath Vidyapeeth, S. No. 84, Varanasi1996.
Jain, G. R., Cosmology, Old and New, Bharatiya Jñanpeeth, New Delhi 1919.

Page #442

38
Samavāyāngasūtra
Jain, Jagdishchandra, Life in Ancient India as depicted in Jaina Canon and Commentaries, Munshiram Manoharlal, Delhi 2nd Rev. ed 1984.
Jain, Jyoti Prasad, Religion and Culture of the Jains, Bharatiya Jñānpeeth Publication, New Delhi 1975.
Jain, L. C., Astronomy and Cosmology, Exact Sciences from Jaina Sources, Vol. 2, Prakrit Bharti Pushpa 29, Rajasthan Prakrit Bharti Sansthan, Jaipur 1983. Jaini, Padmanabh S., The Jaina Path of Purification, MLBD, Delhi 1979.
Jñānamati, Aryika, Jaina Geography, Vira Jñānodaya S. No. 76, Digambar Jaina Institute of Cosmographic Research, Hastinapur 1985.
Kapadia, H. R., A History of the Canonical Literature of the Jainas, Shree Shwetambar Murtipujak Jaina Boarding S. Vol. 17, Sharadaben Chimanbhai Educational Research Centre, Ahmedabad 2000.
Krishnamachariar, M., History of Classical Sanskrit Literature, MLBD, Delhi, Rep.
5th 2004.
Lalwani, G. C., & Banerjee, S. R., ed. Sacred Literature of the Jainas, Albrecht Weber, Jain Bhawan, Kolkata 1999.
Law, B. C., Some Jaina Canonical Sutras, Royal Asiatic Society Bombay Branch Monograph No. 2, Mumbai 1949.
Lishk, Dr. S. S., Jaina Astronomy, Vidya Sagar Publications, Delhi 1987.
Marathe, M. P. & others, ed. Studies in Jainism, Indian Philosophical Quarterly Publication No.7, Pune 1984.
Matilal, B. K., The Central Philosophy of Jainism, L. D. Institute of Indology, Ahmedabad 1979.
Mookerjee, Satkari, The Jaina Philosophy of Non- Absolutism, MLBD Delhi, 2nd ed.
1978.
Muni Kanhailal 'Kamala, Gaṇitānuyoga, Sanderao (Raj.) 1968.
Pal, Pratapaditya, ed., The Peaceful Liberators; Jain Art from India, Los Angeles County Museum of Art, Los Angeles 1994..
Schubring, Walther, tr., The Doctrine of the Jainas, MLBD, Delhi 1962. Shah, Nagin J., tr. Jaina Philosophy and Religion, Muniśri Nyayavijayaji, BLII S.

Page #443

Bibliography
No. 12, MLBD & BLII, Delhi Rep. 1999. Sikdar, J. C. , Studies in Bhagavati Sūtra, Research Institute of Prakrit, Jainology &
Ahimsa, Muzaffarpur (now at Vaishali)(Bihar) 1964. Sogani, K. C., Ethical Doctrines in Jainism, Jaina Samskriti Samraksaka Sangh,
Sholapur 1967. Stevenson, Mrs. Sinclair, The Heart of Jainism, Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi
1970. Tatia, Nathmal, Studies in Jaina Philosophy, Parshvanath Vidyapeeth, Varanasi Rep.
. 1951. Velankar, H. D., Jinaratnakośa, Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Pune 1944.
Williams, R., Jaina Yoga, MLBD , Delhi 983. Winternitz, Moriz, History of Indian Literature, vol. II, MLBD, Delhi 2nd ed. 1983. Encyclopaedia, Dictionaries & Journals A Glossary of Jaina Terms, comp. & ed., Dr. Nand Lal Jain, Jaina International,
Ahmedabad 1995. Abhidhāna-Rājendra Kośa, 7 vols., comp. Vijaya Rajendrasūri, Abhidhana Rajendra : : Kośa Prakashan Sanstha, Ahmedabad 2nd Rep. ed. 1986. Alpaparicita Saiddhāntika Śabdakośa, 8 vols., ed. Kancanavijaya & Ksemasagara,
Seth Devacanda Lalabhai Jaina Pustakoddhara S. No. 101, Surat 1954. An Illustrated Ardhamagadhi Dictionary, 5 vols., Śatāvadhānī Ratnacandra, MLBD,
Delhi Rep. 1988. Agama Sabda Kośa, Pt. 1, ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1980. Agamon Kā Gāthākośa Evam Visayānukramaņikā (Nandyādi-gäthädyakārādiyuto
Visayānukramo), comp. Anandasagarasuri, Agamodayasamiti Grantho
ddhara Text S. No. 55, Agamodaya Samiti, Surat 1928. Bhiksu Āgama Visaya Koşa (cyclopaedia of Jaina Canonical Texts) Pt. 1, ed. Ach.
Mahāprajña & Sadhvi Vimalaprajña etc. Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1996. Desi Sabdakośa, ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1988.

Page #444

Samavāyāngasūtra
Dictionary of Jaina Terms, Mukul Raj Mehta, Kala Prakashan, Varanasi 2000. Ekārthaka Kośa, ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1984. Jaina Āgama: Vanaspati Kośa, Chief Editor Ach. Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati,
Ladnun 1996. Jaina Laksaņāvali, 4 vols. ed. Balacandra Siddhantasastri, Veer Seva Mandira Trust,
Delhi 1972; 1973. Jaina Paribhāṣā Sabda-kośa, comp. M. M. Candraprabhasagara, Prakrit Bharati
Puspa 75, Prakrit Bharati Academy, Jaipur & Jitayaśāśri Foundation,
Kolkata 1990. Jaina Purāņa Koşa ed. Pravina Candra Jaina & Darabarilal Kothia, Jaina Vidya
Sansthan, Digambara Jaina Atisaya Ksetra, Srimahaviraji (Raj.) 1993. Jaina Siddhānta Bola Sangraha, 8 vols. Comp. Bhairodana Sethia, Bhairodana
Sethia, Bhairodana Sethia Jaina Text S. No. 94,100-104, 106 &108, Jaina
Paramarthika Sanstha, Bikaner 1945 to 1952, Jainendrasiddhāntakośa, 5 vols. Kșullaka Jinendra Varni, ed. Jain, Hiralal & Upadhye
A. N., Jñānapeeth Murtidevi Jaina Sanskrit Text S. No. 38, 40, 42, 43, 44
and 48, Bharatiya Jñānapeeth Publication, New Delhi, ed. 2nd 1985–1995. Kriyākośa, (Cyclopaedia of Kriyā) Comp. Ācārya Tulasi, ed. Mohan Lal Banthia &
Krisnacandra Choradia, Jaināgama Vişaya Kośa Granthamala, Jaina
Darsana Samiti 1969. Niruktakośa, ed. Ach. Mahāprajña, Jaina Viśva Bharati, Ladnun 1984. Pāiya Śabda Mahannavo, Pt. Haragovinda Das T. Seth, ed. Prof. Vasudeva Saran
Agravala & Pt. Dalsukh Bhai Malvania, Prakrit Text Society, S. No. 7,
Varanasi 2nd ed. 1963. Prakrit Proper Names, 2 vols. Comp. Dr. Mohan Lal Mehta & K. Rşabha_Chandra,
ed. Pt. Dalsukh Bhai Malvania, L. D. S. No. 28 (1), 37(2), Lalabhai
Dalapatabhai Institute of Indology, Ahmedabad 1970 & 1972. Prakrit-Hindi Kośa, ed. K. R. Candra, Prakrit Jaina Vidya Vikasa Fund, Ahmedabad
& Parshvanath Vidyapeeth, Varanasi 1987. Sanskrit-English Dictionary, Williams, Monier, MLBD, Delhi Rep. 1995.

Page #445

Abahussue Abambhayārī
Abāhāte
Abahūniyā
Abbhamtara
Abbhamtarapukkharaddha
Abhavasiddhiyā
Abhayadaya
Abhayakara
Abbhuggayamüsiyapahasiyā
Abbhuṭṭhāṇa
Abbhuvagamuvakkamiyā Abbhuvagayavacchalā
Abhäva
Abhicamda
Abhievajjehim
Abhijjā
Abhinamdana
Abhinivaḍdhemāṇa
Abhinivuḍḍhettä
Abhiruva
Abhisamjayati
Abhiseyā
Abhivadḍhie
Abhiyāiyā
Abhijii
Abhüeṇam
Acakkhu-damsaṇāvaraṇa
Acamḍā
Acavalā
Accha
Acchinnacheyanayiya
Word Index

30[1]
30[1]
9[2]
70
30[1]
9[2]; 31[1]
Acakkhu-ohi-kevala-damsaṇāvaraṇam 17[1]
158
158
150
22[1]; 147
6[1]; 96; 152
72
2[1]; 6;148
1[2]
157
150
12[1]
153
158
148
30[1]; 109; 157
27[1]
52
105
27[1]
78; 98
150
34
147
31[1]
7[2]
9[2]
Accim
Accimālim
Accimālippabhā
Accue
Accuta
Accutavaḍemsagam
Acelaparīsaha
Acirakālapavvaiyāṇa
Adamde
Addaijjam
Addā
Addhabharahasāmī
Addhamāgadhā
Addhamāsa
Addhanārāyasamghayana
Addīņasattu
Adhamma
Adhammatthikaya
Addhāsamae
Adhikarana
Adinnādāṇavattie
Adinṇādāņa
Adisse
Aduva
Aḍayālīsam
8[4]
8[4]
150
101
21[2]; 22[2]; 32[1]
22 [3]
22[1]
137
1[3]
23[1]
1[5]; 10[2]; 15[2]
158
34
1[7]
155
Agāram
Agāramajjhe
Agāravāsam
Aggeniyam
Adayalakatavaṇamālā
Adayalakotthayaraiyā Agarulahun(n)āmam
Agaruyalahuyapariņāma
157
1[3]
5[1]
149
20[1]
13 [1]
5[1]
34
30[1]
48
150
150
25[1]; 28[1]; 42
22[1] 19[1]; 30[1]; 47; 83; 97 59; 65; 71; 75 75; 83 14[1]; 147

Page #446

Samavāyāngasūtra
89
writto
Ahie
Aggi 157 Ajjasuhamma
100 Aggibhūti 11[2]; 47; 74 Ajjava
10[1];32(1); 143 Aggiccābham 8[4] Aijā
147 Aggisenam 158 Ajāsāhassīto
89 Aggiszha
158 Aijāsampada Aggiuttam 158 Ajjhatthie
13[1] Aggivesāyane 30[1] Ajjhavasāna
153 Aggīnam
76; 149 Ajjhayana 44; 136; 138; 139; 142; Aggodayam
60
143; 144; 145; 146; 159 Ahamimda 24[1]. Ajjhayanasate 2
140 Ahātacca
10[1] Ajjhāvasittā 19[1]; 30[1]; 47; 63; Ahātahie
16[1]
75; 77; 83; 97; 104 Ahesattamãe 22[2]; 23[2]; 25[2]; 26[2]; Ajjhiņā . . . 57 27[2];28[2]; 29[2]; 30[2]; Ajjiyāsāhassīto
.
. 40 31[2]; 32[2]; 33[2]; 155 Ajogaya
5[1] Aheū 148 Ajogi
14[1] 30[1] Akamhābhae
7[1] Ahigamena 30[1] Akamhädamde
13[1] Ahigaraniyā
5[1] Akammam
30[1] Ahogāmi 158 Akammabhūmiya
10[2] Aholoiya 152 Akampita
11(2); 78 Ahorattam
30[1]; 93 Akamtā Ahorātiya 12[1] Akappo
18[1] Ahosirā 34 Akasāya .
5[1] Aibala
158 Akasāyayā
5[1] Airā
Akasiņa
28 [1] Ajasokitti(1)ņāma 25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Akālasajjhāyakārae
20[1] Ajita 24[1]; 71; 94; 107; 157 Akamamaranijja
36 Ajitarahā
158 Akarana Ajitasena
157, 158 Akhamā 90; 132; 158 · Akiriyā
1[3] Ajīva 137, 138, 139, 140, 148 Akiriyāvādi
137 Ajīvakāyaasamjama
17[1]
Akkha Ajīvarāsi 2[1]; 149 Akkhae
148 Ajjam
72 Akkhara
136, 137, 140; 144
155
157
148 52
Ajiya
96

Page #447

Word Index
Akkharapuṭṭhiyā
Akkhaya Akkhaiyakoḍio
Akkhāiyasatāim
Akkhaiyavakkhaiyasatāim
Akkhiņajhamjhe
Akkosa
Akumārabhūe
Alābhaparīsaha
Aliyavayaṇa
Alobha
Aloe
Aloga
Amaccharā
Amama
Amaṇāva
Amaṇunnā
Amaṇussähārayasarīra
Amasaṇā
Amayarasarasovamam
Amāvāsā
Ammaya
Ammayapitaro
Amba
Ambagarukkhe
Ambarisī
Amdhakāra
Amdaudam
Amgavamsāto
Amge
Amgula
Amgulacchāyā
Amgulappamāṇa
Amjana
Amjanagapayvaya
32[1]
1[3]; 140
137; 138; 139
158
158
155
155
152
158
157
62
158
141; 142; 143; 144; 146
15[1]
157

18[1]
148
141
141
141
30[1]
22[1]
30[1]
22[1]
146
15[1]
34[1]
30[1]
77
136
96
9
96
18[3]; 99; 146
84
Amjalipaggahe
Amjū
Amkalivi
Amkusam
Amkusapalambam
Ammadḍa
Amtagaḍadasā
Amtakiriyāto
Amtalikkhe
Amtam
Amtarai (ti)ya
Amtarāyam
Amteväsisayāim
Amtimasārīriyam
Amtodhūmeņa
Amtosallamarana
Aniyaṇā
Aniyaṭṭibayara
Aṇagāraguṇā
Aṇagāramagge
Aṇagāramaharisīņam
Aṇagarasutam
Anamta
Aṇamtai
Aṇamtaissa
Aṇamtaraparamparam
Aṇamtarā
Aṇamtarāhārā
Aṇamtasena
Aṇamtavijae
Aṇamtāṇubamdhi
Aṇamti
Aṇanusaraṇatā
Anasaṇa
Aṇasanae
3333
43
12[1]
157
18[1]
16[3]
16[3]
158
1[2]; 143
141; 142; 144; 146
29[1]
1[8]
52; 58
30[1]
113
104
30[1]
17[1]
10[2]
14[1]
27[1]
36
144
23[1]
1[2]
158
54
147
153
153
157
158
16[1]
50
25[1]
6[1]
142

Page #448

Samavāyāngasūtra
7[2]
144
111
Aņatthādamde Aņādejjanāma Aņāejja Aņāhapavvajā Anāvutthi Anāyagassa Anāyā Aạidāņakaļā Aạidātim Anihatā Animdā Anissare Aņissitovahāņe Anitthā Aniyattī Annaditthiyasayānam Annalimge Annatitthiyapavattānujoge Annatithiyapāvayani Annavidhim Annayaram Annānaparīsaha Annānatată Annāniyavādī Annāņi Anubhāvabamdha Anugghātiyā Anunnāviya Aņuogadāra Anuogo Anupariyattamti Anupariyattimsu . Anupatthisiddhāim Anuppavāya Anurāhā
2[11;13[1] Aņurāhāiyā 25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Aņuttaragati
· 147 28[1] Anuttarā
149 36 Anuttarovavatti 34 Aņuttarovavātiya
111; 114 30[1] Aņuttarovavātiyadasă . 1[2); 136; 144 1[3] Aņuttarovavātiyasampadā 158 Aņuvarayaparamparāņubaddhā 146 153 - Aņuvelamdhara
17(1) 158 Aņuvītibhāsanayā
25[1] 24[1] Apaccakkhāņakasāe 16[1]; 21[1] 30[1] Apacchimamāraṇamtiyāyasamlehaņājjho32[1] saņāhim
142 155 Apaļivāti
. 152 158 Apaitthāna
1[4] 137 Apajjattae
25[1] 157 Apajjattayaņāmam
25[1] 29[1] Apamajjaņāasamjama
17[1] 34 Apamajjitacāri
20[1] Aparāiya 28[1] Aparājita
31[21; 32[3] 22[1] Aparājiya 55; 149; 151; 157, 158 32[1] Aparātiya
157, 158 137 Apasatthavihāyagaināma 28[1] 30[1] Apasinasatam
145 4[1] Apassamano
30[1] 28[1] Apatitthāna
33[2]; 84; 149 25[1] Appadipüaye
30[1] 136; 141; 144 Appajattaga
151 147 Appajjattanāma
42 148 Appajjattaya
* 14[1] 148 Appamattasmjata
14[1] Appamāda
5[1];32[1]; 36 15[2]; 147 Appamāyajogo
143 4[2];8[2] Appaņo
30[1]
72
158

Page #449

Word Index
72
7[2]
Arati
Appappano 34 Asiddha
148 Appiya
155 Asilakkhanam Apunarāvattayam 1[2] Asilesā
6[2]; 15[2] Apurohitā
24[1] Asilogabhae Ara
. 30[1]; 158 Asināti
11[1] Arahamta 34; 68 Asipatta
15[1] Arahato(o) 8[1]; 16[2]; 18(1); 32(1); 34; - Asirayana
14[1] 38; 39; 41; 44; 48; 50; 54; 57; 59; 62; 66; Asoga
157, 158 68; 75; 80; 81, 83, 84; 86; 90; 91; 93; 94; Asogavarapāyava
34 95; 100; 105; 109; 111; 113, 114; 126; 132 Assagīve
158 Arahā 9[1]; 10[1]; 15(1); 23[2]; 25[1]; Assamjala
158 30[1]; 35; 45; 50; 54; 55; 59; 60; Assesā
10[2] 63; 70; 71; 75; 80: 83; 84; 89; 90; Assiņīņakkhatta
3[2] 95; 101; 102; 103; 104; 105; 106; Asubhaņāma 25[1]; 28[1]; 31(1); 42
107; 108; 109; 110; 113 Asuhajjhavasāṇasamciyāņam 146 : 21[6];26[1] Asura
149; 157 Aratiparīsaha
122[1]
Asurakumāra 1[6]; 2[3]; 3[3]; 4[3]; 5[3]; Arayā
150 6[3); 7[2];9[3]; 10[3]; 11[3]; 12[2]; 13[2]; Arittha
14[2]; 15[3]; 16[2]; 17[2]; 18[2]; 19[2]; Aritthanemi 10[1]; 18[1]; 40; 54; 104; 110;
20[2]; 21(2); 22[2]; 23[2]; 24[2];25[2]; 111; 113
26[2]; 27[2]; 28[2]; 29[2]; 30[2];31(2); Aritthavaranemi 157
32[2]; 33[2] Arunappabha
157 Asurakumāravāsa
64; 150 Arunābham
8[4] Asurakumārimda
1[6] Arūvijīvarasi 149 Asurararanno
17[1] Asaccavai 30[1] Asurimda
17[1]; 157 Asaccāmosamanapaoga 13[1]; 15[2]
Asurimdavajjānam
10[3] Asaccāmosavatipaoge 13[1] Asurimdavajjiyānam .
2[3] Asamāhitthāna
20[1] Atavassie
30[1] Asamuppannapuvvā
Athiraņāma
25[1]; 28(1); 42 Asamghayanatte
155
Atibala Asamkhayam
36 Atipāsam Asamkhejjavāsāuya 1[6];2[3]; 3[3]
Atirā
158 Asannipajjataya
14[1]
Atirani Asāyāveyanijja
31[1] Atirittasejjāsanie
20[1]
157
10[1]
158 - 158
157

Page #450

46
Samavāyāngasūtra
Atisayamatītakālasamaye Ativattamāņa Ativutthi Attadosovasamhāre Attakammunā Attha Atthamanam Atthasiddha Atthe Atthegatiyānam Atthinatthippavāya. Atthikāya Atthīņatthipavāyam Atthoggaha Attukkosa
145 93
34 32[1] 30[1]
38 19[1]
158 16[1] -
1[6] 18[1]; 147 5[1]; 148
14[1] 6[1]
148
5
Atta
8[1]
64 147
68 8[1]
Avamjha
14[1]; 147 Avannimam
30[1] Avahattuasamjama,
17[1] Avakariso
34 Avakose
:: 52 Avaradāriya .
7[2] Avarakamkā
19[1] Avarillão
. 82 Avasesakammā
144 Avatthite
34; 148 Aviratasammadditthī... 14[1] Avirati
5[1] Avivarīyā
34 Avvae . Avvābāham
1[2] Ayala
1[2]; 80; 158 Ayalabhāyā
1[2]; 72 Ayamīne
88; 98 Ābhamkaram
3[4] Ābhamkarapabhankaram
3[4] Ābharanavihim
72 Abhinibohiyanān(n)a
28[1]; 66 Abhinibohiyaņāņāvaraña 17[1]; 31[1] Ādānabhandanikkhevaņāsamiti 25[1] Ādānabhae
7[1] Ādamsalivi
18[1] Adejjanāma
42 Ādhatam
152 hejja
28[1] Agamesibhaddāņam
111 Āgara Āgarisehim Āgāsagam Agāsagato Āgāsagayam
78
Abbie
78
.
Attha Atthatthamiyā Atthapayāni : Atthasatthi Atthasamaie Atthasattarie Atthatarim Atthatīsam Arthānautim Atthādamde Atthārasa Atthārasamuhutta Atthārasaviha Atthāsītim Atthāvīsam Atthāvīsativihe Atthāvayam Atthijuddham Aujjhā
98
2[1]; 13[1]
18[1] 18[1] 18[1]
88 28[1] 28[1]
72
150

Page #451

Word Index
4
Āgāsapadāņi Āgāsātthikāya! Āghaviijamti Āghavijjati. Ahammie Ahattahie Āhattu Ahavvāyam Ahākammam Ahārabhoyaņā Ahāraitta Āhāranīhāre Ahārapadam Ahārapariņņā Ahārasannā Ahārasamugghāta Ahäratthe Ahārayamisasarīrakāyappaoga Āhārayasarīra Ahārayasarīrakāyappaoga
141
157
72
. 147 Āņamamti
1[7]; 4[4];5[4] 5[1] Āņamda
30[1]; 157, 158 137 Anatam
19[3] 136; 138 Ānayakappe
19[2] 30[1] Āņayapāņaesu
- 106 23[1] Anupuvvīņāma
. 42 21(1) Ārana
20[2];21(2); 101 147 Aranavadensagam
21[3] 21[1] Arambhaparinnāte
11[1] 153 Ārāhaņā
32[1] 19[1] Ārāhitasamjamā
34 Ārāhiyanāņadamsanacarittajogā 144 153 Ārovaņā
28[1] 23[1] Asannam
33[1] 4[1] Asarayana
14[1] 6[1]; 7[1] Asaseña
1[7] Asasikkham 15[2] Asava
152 Asavadāra 15[2] Āsayati
30[1] .78 Āsādha
29[1] 39;91 Āsāyaṇā
33[1] 31[1] Asītassa
137 96 Āsīuttarajoyanasayasahassabāhallāe 149 19[1] Asotthe
157 30[1] · Atappavāyam .
147 7[1] Ātavam
30[1] 22[1]; 147 Ātavaņāma 143 Ata
1[3); 136 18[1] Āu
39; 147 33[1] Aubahule
80 25[1] Āugabamdhe 25[1] Aukāe
6[1] 32[1] Āukāiyaasamjama
17[1] 18[2] Aukkhaeņam
142
13]
5[1]
Āhevaccam
42
Ahohiyasat(y)ā Āicca Aimuhutta Āinne Āitthe Ājīvabhae Ājīviyasuttaparivāļiae Akimcaņiyā Alavagā Alavamana Aloyabhāyaṇabhoyanam Aloyaņavajjanată Aloyaņā Anae
154

Page #452

Samavāyāngasūtra
58
108 8[1]
10[1]
Āusam
1(1) Āuttim
71 Auya Auya-goya
91 Āvamti
9[1] Āvaranaya
52 Āvarettā
15[1] Āvatīsudadhadhammayā
32[1] Āvattam
16[3]; 30[1] Āvāsapavvat(y)a
42; 87; 88 Āvedheti
30[1] Āviemarana
17[1] Āyamtiamarana
17[1] Āyappavāya
16[2] Āyariyauvajjhāehim
30[1] Āyariyauvva
28[1] Āyae
158 Ayāṇabhamdanikkhevaņāsamī 8[1] Āyāṇabhandanikkhevaņāsamiti 5[1] Āyāmavikkhambha
1[4) Āyära . 1[2]; 18[1]; 25[1]; 32(1); 57;
85; 136 Āyāracūliyavajja Āyārakappa
28[1] Bahu
30[1] Bahubhamgiyam
147 Bahujana
30[1] Bahulam
147 Bahulapakkha
15[1] Bahupadipunnam
70 Bahuravamo
30[1] Bahusamaramanijjāto
9[2] Bahusutapujjā
. 36 Bahuvihakāmabhogubbhavāņa 146 Bahuvihaparamparāņubaddhā 146
Balabhadda
158 Baladeva 10[1]; 12[1]; 35; 51; 54; 68; 73;
80; 158 Baladevamāyaro
15 Baladeva-Vasudevapitaro
158 Balagamdiyão
*147 Balakūļa
113 Balakūdavajjā Balamae Balavam
30[1] Bali
16[2] Bambha 11[4); 12(1); 18[1]; 60; 158 Bambhacera
9[1];55 Bambhaceragutti
9[1] Bambhaceravāsa Bambhadatta
157 Bambhajjhayam
11[4] Bambhakamta
11[4] Bambhakūdam .
11[4] Bambha-lamtaesu
110 Bambhalesam i
11[4] Bambhalīe ::.7[2];8[3]; 9[3]; 10[3]; 64 Bambhalogavademsagam 10[4); 12[1] Bambhaloyakappa
: 158 Bambhappabham
11[4] Bambhasimgam
11[4] Bambhasittham
11[4] Bambhavannam
11[4] Bambhayāri
8[1]; 30[1] Bambhāvattam
11[4] Bambhe
30[1] Bambhi
18[1]; 46; 84;157 Bambhuttaravademsagam
11[4] Bamdha
1[3]; 4[1] Bamdhana
2[1]

Page #453

Word Index
49
157
147
34
88
Bamdhao Bamdhatthiti Bamdhū Barani Battisam Battīsatitāre Battisativihe Battīsā Baule Badara Bādaranāma Bādaravanapphatikāiya Bāhā Bahírānamtaram Bāhirão Bāhiraya Bāhire Bāhiriyam Bahubali Bāhujuddham Bälamarana Bālapamditamarana Bānauim Bale Bārasa Bārasaguņā Bārasavihavitthara Bārasāvayam Bāravatie Bäsītam Bāsītīe Bāvannam Bāvattarim Bāvisam Bāvisativihe
20[1] Bāyaraņāmam
28[1] 20[1] Bāyālīsam .
42 Beimdiya
14[1] 9[2]; 15[2] Beimdiyaasamjama
17[1] 32[1] Beimdiyateyasarira
152 32[1] Bemmtiyā
155 32[1] Bhadda
16[3]; 158 137 Bhaddabāhugamdiyão 157 Bhaddavate
29[1] 14[1] Bhaddā
158 25[1]; 42 Bhadduttaravademsagam
16[3] 10[3] Bhagavam 7[1]; 30[1]; 42; 54;55; 70; 72; 9[2]; 65; 67
82; 83; 89; 134 33[1] Bhagavasto Bhagavao
110; 111 84 Bhagavatā
1[2]; 18[1] Bhagavatīe
84 72 Bhagavato 11[2]; 14[1]; 18[1]; 36; 53; 84
104; 106 72 Bhamdane
52 17[1] Bhamse
30[1] 17[1] Bharaniņakkhatta
3[2] 92
Bharaha 7[1]; 34; 77; 83; 84; 108; 129; 158 30[1] Bharaheravaya
14[1]; 54 12(1) Bhase,
30[1] 157 Bhattakahā
4[1] 139 Bhattapaccakkhāṇa 1 41; 142; 144; 146 12[1] Bhattapaccakkhānamarana 17[1] 157 Bhattapāna
12[1] Bhatta
147 82; 83 Bhattāram
30[1] 52 Bhattittam
78 72 Bhavadhāranijjā
152 22[1] Bhavaggahana 22[1] . Bhavam
1[7]
1[8]

Page #454

50
Samavāyāngasūtra
... 157
2117
Bhavana 138 Bhīmaseña
157 Bhavana 138. Bhīsa
158 Bhavaņāvāsa
34 Bhogabhoga
30[1]; 141 Bhavaņāvāsasatasahassā 40; 44; 96 Bhogapariccāyā . 141; 143, 144, 146 Bhavappaccaie 153 Bhogavayata
18[1] Bhavasiddhiyā 1[8]; 28[1]; 148 Bhogāņam Bhavie 29[1] Bhogāsā .
52 Bhaviyajanapayahiya-yābhinamdiyāṇam 140 Bhomā 9[2]; 29[1]; 33[1]; 65[1] Bhaya
21[1]; 26[1] Bhomeja . 1[6];2[31; 10[3] Bhayasannā
4[1] Bhomeijanagañarāvāsasataşahassā 150 Bhayatthāna 7[1] Bhumjamāņe
21[1] Bhayavivega
25[1] Bhūmaham . . 30[1] Bhayāli 158 Bhūmibhāgāto
9[2] Bhānu 157 Bhūovaghātie
20[1] Bhāsā 34 Bhūyaggāmā
14[1] Bhāsāsamii 8[1] Bhūyāṇamda
32[1]; 40 Bhāsāsamiti 5[1] Bimdusāra
14[1] Bhāsarāsivannābhā
150 Bitie Bhāsaram
Bitiya-cautthīsu Bhāsatte 34 Bodhanaanusāsaņa
141 Bhāsijjamāni
Bohaenam
1[2] Bhāvā
148 Bohilābha . 141, 142; 144; 146 25[1] Buddhātisesā
34 Bhāvasacce
27[1] Bujjhissamti Bhāve 10[1] Cakkahara-halahara
139 Bhāviyam
17[3] Cakkajohi Bhäviyam 17[3] Cakkalakkhana
72 Bhāviyappa
30[1] Cakkam Bhede
Cakkarayana
14[1] Bhijjā 52 Cakkavattigamdiyão
: 147 Bhikhupaļimā 12[1]; 49; 64; 81; 100 Cakkavattiitthīrayaņā
158 Bhikkhāsatehim 81; 100 Cakkavattipitaro
158 Bhimgā 10[2] Cakkavattivamsa
159 Bhinnam • 147 Cakkavattivijayā
34; 68 Bhisae
157 Cakkavatti
23[2]; 54; 68; 158
38
(3]
34
Bhāvanā.
1[8]
152

Page #455

Word Index
157
40
Cakkāuha
•157 Camdimasuriya Cakkhimdiyatthoggaha 28[1] Camdimā
19[1] Cakkhudamsaņāvaraña 9[2]; 17[1]; 31[1] Camduttaravademsagam
3[4] Cakkhudaya
1[2] Campaya Cakkhuimdiyaatthoggaha
6[1] Caranakaranaparuvanayā 136, 137, 138; Cakkhukamtā
157
140; 141; 142; 143; 144 Cakkhuma
Caranakaranaparuvaņā
147 Cakkīņa
139 Caranavihi Camara 16[2]; 17[1]; 32[1]; 33[1]; 34; 36; Carati 51; 157 Carittamohanijja
31[1] Camaracamcāe 33[1] Carittasampannayā
27[1] Cammalakkhanam ' 72 Carittavirāhanā
3[1] Cammarayana 14[1] Carittāyāra
136 Camda 3[4]; 32(1); 59; 62; 67 Cariyāparīsaha
22[1] Camdanajjā
157 Cattāle Camdacaritam
72 Cattālīsam Camdadine 29[1] Cattari
4[1] Camdajasa 157 Cauaņuim
· 94 Camdajjhayam 3[4] Caugāue
4[1] Camdakamta 3[4]; 157 Caukkaņaiyāiim
22[1] Camdakūdam 3[4] Caumāsiyā
28[1] Camdalesam 3[4] Cauppaya
34; 54 Camdamamdale 61. Cauramsa
· 149 Camdappabha 3[4]; 93; 101; 157 Caurāsī(t)im
84 Camdarūvam 3[4] Caurāsītie
137 Camdasamvacchara 71 Caurimdiya
14[1] Camdasiņgam
3[4] Caurimdiyaasamjama
17[1] Camdasittham 3[4] Caurimdiyateyasarīra
152 Camdavannam
3[4] Causahilatthie Camdā
Causiram
12[1] Camdābham
Cautare
4[2] Camdāņaņam 158. Cauttha
1[2] Camdāvattam
3[4] Cautthi
7[2]; 9[3]; 10[3]; 149 Camdenam
8[2] Cauttisam
: 34 Camdikke 52 Cauvīsam
24[1]
64
66
8[4]

Page #456

52
Cauvisamgulie
Cauvihakammakkhaya
Cavalakumḍaladharā
Cavana
Cayaṇāni
Caram
Caraṇāṇam
Cârü
Cãummāsiyā
Cãuramgijjam
Cãuramtam
Cavonnatam
Ceaiyaim
Ceei
Cetiyakkhambhe
Cetiyarukkhā
Cettǎsoesu
Cha
12[1]
36
148
Cãuramtacakkavatti14[1]; 48; 71; 72; 77; 83;
89; 96; 97; 107; 108; 109
21[3]
141; 142; 143; 144; 146
30[1]
35
8[1]; 158
15[2]; 36
Chajjīvanikāya
Chalasītim
Challesā
Chammāsiyā
Channauim
Charūpagayam
24[1]
143
Chattam
Chattalakkhanam
Chattarayana
Chattäre
Chattīsam
Chattīsamguliyam
Chattīsasahassamaṇāyāṇam

9[2]; 72
17[1]
157
157
139
Chavvihe
147 Chavvisam
6[1]
6[1]
86
Chatthie 17[2]; 18[2]; 19[2]; 20[2]; 21[2];
22[2]; 149
34[1]
72
6[1]
12[1]
96
72
Chattohe
14[1]
6[2]
36
36
140
Chaumatthamaraṇa
Chaumatthapariyāgam
Chāumatthiyā
Chāvatthim
Chāyae
Chāyamsi
Chāyālīsam
Chevatthasanghayana
Cheyaṇão
Chinnacheyanayiyayim
Chinnacheyaṇāni
Chira
Cittamgā
Cittamtaragamḍiyão
Cittarasā
Cittasamahiṭṭhāṇā
Cittasambhūyam
Cittautta
Citta
Ciyāte
Ciyāto
Coddasa
Coddasapuvvisaya
Coddasapuvvi
Corikkakarana
Cotālīsam
Cottisam
Covattare
Covattarim
Coyālīsatame
Samavāyāngasūtra
Coyale
Culani
157
17[1]
54
6[1]
26[1]
6[1]
66
30[1]
158
46
155
19[1]
22[1]
147
155
10[2]
147
10[2]
10[1]
36.
158
1[5]; 8[2]
10[1]
143
14[1]
93
23[2]; 104; 105
146
44
34
37
74
88
139
158

Page #457

Word Index
Lüda
150 10[1] 100 34
158 26[1]
157 10[1]
138 147
158
159 35; 158 20[1]
153
99
72
Cullahimavasta 7[1];24[1]; 100 Cullahimavamtaküda
109 Cutācutaseniyāparikamme
147 Cūliyā
12[1]; 147 Cūliyāvatthū
147 Dadhimuhapavvaya
64 Dadhivanna
157 Dadhadhaņā
158 Daļharaha
157 Dadhāyü
158 Dagasīma
52; 87 Dakkhiņakatthāto Dakkhiņāhutti Dakkhiņāyananiyatte ! Dakkhiņilla Damatitthakaruttamassa
145 Damidalivi
18[1] Dambhe Damda 1[3];2[1];3[1]; 30[1]; 96 Damdajuddha Damdalakkhana
72 Damdarayana .
14[1] Damsamasagaphāsaparīsaha 22[1] Damsaņa
140 Damsanamoha
31[1] Damsanaparīsaha
22[1] Damsanasampannayā
27[1] Damsaņasāvae
11[1] Damsaņavirāhaņā
3[1] Damsaņāvarananāmāņam Damsaņāvaranijja Damsanāvaranijja-ņāmā-āyuyānam Damsaņāyāra
136 Damsijjati
136 Daobhāsa
42; 43; 52; 57; 87
Dappa . Darisanijja Dasa Dasadasamiyā Dasaddhavannenam Dasadhanū Dasa-kappa-vayahāra Dasaraha Dasaviha Dasavihavattavayam Dasāragamdiyão Dasāramamdala Dasāravamsa Datta Davadavacāri Davva Dayamattiyam Dayasima Dāhiņabharahaddha Dāhiņadāriyā Dāhinaddhabharaha Dāhiņaddhamaņussakhetta Dāņamtarãe Dāņamtarāiya Dāre Dārumade Dāsaūriyā Dāvaddave Dāvāyana Dāyane Desakahā Desodhi Devadamsana Devagati Devagatināma
42; 43; 57
98
72
7[2] 122
66 31[1] 17[1] 30[1]
158
51
18[1] 19[1]
158 12[1] 4[1]
152 10[1] 28[1] 28[1]

Page #458

54
Samavāyāngasutra
Devai
158; 158 Devajutim
10[1] Devakuru
157 Devakuru-Uttarakuriyā
49; 53 Devalogagamaņa 141; 142; 146; 147 Devasahassa
77 Devasammam
158 Devasena
158 Devatthāna
24[1] Devautta
158 Devāhideva
24[1] Devānamda
158 Devānpuvviņāmam
28[1] Devāņubhāvam
10[1] Devāsuramanasa
144 Devāue
31[1] Deve
30[1] Deviddhim
10[1] Devimdam
32(1); 60; 70 Devi
157; 158 Devovavae
158 Dhamma 1[3]; 4[1]; 16[1];23[1]; 45; 48 Dhammacimtā
10[1] Dhammadaya
1[2] Dhammadesaeņam
1[2] Dhammajjhae
158 Dhammakahā 141, 142, 143, 144, 146 Dhammakheddam
72 Dhammamitta Dhammanāyaga
1[2] Dhammasārahi
1[2] Dhammasena
158 Dhammasiha
157 Dhammatthikāe
• 149 Dhammatthikāya
5[1]
Dhammayaracāuramtacakkavatti 1[2] Dhammāyariya 141, 142,143, 144; 146;
157158 Dhamsei
30[1] Dharmsiya
30[1] Dhanne
-157 Dhanadatta
158 Dhanitthā
5[2];7[2] Dhanu
10[1]; 15[1]; 96 Dhanuddharā
158 Dhanupatthā
57; 84; 98 Dhanusata
.
108 Dhanuvatthā Dhanuvveyam Dhara
157; 158 Dharana
32[1] Dharani
157 Dharanidhara Dharanitala 11[2]; 31(1); 118; 123 Dhāiyasada Dhāraṇī Dhāreti Dhāupāgam Dhāyaīrukkha Dhitidhaniyabaddhakaccha 146 Dhitimati
32[1] Dhirapurisa
158 Dhūmappabha
18[1] Dhutam
9[1] Dhuvarāhū
25[1] Dhüve
148 Digimcchāparīsaha
22[1] Diņņa
157
157; 1 Dippamāņā
158
157
Dinne

Page #459

Word Index
55
101
.
11
Duvitthu
158
Disā 16[1]; 76; 149 Dupadiggaham
147 Disāsovitthayam 20[3] Dupamajjitacāri
20[1] Ditthivāte 147 Dupavesam
12[1] Ditthivāya(e) 1[2];46; 88; 136; 147 Duppaya
34 Ditthivipariyāsidamạe : 13[1] Durabhigamadurovagāha
145 Divaddhakhetiyā
45 Dussaranāmam
28[1]; 42 Divaddham . . . 101 Duttare
2[2] Divasa
12[1] Duvālasamga 1(2); 136; 139; 148 Divasakhetta 27[1]; 78; 98 Duvālasamuhuttiya
12[1] Divam : 10[1] Duvālasaviha
12[1] Diyalogacutābhāsiya 44 Duvālasāvatte
12[1] Diyābambhayāri
11[1] Duvitthū Dihabāhu 157 Duyāvattam
147 Dihadamta 158 Dusama
21[1] Dīhaveyaddha 34; 50. Dusamadūsamā
21[1] Dihaveyaddhapavvaya 25[1]; 100 Egadivasenam
54 Dīva 10[2]; 23[2]; 30[1] Egadūsena
157 Divabhūtā 137 Egagunam
147 Do 2[1] Egamegāe
9[2] Dobhāmkaram 72 Eganāmam
28[1] Doccă 1[6]; 2[3]; 3[3]; 25[1]; 86; 149 Eganikkhamanam .
12[1] Domāsiyā
12[1]; 28[1] Eganisejjāte Dosa
52 Egasasthivibhāgabhattīe Dosabamdhaņa .. 2[1] Egatare
1(5) Dubbhigamdham
22[1] Egatthānam Dubbhikkham 34 Egatthitātim
147 Dubhaganāma 25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Egā
1[3] Duddharā 158 Egākāre
152 Duguņcchā
21[1]; 26[1] Egemdiyaveuvviyasarīra Dugunam 147 Egimdiyaorāliyasarīra
152 146 Egimdiyateyasarīra Duma
18[3] Eguttariya Dumapattayam
36 Egūnacattālīsam Dumasena
158 Egūnacattālīsaime Duonayam 12[1] Egūņatīsativihe
29[1]
54
61
139
152
Duhavivāga
152

Page #460

Samavāyāngasūtra
!
naga
SZ
158
51
.
72
158
Egūņavisam
19[1] Ekarātiya
12[1] Ekasatthibhāga
13[1] Ekavidhavattavam
38 Ekādiyāṇam
139 Ekävalikamthalaitavacchă Ekāvannam
51 Ekāvannakhambhasatasannivitthā Eke
1[3] Ekkacattālīsam
41 Ekkasattari
71 Ekkatīsam
31[1] Ekkavīsa
17[1];21[1] Ekkānauim Ekkārasa
11[1] Ekkārasabhägaparihīne
11[2] Ekkārasamgino
23[2] Ekkārasatāre
11[2] Ekkārehim
11[2] Ekūnanauie
89 Ekūņapannāe. Ekūnasattarim Ekūņatīsam
29[1] Ekūnāsītim
79 Eravat(y)a
7[1]; 34; ;158 Esaņāasamite
20[1] Esaņāsami(t)i . . : 8[1] Evambhūtam
147. Gabbhavakkamtiamanussapamcimdiaorā. liyasarira
152 Gabbhavakkamtiapamcimditirikkhajoni
13[1] Gabbhavakkamtiasannimanuyānam 1[6] Gabbhavasahi Gaddabhe
30[1] Gaddatoya-tusiyāṇam
Gaddhapatthamaraṇa
1 7[1] Gaganatalamañulihamtasiharā 150 Gahacaritam Gahanam Gamā
136; 140 Gambhīradarisanijjā
: 158 Gambhīramadhurapadipunnasaccavayaņā
158 Gamdhajuttim *** Gamdhamādana.
108 Gamdhaņāmam . 25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Gamdhavattibhūtā .
150 Gamdhavva
30[1] Gamdhavvalivi
18[1] Gamdhā
5[1] Gamdhānuvāti
9[1] Gamgadatta Gamgā
14[1] Gamgā-simdhū
24[1]; 25[1] Gamthe
16[1];23(1) Ganadharagamdiyão
147 Ganadharavamsa Ganaharā 8[1]; 11[2]; 37; 48; 54; 66; 83;
86; 90; 93; 95; 147; 157 Gaņā 8[1]; 11[2]; 37; 48; 54; 66; 83; 86;
90; 93; 95; 147 Ganipidaga 1[2];57; 136; 139; 148 Gasitam Ganiyalivi
18[1] Garulā
157 Garulávāsa
8[1] Garuyalahuyaparināma
22[1] Gatikallāņa Gatināma
42 Gavam
30[1]
159
72
111
158

Page #461

Word Index
150
72
36
Gotta
141
158
158
Gavva
52 pamcamgulitilā Gayacalanamalana 146 Gotyamadīva
67; 69 Gayalakkhanam
Gotamakesijjam Gadham
39; 138 Gāhā
16[1] Gotthu(ū)bha 52; 57; 58; 42; 43; 87; 88; Gāhāsolasagā 16[1]
92; 157 Gāhāvatirayana 14[1] Gujjhage
30[1] Gāmakodi
96 Gunadosadarisana Gāmenam 30[1] Gunahatthā
140 Gāravā 3[1] Gunakāra
84 Gathā 23[1] Guruphāsapariņāma
22[1] Gāvi
158 Guttisenam Gāyalatthi 34. Guttie
3[1] Gehāgārā
10[2] Gūdhadamta Gehi 52 Gūdhāyārī
30[1] Gevejjavimāna 113 Gühanaya
52 Gevejjavimāṇasatam 11[2] Hala
158 Ghadamuhapavattienam 25[1]; 74 Hamtā
30[1] Ghamtam 147 Hanitta
30[1] Ghanam 19[3] Hari-Harissahakūļā
113 Ghanimdiyaatthoggaha 6[1]; 28[1] Harikamtā
14[1] Ghanimdiyavamjanoggaha 28[1] Harivassa-rammaya
121 Ghanodahil 20[1]; 79; 86 Harivassa-rammaya-vassiyāņam 84 Ghattha
150 Harivassa-rammayavassiyāto
assivāto 73 Ghosa 6[4]; 10[4];32(1) Harisena
89;97; 158 Giddhe 30[1] Haritesijjam .
36 Gihibhāyanam 18[1] . Harivamsagamdiyão
147 Gihilimge 57 Harivāsa
7[1]; 63 Gilānammi 30[1] Hari
14[1] Girirāyā 16[1] Hattha
5[2]; 10[2] Giyam 72 Hatthakammam
21[1] Gokhīrapamąure
Hatthiņapuram
158 Golavattasamuggatesu
Hatthirayana Goņalakkhaṇam 72 Hatthisikkham
72 Gosīsasarasapattacamdanadaddara-dinna. Hattharomakuva
14[1]
57

Page #462

58
Samavāyāngasūtra
44
.
158
8[1]
Hayalakkhanam 72 Imdokamtam
19[3] Hāliddavannapariņāma 22[1] Imduttaravademsagam
19[3] Hāni 152 Imginimarana
17[1] Hāra 64 Iriāvahie
13[1] Häsa
. 21[1]; 26[1] Iriyāsamitī(1) 5[1];8[1]; 25[1] Hāsavivega
25[1] Isibhāsiya Hemavata
7[1] Isidiņņam Hemavaterannvatiyāņam 38; 67 Isivamsa
159 Hemavaya-Herannavatiyāto 37 Issarena
30[1] Herannavata
7[1] Issariyamae Hetthimagevejja 11[2] Issarīkae
-30[1] Herthimahetthimagevejja 22[2]; 23[3] Hetthimamajjhimagevejja 23[2]; 24[3] Ittāva
28[1] Hetthimauvarimagevejja 24121: 25131 Itthikaha
4[1] Ней . . 148 Itthiparinna
16[1] Himsādamda 13[1] Itthiparisaha
22[1]. Hirannavāyam
72 Itthiveda Itthiveda .
21[1]; 156 Hitasivasuhadā
Itthikhavivajjanayā
25[1] Hiyayagamaņio
Itthilakkhanam Humda 155 Itthirayana
14[1]; 158 Humdasamthāni 155 Itthīveda
26[1] Humqasamthāņaņāma 25[1];28[1] Itthivisayagehie
30[1] Iccha
52 Itthā Iddhivisesā 141; 142; 143; 144; 146 Isara
52; 57; 79; 95 Iddhīgārava
Isattham Ihagata 47 Isadosena
30[1] Thalogabhaya
7[1] Isāņa 1[6];2[3]; 28[1]; 30[1]; 32[1] Ihaloia 141; 142; 143; 144; 146 isi
12[1] Ihamagatassa 33[1] Isipabbhāra
12(1); 45 Imda 19[3]; 157 Jae
157 Imdabhūti 11[2];92; 157 Jagajīvahita
139 Imdadatta 157 Jagati
8[1] Imdadinne 157.Jahanna
1[6] Imdajihao 34 Jahājāyam
12[1] Imdiya 146 Jahāņāmae
148
72
155
3[1]
72

Page #463

Word Index
59
72
1[4]
42
124
Jakkha
30[1] Jālamtararayanapamjarummilita 157 Jakkhini 157 Jālā
158 Jalathalabhāsurapabhūta 34 Jānaenam
1[2] Jalayarapamcemdiyatirikkhajoni 13[1] . Jāņamāņo
30[1] Jallaparisaha
22[1] Jāņavayam Jamagapavvayā
113 Jāņavimāņa Jamatite 16[1]; 23[1] Jāņussehappamanamette
34 Jambuddiva 1[4]: 9[2]; 11[2]: 12[1]; 19[1]: Jätimae
8[1] 23[2]; 27[1]; 34; 43; 56; 65; 79, 80; 82; Jātināmanidhattāugam
154 95; 102; 130; 157, 158. Jātiņāma Jammabhūmīsu 157 Jāyaṇaparīsaha
22 [1] Jammanāni. 147 Jāyateyam
30[1] Jambū 8[1]; 157 Jettthā
3[2];8[2]; 15[2] Jambūdīva
Jhana
4[1];6[1] Jamtamusalasamdhi-satagghīparvāritā 150 Jhamjhakare
20[1] Jannatijjam 36 Jhampitta
30[1] Jaraṇamaranasāsanakare 141 Jhānajogajuttā
144 Jara-marana-joni-samkhubhitacakkavālam Jhāṇasamvarajoga
32[1] 146 Jhimma . Jarasamdha 158 Jibbhacheyana
146 Jasa
8[1] Jibbhimdiyaatthoggaha 6[1]; 28[1] Jasamsi
158 Jibbhimdiyavamjanoggaha 28[1] Jasakittināmam
28[1] . Jibbhiyae Jasamam 157 Jiņa
1[2]; 30[1] Jasasă 30[1] Jinapannatta
136 Jasavati 158 Jinapūyatthi
30[1] Jase 157 Jiņasakaha
35 Jasokittināma
42; 17[1] Jiņasamiva Jativamsa
Jinasatā Javanāliyā 18[1] Jinavarabhattiya
157 Jaya
· 158 Jinavarappanīyā
145 Jayamta 31[1]; 32(3); 33[2]; 37; 55; 149; Jiņavayamaņugayamahiyabhāsitā 144
151; 158 Jiņātisesa Jayamti 157 Jiyasattū
157 Jayā 157 Jiyāri :
157
52
74
14
144

Page #464

60
Jiva
Jivadaya
Jivajoni
Jivappadesogāhaṇā
53; 57; 84; 94; 137; 138; 139; 140
1[2]
139
104
2[1]; 149
5[1]
14[1]
14[1]; 24[1]; 37; 122; 148
136
Jivaräsi
Jivatthikaya
Jivatthāṇā
Jīvā
Jivājīvavibhatti
Jivājīvā
Jivitāsā
Joe
Joemsu
Joemti
Jogam
Jogasacce
Jogasamgahā
Jogā
Jogāņujoga
Joi
Joisiya
Joissamti
Jonippamuhasatasahassä
Jotisamcālā
Jotisamte
Jotise
Jotisiyāvāsā
Jotisiyavimāṇavāsā
Joyaṇakoḍākoḍīto
Joyanakoḍīto
Joyaṇanihārī
Joyaṇaparimamdalam
Joyanasahassam
Joyaṇasata
Joyanasayasahassa

137; 138; 139; 140
52
30[1]
45
45
8[2]
27[1]
32[1]
5[1]
29[1]
10[2]
1[6]
45
84
138
11[2]
11[2]
150
150
150
150
34
34
1[4];84;150
9[2];150
150
Juddhakīttipurisā
Juddham
Juddhātijuddham
Jue
Juga
Jugabahu
Jugalayāṇam
Juttaphusiena
Juttiseṇam
Juvalagāṇam
Juyaka
Juyate
Juyaya
Jüyam
Kadagacchejjam
Kadaggidāhaṇa
Kaḍā
Kahāhigaraṇāim
Kahāte
Kakkasena
Kakke
Kaḍisuttaganilapiyakosejjavāsasā
Kalaha
Kakkhaḍaphāsapariṇāma
Kallāṇaphalaviväga
Kalusāulaceyase
Kalusāvilaceyase
Samavāyāngasūtra
Kamati
Kammae
158
72
72
158
61; 62; 67; 96
157
76
34
158
149
52
95
୧୧୯ ୯
79
72
72
146
136; 137; 140
158
30[1]
12[1]
157
52
22[1]
52
55
30[1]
30[1]
150
152
25[1]
21[1]; 26[1]; 28[1]
Kammagasarīraṇāma
Kammamsā
Kammanisega 70 Kammapagaḍī 36; 39; 52; 58; 69; 87; 97 Kammapagatio Kammappavāyam
7[1]
147

Page #465

Word Index
61
72
141
148
34
Kammappavāyapuvvam
14[1] Kammasarīrakāyapaoga
13[1] Kammatthiti
70: Kammavisohimagganam
14[1] Kammavivāgajjhayaņā
43 Kammayasarīrakāyapaoga
13[1] Kambu
12[3] Kambuggīvam
12[3] Kamkhā
52 Kamcaņakūdam
. 7[3] Kamcanapavvatasayā
102 Kamcanapavvayā
50; 100 Kamda 38; 61; 80; 82; 84; 85; 87; 99;
112; 120 Kamtaya Kamtā
155; 158 Kanagapāņi
1. 158 Kanha
10[1]; 158 Kanhalesā
6[1] Kanhasirī:
158 Kappa 1[6]; 2[3]; 3[3]; 26[1]; 35; 157 Kappavaravimāņamuttamesu Karanasacce ..
. 27[1] Kasāyasamugghāta
6[1]; 7[1] Kasāya
4[1]; 5[1]; 28[1] Kasina Kattavirīe
158 Kattavvayakamma
11[1] Kattiya
8[2];29[1]; 158 Kattiyabahulasattami
37 Kattiyā
6[2]; 7[2] Katthāto
88; 98 Kavādam
8[1] Kayavammā
| 157 Kāganirayana
14[1]
Kāiya
5[1] Kākanilakkhanam Kāla
15[1]; 18[3]; 33[2] Kālakammacuyāņam Kālayavannapariņāma
22[1] Kāle
149 Kaloe
42 kāloyana
91 Kāmabhoga
18[1] Kāmaguņā
5[1] Kāmāsā
52 Kāraņā Kāremāņe Käsavi
157 Käulesa
6[1]; 153 Kävilijjam
36 Kävittham
14[3] Kāyaasamjama
17(1) Kāyachakka
18[1] Kāyadanda
3[1] Käyagutti
3[1];8[1] Kāyakilesa
6[1] Kāyasamāharanata
27(1) Kāyasamjama
17[1] Kekai Kemahāliyā
152 Kesa-mamsu-roma-nahe 34[1] Kesari
158 Kesavā
158 Keu
79; 95 Keubhūtapadiggaho
147 Keubhūyam Keuga Keuka Kevaladamsana
10[1]
.
158

Page #466

Samavāyāngasūtra
137
147
Kevaladamsanavarana Kevalam Kevalanāna Kevalanāņāvarana Kevalaņāņuppāta Kevalavaranāņadamsaņe Kevalimaranam Kevalipariyāgam Kevalisamugghāta Kevali Khalukijjam Khamae Khamā Khamdhāvāramānam Khamdhāvāranivesam Khamdagappavātaguha Khamti Khaovasamie Kharassare Kharotthiya Khattiyāņam Khavitasattaya Khāmitaviosaviyānam Khemamdhara Khemaskara Khimsati Khīliyāsamghayana Khīņamoha Khoyaraso Khuddiyae Khujja Khurappasamthānasamthita Kibbisie Kimsamghayani Kimsamthāni
9[2]; 31[1]. Kinhalesā
153 10[1] Kiriya
1[3];5[1]; 143 10[1] Kiriyavādisatassa 31[1] Kiriyavisāla 147 Kiriyatthāņā
13[11; 23[1] 23[2] .Kiriyavisālam
147 10111:17[1] Kitikamma
12[1] 110 Kittīpurisa
58 7[1];8[1] Kitthighosam
6[4] 14[1];54 Kitthijjhayam
4[4] 36 Kitthijuttam
4[4] 14[1] . Kitthikūdam
4[4] 27[1]; 143 Kitthilesam
4[4] Kitthim
4[4]; 21[3] 72 Kitthippabham
4[4] 50 Kitthisimgam
4[4] 10[1] kitthisittham
4[4] 153 Kitthivann Kitthivannam
4[4] 15[1] Kitthiyāvattam ,
4[4] 18[1] Kitthuttaravademsagam 157 Kitam
21[1] 21[1] Kodh(h)avivega
27[1] 20[1] Kodhane.
20[1] 158 Koha 158 Kohakasaya
4[1] 30[1] Kohavivega .
25[1] 155 Kosa
24[1] 7[1]; 14[1] Kosalie 23[2]; 63; 83; 84; 89; 108
4[4]
157
Kova
52
37 155 149
52 155 155
Kukkudalakkhanam : Kulagara
109; 112; 158 Kulagarapattina Kulagaratitthagaragañadhara Kulagaravamsa Kulakara

Page #467

Word Index
Kulakaragamdiyão
147 Kulamae
8[1] Kulapavvayā
39 Kulimge
57 Kumāram
104 Kumārabhūe
30[1] Kumāravāsa
77 Kumudam
17[3); 18[3] Kumudagummam
18[3] Kumbha
19[1]; 25[1]; 157. Kumbhipāgakampana
146 Kumdalaujjoviyāņaņā
158 Kumthu. 32[1]; 35; 37; 81;91; 95; 158 Kurumati
58 Kurute
52 Kusamayamohamatimohitānam | 137 Kusilaparibhāsie
16[1] Kusīlaparibhāsite
23[1] Kusumeņam
34 Kuda
. 52 Kūdasāmalī
8[1] Lacchimati
158 Laddhasiddhamaggāņam Lahuphāsapariņāma.
22[1] Lakkhana
29[1]; 157 Lakkhanavamjanagunovavetā Lalie Laliyamitta Lamtae 10[3];11(4); 12[2]; 13[2]; 14[2];
14[3]; 50; 29[1] Lanhā
150 Lată
146 Latthabahu
157 Latthibhamjana
146 146
Lava Lavaggenam Lavaņa 16[2]; 17[1]; 60; 72; 95; 125; 128 Lavālave
32[1] Lābha-bhoga-uvabhoga-vīriyaantarāiyam
17[1] Lābhamae
8[1] Lāghava
10[1] Lāulloiyamahiyā
150 Lenavihim
: 72 Lesam Lesā Lesāpadam Lesajjhayanam Livie Lobha Lobhakasāya
4[1] Lobhavattie
13[1] Lobhavivega
25[1]; 27[1] Loe
1[3]; 140 Loga 10[1]; 13[3); 137; 138; 139 Logabindusāra
25[1]; 147 Logaggacūlia
12[1] Logagurū
144 Logahita
1[2] Logahiyam
1[7] Logamunino
141 Logamta
11[2] Loganäha
1[2] Logaņāha Logapaiva Logapajjoyagara
1[2] Logappabhe
13[3] Logatthaim
138 logavijao
9[1]
141
158
158
157
1[2]
Lauda
:

Page #468

Samavāyāngasūtra
.
.158
136
Mahal
24[1];25[1]
-
Logāloga
137, 138, 139, 140 Logāvattam
13[3] Logottama
1[2] Loguttaravademsagam
13[3] Lohabamdhe
158 Lohitakkha Lohiyavannapariņāma
22[1] Lokapaờipurane
12[1] Lubbhai
30[1] Lukkhaphāsapariäāma
22[1] Macchā
9[2] Mada
52 Maddava
10[1]; 143 Madhusittha
72 Maggadaya
1[2] Magge
16[1];23[1] Maghavam
158 Mahabbala
158 Mahaggaha
19[1]; 88 Mahaggha
64 Mahalliyae
41 Mahaparinnā
9[1] Maharihāni
141 Mahasiha
158 Mahasena
157; 158 Mahasena
157 Mahatimahālayā
53; 149 Mahativvakasāva
146 Mahavvayā
5[1] Mahā
8[2] Mahācamda
158 Mahādīyā
7[2] Mahādhanuvikaddhayā
158 Mahādumam
18[3] Mahāghosa 6[4]; 10[4]; 15[1]; 32[1]; 157
Mahāhari
158 Mahāhimavamta 7[1];53; 57; 82; 102 Mahāhimavamtakūļa 87; 110 Mahājummasayā
81 Mahākāla 15[1]; 18[3]; 33[21; 149 Mahākumudam
17[3] Mahāliyāe
42; 43; 44; 45 Mahāmoha
30[1] Mahānadī Mahānakkhatta
7[2] Mahāņaliņam
:17[3] Mahāṇamdiyāvattam i 16[3] Mahārayanavihāļagā
158 Mahārāyā
78; 80 Mahārāyābhiseya Mahārāyattam Mahārāyavāsa Mahārorute
149 Mahāroruvesu
33[2] Mahāsamāņam
17[3] Mahāsattasāgarā
158 Mahāsukka · 14[2]; 15(3); 16[2]; 17(2);
17[3]; 40; 158 Mahāsukka-sahassāra
111 Mahāvīra 1[2]; 7[1]; 11(2); 14[1]; 18[1];
30[1]; 36; 42; 53; 54; 55; 70; 72; 82; 83; .
89; 104; 106; 110; 111; 134 Mahāvīrathui . 16[1];23[1] Mahaviravaddhamana
135 Mahavidehe
7[1]; 33[1]; 34 Mahāvimāņa 1[4]; 12(1); 33[3]; 53 Mahimdadatta
157 Mahiņdajjhyam
12[3] Mahimdam
12[3]; 14[3] Mahimdokamtam
14[3] Mahimdutttaravademsagam 14[3]

Page #469

Word Index
147
72
Mamthamtarāim
8[1] Mahitam 22[3] Manadanda
3[1] Mahīdhara
139 Managutti
3[1];8[1]; 25[1] Mahurā
158
Manapajjava Majjhe 30[1] Manapajjavanāņa
10[1] Majjhe logassa 16[1]. Manapajjavanānisatā
57 Majjhimahethimageveja 25[2] Manapajjavanānisayā
81 Majjhimahetthimagevejaya 26[3] Manapajjavanāņāvaraña
31 Majjhimamajjhimagevejja 26[2] Manasąmjama -
17[1] Majjhimamajjhimagevejjaya 27[3] Manasamāharaṇatā
27(1) Majjhimapurisa 158 Maņābhirāmā
155 Majjhimauvarimagevejja 28[3] Manikanagathūbhiyāgā
150 Majjhimauvarimagevejjaya 27[3] Manilakkhanam
72 Makkhāyam
11[2] Manipāgam Mallam 21[3] Manirayana
14[1] Malli 19[1]; 25[1]; 55, 57, 59; 157 Maniyamgā
10[2] Mamdara 7[1]; 10[1]; 11(2); 16[1]; 31[1]; Manogae
10[1] 45; 55; 61; 69; 87; 88; 92, 97, 98; Manorahā 99; 123; 157 Manorama
10[4]; 16[1; 157 Mamdaracūliyā 40 Manu
1[7] Mamdaravajjā . .. 69 Manunnā
34; 155 Mamdala 311]; 60 Manussaāhārayasarīra
152 Mamdalagate 88 Manussaseniyāparikamme
147 Mamdalasatam "
89 Maranamtiasamugghāta 7[1]; 152 Mamdalāto 71; 78 Maranabhaya
7[1] Mamdaliyapavvae 85 Maranāsā
52 Mamdaliyarāyāņo 23[2] Marudeva
157, 158 Mamdiyaputte
11[2]; 30[1]; 83 Marudevi Mamdukke 19[1] Maruyavasabhakappā
158 Mamgalā 157 Mattagaya
10[2] Mamgalāvatim
10[4] Matthayam
30[1] Mamsacakkhunā 34[8] Matthā
150 Mamsasonite
Maudatthāṇammi
34[1] Mamtagayam 72 Mauyaphāsapariņāma
22[1] Mamtānujoga 29[1] Mayasthāņa
8[1]
157
157

Page #470

66
Samavāyāngasūtra
72
3[2]
Mayūrasamthānā
155 Māgadhiya
72 Māgamdi
19[1] Māhimda . 2[3]; 7[2]; 30[1]; 70; 131 Māhimdara
157 Mālavamta
108 Māli :
157 Māņa
52 Mānakasāya
4[1] Mānavae
35 Mānavattie
13[1] Mānusāue
31[1] Mānussae
30[1] Māņusuttaram
1[7] Māri
34 Māranamtie
32[1] Māraṇamtiyaahiyāsaņatā 27[1] Māraṇamtiyasamugghāta
6[1] Māreti
30[1] Māruenam
34 Māsa
29[1]; 31[1] Māsiä
12[1]; 28[1] Mātukä
158 Māuyāpadāņi
147 Māuyāpayā
46 Māuyakkhara
46 Māyā
52 Māyākasāya
4[1] Māyāmosam
30[1] Māyāsakka
3[1] Māyāvattie
13[1] Meha
157 Meharaha
157 Mehuna
5[1];21[1] Mehunasannā
4[1]
Memdhayalakkhanam Merā
158 Meru
16[1] Mettajja
11[2] Micchattamohanijjam
26[1] Micchattam
5[1] Micchattaveyanijjam
28[1] 'Micchādamsaņasalla
3[1] Micchäditthi
14[1] Micchäditthivigalimdie
25[1] Migasira
10[2] Migasiranakkhatta Migali
158 Mijjamāna
61; 67 Mita
30[1] Mitamamjulapalāvahasita
158 Mittadāma
157 Mittadosvattie
13[1] Mittajana-sayana-dhanadhann-vibhvasamiddhi-sāra-samudaya-visesā
146 Mittavāhane
- 158 Miyacāritā Miya-pasu-pakkhi-sirīsivānam Miyāvati
158 Mo
76 Mohanijja 21[1]; 26[1]; 39; 70 Mohanijathāņā
30[1] Mohanijjavajja
7[1];69 Mohasaralivi
18[1] Mokkha Mokkhamaggagati Mokkhapahoyāragā Molikade
11[1] Moriyaputta
11[2]; 65; 95 Mosamaņapaoga
13[1]; 15[2]
1[3]
36
137

Page #471

Word Index
85; 99 30[1]
157 • 147
10[4] 19[1]
158 16[3]
53
26[1]
146 158
Namdanavana Namdatam Namdā Namdāvattam Namdighosam Namdiphale Namdisenam Namdiyāvattam Namdi Napumsakaveda Naragagamana Narasiha Naravasahā Naravati Naraya Narayavibhattī Narimda Narimdokamtam Narimduttaravademsagam Nattam Nava Navanavamiya Nayavam Nabhi
158
158
Mosavatipaoga
13[1]; 15[2] Moyagenam
1[2] Mucchā
52 Muccimsamti Muhutta
29[1]; 77 Muhuttaggenam
29[1] Munisuvvata
20[1]; 50; 158 Munivamsa
159 Munivaruttama
144; 147 Musāvāyāto
5[1] Musāvāyavattie
13[1] Musala
96; 158 Muttālae
12[1] Muttāmaņimae
64 Muttāmaņimae
64 Muttāvalihārasamthāṇasamthiteņam 74 Muttavalihärasamthitenam
25[1] Muttenam
• 1[2] Mutti ! Mutthijuddham
: 72 Mūlaguņutttaraguņātiyārā Mūlam
10[2] Mūlanakkhatta
11[2] Nadai
30[1] Nadam
30[1] Nagaramānam
72 Nagaranivesam
72 Nakkhatta 7[2]; 8[2]; 10[2]; 98; 100 Nakkháttamāsā
67 Naliņagummam
18[3] Nalinam
17[3]; 18[3] Nami
39; 41 Namipavvajā
36 Namdana
35; 98 Namdanakūdavajjā
113
84
23[1] 12[3]; 158
12[3] 12[3]
72
142
9[1]
81
30[1] 16[1]; 157
Nāga
149
84
40
Nāgakumārāvāsa Nāgaranno Nāgasahassi Nāgasupanna Nāgimda Nāliyā Näliyākheddam Nāma Nāmadhejjā Nānappavāyam
OJ
42; 60; 72
145 44; 157
96
72 52; 58 12[1] 14[1]

Page #472

Samavāyāngasutra
10[2]
Nyadi
Nāņaviddhikarā Nāņavirāhaņā Nāņāvaranijja Närae Nārāyasamghayana Nāyagam Neraiya Neraiyāņam Neraiyāue Neyāram Neyāyuya Nibamdhamāņa Niccāgoe Nidānakāranā Nidamsijjamti Niddā Nigamassa Niggama Nigūhejā Nihayarayareņuyam Nijjaratthāņā Nijjhāetta Nijjīvam Nijjutti Nijuddham Nikkhamamāne Nikkhitthsattham Nimmama Nimmānan(n)āmam Nippadikammayā Nippaļivayaņā Nippulāe
Niravalava · Nirayagati
Nirayavibhatti
39; 52; 58
158
155 30[1]
153 151; 154
31[1] 30[1] 30[1] 28(1) 31[1] 158 136 31[1] 30[1]
139 30[1]
34 5[1] 9[1]
72 136 72 82 158
158 25[1];28[1]
32[1]
34
158 32[1]
154 16[1]
Nirayāvāsa
34; 84 Nirāmayā
34 Niruvalevā Nisabha
74; 112 Nisabhakūļa
112 Nisadha
7[1]; 63 Nisahanelavamtiyão
94 Nisijjā
18[1] Nissie
30[1] Nivaddhemāna
27[1] Nivattaitta
1:40 Nivattanayā
153 Nivãe
12[1] Nivuddhettä
78; 98 Niyadi
52 Niyadipaņņāņe
30[1]. Niyamttamāņa
: 93 Niyatti
14[1] Niyānabhūmi Niyāņakaļā Niyāṇasalla
3[1] Nilagapītagavasņā
158 Nilalesa
6[1]; 153 Niavannapariņāma
22[1] Niavamta
7[1]; 63; 112 Nīrayā Nisasamti
4[4];5[4] Noimdiyaatthoggaha
6[1] Ņadīto
138 Nagarāim : 141; 142; 143; 144; 146 Ņaggoha
157 Naggohaparimamdala Nakkhattabhāse
27[1] Ņamda
15[4]; 157, 158 Namdaņa
157, 158
158 158
·
150
155

Page #473

Word Index
157 148
157
150
Ņamdanakūļā Ņamdanappabham Ņamdakamtam Ņamdalesam Namdamitta Namdavannam Namdīrukkhe Namdāvattam Ņamdi Ņamduttaravademsagam Napumsag(y)aveda Napumsayaveyanija Narakmtā Ņatam Ņatte Ņauim Navanautim Navajoyaniyā Ņāņāditthamtavayanissāram Ņāņāsamthāṇasamthitā Ņābhi Ņãe Ņāgadatta Ņāgarukkhe Nālamdatijjam Ņāmadhejjā Ņānappavāyam Ņānasampannayā Ņāņāyāra Ņārikamtā Ņātā Nāte Ņāyajihayaņā Nāyādhammakaha
108 15[4] 15[4] 15[4]
158 15[4]
157 15[4]; 147 . 88
15[4] 21(1):156
20[1] 14[1] 19[3] 32[1]
90
99 9[2] 137 155
157 19[1]
157
157 23[1]
157
147 27[1]
136 14[1] 136 137 19[1] 1[2]
Nevvāņe
158 Ņeyāram
30[1] Nhärū
155 Ņibaddha
136, 137, 140 Nibamddhati
28[1] Niccabhattena Nicce Niccougo Niddā
9[2] Ņiddänidda
9[2];31(1) Ņiddhaphāsapariņāma
22[1] Ņidhayo
138 Niggamtha
18[1] Nijjarā
1[3] Ņikāită
136; 137 Ņikkamkadacchāyā Ņikkasāya
158 Ņikkhobhanippakampā
137 Nimmalā
150 Ninhãi
30[1] Ninhāiyā
18[1] Nippamkā
150 Niravacca Nirayagati
146 Ņisabha Ņisabhanīlavamtā Ņisabha-nīlavamtavāsahara-pavvayam 106 Nisihiyāparisaha
22[1] Nissāram
137 Nitāim
153 Nitie
148 Nivvaitta
24[1] Ņivvutikari
157 Niyattati
24[1] Niyānakāraņā
158
157
112
106

Page #474

70
S
Samavāyāngasūtra
1[7
Pabamdh
46
52
16[1]
.
.
158
34 34
Osappiņie
21[1] Niyattibādara 21[1] Ovāriyāleņe
16[2] Niyāṇabhūmi 158 Oyamsi
158 Ņīsasamti
Pabamdhane
12[1] Ņoimdiyaavāte
28[1] Pabhamjana Ņoimdiyadhāraņā 28[1] Pabhamkaram
3[4];8[4] Ņoimdiyattthoggaha
28[1] Pabhāsa
7[3]; 11[21; 22[3] Noimdiyaihā 28(1) Pabhāsimsu
66; 72 Nokasāyā 28[1] Pabhāvai
157 Nume
Pabhū
30[1] Occhanno
157 Paccakhayappaccayakariņam : 145 Odhāraitta
20[1] Paccakhāņa 14[1];20[1]; 32(1); 147 Ogāhanasamthāna i 152 Paccakhāņakasāye
21[1] Ogāhanaseniyāparikkamma
147 Paccakhānakiriya hänakiriva
23[1] Ogāhanohi
139 Paccakhāṇāvaraña Ohabalā
Paccāharato Ohidamsana
'10[1] Pacchanne Ohidamsaņāvarana 9[2]; 31[1] Pacchā
8[1] Ohimarana 17[1] . Padagga
136; 138; 139 Ohina 10[1] Padasahassa
136; 137 Ohināna 10[1] Padasatasahassa
139 Ohiņāņāvarana
31[1] Padesabardha Ohiņāni
147 Padesá . Ohiņāņisahassa
132 Padāgamālāulā Ohiņānisat(y)ā 59,94 Padātiyāsamthāņā
155 Ohipadam
153 Padhamăvaliyae Ohi
Padhama- pamcama-chatthi-sattamāsu 34 Omodariya
611) Padhamabhikkhā Orāliyasarira 152 Padhamabhikkhādā
158 Orāliyamīsasarīrakāyapaoga 13[1]; 15[2] Padhamabhikkhādeya
157 Orāliyasarīramgovamganāmam 25[1] Padhama-bitīyā
42; 55 Orāliyasarīraņāmam
25[1] Padhama-cauttha-pamcamāsu Orāliye 18[1]; 152 Padhamasissiņi
157 Orumbhiä 30[1] Pațibāhiram
30[1] Osappinigamdiyão
147 Padicāram
150
153
157
aikina
43

Page #475

Word Index
9[4]
42
12[1]
Pațilomāhim
30[1] Paļimā
92; 144; 146 Padimābhiggahagahanapālaņā 142 Padirūva
150 Padisattū
158 Padisaharati
8[1] Padisevamane
21(1) Padisui
158 Padisuneti
33[1] Padivattito
136 Padivāti
152 Padivirayam
30[1] Padivūham
72 Paducca
14[1] Pagadibamdha
4[1] Paharāe
158 Pahānapurisā
158 Pahārāiyā
18[1] Paheliyam
72 Paiņnagasahassa Paittha
157 Pajjattagānam
151 Pajjattan(n)āma
28[1];42 Pajjattaya
14[1] Pajjavā
136 Pajjosavite Pakkham
33[1] Pakuvvati
30[1] Palambam
20[3] Palikumcaņayā Palitovamam
1[6] Paliyamka
18[1] Pallagasamthāṇasamthiyā
113 Pallavagge
139 Pamaddam
8[2]
سال ها را با
Pamāda
5[1] Pamāyatthāņam
36 Pamham
9[4] Pamhakamtam
9[4] Pamhalesā
6[1];9[4]; 153 Pamhappabham
9[4] Pamhavannam Pamhävattam
9[4] Pamhuttaravademsagam
9[4] Pammattamjate
14[1] Pamca
5[1] Pamcadhaņusatiya
104 Pamcajāmassa
25[1] Pamcama-chatthīto Pamcamāe 10[3]; 11[3); 12[2]; 13[2];
14[2]; 15[3]; 16[2]; 17[2] Pamcamāsiyā Pamcasamvaccharie Pamcasamvacchariya Pamcatāre Pascavannā Pamcāņavutim Pamcāsam Pamcemdiyasansāra-samāvannajīvarāsi 149 Pamcimdiya
14[1] Pamcimdiyaasmjama
17[1] Pamcimdiyajātināmam
28[1] Pamcimdiyateyasarīra Pamcimdiyaveuvviyasarīra
152 Pamdayavana
98 Pamditamarana
17[1] Pamjaliudāo Pamkabahula Pamkappabhā
41 Pannarasamuhutta
15[2]
70
152
52
157
84

Page #476

Samavāyāngasūtra
26
145
75
Pannarasamuhuttasamutā 15[2] Parināmanatā
153 Pannarasatibhagam 15[1] Pariņivvāissamti
1[8] Panasam 147 Parinna
32[1] Panatālīsam
45 Parisaha Panatālamuhuttasamjoga 45 Parisao
. 30[1] Paņatīsam 35 Paritta
136 Panhānam
145 Parivaddhati Panhavagarana : 1[2]; 136; 145 Pariyaga
141 Panhāvāgaranadasā
145 Pariyāranayā Paņihi 32[1] Pariyatiyanata
153 Panītāhāravivajjanata
25[1] Pasamtacittamanasa Paniyarasabhoi 9[1] Pasatthajhavasāņajutte
29[1] Pannaparīsaha
22[1] Pasatthavihāyagaiņāmam 28[1] Pannarasa 15[1] Pasatthāram
30[1] Pannarasamuhutta 15[2] Paseñale
157 Pannattarim
Pasiņāpaiņasatam
145 Pannaviijamti 136 Passami
30[1] Pannāsam
50 Patibhayakarakarapalivana 146 Panuvīsam
25[1] Pattacchejjam Paracakka
34 Pattagacchejjam . Paradāramehuņa
146 Patteyasariraņāma 25[1];28[1] Paralogabhaya
7[1] Paramannam
157 Patthade Paramamamgallajagahitāni
Patthaggenam Paramāuyam
Pattanasahassā Paraparivae
Pauma
17[3]; 18[3]; 157 158 Parasamaya 137; 138; 139; 140 Paumaddaha-Pumdariyaddahā 113 Paraveyāvaccakammapadimā
Paumagummam
18[3] Parāghātaņāma
Paumappabha
103 Paribhumjanatā
25[1] Paumasiri Pariggaha 5[1] Paumuppalagamdhie
34 Pariggahasanna 4[1] Paumuttara
158 Parikammam
Paumavati
157 Parinamati 34 Pavadamti
25[1] Parinat(y)āparinat(y)am . 88. Pavahe
24[1]
72
.
ade
158

Page #477

Word Index
:
73
38
103
Pavaradittateyā
158 Pavattinio
147 Pavayaņamātā
8[1] Pavāta
25[1] Pavikatthai
30[1] Pavisamāņa
82 Pavisimsu
9[2] Pavvajjā 141; 143; 144; 146; 147 Pavvata
10[1] Pavvaya
158 Pavvayamtenam
108 Pavvayaranno Payagga 137; 140; 142; 143; 144 Payalā
9[2]; 31[1] Payalā-payalā
9[2]; 31[2] Payamdadandappayāra
158 Payasahassa
138; 140 Payasat(y)asahassa 142;143; 144; 147 Payayamanasā.
· 146 Payāvati
158 Payogasuddhāim
146 Pāďalis
157 Pāgārā Pāhuda
147 Pāhuậapāhuậā
147 Pāînapadināyayā
122 Pālae
1[4] Pālemāņe
78 Pāņa-bhoyana
9[1] Panae
19[2] Pāṇamamti
1[7];4[4]; 5[4] Pāṇat(y)a 19[3];20[1];32(1); 20[2] Pāņavidhim
72 Pāņātivāta
5[1] Pāņātivātakiriya
5[1]
Pānātivātavāya
146 Pāṇātivātaveramaņa
27[1] Pānāu
13[1];14[1];147 Pāne
30[1] Pāņiņā
30[1] Pāosiyā
5[1] Pāovagamaņa 141, 142, 144, 146 Pāovagamaṇamaraña
17[1] Pāraloiya 30[1]; 141; 142; 143; 144; 146 Pāritāvaniyā
5[1] Pāsa 8[1]; 9[1]; 16[2]; 30[1]; 70; 100; 105;
109; 113; 114; 126; 157 Pāsādiyā
150 Pāsāyavademsaga Päsittae
10[1] Pāhāņtara
7[2] Pātho
147 Pāubbhão Pāunitta Pāva
1[3] Pāvaanubhāgaphalavivāgā
146 Pāvakammavalli
146 Pāvakaramailamatiguna-visohanattham 137 Pāvaphalavivāga Pāvappasoya Pāvasamaņijja Pāvasutaapsamge
29[1] Pāyacchittakarana
32(1) Pāyacchittam
6[1] Pāyamüle
34 Pāyāvacce
30[1] Pāyovagato
143 Pedhālaputta Pehāasamjama
17[1] Pesapariņnāte
11[1]
55
36
158

Page #478

Samavāyāngasūtra
. 134
6[1]
[1]28
... Pukkharavaradivaddha و
120
Phaggu 157 Pose
29[1] Phaggunapunnimāsiņi 40 Pottila
158 Phaggune
29[1] Portilabhavaggahana Phalavivāga 146 Pudhavi
1[6]; 158 Phalenam
30[1] Pudhavikāya Phalana 146 Pudhavikäiyāvāsā
150 Phāle
30[1] Pudhavikaiyaasamjama 17[1] Phāsā
Pudhavikāiyasamjama Phāsānuvāti
9[1] . Puhai Phāsaņāma
25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Pukkharagayam Phāsimdiyaīhā Phāsimdiyaniggaha
27[1] Pulaga Phāsimdiyatthoggaha 6[1] Pumaveda
21[1] Phāsimdiyavamjanoggaha 28[1] Pumndam . .
12[3] Pilumkharukkhe
157 Pumdariya
18[3]; 19[1]; 23[1] Pimda 21[1] Pumdarīyagumma
18[3] Pitthao 34 Pumndariyanayana
158 Pivāsāparisaha 22[1] Pumkham
12[3] 155 Punna
1[3] Piyamgu 157 Punnaghosa
158 Piyadamsaņa Piyamitta 158 Punnimā
40; 62 Piyate 157 Puppha
20[3] Pomdariyam 17[3] Pupphacūlā
157 Poggala 138 Pupphadamta
75; 86; 100 Poggalaparināma 22[1] Pupphajjhaya
20[3] Poggalatthikaya 5[1] Pupphakamta
20[3] Pokkharakanniyasamthanasamthita 150 Pupphaket
158 Polimdi 18[1] Pupphakida
20[3] Porekavvam 72 Pupphalesam
20[3] Porevaccam
Pupphapabha
20[3] Porisicchāyam 27[1];36 Pupphasinga
20[3] Porisīchāyam 24[1] Pupphasittha
20[3] Posahovavāsanirata 11[1] Pupphavanna
20[3] Boszcădhesi 18( Pupphavat
157
Piya
158 ;[1]16
navvastجPu
158 ;157 ;45 ;[2]8 ;[2]5

Page #479

Word Index
129
138
1[2]
5[1]
Pupphävatta
20[3] Pupphovayāra
34 Pupphuttaravademsagam
20[3] Purato
33[1] Puravarasähassi
72 Pureti
8[1] Purimapacchimatānam
25[1] Purisādāņi
70 Purisādānīya 8[1]; 16[2]; 38; 100; 105 Purisajjāyā Purisajugāim
44 Purisalakkhanam
72 Purisasīha
1[2]; 133 Purisasaehim
157 Purisavaragamdhahatthinā
1[2] Purisavarapumdarienam Purisaveda
26[1]; 156 Purisavijā
36 Purisottama
1[2]; 50 Purohitarayana
14[1] Pussa Pussanakkhatta
3[2] Putthāputtham
147 Putthaseniyāparikamma
147 Puyva
13[1]; 14[1] Puvvabaddhaverá
34 Puvvabhava
10[1]; 147 Puvvabhavanāmadhejjāņi
158 Puvvabhaviya
157, 158 Puvvadāriya
7[2] Puvvagae
147 Puvvagaya
147 Puvvakīliāim
9[1] Puvvarata-Puvvakīliyānam
25[1] Puvvaraya .
9[1]
Puvvasatasahassa Puvvābhaddavatāṇakkhatta
2[2] Puvvāim
10[2] Puvvāphagguninakkhatta
2[2] Puvvāsādhanakkhata
4[2] Puvvuppannā
34 Puso
10[2] Rahanemijja Rahassagayam Rakkhase
30[1] Rakkhiya
157 Ramanijjam
10[4] Rammae
7[1] Rammage
10[4] Rammayavāsa
. 63 Ramme
10[4] Rasa Rasagārava
3[1] Rasaņāma
25[1];28[1]; 42 Rasapariccāto
6[1] Rasānuvati Rati
21[1; 26[1]]; 157 Rattavati
14[1] Ratta
14[1] Rattā-Rattavati
24[1]; 25(1) Rattiparmāņakade
11[1] Ratthassa
30[1] Rayaņa Rayanappabhā 1[6];2[3]; 3[3); 4[3]; 5[3]; . 6[3]; 7[2]; 8[2]; 9[3]; 10[3];11(3); 12[2];
3[2]; 14[2]; 15[3]; 16[2]; 17[1]; 17[2]; 18[2]; 19[2]; 20[2];21(2); 22[2]; 23[2]; 25[2]; 26[2]; 27[2]; 28[2]; 29[2]; 30[1]; 30[2]; 33[2]; 41; 99, 111, 112; 116; 149;
150; 151; 54
157
9[1]
120

Page #480

Samavāyāngasūtra
149
33[2]
Rayaņikhetta 27[1]; 78; 98 Rohinīnakkhatta
5[2] Rayanuccaya 16[1] Rohiyamsa
14[1] Rāga 52 Rohiyā
14[1] Ragabamdhana
2[1] Rorute Råhucaritam
72 Roruya Rāma 10[1]; 12(1); 157, 158 Rosa
• 52 Rāmakesava 158 Royamsa
158 Rāsī
2[1] Rudda
4[1]; 15[1]; 158 Ratibhoyana 21[1] Rukkhā
10[2] Rātimdiya 29[1] Ruppaküla
14[1] Rätimdiyaggenam
29[1] Ruppi : 7[1]; 53; 57; 82; 102; 157 Rātiniya 33[1] Ruppikūļa
87 Rātiniyaparibhāsi 20[1] Rutilam
20[3] Rātinna 157 Rutillam
9[4] Rāti 12[1]. Rutillappabham
9[4] Rāyadh(h)āņi 32[1];37,68 Rutillāvamta
9[4] Rāyakaha 4[1] Rutilluttaravademsagam
9[4] Rāyakulavamsatilayā 158 Ruyaganābhi
118 Rāyalaiye 158 Ruyagimda
17[1] Rayavarasiri 147 Rūvam
72 Rāyā 77; 83; 97; 107; 108; 141, 142; 143; Rūvamae 1444; 146 Rūvā
5[1] Revati 158 Rūvānuvāti
9[1] Revatīnakkhatta 32[1] Rūviajīvarāsī
149 Revatipadhamajetthapajjavasana 98 Rüyae
85 Riddhivisesa 142; 144 Sabala
15[1];21(1) Ridumāsenam
61 Sabhā . . . Ripusahassamānamadhaņā
158 Sabhāvam Risabha
30[1] Sabhikkhugam Risabhanārāyanasamghayana 155 Sacakkam Rittha 18[3]; 158 Sacca
10[1]; 30[1] Ritthābham 8[4] Saccamanappaoga
13[1]; 15[2] Rodda
30[1] Saccamosavatipaoga 13[1]; 15[2] Rogapaīsaha 22[1] Saccappavāyam
147 Rohini 8121: 19-11:45: 158 Saccappavāyapuvam
14[1]
8[1]

Page #481

Word Index
77
3[1]
Saccasahiyam
143 Saccasena
158 Saccati
158. Saccavatipaoga
13[1]; 15[2] Saccavayaņāisesä
35 Saccāmosamaņapaoga 13[1]; 15[2] Saccāmosa
30[1] Sacchamdaviuvviyābharanadhāri 157 Sacchattă
34; 157 Sacittapariņnāta
11[1] Sacūliyāga
18[1]; 85 Sacūliyāya
25[1] Sadasarātamāsiyā
28[1] Saddakare
20[1] Sadda
5[1] Saddāņuvāti
9[1] Saddhim , Sadevamāņusadhīrakaraṇakāraṇa 141 Sadevamāņuyāsura
106 Sadhe
30[1] Saekkatāre
100 Sagara
71; 107; 158 Saghamto Sahadeva Sahassaparivāra
157 Sahassāra . 17(2); 18[2]; 30[1]; 119 Sahassāravademsagam
18[3] Sahīheum
30[1]
18[1] Saimdayā
24[1] Sajjhão
6[1]; 34 Sajhāyavāyam
30[1] Sajjīvam
72 Sajogi
14[1] Sakhyddayaviyatta
18[1]
Sakka
32[1] Sakkārapurakkāraparīsaha
22[1] Salilā
138 Sallā Samabhirūdham
147 Samacauramsa
155 Samacauramsasamthāṇanāmam 28[1] Samacauramsasamthānasamthite 152 Samae
16[1];3[1] Samam
7[3]; 93 Samamse
61; 67 Samana 1[2]; 7[1]; 11(2); 14(1); 18[1;
30[1]; 36; 42; 53, 54; 55; 70; 72;
82;83; 89; 104; 106; 110; 111; 134 Samanabhūte
11[1] Samanadhamma
10[1] Samanasampadā 14[1]; 16(2); 18[1]; 68 Samaņasāhassão
14[1] Samanāyuso
11[1] Samappabham
7[3] Samatālam . Samattabharahāhiväņa
139 Samattasuyanāņi
147 Samavāya
1(2); 136; 139 Samayakhetta
39; 45; 69 Samãe
139 Samāhi 16[1]; 23[1]; 32(1); 158 Samāhitthāņa Samāņam
18[3] Samāyāre
13 Samirīyā
150 Samiti
5[1]; 36 Samiti-gutti
143 Samchannapattapuppha-pallavasamāulo 34 Samghayaņa
147; 155
72
36
Sai

Page #482

Samavāyāngasūtra
36
158
.. 137
Sa
147
157
Samghayaņaņāma 42 Sambhoga
12[1] Samjaijjam
Sambhūta Samjalana 16[1];20[1];21[1] Samdehajāyasahajabuddhi-pariņāma-samsaiSamjama
10[1] yāņa Samjamapatinnāpālanadhiimativavasāyadu- Samghade
19[1] bbalāņam 141 Samghāi
69 Samjayam 30[1 Samjūham
147 Samkamitta
Samlehanā
141; 142; 144; 146 Samkarisana 158 Samlīnayā
6[1] Samkha 42; 43; 52; 57; 87; 157, 158, 159 Sampaggahīyassa
30[1] Samkilitthapariņāma 25[1] Sampamajjijai
34 Sammaditthi 29[1]; 32[1] Sampatajovvaņā
49; 63 Sammamicchattaveyanijjam 28[1] Sampaviukāmenam
1[2] Sammatta 5[1]; 9[2]; 153 Sampihittäņam
30[1] Sammattaveyanijam
Samsārakamtāra
148 Sammattavisuddhata
142 Samsārapadiggaho Samma
Samsārapavamcaduhaparampara: 146 Sammāmicchaditthi
14[1]; 158 Samsārasamuddarumda-uttarana-saSammucchimakhahayarapamcemdiyatiri- mattha
140 kkhaoniyānam
72 Samtakamma 21[1];26[1]; 28[1] Sammucchimabhuyaparisappa 2. Samtakammamsā
27[1] Sammucchimamanūsā
Samtegatiya
1[8] Sammucchimauragaparisappa 53 Samti
40; 75; 89; 93 Samosaraņa 12[1]; 16[1]; 23[1]; 141; Samthāņa
147; 152; 155 142; 143, 144, 146; 157 Samthānanāma Samudda
42; 138 Samvacchara Samuddadatta
158 Samvaccharapariyāya Samuddanāma
158 Samvara
1[3]; 32(1); 157, 158 Samuddapālijjam
Samvaradāra
5[1] Samuddavijaya 157, 158 Samvega
32[1] Samuddesanakāla 136, 137, 138, 139, 141; Sanniappajjattaya
14[1] 142, 143, 144; 145; 146 Sannipajjataya
14[1] Samuddesagasahassa 140 Sannisejjā
12[1] Samugghāya . 6[1];7[1] Sanamkumāra
2[3]; 7[2]; 32[1] Sambhava
59 Sanamkumāravademsagam
36
7[3]

Page #483

Word Index
157
157 30[1] 157
7[1]
47 149 12[1]
149
17[1]
17[1] 12[1]
72
Sanhā
150 Sannā
4[1] Sannigabbhavakkamtiyamaņussa 3[3] Sannimaņussāņam
2[3] Sannināņe
10[1] Sannipamcimdiyatirikkha-joniyāṇam 1[6];
2[3];3[3] Sapamcarātadomāsiyā
28[1] Sapamcavisarātamāsiyā
28[1] Sapaļāgā
157 Sapaļāto
34 Sapannarasarātamāsiya
. 28[1] Sapāyapīdham
34 Sappabhā
150; 157 Sappi
30[1] Sara
29[1]; 34; 138 Saragayam Saranadaya Sarannā
158 Sarīrabamdhaņaņāma,
42 Sarirasamghāyananāma
2 Sarīramettio :
157 Sarīramgovamgaņāma
42 Sarīranāma Sarīrappamānametta
152 Sarīrattha Sarīrogāhaņā
152 Sasamaya
137, 138, 139, 140 Sasamaya-parasamayā 137, 138; 139;140 Sasamayasuttaparivādīe 22[1]; 147 Sasamgatae
146 Sasarakkhapānipäe . 201] Sasisomāgārakamtapiyadamsaņā 158 Sassiriyarūva
150 Satabhisaya
15[2]
Satae Satajjale Sataraha Satarisabhe Satāū Satta Sattacattālīsam Sattamãe Sattamāsiya Sattamie Sattarasa Sattarasaviha Sattarātimdiyā Sattarim Sattasattamiyā Sattasatthim Sattasatthimbhāgabhaite Sattatāre Sattatīsam Sattatīsamguliyam Sattatthie Sattāņautim Sattāsītim Sattāvannam Sattāvisam Sattāvisamguliyam Satthapariņņā Sattivannam Sattumaddaņā Satthānatthanamtarāņam Saujjoya : Saunarutam Savana Savananakkhatta Saveiyā
are
5 27[1] 27[1] 9[1]
8[1]
157

Page #484

80
.
Samavāyāngasūtra
1[7]; 158
157 1[7]
1[6]
Savīsatirāte
70. Savīsatirāyamāsiyā
28[1] Savva
5[1] Savvabāhirayam
31[1] Savvabāhira Savvabbhamtaram Savvabhāvadarisi
54;83 Savvabhāvavidū
158 Savvadarisi
1[2] Savvadukkha
1[8] Savvadukkhapahāna
10[1] Savvajananayanakamtā
158 Savvajahanniya
12[1] Savvakāmavirattayā
32[1] Savvaloyapare
30[1] Savvannu
1[2] Savvaobhaddam
16[3] Savvao samastā Savvarayanāmayā
150 Savvatitthāna
30[1] Savvatobhaddam
147 Savvatthasiddha 1[4]; 12[1]; 30[1]; 33[3] Savvatthasiddhayā
149 Savvāņamda
158 Savvānubhūtī
158 Savvāuyam Savvotukasubhãe
157 Sayabhisaya
100 Sayamasambuddham
1[2] Sayambhu
6[4]; 90; 157 Sayambkuramanam
6[4] Sayampabha
16[1]; 157, 158 Sayanadhanū
158 Sayaņavihim Sayārabbha
30[1]
Sādhāraṇasarīraņāma. Sāgara Sāgaradatta Sāgarakamta Sāgarovama Sāgarovamakodākodi Sāgāriyam Sāhammiyauggaham Sāhāheum Sāhāraņa bhattapāņam Sāhāranatthā Sāhiyāim Sãi Sāla Sälarukkha Sāma Sāmacamdam Sāmakottham Sämannapariyagam Sāmā Sāmāņam Sämaniya Sāmātiyakade Sāmāyārī Sāmittam Sānukkosa Sārīra Säsate Sāsayā Sāsāyanasammaditthi Sāta Sātāveyanijja Sāti Sātijoga Sãtiņakkhatta
20[1]; 135
21[1] 25[1] 30[1] 25[1] 30[1]
99
15[2] 18[3); 157
157 15[1]
158 158
34
157 17[3]; 147
60; 84
95
148 136; 137; 140
14[1] 20[3]; 153
31[1]
155
72
1[5]

Page #485

Word Index
81
154
12[1] 11[2]; 50; 90; 12 7[1]; 24[1]; 100
154
99
158 · 157 27[1] 3[1] 9[1] 17[1]
33[1] . 66 80; 84; 22[1]
9[1] 19[1]
138
157 30[1]
Sātirega Sātībuddhe Sävaccă Sāvanasuddhasattami Sāyāgārava Sāyāsokkhapadibaddha Sāyāveyanijjam ! Sehe Sejjam Sejjamsa Sejjāparīsaha Sejjāsaņa Selaye Selā Senā Senāvaim Seņāvatirayaņa Seniya Sesamati Sete Setthim Sevanayā Sevatthasamghayananāma Sevāla
.' Seyavaracāmarāto Siddha Siddhaseniyāparikamma Siddhartha Siddhaigunā Siddhālaye Siddhāvattam Siddhigata Siddhigatiņāmadheyam Siddhipaha Siddhisugatigharuttama
Siddhivajjā Siddhi Siharatala Sihari Sijjhaņayãe Sijjhissamti Sikkhā Siloga Silogānuvāti Simdhū Siņāņa Siosanijjam Siri Siribhūti Siricamda Siridāmagamda Siridhara Sirikamta Sirimahiam Sirise Sirisoma Sirisomanasam Siriutta Sirivaccham Sirivacchasulamchana Siri Siva Sivasena Sīā- Sãoão Sīhagiri Siham Siharaha Sīhasena Sīhaviyam Sīhāsaņam
1[8] 32[1] 72; 136
9[1] 14[1] 18[1]
9[1] 157, 158
158
158 21[3]
8[1] 14[3]; 157
14[3]
14[1]
158
157
158 30[1] -30[1]
9[1] 25[1] 158
34 42; 148
147 20[3]; 157
31[1] 12[1]
147 104
158 14[3]
158 21[3]
158
30[1] 1[2]; 157; 158
158 108
157 17[3]
157
1[2]
157
147
17[3]
34
- .

Page #486

82
Samavāyāngasūtra
158
Síhokamtam
17[3] Sila-samjama-niyama-guna-tavovahāṇesu 146 Sīmamdhara Símamkara
158 Simamtae
45 Simāvikkhambha
67 Sīsaga
146 Sisahitatthāya
140 Sīsammi
30[1] Sīsapaheliya
84
Sīsā
2
na
14[2); 15[3]; 16[2]; 17(2); 18[2]; 19[2]; 20[2];21(2); 22[2]; 23[2];25[2];26[2]; 27[1]; 27[2]; 28[2]; 29[2]; 30[2]; 31[2];
32[2]; 33[2]; 60; 62; 64; Soimdiyadhāraņā
28[1] Soimdiyarāgovarati
25[1] Soka
21[1] Solasa . .
16[1] Soma
8[1]; 158 Somadatta
157 Somadeva
157 Sotimdiyaatthoggaha
, 6[1] Sotimdiyaīhā
28[1] Sotimdiyaniggaha
27[1] Sotimdiyavamjanoggahá 28[1] Sotimdiyāvāte
28[1] Sovatthitam
147 Sovāņa Soyam Subambham ,
11[4] Subamdhú
158 Subbhigamdhapariņāma 22[1] Subha
2[4];8[1] Subhanāma
31[1;42 Subhadda
16[3]; 158 Subhagamdham
2[4] Subhagaņāma
28[1]; 42 Subhaghosa
8[1] Subhalesam Subhaphasa
2[4] Subhavannam
2[4] Subhavivāga
146 Subhūma Sucamdam
158 Sudamsanā 1 8[1]; 16[1]; 157; 158
137
Sisāvedhena
1). Sītala
34; 75; 83 Sītaparisaha
22[1] Sītaphāsapariņāma
22[1] " Sītavedanam
153 Sita
14[1]; 153 Sītodā
14[1] Sītodayaviyadavigghāriyapāņi 21[1] Sītosiñaveyanam
153
53 Sitotā
74 Sīyala
: 90 Siya
158 Siyao
147 Sobhavajjanam
18[1] Sobhākaram
72 Soga
26[1] Sogamdhiya.
82; 85; 87 Sogamdhiyakamda
.: 90 Sohamma 1[6]; 2[3]; 32(1); 35 Sohamma-saņamkumāra-māhimdesu 52 Sohammavademsaya nsaya
65 Sohammavademsagam : 2[4]; 13[1] Sohammīsānesu 3[3];4[3];5[3];6[3];7[2];
8[3]; 9[3]; 10[3];11(3); 12[2]; 13[2];
143
2[4]

Page #487

Word Index
83
M2
157
158 157 157
Sui
Sudāma 157 Sumina
10[1]; 29[1] Suddhadamta
Suminadamsana
10[1] Sudhammā
Sumitta . Sugamdhavaragamdhiya
150 Sumittavijae Sughosa
6[4); 10[4]; 157 Suņdara Suggīva
157, 158 Sumdarabahu Suhamma 11[2] Sumdarappabha,
157 Suhaphāsā
34; 150 Sumdari Suhasila 158 Sumsamā
19[1] Suhavivāga 146 Suņamda
15[4]; 157 Suhābhigama 158 Supamham
9[4] Suhuma 14[1]; 158 Suppabha
51; 157, 158 Suhumanāma 42 Suppasiddhā
157 Suhumasamparāyabhāve 17[1] Suppatitthābham
8[4] 32[1] Supumdam :
12[3] Sujasā 157 Supumkham
12[3] Sujjam : 9[4] Supuppham
20[3] Sujjakamtam
9[4] Suraasuragarulamahiyāņa Sujjappabham
9[4] Surabhavanavimāņasokkha Sujjuttaravademsagam
9[4]
Surabhina Sukadadukkaļānam
146 Suralogapadiniyattā Sukālam
· 18[3] Surammā Sukitthim
4[4] Suravaravimāņavarapomdarīesu Sukka
: 4[1]; 17[3]; 19[1] Suravatisampūjiyāņam Sukkalesa
6[1]; 153 · Surābham Sukkapakkha
15[1]; 62 Surimda Sukkilavannapariņāma 22[1] Surimdadatta
157 Sukulapaccāyāti 141; 142; 144; 146 Suruttaravademsagam
5[4] Sulasā 157, 158 Surūva
157 Sumamgalā 158 Susāgaram
1[7] 157 Susālam
18[3] Sumarittae 10[1] Susāmānam
17[3] Sumaraitta 9[1] Susiram
19[3] Sumati 104 Susīmā
157 Sumatittha' . 157 Sussaram :
10[4]
******************FATA
157
157
Sumanā

Page #488

84
Samavāyāngasūtra.
159
:::5[4]
Sussaranāma
28[1]; 42 Susujjam
9[4] Susūram
5[4] Suta
159 Sutakkhamdha 136; 138; 140; 142; 143;
145; 147 Sutamae
8[1] Sut(y)apariggahā 141; 143, 144,146 Sutasamāsa Sutamga
159 Sutanāna
139 Sutavassiyam
30[1] Sutohi-mana-kevala
17[1] Suttam
29[1]; 147 Suttakheddam Suttatha Suvanna
149 Suvaijam
13[3] Suvannakumārāvāsa
72 Suvannakumāra-divakumāra
78 Suvannakūlā
14[1] Suvannavāyam
72 Suvāyam
5[4] Suvidhi
100 Suvihi
32[1]; 75; 86 Suvisāyam
20[3] Suvīram
6[4] Suvvaya
12[1] Suyakkhamdha
139 Suyaņāṇāvarana
31[1] Suyasagara
158 Suyatthabahuvihappagārā
140 Suyi
157 Sūikalāvasamthāna
155
Sūla Süracarittam Sūradeva
158 Sürajjhayam
5[4] Sūrakamdam
5[4] Surakamtam
5[4] Sūralesam
5[4] Süramamdala
13[1]; 48; 65 Sūrappabha
5[4); 157 Sūrappamāṇabhoi
20[1] Sūrasena
158 Sūrásimgam Sürasiri
158 Sürasittham
5[4] Süravannam
5[4] Sūrāvattam
5[4] Surie
60; 78 Sūrite
158 Sūriyāvarana
16[1] Sūriyāvatte
16[1] Sūrodayā Sūruggamanamuhuttamsi 23[2] Sūt(y)agada
1[2]; 57; 136,137 Süyagadajjhayanā
23[1] Sūyapariggaha
142 Tabbhavamarana
17[1] Taccă 3[3]; 4[3]; 5[3]; 6[3]; 7[2); 149 Tamarato(yo)ghavippamukkā 142; 143;
147 Tamatamā
41 Tamā
41 Tanaparisaha
22[1] Tanhã Taņuyatari
12[1] Tao
63
157
Suya
52
3[1]

Page #489

Word Index
85
53
Tau
25(1)
34
150
Teva
Tarunīpadikammam
72 Tasa
30[1]; 136; 137 Tasakāe
6[1] Tasanāma
25[1]; 42; 28[1] Tatthagate
33[1] Tatthavam
30[1] Tatthe
30[1]
146 Tava
10[1]; 147 Tavaimsu
66; 72 Tavanijjavālugāpatthadā Tavamae
8[1] Tavāyāra
136 Tavokamma
6[1] Tavokammagamdiyão
147 Tavomaggo
36 Tavovahāņāim. 141, 142, 143, 144; 146
30[1] Tāraenam
1[2] Tāraggenam
98 Tārā
. 98; 158 Tārārūva
9[2] Teimdiya !
14[1]; 49 Teimdiyaasamjama
17[1] Teimdiyateyasarīra.
152 Temasiya
12(1); 28[1] Temduga
157 Temtiyā
155 Tenautimamdalgate
93 Tene
30[1] Terasa
13[1] Terāsiyasuttaparivādīe
22(1); 147 Tesīti
83 Tetali
19[1] Tetālīsam .
43
Tānam
Tetisam
33[1] Teukāe
6[1] Teukāiyasamjama
17[1] Teulesā
6[1]; 153 Tevanna Tevattarim
73 Tevīsa
23[1] Teyagasarīraņāma Teyamamdala : Teyamsī
158 Teyasasarīrasamudghāta 6[1]; 7[1] Teyasarīranāma
28[1] Teyāsarīra
152 Teyāsīeme
83 Thaddhe
30[1] Thambha
52 Thaniyakumāra
155 Thaniyam
76; 149 Thāvara
136, 137 Thāvaraņāma
42 There 30[1]; 47; 65; 72; 74; 78; 83; 92; 95 Therovaghātie
20[1] Thibuyasamthāņa
155 Thiņagiddhi
31[1] Thiraņāma
42 Thirabamdhana
146 Thirajasa
144 Thiräthirānam
28[1] Thitikaraṇakāraṇāņam Thīņagiddhi
9[2] Thīparinnā
23[1] Thūbhiyaggāto
12[1] Tigiccham
20[3] Tigicchidahā Tigimcchakūļa
17[1]
145
74

Page #490

86
Samavāyāngasutra
76
21[1]
Tigunam 147 Uccattariya
28[1] Tiguttam 12[1] Uccāgoe
31[1] Tilae 157 Uccāgotam
17[1] Timisaguhā
Uccāra
5[1] Tinnenam 1[2] Udadhi
149 Tinham tesarthānam 137 Udae
32[1]; 158 Tippayamto 30[1] Udaeņakamma
30[1] Tirikkhajoni .. 146 Udaganāte
19[1] Tiriyagatiņāmam
25[1] Udahi Tiriyāņupuvviņāmam 25[1] Udaya
158 Tiryau 31[1] Udārā
137 Tisilā
Uddesaņakāla 26[1]; 137, 138, 139, 141; Titare
3[2]
142; 143; 144; 145; 146 Tithapavattayānam 157 Uddesagasahassa
140 Titikkha
32[1] Uddesiyam Tittarasapariņāma
22[1] Udditthabhattaparinnāte Titthagaravamsa
159 Udda Titthakara 1[2]; 19[1]; 25[1]; 34; 54; 158 Uddavimāņa Titthakaragamdiyo
147 Uddhamgāmi Titthakaranāma
42 Uditoditakulavamsa Titthakarasamosarana 144 Udīretta
20[1] Titthapavattaņāņi
147 Udumāsā Tiveya 156 Udū
59 Tiviethu 80; 84; 158 Uggahaanugenhaṇatā
25[1] Tivvāsubhasamāyāra 30[1] Uggahaanunnavanatā
25[1] Tisam 30[1] Uggahasīmajānanatā
25[1] Toraņehim 157 Uggānam
157 Tudiyamga 10[2] Ugghātiyā
28[1] Tumbe
19[1] Ujjagam Thāņa 1[2]; 57; 136; 138
141; 142; 143; 144; 146 Thanagasaya
139 Ujjoyaņāma
.: 42 shitibamdha
4[1]. Ujjusuyam Thitikallāņānam 111 Ukkosa
1[6]; 52 Ubhaopāsim
Ukkosia
89 Uccattam • 147 Ullambana
146
61
147
88

Page #491

Word Index
Umā
.
.
158
Unnate
88
141
Unnāme
52 Upehāasamjama
17[1] Uppalam
20[3] Uppãe
29[1] Uppātapavvata
17[1] Uppāyapuvvam
14[1]; 147 Urabbhijjam :
36 Usabha 23[2]; 24[1];63; 83; 84; 89; 108;
157, 158 Usabhasena.
. 84; 157 Usabhasiri
135 Usappiņi-Osappiņi-mamļala 20[1] Usinaparīsaha
22[1] Usinaphāsa
22[1] Usinaveyanam
153 Ussaggo
6[1] Ussappiņīe
21(1); 42 Ussappinīgamdiyão
147 Ussāsaņāma
42 Ussāsanissāse
34 Usuk(y)āra
39; 69 Usukārijjam
36 Uttamamgammi
30[1] Uttara
16[1] Uttaradāriyā
7[2] Uttaraddhamanussakhetta
66 Uttarajjhayaņā
36 Uttarakasthovagate
80 Uttarakurā
157 Uttarapagađi 9[2]; 25[1]; 39; 51; 52; 55;
58; 69; 87; 97 Uttarābhaddavatā
2[2] Uttarāhuti
74
Uttarāim Uttarāphagguni
2[2] Uttarāsādha
4[2] Uttarāto Uttarāyanagate
24[1] Uttarāyananiyatte
78 Uttimapurisa
58; 158 Uvabhogattāte
10[2] Uvadamsemāņe
15[1] Uvadamsijamti
136 Uvagasamtam
30[1] Uvaghāt(y)aņāmam Uvaghāto
25[1]; 28[1]; 42 Uvahase
30[1] Uvahi.
21[1] Uvakkhāiyasataim Uvarille
9[2] Uvarimaheţthimagevejjaya 28[2]; 29[3] Uvarimamajjhimagevejjaya 29[2]; 30[3] Uvarimate
99 Uvarimauvarimagevejjaya 30[2]; 31(3] Uvarudda
15[1] Uvasagga .
142 Uvasaggapariņņā
16[1]; 23[1] Uvasaggāhiyasaņā ar Uvasama
30[1] Uvasamamti Uvasampajjanaseniyāparikamme Uvasamtam Uvasamtamohe
14[1] Uvatthiya
10[2] Uvattanā
154 Uvastaņādamdao Uvatthiyam
30[1] Uvavāya Uvavāyadandao
154
༄༅ཊྛ བྱཱ ཙྪཱ བྷྱཱ ཎ བྷཱུ བྷཱུ བྷྱཱ ཉྙོ ཙྪཱ བྷྱཱ ཙྪཱ ཙྩ བྷཱུ བྷྱཱ ཙྪཱ ཙྪཱ བྷྱཱ ཙྪཱ བྷྱཱ ཎ བྷིཀྵ བྷྱཱ ཎ ན བྱཱ ཎ
142
34
147 158
154
139

Page #492

88
Samavāyāngasutra
1[2] 11[1] 30[1]
13[3]
52
13[1]
158 24[1]; 157
20[3] 22[1] 16[1] 14[1]
152
157
Uvasagadasa Uvāsagapadimā Uvvahati Uvvedhussedhaparihāni Uņe Vaccamsi Vaddhamana Vaddhamanayam Vadhaparīsaha Vademse Vaddhairayana Vaddhi Vagge Vaggühim Vaha Vaigutti Vairam Vairajamghe Vairatala Vairāvattam Vairoyana Vairoyanimda Vairoyasabhanārāya Vairuttaravademsagam Vaisāhe Vajjam Vajjaņābha Vajjajjhayam Vajjakamtam Vajjakūdam Vajjalesam Vajjappabham Vajjasimgam Vajjasittham Vajjavannam
Vajjhakattana
146 Vajjuttaravademsagam Vajjāvattam Vakkhārakūļavajjā Vakkhārapavvaya Vakkhārapavvayakūļā Valae Valayāmuha 52; 57; 58; 79; 95 Valātamarana
17[1] Vammā
157 Vamcanayā
52 Vamjana
29[1] Vanamālam
22[3] Vanasamda
141, 142, 143, 144 Vanassaikāiyaasamjama
17[1] Vanassatikāye
6[1] Vanilā Vannanāma
25[1];28(1); 42 Vannavibhāga
147 Vappā
157, 158 Varadamsiņam
30[1] Varadatta Varajasā Varuņa
30[1] Vasae
30[1] Vasanaviņāsa:
146 Vasattamarna
17[1] Vasittha
8[1] Vasudeva
158 Vasudhārāto Vasumdharā
158 Vasupujja Vatiasamjama
17[1] Vatigutti
8[1] Vatirakamda
116
157
37; 38; 40; 41; 42
30[1]
146 25[1] 13[3] 158
74 13[3] 8[4]
60 155 13[3] 29(1) 13[3]
157 13[3] 13[3] 13[3] 13[3] 13[3] 13[3] 13(3) 13[3]
158
157
157

Page #493

Word Index
. 108
134
70
158
Vatiraṇabha Vatirāmatiyāye Vatisamäharanatā Vattamāņuppayam Vatthu Vatthumānam Vatthunivesam Vattie Vattakheddam Vattamāna Vattaveyaddhapavvaya Vattā Vayachakka Vayadamda Vayagutti Vavahāra Vayahārim Vädisampayā Vādi Vāgarana Vāgaranasahassa Vāgarettā Vāgaritthā Vāhi Võisayā
157
74 27[1]
147 147 : 72
72 29[1]
72
83 90; 113
149 18[3] 3[1] 3[1] 26[1]
158
106 106; 109; 147
54; 140
140
5[4]
46 5[4]
Vāsa
7[1]; 69; 121; 139 Vāsadharapavvaya 7[1];24[1]; 74; 82 Vāsahara
39;69 Väsaharakuda Vāsakodim Vāsāvāsam Vāsudeva 10[1]; 35; 50; 54; 68; 80; 84; 90;.
133; 158 Vāsudevagamdiyão
147 Vasudevamātaro Vasupujja
62; 70; 109; 157 Vātajjhayam Vatakamtam
5[4] Vātakumārimda Vātaküdam Vātalesam
5[4] Vātappabham
5[4] Vātasimgam
5[4] Vātasittham .
5[4] Vātāvattam
5[4] Vāukāiyasamjama
17[1] Vāuttaravademsagam
5[4] Vāū
30[1] Vāvahārie Vāyam Vāyanā
136; 139; 144 Vāyubhūti
11[2] Vāyukāe
6[1] Vāyukumāra
96; 149 Vedasarukkhe
157 Vedhā
136 Venaiyavādi
137
156 Veha
146 Vehāsamaraña
17[1]
55
54
34
96 5[4]
Väitam
Vāluye
86
72 25[1]
155 150
Vāmana
Vānamamtarāvāsa Vāṇamamtara Vāņamamtarabhomeijavihāra Vārāha Vārimajjhe Vārisenam Vāruni '
99; 111
157 30[1]
158 157
Vee

Page #494

Samavāyāngasūtra
157
Velam
145
153
Vejayamti Vejayamta 31[2];32(3); 33[2]; 37; 55; 149 Velamdhara
17[1]
72 Vemāniyāvāsa
50 Veramanam
5[1] Vesamaņa
30[1] Vetiya
12[1] Veuvviyamisasarīra-kāyapaoga 13[1];
15[2] Veuvviyasamugghāta
6[1]; 7[1] Veuvviyasarīra
28[1]; 152 Veuvviyasarīrakāyapaoga Veuvviyasarīramgovamgaņāmam 28[1] Veyaņā
1[3]; 153 Veyaṇaadhiyāsaņatā
27[1] Veyaņāsamugghāta 6[1]; 7[1] Veyagasammattabamdhovaraya 27[1] Veyaniya
58 Veyarani
15[1] Veyālie
16[1];23[1] Veyāvacca
6[1];'12[1] Viadabhoti
11[2] Viattacchauma
1[2] Viāhijjamti
140 Vibhajja
30[1] Vidabbha
· 157 Viddhikarāim
10[2] Vidhivisesa Vigahā Vigāhiyā
30[1] Vihagagatiņāma
42 Viharamti
34 Vihimsai
30[1] Vijaya 9[2]; 12[1]; 30[1]; 31(2); 37;
68; 73; 149; 151; 157; 158 Vijayabārassa
55 Vijāanuppavāyam
14[1] Vijjāgatam
: 72 Vijjāharasedhi
152 Vijānujoga i
29[1] Vijjātisaya Vijjukumärāvāsa Vijjukumārimda
: 76; 149 Vijjuppabha
. 108 Vikahānuyoga
29[1] Vikkhambhusseha ! Vikkhambhussehaparirayappamāṇam 139 Vikkhobhaittānam
30[1] Vikkuvanaya Vimala 7[3]; 22[3); 44; 56; 60; 68; 157 Vimalaghosa
157 Vimalavāhana
112; 157 Vimāņapāgāra Vimānapatthaļā
62 Vimāņapavibhatti 37; 38; 40; 41;
42; 43; 44; 45 Vimānapudhavi
27[1] Vimānāvāsa
84; 150 Vimohāyanam
9[1] Vimtatthäiņā
34 Vinao
6[1] Viņaovae
32[1] Viņatam
19[3] Viņayakarana i Viņayasuyam Vinhu Vinita
157 Viņņāta
136 Viosagge
32[1]
104
139
141
36
157

Page #495

Word Index
91
47.
158 158 6[4] 14[1]
5[1] 27[1] 3[1]
6[4]
6[4]
6[4]
145
Vipaccaviyam Vippajahanaseniyāparikamme Vipulakulasamubbhavā Vipulavāhana Virappabham Virataviratasammadithi Virati Virāgatā Virāhanā Virahiya Visamam Visaya Visayavirattā Visāhā Visāhānakkhatta Visāla Visātam Vissabhūti Vissanamdi Vissaram Vissasena Vissutam Visuddhalesa Visuddhavamsa Visuddha Vitikkamtehim Vitimirā Vitimmi Vittharadhammasavana Vitti Vittīsamkhevo Vivãe Vivāgasuta Vivāhapannatti Vivihagunamahatthā
Vivihamanirayanabhatticitta
150 Vivihavitthārabhāsiyānam
145 Viyalimdiyajātiņāmam
25[1] Viyatta .
11[2] Viyāhai
140 Viyāhapannatti
81; 84; 136 Viyāreti
30[1] Viyāvattam
16[3]; 147 Vira Virabhadda
8[1] Viragatam
6[4] Virajhayam Virakamtam Virakūdam
6[4] Viralesam
6[4] Viramahesīhim Vīraseniyam Virasimgam
6[4] Virasittham ,
6[4] Viravannam
6[4] Vīrāvattam
6[4] Vīriya
14[1]; 16[1]; 23[1]; 147 Viriyapuvva
71; 147 Viriyāyāra
136 Viruttaravademsagam
6[4] Visam
20[1] Visasena
30[1]; 157 Vocchinnā Vokamma
30[1] VŨham
72; 137
6[4]
152 144 8[2]
5[2] 18[3]; 157
20[3]
158 158 30[1]
157 22[3]
157 157 150
82 150 30[1]
157
142
29[1]
6[1] 52; 158 1[2]; 136
1[2] 145

Page #496

Page #497

Ashok Kumar Singh (Jan. 1956) An alumnus of the Allahabad University having Master's degrees both in Sanskrit and Philosophy. Acquired D.Phil. on "A critical study of the Prabandhakosha of Rajashekhara”. Later he developed special interest for Prakrit as well as Jain Studies and has acquired proficiency in both of them. Has independently edited 07 books and has been a co-editor of 3 works. Has participated and presented papers in more than a dozen National and International Conferences. Around 30 of his research articles have appeared in reputed journals. He has been on the staff of B. L. Institute as Associate Professor looking after its teaching and research activities and at present he is on faculty of the Parshvanath Vidyapeeth, Varanasi.

c
ase Only

Page #498
2 : 28xoxox36:22: 22 x 22 :28 3636363636363604332360032332343 wegen वरचलायति BHOGILAL INDOLOGY LEHERCHE AND INST STITUTE OF BHOGILAL LEHERCHAND INSTITUTE OF INDOLOGY For PDELHI only